(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "The New Testament of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ, Translated out of ..."

This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project 
to make the world's books discoverable online. 

It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject 
to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books 
are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover. 

Marks, notations and other marginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the 
publisher to a library and finally to you. 

Usage guidelines 

Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the 
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing this resource, we have taken steps to 
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying. 

We also ask that you: 

+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for 
personal, non-commercial purposes. 

+ Refrain from automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine 
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the 
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help. 

+ Maintain attribution The Google "watermark" you see on each file is essential for informing people about this project and helping them find 
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it. 

+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just 
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other 
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of 
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner 
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liability can be quite severe. 

About Google Book Search 

Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers 
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web 



at |http : //books . google . com/ 



HD HIRENEH 



Hill PPILH 5 






^at^, rA2r 



v,^.^V^^,^'V^, 










/r^<^- 



A 



H'ESDAY. M A-g IB, 1937. 

iUT-FACE 

•<;.____ - 

To Display First 

Bib2« in Hawaiion 

H0NOL,XJL,U — (American Wire) 
^ae first Bible printed in Hawraii 
; '' the Hawaiian language will ""^^ 
laced on display here by 
Board of Missions on May 10, — 
Sth anniversary of its publication 







i 






4 



/ 




Tonifl 
Unsettle 
day faii*^ 
mum 




85th Year— No. 175. 



DUKLWALLir 

err iiiMc • 



' . <- 






• V 



v-^-j 



KE 



KAUOHA HOU 



A KO KAKGV 



HAKU E OLn A lESU KRISTO 



UA UNUUllA 



MAI KA OLELO HELENE; 



UA HOOPONOPONO HOU lA. 



NU YOKA: 
UA PAIIA NO KO AMERIKA POE HOOLAHA BAIBALA, 

I HOOKUMUIA I KA XAXAHIKI KDOCCXYI. 
18 60. 



THE . ' 



NEW TESTAMENT 



LORD AND SAVIOUR JESUS CHRIST, 



TRANSLATED OCT OF 



THE ORIGINAL GREEK, 



AND WITH THE FORMER 



TRANSLATIONS DILiaENTLY COMPARED AND REVISED. 



NEW YORK: 
AMERICAN BIBLE SOCIETY, 

INSTITUTED IN THE YEAR MDCCCXVI. 



Hawaiian * Knff. 1860. 



ABBREVIATIONS. 
NA OLELO I HOOPOKOLEIA. 



KA BUKE KE KAUOHA KAHIKa 



Kin 


Kinohi 




...Oeneaia. 


puk 


Pukaana 




. . . Exodas. 


Oihk 


Oihannkahantt. . . , r 




. . . Leyiticna. 


Nah. ... 


Nahelu 


. . . Numbers. 


Kan 


Kanvwailoft ....... 




...Deuterenomjr. 
. . . Joshua. 

! '. '. rSST* 


}o«. ^ 

Lun 


loeaa 

, Lanakanawai.. .... 


Rata 


Rata 


Sam 


, fl«mvif»Ia.,,tTT. ,.,, 


. .Samne). 


Nalii 


Nalii 


. . . Kincs. 


Oihlii 


Oitianattlii 




. Chronicles 


Kzera 






. . . Ezra. 


Neh 


Nehemia 




. .Nehemiah. 


EMt X 


Eaetera 




. Esther 


lob 


loba, 




. . . Job. 


Hal 


Halelu 




. . . Psalms. 


Sol 


Solomona 




. ProTerba. 


Kek 






. . . Ecclesiastea. 


jHele 






Sonaot fiolomnii 


Ig 


Isaia 




... Isaiah. 


ler 






. . . Jeremiah. ^^ 


Kniii . ,.. 






. . . Lamentatilfks 


Ez^:;:::;::::;::.::: 


' " Ezekiela 




. . . Ezekiel. 


Dan 


Dsniela . 




. . . Daniel. 


hS:::::::::::::::::: 


Hoeea. 




...Hosea. 


loel 


loela 




. .. Joel. 


Am 


Amosa 




.. Amoe 


Ob ' .'... 


Obadia 




Obadiah. 


lona . 


,. lona.. 




Jonah 


Mik 


Mika. 




Micah 


Nahu 








Sab. .... ..:::... 


Habakuka 




Habakkuk. 


g>p 


Zepaaia 

Hagai 




. . . Zephauiah. 
. Haecai 


2e]f 


Zekaria 




. .. Zechariah. 


Mai 


-.--,. Mftlftki - - 




...MalacUi. 


Mat 


NA BUKE O KE KAUOHA HOU. 
Mataio Matthew 


28 


Mar 


Mareko 


...Mark 


16 


Luk 


. I<nka 


...Luke 




imt::::: :::::::: 


loane 


...johZ.:.,..::..::..: 


2 J 


Oih 


Oihana. 


...Acts 


28 


Rom ... 


Roma 


.. Romans. ....... 


1 R 


I. Kor 


1 Korineto , 


...I.Corinthians 


lo 


11. Kor 


II. Konneto 


...II. Corinthians 


1 ^ 


Oal 


Oalatia 


. . . Oalatians 


6 


?S:;::::::::::::::::;; 

Kol 

I Tes 


Epeso 

Pilipi 

Kolosa 

I. Tesalonike 


...Ephesians 


::::::::::::::::.: S 


. . . Philippians 

. . . Colossians 

:.:5i.^SSlSSiS2i:: 


4 


II. Tea 


II. Tesalonike 


3 


I Tim 


I. Timoteo 


...I. Timothy 


..:.: :. : 6 


iLTim.::::::: :::::::: 


II. Timoteo 


. . II. Timothy 




Tit 


Tito 


...Titns 

...Philemon 


s 


Pilem 


Pilemona 


1 


Heb 

lak 


Hebem 

lakobo 


. .. Hebrews 

.. James 


13 


I. Pet 


I. Petero 


..I. Peter 


5 


II. Pet 


II. Petero 


. . II. Peter .... 


;.: 3 


Lioi.::::::: :: 


I. loane 


. I. John 


5 


II loa 


11. loane 


..II. John 


:::::::::::.: f 


Ill.Ioa. 


. III. loane 


Ill John 


1 


lud..!?:::::: : : :: 


luda ' ..... 


..jude. :;.::..:.:::.. 


::::::::;:.:::::.. i 


Hoik 


Hoikeana 


. . . Revelations. ; 


^ 22 


mo ,. .. , 


. . . ...... ... . . mok'ina 




\.\phjiliter. 


paa 


paokv ...... ... 




*^ Ebmoir. 









• r 



-;u3 



1-' 








KA EUANELIO 



I KJLKA.UIA.*! 



E MATAIO. 



MOKUNA I. 

KE knauhau na ka *hanaiina o 
lesu Kristo, '^ka mamo a Davida, 
*ka mamo a Aberahama. 

2 'Na Aberahama o Isaaka; na 
*Isaaka o lakoba; na 'lakoba o 
luda a me kona poe hoahanau ; 

3 <^Na luda laua me Tamara o 
Paresa a me Zara; na ^Taresa o 
Hezerona ; na Hezerona o Arama ; 

4 #a Arama o Aminadaba; na 
Aminadaba o Nahasona; naNaha- 
fN>na o Salemona ; 

5 Na Salemona laua me Rahaba 
o Boaza ; na Boaza laua me Ruta 
o Obeda ; na Obeda o lese ; 

6 Na • lese o Davida ke alii ; na 
''Davida na ke alii laua me kawa- 
hiae a Aoria o Solomona ; 

7 Na ^Solomona o Rehobouna; 
na Reboboama o Abia; na Abia 
Asa; 

8 Na Asa o losapata ; na losapata 
lorama ; na lorama o Ozia } 

9 Na Ozia o lotama , na lotama 
Ahaza ', na Ahaza o Hezekia ; 

10 Na "^ Hezekia o Manase; na 
Manase o Amona; na Amona o 
losia: 

11 Na "losia o lekonia a me kona 
poe hoahanau, i ka manawa o ^ka 
lawe ana i Babulona : 

12 A mahope mai o ka lawe ana i 
Babulona, na p lekonia o Salatiela; 
na Salatiela o 'iZerubabela; 

13 Na Zerubabela o Abiuda; na 
Abiuda o Eliakima; na EliaMma 
Azoift; 



• Lak. S SS. 
kHaL 1S2.1L 

Is. 11 I. 

ler. Zl 5. 

ma 22 42. 

loa 7. 42. 

Oih 2.90. Ji 

13.23. 

Rom. 1. 3. 
e Kin. lZS.it 

22.18. 

Gal. 3. 16. 
d Kin. 21. 2, 3. 
fr Kin. 25. 26. 
f Kin. 29. 35. 
g Kin. 38. 27, 

4.C. 
h Ruta 4. 18, 

Ac. 

1 OihUl 2. 5. 

9.IUS. 

il Sam. 16.1. 

«c 17. 12. 
k2Sam.l2. 

24. 

IlOihlU&lO, 



m Nam an. 21. 

1011iliiS.1S. 
I Some read. 

Jonothegat 

JaJtim, and 

Jaktm begat 

Jedumiat. 
nSeelOiiilii 

3. 15. 16. 
o2Nalii24 

14, 15, 16. k 

25.11. 

2 Oihlii 96. 

10. 2U. 

ler. 27. 20. k 

38. 9. fc 52. 11, 

15,28,29,30. 

Dan. 1. 2. 
Pi Oihlii 3.17, 

19. 
q Ezera 3. 2. 

&5.2. 

Neh. 12. 1. 

Hag. 1.1. 



THE GOSPEL 



ACCORDtRO TO 



ST. MATTHEW. 



CHAPTER 1. 

THE book of the * generation of 
Jesus Christ, **the son of David, 
''the son of Abraham. 

2 'Abraham begat Isaac; and 
* Isaac begat Jacob ; and 'Jacob be- 
gat Judas and his brethren ; 

3 And f Judas begat Phares and 
Zara of Thamar ; and ^ Phares be- 
gat Esrom ; and Esrom begat Aram ; 

4 And Aram begat Aminadabj 
and Aminadab begat Naasson } and 
Naasson begat Salmon ; 

5 And Salmon begat Booz of Ra- 
chab; and Booz begat Obed of 
Ruth ; and Obed begat Jesse ; 

6 And 'Jesse begat David the 
king; and ''David the king begat 
Solomon of her that had been the 
wife of Urias ; 

7 And 'Solomon begat Roboam; 
and Roboam begat Abia ; and Abia 
begat Asa ; 

8 And Asa begat Josaphat; and 
Josaphat begat J(»ram; and Joram 
begat Ozias ; 

9 And Ozias begat Joatham ; and 
Joatham begat Achaz ; and Achaz 
begat Ezekias ; 

10 And ""Ezekias begat Manas- 
ses; and Manasses begat Amon; 
and Amon begat Josias ; 

11 And n "Josias begat Jechonia« 
and his brethren, about the time they 
were "carried away to Babylon : 

12 And after they were brought 
to Babylon, PJechonias begat Sa- 
lathiel ; and Salathiel begat "> Zo- 
robabel ; 

13 And Zorobabel begat Abiud; 
and Abiud begat Eliakim ; and Eli- 
akim begat Azor; 



MATAIO, I. 



14 Na Azora o Sadoka; na Sadoka 
^ . Akima ; na Akiiua o Eliuda ; 

15 Na Eliuda o £leazara ; na £le- 
azara o Mahatana; na Mahatana 
lakoba ; 

16 Na lakoba o losepa ke kane a 
Maria nana i hanau o lesu, i iia'e 
o ka Mesia. 

17 O na hanauna a pau mai ia 
Aberabama mai a hiki ia Davida, 
he umi ia banauna a me kumama- 
ha ; a mai ia Davida mai a hiki i 
ka lawe ana i Babulona, he luni ia 
hanauna a me kumamaha; a mai 
ka lawe ana aku i Babulona mai, 
a hiki i ka Mesia, he umi ia hanau- 
na a me kumamaha. 

18 ^ Penei hoi ka '^ hanau ana o 
lesu Kristo : I hoopalau e ia kona 
makuwahine o Maria na losepa; 
aole nae laua i pili, a ikea oia, ua 
hapai na ka 'Uhane Hemolele. 

19 Aka, he kanaka pono kana ka- 
ne losepa, aole ia i makemake e 
^hoino ia ia ma ke akea; manao 
iho la ia e kipaku malu ia ia. 

20 A i kona manao ana ma ia 
mau mea, aia hoi, ikeia'ku ka ane- 
la a ka Haku e ia ma ka moe, i 
mai la, E losepa, e ka mamo a Da- 
vida. niai makau oe ke lawe ia Ma- 
ria i wahine nau ; no ka mea, ua 
"hapai oia na ka Uhane Hemolele. 

21 A e ^ hanau ana oia i keikika- 
ne, a e kapa aku oe i kona inoa o 
lESU; no ka mea, e ^hoola ia i 
kona poe kanaka mai ko lakou 
hewa. 

22 Ma ia mau mea i ko ai ka 
mea a ka Haku i olelo mai ai ma 
ke kaula, i ka i ana mai, 

23 ' Aia hoi, e hapai ana kekahi 
wahine puupaa, a e hanau mai ia 
i keikikane, a e kapaia kona inoa o 
Emanuela; o ke ano keia^ o ke 
Akua me kakou. 

24 A aia ae la o losepa mai ka 
hiamoe ana^ hana aku la ia e like 



The fifth 

year before 

the common 

era called 

Anno 

Domini. 

rLuk. 1.27. 

• Lak.l.S5. 



t Kan. ^. 1. 



u Lak. 1. 35. 
t Or. begotten. 

xLuk. 1.31. 
I! That is, 

SAVIOUR. 
7 Oih. 4. 12. & 

5. 31. & 13. 

23,38. 



»l8.7 14. 



II Or. Aw m 
thall be 
eailed. 



14 And Azor begat Sadoc; and 
Sadoc begat Achim; and Achim 
begat Eliud ; 

15 And Eliud begat Eleazar ; and 
£]eazar begat Matthan ', and Mat- 
than begat Jacob ; 

16 And Jacob be^t Joseph the 
husband of Mary, of whom was 
bom Jesus, who is called Christ. 

17 So all the generations from 
Abraham to David are fourteen, 
generations ; and from David until 
the carrying away into Babylon ar^ 
fourteen generatioj^ ; and from the 
carrying away into Babylon unto 
Christ are fourteen generatiouB. 



18 IT Now the 'birth of Jesua 
Christ was on this wise : When as 
his mother Mary was espoufliil to 
Joseph, before they came together, 
she was found with child 'of the 
Holy Ghost. 

19 Then Joseph her husband, be- 
ing a just man, and not willing ^ to 
make her a public example, was 
minded to put her away privily. 

20 But while he thought on these 
things, behold, the angel of the 
Lord appeared unto him in. «, 
dream, saying, Joseph, thou son of 
David, fear not to take unto thee 
Mary thy wife : " for that which is 
t conceived in her is of the Holy 
Ghost. 

21 'And she shall bring forth a 
son, and thou shalt call his noino 
IIJESUS: for ^he shall save his 
people from their sins. 

22 Now all tliis was done, that . 
it might be fullUled which w&s 
spoken of the Loid by the prophet^ 
saying, 

23 'Behojd, a virgin shall be with 
child, and shall bring forth a son, 
and H they shall call his name Em... 
manuel, which being interpreted is, 
God with us. 

24 Then Joseph being raised from 
sleep did as the angel of the Lord. 



MATAIO, IL 



me ka ka onela a ka Hakn i katio- 
ka mai ai ia la, a lawe mai la ia i 
kaaa wahine ; 

25 Aole nae i moe aku ia ia, a 
hikii ka wa i hanaa ai oia i *kana 
makahiapo kane, a kapa akn la ia 
i kona inoa o lESU. 



M^ 



MOiCUNA II. 

TAHOPE iho o >ka haaaii ana 
a lean ma Betelehema i lu- 
dua, i ke kau ia Herode ke alii, 
aia hoi, hele mai la na magoi mai 
^ka aiiia hikina mai a lerosalema, 

2 Ni&au mai la, ''Ai la ihea ka 
niea i hanau iho nei i aUi no ka 
poe ludaio ? No ka mea, ua iko 
makott ma ka aina hikina i *^kona 
koka, a ua hele mai nei makou e 
kokoli hoomaikai ia ia. 

3 A. lohe ae la o Herode ke alii, 
apoapo ae la koaa oili, oia a me ko 
lerusalema a pau. 

4 Alaila, honluula ae la ia i ka 
* poe kahuna noi a me ka 'poe ka- 
kauolelo a na kanaka, ^ninau mai 
la oia ia lakou, Ai la ihea kahi e 
ka&au ai o ka Mesia ? 

5 Hai aktt la lakou ia ia, Aia i 
Betelehema i ludaia nei; no ka 
i&ea, ua pala{>alaia e ke kaula pe- 
nei, 

6 oe, ^e Betelehema, i ka aina 
p luda, aole no oe ka mea uuku loa 
iwaena o ko luda poe kulanakau- 
kale alii ; no ka mea, mailoko mai 
oa e hole mai ana kekahi alii, ' na- 
^ e hoomalu i ko'u poe kanaka o 
ka Iseraela. 

7 Aiaila, kii malu aku la o He- 
i^e i ua mau magoi la, ninau po- 
iu> aku la ia lakou i maopopo ai ka 
maaawa i ikea aku ai ua hoku la. 

3 Hoouna aku la oia ia lakou i 
Betelehema, i aku la, Ou haele ou- 
kou, e imi pono aku 1 ua keiki la, 
% loaa hoi, alaila e hai mai ia'u, i 
hele aku hoi au e kukuli ho(»nai- 
kai ia ia. 

9 A lohe ae la i ka ke alii, haele 
flka la lakou; aia hoi, ka hoku a 




The foorth 
year beforo 
the common 

era called 

Ammo 

Domini. 

a Luk. 2. 4, 6, 

7. 
b Kin. 10. SO. 

&25. 6. 

lNa]ii4.30. 
e Luk. 2. 11. 
d Nah. 24. 17. 

18.60.3. 



e2 OihUi 36. 

14. 
f 2 OlhUl 84. 

IS. 
t Mai. 2. 7. 



h Mlk. 6. S. 
loa. 7. 42. 



\ Hoik. 2. 2^ 
H Or,/e«t 



had bidden him, aad took unto him 
his wife: 

25 And knew her not till she had 
brought forth *her firstborn son: 
and he called his name JESUS. 



CHAPTER II. 

NOW when 'Jesua waa bom in 
Bethlehem of Judea in the days 
of Herod the king, behold, there 
came wise mea ^^m the eaat to 
Jerusalem, 

2 Saying, "Where is he that is 
bom King of the Jews? for we 
have seen ''his star in the eaat, 
and are come to worship him. 



3 When Herod the king had heard 
these thingSj he was troubled, and 
all Jerusalem with him. 

A And when he had gathered all 
"the chief priests and ^boribes oi 
the people together, <he demanded 
of them whtfo Christ should be 
bom. 

5 And they said unto him. In Beth- 
lehem of Judea : for thus it is writ- 
ten by the prophet, 

6 ^And thou Bethlehem, in the 
land of Juda, art not the least 
among the princes of Juda: for 
out of thee shall come a Governor, 
i that shall li rule my people Israel. 



7 Then Herod, when he had priv- 
ily called the wise men, inquired 
of them diligently what time the 
star appeared. 

8 And he sent them to Bethlehem, 
and said. Go and search diligently 
for the young child ; and when ye 
have found Aim, bring me word 
again, that I may come and wor- 
ship him also. 

9 When they had heard the king, 
they departed; and, Iq, iho st 



» 



MATAIO, n. 



lakou i ike ai ma ka aina hikina, 
lele e akn la ia imua o lakou, a 
hele aku la, a kau iho la maliina 
pono o kahi e noho ana o ua ke- 
ikila. 

10 A ike aku lakou i ua hoku la, 
haaoli nui loa ae la lakou. 

1 1 IT Komo lakou iloko o ka hale, a 
ike aku la i ua keiki la a me kona 
makuwahine o Maria, moe iho la 
lakou, hoomaikai aku la ia ia; a 
wehe ae la ^ lakou i ko lakou wai- 
hona waiwai, haavi aku la lakou 
nana i ke gula, a me ka libano, a 
me ka mura. 

12 A ma ka 'moeuhane, papaia 
mai lakou, aole e hoi hou aku io 
Herode la, a ma kekahi alanui e ae 
i hoi aku ai lakou i ko lakou 
aina. 

13 A hala aku la lakou, aia hoi, 
ike aku la ka anela a ka Haku e 
losepa i ka moeuhane^ i mai la, £ 
ala, e lawe i ke keiki a me kona 
makuwahine, a holo aku i Aigupi- 
ta i malaila e noho ai^ a olelo hou 
aku au ia oe; no ka mea, e imi 
mai ana o Herode i ke kei^, e pe- 
pehi ia ia. 

14 Ala ae la ia, lawe ae la i ke 
keiki a me kona makuwahine i ka 
po, a holo aku la 1 Aigupita ; 

15 Malaila ia i noho ai a make o 
Herode. Nolaila, ko ae la ka olelo 
a ka Haku ma ke kaula, i ka i ana 
mai, Ua hoihoi mai au i ka'u keiki 
"*mai Aigupita mai. 

16 If Alaila, ike ae la o Herode, 
ua hoohokaia oia e ka poe magoi, 
ukiuki loa iho la ia, kena aku la 
ia, a luku aku la i na keikikane a 
pau o Betelehema, a o na wahi a 
puni e kokoke ana, i ka poe elua 
makahiki a hala ilalo i ka manawa 
i ninau pono aku ai ia i ka poe 
magoi. 

17 Alaila, ko ae la ka olelo a ke 
kauia a " leremia, i i mai ai, 

18 Ua lohea ka leo ma Rama, he 

'\e uwe ana, a me ke kanikau 
uwe aaa o Rahela no kaaa 




k Hal. 72. 10. 
It. 60. 6. 
I Or, qftnd. 



I mo. ]. 90. 



nHos.11.1. 



B ler. SL 15. 



which they saw in the east, went 
before them, till it came and stood 
over where the young child was. 



10 When ttiey saw the star,, they 
rejoiced with exceeding great joy. 

11 IT And when they were come 
into the house, they saw the young 
child with Mary his mother^ and 
fell down, and worshipped him : 
and when they had opened their 
treasures, ^'they H presented unto 
him gifts; gold, and frankincense, 
and myrrh. 

12 And being warned of God 4n 
a dream that they should not re- 
turn to Herod, they departed into 
their own country another way. 

13 And when they were depart- 
ed, behold, the angel of the Lord ap- 
peareth to Joseph in a dream, say- 
ing, Arise, and take the young child 
and his mother, and flee into Egypt, 
and be thou there until I bring 
thee word : for Herod will seek the 
young child to destroy him.- 

14 When he arose, he took the 
young child and his mother by- 
night, and departed into £gypt : 

15 And was there until, the death 
of Herod : that it might be fulfilled 
which was spoken of the Lord by 
the prophet, saying, "Out of Egypt 
hate I called my son. 

16 IT Then Herod, when he sa^vr 
that he was mocked of the wise 
men, was exceeding wroth, and sent 
forth, and slew all the children that 
were in Bethlehem, and in all the 
coasts thereof, from two years old 
and imder, according to the time 
which he had diligently inquired 
of the wise men. 

17 Then was fulfilled that which 
was spoken by * Jeremy the proph- 
et, saying, 

18 In Rama was there a voi'ce 
heard, lamentation, and weeping, 
and great mourning, Rachel weep- 



MATAIO, m. 



matt keiki, aole loa ia e iia, no ka 
mea^ aole ae nei lakon. 

19 f A make o Herode, alalia ikea 
aku la kekahi anela a ka Haku e 
loeepa ma ka moeuhane i Aigupita. 

20 1 mat la, £ ala oe e lawe i ke 
keiki a me koaa makuwahine, a e 
hoi aku i ka aina o ka Iseraela ; no 
ka mea^ ua make ka poe i imi mai 
epepehi i ua keiki nei. 

21 Aia'e la ia, lawe ae la i ua 
keiki la, a me kona makuwahine, a 
boi aka la i ka aina o ka Iseraela. 

22 A lotie ae la ia, o Arekelau ke 
alii ma ludaia i pani no ka halca- 
haka o kona makuakane o Herode, 
makau iho la ia 1 ka hele aku ma- 
laila : a aoia mai ia ma ka moeu* 
bane, hele aku in i ka "moka o 
Galilaia. 

23 A hiki aku la ia i kekahi ku- 
lanakauhale o *'Nazareta ka inoa, 
Doho iho la ia ilaila : pela i ko ai 
^ olcilo la ka poe kanla, E kapaia 
oia he Nazarene. 

MOKUNA III. 

I A man la la i hele mai ai o 
* loane Bapetite, e ao ana ma ^'ka 
^aonahele i ludaia, i ka i ana ae, 

2 £ mihi oukoa, no ka mea, ua 
kokoke mai nei ke*^aupuni o ka lani . 

3 Oia DO ka mea i oleioia mai e 
ke kaula e Isaia, i ka i ana mai, 
'^ Ka leo ka mea e kala ana ma ka 
waonahele, •£ hoomakaukau^ou* 
kou i alanui no lehova, e hana i 
kona raau kuamoo i pololei. 

4 Ua aaliu iho la o <ua loane la 
\ ke ^kapa hulu kamelo, a he kaei 
ili ma kona puhaka ; a he '* uhini 
kana ai, a me ka 'meli o ka nahe- 
lehele. 

5 AJjula, * hele aku la ko lerusa- 
lema a me ko ludaia a pau io na 
1^ a me ko na wahi a pau e kokoke 
aaa ma loredane. 

6 A > bapetizoia iho la lakou e ia 
iloko loredane, me ka hai ana mai 
i ko biJkoa hewa. 

1* 




omaS. 13. 
Luk. 2. 90. 



P loa. 1. 4S, 

q Loa. 13. 6. 
1 Sam. 1. 11. 



A. D. 26. 

a Mar. 1.4.15c 

Luk. 3. 2, 3. 

loa. I. 2B. 
b To0. 14. 10. 
c Dan. 3. 44. 

mo 4. 17. k. 

10.7. 



d Ia. 40. 3. 

Mar. 1. 3. 

Luk 3. 4. 

loa 1.23. 
e Luk. 1. 76. 

f Mar. 1. 6. 

r 2 Nam 1.8. 

Zek 13. 4. 
hOihk 1L22. 
It Sam. 14. 25, 

26. 

k Mar. 1. S. 
LuJc. 3. 7. 



1 Oih. 19.4,18. 



ing far her diildreii, and iroald not 
be comforted, because they are not. 

19 IF But when Herod was dead, 
behold, an angel of the Lord ap- 
peareth in a dream to Joseph in 
Egypt, 

20 Saying, Arise, and take the 
young child and- his mother, end 
go into the land of Israel : for they 
are dead which sought the youug 
child's life. 

21 And he arose, and took the 
young child and his mother, and 
came into the land of Israel. 

22 But when lie heard that Ar- 
chelaus did reign in Judea u»tbe 
room of his father Herod, he was 
afraid to go thither : notwithstand* 
ing, being warned of GodMu a 
dream, he turned aside "into the 
parts of Galilee : 

23 And he came and dwelt in 
a city called p Nazareth: that it 
might bo fulfilled *> which was spo* 
ken by the prophets, He shall be 
called a Nazarene. 

CHAPTER III. 

IN those days came *John the 
Baptist, preaching ^in the wil* 
deniess oif Judea, 

2 And saying, Repent ye : for * the 
kingdom of heaven is at hand. 

3 For this is he that was spoken 
of by the prophet Esaias, saying, 
''The voice -of one crying in the 
wilderness, * Prepare ye the way 
of the Lord, make his pallis straight. 

4 And 'the same John ^had his 
raiment of camel's hair, and a 
leathern girdle about his loins; 
and his meat was ^locusts and 
' wild honey. 

5 ''Then went out to him Jerusa- 
lem, and all Judea, and all the re- 
gion round about Jordan, 

6 *And were baptized of him in 
Jordan, confessing their sins. 



to 



MATAIO, in. 



7 Hr A ike akn htia, he niii mPavi- 
saio a me na Sadokaio i hele mai e 
bapetizoia'i e ia, i aku la oia ia la- 
kou, '" £ ka hanauna moonihoawa, 
nawai ookou i ao aku e hole i pa- 
ke le ai i ka " inaina e kau mai ana ? 

8 £ hua oe oukou i ka hua e kn i 
ka mi hi. 

9 Mai manao oukou e ohumu ilo- 
ko o oukou iho, o ^Afaerahama ko 
kakou kupuna; no ka mea, ke i 
akn nei au ia oukou, e hiki no i ke 
Akua ke hoolilo i keia mau pohaku 
i poe mamo na Aberahama. 

10 Ke waiho nei ke koi lipi ma 
ke kunm o na laau, a 1*0 kela laau 
a keia laou e hua ole mai ana i ka 
hua maikai, e kua ia ilalo a e kio- 
laia'ku ia i ke ahi. 

11 iQwau no ke bapeiizo aku nei 
ia oukou i ka wai, no ka mihi ; 
aka, o ka mea e hele mai ana ma- 
hope o'u, he nui aku k<Kna mana 1 
ko'u. aole au e pono ke lawe i kona 
mau kamaa; ''nana oukou e bape- 
iizo aku i ka Uliane HemoJele a me 
ke ahi. 

12 'Aia no ma kona lima kana 
peahi, a e hoomaemao pono ana ia 
i kana huaai; a e hoiliiii hoi ia 
i kana palaoa iloko o ka hale pa- 
paa, a e 'hoopau aku i ka opala i 
ke ahi pio ole. 

13 ^ "Alaila, hele mai la o lesu, 
'raai Galilaia mai i loredane io 
loane la, e bapetizoiaU e ia, 

14 Hnole aku la o loane ia ia, i 
aku la, Owau kau e bapetizo mai 
e pono ai ; a ke hele mai nei anei 
oe io'u nei? 

15 Olelo mai la o leiu, i mai la 
ia ia, £ ae mai oe ano, no ka mea, 
pela kaua e pono ai ke malama i 
ka pono a pau : alaila, ae aku la 
kela ia ia. 

16 y A bapetizoia lesu, alaila, 
pii k(Ae mai la ia mai ka vai mai ; 
aia hoi, hamama ae la ka lani nona, 
a ikea aku la * ka Uhane o ke Akua 
e iho mai ana nie he mana nunu 
la. a kau iho la maltma iho ona. . 

17 *Aia hoi, he leo mai ka lani 



A.D.26. 



m mo. 12. 34. 

<r.23.S3. 

Luk. 3.7.8,9. 
n Rom. 5. 9. 

1 Tes. 1. 10. 
II Or, atmoer- 

ttble to 

amtndmemt 

o/life. 
o Ioa.8.S3.S9. 

Oih.l3.aB. 

Kom.4.1»lI, 

16. 



P mo. 7. 19. 
Luk. 13. 7, 9. 
loa. 15. 6. 



q Mar. 1. 8. 
Luk. a 16. 
loa. 1.15.26, 
33. Oih.i. 
b k 11.16. k 
19.4. 



r (8. 4. 4. & 44. 
3. Mai. 3 2. 
Oih. 2. 3, 4. 
1 Kor. V2. 13. 

■ Mai. 3. 3. 



t Mai. 4. 1, 
nw. 13. 30. 

27. 
n Mar. 1. 9l 
Luk. 3. 21. 
X mo. 2. 22. 



J Mar. 1. 10. 



ila.l1.2.fc42. 
I. Lnk.3.22. 
Ioa.L32,S3. 

aloa.13.28. 



7 f But when he mbw many of 
the Pharisees and Sadduoees oome 
to his baptism, he said unto them, 
"■0 generation of vipers, who hath 
warned you to flee from "the wrath 
to come ? 

8 Bring forth therefore fruits 
K meet for repentance : 

9 And think not to say within 
yourselves, ^ We have Abraham to 
our father : for f say unto you, that 
God is able of these stones to raise 
up children unto Abraham. 

10 And now also the axe is laid 
unto the root of the trees: p there- 
fore every tree which bringeth not 
forth good fruit is hewn down, and 
cast into the fire. 

11 «^ I indeed" baptize you with 
water unto repentance : but he that 
oometh after me is mightier than I, 
whose shoes I am not worthy to 
bear: 'he shall baptize you with 
the Holy Ghost, and with ^j»: 



12 'Whose fan is in his hand, and 
he will thoroughly purge his floor, 
and gather his wheat into the gar- 
ner J but he will * bum up the chaflT 
with unquenchable fire. 

13 IT "Then cometh Jesus 'from 
Galilee to Jordan unto John, to be 
baptized of him. 

14; But John forbade hire, saying, 
I have need to be baptized of thee, 
and comest thou to me ? 

15 And Jesus answering said uuto 
him, Sufler it to be so now: for 
thus it becometh us to fulfil all 
righteousness. Then he sufiered 
him. 

16 3^And Jesus, when he was bap. 
tized, went up straightw&y out of 
the water: and, lo, the -heavens 
were opened unto him, and he saw 
> the Spirit of God descending like a 
dove, and lifting upon him : 

17 *And lo a voioe from heaven, 



MATAK), IV. 



11 



Qiai, e i xoai ana, O ^k&'a Keiki 
panahele k«ia, ka mea a'u i oUoli 

ioaai. 

MOKUNA IV. 

ALAILA, alakaiia'ku la o * lean 
. e ''ka Uhane i ka waonahrte, 
e hoowalewaleia^kn ai e ka diabolo. 

2 Hookeai iho la ia i hookaki ka- 
naha la, a mens po he kanaha, a 
mahope ifap, p<^li i^ la ia. 

3 A hiki aku ka hoowalewale io 
na la, i aku la ia, Ina o ke Keiki 
oe a ke Akua, e i mai oe i keia 
man pohaku i lilo i berena. 

4 Oleio mai la o lesa, i mai la, 
Ua palapalaia, Aole e ola ^ke ka^ 
naka i ka berena wale noj aka, ma 
na mea a paa mai ka waJba mai o 
ke Akaa. 

5 Akiila, kai aku la ka diabolo ia 
ia i 'ke kulanakauhale hoaiio; a 
hookaa aka ia ia ia maluna iho o 
kahi <»oi o ka luakiiu ; 

6 I aka la ia ia, lua o oe ke Ke- 
iki a ke Akua, e lele iho oe ilalo ; 
no ka mea, ua palapalaia, ' £ kau- 
oha mai no ia i kona poe ancla 
nou, e kaikai lakou ia oe ma ko la- 
kon man lima, o kuia kou wawae 
ika pohaku. 

7 I mai la o lean. Ua palapalaia 
no hoi, /Mai hoao aku oe i ka Ha- 
kn i koa Akua. 

8 Kai hoa aku la ka diaholo ia 
ia i kahi mauna kiekie loa, a hoike 
aku la ia ia i na anpiuii a pau o ka 
honua^ a me ko lakou nam 3 

9 I aku la hoi ia ia, O keia mau 
mea a pau ka'u e haawi aku ai ia 
oe, ke kukuli iho oe, a hoomana 
mai ia'a. 

10 Alalia, olelo mai la lean ia ia, 
E hole pela oe, e Satana; no ka 
mea, na palapalaia, *£ hoomaiia 
aku oe i ka Haku i kou Akua, a e 
malana aku oe iaoa wale no. 

11 Alalia, haalele aku la ka dia- 
bolo ia ia ; aia hoi, hele mai la ^ na 
anela, a lawdUnre nana. 

12 ^ ' I^e ae la o lesu, ua hoo- 



A.D.27. 




e Kan. 8. 3. 



<iN6h.1M. 
18. Is. 48. 2. 
Iise.!. mo. 
27.53. Hoik. 
11.2. 



• Hal. 91. tl, 
12. 



Le.18. 



f Kan. 6. IS. 

U 10. 20. 

IO0. 21. 14. 

1 Sam. 7. 3. 
b Heb. 1. 14. 
i Mar. 1. 14. 

Lak.3.20. 

1(4.14,31. 

loa. 4. 43. 

30. 



aayinff) ^Thia ia mr beloTad Son, in ^ 
whom I am well pleased. ^ 

CHAPTER IV. 

THEN was Mesiu led up of ^the 
Spirit into the wilderneaa to be 
tempted of the devil. 

2 And when he had fasted forty 
days and forty nights, he was after- 
ward a hungered. 

3 And when the tempter came to 
him, he laid, If thou be the Son of 
God, coDunand that these stones be 
made bread. 

4 But he answered and said, It is 
written, *Man shall not live by 
bread alone, but by every werd that 
prooeedeth out of the mouth of God. 

5 Then the devil taketh him up 
*^into the holy city, and setteth him 
on a pinnacle of the temple, 

6 And saith unto him, If thou be 
the Son of God, east thyself down : 
for it is written, *He shall give his 
angels charge coneeniing thee : and 
in their hands they shall bear thee 
up, lest at any time thou dash thy 
foot against a stone. 

7 Jesus said unto him, It is written 
again, 'Thou shalt not tempt the 
Lord thy God. 

8 Again, the devil taketh him up 
into an exceeding high mountain, 
and sheweth him all the kingdoms 
of the world, and the glory o( 
them; 

9 And saith unto him, All these 
things will 1 give thee, if thou wilt 
fall down and worship me. 

10 Then saith Jesus unto him, Get 
thee hence, Satan : for it is writ- 
ten, sThou shalt w<w«iiip the Lord 
thy God, and him only shalt thou 
serve. 

11 Then the devil leaveth him, 
and, behold, *> angels oame and min- 
istered unto him. 

12 1' Now when Jesus had h«^ 



15 ''O kft aina o Zabnlona, a o ka 
aina o Napetali e k(Aoke ana i ka 
loko ma kela aoao o loredane, o 
Galilaia no na kanaka e ; 

16 'O ka poe kanaka e noho ana 
ma ka pouli, ike ae la lakou i ka 
malamalama nui, a maluna o ka 
poe e noho ana ma ka main o ka 
make, na puka mai ka malamalama. 

17 IT ""la manawa ka lesu ao ana 
mai i kinohi, i ka i ana mai, **£ 
mihi onkou, no ka mea, na kokoke 
mai nei ke aupnni o ka lani. 

18 IT ''Hele aku la o lesn ma ke 
kae o ka loko o Galilaia, ike mai la 
ia i na hoahanaa elua, o Simona i 
I'kapaia o Petero^ a me kona kaikai- 
na o Anederea, e kiyn ana i ka npe- 
na i ka loko, no ka mea, he man 
lawaia laua. 

19 I mai la oia ia lana, £ hahai 
mai olua ia'u, a e ^hoolilo au ia 
olua i man lawaia kanaka. 

20 'Haalele koke iho la laua i na 
upena, a hahai aku la ia ia. 

21 'Hele aku ia ia malaila aku, 
ike mai la ia i na hoahanau e ae 
elua, o lakobo ke keiki a Zebedaio, 
a me kona kaikaina o loane, malu- 
na no ka moku me ko laua maku* 
akane o Zebedaio, e hono ana i ka 
lakpu mau upena, a kahea mai la 
oia ia laua. 

22 Haalele koke aku la laua i ka 
moku, a mc ko laua makuakane, a 
hahai aku la ia ia. 

23 IT Kaahele ae la o lesu ma 
Galilaia a puni, *e ao mai ana ilo- 
ko o ko lakou mau halehalawai, a 
o hai mai aha i *'k4 euanelio no ke 
aupuni, a e 'hoola ana hoi i ka mai 
a me ka nawaliwaii a pau o na 

^a. 



A.D.3a 



IS MATAIO, IV. 

leiia o loane iloko o kahalepaahao, 
hele aku la ia i Galilaia. 

13 Haalele ae la oia ia Nazareta, 
hele aku la a noho ma Kaperenauma 
kokoke ana i ka loko, ma ka moku- 
ua Zabulona a me Napetali. 

14 Pela i ko ai ka mea i oleloia e 
ke kaula e Isaia, i ka i aaa mai, 




klg.9.1,2. 



I Is. 42. 7. 
Luk. 2. 32. 



mMar.l. 14, 

15. 
n mo. 3. 2. It 

10.7. 



o Mar. 1. 16, 
17. 18. Luk. 
&2. 



r> loa. 1. 42. 



q Luk. 5. 10, 

11. 

r Mar. 10. 28. 
Luk. 18. 28. 

■ Mar. 1. 19, 
20. Luk. 5. 
10. 



t mo. 9. S5. 

Mar. 1. 21, 

39. Luk. 4. 

15,44. 
a mo. 24. 14. 

Mar. 1. 14. 
xMar. L84.S 



that Joim ^nis I oast into prison, he 
departed into Galilee ; 

13 And leaving Nazareth, he came 
and dwelt in Capernaum, which is 
upon the sea coast, in the borders 
oi' Zabulon and Nephthalim : 

14 That it might be fulfilkMi which 
was spoken by Eeaias the prophet, 
saying, 

Id ^ The land of Zabulon, and the 
land of Nephthalim, by the way of 
the sea» beyond Jordan, Galilee of 
the Gentiles ; 

16 > The people which sat in dark- 
ness saw great light ; and to them 
which sat in the region and shadow 
of death light is sprung up, 

17 IT '"From that time Jesus be- 
gan to preach, and to say, "Repent : 
for the kingdom of heaTen is at 
hand. 

18 ^ °And Jesus, walking by the 
sea of Galilee, saw two brethren, 
Simon p called Peter, and Andrew 
his brother, casting a net into the 
sea : for they were fishers. 



19 And he saith unto them, Fol- 
low me. and •» I will make you fish- 
ers of men. 

20 'And they straightway left 
their nets, and followed him. 

21 'And going on from thence, ho 
saw other two brethren, James the 
son of Zebedee, and John his broth- 
er, in a ship with Zebedee their fa- 
ther^ men^ng their nets^ and he 
called them. 



22 And they immediately left the 
ship and their father, and followed 
him. 

23 IT And Jesus went about all 
Galilee, * teaching in their syna- 
gogues, and preaching **the gospel 
of the kingdom, 'and healing all 
manner of sickness and all manner 
of disease among the people. 



MATAIO, V. 



13 



S4Km aim la Inma ksakaa i Sa- 
na a puni; halihali mai la lakou io 
na la i ko lakou poe mai a pau, 
i lohia e kela mai keia mai, a me 
na eha^ o ka poe i ultihia e na dai- 
monio, a me ka poe heheaa, a me 
ka poe lok>: a hoola mai ia oia ia 

25 rile nui loa ka poe kanaka i 
hahsi mai ia la no Cklilaia mai, 
so IMcapoli mai, a no lerusalema 
mai, no ludaia mai, a no keia kapa 
fflai loredane. 

MOKUNA V. 

IKE ae la o lesa i ka ntii o na 
kanaka, *p]i aku la ia i kekahi 
Buuma; a noho ihb la ia^ hele aku 
la kana man biutmana io na la. 

2 Oafca ae la kona waha, ao mai 
la oia ia lakou, i mai ia, 

3 "Pomaikai ka poe i haahaa ka 
naau ; no ka mea, no lakou ke au- 
ponioka lani. 

4 '^omatkai ka poe e u ana; no 
ka mea, • hoolualaia'ka lakou. 

5 * Pomaikai ka poe akahai ; no 
ka mea, e *lilo ka honua ia la- 
kro. 

6 Pomaikai ka pee pololi, a make- 
wai no ka pono; no ka mea, ^e 
hoomaonaia lakou. 

7 Pomaikai ka poe i aloha aku ; 
^ ka mea, *e atofaaia mai la- 

8 ''Pomaikai ka poe i maemae ma 
ka naau j no ka mea, *e ike lakou 
i ke Akna. 

9 Pomaikai ka poe nwao : no ka 
niea, e iia lakoa he poe keiki na ke 
Akua. 

10 ^ Pomaikai ka poe i hana ino 
ia mai no ka pono ; no ka mea, no 
lakoa ke auponi o ka iani. 

11 '£ pomeikm ana no aukoo, ke 
luiiiio mai kanaka ia onkou, ke hoo- 
^aaau mai no hoi, a no'^i nei e olelo 
vahabee mai ai ia oukou i '"na 
loeainoapan. 

12 '"Bhwaoli odkoii, e olioli nui 
boi; no ka mea, he nui ka nkn no 



A.D.31. 



r Mar. S. 7. 



« filar. 3. 13. 



b Lnk. B. 20. 
See Hal. 31. 

17. Sol. 16. 
19. & 2». 23. 

1 8. 57. 15. k 
66.2. 

c Is. 61. 2. 3. 

Luk 6. 21. 

Joa. 16 2n. 

2 Kor I. 7. 

Hoik. 21. 4. 
d Hal. 37. 11. 

e See Jtom. 4. 

13. 
f Is. 55. 1. k 

65.13. 



g Bal. 41. 1. 

ino. 6. 14. 

Mar. U. 25. 

2 Tim 1.16. 

Heb 6 10. 

lak 2. 13. 
hHaLl5.2.& 

24.4. Heb. 

12.14. 
i 1 Kor. 13. 12. 

1 loa. a 2, 3. 

k 2 Kor. 4. 17. 

2 Tim. 2. 12. 
1 Pet. 3. 14. 



I Luk. 6. 22. 

ml Pet 4. 14. 
t Or. tyinff. 
n Luk. 6. 23. 

Oib. 5. 41. 

Rom. 5. 3. 

lak. 1. 1 

1 Pet. 4. 1& 



24 And hia feme iv<6nt tlypooghoiit a 
all Syria: and they brought unto ^ 
him all sick people that were taken 
witii divers diaeaaes and torments, 
and thosejviiioh were possessed with 
devils, andHhose which were Inna- 
tio, and those that had the palsy; 
and he healed them. 

25 'And there followed him great 
multitudes of people from Galilee, 
and from Decapolis, and from Jeru- 
salem, and from Judea, and from i 
beyond JonUm. 

CHAPTER V. 

AND seeing the multitudes, *he 
went up into a mountain : and 
when he was set, his disciples came 
unto him : • 

2 And he opened his month, and 
taught them, saying, 

3 ''Blessed are the poor in spirit : 
for theirs ia the kingdom of heaven. 

4 "^ Blessed are they that mourn: 
for they shall be comforted. 

5 *' Blessed are the meek : for ' they 
shall inherit the earth. 

6 Blessed are they w^ieh do hunger 
and thirst after righteousness: 'for 
they shall be filled. 

7 Blessed are the merciful: «for 
they shall obtain mercy. 

<6 ^Blessed are the pure in heart: 
for ' they shall see God. 

9 Blessed ar«.. the peacemakers: 
for they shall be called the children 
of God. 

10 ''Blessed are they which are per- 
secuted for righteousness' sake : for 
theirs is the kingdom ol' heaven. 

11 'Blessed are ye, when men 
shall revile you, and persecute yoi/, 
and shall say all maimer of '"evil 
against you t falsely, for my sake. 

1 2 'Rejoice, and be exceeding glad : 
for great is your reward in heaven : 



14 



MATAIO, V: 



oukou ma ka lani: **pela lakaa i 
bana ino aku ai i ka poe kaula 
mamua o oukou. 

13^0 oukou no ka paakai o ka 
honua : aka, Pina pau ka iiti o ka 
paakai, pehea la ia e hn hott ai ? 
Aohe ona mea e pono ai ma ia ho* 
pe, 6 kiola wale ia iwaho e hehiiaU 
na kanaka. 

14 <iO oukou no ka malamalama 
o ke ao nei : o ke kulanakauhale i 
ku ma kahi kiekie, aole ia e nalo- 
wale. 

15 Aole i ''hoaia ke kukui i mea e 
waihoiaH malalo iho o ke poi, aka, 
ma kahi e kau ai o ke kukui, i 
malamalama no ka poe a pau iloko 
o ka hale. 

16 Pela oukou e hoakaka aku ai 
i ko oukou malamalama imua o na 
kanaka, 'i ike mai ai lakou i ka 
oukou huna maikai ana, a 4 hoo- 
nani aku hoi lakou i ko oukou Ma- 
kua i ka lani. 

17 ^ "Mai manao oukou i hale 
mai nei au e hoole i ke kanawai a 
me ka poe kaula. ka hooiaio 
ka'u i hele mai nei, aole ka hoole. 

18 No ka mea, he oiaio ka'u e 
olelo aku nei ia oukou, ^e lilo e ka 
lani a me ka houua, aole e lilo ka- 
hi huna, aole hoi kahi lihi iki o ko 
kanawai, a pau loa ae la ia i ka 
hookoia. 

19 ^Nolaila, o ka mea e uhai aku 
i kekahi hua iki o keia mau kana- 
wai, a e ao aku hoi i kanaka pela ; 
oia ke oleloia he mea ole ilcko o ke 
aupuni o ka lani ; aka, o ka mea e 
malama ia mau kanawai, a e ao 
aku i kanaka pela, oia ke oleloia he 
mea nui iloko o ke aupuni o ka 
lani. 

20 No ka mea, ke i aku nei au ia 
oukou, A i oi ole aku ko oukou po- 
no i ^ko ka poe kakauolelo a me ko 
ka poe Parisaio, aole loa oukou e 
komo iloko o ke aupuni o ka 
lani. 

21 f Ua l<^e no oukou i ka mea 
; ^i^iQJii naai i ka poe kahiko, "Mai 

kanolEa oe ; a o ka mea e 



A.D. 3!. 




q SoL 4. 18. 
PIL2. J5. 



r3far.4.21. 

Luk. 8. 16. k 

11.33. 
t Or. mmlittt, 

ameasare 

containing 

nearly a 

peck. 



• 1 Pet. 2. 12. 
t loa. 15. 8. 
IKor. 14.2S. 



u Ron. S. 31. 
& 10. 4. 
Gal. 3. 21. 



w Luk. 1& 17. 



zlak.2.10. 



y Rom. 9. 31. 
& 10. 3. 



I Or, to (A«m. 
X Pak. 90. IS. 
Kan. 6. 17. 



fof^M persecuted ^y the prophets 
which were before you. 

13 T Ye are the salt of the earth : 
Pbiit if the salt have lost his aavoor, 
wherewith shall it be salted ? it is 
thenoeforth good for noUung, but to 
be cast out, aad to be trodden under 
foot of men. 

14 <<Ye are the light of the world. 
A city that is set on a hill cuuiot 
be hid. 

1 5 Neither do men '^ light a candle, 
and put it under ta bushel, but on 
a candlestick; and it giyeth light 
unto all that are in the house. 

16 Let your li^ht so shine before 
men, 'that they may see your good 
works, and 'glorify your Father 
which is in heaven. 



17 1[ "Think not that I am come 
to destroy the law, or the prophets : 
I am not come to destroy, but to 
fulfil. 

18 For verily I say unto you, *Till 
heaven and earth pass, one jot or 
one tittle shall in no wise pass from 
the law, till all be fulfilled. 



19 'Whosoever therefore shall 
break one of these least command- 
ments, and shall teach men so, he 
shall be called the least in the 
kingdom of heaven : but whosoever 
shall do and teach them, the same 
shall be called great in the kingdom 
of heaven. 

20 For I say unto yon, Thai ex- 
cept your righteousness shall exceed 
y the righteousness of the scribes and 
Pharisees, ye i^U in no case enter 
into the kangdom of heaven. 

21 IT Ye have heard that it was 
said Rby them of old time, 'Thou 
shalt not kill ; and whosoever shall 



pepehi i fee kanaka, e lilo ana ia i 

ka hoohewaia. 

22 £ia hoi ka'u e olelo aku nei ia 
oukou, *0 ka mea e huhu hala ole 
aka i koiia hoahanau, e lilo ana ia 
i mea no ka hoohewaia; a oka mea 
hailiili aku i kona hoahaaau, £, 
^piipnka ! e lilo ia i mea no ka aha 
hookolokolo ; a o ka mea e hailiili 
aku, £, lapuwale ! e lilo ia i mea 
no ke aiii i Gehena. 

23 No ia mea, a i ^ lawe mai oe i 
kau mohai i ke kuahu, a malaila 
oe i manao ai, he mea kau e hewa 
ai i koa hoahanau ; 

24 '£ waiho malaila oe i kau 
mohai imoa o ke kuahu, e hole 
aku oe e hoolaulea e mamua i kou 
hoahanau, alaila e hoi mai e kau- 
maha aku i kau mohai. 

25 ȣ hoolaulea koke aku oe i 
koa mea i lawehala ai, 'oiai oe me 
ia ma ke alanui, o haawi aku kela 
ia oe i ka lunakanawai^ a na ka 
lanakanawai oe e haawi aku i ka 
ilamuku, a e hooleiia'ku oe iloko o 
ka halepaahao. 

26 He oiaio ka'u e olelo aku nei 
ia oe; aole loa oe e puka e mai 
iwaho olaila, a pau loa ae la ka 
aie i ka ukuia e oe. 

27 ^ Ua lohe oukou i ka olelo 
ana mai i ka poe kahiko, ' Mai moe 
kolohe oe. 

28 £ia hoi ka'u e olelo aku nei ia 
oukou, O ka mea ^'e nana wale aku 
i ka wahine i mea e kuko hewa 
aku ai ia ia, ua moe kolohe no oia 
me ia ma kona naau. 

29 'No ia hoi, a i hoohihia mai 
kou maka akau ia oe, ^ e poalo ae 
ia mea, a e hoolei aku, mai ou aku ; 
e aho nou o lilo kekahi lala ou, i 
ole e hooleiia'ku ai kou kino dkoa 
iloko o Gehena. 

30 Ina hoi e hoohihia mai kou li- 
ma akau ia oe, e oki ia mea, a e hoo- 
lei aka mai ou aku ; e aho nou o lilo 
kekahi lala ou, i ole e hooleiia'ku 
ai kou Itino okoa iloko o Gehena. 

31 Ua oleloia mai no, *0 ka mea 



A.J>. 31. 



U That ii, 
2SaiiL6.ao. 



eiiio.8.4.k 
S.19. 



d Sae lob. 42. 
8. mo. 18. 19. 
lTtiiL2.a 
1 Pec 3. 7. 



• 8oL 28. a 
Luk. 12.58, 
59. 

rSeeHal.S2. 
6. Is.A5l6. 



MATAIO, y. 15 

kill ilull be in daaser of the jadg. 
ment: 

22 But I say unto you, That *who» 
wever is angry with his brother 
without a cause ahall be in danger 
of the judgment: and whosoever 
shall say to his brother, i^Raca, 
shall be in danger of the council : 
but whosoever shall say, Thou Ibol, 
shall be in danger of hell fire. 

23 Therefore 'if thou bring thy 
gift to the altar, and there remem- 
berest that thy brother hath aught 
against thee; 

24 <^ Leave there thy gift before 
the altar, and go thy way; first be 
reconciled to thy brother, and then 
oome and ofiQer thy c^t. 

25 'Agree with thine adversary 
quickly, 'while thou art in the way 
with him ; lest at any time the ad- 
versary deliver thee to the judge, 
and the judge deliver thee to the 
officer, auii thou be cast into prison. 

26 Verily I say unto thee. Thou 
shalt by no means come out thence, 
till thou hast paid the uttermost 
farthing. 

27 % Ye have heard that it was 
said by them of old time, *Thou 
shalt not commit adultery: 

28 But I say unto you, That who- 
soever '^looketh on a woman to lust 
after her hath committed adultery 
with her already in his heart. 

29 'And if thy right eye HoAmd 
thee, '^pluek it out, and cast it from 
thee: for it is profitable for thee 
that one of thy members should 
perish, and not that thy whole body 
should be cast into hell. 

30 And if thy right hand ofiend 
thee, cut it off, and cast it from 
thee: for it is profitable for thee 
that one of thy members should 
perish, and not that thy whole body 
should be cast into hell. 

31 It hath been said, 'Whosoever 



g Puk. 20. 14. 
Kan.6.ia 



hlob.SI.L 
SoL 6. 25. 
See Kin. 34. 
2. 2 Sam. II. 
2. 

i ma 18. 8,9. 

Mar. 9. 43- 

47. 
N Or, do eaute 

theetoqfflend. 
k See mo. la 

12. Horn. 8. 

13. lKor.9. 
27. KQL3.& 



1 Kan. 24. 1. 
ler. a 1. 
See mo. 19. . 
S.4tc. Mar. 
10.2,&c 



ABBREVIATIONS. 
NA OLELO I HOOPOKOLEIA- 



NA BUKE KE KAUOHA KAHIKO. 



Kin Kinohi Oeneiia. 

Puk Pakaana Exodus. 

Oihk Oihanakahoiia Leviticna. 

Nah Nahelu Nnmben. 

Kan Kanawailmi Deuteronoaay. 

Io8 H. losaa Joshua. 

Lun Lunakanawai Juckes. 

Rula Rnta Ruth. 

Sam... Samuela Samuel. 

Nalii Nalii Kin^s. 

Oihlii OihanaAlii Chronicle*. 

Ezera Ezera , Ezra. 

Neh Nehemia. .*.... . . Nehemiah. 

Eaet ,... Esetera • ;... Esther. 

lob loba Job. 

Hal Halelu Psalma. 

So] Soiomona , Proverbs. 

Kek Kekahuna Ecclesiastes. 

Mele Mele a SoLomona Songot Solomon. 

Is Isaia Isaiah. 

ler leremia Jeremiah. ^^^ 

Kani Kanikau LamentatiHb. 

Ez Ezekiela Ezekiel. 

Ban Daniela Daniel. 

Hos Hosea. Hosea. 

loeU loela Joel. 

Am Amosa Amos. 

Ob Obadia Obadiah. 

lona lotta. Jonah. 

Mik Mika. Micah. 

Nahu Nahuma Nahum. 

Hab Habakuka Habakknk. 

Zep Zepania Zephamah. 

Half Hagai Haggai. 

Zek Zek aria Zecha riah. 

Mai.... Malaki MaiacUi. 

NA BUKE O KE KAUOHA HOU. 

Mat Mataio Matthew 28 

Mar Mareko Mark 16 

Luk Luka Luke 24 

loa loane John. 21 

Oih Oihana Acts 28 

Rom Roma Romans 16 

I. Kor I Korineto I. Corinthians l6 

II. Kor II. Konneto II. Corinthians 13 

Oal Galatia Galatians 6 

Ep Epeso Ephesians 6 

Pil Pilipi Philippians 4 

Koi Kolosa Colossians 4 

I. Tes I. Tesalonike I- Thessalonians 5 

II. Tes II. Tesalonike II- Thessalonians 3 

I. Tim I. Timoteo I. Timothy 6 

II. Tim II. Timoteo II. Timothy 4 

Tit Tito Titus 3 

Pilem Pilemona Philemon ] 

Heb Hebera. Hebrews 13 

lak lakobo , » James 5 

I. Pet I. Petero I. Peter 5 

II. Pet II. Petero II. Peter 3 

I. loa I. loane I.John 5 

II loa 11. loane 11. John 1 

HI. loa in. loane III. John 1 

lud luda Jude 1 

Hoik Hoikeana Revelations..' «y 22 

mo mokuna \..\^hapter. /i 

pan pankn ^..>Brte. • 

Sd Editiok. * ^ 



% 







KA EUANELIO 






r KA.KA.VIA'1 



E HATAIO. 







MOKUNA I. 

KE kaaahan na ka 'hanaima o 
lesn Kristo, ^ka mamo a Davida, 
'ka mamo a Aberahama. 

2 'Na Aberahama o Isaaka; na 
^Isaaka o lakoba; na 'lakoba o 
Inda a me kona poe hoahanau ; 

3 'Na Inda laua me Tamara o 
Paresa a me Zara; na '^Paresa o 
Hezerona ; na Hezerona o Arama ; 

4 4^a Arama o Aminadaba; na 
Aminadaba o Nahasona; naNaha- 
8ona o Salemona ; 

5 Na Salemona laua me Rahaba 
Boaza ; na Boaza laua me Ruta 
Obeda ; na Obeda o lese ; 

6 Na ■ lese o Davida ke alii ] na 
^Davida na ke alii laua me ka wa- 
hine a Aoria o Solomona ; 

7 Na 'Solomona o Rehoboama; 
na Rehoboama o Abia; na Abia 
Asa; 

8 Na Asa o losapata ; na losapata 
lorama ; na lorama o Ozia j 

9 Na Ozia o lotama^ na lotama 
Ahaza ; na Ahaza o Hezekia ; 



""Hezekia o Manase; na 
o Amona; na Amona o 



10 Na 
Manase 
losia ; 

11 Na 'losia o lekonia a me kona 
poe hoahanau, i ka manawa o °ka 
lawe ana i Babulona : 

12 A mahope mai o ka lawe ana i 
Babulona, na ^ lekonia o Salatiela ; 
na Salatiela o ^ Zerubabela ; 

13 Na Zerubabela o Abiuda; na 
Abinda o Eliakima; na Eliakima 



«Lak. 8 23. 

kHaLlS2.lL 

ls.U 1. 

ler. 2X 5. 

mo. 22 42, 

]oa 7. 42. 

Oih 2.90. It 

13.23. 

Aom. ]. 3. 
e Kin. 12.3.11 

22.18. 

Gal. 3. 16. 
<t Kin. 21. 2,3. 
eKin.3».26. 
f Kin. 29. 35. 
g Kin. 38. 27, 

&.C. 

h Ruta 4. 18, 
Ac. 

1 Oihlil 2. fi. 
9,Ilc 

i 1 San. 16. 1. 
& 17. 12. 

k2 8aiii.l2. 
24. 



UOiiilii3.10, 
ke. 



mNalii20.2U 
10ililii3.13. 
I Some read, 

Jakim, and 

Jaktm begat 

Jethoniat. 
nSeel Oiblii 

3. 15. 16. 
o2Nalii24. 

14. 15, 16. & 

25.11. 

2 OiMil 36. 

10.20. 

ler. 27. 20. & 

38. 9. <i 52. 11, 

15,28,29,30. 

Dan. 1. 2. 
PlOlUiiS.17, 

19. 
q Erera 3. 2. 

^5.2. 

Neb. 12. 1. 

Hag. 1.1. 



THE GOSPEL 

ACCOBDIRO TO 

ST. MATTHEW. 



CHAPTER I. 

THE book of the * generation cf 
Jesus Christ, **the son of David, 
^ the son of Abraham. 

2 ** Abraham begat Isaac; and 
* Isaac begat Jacob ; and 'Jacob be- 
gat Judas and his brethren ; 

3 And K Judas begat Phares and 
Zara of Thamar ; and ^ Phares be- 
gat Esrom; and Esrom begat Aram ; 

4 And Aram begat Aminadab; 
and Aminadab begat Naasson ) and 
Naasson begat Salmon ; 

5 And Salmon begat Booz of Ra^ 
chab; and Booz begat Obed of 
Ruth ; and Obed begat Jesse ; 

6 And * Jesse begat David the 
king; and ''David the king begat 
Solomon of her that had been the 
wife of Urias ; 

7 And 'Solomon begat Roboam; 
and Roboam begat Abia ; and Abia 
begat Asa ; 

8 And Asa begat Josaphat; and 
Josaphat begat Joram; and Joram 
begat Ozias ; 

9 And Ozias begat Joatham ] and 
Joatham begat Achaz ; and Achaz 
begat Ezekias ; 

10 And "* Ezekias begat Manas- 
ses; and Manaisses begat Amon; 
and Amon begat Josias ; 

11 And n>> Josias begat Jechonias 
and his brethren, about the time they 
were •» carried away to Babylon: 

12 And after they were brought 
to Babylon, p Jechonias begat Sa- 
lathiel; and Salathiel begat <iZo- 
robabel ; 

13 And Zorobabel begat Abiud; 
and Abiud begat Eliakim ; and Eli- 
akim begat Azor ; 



MATAIO, I. 



14 Na Azora o Sadoka; na Sadoka 
^ . Akima ; na Akiiua o Eliuda ; 

15 Na Eliuda o Eleazara ; na £le- 
azara o Mahatana; na Mahatana 
lakoba ; 

16 Na lakoba o losepa ke kane a 
Maria nana i hanau o lesu, i iia'e 
o ka Mesia. 

17 O na hanauna a pau mai ia 
Aberabama mai a hiki ia Davida, 
he umi ia banauna a me kumama- 
ha ; a mai ia Davida mai a hiki i 
ka lawe ana i Babulona, he umi ia 
hanauna a me kumamaha; a mai 
ka lawe ana aku i Babulona mai, 
a hiki i ka Mesia, he umi ia hanau- 
na a me kumamaha. 

18 ^ Penei hoi ka ''hanau ana o 
lesu Kristo : I hoopalau e ia kona 
makuwahine o Maria na losepa; 
aole nae laua i pili, a ikea oia, ua 
hapai na ka *Uhane Hemolele. 

19 Aka, he kanaka pono kana ka- 
ne o losepa, aole ia i makemake e 
^hoino ia ia ma ke akea; manao 
iho la ia e kipaku malu ia ia. 

20 A i kona manao ana ma ia 
mau mea, aia hoi, ikeia'ku ka ane- 
la a ka Haku e ia ma ka moe, i 
mai la, E losepa, e ka mamo a Da- 
vida, niai makau oe ke lawe ia Ma- 
na i wahine nau ; no ka mea, ua 
''hapai oia na ka Uhane Hemolele. 

21 A e ^ hanau ana oia i keikika- 
ne, a e kapa aku oe i kona inoa o 
lESU; no ka mea, e ^hoola ia i 
kona poe kanaka mai ko lakou 
hewa. 

22 Ma ia mau mea i ko ai ka 
mea a ka Haku i olelo mai ai ma 
ke kaula, i ka i ana mai, 

23 * Aia hoi, e hapai ana kekahi 
wahine puupaa, a e hanau mai ia 
i keikikane, a e kapaia kona inoa o 
Emanuela; o ke ano keia^ o ke 
Akua me kakou. 

24 A aia ae la o losepa mai ka 
hiamoe ana, hana aku la ia e like 



The fifth 

year before 

the common 

era called 

Anno 

Domini. 

rLuk. 1.27. 

• Lak.l.S5. 



t Kail. 94.1. 



« Lak. 1. SS. 
t Gr. begoUm. 

X Luk. 1. 31. 
IT That i8, 

SAVIOUR. 
7 Oih. 4. 12. & 

5. SI. & IS. 

23,38. 



sis. 7 14. 



llOr.Attm 
thatt be 
eailed. 



14 And Azor begat Sadoc; and 
Sadoc begat Achim; and Achim 
begat Eliud ; 

15 And Eliud begat Eleazair ; and 
Eleazar begat Matthan ; and Mat- 
than begat Jacob ; 

16 And Jacob beglit Joseph the 
husband of Mary, of whom was 
bom Jesus, w^ho is called Christ. 

17 So all the generations from 
Abraham to David are fourteen 
generations ] and from David until 
the carrying away into Babylon are 
fourteen generatio|u 3 and from the 
carrying away into Babylon unto 
Christ are fourteen generations. 



18 % Now the 'birth of Jesiw 
Christ was on this wise : When as 
his mother Mary was espou^Ht to 
Joseph, before they came together, 
she was found with child 'of tibie 
Holy Ghost. 

19 Then Joseph her husband, be- 
ing a just man^ and not willing ^ to 
make her a public example, i^^as 
minded to put her away privily. 

20 But while he thought on these 
things, behold, the angel of the 
Lord appeared unto him in a 
dream, saying, Joseph, thou son of 
David, fear not to take unto thee 
Mary thy wife : " for that which is 
t conceived in her is of the Holy 
Ghost. 

21 'And sho shall bring forth a 
son, and thou shalt call his name 
H JESUS: for J'he shall save his 
people from their sins. 

22 Now all this was done, that, 
it might be fulfilled w^hich ^waa 
spoken of the Lord by the prophet^ 
saying, 

23 *Behdd, a virgin shall be -with 
child, and shall bring forth a son, 
and H they shall call his name £ni.. 
manuel, which being interpreted is, 
God with us. 

24 Then Joseph being raised from 
sleep did as the angel of the Lord 



MATAIO, II. 



7 1 



me ka ka anela a ka Haku i kauo- 
kamai ai ia ia, a lawe mai. la ia i 
kaiia wahine ; 

25 Aole nae i moe aka ia ia, a 
hiki i ka wa i hanau ai oia i *kana 
makahiapo kane, a kapa aku la ia 
i kona inoa o I£SU. 



I 



MOKUNA II. 

AHOPE iko o *ka haaaii ana 
lesu ma Betelehema i lu- 
daia, i ke kaa ia Herode ke aliij 
ua hoi, kele mai la na magoi mai 
^ka aina hikina mai a lerusalema, 

2 Nmau mai la, ''Ai la ihea ka 
mea i hanau iho nei i alii no ka 
poe Judaic ? No ka mea, ua iko 
ii^akoa ma ka aina hikina i ' kona 
koku, a ua hele mai nei makou e 
kakali hoomaikai ia ia. 

3 A lohe ae la o Herode ke alii, 
apoapo ae la kooa oili, oia a me ko 



, a pau. 

4 Alalia, houltralu ae la ia i ka 
^^ kahuna nui a me ka ' poe ka- 
kauolelo a na kanaka, ^ninau mai 
1^ oia ia lakou, Ai la ihea kahi e 
iwnau ai ka Mesia ? 

5 Had aktt la lakou ia ia, Aia i 
Betelehema i ludaia nei; no ka 
niea, ua palapalaia e ke kaula pe- 
nei, 

6 oe, ^e Betelehema, i ka aina 
pkda, aole no oe ka mea uuka loa 
iwaeaa o ko luda poe kulanakau- 
^ale alii ; no ka mea, mailoko mai 
oa e hele mai ana kekahi alii, ' na- 
^ e hoomalu i ko'u poe kanaka o 
ka Iseraela. 

7 Alalia, kii malu aku la o He- 
rode 1 ua mau magoi la, ninau po- 
Ao aku la ia lakou i maopopo ai ka 
i&anawa i ikea aku ai ua hoku la. 

S Hoouna aku la oia ia lakou i 
Betelehema, i aku la, Ou haele ou- 
^ e imi pono aku i ua keiki la, 
a Joaa hoi, alalia e hai mai ia'u, i 
^le aku hoi au e kukuli ho(»nai* 
kai ia ia. 

9 A lohe ae la i ka ke alii, haele 
«ka la lakou; aia hoi, ka hoku a 




The fonrth 
year beforo 



era called 

Ammo 

Domini. 

a Lak. 2. 4, 6, 

7. 
b Kin. 10. SO. 

&25. 6. 

lNa]ii4.30. 
c Luk. 2. II. 
<INah.24.17. 

Is. 6a 3. 



e 2 OiUii 96. 

14. 
f 2 Oflilii 84. 

IS. 
r Mai. 2. 7. 



h Mfk. 5. SL 
loa. 7. 42. 



\ Hoik. 2. 2? 
II Or, fted. 



had bidden him, aad took unto him 
his wife: 

25 And knew her not till she had 
brought forth *her firstborn son: 
and he called hia name JESUS. 



N' 



CHAPTER n. 

OW when 'Jesun was bom in ^ 
Bethlehem of Judea in the days 
of Herod the king, behold, there 
came wise men ^from the east to 
Jerusalem, 

2 Saying, '''Where is he that is 
bom King of the Jews? for we 
have seen *'his star in the east, 
and are come to worship him. 



3 When Herod the king had heard 
these things^ he was troubled, and 
all Jerusalem with him. 

A And when he had gathered all 
*the chief priests and ^boribes o£ 
the people together, 'he demanded 
of them where Christ should be 
bom. 

5 And they said unto him. In Beth- 
lehem of Judea : for thus it is writ- 
ten by the prophet, 

6 ^And thou Bethlehem, in the 
land of Juda, art not tho least 
among the princes of Juda: for 
out of thee shall come a Governor, 
'that shall Hrule my people Israel. 



7 Then Herod, when he had priv- 
Uy called tho wise men, inquired 
of them diligently what time the 
star appeared. 

8 And he sent them to Bethlehem, 
and said, Go and search diligently 
for the young child ; and when ye 
have found hinij bring me word 
again, that I may come and wor- 
ship him also. 

9 When they had heard the king, 
they departed ^ and, loj the star. 



& 



MATAIO, n. 



UkoxL i ike ai ma ka aina hikiiia, 
* lele e aku la ia imua o lakou, a 
hele aku la^ a kau iho la maliina 
pono kahi e noho ana o ua ke- 
ikila. 

10 A ike aku lakou i ua hoku la, 
hauoli niii loa ae la lakou. 
11^ Komo lakou iloko o ka hale, a 
ike aku la i ua keiki la a mo kona 
makuwahine o Maria, moe iho la 
lakou, hoomaikai aku la ia ia; a 
wehe ae la ^ lakou i ko lakou wai- 
hona waiwai, haavi aku la lakou 
nana i ke gula, a me ka libano, a 
me ka mura. 

12 A ma ka 'moeuhane, papaia 
mai lakou, aole e hoi hou aku io 
Herode la, a ma kekahi alanui e ae 
i hoi aku ai lakou i ko lakou 
aina. - 

13 A hala aku la lakou, aia hoi, 
ike aku la ka anela a ka Haku e 
losepa i ka moeuhane. i mai la, £ 
ala, e lawe i ke keiki a me kona 
makuwahine, a hole aku i Aigupi- 
ta J malaila e noho ai^ a olelo hou 
aku au ia oe; no ka mea, e imi 
mai ana o Herode i ke kei^, e pe- 
pehi ia ia. 

14 Ala ae la ia, lawe ae la i ke 
keiki a me kona makuwahine i ka 
po, a holo aku la 1 Aigupita ; 

15 Malaila ia i noho ai a make o 
Herode. Nolaila, ko ae la ka olelo 
a ka Haku ma ke kaula, i ka i ana 
mai, Ua hoihoi mai au i ka'u keiki 
""mai Aigupita mai. 

16 f Alaila, ike ae la o Herode, 
ua hoohokaia oia e ka poe magoi, 
ukiuki loa iho la ia, kena aku la 
ia, a luku aku la i na keikikane a 
pau o Betelehema, a o na wahi a 
puni e kokoke ana, i ka poe elua 
makahiki a hala ilalo i ka manawa 
i ninau pono aku ai ia i ka poe 
magoi. 

17 Alaila, ko ae la ka olelo a ke 
kaula a '^leremia, i i mai ai, 

18 Ua lohea ka leo ma Rama, he 
pihe. he uwe ana, a me ke kanikau 
nui : e uwe aaa o Rahela no kaaa 




kHaL72.ia. 
Is. 6a 6. 
R Or, qftred. 



I mo. ]. 90. 



nHos.11.1. 



iiler.31.1& 



which they saw in the east, went 
before them, till it came and stood 
over where the young child was. 



10 When they saw the star,, they 
rejoiced with exceeding great joy. 

11 IT And when they were come 
into the house, they saw the young 
child with Mary his mother, and 
fell down, and worshipped him : 
and when they had opened their 
treasures, ^they H presented unto 
him gifts; gold, and frankincense, 
and myrrh. 

12 And being warned of God Mn 
a dream that they should not re- 
turn to Herod, they departed into 
their own country another way. 

13 And when they were depart- 
ed, behold, the angel of the Lord ap- 
peareth to Joseph in a dream, say- 
ing, Arise, and take the young child 
and his mother, and flee into Egypt, 
and be thou there until I bring 
thee word : for Herod will seek the 
young child to destroy him. 

14 When he arose, he took the 
young child and his mother by- 
night, and departed into Egypt : 

15 And was there until. the death 
of Herod : that it might be fulfilled 
which was spoken of the Lord by 
the prophet, saying, "Out of Egypt 
hate I called my son. 

16 IT Then Herod, when he botw 
that he was mocked of the -wiBe 
men, was exceeding wroth, and sent 
forth, and slew all the children that 
were in Bethlehem, and in all the 
coasts thereof, from two years old 
and imder, according to the time 
which he had diligently inquired 
of the wise men. 

17 Then was fulfilled that which 
was spoken by ■ Jeremy the proph- 
et, saying, 

18 In Rama was there a voice 
heard, lamentation, and weeping, 
and great mourning, Rachel weep* 



MATAIO, lU. 



man keiki, aole loa ia e na, no ka 
mea^ aole ae nei lakou. 

19 f A make o Herode, alaila ikea 
aka la kekahi anela a ka Haka e 
losepa ma ka moeahane i Aigupita. 

20 I mai la, E ala oe c lawe i ke 
keiki a me kona makuwahine, a e 
hoi akn i ka aina o ka Iseraela ; no 
ka fliea, ua make ka poe i imi mai 
e pepehi i ua keiki nei. 

21 Aia'e la ia, lawe ae la i ua 
keiki la, a me kona makuwahine, a 
hoi aka la i ka aina o ka Iseraela. 

22 A lohe ae la ia, o Arekelau ke 
alii ma ludaia i pani no ka haka- 
haka o kona makuakane o Herode, 
makau iho la ia i ka hele aku ma- 
laila: a aoia mai ia ma ka moeu- 
hanc, hele aku m i ka "moku o 
Galilaia. 

23 A hiki aku la ia i kekahi ku- 
lana kaahale o ^Nazareta ka inoa, 
iioho iho la ia ilaila : pela i ko ai 
ka oleic "^a ka poe kaula, £ kapaia 
oia he Nazarene. 

MOKUNA III. 

I A man la la i hele mai ai o 
' loane Bapetite, e ao ana ma ^'ka 
>^aonahele i ladaia, i ka i ana ae, 

2 £ mihi oukon, no ka mea, ua 
kokoke mai nei ke*=aupuni o ka lani . 

3 Oia no ka mea i oleloia mai e 
^^ kaula e Isaia, i ka i ana mai, 
^ Ka leo ka mea e kala ana ma ka 
vaouahele, *E hoomakaukau*ou- 
kou i alanui no lehova, e hana i 
tona man kuamoo i pololei. 

4 Ua aaliu iho la o ' ua loane la 
I ke ^kapa liulu kamelo, a he kaei 
ill ma kona puhaka ; a he ^ uhini 
Una ai, a me ka *meli o ka nahe- 
lehele. 

^ Alaila, '^ hele akn la ko lerusa- 
lema a me ko ludaia a pau io na 
^ a me ko na wahi a pau e kokoke 
&Qa ma loredane. 

,6 A ' bapetisoia iho la lakou e ia 
iloko loredane, me ka hai ana mai 
i ko lakmi hewB,» 

1* 




omaS. 13. 
Lttk. 2. W. 



Ploa.1.45. 

q Lan. 13. 6. 
L Sam. 1. 11. 



A. D. 26. 

a Mar. 1.4.15. 

Luk.3.2»3. 

loa. 1. 28. 
b ro«. 14. 10. 
c Dan. 2. 44. 

mo. 4. 17. k 

10.7. 



d la. 40. 3. 

Mar. 1. 3. 

Luk 3. 4. 

loa I. 23. 
e Luk. 1. 76. 

r Mar. 1. 6. 

ff 2 Nam 1.8. 

Zek. 13. 4. 
hOihk 11.22. 
I 1 Sam. 14. 23, 

26. 

k Mar. t. i. 
Luk. 3. 7. 



I Oih. 19.4,18. 



ing /or her diildren, and -woald not 
be comforted, because they are not. 

19 IT But when Herod was dead, 
behold, an angel of the Lord ap- 
peareth in a dream to Joseph in 
Egypt, 

20 Saying, Anse, and take the 
young child and- his mother, and 
go into the land of Israel : for they 
are dead which sought the young 
child's life. 

21 Aiid he arose, and took the 
young child and his mother, and 
came into the land of Israel. 

22 But when lie heard that Ar- 
chelaus did reign in Judea i» the 
room of his father Herod, he was 
afraid to go thither : notwithstand- 
ing, being warned of God*nu a 
dream, he turned aside "into the 
parts of Galilee : 

23 And he came and dwelt in 
a city called >> Nazareth : that it 
might be fulfilled '^ which was spo- 
ken by the prophets, He shall be 
called a Nazarene. 

CHAPTER III. 

IN those days came 'John the 
Baptist, preaching ''in the wil- 
derness of Judea, 

2 And saying, Repent ye : for ' the 
kingdom of heaven is at hand. 

3 For this is he that was spoken 
of by tlie prophet Esaias, saying, 
••The voice sof one crying in the 
wilderness, ♦ Prepare ye the way 
of the Lord, make his paliis straight. 

4 And 'the same John ^had his 
raiment of camel's hair, and a 
leathern girdle about his loins; 
and his meat was ^locusts and 
'wild honey. 

5 ''Then went out to him Jerusa- 
lem, and all Judea, and all the re- 
gicm round about Jordan, 

6 'And were baptized of him in 
Jordan, confessing their sins. 



10 



MATAIO, HL 



7 irAikeaiaiI&ia,heBiiinftPari- 
8«io a me na Saduk»io i hele mai e 
bapetizoia'i e ia, i aku la oia ia la- 
koa, '" £ ka hanauna moonihoawa, 
nawai oukoa i ao aku e holo i pa- 
ke le ai i ka " inaina e kau mai ana ? 

8 £ hua ae oukou i ka hua e km i 
ka mihi. 

9 Mai manao oukon e ohnmu ilo- 
ko o oukou iho, o ^'Aberahama ko 
kakou kupuna; no ka mea, ke i 
aku nei au ia oukou, e hiki no i ke 
Akua ke hoolilo i keia mau pohaku 
i poe mamo na Aberahama. 

10 Ke waiho nei ke koi lipi ma 
ke kamu o na laau, a po kela laau 
a keia laau e hua ole mai ana i ka 
hua maikai, e kua ia ilalo a e kio- 
laia'itu ia i ke ahi. 

11 lOwau no ke bapetizo aku nei 
ia oukou i ka wai, no ka mihi ; 
aka, o ka mea e hele mai ana ma- 
hope o'u, he nui aku kona mana i 
ko'u. aole au e pono ke lawe i kona 
mau kamaa ; '' nana oukou e bape- 
tizo aku i ka Uhane Hemolele a me 
ke ahi. 

12 *Aia no ma koua lima kana 
peahi, a e hoomaemac pono ana ia 
i kana huaai; a e hoiliili hoi ia 
i kana palaoa iloko o ka hale pa- 
paa, a e 'hoopau aku i ka opala i 
ke ahi pio ole. 

13 IT "Alaila, hele mai la o lesu, 
'mai Galilaia mai i I(»«dane io 
loane la, e bapetizoia'i e ia. 

14 Hoole aku la o loane ia ia, i 
aku la, Owau kau e bapetizo mai 
e pono ai ; a ke hele mai nei anei 
oe io'u nei ? 

15 Olelo mai la o lesu, i mai la 
ia ia, £ ae mai oe ano, no ka mea, 
pela kaua e pono ai ke malama i 
ka pono a pau : alalia, ae aku la 
kela ia ia. 

16 y A bapetizoia o lesu, alaila, 
pii kdce mai la ia mai ka wai mai ; 
aia hoi, hamama ae la ka lani nona, 
a ikea aku la *ka Uhane o ke Akua 
e iho mai ana me he manu nunu 
la, a kau iho la nialwia iho ona. . 

17 *Aia hoi, he leo mai ka lani 



A.D.26. 



m mo. 12. 34. 

ir.23.S3. 

Luk.3.7.8,9. 
o Rom. 5. 9. 

1 Tea. I. 10. 
H Or. annoer- 

able to 

amendment 

qflife. 
o Ioft.8.S3.39. 

Oih.13.2B. 

Kom.4.1,11, 

16. 



P mo. 7. 19. 
Luk. 13. 7, 9. 
loa. la. 6. 



q Mitr. 1. 8. 
Luk. 3. 16. 
loa. 1.15.26, 
33. Oih. i. 
5 ii U.16. & 
19.4. 



r l8. 4. 4. & 44. 
3. MbI. 3 2. 
Oih. 2. 3, 4. 
1 Kor. 12. 13. 

• Mai. S. S. 



t Mai. 4. 1. 
TOQ. 13. SO. 

27. 
u Mar. 1. 9. 
Luk. 3. 21. 
X mo. 2. 22. 



J Mar. 1. 10. 



SIS.11.2.&42. 
1. Luk. 3. 22. 
Ioa.L32,S3. 

a loa. 12. 28. 



7 % But ^hen he aaw many of 
the Pharifiees and Sadduoees come 
to his baptism, he said unto them, 
"> generation of vipers, who hath 
warned you to flee from " the wrath 
to come ? 

8 Bring forth therefore fruits 
Hmeet for repentance: 

9 And think not to say within 
yourselves, ^ We have Abraham to 
our father : for f say unto yon, that 
God is able of these stones to raise 
up children unto Abraham. 

10 And now also the axe is laid 
unto the root of the trees : p there- 
fore every tree which brtngeth not 
forth good fruit is hewn down, and 
cast into the fire. 

11 "^I indeed* baptize you with 
water unto repentance : but he that 
Cometh after me is mightier than I, 
whose shoes 1 am not worthy to 
bear: ''he shall baptize you with 
the Holy Ghost, and with fine: 



12 'Whose fan is in his hand, and 
he will thoroughly purge his floor, 
and gather his wheat into the gar- 
ner ) but he will * burn up the chaflf 
with unquenchable fire. 

13 IT "Then comcth Jesus *from 
Galilee to Jordan unto John, to be 
baptized of him. 

14; But John forbade him, saying, 
I have need to be baptized of thee, 
and comest thou to me ? 

15 And Jesus answering said unto 
him, SufiTer it to he so now: for 
thus it becometh us to fulfil all 
righteousness. Then he sufiered 
him. 

16 s'And Jesus, when he.w&s bap. 
tized, went up straightway out of 
the water : and, lo, th^ - heavens 
were opened unto him, and he saw 
* the Spirit of God deseending like a 
dove, and lighting upon him : 

17 'And lo a voioe from heaven, 



MATAK), IV. 



U 



mai, e i vom. ana, O ^ka'u Keiki 
panahele keia, ka. mea a'u i olioli 

ioaai. 

MOKUNA IV. 

ALAILA, alakaiia'ku la o * lean 
. e ''ka Uhane i ka waonahdie, 
e lioowalewaleaa'kn ai e ka diaMo. 

2 Hookeai iho la ia i hookaki ka- 
naha k, a mena pd he kanaha, a 
mahepe iho, poieli ibo la ia. 

3 A hiki aku ka hoowalewale io 
iia la, i aku la ia, Ina o ke Keiki 
oe a ke Akua, e i mai oe i keia 
loau pc^uka i lile i berena. 

4 Olelo mai la o lesu, i mai la, 
Ua palapalaia, Aole e ola *ke ka^ 
Baka i ka berena "walo uoj aka, ma 
na mea a paa mai ka waha mai o 
keAkaa. 

d Akuia, kai aku la ka diabolo ia 
ia i ''ke kolanakauhale hoaiio ; a 
^Ipau aku ia ia ia maluna iho o 
W oioi o ka luakiol ; 

6 I akn la ia ia, Ina o oe ke Ke- 
iki a ke Akua, e leie iho oe ilalo ; 
no ka mea, ua palapalaia, * £ kau- 
oba mai no ia i kona poe ancla 
^ 6 kaikai lakou ia oe ma ko la- 
ba man lima, o kuia kou wawae 
ikapohakn. 

7 I mai la o lesu, Ua palapalaia 
no hoi, /Mai hoao aku oe i ka Ha- 
^ i kou Akua. 

8. Kai hou aka la ka diabolo ia 
ia i kahi mauna kiekie loa, a hoike 
aini ia ia ia i na aapaai a pau o ka 
lu>ima, a me ko lakoa nam ; 

9 I aku la hoi ia ia, O keia mau 
niea a pau ka'u e haavi aku ai ia 
oe, ke kuknli iho oe, a hoomana 
mai ia'n. 

10 Alalia, olelo mai la leau ia ia, 
£ hele pela oe, e Satana ; no ka 
niea, ua palapalaia, "£ hoomaiia 
>lni oe i ka l&ku i kon Akua, a e 
nialaoia aka oe iaoa wale no. 

U Alaila, haalele aku la ka dia- 
^0 ia ia ; aia hoi, hele mai la ^&a 
a&ola, a lawdUvwe naiia. 

12 ii * liohe ae la o lesu, ua hoo- 



AD. 27. 




l8.3. 



d Neh. 11. 1. 
18. Is. 48. 2. 
It 5)2. 1. mo. 
27.53. Uoik. 
11. Z 



• Hal. 91. n, 
12. 



L6.16. 



g Kan. 6. 13. 

& 10. 20. 

Io». SI. 14. 

1 Sam. 7. S. 
h Heb. 1. 14. 
< Mar. 1. 14. 

Lak.S.2a 

k. 4. 14, SI. 

Ioa.4.43. 

30. 



■ayiDg^'*'nuai8raybeloT«dSoD,iii ^ 
whom I am well pleased. ^ 

CHAPTER IV. 

THEN was • Jeaua led up of ^ the 
Spirit into the wildenieaa to he i 
tempted of the devil. 

2 And when he had faated forty 
daya and forty nighta, he waa after- 
ward a hungered. • 

3 And when the tempter oame to 
him, he aaid, If thou be the Son d 
God, command that these atones be 
made bread. 

4 But he answered and said, It is 
written, *Man shall not live hy 
bread alone, but by every word that 
proceedeth out of the mouth of God. 

5 Then the devil taketh him up 
<*into the holy city, and setteth him 
on a pinnacle of the temple, 

6 And saith unto him. If thou be 
the Son of God, east thyself down : 
for it is written, *He shall give his 
angels charge concerning thee : and 
in their hands they shall bear thee 
up, lest at any time thou dash thy 
foot against a stone. 

7 Jesus said unto him. It is written 
again, 'Thou shalt not tempt the 
Lord thy God. 

8 Again, the devil taketh him up 
into an exceeding high mountain, 
and sheweth him ail the kingdoms 
of the world, and the glory of 
them; 

9 And saith unto him, All these 
things will 1 give thee, if thou wilt 
fall down and worship me. 

10 Then saith Jesus unto him, Get 
thee hence, Satan : for it is writ- 
ten, <Thou shalt worriap the Lord 
thy God, ajid him only riialt thou 
serve. 

11 Then the devil leaveth him, 
and, behold, ^angels oame and min- 
istered unto him. 

12 T • Now when Jesus had heard 



1% 



MATAIO, IV. 



loiia o loane ilokp o ka balepaahao, 
hele aku la ia i Galilaia. 

13 Haalele ae la oia ia Nazareta, 
hele aku la a noho ma Kaperenauma 
kokoke ana i ka loko, ma ka moku- 
na o Zabulona a me Napetali. 

14 Pela i ko ai ka mea i oleloia e 
ke kaula e Isaia, i ka i ana mai, 

15 ^0 ka aina o Zabulona, a o ka 
aina o Napetali e kdcoke ana i ka 
loko ma kela aoao o loredane, o 
Galilaia no na kanaka o ; 

16 '0 ka poe kanaka e noho ana 
ma ka pouli, ike ae la lakou i ka 
malamalama nui, a maluna o ka 
poe e noho ana ma ka main o ka 
make, na puka mai ka malamalama. 

17 IT "la manawa ka lesu ao ana 
mai i kinohi, i ka i ana mai, "£ 
mihi ookou, no ka mea, na kokoke 
mai nei ke aupuni o ka land. 

18 ^ ''Hele aku la o lesu ma ke 
kae o ka loko o Galilaia, ike mai la 
ia i na hoahanau elua, o Simona i 
I'kapaia o Petero, a me kona kaikai- 
na o Anederea, e kuu ana i ka upe- 
na i ka loko, no ka mea, he mau 
lawaia laua. 

19 I mai la oia ia lana, E hahai 
mai olua ia'u, a e <<hoolllo au ia 
olua i mau lawaia kanaka. 

20 'Haalele koke iho la laua i na 
upena, a hahai aku la ia ia. 

21 'Hele aku la ia malaila aku, 
ike mai la ia i na hoahanau e ae 
elua, o lakobo ke keiki a Zebedaio, 
a me kona kaikaina o loane, malu- 
na no o ka moku me ko laua maku- 
akane o Zebedaio, e bono ana i ka 
lakpu mau upena, a kahea mai la 
oia ia laua. 

22 Haalele koke aku la laua i ka 
moku, a me ko laua makuakane, a 
hahai aku la ia ia. 

23 IT Kaahele ae la o lesu ma 
Galilaia a puni, *e ao mai ana ilo- 
ko o ko lakou mau halehalawai, a 
o hai mai ana i "ka euanelio no ke 
aupuni, a e 'hoola ana hoi i ka mai 
a mo ka nawaliwali a pau o na 
kanaka. 



A.B. 30. 




k la. 9. 1,2. 



I Is. 42. 7. 
Luk. 2. 32. 



mMar. 1. 14, 

15. 
n mo. 3. 2. & 

10.7. 



o Mar. 1. 16, 
17. 18. Luk. 
&2. 

P loa. 1. 42. 



q Luk. 5. 10, 

11. 

r Mar. 10. SB. 
Luk. 18. 28. 

• Mar. 1. 19, 
20. Luk. 5. 
10. 



t mo. 9. 35. 

Mar. 1. 21, 

39. Luk. 4. 

15,44. 
a mo. 24. 14, 

Mar. 1. 14. 
X Mar. L 84.3 



tint John was B east into prison, he 
departed into Galilee ; 

1 3 And leaving Nazareth, he came 
and dwelt in Capernaum, which is 
upon the sea coast, in the boxders 
oi Zabalon and Nephthalim : 

14 That it might be fulfilled which 
waa spoken by Esaias the prc^ihet, 
saying, 

15 ^ The land of Zabulon, and the 
land of Nephthalim, by the way of 
tlie sea, beyond Jordan, Galilee of 
the Gentiles ; 

1 6 ^ The people which sat in dark- 
ness saw great light ; and to them 
which sat in the region and shadow 
of death light is sprung up, 

17 V "'From that time Jesna be- 
gan to preach, and to say, "Repent : 
for the kingdom of heaven is at 
hand. 

18 1[ <* And Jesus, walking by the 
sea of Galilee^ saw two brethren^ 
Simon >> called Peter, and Andrew 
his brother, casting a net into the 
sea : for they were fishers. 



19 And he saith unto them, Fol- 
low me. and 'i 1 will make you fish- 
ers of men. 

20 'And tliey straightway left 
their nets, and followed him. 

21 'And going on from thence, he 
saw other two brethren, James the 
son of Zebedee^ and John his broth- 
er, in a ship with Zebedee their fa- 
ther, mending their nets; and he 
ealted them. 



22 And they immediately left the 
ship and their father, and followed 
him. 

23 IT And Jesus went about all 
Galilee, * teaching in their syna- 
gogues, and preaching **the gospel 
of the kingdom, ''and healing all 
manner of sickness and all manner 
of disease among the poc^le. 



24KTd akQ la Irmia Inmlaaa i 8u- 
ria a puni, halihali mai la lakxm io 
na la i ko lakou poe mai a pan, 
i lohia 6 keia mai keia mai, a me 
na ^ o ka poe i ulufaia e na dai- 
RKSiio, a me te poe hehena, a me 
ka poe lok>: a hoola mai la oia ia 

25 yRe nui loa ka poe kanaka i 
habai mai ia ia no Gaiilaia mai, 
no Ikskapoii mai, a no lenisalema 
mai, no ludaia mai, a no keia kapa 
mai loredane. 

MOKUNA V. 

IKE ae la o lesa i ka nni o na 
kanaka. *pii aku la ia i kekahi 
maima; anobo M> la ia, hele aku 
1ft ^BOOA man baumana io na la. 

2 Oaka ae la kona waha, ao mai 
la m ia lakou, i mai la, 

3 ''Pomaikai ka poe i haahaa ka 
naau ; no ka mea, no lakou ke au- 
pnsi ka lani. 

4 'Pomaikai ka poe e u ana ; no 
ka mea, « hooLinluia'ka lakou. 

5 ^ Pomaikai ka poe akahai ; no 
ka mea, e 'lilo ka honua ia la- 
koa 

6 Pomaikai ka poe pololi, a make- 
wai DO ka pono; no ka mea, ^e 
hoomaonaia lakou. 

7 Pomaikai ka poe i aloha aku ; 
^ ka mea, *e aloltaia mai la- 
lora. 

S ''Pomaikai ka poe i maemae ma 
ka naau; no ka mea, *e ike lakou 
i ke Akua. 

9 Pomaikai ka poe uwao : no ka 
mea, e iia lakioa he poe keiki na ke 
Akua. 

10 ^Pomaikai ka poe i hana ino 
ia mai no ka pono ; no ka mea, no 
lakou ke anpnni o ka lani. 

11 ' £ pomaiktit ana no oakou, ke 
iKmio mai kanaka ia onkou, ke hoo- 
niaau mat no hoi, a ao'%i nei e olek> 
vahahee mai ai ia oukou i '"na 
nieauio a pan. 

12 ''£.faauDli onkou, e olioli nui 
boi; no ka mea, he nui ka nku no I 



A.B. 31. 



7 Mar. a 7. 



MATAIO, V. 13 

24 And his feme urent tfaroai^ioat 

all Syria: and they brought unto 
him all sick people that were taken 
with divers dieeaoes and torments, 
and thosej^oh were possessed with 
devils, aiMKbose which were luna- 
tic, and those that bad the palsy; 
and he healed them. 

25 I'And there followed him great 
multitudes of people from Galilee, 
and from Decapolis, and /rom Jcru* 
salem, and from Judea, and from 
beyond Jordan. 

CHAPTER V. 

AND seeing the multitudes, *he 
went up into a mountain : and 
when he was set, lus disciples came 
unto him : 

2 And he opened his mouth, and 
taught them, saying, 

3 " Blessed are the poor in spirit : 
for theirs is the kingdom of heaven. 

4 '"Blessed are they that mourn: 
for they shall be comforted. 

5 ** Blessed are the meek : for * they 
shall inherit the earth. 

6 Blessed are they wlfiich do hunger 
and thirst after righteousness: ^for 
they shall bo filled. 

7 Blessed are the merciful: «for 
they shall obtain mercy. 

< ''Blessed are the pure in heart: 
for ' they shall see God. 

9 Blessed ar«.. the peacemakers: 
for they shall be called the children 
of God. 

10 ''Blessed are they which are per- 
secuted for righteousness' sake : for 
theirs is the kingdom of heaven. 

11 'Blessed are ye, when meji 
shall revile you, and persecute you, 
and sball say all manner of '"evil 
against you t falsely, for my sake. 

12 *Rejoiee, and be exceeding glad : 
for great is your reward ia heaven : 



a Mar. 9L 13. 



bLiik.B.20. 

8«eHal.5l. 

17. Sol. 16. 

19. k i». 83. 

Is. 57. 15. k 

66.2. 
e l8. 61. 2, 3. 

Luk «. 21. 

Joa. 16 20. 

2 Kor 1. 7. 

Hoik. 21. 4. 
d Hal. 37. 11. 
e See Eom. 4. 

13. 
r l8. 55. 1. & 

65.13. 



g Bal. 41. 1. 

mo. 6. 14. 

Mar. 11. 25. 

2 Tim 1. 16. 

Heb 6 10. 

lak 2. 13. 
hHaLld.2.& 

24.4. Heb. 

12.14. 
i I Kor. 13. 12. 

1 loa. & 2, 3. 

k 2 Kor. 4. 17. 

2 Tim. 2. 12. 
1 Pet. 3. 14. 



1 Luk. 6. 22. 

ml Pet 4 14. 
t Or. lyinff. 
n Luk. 6. 23. 

Oib. 5. 41. 

Rom. 5. 3. 

lak. 1.2. 

1 Pet. 4. I& 



14 



MATAIO, V: 



I onkou ma kft lani: *pela lakoa i 
hana ino aku ai i ka poe kaula 
mamua o oukou. 

13 1[ O oukon no ka paakai o ka 
honua : aka, Pina pau ka liu o ka 
paakai, pehea la ia e hti hon ai ? 
Aohe ona mea e pono ai ma ia ho- 
pe, e kioia wale ia iwaho e hehiia'i 
c na kanaka. 

14 <iO oukou no ka malamalama 
o ke ao nei : o ke kulanakauhale i 
ku ma kahi kiekie, aole ia e nalo- 
wale. 

15 Aole i 'hoaia ke knkni i mea e 
waihoia'i malalo iho o ke poi, aka, 
ma kahi e kau ai o ke kulaii, i 
malamalama no ka poe a pau ilclto 
o ka hale. 

16 Pela oukou e hoakaka aku ai 
i ko oukou malamalama imua o na 
kanaka, 'i ike mai ai lakou i ka 
oukou huna maikai ana, a H hoo- 
nani aku hoi lakou i ko oukou Ma- 
kua i ka lani. 

17 % "Mai manao oukou i hele 
mai nei au e hoole i ke kanawai a 
me ka poe kaula. ka hooiaio 
ka'u i hele mai nei, aole ka hoole. 

18 No ka mea, he oiaio ka'u e 
olelo aku nei ia oukou, ^e liio e ka 
lani a me ka houua, aole e lilo ka- 
hi huna, aole hoi kahi lihi iki o ke 
kanawai, a pau loa ae la ia i ka 
hookoia. 

19 'Nolaila, o ka mea e uhai aku 
i kekahi hua iki o keia mau kana- 
wai, a e ao aku hoi 4 kanaka pela ; 
oia ke oleloia he mea ole iloko o ke 
aupuni o ka lani ; aka, o ka mea e 
maiama ia mau kanawai, a e ao 
aku i kanaka pela, oia ke oleloia he 
mea nui iloko o ke aupuni o ka 
lani. 

20 No ka mea, ke i aku nei au ia 
oukou, A i m ole aku ko oukou po- 
no i yko ka poe kakauolelo a me ko 
ka poe Parisaio, aole loa oukou e 
koroo iloko o ke aupuni o ka 
lani. 

21 % Ua lohe no oukou i ka mea 
i oleloia mai i ka poe kahiko, ' Mai 
pepehi kanaka oe ; a o> ka mea e 



A.D. 3h 




q SoL 4. 18. 
PiLi J5. 



r Mar. 4. 21. 

Lak. 8. 16. Ii 

11.33. 
t Or. moiiiiii, 

a measure 

containing 

nearly a 

peck. 



• 1 Pet 2. 12. 
t loa. 15. 8. 
1 Kar. a 25. 



u Rom. S. 31. 
& 10. 4. 
Gal. 3. 24. 



wLuk.16.17. 



xlak.2.ia 



7 Rom. 9.31. 
& 10. 3. 



i Or, to them, 
s Puk. 20. 18. 
Kan. 5l 17. 



iof^Bo peneeated they the prophets 
which were before yoo. 

13 f Ye are the salt of the earth : 
i^bnt if tile nit have lost his aavorar, 
iriierewith shall it be salted ? it is 
theneeforth good ftMr nothing, but to 
be cast out, and to be trodden ander 
foot of men. 

14 '<Ye are the light of the world. 
A city that is set on a hill cumot 
be hid. 

1 5 Neither do men ^ light a candle, 
and put it under ta bushel, but on 
a candlestick; and it giveth light 
unto ail that are in the house. 

16 Let your l%ht so shine before 
men, "that they may see your good 
works, and * glorify your Father 
whieh is in heaven. 



17 IT *'Think not that I am oome 
to destroy the law, or the prophets : 
1 am not come to destroy, but to 
fulfil. 

18 For verily I say unto you, *TiU 
heaven and earth pass, one jot or 
one tittle shall in no wise pass from 
the law, till all be fulfilled. 



19 « Whosoever therefore shall 
break one of these least command- 
ments, and shall teach men so, he 
shall be called the least in the 
kingdom of heaven : but whosoever 
shall do and teaeh them, the same 
shall be called great in the kingdom 
of heaven. 

20 For I say unto yon, That ex- 
cept your righteousness shall exceed 
' the righteottSTUss of the scribes and 
J^arisees, ye i4^all in no case enter 
into the kingdom of heaven. 

21 IT Ye have heard that it was 
said I by them of old time, 'Thoa 
shalt not kill ; and whosoever shall 



MATAIO, V. 



15 



[ i loe kaaika, e Ulo mna i& i 

ka hoohewaia. 

22 Eia hoi ka'u e olelo aku nei la 
ouk<Hi, *0 ka mea e huhu hala ole 
aka i kona hoahanau, e lilo ana ia 
i mea BO ka hoohewaia; a oka mea 
hailiiU aku i kona hoahanau, £, 
''pupuka ! e lilo ia i mea no ka aha 
hookolokolo ; a o ka mea e hailiili 
ako, £, lapuwale ! e lilo ia i mea 
no ke ahi i Gehena. 

23 No ia mea, a i ' lawe mai oe i 
kau mohai i ke kuahn, a malaila 
oe i manao ai, he mea kau e hewa 
ai i kou hoahanau ; 

24 <*£ waiho malaila oe i kau 
mohai imoa o ke kuahu, e hele 
aku oe e hoolaulea e mamua i kou 
hoahanau, alaila e hoi mai e kau- 
niaha aku i k&u mohai. 

25 •£ hoolaul^ koke aku oe i 
koa mea i lawehala ai, 'oiai oe me 
ia ma ke alanui, o haawi aku kela 
ia oe i ka lunakanawai. a na ka 
lonakanawai oe e haawi aku i ka 
ilamuku, a e hooleiia'ku oe iloko o 
ka halepaahao. 

26 He oiaio ka'u e olelo aku nei 
i& oe; aole loa oe e puka e mai 
uraho olaila, a pau loa ae la ka 
aie i ka ukuia e oe. 

27 T Ua lohe oukou i ka olelo 
&na mai i ka poe kahiko, ' Mai moe 
kolohe oe. 

28 Eia hoi ka'u e olelo aku nei ia 
oakon, ka mea ^e nana wale aku 
i ka wahine i mea e kuko hewa 
aku ai ia ia, ua moe kolohe no oia 
me ia ma kona naau. 

29 'No ia hoi, a i hoohihia mai 
kou maka akau ia oe, '^ e poalo ae 
iamea, a e hoolei aku, mai ou aku; 
e aho nou o lilo kekahi lala ou, i 
ole e hooleiia'ku ai kou kino okoa 
i^o Gehena. 

30 Ina hoi e hoohihia mai kou 11* 
nui akau ia cw, e oki ia mea, a e hoo- 
lei aku mai ou aku ; e aho nou e lilo 
kekahi lala ou, i ole e hooleiia'ku 
ai kou Idno okoa iloko o Gehena. 

31 Ua oleloia mai no, *0 ka mea 



A.D. 31. 



a Uoa. & 15. 



II That ii, 
Faiu/eUom, 
i Sam. 6. 20. 

b lak. 2. SO. 



e mo. 8. 4. a 
23wl9. 



d See lob. 43. 
8. mo. 18. 19. 
1 Tim. 2. a 
1 Pet a 7. 



• SoL 25. a 
Luk. ia58, 
59. 

r see Hal. 82. 
a la. 55. a 



S Pak. 20. 14. 
Kan.aia 



hlob.Sl.t. 
SoL 6. 25. 
Sea Kin. 34. 
a 2Sam.ll. 

a 

t ma 18. 8, a 
Mar. a 43- 
47. 

II Or, do eoAue 
thee to qfflend. 

k See mo. 19. 
la Rom. 8. 
ia IKor.a 
27. KoLaa 



1 Kan. 34. 1. 
ler. a 1. 
See mo. 19. . 
S. lie. Mar. 
10.2,4tc 



kill shall b« in daager of the judg. 
ment: 

22 But I say unto you, That 'who* 
ioeTer k angry with his brother 
without a cause shall be in danger 
of the judgment: and whosoever 
shall say to his brother, H^Raea, 
shall be in danger of the council : 
but whosoever shall say, Thon fool, 
shall be in danger of hell fire. 

23 Therefote 'if thou bring thy 
gift to the altar, and there remem- 
berest that thy brother hath aught 
against thee; 

24 <^ Leave there thy gift before 
the altar, and go thy way; first be 
reconciled to thy brother, and then 
come and ofier thy gift. 

25 'Agree with thine adversary 
quickly, 'while thou art in the way 
with him ; lest at any time the ad- 
versary deliver thee to the judge, 
and the judge deliver thee to the 
officer, aiMl thou be cast mto prison. 

26 Verily I say unto thee. Thou 
shalt by no means come out thence, 
till thou hast paid the uttermost 
farthing. 

27 ^ Ye have heard that it was 
said by them of old time, 'Thou 
shalt not commit adultery: 

28 But I say unto you, That who- 
soever i^looketh on a woman to lust 
after her hath committed adultery 
with her already in his heart. 

29 'And if thy right eye RoAmd 
thee, ^pluek it out, and cast it from 
thee: for it is profitable for thee 
that one of thy members should 
perish, and not tluU thy whole body 
should be oast into hell. 

30 And if thy right hand offend 
thee, cut it off, and cast it from 
thee: for it is profitable for thee 
that one of thy members should 
perish, and not that thy whole body 
should be cast into hell. 

31 It hath been said, * Whosoever 



16 



MATAIO, V. 



hoohemo i kana irahise, e haawi 
aku ia nana i ka palapala no ka 
hemo ana. 

32 £ia hoi ka'a e olelo aku nei ia 
oukou, "'O ka mea hoohemo wale i 
kana wahine, ke ole ia no ka moe 
koiohe, nana no ia e hoomoe kolohe 
aku ; a o ka mea e mare i ua wa- 
hine hemo la, ua moe kolohe no 
la. 

33 IT Ua lohe no hoi oukou i »ka 
olelo ana mai i ka poe kahiko, ° Mai 
hoohiki wahahee oe; aka, Pe hoo- 
ko aku oe no ka Haku i kau mea i 
hoohiki ai. 

34 £ia hoi ka'u e olelo aku nei ia 
oukou, iMai hoohiki ino iki; aole 
i ka lani, no ka mea, o ko ke 'Akua 
nohoalii ia. 

35 Aole hoi i ka honua, no ka 
mea, o kona keehana wawae ia; 
aole hoi i lerusalema, no ka mea, 
o ko ke Alii nui 'kulanakauhale ia. 

36 Aole hoi oe e hoohiki ino i kou 
poo iho, no ka mea, aole e hiki ia 
oe ke hoolilo i kekahi oho i keokeo, 
aole hoi i eleele. 

37 ^ Penei oukou e olelo aku ai, o 
ka ae, he ae ia ; o ka ole. he hoole 
ia : a o ka mea oi akua keia, no ka 
ino mai ia. 

38 % Ua lohe oukou i ka olelo ana 
mai, *'He maka no ka maka, a he 
niho no ka nilio. 

39 £ia hoi ka'u e olelo aku nei ia 
oukou, ' Mai hoopai aku i ka ino ; 
a o ka mea >'nana e papal mai i 
kou papalina akau ; e halm aku oe 
ia ia ma kekahi. 

40 A o ka mea nana oe e kahilii 
wale aku ma ke kanawai, a c lawe 
i kou kapa komo, ho hou aku no 
hoi ia ia i kou aahu. 

41 ka mea 'e koi mai ia oe e 
hele i hookahi mile, e hele pu me 
ia i elua. 

42 O ka mea e noi mai ia oe, e 
haawi aku nana, a o *ka mea e noi 
mai e lawe lilo ole i kau mea, mai 
kaii ae oe. 

43 % Ua lohe no oukou i kaolelo ana 
mai, ^E aloha aku oe i kou hoa- 



A.D.31, 



m mo. 19. 9. 
Luk. 16. 18. 
Rom. 7. S. 
1 Kor. 7. 10, 
11. 



D mo. 23. 16. 
oPuk.SO.7. 

Oihk. 19. IS. 

Nah. ao. 2. 

Kan. 5 11. 
p Kan. 23. 23. 



q mo. 23. 16, 
18. 22. lak. 5. 
12. 

r l8. 66. 1. 



• Hal. 4a 2. Ji 
87.3. 



t Kol. 4. a 
::Iak. 6. 12. 



a Pnk. 21. U. 
Oihk. 24. 20. 
Kan. 19. 21. 



X Sol. 20. 22. 

& 24. 29. 

Luk. a 29. 

Rum. 12. 17, 

19. lKor.6. 

7. iTea.S. 

15. 1 Pet. 3. 9. 
r Is. 60. 6. 

KanL 3. SO. 



X mo. 27. 32L 
Mar. 15. 21. 



a Kan. 15. 8, 
10. Luk. 6. 

30,35. 



b Oibk. 19. 18. 



shall put away his wife, let him 
give her a writing of divorcement : 

32 But I say unto you, That "»who- 
soever shall put away his wife, 
saving for the cause of fornication, 
causeth her to commit adultery: 
and whosoever shall marry her that 
is divorced committeth adultery. 

33 IT Again, ye have heard that "it 
hath been said by them of old time, 
®Thou shalt not forswear thyself, 
but P shalt perform unto the Lord 
thine oaths : 

34 But I say unto you, 'Swear 
not at all ; neither by heaven; for 
it is** God's throne: 

35 Nor by the earth ; for it is his 
footstool* neither by Jerusalem; 
for it is "the city of the great King. 

36 Neither shalt thou swear by 
thy head, because thou canst not 
make one hair white or black. 

37 *But let your communication 
be, Yea, yea ; Nay, nay : for what- 
soever is more than these come^ 
of evil. 

38 IF Ye have heard that it hath 
been said, "An eye for an eye^ and 
a tooth for a tooth : 

39 But I say unto you, ^That yo 
resist not evil: ^but whosoever 
shall smite thee on thy right cheek, 
turn to him the other also. 

40 And if any man will sue thee 
at the law, and take away thy coat, 
let him have ihy cloak also. 

41 And whosoever 'shall compel 
thee to go a mile, go with him 
twain. 

42 Give to him that asketh thee, 
and *from him that would borrow 
of thee turn not thou away. 

43 IF Ye have heard that it hath 
been said, "Thou shalt love thy 



launa, a *e inaina aku hoi i kou 
enemi. 

44 £ia hoi ka'n e olelo aka nei ia 
oukou, *E aloha aku i ko oukou 
poe enemi, e hoomaikai aku hoi i 
ka poe hoiuo mai ia oukou ; e hana 
lokomaikai aku hoi i ka poe inaina 
mai ia oukou ; e pule aku hoi 'no 
ka poe hoohewa wale mai ia oukou, 
a hana ino mai hoi ia oukou ; 

45 I lilo ai oukou i poe keiki na 
ko oukou Makua i ka lani, nana no 
i 'hoopuka mai i kona la maluna o 
ka poe ino a me ka poe maikai, na- 
na hoi i hooua mai maluna o ka 
poe pono a me ka poe pono ole. 

46 s A. i aloha aku oukou i ka poe 
i aloha mai ia oukou, heaha la au- 
wei ka uku e loaa mai ai ia oukou ? 
Aole anei pela e hana nei ka poe 
lunaauhau ? 

47 Ina e uwe aku oukou i ko ou- 
koQ poe hoahanau wale no, heaha 
la ko oukou mea e oi aku ai ? Aole 
anei pela e hana nei ka poe kana- 
kae? 

48 ^E hemolele oukou, 'e like me 
ka hemolele o ko oukou Makua ilo- 
ko ka lani. 

MOKUNA VI. 

EMALAMA ia oukou, aole e ha- 
na wale aku i ko oukou mana- 
walea imua o na kanaka, no ka 
ikeia mai e lakou; o loaa ole ia 
oakou ka ukuia mai e ko oukou 
Makua i ka lani. 

2 A*i kou manawalea ana aku, 
mai hookani i ka pu imua ou e like 
me ka hana ana a ka poe hookamani 
iloko na halehalawai a ma na ala- 
nui, i hoomaikaiia mai ai e na ka- 
naka : he oiaio ka'u e olelo aku nei 
ia oukou, Ua loaa ia lakou ko la- 
kou uku. 

3 Aka o 06, i kou manawalea ana 
alni, mai hoike i kou lima hema i 
ka mea a kou lima akau e ha- 
na'i. 

4 I naio hoi kou manawalea ana; 
a koa Makua e nana mai ana 



A.D. 31. 



MATAIO, VI. 17 

neii^hboor, *and hate thine en- 
emy. 

44 But I say unto you, * Love your 
enemies, bless them that curse you, 
do good to them that hate you, ana 
pray 'for them which despitefully 
use you, and persecute you ; 




• Lnk. SS. 34. 
Oih. 7. 60. 
1 Kor. 4 12. 
IS. IPeta 
23. It 3.9. 



riob.29ia 



rLDk.a83L 



h Kin. 17. 1. 

CHhk.11.44. 

Iil9.2. Lnk. 

6.96. Kol.1. 

S8. fc. 4. 12L 

lak. 1. 4. 

1 Pet. 1. 15, 

16. 
i£p.5.1. 

fi Or, riffle 



Kan. 24. IS. 

HaL 112. 9. 

Dan. 4. 27. 

2 Kor. 9. 9, 

10. 

n Or, loith. 
a Eom. 12. 8. 

R Or, eatiM 
notatrumpet 
tobetGunded. 



45 That ye may be the children 
of your Father which is in hearen : 
for 'he maketh his sun to rise on 
the evil and on the good, and send- 
e^th rain on the just and on the 
linjust. 

46 «For if ye love them which 
love you, what reward have ye? 
do not even the publicans the same ? 



47 And if ye salute your brethren 
only, what do ye more than others ? 
do not even the publicans so ? 



48 ''Be ye therefore perfect, even 
* as your Father which is in heaven 
is perfect. 

CHAPTER VI. 

TAKE heed that ye do not your 
n alms before men, to be seen of 
them : otherwise ye have no reward 
H of your Father which is in heaven. 



2 Therefore 'when thou doest thine 
alms, n do not sound a trumpet be- 
fore thee, as the hypocrites do in 
the synagogues and in the streets, 
that they may have glory of men. 
Verily I say unto you. They have 
their reward. 

3 But when thou doest alms, let 
not thy left hand know what thy 
right hand doeth : 

4 That thine alms may be in se- 
cret: and thy Father which seeth 



18 



MATAIO, VI. 



i kahi nalo, oIa ^ke uku mu ia oe 
ma ke akea. 

5 IT A i pule aku oe, ea, mai hoo- 
halike me ka poe hookamani 3 ma- 
kemake lakou e pule ku aofi ma na 
halehalawai a mana huina alanui, 
i ikeia mai ai lakou e kanaka ; he 
oiaio ka'u e olelo aku uei ia oukou, 
Ua loaa ia lakou ko lakou uku« 

6 Aka, i kau pule ana, ^e komo 
ae oe i kou keena mohameha, a pa- 
pani oe i kou puka, e pule aim i 
kou Makua ina no ma kahi nalo, 
a o kou Makua e ike ana iloko o 
kahi nalo, oia ke uku mai ia oe ma 
ke akea. 

7 A i ka pule ana, ^ mai kuawili 
wale aku oukou i ka olelo, e like me 
ka poe kanaka e, ^ ke manao nei la- 
kou, no ka nui o ka lakou olelo ana, 
6 hooloheia mai ai lakou. 

8 Mai hoohalike me lakou ; no ka 
mea, ua ike no ko oukou Makua i na 
mea e pono ai oukou, mamua o ka 
oukou noi ana aku ia ia. 

9 Penei oukou e pule aku ai ; ' £ 
ko makou Makua iloko ka lani, e 
hoanoia kou inoa. 

1 £ hiki mai kou aupuni ; f e ma- 
lamaia kou makemake ma ka ho- 
nua nei, ''e like me ia i malamaia 
ma ka lani la ; 

11 £ haawi mai ia makou i keia 
la i ai na makou no *neia la ; 

1 2 ^ £ kala mai hoi ia makou i ka 
makou lawehala ana, me makou e 
kala nei i ka poe i lawehala i ka 
makou. 

1 3 ' Mai hookuu oe ia makou i ka 
hoowalewaleia mai; "e hoopakele 
no nae ia makou i ka ino; no ka 
mea, °nou ke aupuni, a me ka ma- 
na, a me ka hoonaniia, a mau loa 
aku. Amene. 

14° Ina paha oukou e kala aku i na 
hala o kanaka, e kala mai no hoi ko 
oukou Makua o ka lani i ko oukou. 

15 Aka, Pi ole oukoiy e kala aku i 
na hala o kanaka, aole no hoi e 
kala mai ko oukou Makua i ko ou- 
kou hala. 

16 ^ Ai'ihookeaioukou^ maihoino* 



e2NiUi4. 



d&ek.&2. 



e 1 Nam 18. 
26,29. 



t Luk. 11. 2, 
lie. 



g mo. 26. 38, 
42L Oiti.21. 
14. 

h HaL 108. 20, 
21. 



i See 16b. 23. 

IZ 80L8O. 

8. 
k mo. 18. 21, 

tc. 



1 ma 26. 41. 

Luk. 22. 40, 

46. 1 Kor. 10. 

IS. 2 Pet 2. 

9. Hoik. 3.10. 
m loiu 17. 15. 
B 1 Oihlii 29. 

IL 

Mar. 11. 25, 
26. Ep.4.32. 
KoLSTlS. 



p mo. 18. 35. 
lak. 2. IS. 



ql0.5B.& 



IB secret hinuelf *> fdiall re'wtid thee 
openly. 

5 % And when thou prayest, thou 
ahalt not be as the hypocrites are: 
for they love to pray standing in 
the synagogues and in the comers 
of the streets, that they may he 
seen of men. Verily I say unto 
you, They ha^e their reward. 

6 But thou, when thou prayest, 
Center into thy closet, and when 
thou hast shut thy door, pray to 
thy Father which is in secret ; and 
thy Father which seeth in secret 
shall reward thee openly. 

7 But when ye pray, *use not vain 
repetitions, as the heathen do: *£or 
they think that they shall be heard 
for their much speaking. 

8 Be not ye therrfore like unto 
them: for your Father knoweth 
what things ye hare need of, before 
ye ask him. 

9 After this manner therefore pray 
ye : ^ Our Father 'w^iich art in heav- 
en, Hallowed be thy name. 

10 Thy kingdom come. <^Thy 
will be done in earth, ^as it is in 
heaven. 

11 Give us this day our ^ daily 
bread. 

12 And ^forgive us our debts^ as 
we forgive our debtors. 



13 *And lead us not into tempta- 
tion, but ""deliver us frcan evil : 
" For thine is the kingdom, and the 
power, and the glory, for ever. 
Amen. - 

14 *For if ye forgive men their 
trespasses, your heavenly Father 
will also forgive you : 

15 1^ I* if ye forgive not men 
their •l^spasses, neither will your 
Father forgive your trespasses. 

16 T Moreover iwhen ye fsM, b« 



MATAIO, VI. 



ino maka onkon e like me ka poe 

faookamani ; no ka mea, ua hoino- 
ioo lakou i ko lakou maka i ikeia 
mai e na kanaka ka lakou hookeai 
ana : he oiaio ka'u e olelo akn nei 
ia oukou, Ua loaa ia lakou ko la- 
kou uku. 

17 Aka, i hookeai oe^'e poni i kou 
poo, a e hok>i i kou xoaka. 

18 I ike ole ia kau hookeai ana e 
M kanaka, aka, i ikea ia e kou Ma- 
kaa ina no i kahi nalo, a o kou Ma- 
kua ke ike i kahi nalo, oia k» uku 
mai ia oe ma ke akea. 

19 f *Mai hoahu oukou i ka -wai- 
wai no oukou ma ka hmma, kahi e 
pan ai i ka mu a me ka popo, kahi 
ewawahi mai a.i na aihuee aihue ai. 

20 Aka, ^ e hoahu ae oukou i ka 
waiwai no oukou ma ka lani, kahi 
e pan ole ai i ka ma a me ka popo, 
kahi e wawahi ole mai ai na aihue 

j e aihue ai. 

L 21 No ka mea, ma kahi e waiho 

I ai ko oukou waiwai, malaila pu no 

, hoi ko oukou naau. 

I 22 <*0 ka maka ko ke kino kukui. 
laa he maikai kou maka, e mala- 
malama ana kou kino a pau. 

33 Aka, i ino kou maka, e paapu 

ana kou kino i ka pouli. Ina e lilo 

! ka malamalama iloko ou i pouli. 

I ache io hoi o ka nui oua pouli la ! 

I 24 ^ > Aole uo e hiki i ke kanaka 
i ke malama i na haku elua ; no ka 
' niea, e hoowahawaha ia 1 kekahi, 
^ e aloha aku hoi i kekahi ; a i ole 
ia, e hoopili aku ia i kekahi me ka 
haalele i kekahi. ^Aole e hiki ia 
ookou ke malama pu i ke Akua a 
nie ka mamona. 

25 No ia mea, ke olelo aku nei au 
ia oukou, * Mai manao nui ma ko 
oukou ola ana, i ka oukou mea e ai 
^j a i ka oukou mea e inu ai ; aole 
^i ma ko oukou kino, i ko oukou 
mea e aahu ai. Aole an^ e oi aku 
ke ola i ka ai, a me ke kino i ke 
kapa? 



A. D. 31. 



rRataS. S. 
D«a.l0.9. 



■ SOL2S.4. 
1 Tim. 6 17. 
Heb. IS. 5. 
lak. 5. 1, 
be. 

t mo. 19. 21. 
Luk. 12. S3, 
34. Ii 18. 22. 
1 Tim. 6. 19. 
1 Pec 1.4. 



iiLak. 11. 34» 
36. 



xLuk.16.XS. 



7 0al.l. 10. 
1 Tim. 6. 17, 
lak. 4. 4. 
1 loa. 2. 15. 



iH8l.5S.22. 
Luk. 12. 22, 
23. PU.4.6. 
1 Pet. 5. 7. 



19 

Bot, M the hypocrites, of a sad 
oountenanee: for they disfigure 
their faces, that they may appear 
unto men to fast. Verily I say 
unto you, They have their re- 
ward. 

17 But thou, when thou fastest, 
'anoint thine head, and wash thy 
face; 

18 That thou appear not unto men 
to fast, hut unto thy Father which 
is in secret : and thy Father which 
seeth in secret shall reward thee 
openly. 

19 ^ 'Lay not up for yourselves 
treasures upon earth, where moth 
and rust doth corrupt, and where 
thieves break through and steal : 

20 ^But lay up for yourselves 
treasures in heaven, where neither 
moth nor rust doth corrupt, and 
where thieves do not break through 
nor steal : 

21 For where your treasure is, 
there will your heart be also. 

22 "The light of the body is the 
eye : if therefore thine eye be sin- 
gle, thy whole body shall be full of 
light. 

23 But if thine eye be evil, thy 
whole body shall be full of dark- 
ness. If therefore the light that is 
in thee be darkness, how great is 
that darkness I ^, 

24 IT * No man ean serve two mas- 
ters: for either he will hate the 
one, and love the other ; or else he 
will hold to the one, and despise 
the other. ^ Ye cannot serve God 
and mammon. 



25 Therefore I say unto you, 
■Take no thought for your life, 
what ye shall eat, or what ye shall 
drink ; nor yet for your body, what 
ye shall put on. Is not the life 
more than meat, and the body than 
raiment? 



A.B. 




20 MATAlO, Vn. 

26 *£ nana akn i na maan o ka 
lewa) aole lakon e lulu hua, aole 
hoi e oki ai, aole no hoi e hoahu ae 
iloko o na halepapaa ; a ua hcuiai 
ko oukou Makua o ka lani ia lakon. 
Aole anei e oi akn ko onkon maikai 
i ko lakou ? 

27 Owai la ka mea o onkon e hiki 
ma ka manao nui ana ke hooloihi 
aku i kona kiekie i hookahi haili- 
ma? 

28 Heaha hoi ka onkou e manao 
nui ai i ke kapa ? £ nana i na lilia 
o ke kula, i ko lakou nlu ana ; aole 
nae lakou e hana, aole hoi e milo. 

29 Ke olelo aku nei hoi au ia ou- 
kou, Solomona i kona nani a pau, 
aole ia i kahiko like ia me kekahi o 
ia man mea. 

30 Ina pela ke Akua e hoonani 
mai ai i ka nahelehele, ina no ma 
ke kula i keia la, a i ka la apopo e 
hooleiia'i iloko o ka umu ; aole and 
he biaio kona hoaahu ana mai ia 
oukou, e ka poe paulele kapeke- 
peke? 

31 Nolaila hoi, mai ninau aku ou- 
kou me ka manao nui, Heaha ka 
kakou mea e ai ai ? Heaha hoi ka 
kakou mea e inu ai ? Heaha hoi 
ko kakou mea e aahu ai ? 

32 No ka mea, ke hoopapau nei 
na kanaka e ma keia mau mea a 
pau. Ua ike no hoi ko oukou Ma- 
kua o ka lani, he pono ke loaa ia 
oukou ia mau mea a pau. 

33 Aka, ""e imi e oukou mamua i 
ke aupuni o ke Akua a me kana 
pono, a e pau ua mau mea la i ka 
haawiia mai ia oukou. 

34 Nolaila, mai manao nui aku 
oukou i ka mea o ka la apopo : no 
ka mea, na ka la apopo e manao 
iho i na mea nona iho. ka ino o 
kekahi la ua nui ia nona iho. 



MOKUNA vn. 

AI ^ manao ino aku, o manax) 
ino ia mai oukou. 
2 No ka mea, me ka manao ino a 
oukou 6 manao ino aku oi, pela hoi 



M 



bSeelNalii 
S. IS. 

Hal. S7. 26. 
Mar. m SO. 
Luk.l2.Sl. 
1 Tim. 4. 8. 



26 * Behold the fowls of &e air: 
for they sow not, neither do they 
reap, nor gather into hams; yet 
your heavenly Father feedeth them. 
Are ye not much hetter than they ? 



27 Which of you by taking thought 
can add one cubit unto his stature ? 



28 And why take ye thought for 
raiment ? Consider the lilies of the 
field, how they grow ; they toil not, 
neither do they spin : 

29 And yet I say unto you. That 
even Solomon in all his glory was 
not arrayed like one of these. 

30 Wherefore, if God so clothe 
the grass of the field, which to day 
is, and to morrow is cast into the 
oven, shall he not much more clothe 
you, ye of little faith ? 

A. 

31 Therefore take no thought, say- 
ing, What shall we eat ? or, What 
shall we drink? or, Wtefewithal 
shall we be clothed ? 

32 (For after all these things do 
the Gentiles seek :) for your heav- 
enly Father knoweth that ye have 
need of all these things. 

33 But *seek ^1S*iirst the kingdom 
of God, and his righteousness ; and 
all these things shall be added unto 
you. 

34 Take therefore no thought for 
the morrow : for the morrow shall 
take thought for the things of itself. 
Sufiicient unto the day is the evil 
thereof. 



a£<Qk. 6. 37. 
Rom. 2. 1. & 
14.8,4.10. 
13. iKor.4. 
8,6. Uk.4. 
11, 1& 



CHAPTER vn. 

JUDGE »not, that y© be not 
judged. 
2 For with what judgment y© 
judge, ye shall be judged: ^and 



liATAIO, VU. 



81 



e maiuuk ino in mai ai oukoa. ^ Me 
ke ana a oukoa e aaa aku ai, 
pela no hoi e auaia mai ai no ou- 
kou. 

3 ' Heaha kau e nana aka ai i ka 
pula iki iloko o ka maka o kou hoa- 
hanao, aole hoi oe i ike i ke kaola 
iloko kou maka iho ?> 

4 Pehea la hoi oe e olelo aka ai i 
koa hoahanou, £ ho mai na'a e 
unahi ka pula iki noloko mai o kou 
maka, a he kaola no ka hoi iloko o 
kou maka iho ? 

5 £ ka hookamani, e imuhi mua 
06 i ke kaola mailoko ae o kou ma- 
ka ibo, alalia oe e ike pono ai ke 
umhx ae i ka pula iki maloko o ka 
maka a kou hoahanau. 

6 ^ <^Mai haawi aku i ka mea 
hoano na na ilio, aole hoi e hoolei 
i ka oakou mau momi imua o na 
paaa, o hehiia ilalo e ko lakou mau 
wawae, a e kepa mai hoi iakou e 
moku oukou. 

7 ^ * £ noi, a e haawiia na oukou ; 
e imi, a e loaa hoi ia oukou ; e ki- 
keke, a e weheia no oukou. 

6 No ka mea, 'o ka mea noi, ua 
haawiia nana; o ka mea imi, ua 
loaa no ia ia; a o ka mea kikeke, 
ua yreheia nona. 

9 ^Owai la ke kanaka o oukou e 
haawi aku i ka pohaku na kana 
keiki, ke noi mai ia i berena ? 

10 A i noi mai ia i ia, e haawi aku 
anei oia i nahesa nana ? 

11 Ina paha oukou '^ka poe hewa 
i ike i ka haawi aku i na mea mai- 
kai na ka oukou kamalii, he oi nui 
aku ko oukou Makua i ka lani ma 
kona haawi ana mai i na mea mai- 
kai na ka poe e noi aku ia ia, 

12 ' na mea a pau a oukou e ma- 
kemake ai e hanaia mai ia oukou 
e na kanaka, oia ka oukou e hana 
&ka ai ia lakou ; no ka mea, pela 
no I'ka ke kanawai a me ka ka poe 
kaola, 

13 ^ ^ £ komo ae oukou ma ka puka 
pilikia ; no ka mea, he akea ka pu- 
ka, la» palahalaha hoi ke alaaui e 



A.D. 31. 



e Lnk. 6. 41, 
42. 



d Sol. a 7, 8. 
&2S.9. OOl 
IS. 45, 48. 



e mo. 21. 22. 

Mar. 11.24. 

Lak. 11.9, 

10. «L 18. 1. 

loa. 14. 13. 

<il5.7. &16. 

23,24. Iak.l. 

5, 6. 1 loa. 

3. 22. & 5. 14, 

15. 
fSoLfi. 17. 

ler. 29. 12, 

13. 
fLuk.ll. 11, 

12,13. 



hKin.6.5. & 
8.21. 



i Lak. 6. 31. 



kOihk.19. 18. 

mo. 22. 40. 

Rom. 13.8.9, 

10. Oal.5. 

14. lTim.1. 

& 
lLuk.13.S4. 



-with wfaittmaMore ye nete^ it shall 
be measured to you again* 



3 "And why beholdeet thou the 
moto that is in thy lm>ther's eye, 
but ccmsidereBt not the beam that ia 
in thine own eye ? 
^ Or how wilt thoo eay to thy 
clother, Let me pull oat ^e mote 
out of thine eye; and, behold, a 
beam is in thine own eye ? 

5 Then hypocrite, first east out 
the beam out of thine own eye ; 
and then shalt thou see clearly to 
cast out the moto out of thy broth- 
er's eye ? 

6 ^ ^^Give not that which is holy 
unto the dogs, neiUier cast ye yoor 
pearls before swine, lest they tram« 
pie them under their feet, and turn 
again and rend you. 

7 IT * Ask, and it shall be given 
you; seek, and ye shall find; 
knock, and it shall be opened unto 
you: 

8 For 'every one that asketh re- 
oeiveth; and he that seeketh find- 
eth; and to him that knocketh it 
shall be opened. 

9 <0r what man is there of you, 
whom if his son ask bread, will he 
give him a stone ? 

10 Or if he ask a fish, will he 
give him a serpent ? 

11 If ye then, *^being evil, know 
how to give good gifts unto your 
children, how much more i^all your 
Father which is in heaven give good 
things to them that ask him ? 

12 Therefore all things » whatso- 
ever ye would that men should do 
to you, do ye even so to them : for 
^this is the law and the prophets. 



13 IT * Enter ye in at the strait 
gate: for wide is the gate, and 
broad is the way, that leadeth to 



22 MATAIO, Vn. 

hiki alra ai i kli malce; a wsA vmle 
hoi ka poe komo ilaila. 

14 Aka, he pilikia ka puka, he 
ololi hoi ke ala e hiki aku ai i ke 
ola,. a kakaikahi wale ka poe loaa 
ia. 

15 IT "£ malama hoi ia oukoa no 
''ka poe kaula hoopunipimi ke hele 
rnai io oukou nei me ka aahu hipa ; 
aka, malokO} he poe ilio <^hihiu hae 
lakou. 

16 PMa ko lakon hua e ike aka ai 
oukou ia lakou. ^ E ohiia anei ka 
huawaina noluna mai o ke kaka- 
laioa, a o na fiku hoi noluna mai o 
ka puakala ? 

17 Oia hoi, 'o na laan maikai a 
pau, ua hua mai no lakou i na hua 
maikai } f^a, o ka laau ino^ ua hua 
mai no hoi ia i na hua ino. 

18 Aole e hiki i ka laau maikai 
ke hua mai i ka hua ino ; aole hoi 
o hiki i ka laau ino ke hua mai i ka 
hua maikai. 

19 "O kela laau a o keia laau ko 
hua ole mai ia i ka hua maikai, ua 
kuaia oia ilalo, a ua kiolaia'ku hoi 
ia iloko o ke ahi. 

20 Nelaila hoi, ma ko lakou hua, 
e ike aku ai oukou ia lakou. 

21 1[ O ka poe e olelo mai ia'u, * E 
ka Haku, E ka Haku, aole e pau 
lakou i ko komo mai iloko o ke 
aupuni o ka lani ; aka, o ka mea e 
malama i ka makemake o ko'u Ma- 
kua iloko o ka }am. 

22 He nui ka poe e olelo mai ana 
ia'u ia la, E ka Haku, £ ka Haku, 
*'aole anei makou i ao aku ma kou 
inoa ? i mahiki aka hoi i na uhane 
ino ma kou inoa ? a i hana aku i na 
hana mana he nui ma kou inoa ? 

23 Alaila, 'e hai aku au ia lakou, 
Aole au i ike ia oukou ; y e haele 
oukou pela mai o'u aku nei, e ka 
poe hana ino. 

24 ^ Nolaila hoi, 'o ka mea lohe i 
keia mau olelo a'u, a malama hoi 
ia, e hoohalike au ia ia me ke ka- 
naka naauao, nana i kukulu kona 
hale maluna o ka pohaku. 

25 A haule mai la ka ua, kafae 



nKan. laS. 

ler. 23. 18. 

mo. 24. 4. 5, 

11,24. Mar. 

ia22. Rom. 

16. 17, 18. 

Ep.5.6. 

Kol. 2. 8. 

2 Pet 2.1, 

2,3. lloa. 

4.1. 
n Mik. 3. 5. 

2 Tim. 3. 5. 
o Oih. 20. 29, 

30. 
p pau. 20. 

wo. 12. S3, 
q Luk. 6. 43, 

44. 
rler.n.19. 

mo. 12 83. 



I mo. S. 10. 
Luk. 8. 9. 
loa. 15. 2, 6. 



t Hoa. 8. 2. 
mo.25Lll-12L 
Luk. 6. 46. & 
13.25. Oih. 
19. 13. Rom. 
2.13. ltk.1. 



ttNah.24.4. 
loa. 11.61. 
1 Kor. 13. 2. 



X mo. 25. 12. 

Luk. 13. 25, 

27. 

2 Tim. 2. 19. 
r Hal. 5. 5. <c 

6. 8. 

mo. 25,41. 
z Luk. 6. 47, 



desifUGtion, and many linBre be 
irhieh go in thereat: 

14 B Because strait is the ga^, and 
narrow is the way, which leadeth 
unto life, and few there be that 
find it. 

15 H " Beware of false prq[>hets, 
° whi<di come to you in sheep's cloth- 
ing, but inwardly they are ** raven- 
ing wolves. 

16 P Ye shall know them by their 
fruits. iDo men gather grapes of 
thorns, or figs of thistles ? 



17 Even so 'every good tree bring- 
eth forth good fruit ; but a corrupt 
tree bringeth forth evU fruit. 

18 A good tree cannot taring f<Nrth 
evil fruit, neither mn a corrupt tree 
bring forth good ^ruit. 

19 'Every tree that bringeth not 
forth good fruit is hewn down, and 
cast into the fire. 

20 Wherefore by their fruits ye 
shall know them. 

21 % Not every one that saith unto 
me, *Lord, Loixl, shall enter into 
the kingdom of heaven ; but he that 
doeth the will of my Father which ' 
is in heaven. 

22 Many will say tome in that day. 
Lord, Lord, have we "not proph- 
esied in thy name ? and in thy name 
have cast" "out devils? and in thy 
name done many wonderful works? 

23 And 'then will I profess unto 
them, I never knew you: y depart 
from me, ye that work iniquity. 

24 1 Therefore ■whosoever heareth 
th^se- sayings of mine, and docth 
them, I will liken him unto a wise 
man, which built his house upon a 
rock: 

25 And the rain descended, and 



MATAK), VIII. 



83 



' mai la ka ytB.i^ non mai la ka ma- 
I kani, a pa ma ua hale la, aole nae 
ia i Molo ; no ka mea, ua hooku- 
muia oia maluna o ka pohaka. 

26 A o ka mea lobe ia man olelo 
a'u^ a maiama ole hoi ia, e hooha- 
likeia hoi ia me ke kanaka naaupo, 

, nana i kukolu kona hale malnna o 
' ke ome. 

27 A haule mai la ka na, kahe 
mai la ka wai, nou mai la ka ma- 
kani, a pa ma ua hale nei, a hiolo 
iho la ia ; nam wale hoi kona biolo 
ana. 

28 A hooki ae la lesu ia mau 
olelo, ^kahaha iho la na kanaka i 
kana ao ana. 

29 ^No ka mea, ao aku la ia ia 
lakou me he mea mana la, aole e 
like me ka poe kakauolelo. 



MOKUNA VIII. 

A IHO mai la ia mai ka mauna 
m.ai, he nui loa ka poe i uka- 
li ia ia. 

2 *Aia hoi kekahi lepero i hele 
mai io na la, moe iho la imua ona, 
i mai la, E ka Hakn, a i makemake 
oe, e hiki no ia oe ke huikala mai 
ia'u. 

3 O aku ia lesn i kona lima, hoo- 
paa iho la ia ia, i aku la, Ke ma- 
"kemake nei au, e huikalaia hoi oe. 
Ola koke iho la kona mai lepera. 

4 I aku la o lesu ia ia, *^ £ ao oe, 
mai hai aku ia hai. Aka, e hele oe 
e hoike aku ia oe iho i ke kahuna, 
e haawi i ka mohai a <" Mose i kauo- 
lia mai ai, i mea e ike ai lakou. 

5 T * A hiki aku la o lesu i Kape- 
rezuiama, hele mai la kekahi luna- 
haneri io na la, noi mai la ia ia, 

6 I mai la, E ka Haku, ke waiho 
la no kuu kauwa ma ka hale i ka 
mai lolo, ua ehaeha loa. 

7 I aku la o lesu ia ia, £ hele aku 
no au e hoola ia ia. 

8 Olelo mai la ka lunahaneri, i 
mai la, E ka Haku, « aole o'u pono 
e komo ae oe \\^o o ko'u hale : ^e 



A.O. 31. 



• aio. 19154. 
MAr.l.22.k 
6.2. Lak.4. 
82. 

bloa.7.4«. 



a Mar. 1. 40, 
&c. Luk. 5. 
12, kc. 



b mo. 0. 90. 
Har. 5. 43. 



c Oibk. 14, S, 
4,10. Luk. 
5.14. 

d Luk. 7. 1, 



e Luk. 15. 19, 
21. 
fHaL 107.30. 



the floods came, and the winds blew, 

and heat upon that house; and it 
fell not: for it was founded upoi) a 
rock. 

26 And every one that heareth 
these sayings of mine, and doeth 
them not, shall be likened onto a 
foolish man, which built his house 
upon the sand : 

27 And the rain descended, and 
the floods came, and the winds blew, 
and beat upon that house ; and it 
fell : and great was the fall of it. 

28 And it came to pass, when Je- 
sus had ended these sayings, *the 
people were astonished at his doc- 
trine : 

29 ^For he taught them as one 
having authority, and not as the 
schbes. 

CHAPTER Vm. 

WHEN he was come down from 
th^ mountain, great multi- 
tuiks followed him. 

2 * And, behold, there came a leper 
and wori^ipped him, saying.' Lord, 
if thou wilt, thou canst make me 
clean. 

3 And Jesus put forth his hand, 
and touched him, saying, I will ; be 
thou clean. And immediately his 
leprosy was cleansed. 

4 And Jesus saith unto him, ^See 
thou tell no man ; but go thy way, 
shew thyself to the priest, and offer 
the gift that ^ Moses commanded, for 
a testimony unto them. 

5 If «* And when Jesus was entered 
into Capernaum, there came unto 
him a centurion, beseeching him, 

6 And saying. Lord, my servant 
lieth at. home sick of the palsy, 
grievously tormented. 

7 And Jesus saith unto him, I Will 
come and heal him. 

8 The centurion answered and said. 
Lord, <" I am not worthy that thou 
shouldest come under my roof : but 



24 



MATAIO, VIII. 



A.D.31. 



olelo wale mai no oe^ a e ola no kuu 
kauwa. 

9 No ka mea, he kanaka aku wan 
malalo o ke alii, a he poe koa ma- 
lalo iho o'u ; olelo aku no au i ke- 
kahi, £ hele aku, a hole aku no ia, 
a i kekahi hoi, £ hele mai, a hele 
mai no ia ; a i kuu kauwa, £ hana 
ia mea, a hana no ia. 

10 A lohe ae la o lesu, mahalo ae 
la ia, i mai la i ka poe e ukali aku 
ana, He oiaio ka'u e olelo aku nei 
ia oukou, aole au i ike i ka manao- 
io nui e like me keia iloko o ka Ise- 
raela. 

11 Ke i aku nei au i» oukou, ^he 
nui ka poe e hele mai, mai ka hiki- 
na a me ke komohana mai, a e no- 
ho pu lakou me Aberahama, a me 
Isaaka, a me lakoba iloko- o ke au- 
puni o ka lani. 

12 A ^na keiki o ke aupuni, 'e 
kipakuia'ku lakou iloko o ka pouli 
iwaho, malaila e uwe ai, a e uwi 
ai na niho. 

13 Olelo aku la o lesu i ka luna- 
haneri, hoi oe ; a e like me kau i 
manaoio mai ai, pela hoi e hana- 
ia'ku ai nou. Ola iho la no kana 
kauwa ia hora. 

14 IT "^Komo ae la o lesu iloko o 
ka hale o Petero, ike iho la ia i 
^ kona makuahunoaiwahine e waiho 
ana i ka mai kuni. 

15 Hoopa aku la ia i kona lima, 
haalele iho la ke kuni ia ia, ala ae 
la ia, a lawelawe na lakou. 

16 IT "-^ ahiahi ae la, halihaliia 
mai io na la na mea he nui wale i 
uluhia e na daimonio ; mahiki aku 
la ia i na uhane ma ka olelo, a 
hoola iho la i ka poe mai a pau : 

1 7 Pela i ko ai ka olelo a ke kaula 
a Isaia, i i mai ai, °Nana no i lawe 
i ko kakou nawaliwali, nana hoi i 
halihali i ko kakou mai. 

18 IT A ike ae la o lesu, ua puni ia 
i ka poe kanaka he nui wale, kena 
mai la ia e holo ma kela kapa. 

*«. *T , . , ,',,»-,•, oLuk.9. 57, 

19 ''Hele mai la kekahi kakau- sn. 



ff Kin. 12. 3. 
Is. 2. 2, 3. b 
11. JO. MaL 
Ml. Luk. 

13.29. Oih. 
10.45. & 11. 
18. & 14. 27. 
Rom. 15. 9, 
&c. Ep. 3. 6. 

hiQO. 21.43. 
i mo. 13. 42, 

50. & 22. 13. 

&24.51. & 

25.30. Luk. 
13,28. 2PeL 
2. 17. lud. 
13. 



k Mar. 1. 29, 
30.31. Luk. 
4.38,39. 

1 1 Kor. 9. 5. 



» Mar. 1.32, 
&c. Luk. 4. 
40,41. 



n IB. S8. 4. 
1 Pet. 2. 24. 



'speak the word only, and my serv- 
ant shall be healed. 

9 For I am a man under author- 
ity, having soldiers under me : and 
I say to this man, Go, and he goeth ; 
and to another, Come, and he com- 
eth; and to my servant, Do this, 
and he doeth it 

1 When Jesus heard it, he marvel- 
led, and said to them that followed, 
Verily I say unto you, I have not 
found so great faith, no, not in Is- 
rael. 

11 And I say unto you, That 
'many shall come from the east 
and west, and shall sit down v^th 
Abraham, and Isaac, and Jacob, in 
the kingdom of heaven : 

12 But '^the children of the king- 
dom ^ shall be cast out into outer 
darkness: there s|^all be weeping 
and gnashing of teeth. 

13 And Jesus said unto the centu- 
rion, Go thy way ; and as thou hast 
believed, so be it done unto thee. 
And his servant was healed in the 
selfsame hour. 

14 IT ^ And when Jesus was come 
into Peter's house, he saw ' his wife's 
mother laid, and sick of a fever. 

15 And he touched her hand, and 
the fever left her : and she arose, 
anil ministered unto them. 

16 IT "When the even was come, 
they brought unto him many that 
were possessed with devils : and he 
cast out the spirits with his word, 
and healed all that were sick : 

17 That it might be fulfilled which 
was spoken by £saias the prophet, 
saying, "Himself took our infirmi- 
ties, and bare our sicknesses. 

18 IT Now when Jesus saw great 
multitudes about him, he gave com- 
mandment to depart unto the other 
side. 

19 <»And a certain scribe came, 



olelo, i aku la ia ia, £ ke Kumu, e 
hahai aka no au ia oe i na wahi a 
pau au e hele ai. 

20 I mal la lesu ia ia, He lua ko 
na alopeke, he wahi noho ko na ma- 
nu o ka lewa 3 aka, ke Keiki a ke 
kanaka, aohe ona wahi e hoomoe 
ai i kona poo. 

21 P Olelo aktt la ia ia kekahi hau- 
mana ana, £ ka Haku, ^^e ae mai 
oe ia'a e hele mua au e kanu i kuu 
makuakane. 

22 Olelo mai la lesu ia ia, £ ha- 
hai mai oe ia'u, na ka poe make no 
e kanu i ko lakou poe make. 

23 1[ £e aku la ia muluna o ka 
moku, a hahai aku la kana mau 
haumana ia ia. 

24 ' Aia hoi, he ino nui ma ka mo- 
anawai, a popoiia'e la ka moku e 
na ale : aka, ua hiamoe oia. 

25 A hele aku la na haumana ana 
e hoala ia ia, i aku la, £ ka Haku, 
e hoola mai ia makou, o make ma- 
kou. 

26 I mai la oia ia lakou^ Heaha 
ka oukou e makau ai, e ka poe pau- 
lele kapekepeke ? • Ku ae la ia ilu- 
na, papa aku la ia i ka makani a 
me ka loko, a malie loa iho la. 

27 Mahalo aku la ua poe kanaka 
la, i aku la, Heaha ke ano o ia nei, 
i hoolohe mai ai ka makani a me 
ka moanawai ia ia? 

28 ^ * A hiki aku la ia i kela kapa, 
i ka aina o ko Gadara, halawai mai 
la me ia eiua kanaka i uluhia e na 
daimonio, i hoea mai mai na hale- 
kupapau mai, ua nui loa ke ku o ka 
hau, aohe kanaka i aa aku e maalo 
ma ia wahi. 

29 Aia hoi, kahea mai la laua, i 
mai la, Heaha kau ia makou nei^ e 
lesu ke Keiki a ke Akua ? Ua hiki 
e mai nei anei oe e hana eha mai ia 
makou mamua ka manawa ? 

• ' A i kahi mamao aku, he ku- 
, uaa e ai ana. 

< \ Noi mai la ia mau daimonio ia 
i' • * luai la, A i mahiki aku oe ia 
A «. 2 



A.D. 31. 



MATAIO, VIII. 25 

and said unto him, Master, I will 
follow thee whithersoever thou go- 
est. 

20 And Jesus saith unto him, The 
foxes have holes, and the birds of 
the air have nests ; but the Son of 
man hath not where to lay his 
head. 

21 I'And another of his disciples 
said unto him, Lord, <i suffer me 
first to go and bury my father. 

22 But Jesus said unto him. Fol- 
low me; and let the dead bury 
their dead. , 

23 IT And when he was entered into 
a ship, his disciples followed him. 



pLok. 9. SB, 

60. 
qSeelNftUl 

19.aOL 



r M«r. 4. St, 

tLC Lak.8. 
23, lu^ 



• Hal. 65. 7. Ii 
89. 9. k 107. 



tMar.5.1,fcc 
Lak. 8. 26, 
fcc. 



24 'And, behold, there arose a 
great tempest in the sea, insomuch 
that the ship was covered with the 
waves : but he was asleep. 

25 And his disciples came to hiniy 
and awoke him, saying, Lord, save 
us : we perish. 

26 And he saith unto them. Why 
are ye fearful, ye of little faith ? 
Then 'he arose, and rebuked the 
winds and the sea ; and there was 
a great calm. 

27 But the men marvelled, say- 
ing. What manner of man is this, 
that even the winds and the sea 
obey him ! 

28 IT * And when he was come to the 
other side into the country of the 
Gergesenes, there met him two pos- 
sessed with devils, coming out of 
the tombs, exceeding fierce, so that 
no man might pass by that way. 

29 And, behold, they cried out, 
saying, What have we to do with 
thee, Jesus, thou Son of God ? art 
thou come hither to torment us be- 
fore the time ? 

30 And there was a good way off 
from them a herd of many swine 
feeding. 

31 So the devils besought him, 
saying. If thou cast us out, suf- 



26 MATAIO, IX. 

makou, e ae mai oe e haele makou A. D. 31. 
« komo aku iloko o ke kumupuaa. 

32 I aku la ia ia lakou, on haele. 
A hemo lakou iwaho, komo aku la 
lakou iloko o ua kumupuaa la : aia 
hoi, naholo kiki aku la ua kumu- 
puaa la a pau ilalo ma ka pali i ka 
moanawai, a pau lakou i ka make 
maloko oka wai. 

33 Auhee aku la ka poe kahupuaa, 
a hiki aku la i ke kulanakauhale, 
hai aku la lakou ia mau mea a pau, 
a me ka mea o ua mau kanaka la i 
uluhia e na daimonio. 

34 Aia hoi, hele nui mai la ko ke 
kulanakauhale iwaho, e halawai 
me lesa, a ike mai la ia ia, ^nonoi 
nui mai la lakou ia ia e hele aku ia 
mai ko lakou aina aku. 



MOKUNA IX. 

EE ae la ia maluna o ka moku, 
holo aku* la ia, a *hiki aku la 
i kona kulanakauhale. 

2 ^ Aia hoi, hali mai la lakou io na 
la i kekahi mai lolo, e waiho ana 
iluna o kahi moe. ^ A ike aku la o 
lesu i ko lakou manaoio, i aku la ia 
i ka mai lolo, E kuu keiki, e hoolana 
i kou manao, ua kalaia kou hewa. 

3 Alalia, ohumu iho la kekahi poo 
kakauolelo iloko o lakou iho, He 
olelo hoino ka ia nei. 

4 ^ Ike iho la lesu i ko lakou ma- 
nao, ninau aku la, No ke aha la 
oukou e manao ino ai iloko o ko 
oukou naau ? 

5 Mahca ka hiki pono ke olelo, Ua 
kalaia kou hewa, a ke olelo paha, £ 
ala^e a e hele ? 

6 I ike hoi oukou, he mana no ko 
ke Keiki a ke kanaka e kala aku ai 1 
na hewa ma ^a honua nei, £ ku ae, 
(wahi ana i ka mai lolo,) e lawe oe 
i kou wahi moe, a e hoi i kou hale. 

7 Ku ae la ia, a hoi aku la i kona 
hale. 

8 A ike aku la na kanaka, mahalo 
aku la, a hoonani aku la lakou i ke 
Akua, nana i haawi mai ia mana 
no na kanaka. 



B See KajL 5. 

lNaiiil7.18. 
Luk. 5. 8. 
Oih. 16. 38. 



b Mar. 2. 3. 
Luk. 5. 18. 



c mo. a 10. 



4 Hal. 139. 2L 
mo. 12. 25. 
Mar. 12. J5. 
Luk. 5. 22. & 
6 8. & 9. 47. 
k 11. 17. 



fer UB to go away into the herd of 
swine. 

32 And he said unto them, Go. 
And when they were come out, they 
went into the herd ot swine : and, 
hehold, the whole herd of swine ran 
violently down a steep place into 
the sea, and perished in the waters. 

33 And they that kept them fled, 
and went their ways into the city, 
and told every thing, and w^hat 
was befallen to the possessed of the 
devils. 

34 And, behold, the whole city 
came out to meet Jesus : and when 
they saw him, " they besought him 
that he would depart out of their 
coasts. 

CHAPTER IX. 

AND he entered into a ship, and 
passed over, ^ and came into his 
own city. 

2 ^And, behold, they brought to 
him a man sick of the palsy, lying 
on a bed: "^and Jesus seeing their 
faith said unto the sick of the pal- 
sy ; Son, be of good cheer 3 thy sins 
be forgiven thee. 

3 And, behold, certain of the 
scribes said within themselves, This 
man blasphemeth. 

4 And Jesus ''knowing their 
thoughts said, Wherefore think ye 
evil in your hearts ? 

5 For whether is easier, to say, 
Thy sins be forgiven thee; or to 
say. Arise, and walk ? 

6 But that ye may know that the 
Son of man hath power on earth to 
forgive sins, (then saith he to the 
sick of the palsy,) Arise, take up 
thy bed, and go unto thine house. 

7 And he arose, and departed to 
his house. 

8 But when the multitudes saw ity 
they marvelled, and glorified God, 
which had given such power unto 
men. 



9 IT * A hele ska la o lesu mai ia 
^wahioaku, ike mai la ia i kekahi 
kaaaka e noho ana ma kahi hooku- 
pu, o Mataio k<»ia ijaoa; i mai la 
oia ia ia, £ hahai mai oe ia'u. Ku 
ae la ia a hahai aku la ia ia. 

10 ^ 'A i ko letiu noho ana i ka 
ahaaijia iloko o ka hale, aia hoi, he 
nui na lunaauhaa a me na lawe- 
hala i hele mai, a noho pa me ia a 
me kaiia poe haamana. 

1 1 A ike aka la ka poe Parisaio, 
i mat la lakoa i kana poe haamana^ 
No ke aha la e ai pa ai ka oakou 
kumu me <na lunaauhaa ame ^na 
lawchala ? 

12 Lohe ae la o lesu, i aku la oia 
ia lakou, Aoie no ka poe oia ke ka- 
huna lapaau, no ka poe mai no ia. 

1 3 £ hele hoi oukou e ao i ke ano 
o keia, o ke 'aloha ko'u makemake, 
aole ka mohai : ua hele mai nei au 
e ao aku i ''ka poe hewa e mihi, 
aole i ka poe pono. 

14^ Alalia, hele mai la na haama- 
na a loane io na la, i mai la, ' Ke 
hookeai pinepine nei makou a me 
ka poe Parisaio, heaha hoi ka mea 
e hookeai ole ai kau poe haamana ? 

15 1 aku la lesu ia lakou, E hiki 
anei i '"laa hoaai o ke kanemare ke 
kaaioho, i ka wa e noho pu ai ia me 
lakoa ? £ hiki mai ana ka mana- 
'wa. e la'weia^ku ai ke kanemare mai 
o lakoa aku, "ilaila lakou e hoo- 
keai ai. 

16 Aole no kekahi e pinai i ka 
apana lole hou maluna o ka lole 
kahiko, o moku ka mea kahiko i ka 
mea hou, a nui aku ka nahae. 

17 Aole hoi e ukuhi na kanaka i 
ka waina hou maloko o na hue ili 
kahiko, o nahae na hue, a kahe aku 
ka -waina, a pau na hue : aka, uku- 
hi no lakou i ka waina hou iloko o 
na hue hou, a koe pu ia mau mea i 
ka malamaia. 

13 ^ ol kaoa olelo ana ia mau 
mea ia lakou, aia hoi, hele mai ke- 
kahi luna, moe iho la ia, i mai la 



MATAIO, IX. J7 

9 IT 'And as JeaoB paaaed forth 
from thence, he saw a man, named 
Matthew, sitting at the^receipt of 
custom : and he saith imto him, 
Follow me. And he arose, and 
followed him. 

10 ^ 'And it came to pass, as Je- 
sus sat at meat in the house, be- 
hold, many publicans and sinners 
came and sat down with him and 
his disciples. 

n And when the Pharisees saw 
it J they said unto his disciples, Why 
eateth your master with ' publicans 
and b sinners? 



AB. 81. 



r Mar. SL 15, 
&.C. Lak. 5. 
29, &c 



S mo. 11. 19. 

Luk. 5. 80. k 

16.2. 
b(M.2.15L 



i H(M. 6. 6. 
Mik. 6. 6. 7, 
8. ma 12. 7. 

klTim.LliS. 



1 Mar. 2. 18, 

tLC. Luk. 5. 
38, Jbc It 18. 
12. 



m loo. & 29. 



itOih.lS.2,3. 

t 14. 23. 

1 Kor. 7. 6. 
H Or, rata, or, 

unwrought 

do(h. 



o Mar. 5. 23, 
&c Luk.a' 
41,fcc 



12 But when Jesus heard thaty he 
said unto them, They that be whole 
need not a physician, but they that 
are sick. 

13 But go ye and learn what that 
meaneth, 'I will have mercy, and 
not sacrifice : for I am not come to 
call the righteous, ^but sinners to 
repentance. 

14^ Then came to him the disciples 
of John, saying, ^Why do we and 
the Pharisees fast oft, but thy dis- 
ciples fast not ? 

15 And Jesos said imto them, Can 
"the children of the bridechamber 
mourn, as long as the bridegroom 
is with them? but the days will 
come, when the bridegroom shall be 
taken from them, and °then shall 
they fast. 

1 6 No man putteth a piece of ii new 
cloth unto an old garment ; for that 
which is put in to fill )|t up taketh 
from the garment, and the rent is 
made worse. 

17 Neither do men put new wine 
into old bottles : else the bottles 
break, and the wine runneth out, 
and the bottles perish : but they 
put new wine into new bottles, and 
both are preserved. 

18 IT ** While he spake these things 
unto them, behold, there came a 
certain ruler, and worshipped him, 



28 MATAIO, IX. 

ia ia, Ua make iho nei ka'u kaika- 
mahine, aka, e hele mai oe, a kau 
i kou lim% malona ona^ a e ola ia. 

19 Ku ae la lesu iluna, hahai 
aku la ia ia me kana poe haumana. 

20 IT ^ Aia hoi, he wi&iine hee koko 
i na makahiki he umikumamalua, 
hele aku la ia mahope iho ona^ a 
hoopa aku la i ka lepa o kona aahu : 



21 No ka mea, i iho la ia iloko 
ona, A i hoopa wale aku au 1 kona 
aahu, e ola au. 

22 Haliu ae la o lesu, ike ae la ia 
ia, i aku la, £ ke kaikamahine, e 
hoolana i kou manao: 'lua hoola 
mai kou manaoio ia oe. A ola 
koke iho la ua wahiue la ia hora. 

23 ''A hiki aku la o lesu i ka hale 
o ua luna la, ike ae la ia i 'ka poe 
hookiokio, a me na kanaka e ku- 
makena ana. 

24 I aku la oia ia lakou, ^ Ou hoi 
oukou, aole i make ke kaikamahine, 
ua hiamoe no. A hoowaha^v^aha 
mai la lakou ia ia. 

25 A pau ae la ka poe kanaka i 
ka hookukeia iwaho, komo aku la 
ia iloko, lalau iho la i kona lima^ a 
ala ae la ua kaikamahine nei. 

26 A kaulana aku' la ia mea ma 
ia aina a pau. 

27 IT A hele aku la o lesu mai ia 
'vrahi aku, elua kanaka makapo i 
hahai ia ia, kahea mai la laua, i 
mai la, "£ ka mamo a Davida, e 
aloha mai oe ia maua. 

28 Komo ae la ia iloko o ka hale, 
a hele mai ua mau makapo la io 
na la, ninau aku la lesu ia laua, 
Ke manaoio nei anei olua, e hiki 
no ia'u ke hana i keia mea? I 
aku la laua ia ia, Ae, e ka Haku. 

29 Alalia, hoopa aku la ia i ko 
laua mau maka, i aku la, E like 
me ko olua manaoio ana mai, pela 
e hanaia aku ai no olua. 

30 Kaakaa ae la ko laua mau ma- 
ka. Papa aku la lesu ia laua, i 
aku la, '£ malama olua o ikea ia 
ehai. 



A.D. 31. 



P Mar. 5. 25.' 
Lak.8.4S. 



q Luk. 7. SO. 
& 8. 48. iL 17. 
19. k 18. 42. 



r Mar. 5. 38. 

Luk. 8. 51. 
• Se« 2 Oiblii 
35.26. 



II Or, out 
Jam; 



a mo. 15. 32. 
& 20. 30, SI. 
Mar. 10. 47, 
48. Luk. 18. 
88,89. 



z mo 8. 4. hi 

12. 16. k. 17. 

9. 

Lak.6.14. 



saying, My daughter is even rayw 
dead : but come and lay thy hand 
upon her, and she shall live. 

19 And Jesus arose, and followed 
himj and so did his disciples. 

20 IT PAnd, behold, a woman, which 
was diseased with an issue of blood 
twelve years, came behind him, 
and touched the hem of his gar- 
ment: 

21 For she said within herself, If 
I may but touch his garment, I 
shall be whole. 

22 But Jesus turned him about, 
and when he saw her, he said, 
Daughter, be of good comfort ', i thy 
faith hath made thee whole. And 
the woman was made whole from 
that hour. 

23 ''And when Jesus came into 
the ruler's house, and saw 'the 
minstrels and the people making a 
noise, 

24 He said unto them, *Give 
place: for the maid is not dead, 
but sleepeth. And they laughed 
him to scorn. 

25 But when the people were put 
forth,' he went in, and took her by 
the hand, and the maid arose. 

26 And I the fame hereof went 
abroad into all that land. 

27 IT And when Jesus departed 
thence, two blind men followed 
him, crying, and saying, "TAow Son 
of David, have mercy on us. 

28 And when he was eome into 
the house, the blind men came to 
him: and Jesus saith unto them, 
Believe ye that I am able to do 
this? They said unto him, Yea, 
Lord. 

29 Then touched he their eyes, 
saying. According to your faith be 
it unto you. 

30 And their eyes were opened ; 
and Jesus straitly charged them, 
saying, 'See that no man know it. 



MATAIO, X, 



31 ^Aka, hele aJni la laua, a hoo- 
kaulana aku la ia ia ma la aina a 
puiii. 

3^ f ' A hele akn la lakoa iwaho, 
ilia hoi, haliia mai io na la he ka- 
naka aa, ua uluhia e ka daimo- 
nio. 

33 A mahikiia aku ka daimonio, 
olelo mai la oa aa la, a mahalo ae 
la ka poe kanaka, i ae la, Aole i 
ikea ka mea like me ueia iwaena o 
ka Iseraela. 

34 Aka, olelo aku la ka poe Pari- 
saio, '£e mahiki aku nei oia nei i 
na daimonio ma ke alii o ua dai- 
monio. 

35 "Kaahele ae la o lesu ma na 
kulanakanhale a pau, a me na kau- 
hale, 'e ao ana iloko o na haleha- 
lawai o lakou, a e hai mai ana i 
ka eaanelio no ke aupuni, me ka 
hoola i na mai a pau, a me na 
iiawaliwali a pau o na kanaka. 

36 V A ike mai la ia i ka ahaka- 
naka,hu ae la kona aloha ia la- 
^on; no ka mea, ua nawaliwali 
lakou, naauwana hoi e like me 
'na hipa kahu ole. 

37 Alalia, i mat la ia i kana poe 
hanmana, 'He nui ke kihapai ai, 
^ hapa no nae ka poe lawehana. 

38 ^No ia mea, e noi oukou i ka 
Haku nana ke kihapai ai, e hoouna 
oia i na lawehana iloko o kana 
lahapai. 

MOKUNA X. 

A*HOULUULU ae la ia i kana 
poe haumana he umikuma- 
^aloa, alalia haawi mai la 1 ka 
niana no lakou e mahiki aku ai i 
^ nhane ino, a e hoola aku i na 
"^ a pau a me na nawaliwali 
a pau. 

2 Eia hoi na inoa o ka poe lunao- 
*6te he umikumamalua. O ka 
^^ Simona i *'kapaia o Petero, 
^ kona kaikaina o Anederea ; o. 
iakobo na Zehedaio, a me kona 
Kaikaina o Toane. 

3 Pilipo • a me Baretolomaio, o 
I'Oma a me Mataio ka lunaauhUu; 



A.D. 31. 



7 Mar. 7. 3a 

s See mo. 12. 
23. Luk.lL 



amo. 12.34. 
Mat. 3. 22L 

Luk. U. 15. 

b Mar. 6. 6. 
Lak.13.22. 



d Mar. 6. 84. 



I OTfWert 
tired and 
lay down. 

e Nah. 37. 17. 
lNalii33. 
17. £z.S4.5i 
Zek. 10. 2. 

f Luk. 10. 2. 
loa. 4. 3S. 

g 2 Tea. & 1. 



a Mar. 3. 19, 
14. it 6. 7. 
Luk. 6. 13. 
&9.1. 

II Or, over. 



b loa. 1. 43. 



31 'But they, when they were 
departed, spread ahroad his fame 
in all that country. 

32 1 "As they went out, hehold, 
they hrought to him a dumh man 
possessed with a devil. 

33 And when the devil was cast 
out, the dumh spake : and the mul- 
titudes marvelled, saying, It was 
never so seen in Israel. 

34 But the Pharisees said, 'He 
casteth out devils through the 
prince of the devils. 

35 '^And Jesus went ahout all the 
cities and villages, 'teaching in 
their synagogues, and preaching 
the gospel of the kingdom, and heal- 
ing every sickness and every dis- 
ease among the people. 

36 T ** But when he saw the multi- 
tudes, he was moved with compas- 
sion on them, hecause they n faint- 
ed, and were scattered abroad, « as 
sheep having no shepherd. 

37 Then saith he unto his disci- 
ples, 'The harvest truly is plente- 
ous, but the labourers are few ; 

38 <^Pray ye therefore the Lord of 
the harvest, that he will send forth 
labourers into his harvest. 

CHAPTER X. 

AND *when he had called unto 
him his twelve disciples, he 
gave them power ^ against unclean 
spirits, to east them out, and to 
heal all manner of sickness and all 
manner of disease. 

2 Now the names of the twelve 
apostles are these ; The first, Simon, 
••who is called Peter, and Andrew 
his brother ; James the son of Zeb- 
edee, and John his brother ; 

3 Philip, and Bartholomew; Thom- 
as, and Matthew the publican; 



30 



MATAIO, X. 



o lakobo na Alepaio, a me Lebaio 
i kapaia o Tadaio. 

4 ''O Simona no Kanaana a me 
luda ''Isekariota ndna ia i kuma- 
kaia aku. 

5 O keia poe iimikumamalua ka 
lesu i hoouna ae ai, kauoha mai la 
ia lakou, i mai la, •Mai hele ou- 
kou ma ke kuamoo o ko na aina e, 
aole hoi e komo i kekahi kulana- 
kauhale o 'ko Samaria. 

6 f Aka, e hele oukou i ka poe hipa 
^ anwana o ka ohana o Iseraela. 

7 / 1 ko oukou hele ana, e ao aku, 
me ka i ana, Ua kokoke mai nei 
•^ke aupuni o ka lani. 

8 E hoola i na mai, e huikala i 
na lepero, e hoala i na mea make, 
e mahiki aku i na daimonio; ^ua 
haawi wale ia mai ia oukou, e 
haawi wale aku oukou. 

9 "* Mai hahao oukou i gula, aole 
hoi i kala, aole hoi i "keleawe ilo- 
ko o ko oukou mau hipuu ; 

10 Aole hoi he aa no ko oukou 
hele ana, aole hoi elua aahu, aole 
hoi kamaa, aole no hoi he kookoo ; 
°no ka mea, he pono ke loaa i ka 
mea hana ka ai nana. 

11 PA o ke kulanakauhale, a o ke 
kauhale paha, a oukou e komo aku 
ai, e ninau aku i ko laila poe pono ; 
malaila no e noho ai a hiki i ka 
manawa e hele aku ai malaila aku. 

12 Aia komo aku oukou iloko o 
ka hale, e uwe aku i ko laila. 

13 'lA i pono ko ka hale, e kau ko 
oukou aloha maluna iho o lakou : 
aka, 'i pono ole, e hoi hou mai no 
ko oukou aloha io oukou la. 

14 "A o ka mea hookipa ole ia ou- 
}iO\x, aole lioi e hoolohe i ka oukou 
olelo, a jicic aku oukou iwaho o 
kela hale, ii o kola kulanakauhale 
pahay ^e lulu iho i ka lepo o ko 
Dukoii v,'avi'ii^. 

15 He oiaio ka'n e olelo aku nei 
ia oukou, "E nho no ka hewa ana 
o ko Sodom a a me ko Gomora i ko 
i£L kulanakauhale i ka la e hooko- 
lokolo ai. 



A.D. 31. 



c Luk. 6. 15. 
Oih. 1. 13. 

t Or. Kanan- 
ites, that is, 
Zealot^ as in 
Luit. 6. 15. 

d loa. IS. 26. 

e ma i. 15. 



fSee2Niilii 

17.24. loa. 

4. 9, 20. 
g mo. 15. 24. 

Oih. IS. 46. 
h Is. 53. 6. 

ler. SO. 6, 17. 

Ez. 34. 5, 6, 

16. 

1 Pet. 2. 25. 
i Luk. 9. 2. 
Jt mo. 3. 2. & 

4. 17. Luk. 

10.9. 
1 Oih. 8. 18, 

20. 
m 1 Sam. 9. 7. 

Mar. 6. 8. 

Luk. 9. 3. & 

10. 4. & 22. 

35. 

H Or, Get 
n See Mar. 6. 

8. 

t Or. a 9taff. 
o Lok. 10. 7. 

1 Kor. 9. 7, 

1 Tim. 5. 18. 
P Luk. 10. 8. 



q Luk. 10. 5. 
r Hal. 36. 13. 



» Mar. 6. 11. 
Luk. 9. 5. k. 
10. 10, 11. 



t Neh. 5. 13. 
Oih. 13. 51. 
& 18. 6. 



u mo. 11. 22; 



James the son of Alpheus, and Leb- 
beus, "whose surname was Thad- 
deusj 

4 ''Simon the tCanaanite, and 
Judas ^ Iscariotj who also betrayed 
him. 

5 These twelve Jesus sent forth, 
and commanded them, saying, *Go 
not into the way of the Gentiles, 
and into any city of ^the Samari- 
tans enter ye not : 

6 ^But go rather to the ^lost sheep 
of the house of Israel. 

7 'And as ye go, preach, saying, 
•^The kingdom of heaven is at hand. 

8 Heal the sick, cleanse the lepers, 
raise the dead, cast out devils : 'free- 
ly ye have received, freely give. 



9 " It Provide neither gold, nor sil- 
ver, nor "brass in your purses ; 

10 Nor scrip for your journey, nei- 
ther two coats, neither shoes, nor 
yet t staves: **for the workman is 
worthy of his meat. 

11 PAnd into whatsoever city or 
town ye shall enter, inquire who 
in it is worthy; and there abide till 
ye go thence. 

12 And when ye come into a 
house, salute it. 

1 3 "i And if the house be worthy, 
let your peace come upon it : *'but 
if it be not worthy, let your peace 
return to you. 

14 'And whosoever shall not re- 
ceive you, nor hear your words, 
when ye depart out of that house 
or city, ♦ shake oflf the dust of yonr 
feet. 

15 Verily I say unto you, " It shall 
be more tolerable for the land of 
Sodom and Gomorrah in the day of 
judgment, than for that city. 



MATAIO, X. 



31 



16 T ' Eia hoi, ke hootina aku nei 
aa ia oukoa e like me na hipa 
mawaena o na ilio hihiuhae; yno 
ia mea, e maalea oukou e like me 
na nahesa, ' e noho malie hoi e like 
me na manu ntmn. 

17 £ malama hoi ia onkon i na 
kanaka; no ka mea, *e haawi aku 
lakou ia onkon i ka aha hookolo- 
kolo, ''e hahaa hoi lakon ia oukou 
iloko ko lakou miau halehalawai ] 

18 'A no'u nei e alakaiia'ku ai 
oukou imua o na kiaaina a me na 
alii, i mea e ike ai no lakou, a no 
ko na aina e. 

19 "*Aia haawiia'ku oukou, mai 
nianao nni i ka oukou e olelo aku 
ai ; no ka mea, * e haawiia aku ia 
ou^ou i kela manawa, ka oukou 
mea e olelo aku ai. 

20 ^No ka mea, aole na oukou e 
olelo aku, na ka Uhane no o ko 
onkou Makua e olelo ana ma o 
oukou la, 

21 ^E haawi ana ka hoahanau i 
ka hoahanau e make, a o ka ma- 
kuakane i ke keiki ; a e ku e na 
keiki i na makua, e hoolilo ia la- 
kou i ka make. 

22 ""No ko'u iiioa e inainaia mai 
li oukou e na kanaka a pau : aka, 
'oka mea hoomau aku a hiki i ka 
hopena, e ola ia. 

23 ''Aia hana ino mai lakou ia 
oukou iloko o kekahi kulanakau- 
hale, e holo aku oukou i kekahi; 
he oiaio ka'u e olelo jiku nei ia ou- 
Jou, Aole e pau e na fculanakau- 
nale o ka Iseraela i ke kaaheleia e 
^ou, 'a hiki mai no ke Keiki a 
^e kanaka. 

24 "Aole he kiekie ka haumana 
Jialuna o ke kumu, aole hoi ke 
kauwa maluna o kona haku. 

25 He aho no ka haumana ke 
^e ia me kana kumu, a o ke kau- 
^a ke like ia me kona haku. Ina 
^ kapa mai lakou i ka meet nona 
f^hale, Belezehuba, e nui auanei 
ko lakou kapa ana i ko ka hale 
pela. 

^^ Md makau hoi ia lakou; no 



A. D. 31. 




d Mar. 13.11, 

12,13. 

Luk.l2.11.& 

21. 14, 15. 
e Puk. 4. 12. 

ler. 1. 7. 

f 2 Sam. 23. 2. 
Oib. 4. 8. & 
6.10. STixn. 
4.17. 



ffMIk.7.8. 

Eau. 35, 38. 
Uk. 21. 16. 



bLak.21. 17. 



i Dan. 12.12, 

13. 

mo. 24. la 

Mar. IS. 13. 
kmo. 2. 13. & 

4. 12. & 12. 

15. Oih. 8. 1. 

«i 9. 25. & 14. 

6. 
It Or, end. or, 

Jiniih. 

1 mo. 16. 28. 



m Luk. 6. 40. 
loa. 13. 16. 
& 15. 20. 



n mo. 12:24. 

Mar. 3. 22. 

Luk. 11. 15. 

loa. 8. 48, 52. 
fOr.BeOze- 

bul. 



16 1[ 'Behold, I send yon forth as 
sheep in the midst of wolves : ^ he 
ye therefore wise as serpents, and 
■ II harmless as doves. 



17 But beware of men: for »they 
will deliver you up to the councils, 
and ''they will scourge you in their 
synagogues ; 

18 And *^ye shall be brought be- 
fore governors and kings for my 
sake, for a testimony against them 
and the Grentiles. 

19 "^But when they deliver you 
up, take no thought how or what 
ye shall speak: for "it shall be 
given you in that same hour what 
ye shall speak. 

20 ' For it is not ye that speak, but 
the Spirit of your Father which 
speaketh in you. 

21 'And the brother shall deliver 
up the brother to death, and tho 
father the child : and the children 
shall rise up against their parents, 
and cause them to be put to death. 

22 And ""ye shall be hated of all 
men for my name's sake: 'but he 
that endureth to the end shall be 
saved. 

23 But ^when they persecute you 
in this city, flee ye into another : 
for verily I say unto you. Ye shall 
not II have gone over the cities of 
Israel, Hill the Son of man be 
come. 



24 "The disciple is not above his 
master, nor the servant above his 
lord. 

25 It is enough for the disciple 
that he be as his master, and the 
servant as his lord. If "they have 
called the master of the house 
t Beelzebub, how much more shall 
they call them of his household? 

26 Fear them not therefore: •for 



32 



MATAIO, X. 



ka mea, ®aohe mea i uhiia e ole e 
hoakakaia'na, aohe mea i hunaia e 
ole e hoikeia'na. 

27 ka'u e olelo aku nei ia oukon 
ma ka pouli nei, oia ka oukou e hai 
aku ai ma ka malamalama ; a o ka 
mea a oukou e lohe nei ma ka pe- 
peiao, oia ka oukou e kala aku ai 
malima o na hale. 

28 PJViai makau aku hoi oukou i 
ka poe nana e pepehi mai ke kino^ 
aole nae e hiki ia lakou ke pepehi 
i ka uhane; aka, e makau aku i 
ka mea nona ka mana e make ai ka 
uhane a me ke kino iloko o Gehena. 

29 Aole anei i kuaiia na manu 
liilii elua i kekahi asario ? aole hoi 
e haule wale kekahi o laua ma ka 
lepo, ke ole ko oukou Makua. 

30 <i Ua pau loa no hoi na lauoho 
o ko oukou mau poo i ka heluia. 

31 Nolaila, mai makau oukou, ua 
oi loa aku oukou mamua o na manu 
liilii he nui loa. 

32 ''Nolaila, o ka mea nana au e 
hooia aku imua o na kanaka, ' na'u 
hoi ia 6 hooia aku imua o ko'u Ma- 
kua iloko ka lani. 

33 ^ A o ka mea nana au e hoole 
aku imua o na kanaka, na'u hoi ia 
e hoole aku imua o ko'u Makua 
iloko o ka lani. 

34 " Mai manao oukou i hele mai 
nei au e lawe mai i ke kuikahi ma 
ka honua; o ka pahi kaua ka'u i 
hele mai nei e lawe mai, aole ke 
kuikahi. 

35 No ka mea, i hele mai nei au e 
hookuee i ke kanaka *i kona ma- 
kuakane, a i ke kaikamahine i ko- 
na makuwahine, a i ka hunonawa- 
hine i kona makuahunowaiwahine. 

36 ^0 na enemi a ke kanaka, no 
kona hale iho no lakou. 

37 ^O ka mea hookela aku i ke 
aloha i kona makuakane a i kona 
makuwahine, aole no ia'u, aole ia 
e pono no'u : a o ka mea hookela 
aku i ke aloha i kana keikikane a i 
ke kaikamahine, aole ia'u, aole hoi 
ia e pono no'u. 

38 * A ka mea kaikai ole i kona 



A. D. 81. 



P U. 8. 12, 13. 
Luk. 12. 4. 
1 Pet. 3. 14. 



tOr.aMoribn, 
equal to 
three far- 
things Bter- 
ling, or one 
cent and a 
half. 

q 1 Sam. 14. 
45. 2 Sam. 
14. 11. 
Luk.21. 18. 
Oib. 27. 84. 



rLuk. 12. 8. 

Rom. 10 9, 

10. 
• Hoik. 3. 5. 



t Mar. 8. 38. 
Luk. 9. 26. 
2Tim.2.12L 



u Luk. 12. 49, 
51,52,63. 



y Hal. 41. 9. & 

65.13. 

Mik. 7. 6. 

loa. 13.18. 
X Luk. 14.26. 



a mo. 16. 24. 
Mar. 8. 34. 
Luk. 9. 23. & 
14,27. 



there is nothing covered, that shall 
not be revealed ; and hid, that shall 
not be known. 

27 What I tell you in: darkness, 
that speak ye in light: and what 
ye hear in the ear, that preach ye 
upon the housetops. 



28 P And fear not them which kill 
the body, but are not able to kill 
the soul: but rather fear him 
which is able to destroy both soul 
and body in hell. 

29 Are not two sparrows sold for 
a t farthing ? and one of them shall 
not fall on the ground without your 
Father. 

30 iBut the very hairs of your 
head are all numbered. 

31 Fear ye not therefore, ye are of 
more value than many sparrows. 

32 "■ Whosoever therefore shall con- 
fess me before men, 'him will I con- 
fess also before my Father which is 
in heaven. 

33 * But whosoever shall deny me 
before men, him will I also deny be- 
fore my Father which is in heaven. 

34 "Think not that 1 am come to 
send peace on earth : 1 came not to 
send peace, but a sword. 



35 For I am come to set a man at 
variance 'against his father, and 
the daughter against her mother, 
and tlie daughter in law against her 
mother in law. 

/36 And y a man's foes shall be they 
of his own household. 
37 *He that loveth father or mo- 
er more than me is not worthy of 
me: and he that loveth son or 
daughter more than me is not 
worthy of me. 



Ahi 
i m( 
/ da 



38 ^And he that taketh not his 



MATAIO, XI. 



kea, a e hahai mai mamuli o'o, ao- 
le ia e pono ia'u. 

39 ^O ka mea malama i kona ola, 
e lilo no kona ola; aka, o ka mea 
haalele i kona ola no'u nei, e loaa 
ia ia ke ola. 

40 ^ *" O ka mea ike mai ia oukou^ 
oia ke ike mai ia'u ; a o ka mea ike 
mai ia'u, oia ke ike mai i ka mea 
nana au i hoouna mai. 

41 '^O ka mea ike mai i ke kaula, 
no ka mea, he kaula ia, e loaa ia 
ia ka uku no ke kaula ; a o ka mea 
ike mai i ke kanaka pono, no ka 
mea, he kanaka pono ia, e loaa ia 
ia ka uku no ke kanaka pono. 

42 *0 ka mea nana e haawi mai i 
ke kiaha' wai huihui e inu, no ke- 
kahi o keia mau mea uuku, no ka 
mea, he haumana ia, he oiaio ka'u 
e olelo aku nei ia oukou, Aole ia e 
neie i kona uku. 



MOKUNA XL 

A OKI ae la ka leeu ao ana aku 
i kana poe haumana he umi- 
kamamalua, hele aku la ia malaila 
aku, e ao a e olelo aku iloko o na 
kalanakauhale. 

2 *l.ohe ae la loane iloko *'o 
ka hale paahao i na hana a Kristo, 
hoouua mai la ia i na haumana ana 
elua, 

3 Ninau aku la ia ia, O oe io no 
anei 'ka mea e hele mai ana; e 
kali anei makou i kekahi mea e 
ae? 

4 Olelo mai la lesu, i mai la ia 
laaa, Ou hoi olua, e hai aku ia loa- 
ne i na mea a olua i lohe, a i ike 
iko nei. 

5 *^ Ua ike na makapo, ua hele na 
oopa, ua huikalaia na lepero, ua 
lohe na kuli, ua hoalaia na make, 
a ua haiia'ku ka euanelio i *ka poe 
ilihune. 

6 Pomaikai hoi ka mea i 'hoohi- 
hia ole ia no'u. 

7 ^ ' A hala aku la laua, olelo aku 
la lesu i ka poe kanaka no loane^ i 
aka la, I hele la oukou i ka waona- 

2* 



A.D. 31. 




e mo. 18. 5. 

Luk. 9. 48. 

k 10. 16. 

loa. 12.44. 

k 13. 20. 

Oal. 4. U 
d I Nam 17. 

10. k 18. 4. 

2Natti4.8. 



e mo. 18. 5, 6. 
&25.40. 
Mar. 9. 41. 
Heb. 6. laj 



*Lnk.7.18, 
19, &c. 
bmo. 14.8. 



e Kin. 49. 10. 
Hah. 24. 17. 
Dan. 9. 24. 
loa. 6. 14. 



d Is. 29. 18. k 

35. 4, 5, 6. k 

42.7. loa. 2. 

23. «i 3. 2. & 

6. 36. k 10. 

25,9S,ic H. 

IL 
e Hal. 22. 26. 

Is. 61. 1. 

Lak. 4. 18. 

lak. 2. 5. 
f Is. 8. 14J5. 

mo. IS. 51. k 

24. 10. it 26. 

31. Rom. 9. 

82^ iKor. 

iTa k 2. 14. 

Oal. 5. 11. 

1 Pet. 2. 8. 
ff Lak. 7. 24. 



croM, and foUoweth after me, is not 
worthy of me. 

39 "He that findeth his life shall 
lose it : and he that loseth his life 
for my sake shall find it. 

40 ^ ''He that reoeiyeth you le* 
oeiveth me ; and he that receiyeth 
me receiyeth him that sent me. 

41 "^He that receiyeth a prophet in 
the name of a prophet shall receiye 
a prophet's reward; and he that 
receiyeth a righteous man in the 
name of a righteous man shall re- 
ceiye a righteous man's reward. 

42 " And whosoeyer shall giye to 
drink unto one of these little ones a 
cup of cold tDoter only m the name 
of a disciple, yerily 1 say unto you, 
he shall in no wise lose his reward. 



CHAPTER XI. 

AND it came to pass, when Jesus 
had made an end of command- 
ing his twelye disciples, he depart- 
ed thence to teach and to preach in 
their cities. 

2 'Now when John had heard "in 
the prison the works of Christ, he 
sent two of his disciples, 

3 And said unto him, Art thou 
* he that should come, or do we look 
for another ? 

4 Jesus answered and said unto 
them, Go and shew John again 
those things which ye do hear and 
.see: 

6 ^The hlind receiye their sight, 
and the lame walk, the lepers are 
cleansed, and the deaf hear, the 
dead are raised up, ai:d "the poor 
have the gospel preached' to them. 

6 And hlessed is lie, whosoeyer 
shall not 'he offended in me. 

7 H « And as they departed, Jesus 
began to say unto the multitudes 
concerning John, What weftt ye out 



i mo. 14. 5. k 
21.26. Luk. 
1. 76. & 7.26. 



k Mai. 8. 1. 
Mar. 1. 2. 
Luk. 1. 76. 
&7.27. 



34 MATAIO, XL 

hele e ike i kd aha ? ^I ka ohe anei 
i lull i ka makani ? 

8 1 hele hoi ookou e ike i ke aha? 
I ke kanaka anei i kahikoia i ke 
kapa pahe© ? Aia no ka poe i ka- 
hikoia i ke kapa pahee iloko o na 
hale o na'Iii. 

9 I hele hoi onkou e ike i ke aha? 
I ke kaula anei ? Oia, ke hai aku 
nei au ia oukou, o ' ka mea hoi e oi 
aku i ke kaula. 

10 Oia no ka mea i palapalaia no- 
na, *^Aia hoi, ke hoouna aku nei 
au i ka'u elele mamua ou, nana e 
hoomakaukau i kou alanui inamua 
ou. 

1 1 He oiaio ka'u e olelo aku nei 
ia oukou, na mea a na wahine i 
hanau ai, aole kekahi o lakou i oi 
aku imua o ioane Bapetite : aka, o 
ka mea liilii loa iloko o ke aupuni 
o ka lani, ua oi aku ia imua ona. 

12 ^Mai ka wa ia Ioane Bapetite 
mai a hiki ia nei, ua imi ikaika ia 
ke aupuni o ka lani, a ua laweia e 
ka poe ikaika no lakou. 

13 °'Ua ao mai Ifa poe kaula a 
pau a me ke kanawai, a hiki mai 
ai o Ioane. 

14 Inae hiki ia oukou ke 'hooma- 
opopo, oia nei no ua '^Elia la, ka 
mea e hele mai ana. 

15 **0 ka mea pepeiao lohe la, e 
hoolohe ia. 

16 ^ J'Me ke aha la au e hooha- 
like ai. i keia hanauna ? Ua like 
no ia me na kamalii e noho ana i 
kahi kuai, a e kahea aku ana i ko 
lakou mau hoa, 

17 I ka i ana aku, £, ua hookio- 
kio aku makou ia oukou, aole ou- 
kou i haa mai ; ua makena aku ma- 
kou ia oukou, aole hoi oukou i uwe 
mai. 

18 No ka mea, i hele mai nei o 
Ioane me ka ai ole a mo ka inu ole, 
a ke olelo nei lakou. He daimonio 
kona. 

19 I hele mai nei ke Keiki a ke 
kanaka me ka ai ana a me ka inu 
ana, a ke olelo nei lakou, Aia hoi, 
he kanaka pakela ai, pakela inu 



I Luk. 16. 16. 

II Or, tt gotten 
by force f and 
they that 
thrttMtmen. 

mMaL4.6. 



Mai. 4. fi. 
mo. 17. 12. 
Luk. 1. 17. 

o mo. 18. 9. 
Luk. 8. 8. 
Hoik. 2. 7, 
11, 17,29, & 
8. 6, 13, 22. 

P Luk. 7. 3L 



into the -wilderness to see ? ** A reed 
shaken with the wind ? 

8 But what went ye out for to see ? 
A man clothed* in soft raiment? 
heboid, they that wear soft clothing 
are in kings' houses. 

9 But what went ye out for to see ? 
A prophet? yea, I say unto you, 
' and more than a prophet. 

10 For this is he, of whom it is 
written, *' Behold, I send my mes- 
senger before thy face, w^hich shall 
prepare thy way before thee. 

1 1 Verily I say unto you. Among 
them that are bom of women there 
hath not risen a greater than John 
the Baptist: notwithstanding, he 
that is least in the kingdom of 
heaven is greater than he. 

12 ^ And from the days of John the 
Baptist until now the kingdom of 
heaven n suiFereth violence, and the 
violent take it by force. 

13 "»For all the prophets and the 
law prophesied until John. 

14 And if ye will receive it. this 
is "Elias, which was for to come. 

15 ®He that hath ears to hear, let 
him hear. 

16 T PBut whereunto shall I liken 
this generation ? It is like unto 
children sitting in the markets, and 
calling unto their fello'v^'B, 

17. And saying, We have piped 
unto you, and ye have not danced: 
we have mourned unto you, and ye 
have not lamented. 

18 For John came neither eating 
nor drinking, and they say, He hath 
a devil. 

19 The Son of man came eating 
and drinking, and they say, Behold 
a man gluttonous, and a winebib- 
ber, ''a friend of publicans and sin- 






MATAIO, XII. 



39 



ka mea, ' no ka piha o ka naaa e 
olelo ai ka waha. 

35 ke kanaka maikai^ ua lawo 
mai ia i na mea maikai mailoko ae 
o ka waiwai maikai o ka naan : a 
o ke kanaka ino, ua lawe mai ia i 
na mea ino mailoko ae o ka waiwai 
inc. 

36 Ke olelo aku nei au ia oukou, 
na huaolelo ino a pan a kanaka 
e olelo ai, e hookolokoloia'na lakou 
ia mea, i ka la e hookolokolo ai. 

37 No ka mea, ma kau olelo ana 
e hoaponoia'i oe. a ma kau ol«»lo 
ana e hoahewaia^ oe. 

38 % ' Alaila, olelo mai la kekahi 
po8 kakauolelo a me na Parisaio, 
i mai la, £ ke Kumu, ke ake nei 
makon e ike aku i hoailona nou. 

39 Olelo aku la ia, i aku la ia la- 
kon, Ke imi nei ka hanauna hewa, 
<^moe kolohe, i hoailona: aole loa 
e haawiia ka hoailona ia lakou, o 
ka hoailona a ke kaula a lona 
wale no. 

40 ^ £ like me lona ekolu la eko- 
lu po iloko o ka opu o ka ia nui, 
pela auanei ke Keiki a ke kanaka, 
ekolu la ekolu po iloko o ka opu o 
ka honua. 

41 ' £ ku e mai auanei na kanaka 
o Nineva i keia hanauna i ka la 
hookolokolo, a ^e hoohewa mai ia 
lakou nei ; > no ka mea, mihi iho la 
lakoa i ka olelo ana a lona: eia 
hoi, maanei kekahi i oi aku ma> 
mua o lona. 

42 "*I ka la hookolokolo e ku e 
mai auanei ke aliiwahine o ke ku- 
kuluhema i keia hanauna, a e hoo- 
hewa mai ia la^ou nei ; no ka mea, 
Lhele mai ia mai na palena o ka 
honua e hoolohe i ka olelo naauao 
a Solomona ; eia hoi, maanei keka- 
hi i oi aku mamua o Solomona. 

43 "A puka mai ka uhane ino mai- 
loko mai o kekahi kanaka, ° hele aku 
no ia ma na wahi panoa, e imi ana 
i kahi e maha ai, a loaa ole ; 

44 Alalia, olelo iho no ia, £ hoi 
ana au i ko'u hale, kahi a'u i puka 
mai ai. A hiki mai, ike iho la ia, 



fmo. 18. 1. 
Mar. 8. 11. 
Lak. 11. 16, 
29. loa. 2. 18. 
iKor. 1.22. 



g Is. 57. 3. 
mo. 16. 4. 
Mar. 8. S8. 
loa. 4. 48. 



iLak.ll.S2. 



k See ler. S. 

11. £z. 16. 

61.52. Rom. 

2.27. 
1 Jona a 5. 



2 0iblii9.1. 
Luk. 11. 31. 



n Luk. 11. 24. 

o lob. 1. 7. 
1 FeL 5. 8. 



of the heart the month speak- 
eth. 

35 A good man out of the good 
treasure of the heart bringeth forth 
good things : and an evil man out 
of the evil treasure bringeth forth 
evil things. 

36 But I say unto you, That every 
idle word that men shall speak, 
they shall give account thereof in 
the day of judgment; 

37 For by thy words thou shalt be 
justified, and by thy words thou 
shalt be condemned. 

38 IT 'Then certain of the scribes 
and of the Pharisees answered, say- 
ing, Master, we would see a sign 
from thee. 

39 But he answered and said unto 
them. An evil and <^ adulterous gen- 
eration seeketh after a sign; and 
there shall no sign be given to it, 
but the sign of the prophet Jonas : 

40 •'For as Jonas was three days 
and three nights in the whale's 
belly; so shall the Son of man be 
three days and three nights in the 
heart of the earth. 

41 *The men of Nineveh shall 
rise in judgment with this genera- 
tion, and 'shall condemn it: 'be- 
cause they repented at the preach- 
ing of Jonas ; and, behold, a greater 
than Jonas is here. 

42 "^ The queen of the south shall 
rise up in the judgment with this 
generation, and shall condemn it : 
for she came from the uttermost 
parts of the earth to hear the wis- 
dom of Solomon; and, behold, a 
greater than Solomon is here. 

43 "When the unclean spirit is 
gone out of a man, *»he walketh 
through dry places, seeking rest, 
and findeth none. 

44 Then he saith, I will return 
into my house from whence I came 
out; and when he is come, he 



40 



MATAIO, XIII. 



ua kaawale ia, ua kahiliia, a ua 
hoolakolakoia. 

45 Alalia^ hole aku no ia, a lawe 
pu mai me ia i na uhane e ae i ehi- 
ku, ua oi aku ko lakou ino i kona 
iho ; komo lakou iloko, a noho ilai- 
la : a ^hewa loa aku ka hope o ua 
kanaka la i kona noho ana mamua. 
Pela auanei no hoi keia hanauna 
hewa. 

46 ^ la ia i olelo ai i na kanaka, 
*! aia ku mai la iwaho kona maku- 
wahine, a me 'kona poe hoahanau, 
e ake e olelo pu me ia. 

47 I aku la kekahi ia ia, Aia, ke 
ku mai la iwahb kou makuwahine 
a me ou mau hoahanau, e ake e 
olelo pu me oe. 

48 Olelo mai la ia, i mai la i ka 
mea nana i hai aku ia ia, Owai la 
ko'u makuwahine a me o'u mau 
hoahanau ? 

49 mai la ia i kona lima i na 
haumana ana, i aku la ia, Aia hoi, 
ko'u makuwahine a me o'u mau 
hoahanau. 

50 '0 ka mea i hana i ka make- 
make ko'u Makua i ka lani, oia 
ko'u kaikaina a me ko'u kaikuwa- 
hine, a me ko'u makuwahine. 

MOKUNA XIII. 

I A la la, hele aku la o lesu iwaho 
o ka hale, a *noho iho la ia ma 
kapa o ka loko. 

2 ''He nui loa ka poe kanaka i 
akoakoa mai io na la, <" ee aku la ia 
maluna o kekahi moku, noho iho 
la ; a ku nui mai la ua poe kanaka 
la mauka. 

3 Ao mai la oia ia lakou i kela 
mea keia mea ma na olelonane, i 
ka i ana mai, *> Aia hoi, hele aku 
la kekahi kanaka lulu hua e lulu. 

4 ^'i kana lulu opa, helelei iho la 
kekahi' ma ka||b, alan^^ lele mai la 
na manu, a pau ae la ia i ke kikoa. 

5 Helelei iho la kekahi" ma kahi 
hapapa, aohe nui o ka lepo ; kupu 
wawe ae la ia no ka papau o ka 
lepo. 



A.D. 31. 



P Heb. 6. 4. & 
10.28. 2 Pet 
2.20,21,22. 



q Mar. S. 31. 

Luk. 8. 19, 

20,21. 
r mo. 13. S5. 

Mar. 6. 3. 

loa. 2. 12. Il 

7. 3, 6. 
• Oih. 1. 14. 

1 Kor. 9. 6. 

GaL 1. 19. 



• See loa. 15. 
14. Gal. 6. 
6. &. 6. 15. 
Kol.3. 11. 
Heb. 2. 11. 



a Mar. 4. 1. 



b Luk. 8. 4. 
e Luk. 5. a 



d Luk. 8.'.S. 



findeth it empty, swept, and gar- 
nished. 

45 Then goeth he, and taketh with 
himself seven other spirits more 
wicked than himself, and they en- 
ter in and dwell there : ^and the last 
state of that man is worse than the 
first. Even so shall it be also unto 
this wicked generation. 

46 IT While he yet talked to the 
people, *> behold, his mother and '^his 
brethren stood without, desiring to 
speak with him. 

47 Then one said unto him. Be- 
hold, thy mother and thy brethren 
stand without, desiring to speak 
with thee. 

48 But he answered and said unto 
him that told him. Who is my moth- 
er ? and who are my brethren? 

49 And he stretched forth his 
hand toward his disciples, and said, 
Behold my mother and my breth- 
ren 1 

60 For 'whosoever shall do the 
will of my Father which is in 
heaven, the same is my brother, 
and sister, and mother. 

CHAPTER Xni. 

THE same day went Jesus out 
of the house, *and sat by the 
sea side. 

2 ''And great multitudes were 
gathered together unto him, so that 
^ he went into a ship, and sat i and 
the whole multitude stood on the 
shore. 

• 3 And he spake many things unto 
them in parables, saying, *^ Behold, 
a sower went forth to sow ; 

4 And when he sowed, Fome seeds 
fell by the way side, and the fowls 
came and devoured them up : 

5 Some fell upon stony places, 
where they had not much earth: 
and forthwith they gprung up, be- 
cause they had no deepness of earth : 



MATAIO, XIII. 



41. 



6 A poka mai ka la, mae iho la ia, 
a maloo aku la no ke aa ole. 

7 Helelei iho la kekahi ma kahi 
kakalaioa^ kapu ae la ke kakalaioa ; 
a kahihi aku la ia mea. 

8 Helelei iho la hoi kekahi ma ka 
lepo maikai; a hua mai la i ka hna, 
'he pahaneri ka kekahi, he pakana- 
OQo ka kekahi, a he pakamUcolu ka 
kekahi. 

9 '0 ka mea pepeiao lohe la, e 
hoolohe ia. 

10 Hele mai la kana poe hau- 
inaiia, ninau aku la ia ia^ No ke 
aha la oe e olelo mai ai ia lakou 
ma na olelonane ? 

11 Olelo mai la ola ia lakou, i mai 
1^ No ka mea, <^ua haawiia aku ia 
OQkoa e ike i na mea pohihihi o ke 
anpnni o ka lani, aole nae i haavi- 
ia'ku ia lakou. 

12 ''0 ka mea na loaa, e haawi 
hoa ia'ka nana a mahuahua ; aka, 

ka mea na loaa ole, e laweia'ku 
kana mai ona aku la. 

13 Nolaila ka'u e olelo aku nei ia 
lakou ma na olelonane ; no ka mea, 

1 ka nana ana, aole lakou i ike ; a 
} ka lohe ana aole lakou i hoolohe, 
^le hoi i hoomaopopo. 

14 Uaila i ko ai ka wanana a Isaia 
ia lakou, i ka i ana, *I ka lohe ana, 
e lohe ananei oukou, aole nae e 
hoomaopopo; a i ka nana ana, e 
i^ana auanei oukou, aole nae e ike. 

15 No ka mea, ua palaka ka naau 
keia poe kanaka, ^ua hookuli la- 
kou i ko lakou mau pepeiao, ua hoo- 
paahoi i ko lakou mau maka ; o ike 
wanei ko lakou mau maka, o lohe 
hoi ko lakou mau pepeiao, o manao 
hoi ko lakou naau, o huli mai la- 
kou, a hoola aku au ia lakou. 

16 ^Pomaikai ko oukou mau ma- 
^^ no ka mea, ua ike : a me ko 
oukou mau pepeiao, \i& lohe. 

. ^7 He oiaio ka'u e olelo aku nei 
la oukou, "He nui na kaula a me 
oa kanaka .pono i ake e ike i na 



A.D. 31. 



eK]iLSB.lSL 



f mo. 11. 15. 
Mar. 4. 9. 



s mo. 11. 2S. 
k 16. 17. 
Mar. 4. 11. 
1 Kor. 2. 10. 
1 loa. 2. 27. 

h mo. SS^ 29. 
Al:ir. 4. 25. 
Luk. 8. 18. 
fci».26. 



1 18. 6. 9. 

Ez.12.3. 

Mar. 4. 12. 

Luk. 8. lOL 

loa 12.40. 

Oih.28.36;27. 

Rom. J 1.8 

2 Kor. 3. 14, 

15 
k Heb. 5. 11. 



1 mo. 16. 17. 
Luk. 10. 2S, 
24. 
loa. 20.29. 



mHeb. Il.ia 
1 Pet 1.10, 
11. 



6 And when the ran was up, they 
were scorched; and hecanse they 
had no root, they withered away. 

7 And some fell among thorns; 
and the thorns sprung up, and 
choked them : 

8 But other fell into good ground, 
and hrought forth fruit, some 'a 
hundredfold, some sixtyfold, some 
thirtyfold. 

9 'Who hath ears to hear, let him 
hear. 

10 And the disciples came, and 
said unto him. Why speakest thou 
unto them in parables ? 

11 He answered and said unto 
them, Because 'it is given unto 
you to know the mysteries of the 
kingdom of heaven, but to them it 
is not given. 

12 *^For whosoever hath, to him 
shall be given, and he shall have 
more abundance: but whosoever 
hath not, from him shall be taken 
away even that he hath. 

13 Therefore speak I to them in 
parables: because they seeing see 
not; and hearing they hear not, 
neither do they understand 

14 And in them is fulfilled the 
prophecy of Esaias, which saith, 
'By hearing ye shall hear, and 
shall not understand; and seeing ye 
shall see, and shall not perceive : 

15 For this people's heart is wax- 
ed gross, and their ears ^are dull 
of hearing, and their eyes they 
have closed ; lest at any time they 
should see with their eyeftt and 
hear with their ears, and should 
understand with their heart, and 
should be converted, and I should 
heal them. 

16 But 'blessed are your eyes, for 
they see : and your ears,, for they 
hear. 

17 For verily I say unto you, 
"That many prophets and righteous 
men have desired to see those things 



4t 



MATAIO, XIII. 



mea a oukon e ike nei, aole nae la- 
kou i ike ; a e lohe hoi i na mea a 
oukou e lohe nei, aole nae i lohe. 

18 IT "E hoolohe onkoii i ke ano o 
ka olelonane no ke kanaka Inlu- 
hua. 

19 keia mea kela mea lohe i ka 
olelo no °ke aupuni me ka hoomao- 
popo ole; alaila, hele mai no ka 
mea ino, a kaili aku ia i ka mea i 
luluia iloko o kona naaii. Oia ka 
mea i lulma ma kapa alanni. 

20 O ka mea i luluia ma kahi ha- 
papa, oia ka mea i lohe i ka olelo, 
a hopu koke iho la ia me Pka olioli. 

21 Aole nae he aa iloko ona, no- 
laila ua pokole kona kupaa ana ; a 
kiki mai ka pilikia a me ka hoino 
no ka olelo, alaila ^haule koke iho 
la ia. 

22 '0 ka mea i luluia ma "kahi 
kakalaioa, oia ka mea i lohe i ka 
olelo ; a na ka manao ana i na mea 
o keia ao, a me ka hoopunipuni ana 
o ka waiwai e kinai iho i ka olelo, 
a lilo ia i mea hua ole. 

23 A ka mea i luluia ma kahi 
lepo maikai, oia ka mea i lohe i ka 
olelo me ka hoomaopopo; a hua 
mai 1 ka hua he pahaneri ka ke- 
kahi, he pakanaono ka kekahi, a he 
pakanakolu ka kekahi. 

24 ^ Hal mai la oia i kekahi ole- 
lonane hou ia lakou, i mai la, Ua 
hoohalikeia ke aupuni o ka lani 
me kekahi kanaka nana i lulu iho 
i ka .hua maikai ma kana mahi- 
naai. 

25 A i ka wa i hiamoe ai na ka- 
naka, hele mai la kona enemi, a 
lulu iho la i ka zizania iloko pu 
me ka palaoa, a hoi aku la. 

26 A kupu mai ke kino, a opuu ae 
la, alaila ikea iho la ka zizania. 

27 Hele mai la na kauwa a ua 
mea hale la, i mai la ia ia, E ka 
haku, aole anei oe i lulu iho i ka 
hua maikai ma kau mahinaai? 
No hea mai la hoi ka zizania? 



A.D. 31. 



n Mar. 4. 14. 
Luk. 8. 11. 



1IIO.4SS. 



P Is. 58. 2. 
£z. 33. 31, 
32. 
Ioa.6.S5. 



q mo. 11. 6. 
2 Tim. 1. 15. 

r mo. 19. 23. 
Mar. 10. 23. 
Luk. 18. 24. 

1 Tim. 6. 9. 

2 Tim. 4. 10. 
• ler. 4. 3. 



vhi«h ye see, and hare not seen 
them; and to hear those things 
which ye hear, and have not heard 
them. 

18 If "Hear ye therefore the par- 
able of the sower. 

1 9 When any one heareth the -^ord 
°of the kingdom, and understandeth 
it not, then cometh the wicked oncj 
and catcheth away that which was 
sown in his heart. This is he which 
received seed by the way side. 

20 But he that received the seed 
into stony places, the same is he 
that hearetii the word, and anon 
Pwith joy receiveth it ; 

21 Yet hath he not root in him- 
self, but dnreth for a while: for 
when tribulation or persecution 
ariseth because of the word, by 
and by <ihe is offended. 

22 'He also that received seed 
' among the thorns is he that hear- 
eth the word ; and the care of this 
world, and the deceitfulness of 
riches, choke the word, and he be- 
cometh unfruitful. 

23 But he that received seed into 
the good ground is he that heareth 
the word, and understandeth it; 
which also beareth fruit, and bring- 
eth forth, some a hundredfold, some 
sixty, some thirty. 

24 if Another parable put he forth 
unto them, saying. The kingdom of 
heaven is likened unto a man which 
sowed good seed in his field : 



25 But while men slept, his en- 
emy came and sowed tares among 
the wheat, and went his way. 

26 But when the blade was sprung 
up, and brought forth fruit, then 
appeared the tares also. 

27 So the servants of the house- 
holder came and said unto him, Sir, 
didst not thou sow good seed in thy 
field? from whence then hath it 
tares? 



MATAIO, XIII. 



28 I akn la oia ia lakoa, Na ke 
kanaka enemi ia i hana. Ninau 
mai la ka poe kanwa ia ia, £ kii 
anei makoa e uhuki ia mea ? 

29 I aku la ia, Aole, o uhuki pn 
ookoa i ka palaoa i ko oukou waele 
ana i ka zizania. 

30 E waiho no pela, e ulu pu la- 
ua a hiki i ka oM ana ; a i ka wa 
e ohi ai, na'a e olelo aku i ka poe 
okioki, £ honluulu mua onkou i 
ka zizania, e pua a paa i mea e 
puhi ai i ke ahi ; a o ka palaoa la, 
e 'hoiliili ia iloko o ko'u halepa- 
paa. 

31 ^ Hai aku la oia ia lakou i keka- 
M olelonane hon, i akala, "Ua like 
ke anpmii o ka lani me kekahi hna 
makeke a ke kanaka i lawe a kanu 
iho i kana mahrnaai. 

32 He makalii keia hua i na hua 
& paa, a kapa ae ia, na oi kcin 
kino i na laau palupalu a pan, i. 
lilo ae la ia 1 laau, a lele mai na 
mann o ka lewa, a kau iho iluna o 
kona mau lala. 

33 f 'Olelo mai la hoi oia ia lakou 
i kekahi olelonane hou. Ua like ke 
ftupuni ka lani me ka mea hu a 
kekahi wahine i lawe ai, a hui pu 
lae na sato palaoa ekolu, a pau ae 
la ia i ka hu. 

34 yQia mau mea a pau ka lesu 
i olelo aku ai i na kanaka ma na 
olelonane ; a ma na olelonane wale 
no kana olelo ana aku ia lakou : 

35 I ko ai ka mea i oleloia e ke 
^anla, i ka i ana mai, ' £ pane aku 
to waha i na olelonane, »e hai 
aku hoi au i na mea i hai ole ia mai 
ke kumu mai o ke ao nei. 

36 Alalia, haalele aku la lesu i 
ka poe kanaka, a hole mai la iloko 
oka hale. Hele aku la na hau- 
mana io na la, i aku la, E hoakaka 
mai 06 ia makon i ka olelonane no 
ka zizania ma ka mahinaai. 

37 Olelo mai la ia, i mai la ia la- 
kou, ka mea nana i lulu i ka hua 
maikai, oia ke Keiki a ke kanaka. 

38 ^Q ka mfthinaai, oia ke ao nei : 



A.D. 3V 



u Is. 2. 2, a 
Mik. 471. 
Mar. 4. 90, 
&c Luk.lS. 
18, 19. 



X Lttk. IS. 20, 



t Or. Mkton, a 
meaeare 
containing 
nearly a peck 
and a half. 

7 Mar. 4. S3, 
34. 



X Hal. 78. 2. 
a Rom. Ifi. 25, 

28. 1 Kor. 2. 

7. Ep.3. 9. 

KoL I. 26. 



b mo. 24. 14. & 
28. 19. Mar. 
16. 15, 20. 
Luk. 24. 47. 
Rom. 10. 18. 
KoL 1.6. 



4S 

28 He said unto them. An enemy 
hath done this. The servants said 
unto him, Wilt thou then that ^e 
go and gather them up ? 

29 But he said, Nay ; lest while 
ye gather up the tares, ye root up 
also the wheat with them. 

30 Let both grow together until 
the harvest : and in the time of 
harvest 1 will say to the reapers, 
Gather ye together first the tares, 
and bind them in bundles to bum 
them: but 'gather the wheat into 
my bam. 

31 ^ Another parable put he forth 
unto them, saying, "The kingdom of 
heaven is like to a grain of mustard 
seed, which a man took, and sowed 
in his field : 

32 Which indeed is the least of all 
seeds : but when it is grown, it is 
the greatest among herbs, and be- 
Cometh a tree, so that the birds of 
the air come and lodge in the 
branches thereof. 

33 T * Another parable spake he 
unto them ; The kingdom of heaven 
is like unto leaven, which a woman 
took, and hid in three t measures of 
meal, till the whole was leavened. 

34 7 All these things spake Jesus 
unto the multitude in parables ; and - 
without a parable spake he not un- 
to them: 

35 That it might be fulfilled which 
was spoken by the prophet, saying, 
* I will open my mouth in parables; 
*I will utter things which have 
been kept secret from the founda- 
tion of the world. 

36 Then Jesus sent the ntultitude 
away, and went into the house: 
and his disciples came unto hira, 
saying, Declare unto us the parable 
of the tares of the field. 

37 He answered and said unto 
them, He that soweth the good seed 
is the Son of man ; 

38 "»The field is the world; the 



■J 



44 

o ka hua maikai, oia na keiki no 
ke aupuni ; a o ka zizania, oia ^na 
keiki o ka mea inc. 

39 ka enemi nana i lulu ia 
mea, oia ka diabolo : o <^ka "wa e 
ohi ai, ka hopena ia o keia ao; a 
o ka poe nana e okioki, o ka poe 
anela ia. 

40 Me ka zizania i hoiliiliia'i a 
pnhiia'i i ke ahi, pela no hoi i ka 
hopena o keia ao. 

41 Na ke Keiki a ke kanaka e 
hooona i kona poe anela, a "e hou- 
luulu mai lakou i na mea hoohihia 
wale, a me na mea hana ino a pan 
mailoko mai o kona aupuni. 

42 'A e hoolei aku ia lakou iloko 
o ka lua ahi ; 'ilaila ka uwe ana a 
me ka uwi ana o na niho. 

43 ^Alaila e lilelile ae ka poe 
pono e like me ka la iloko o ke au- 
puni ko lakou Makua. 'ka 
mea pepeiao lohe la, e hoolohe ia. 

44 ir £^ia hou, Ua like ke aupuni 
o ka lani me ka waiwai i hunaia 
iloko o kahi kihapai : a loaa ia i ke 
kanaka, huna hou iho no ia, a hole 
aku me ka olioli, a ''kuai lilo aku 
no i kana mau mea a pan, a ' kuai 
lilo mai ia kihapai nona. 

45 IT £ia hou, Ua like keaupuni o 
ka lani me ke kanaka kuai, e imi 
ana i na momi maikai. 

46 A ike aku ia i ^ kekahi momi 
maikai loa, hele aku no ia, a kuai 
lilo aku i kana mau mea a pan, a 
kuai lilo mai ia momi nona. 

47 IT £^ia bou, Ua like ke aupuni o 
ka lani me ka upena i kuu i ke kai, 
a "puni ae la na ia he nui wale ke 
ano. 

48 A piha ia, huki ae lakou iuka, 
noho iho; a hahao iho i na mea mai- 
kai iloko o na ipu, aka, hoolei aku 
no i na mea ino. 

49 Pela no i ka hopena o keia 
ao ; e kii mai auanei ka poe anela, 
a e <^hookaawale lakou i ka poe he- 
wa maiwaena ae o ka poe pono ; 

50 PA e hoolei aku ia lakou iloko 
o ka lua ahi ; ilaila e uwe ai a e 
uwi ai na niho. 



MATAIO, XUI. 




e mo. 18. 7. 
2 Pet 2. 1, 2. 

\\ Off Bcandalt, 



f mo. 3. 12. 

Hoik. 19. 20. 

& 20. 10. 
g mo. 8. 12. 

pau. 50. 
h Dan. IZ S. 

lKor.15.42, 

43,56. 
i pan. 9. 



k PiL S. 7, 8. 

I la. 5Sl 1. 
Hoik, a la 



inSol.SL4. 
&3.14,15.& 
8. 10, 19. 



a mo. 22. 10. 



0ma25.S2L 
Ppan.42. 



good seed are the ohildien of the 
kingdom ; but the tares'^ are ^ the 
diildren of the wicked one; 

39 The enemy that fiowed them is 
the devil ; <* the harvest is the end 
of the world ; and the reapers are 
the angels. 

40 As therefore the tares are gath- 
ered and burned in the fire ; so shall 
it be in the end of this world. 

41 The Son of man shall send 
forth his angels, "and they shall 
gather out of his kingd<»n all 
n things that offend, and them which 
do iniquity ; 

42 'And shall cast them into a 
furnace of fire: 'there shall be 
wailing and gnashing of teeth. 

43 ''Then shall the righteous shine 
forth as the sun in the kingdom of 
their Father. 'Who hath ears to 
hear, let him hear. 

44 ir Again, the kingdom of heaven 
is like unto treasure hid in a field ; 
the which when a man hath found, 
he hideth, and for joy thereof goeth 
and ''selleth all that he hath, and 
'buyeth that field. 

45 T Again, the kingdom of heaven 
is like unto a merchantman, seek- 
ing goodly pearls : 

46 Who, when he had found "one 
pearl of great price, went and sold 
all that he had, and bought it.' 

47 IT Again, the kingdom of heaven 
is like unto a net, that was cast 
intb the sea, and "gathered of every 
kind: 

48 Which, when it was full, they 
drew to shore, and sat down, and 
gathered the good into vessels, but 
cast the bad away. 

49 So shall it be at tiie end of the 
world : the angels shall come forth, 
and <^ sever the wicked from among 
the just, 

50 PAnd shall oast them into the 
furnace of fire: there shall be wail- 
ing and gnashing of teeth. 



51 Ninaa mai la o lesn ia lak<m, 
Ua ike potao anei oukou i neia man 
mea a pau ? I aka la lakou ia la, 
Ae, e ka Haku. 

52 Olelo mai la kela ia lakou, 
ke kakauolelo i aoia i na mea o ke 
aapuni o ka lani, ua like no ia me 
ke kanaka mea hale, nana i lawe 
mai i <ina mea hou a me na mea ka- 
hiko mailoko mai o kona waihona 
waiwai. 

53 1 A oki ae la ka lesa olelo ana 
niai i keia mau olelonane, hele aku 
la ia mai ia wahi aku. 

54 'A hiki aku la ia i kona aina, 
ao aka la ia i na kanaka iloko o ko 
lakoa halehalawai ; a kahaha iho 
la lakon, i ae la, Nohea la ka naau- 
ao a me ka hana mana a ua kana- 
ka la? 

55 'Aole anei keia ke keiki a ke ka- 
inana? Aole anei o Maria ka inoa 
kona makuwahine ? a o *na hoa- 
hanaa ona, o ^'lakobo, o lose, o £i- 
mona, a o luda ? 

56 A na kaikuwahine ona, aole 
anei lakoa a pau me kakou ? No- 
hea mai la ia ia keia mau mea a 
pau? 

57 ""Ankiuki iho la lakou ia ia. 
I aku la lesu ia lakou, Aole he 
^kaola i hoowahawahaia ma kahi 
e. aia no ma kona aina a ma kona 
hale iho no. 

58 ' Aohe nui na hana mana ana 
i hana'i ilaila, no ko lakou hooma- 
loka. 

MOKUNA XIV. 

I A wa la, lohe ae la o ^Herode 
ke alii kiaaina i ke kaulana o 
lesa, 

2 I aku la ia i kana poe kauwa, 
loane Bapetite keia ; ua ala mai 
ia mai ka make mai; nolaila i 
haiiaia'i na bana mana e ia. 



3 T ""No ka mea, hopu aku la o 
Herode ia loane a paa, a hahao 
^ la ia ia iloko o ka halepaahao, 
1^0 Herodia ka wahine a Pilipo a 
kona hoahanau. 



MATAIO, Xiy 
A.D. 31. 



45 



4 Mclean. 



rmaS.2S. 
Mar. 6. 1. 
Lak. 4. 16» , 
23. 



• 11.49. 7. 

Mar. 6. 3. 

Luk. 3. 23. 

loa. 6. 42. 
t mo. 12. 46. 
u Mar. 15. 40. 



X mo. 11. 6. 
Mar. 6. 3^ 4. 

7 Lak. 4. 24. 
loa. 4. 44. 



s Mar. 6. 6^ 6. 



a Mar. 6. 14. 
Luk. 9. 7. 



H Or, art 
voroufi^hy 

30. 

b Mar. 6. 17. 
Luk. 3.19, 



51 JesDB saiih unto theiBy Have ye 
understood all these things ? They 
say unto him. Yea, Lord. 

52 Then said he unto them, There- 
fore every scribe trAtd^ M instructed 
unto the kingdom of heaven, is like 
unto a man that is a householder, 
which bringeth forth out of his 
treasure Hhings new and old. 

53 ^ And it came to pass, that 
when Jesus had finished these par- 
ables, he departed thence. 

54 "And when he was come into 
his own country, he taught them 
in their synagogue, insomuch that 
they were astoniahed, and said. 
Whence hath this man this wisdom, 
and these mighty works ? 

5^ 'Is not this the carpenter's son ? 
is not his mother called Mary ? and 
^his brethren, "James, and Joses, 
and Simon, and Judas r 

5% And his sisters, are they not all 
with us ? Whence then hath this 
man all these things ? 

57 And they 'were offended in 
him. But Jesus said unto them, 
' A prophet is not without honour, 
save in his own country, and in his 
own house. 

58 And 'he did not many mighty 
works there because of their unbe- 
lief. 

CHAPTER XIV. 

AT that time 'Herod the tetrarch 
heard of the fame of Jesus, 

2 And said unto his servants, 
This is John the Baptist; he is 
risen from the dead ; and therefore 
mighty works li do shew forth them- 
selves in him. 

3 ^ *» For Herod had laid hold on 
John, and bound him, and put him 
in prison for Herodias' sake, his 
brother Philip?s wife. 



46 



MATAIO, XIV. 



^ 4 No t^mea, i olelo aku o loa&e 
ia Heroae, ^ Aole ou pono ke lawe 
ia ia nau. 

5 Manao iho la ia 6 pepehi ia ia, 
a makau ae la ia i na kanaka ; no 
ka mea, <^inaQao iho la lakou, he 
kaula ia. 

6 Aia malamaia'i ka la hanau o 
Herodc, haa mai la ke kaikamahine 
a Herodia iwaena o lakou, a lealea 
iho la o Herode. 

7 Nolaila, hoohiki mai la ia, e 
haawi mai ia ia i kana mea e noi 
aku ai. 

8 A aoia mai oia e kona maku- 
wahine, noi aku la ia, O ke poo o 
loane Bapetite kau e haawi mai ai 
ia'u maluna o ke pa. 

9 Minamina iho la ke alii ; aka, 
no kona hoohiki ana, a no ka poe 
hoaai e noho pu ana me ia, kena 
aku la ia e haawiia mai. 

10 Hoouna aku la ia, a oki iho la 
i ke poo loano iloko o ka hale- 
paahao. 

11 A laweia mai la kona poo ma- 
luna o ke pa, a haawiia mai ia i 
ua kaikamahine la, a nana ia i 
lawe aku i kona makuwahine. 

12 Kii aku la kana poe haumana 
i ke kino, a kanu iho la; a hele 
mai la lakou a hai mai la ia lesu. 

1 3 IT • A lohe ae la o lesu, holo malu 
aku la ia ma ka moku i kahi nahe- 
lebele, a lohe ae la na kanaka, 
hahai aku la lakou ia ia mauka, 
mailoko mai o na kulanakauhale. 

14 A pae aku la lesu, ike aku 
la ia i na kanaka he nui loa, 'hae- 
hae ke aloha ia lakou, a hoola iho 
la ia i ko lakou poe mai. 

15 % f A ahiahi ae la, hele mai la 
kana poe haumana io na la, i aku 
la, He wahi waonahele keia, a ua 
hala ae nei ka hora ; e hoihoi aku 
oe i ua poe kanaka nei, i hele lakou 
i na kauhale, e kuai i ai na la- 
kou. 

16 I mai la o lesu ia lakou, Aole 
e pono no lakou ke hele aku, na 
oukou 6 haawi aku i ai na lakou. . 

17 I aku la lakou ia ia, Elima] 



A.D. 30. 



e Oihk. 18. 16. 
Al 20. 21. 



d mo. 31. 26. 
Lalc.20.6. 



t Or. m (Ae 
mitUt 



e mo. 10. 23. 
tL 12. 15. 
Mar. 6. 32L 
Luk. 9. la 
loo. 6. 1, 2. 



t mo. 9. 88. 
Mar. 6. 34. 



t Mar. 6. 8BL 
Luk. 9. 12. 
loa. 6. 5. 



4 For John said unto him, ' It is 
not lawful for thee to have her. 

5 ^And when he would have put 
him to death, he feared the multi- 
tude, <^ because they counted him as 
a prophet. 

6 But when Herod's birthday was 
kept, the daughter of Herodias 
danced t before them, and pleased 
Herod. 

7 Whereupon he promised with 
an oath to give her whatsoever 
she would ask. 

8 And she, being before instructed 
of her mother, said. Give me here 
John Baptist's head in a charger. 

9 And the king was sorry : nev- 
ertheless for the oath's sake, and 
them which sat with him at meat, 
he commanded it to be given Jier. 

10 And he sent, and beheaded 
Jcttin in the prison. 

11 And his head was brought in 
a charger, and given to the damsel : 
and she brought it to her mother. 

12 And his disciples came, and 
took up the body, and buried it, and 
went and told Jesus. 

13 IT 'When Jesus heard ofity he 
departed thence by ship into a des- 
ert place apart : and when the peo- 
ple had heard thereof, they followed 
him on foot out of the cities. 

14 And Jesus went forth, and 
saw a great multitude, and 'was 
moved with compassion toward 
them, and he Healed their sick. 

15^ * And when it was evening, his 
disciples came to him, saying, This 
is a desert place, and the time is 
now past ; send the multitude away, 
that they may go int<^ the villages, 
and buy themselves victuals. 

1 6 But Jesus said unto them. They 
need not depart ; give ye them to 
eat. 

17 And they say unto him, We 



MATAIO, XIV. 



47 



vale QO popo bereim a makoa, a 
me na ia elua. 

18 1 mai la o lesa^ £ lawe mai 
oakou ia man mea i o'u Bel. 

19 Kaudia aku la ia i na kanaka 
e noho iho ilalo ma kaweaweu, 
lalaa aku la ia i na popo berena 
eiima, a me na ia elua, nana ae la 
ia i ka lani, '^hoomaikai aku la, 
^awahi iho la ; haawi aku la i ka 

' berena i na haumaua, na na hau- 
mana hoi i haawi aku ia mau mea 
i ka poe kanaka. 

20 Ai iho la lakou a pan, a ma- 
ona; a hoiliili mai la lakou i na 
hakioa i koe a piha ae la na hinai 
te umikuraamalua. 

21 ka poe i ai, elima paha tau- 
sani kanaka lakou. he okoa na wa* 
iuneameiiakamalii. 

22 T Hoouna koke aku la lesu i 
kana mau haumana e ec iluna o 
ka mokti, a e holo e mamua ma 
kela kapa, ia ia e hoihoi aku ai i 
ka poe kanaka. 

23 'A pau ka poe kanaka i ka 
ioihoiia'ka e ia, pii aku la ia, oia 

; ^ale no, i kekahi mauna e pule ai : 
' a hiki mai ke ahiahi, oia wale no 
malaila. 

24 A ua moku la, mawaena ia 
ka loko e luliia'na e na ale, no 
ka mea, mamua mai ka makani. 

25 1 ka ha ka wati o ka po, hele 
siai la lesu io lakou la, e hele ana 
maluna o ka loko. 

26 Ike aku la na haumana ia ia 
e'hcle ana maluna o ka loko, ho- 
Poliopo iho la lakou, i ae la. He 
Jiiane ia ! a hooho aku la lakou i 
ka makau. 

27 Oleic koke mai la o lesu ia 
jakou^ E hoolana oukou, owau no 
keia, mai makau. 

28 Oleic aku la o Petero ia ia, E 
ka Haku, a o oe no ia, e olelo mai 
00 ia% hele^ku iou la maluna o 
kawai, 

29 1 mai la kela, E hele mai. Iho 
^0 la oPetero mai luna o ka mo- 
^^ hele aku la ia maluna o ka 
*ai e halawai mo lesu. 



A.I). 32. 



i Mar. 6. 46. 



lob. 9. 8. 



have here but five loayes, and two 



18 He said, Bring them hither to 
me. 

19 And he commanded the multi* 
tude to sit down on the grafis, and 
took the five loaves, and the two 
fishes, and looking up to heaven, 
''he blessed, and brake, and gave the 
loaves to his disciples, and the dis- 
ciples to the multitude. 



20 And they did all eat, and were 
filled : and they took up of the 
fragments that remained twelve 
baskets full. 

21 And they that had eaten were 
about five ^ousand men, beside 
women and children. 

22 T And straightway Jesus con- 
strained his disciples to get into a 
ship, and to go before him unto the 
other side, while he sent the multi- 
tudes away. 

23 'And when he had sent the 
multitudes away, he went up into 
a mountain apart to pray: •'and 
when the evening was come, he 
was there alone. 

24 But the ship was now in the 
midst of the sea, tos.sed with waves : 
for the wind was contrary. 

25 And in the fourth watch of the 
night Jesus went unto them, walk- 
ing on the sea. 

26 And when the disciples saw 
him ' walking on the sea, they were 
troubled, saying, It is a spirit ; and 
they cried out for fear. 

27 But straightway Jesus spake 
imto them, saying, Be of good 
cheer ; it is I ; be not afraid. 

28 And Peter answered him and 
said. Lord, if it be thou, bid me 
come unto thee on the water. 

29 And he said, Comfe. And when 
Peter was come down out of the 
ship, he walked on the water, to go 
to Jesus. 



4g MATAIO, XV. 

30 A ike aku la ia i ka makani 
ikaika, makau iho la ia ; a i ka hoo- 
maka ana e poho iho. kahea aku la 
ia, i aku la, £ ka Haku, e hoola 
mai ia'u. 

31 Kikoo koke mai la lesu i kona 
lima, paa mai la ia ia, i mai la, £ 
ka mea pauiele kapekepeke, heaha 
kau mea i kaualua ai ? 



32 A ee mai la laua maluna 
o ka moku, malie iho la ka ma- 
kani. 

33 Hele mai la ka poe maluna o 
ka moku, moe iho la lakou imua 
ona, i aku la, He oiaio o oe no "*ke 
Keiki a ke Akua. 

34 % "Hole aku la lakou, a hiki 
aka la i ka aina o Genesaxeta. 

35 A ike mai la ia ia na kanaka 
ia wahi, kii aku la lakou ma ia 
aina a puni, a lawe mai la i ka poe 
mai a pau io na la ; 

36 Nonoi mai la lakou ia ia e 
hoopa wale mai i ka lepa o kona 
aahu; a o °ka poe a pau i hoopa 
mai, ua ola lakou. 

MOKUNA XV. 

ALAILA *hele mai la io lesu la 
na kakauolelo a me na Pari- 
saio no lerusalema mai, ninau mai 
la, 

2 ^No ke aha la e pale nei kau 
poe hatmiana i ''ka mooolelo a ka 
poe lunakahiko ? No ka mea, aole 
lakou e holoi i na lima o lakou i 
ka lakou ai ana. 

3 Olelo aku la oia ia lakou, i aku 
la. No ke aha la hoi oukou e pale 
nei i ke kanawai o ke Akua ma 
ka oukou mooolelo ? 

4 Ua kauoha mai ke Akua, i ka i 
ana mai, <*£ malama oe i ka ma^ 
kuakane a me ka makuwahine ; a 
o 'ka mea olelo hoino aku i ka ma- 
kuakane a i ka makuwahine paha, 
e make ia. 

A ke olelo nei oukou, ka mea 



mHaL2.7. ' 

mo. 16. 16. k 

26. 63. Mar. 

1. 1. Luk. 4. 

41. loa. I. 

49. & 6. 69. b 

11.27. 

Oih. 8. 37. 

Rom. 1. 4. 
B Mar. 6. 53. 



omo. 9. 20. 
Mar. 3. 10. 
Luk. 6. 19. 
Oih. 19. 12. 



a Mar. 7.1. 



b Mar. 7. 5. 
CKOL2.8. 



dPnk. 20.12. 

Oihk. 19. 3. 

Kan. 5. 16. 

Sol. 23.22. 

Ep.6.2. 
ePuk.21.17. 

Oihk. 20. a 

Kan. 27. 16. 

Sol. 20. 20. 

Ii aO. 17. 



30 But when he saw the wind 
U boisterous, he was afraid; and 
beginniiig to sink, he crie^, saying, 
Lord, save me. 

31 And immediately Jesus stretch* 
ed forth his hand, and caught him, 
and said unto him, thou of lit- 
tle faith, wherefore didst thou 
doubt? j 

32 And when they were come into 
the ship, the wind ceased. 

I 

33 Then they that were in the 
ship came and worshipped him, 
saying, Of a truth "thou art the 
Son of God. 

34 IT " And when they were gone 
oyer, they came into the land of 
Gennesaret. 

35 And when the men of that 
place had knowledge of him, they 
sent out into all that country round 
about, and brought unto him all 
that were diseased ; 

36 And besought him that they 
might only touch the hem of his 
garment : and ° as many as touched 
were made perfectly whole. 

CHAPT£R XV. 

TH£N *came to Jesus scribes and 
Pharisees, which were of Jeru- 
salem, saying, 

2 ^'Why do thy disciples trans- 
gress " the tradition of the elders ? 
for they wash not their hands when 
they eat bread. 

3 But he answered and said unto 
them, Why do ye also transgress 
the commandment of God by your 
tradition ? 

4 For God commanded, saying, 
«* Honour thy fathef and nibther: 
and, "Ho that curseth father or 
mother, let him die the death. 



5 But ye say, Wliosoever sliall say 



e olek) akn i ka makuakaoe a i ka 
makawahine paha, ' Ua laa, o ka'u 
mea e pom ai oe ; 

6 Aole ia e malaina hoa aku i 
kona makiiakaDe, a me kona ma- 
knwahiiie. Pela oukoa i hoole ai 
i ke kanawai o ke Akua ma ka 
oakoa mooolek). 

7 £ ka 'poe hookamani, pono io 
ka Isaia i ^elo mai ai bo oukou, i 
ka i ana, 

8 '*0 keia poe kanaka, ke hoomai- 
kai mai nei lakon ia'u me ko lakou 
lehelehe ; aka, o ko lakou naau la, 
he mamao loa ia ia'u. 

9 Make hewa ko lakou malama 
ana mai ia'u, i ka lakou 'ao ana 
aku i na kaaoha a ua kanaka i ku- 
mu e malamaia'i. 

10 7 ^ Kahea aku la ia i ka poe 
kanaka, i aku la, £ hoolohe mai 
oukoa, a e hoomaopopo hoi. 

1 1 ' Aole e haumia ke kanaka i ka 
mea i komo ma ka waha; aka, o 
ka mea i puka ae mailoko mai o ka 
waha, oia ka mea e haumia ai ke 
kanaka. 

12 Alalia, hole aku la kana poe 
haumana, i aku la ia ia, Ke ike 
nei anei oe, ua huhu ka poe Pari- 
saio i ko lakou lohe ana i keia 
oleic? 

13 Olelo mai la ia, i mai la, 
"na mea kanu a pau aole i kanuia 
e ko'a Makua o ka lani, e pau ia i 
ka uhukiia. 

14 £ waiho i>ela ia lakou; he 
*poe alakai makapo lakou no na 
makapo : ina he makapo e alakai i 
ka makapo, e haule pu laua iloko 
ka lua. 

15 •Olelo aku la o Petero ia ia, i 
aku la, £ hoakaka mai oe i keia 
olelonane. 

16 I mai la o lesu, i" Oukou anei 
kekahi i hoomaopopo ole ? 

17 Aole anei oukou i ike, o ika 
mea komo ma ka waha, ua hele iho 
no ia maloko o ka opu, a ua hoolei- 
ia'ku ia ma ke kiona? 

18 Aka, o 'ka mea e puka ana 
I mailoko mai o ka waha, mailoko 
I fl*« 3 



A. D. 32. 



MATAIO, XV. 49 

to his father or his mother, 'Hr m a 
gift, by whatsoever thou mighleit 
be profited by me ; 

6 And honour not hia iirther or hia 
mother, ke shall be free. Thus have 
ye made the comnuuMlmeDt of God 
of none effeot by your tradition. 

7 Ye * hypocrites, well did £sai«s 
prophesy of you, saying, 

8 ''This people draweth nigh unto 
me with their mouth, and honour- 
eth me with their lips; but their 
heart is far from me. 

9 But in vain they do worship me, 
'teaching for doctrines the com- 
mandments of men. 

10 IT ^And he called the multi- 
tude, and said unto them. Hear, 
and understand : 

1 1 ' Not that which goeth into the 
mouth defileth a man; but that 
which cometh out of the mouth, 
this defileth a man. 

12 Then came his disciples, and 
said luito him, Knowest thou that 
the Pharisees were offended, after 
they heard this saying ? 



rMar.7.S. 



h (a. 29. 13. 
£z. S3. 31. 



iTi.29. IS. 
KOL2.18-22. 
Tit. 1. 14. 



k Mar. 7. 14. 



lOih. 10. 16. 
Rom. 14. 14, 
17,20. 
1 Tim. 4. 4. 
Til. 1. 15. 



m loa. 15. 2L 
1 Kor. 3. 12, 



n l0. 9. 16. 
Mai. 2. 8. 
mo. 23. 16. 
Luk. 6.^ 



o Mar. 7. 17. 



pmo. 16.9. 
Mar. 7. 18. 



ql Kor. 6. IS. 



rlak.&6. 



13 But he answered and said, 
" Every plant, which my heavenly 
Father hath not planted, shall be 
rootod up. 

14 Let them alone : '^they be blind 
leaders of the blind. And if the 
blind lead the blind, both shall fall 
into the ditch. 

15° Then answered Peter and said 
unto him, Declare unto us this par- 
able. 

16 And Jesus said, ^Are ft also 
yet without understanding ? 

17 Do not ye yet imderstand, that 
<i whatsoever entereth in at the 
mouth goeth into the belly, and is 
cast out into the draught ? 

18 But 'those things which pro- 
ceed out of the mouth come forth 



^\^. 



50 



MATAIO, XV. 



mai ia o ka naau; oia ka mea e 
haumia ai ke kanaka. 

19 ' No ka mea, maildco mai o ka 
naau ke puka mai uei na manao 
ino, ka pepehi kanaka ana, ka moe 
koidhe ana, ka hookamakama ana, 
ka aihue ana, ka hoopunipuni ana, 
a me na olelo ino. 

20 Oia na mea e haumia ai ke 
kanaka : aka, o ka ai ana me na li- 
ma aoie 1 holoiia, aole e haumia ke 
kanaka ia mea. 

21 IT *Hele aku la o lesu mai ia 
wahi aku, a hiki aku la ma na mo- 
kuna o Turo a me Sidona. 

22 Aia ilaila kekahi wahine Ka- 
naana no ia aiua i hele mai ai, ka- 
hea mai la ia ia, i mai la, £ ka Ha- 
ku, ka mamo a Davida, e aloha 
mai oe ia'u, ua uluhia loa kuu kai- 
kamaliine e ka daimonio. 

23 Aole ia i olelo iki aku ia ia. 
Hele aku la kana mau haumana, a 
noi aku la ia ia, E hoihoi aku oe 
ia ia ; no ka mea, ke walaau mai 
nei ia mahope o kakou. 

24 Olelo mai la ia, i mai la, "Ua 
hoounaia mai nei au i ka ohana hi- 
pa auwana o ka lscra<'la whIg no. 

25 Hele mai la. ua. Nvtihimj ia, moe 
iho la ia imua ona. i luai la, E ka 
I. Joi, D kokiiti mai oo ia^i, 

£li Olelo aJai Ui o lesu, i aku la, 
Aole e pono kc la wo i ka ai a na 
kamaliiy o. lioqici aku na iia *ilio. 

27 I mai in kuku He oiaio, e ka 
lialoj^ ua ai ik* na U\n \ ua, huna- 
himn. i hetelci iiio rnalalo o ka pa- 
paaina a. ko lakou baku. 

28 AlaJla, oklo iiku la o lesu ia 
i&, i aku la, E ktt ^valiini::. nui kou 
m«li*oio ■ me kau makcmake, pela 
fl hmaaia ku ai nou. A oia iho la 
knnfl kaikamiiHine ia hora, 

29 rHelo aim la o lesu ma ia 
\rahi alcii, a hi Id aku la *ma ke 
)^i^ loko i GalilaUi,; pii akti la ia 
iluna i kek^n mivfill^ n noho iho 
la ilaiLi. 

30 *Ho mil ka pcie kniuTka i hele 
mai io na In^ c ha I i kali pa mai ana 
1 na oopa, i na juakapoj i na aa, i 



A. D. 32. 




t Mar. 7. 24. 



n mo. 10. 5, 6. 
Oih. 3.25,26. 
&13.46. 
Rom. 15. 8. 



« mo. 7. 6. 
Pil. 3. 2. 



y Mar. 7. 31. 
s mo. 4. 18. 



* Is. 35. 5, 6. 
mo. 11. o. 
Luk.7.22. 



from the heart ; and they defile the 
man. 

19 'For out of the heart proceed 
evil thoughts, murders, adulteries, 
fornications, thefts, false witness, 
hlasphemies : 



20 These are the things which de- 
file a man: hut to eat with un- 
washen hands defileth not a man. 

21 T *Then Jesus went thence, 
and departed into the coasts of 
Tyre and Sidon. 

22 And, hehold, a woman of 
Canaan came out of the same 
coasts, and cried imto him, saying, 
Have mercy on me, O Lord, thou 
Son of David; my daughter is 
grievously vexed with a devil. 

23 But he answered her not a 
word. And his disciples came and 
besought him, saying, Send her 
away ; for she crietli after us. 

24 But he answered and said, "I 
am not sent hut unto the lost sheep 
of the house of Israel. 

25 Then came she and worshipped 
him, saying, Lord, help me. 

26 But he answered and said. It is 
not meet to take the children's 
bread, and to cast it to 'dogs. 

27 And she said. Truth, Lord : 
yet the dogs eat of the crumbs 
which fall from their masters' table. 

28 Then Jesus answered and said 
unto her, woman, great is thy 
faith : be it unto thee even as thou 
wilt. And her daughter was made 
whole from that very hour. 

29 yAnd Jesus departed from 
thence, and came nigh *unto the 
sea of Galilee j and went up into a 
mountain, and sat down there. 

30 *And great multitudes came 
unto him, having Mith them those 
that were lame, blind, dumb, maim- 



na mmniiku, a me na mea e ae lie 
nui wale, a waiho iho la ia lakou 
ma na wawae o lesu ; a hoola iho 
la oia ia lakou. 

31 Mahalo aka la ua poe kanaka 
la i ko lakoa ike ana ae i na aa e 
oleic ana, i na mumuka e ola ana, 
i na oopa e hele ana, a i na makapo 
e ike ana; a hoonani aku la lakou 
i ke Akua o ka Iseraela. 

32 f •» Kahea mai la o lesu i kana 
poe haamana, i mai la, Ke aloha 
aku nei ko'u naau i keia poe kana- 
ka, no ka mea, eia ke kolu o ka la 
i noho ai lakou me au, aole hoi a 
lakou mea e ai ai ; aole au make- 
make e hoihoi aku ia lakou me ka po- 
loli, maule auanei lakou ma ke ala. 

33 «1 aku la kana poe haumana ia 
ia, Nohea la e loaa'i ia kakou ka 
^rena ma keia 'wahi waonahele, i 
maona ai ka poe nui me neia ? 

34 Ninau mai la o lesu ia lakou, 
Ehia na popo berena a oukou ? I 
aim la lakou, Ehiku, a he mau 
wahi ia liilii. 

35 Oleic aku la ia i ua poe kanaka 
la, e noho ilalo ma ka honua. 

36 ''Lalau aku la ia i na popo be- 
rena ehiku, a me na ia, *hooaloha- 
loha aku la, wawahi iho la, haawi 
Jiku la i na haimiana ana, a haawi 
aku la hoi na haumana i ka poe 
tanaka. 

37 Ai iho la lakou a pau a mao- 
?a : hoiliili iho la lakou i na hakina 
1 koe, ehiku hinai i piha. 

38 ka poe i ai, eha tausani ka- 
naka, he okoa na wahine a me na 
kamalii. 

39 'A hoihoi aku la ia i ua poe 
la, ee aku la ia maluna o ka moku, 
a hole aku la ma kekahi 
Magedala. 



MATAIO, XVI. 51 

A. B. 32. ed, and many others, and cast them 
down at Jesus' feet; and he healed 
them : 



pae o 



MOKUNA XVI. 

HELE mai la na "Parisaio a me 
na Sadukaio ; hoao mai la la- 
m ia iaj nonoi mai la, e hoike aku 
la lakoa i hooilona mai ka lani mai. 



ir.8.L 



c2Nam4.'13. 



d mo. 14. 19. 

e 1 Sam. 9. IS. 
Luk. 22. 19. 



f Mar. 8. ICi 



a mo. 12. 98. 
Mar. 8. II. 
Luk. II. 16. 
& 12. 64^56. 
1 Kor, 1. 22L 



31 Insomuch that the multitude 
wondered, when they saw the dumb 
to speak, the maimed to be whole, 
the lame to walk, and the blind to 
see : and they glorified the God of 
Israel. 

32 IT *Then Jesus called his disci- 
ples unto "himj and said, I have 
compassion on the multitude, be- 
cause they continue with me now 
three days, and have nothing to 
eat : and I will not send them 
away fasting, lest they faint in the 
way. 

33 ^And his disciples say unto 
him, Whence should we have so 
much bread in the wilderness, as 
to fill so great a multitude ? 

34 And Jesus saith unto them. 
How many loaves have ye ? And 
they said. Seven, and a few little 
fishes. 

35 And he commanded the multi- 
tude to sit down on the ground. 

36 And <*he took the seven loaves 
and the fishes, and *gave thank^, 
and brake them, and gave to Ki§ 
disciples, and the disciples to 'the 
multitude. 

37 And they did all eat, and were 
filled: and they took up of the 
broken meat that was left seven 
baskets full. 

38 And they that did eat were 
four thousand men, beside women 
and children. 

39 'And he sent away the multi- 
tude, and took ship, and came into 
the coasts of Magdala. 



CHAPTER XVI. 

THE * Pharisees also with the 
Sadducees came, and tempting 
desired him that he would shew 
them a sign from heaven. 



52 

2 Olelo aku la oia ia lakon, i aku 
la, I ke ahiahi, olelo no oukou, £ 
malie auanei, no ka mea, ke ulaula 
mai la ke ao. 

3 I ke kakahiaka hoi, He la ino 
keia, no ka mea, ua ulaula mai ke 
ao, ua hakumakuma. E ka poe 
hookamani, ke ike nei oukou i ke 
kilo i na ouli o ke ao ; aole anei 
oukou i ike i na hoailona o neia 
manawa ? 

4 ''Ke makemake nei kekahi ha- 
nauna ino moe kolohe i hoailona; 
aole hoi e haawiia ka hoailona ia 
lakou, o ka hoailona a lona a ke 
kaula wale no. A haalele aku la 
oia ia lakou a hele aku la. 

5 I * ka holo ana o kana poe hau- 
mana ma kela aoao, poina iho la ia 
lakou ke lawe pu mai i ka berena. 

6 IT I mai la o lesu ia lokou. *> E ao 
ia oukou iho e makaala i ka mea 
hu a ka poe Parisaio a me ka poe 
Sadukaio. 

7 Wa iho la lakou ia lakou iho, i 
ae la, No ko kakou lawe olo mai i 
ka berena keia mea. 

8 Ike mai o lesu, i mai la ia lakou, 
Heaha ka oukou e wa iho nei ia 
oukou iho, e ka poe paulele kape- 
kepeke, no ko oukou lawe ole mai i 
ka berena ? 

9 * Aole anei oukou i ike, aole hoi 
oukou hoomanao i na popo berena 
elima na ka poe elima tausani, ehia 
na hinai piha a oukou i hoiliili ai ? 

10 'Aole hoi i na popo berena ehi- 
ku na ka poe aha tausani, ehia na 
hinai piha a oukou i hoiliili ai ? 

1 1 Heaha hoi ka oukou i hoomao- 
popo ole ai, aole no ka berena ka'u 
i olelo aku ai ia oukou, e makaala 
ia oukou iho i ka mea hu a ka poe 
Parisaio a me ka poe Sadukaio ? 

12 Alalia^ iko maopopo iho la la- 
k(7a^ aole ia i olelo mai e makaala 
i ka mea hu berena ; aka, i ke ao 
ana a ka poe Parisaio a me ka poe 
B&dukaio. 

13 IF I ]f A hele ana aku o lesn i ka 
^na o Kaiaareia Pilipi, ninau mai 
la ia i kaiia poe haumaiia, i mai la, 



MATAiO, XVI. 



A.D. 32. 



b mo, 12. 39 



e Mar. 8. 14. 



d Luk. 12. 1. 



e mo. 14. 17. 
loa. 6. 9. 



f mo. 15. 34. 



2 He answered and said unto 
them. When it is evening, ye say, 
It will be fair weather : for the sky 
is red. 

8 And in the morning, It will be 
foul weather to day : for the sky is 
red and lowering. ye hypocrites, 
ye can discern the face of the sky; 
but can ye not discern the signs of 
the times ? 

4 ''A wicked and adulterous gen- 
eration seeketh after a sign; and 
there shall no sign be given unto 
it, but the sign of the prophet Jo- 
nas. And he left them, and de- 
parted. 

5 And cwhen his disciples were 
come to the other side, they had 
forgotten to take bread. 

6 IT Then Jesus said unto them, 
'^Take heed and beware of the 
leaven of the Pharisees and of the 
Sadducees. 

7 And they reasoned among them- 
selves, saying. It is because we 
have taken no bread. 

8 Which when Jesus perceived, 
he said unto them, O ye of little 
faith, why reason ye among your- 
selves, because ye have brought no 
bread ? 

9 * Do ye not yet unierstand, nei- 
ther remember the five loaves of 
the five thousand, and how many 
baskets ye took up ? 

10 'Neither the seven loaves of 
the four thousand, and how many 
baskets ye took up ? 

11 How is it that ye do not un- 
] derstand that I spake it not to you 

concerning bread, that ye should 
beware of the leaven of the Phari- 
sees and of the Sadducees ? 

12 Then understood they how that 
he bade them not beware of the 
leaven of bread, but of the doctrine 
of the Pharisees and of the Saddu- 



13 ^ When Jesus came into the 
coasts of Cesarea Philippi, he asked 
his disciples, saying, <Whom do 



MATAIO, XVI. 



'Om la wan ke Keiki a ko kanaka 
i ka na kanaka olelo ? 

14 I aku la lakoa, O loane Bape- 
tite i ''ka kokahi, o Elia i ka keka- 
hi, leremia i ka kekahi, a i ole ia, 
kekalii no o ka poe kaala. 

15 Ninau mai la oia ia lakon, 
Owai hoi wan i ka oukou nei 
olelo? 

16 Olelo aku la o Simona Petero, 
i ftka la, >0 06 no ka Mesia, ke Kei- 
ki a ke Akua ola. 

17 Olelo mai la o lesu, 1 mai la 
ia ia, Pomaikai oe, e Simona ke 
keiki a lona ; no ka mea, ^ aole na 
ke kanaka ia i hoike mai ia oe ; na 
'ko'u Makna no iloko o ka lani. 

18 Ke olelo aku nei hoi au ia oei, 
'"oe no o Petcro, a maluna o keia 
"pohaku e kakula ana an i ko'u 
ekalesia, aole koi e lanakila mai 
''na ipaka o ka po maluna ona. 

19 p£ haawi aku hoi au ia oe i 
na ki ke aupuni o ka lani ; a o ka 
mea e hoopaaia e oe ma ka honua 
nei, e hoopaaia hoi oia ma ka lani ; 
a ka mea e kuuia e oe ma ka ho- 
nua nei, e kuuia hoi oia ma ka 
lani. 

20 1 Alalia, papa mai la ia i kana 
poe haumana^ aole labvu e hai aku 
i kekahi, oia ka Mesia. 

21 f Mai ia wa mai i hoomaka ai 
lesu 'e hoike mai i kana poe hau- 
mana, he pono nona ke hole aku i 
lemsalema, a e hoomainoino nui ia 
e ka poe lunakahiko, me ka poe ka- 
huna nui, a me ka poe kakauolelo, 
e pepehiia hoi ia a make, a po ako- 
lu ae e ala hou mai ai. 

22 Lalau aku la o Petero ia ia, ao 
^ la ia ia, i aku la, £ alohaia mai 
oe. e ka Haku, aole loa oe e hanaia 
pela. 

23 Haliu ae la kela, i mai la ia Pe- 
tero, E hele oe pela mahope o*u, e 
'Satana: He *mea hihia oe no'u; 
^0 ka mea, aole oe e manao nei e 
^e me ka ke Akua, o ka ke kana- 
ka kau e manao nei. 

24 ^ • Alalia, i mai la o lesu i kana 
poehaumana, ka mea makemake 



A.D. 3a. 




i mo. 14. 8S. 
Mar. a 29. 
Luk.9.a0. 
loa. 6. 69. 

&9.ao. 

Heb. 1.2,5l 

1 loa. 4.1& 

It 5. 6. 
k Ep. 2. a 
1 1 Kor. 2. 10. 

Oal. 1. 16. 
B loa. 1. 4SL 
■ Ep. 2: 20. 

Uoik. 21. 14L 

o lob. as. 17. 

HaL 9. IS. k 

107. It 

la. 38. 10. 
P mo. 18. 18. 

loa. 20. 23. 



q mo. 17. 9. 
Mar. 8. SO. 
Luk.9.21. 



r mo. SO. 17. 
Mar. 8. 31. 
& 9. 31. tL 
10.33. 
Luk. 9. 22. 
tL 18. 31. k, 
24.6,7. 



■ See 2 Sam. 

19.22. 
t Rom. 8. 7. 
a ma 10. 38. 

Mar. 8. 34. 

Luk. 9. 23. 

k 14.27. 

Oih. 14. 22. 

1 Tea. 8. 3. 

2Tim.S.]& 



58 

men lay that I, the Son of man, 
am? 

14 And they said, ^^Some say thai 
tkcm art John the Baptist; some, 
Elias ; and others, Jeremias, or one 
of the pn^ets. 

15 He saith onto them, But whom 
say ye that I am ?^ 

16 And Simon Peter answered 
and said, 'Thou art the Christ, the 
Son of the living God. 

17 And Jesus answered and said 
onto him, Blessed art thou, Sin^n 
Bar-jona : ''for flesh and hloiod hiUh 
not revealed t^ unto thee, hut 'my 
Father which is in heaven. 

18 And I say also unto thee. That 
■"thou art Peter, and "upon this 
rook I will build my church ; and 
*the gates of hell shall not prevail 
against it. *. 

19 PAnd 1 will give unto thee the 
keys of the kingdom of heaven: 
and whatsoever thou shalt bind on 
earth shall be bound in heaven; 
and whatsoever thou shalt loose on 
earth shall be loosed in heaven. 

20 4 Then charged he his disciples 
that they should tell no man that 
he was Jesus the Christ. 

21 ^ From that time forth began 
Jesus ''to shew unto his disciples, 
how that he must go unto Jerusa- 
lem, and suffer many things of the 
elders and chief priests and scribes, 
and be killed, and be raised again 
the third day. . 

22 Then Peter took him, and be- 
gan to rebuke him, saying, Be it 
far from thee, Lord : this shall not 
be unto thee. 

23 But he turned, and said unto 
Peter, Get thee behind me, 'Satan :^ 
* thou art an offence unto me : for 
thou savourest not the things that 
be of God, but those that be of men. 

24 IT " Then said Jesus unto his dis- 
ciples. If any man will come after 



54 

e hele mamuli o'u, e hoole kela ia 
ia iho; e hapai hoi ia i koua kea, a 
e hahai mai ia'u. 

25 No ka mea, 'o ka mea e ma- 
nao ana e malama i kona ola, e lilo 
ana ia mea ; aka, o ka mea e haa- 
lele i kona ola no'u, e loaa ia ia ke 
ola. 

26 Heaha ka pomaikai no ke ka- 
naka ke loaa ia ia keia ao a pan, a 
lilo aku kona nhane ? y Heaha hoi 
ka ke kanaka e haawi aku ai i uku 
no kona uhane ? 

^7 £ hele mai no *ke Keiki a ke 
kanaka iloko o ka nani o kona Ma- 
kua me *kona poe anela; alaila 
^e uku aku ia i keia kanaka i ke- 
la kanaka e like me kana hana 
ana. 

28 He oiaio ka'u e olelo aku nei 
ia oukou, kekahi *poe e ku mai 
nei, aole lakou e hoao e i ka make, 
a ike lakou i ke Keiki a ke kanaka 
e hele mai ana i kona aupuni. 

MOKUNA XVII. 

A HAL A ae la 'na la eono, ko- 
no ae la o lesu ia Petero me 
lakobo a me loane kona kaikaina, 
•a kai aku la ia lakou ma kahi ma- 
lu ma ka mauna kiekie. 

2 Hoopahaohaoia iho la ia imua 
o lakou ; alohi mai la kona hele- 
helena e like me ka la, a keokeo 
mai la kona aahu e like me ka ma- 
lamalama. 

3 Aia hoi, ikea ae la e lakou o 
Moee a me Elia e kamailio pu ana 
me ia. 

4 Olelo aku la o Petero ia lesu, i 
aku la, E ka Haku, he pono no ka- 
kou ke noho maanei ; ina oe e ma- 
kcmake, e kukiilu makou i mau 
halelewa i ekolu, nou kekahi, no 
Mose kekahi, a no Elia kekahi. 

5 *> la ia i olelo aku ai, aia hoi, he 
ao xilohilohi i uhi mai ia lakou; a 
he leo mailoko mai o ke ao i pae 
mai la, *0 ka'u Keiki punahele 
keia, '^ka mea a'u i olioli loa ai ; e 
""hoolohe oukou ia ia. 



MATAIO, XVn. 



A.D. 32. 



X Luk- 17. 33. 
Ioa.l2.2&. 



yHaL49.7,8. 



X mo. 26. 64. 

Mar. 8. 38. 
; Luk. 9. 26. 
I a Dan. 7. 10. 

Zek. 14. 6. 

mo. 25. 31. 
' Ittd.l4.. 
b lob. 34. 11. 

Hal. 62. 12. 

Sol. 24. 12. 

ler. 17. 10. & 

32.19. 

Rom. 2. & 

1 Ror. 3. 8. 

2 Kor. 5. 10. 
1 Pet 1. 17. 
Hoik. 2. 23. 
& 22. 12. 

e Mar. 9. 1. 
Luk. 9. 27. 

a Mar. 9. 2. 
Luk. 9. 28. 



b 2 Pet 1. 17. 
c TOO. 3. 17. 

Mar. 1. 1 J. 

Luk. 3. 22. 
d Is, 42. 1. 
e Kan. 18. 15, 

19. Oih.3. 

«,23^ 



me, let him deny himself, and take 
up his cross, and follow me. 

25 For ^whosoever will save his 
life shall lose it: and whosoever 
will lose his life for my sake shall 
find it. 

26 For what is a man profited, if 
he shall gain the whole world, and 
lose his own soul? or ^what shall 
a man give in exchange for his 
soul? 

27 For nhe Son of man shall 
come in the glory of his Father 
*with his angels; ^'and then he 
shall reward every man according 
to his works. 

28" Verily I say unto you, « There 
be some standing here, which shall 
not taste of death, till they see the 
Son of man coming in his kingdom*. 



CHAPTER XVII. 

AND » after six days Jesus taketh 
Peter, James, and John his 
brother, and bringeth them up into 
a high mountain ^part, 

2 And was transfigured before 
them : and his face did shine as the 
sun, and his raiment was white as 
the light. 

3 And, behold, there appeared un- 
to them Moses and Elias talking 
with him. 

4 Then answered Peter, and said . 
unto Jesus, Lord, it is good for us 
to be here: if thou wilt, let \}» 
make here three tabernacles; one 
for thee, and one for Moses, and «h» 
for Elias. 

5 "While he yet spake, behold, a 
bright cloud overshadowed * them : 
and behold a voice out of the eloud, 
which said, «This is my beloved 
Son, «*in whom I am well pleased : 
•hear ye him. 



MATAIO, XVII. 



S 'A lohe ae la na haumana, moe 
iho la lakou ilalo ke alo, makau 
loa ae la. 

7 Hele mai la o lesu, »hoopa iho 
la ia lakou, i mai la, £ ala'e, mai 
makau oukou. 

8 Alawa ae la ko lakou maka 
iluna, aole lakou i ike i ke kanaka 
e ae, ia Icbu wale no. 

9 A iho mai la lakou mai ka mau- 
na mai, ''papa mai la o lesu ia la- 
koa, i mai la, Mai hai aku oukou 
i ka oukou mea i ike iho nei, a ala 
mai ke Keiki a ke kanaka mai ka 
make mai. 

10 Ninau aku la na haumana ana 
ia ia, i aku la, * No ke aha la e ole- 
1o mai nei ka poe kakauolelo, o 
£lia ke hele e mai mamua e pono ai ? 

11 Olelo mai la o lesu ia lakou, i 
mai la, O Elia no ke hele e mai 
mamua e pono ai ; a e ^hooponopo- 
no i na mea a pau. 

12 'Ke olelo aku nei no hoi au ia 
oukou, Ua hiki e mai no o Elia, 
aole nae lakou i ike ia ia ; aka, ua 
■"hona aku lakou ia ia i ka mea a 
lakou i makemake ai. Pela no hoi 
ke " Keiki a ke kanaka e hana eha 
ia'i e lakou. 

13 ° Alalia ike iho la na haumana, 
loane Bapetite kana i olelo mai 
ai ia lakou. 

14 T pA hiki ae la lakou i ka 
poe kanaka, hele mai la kekahi ka- 
naka io na la, kukuli iho la imua 
ona, i mai la, 

15 E ka Haku, e aloha mai oe i 
ka'u keiki ; no ka mea, ua loohia ia 
e ka mai hina, ua eha loa, ua liina 
pinepine ia iloko o ke ahi, a Uoko o 

k ka.wai. 

f 16 A lawe mai la au ia ia i kau 
i poe haumana, aole hoi i hiki ia la- 
koa kc hoola ia ia. 
17 Olelo mai la o lesu, i mai la, 
E ka hanauna manao^) ole a me ka 
hewa ! Pehea hoi ka loihi o ko'u 
noho pu ana me oukou? Pehea 
^oi ka loihi o ko'u hoomanawanui 
^a'ku ia oukou ? £ lawo mai ia 
ia io'u nei, ^ 



A.D. 32. 



f 2 Pet 1. 18. 

g Dan. 8. 18. 
& 9. 21. tL 10. 
10,18. 



><^ 



h ma 16. 20. 
Mar. 8. 30. 



i Mai. 4. 5. 
mo 11. 14. 
Mar. 9. 11. 



k Mai. 4. B. 

Lnk.1.16,17. 

Oih. 3. 21. 
i mo. 11. 14. 

Mar. 9. 12, IS. 



n mo. 14. S, 
10. 



P Mar. 9. 14. 
Luk. 9. 37. 



€5 

6 'And when the disciples heaid 
if, they fell on their face, and were, 
sore afraid. / 

7 And Jesus came and * touehcm 
them, and said. Arise, and he nov 
afraid. 

And when they had lifted up their 
eyes, they saw no man, save Jesoa 
only. 

9 And as they came down from 
the mountain, ■* Jesus charged them, 
saying, Tell the vision to no man, 
until the Son of man be risen again 
from the dead. 

10 And his disciples asked him, 
saying, "Why then say the scribes 
that Elias must first come ? 

11 And Jesus answered and said 
unto them, Elias truly shall first 
come, and ^ restore all things. 

1 2 > But I say unto you, That Elias 
is come already, and they knew him 
not, but ""have done unto him what- 
soever they listed. Likewise "shall 
also the Son of man suffer of them. 



13 <*Then the disciples understood 
that he spake unto them of John 
the Baptist. 

14 ^ PAnd when they were come 
to the multitude, there came to him 
a certain man, kneeling down to 
him, and saying, 

15 Lord, have mercy on my son; 
for he is lunatic, and sore vexed : 
for ofttimes he falleth into the fire, 
and oft into the water. 

16 And I brought him to thy disci- 
ples, and they could not cure him. 

17 Then Jesus answered and said, 
faithless and perverse generation, 
how long shall I be with you? how 
long shall I suffer you? bring him 
hither to me. 



56 

18 Papa a1|a la o lesu i ka dai- 
monio, a puka aku la ka daimonio 
iwaho ona : a ola iho la ua keiki la 
ia hora. 

19 Alalia, hole malu aku la na 
haiunana io lesu la, ninau aku la. 
No ke aha la i hiki ole ai ia makou 
ke mahiki aku ia ia ? 

20 I mai la o lesu ia lakou, No 
ko oukou manaoio ole. He oiaio 
ka'u e olelo aku nei ia oukou, lina 
he like ko oukou manaoio me ke- 
kahi hua makeke, a olelo aku pa- 
ha oukou i keia mauua, £ nee aku 
oe i o, a e nee aku no ia 3 aole mea 
hiki ole ia oukou. 

21 Aka, aole e puka wale aku ka 
mea me neia, aia ma ka pule a me 
ka hookeai wale no. 

22 ^ ''I ko lakou noho ana ma 
Galilaia, i mai la lesu ia la- 
kou, £ kumakaia'ku ke Keiki a 
ke kanaka iloko na lima ka- 
naka: 

23 Na lakou ia pcpehi a make, 
a pa o.kolu ac hoolaia mai ai ia. 
A kaumaha loa iho la lakou. 

21 ^ 'A hiki alai la lakou i Ksl- 
pcronatuna^ helc mai ia ka poe au- 
hau hflpaha io Pcten> la, i mai la, 
Aole and e hookupu mai ka oukou 
kumu i ka ha pah a ? 

25 1 aku la ia, Ac. A komo aku 
la ill iloko ka hale, olelo mua 
mai la o Itf^u in. in, i mai la, Hea- 
ha kou Tnaiitio, i? £>Linona, owai ka 
poo hookupu ska i ka mea auhau, 
a mc ka ukti i 11a alii o keia ao? o 
ka iakoii poe keiki auei, a o na ka- 
naka e paha ? 

26 I aku la Pctero ia ia, kana- 
ka e. 1 mai la Icfiu ia ia, Alalia, 
tia kaawaie ita kciki. 

27 Aka, o hooiiaiikiuki kakou ia 
lakoUf c, hole aku oe i ka moana- 
wai^ hoolei aku i ka makau, a e 
huki mai i ka ia mua e lou mai 
aua ; a i ka wch(? ana i kona waha, 
c iaaa ia op kt^kuhi hapalua : oia 
kau I awe aij a haawi aku ia 
Ukou no kftua 



MATAIO, XVIL 



A. D. 32. 



q rao. 21. 91. 
Mar. 11.23. 
Luk. 17.6. 
1 Koi-. 12. 9. 
&13. 2. 



r mo. 16. 21. 
& 20. 17. 
Mar. 8.31. & 
9. 30, 31.&. 
10.33. Luk. 
9. 22, 44. & 
18. 31. L 24. 
6,7. 



• Mar. 9 S3. 



t Or. didraeh- 
mon, equal 
to one shil- 
ling and 
three pence 
sterling, or 
thirty cents. 
See Puk. 30. 
13. & 88. 26. 



t Gr. §t(iter, 
equal to two 
shillings and 
sixpence 
sterling, or 
sixty cents. 



18 And Jesus rebuked the devil ; 
and he departed out of him: and 
the child was cured from that very- 
hour. 

19 Then came the disciples to Je- 
sus |ipart, and said, Why could not 
we cast him out ? 

20 And Jesus said unto thetn, Be- 
cause of your unbelief: for verily 
I say tmto you, "ilf ye have faitb as 
a grain of mustard seed, ye shall 
say unto this mountain, Remove 
hence to yonder place ; and it shall 
remove : and nothing shall be im- 
possible unto you. 

21 Howbeit this kind goeth not 
out but by prayer and fasting. 

22 IT 'And while they abode in. 
Galilee, Jesus said unto them, The 
Son of man shall be betrayed into 
the hands of men : 

23 And they shall kill him, and 
the third day he shall be raised 
again. And they were exceeding 
sorry. 

24 % And • when they were come 
to Capernaum, they that received 
t tribute m(mey came to Peter, and 
said. Doth not your master pay 
tribute ? 

»5 He saith, Yes. And when he 
was come into the house, Jesus 
prevented him, saying, What think- 
est thou, Simon? of whom do the 
kings of the earth take custom or 
tribute? of their own children, or 
of strangers ? 

26 Peter saith unto him, Of stran- 
gers. Jesus saith unto him, Then 
are the children free. 

27 Notwithstanding, lest we should 
offend them, go thou to the sea, and 
cast a hook, and take up the fish 
that first Cometh up ; and when thou 
hast opened his mouth, thou shalt 
find ta piece of money : that take, 
and give unto them for me and 
thee. 



MATAIO, XVIIL 



57 



MOKUNA XVIIL 



I A ^manawa, helo aku la ka poe 
haumana io lesu la, i aku la, 
Owai la ka mea noi loa iioko o ke 
aupuni o ka lani ? 

2 Kahea aka la o lesn i wahi keiki 
uulcu, hocika ae la ia ia iwaena ko- 
nu lakou, 

3 I mai la, He oiaio ka'u e olelo 
aku nei ia oukoa, ^ina aole oukoui 
hoohuliia'e, a e Like hoi me ua kei- 
ki aakQ, aole loa oakon e komo iio- 
ko ke aapuni o ka lani. 

4 '0 ka mea hoohaahaa ia ia iho 
e like me keia fceiki, oia ka nui loa 
iloko ke aupuni o ka lani. 

5^0 ka mea launa aku i kekahi 
^eiki e like me keia no ko'u inoa, 
oia ke launa mai ia'u. 

6 'Aka, o ka n&ea hoohihia aku i 
kekahi o keia poe mea uuku o ka 
poe manaoio mai ia'u, e aho nona 
ke nakinakiia ka pohaku wili pa- 
laoa ma kona ai, a e hoopaholoia 
oia i kahi hohonu o ke kai. 

7 1 Aawe ko ke ao nei no na hoohi- 
hia ana ! ^ £ hiki io mai no na hi- 
hia; aka, e^auwe ke kanaka nana e 
hoohihia mai ! 

B ''Ina e hoohihia mai kou lima a 
kou wawae paha ia oe, e oki iho 
la mea, a e hoolei aku ; e aho nou 
komo oopa oe, a muinnku paha 
iloko ke oia, i ele e hoolei pu ia'ku 
03 me kou man lima elua, a me na 
^awae elua iloko o ke ahi mau 
loa. 

9 Ina paha e hoohihia mai kou 
^aka ia oe, e poalo ae, a hoolei 
akii; e aho nou e komo makapaa 
oe il(^ ke oia, i ole e hooleiia oe 
^e na maka elua iloko o ke ahi o 
Gehena. 

10 F. flo oukou, mai hoowahawaha 
^^i i lekahi o keia poe mea uuku : 
fto ka mea, ke olelo aku nei au ia 
oakou, e nana mau ana ko 'lakou 
V^ aaela i ka lani i ^ k^ heleheleaa 
oko'uMakuaikalani. 

3* 



A.D.«2. 



b Hal. 131. 2. 

mo. 19. 14. 

Mar. 10. U. 

Lak. 18. 16. 

1 Kor. 14. 20. 

1 Pet. 2. 2. 
< ma 20. 27. 

It 23. II. 



d mo. 10. 42. 
Luk. a 48. 



« Mar. 9. 42. 
Luk. 17. 1, 2. 



f Luk. 17. 1. 
1 Kor. 11. 19. 
g mo. 26. 2L 



h ma 5. 29, 
3U. 

Mar. 9. 43. 
45. 



CHAPTER XVin. 



i HaL 34. 7. 

Zek. 13. 7. 

Heb. 1. 14. 
k Eset 1. 14 

Luk. 1. 19. 



AT *the same time came the dis- 
ciples unto Jesus, saying, Who 
is the greatest in the kingdom of 
heaven ? 

2 And Jesus called a Utile child 
unto him, and set him in the midst 
of them, 

3 And said. Verily 1 say unto you, 
^Exo^t ye he converted, and be- 
come as little children, ye shall not 
enter into the kingdom of heaven. 

4 " Whosoever therefore shall hum- 
ble himself as this little child, the 
same is greatest in the kingdom of 
heaven, 

5 And <^ whoso shall receive one 
such little child in my name re- 
ceiveth me. 

6 'But whoso shall offend one <^ 
these little ones whi<^ believe in 
me, it were better for him that a 
millstone were hanged about his 
neck, and that he were drowned in 
the depth of the sea. 

7 IT Woe unto the world because of 
offences ! for 'it must needs be that 
offences come; but «woe to that 
man by whom the offence Com- 
eth ! 

8 ''Wherefore if thy hand or thy 
foot offend thee, cut them off, and 
cast them from thee: it is better 
for thee to enter into life halt or 
maimed, rather than having two 
hands or two feet to be cast into 
everlasting fire. 

9 And if thine eye offend thee, 
pluck it out, and cast it from thee : 
it is better for thee to enter into 
life with one eye, rather than hav- 
ing two eyes to be cast into hell 
fire. 

10 Tak« heed that yo despise not 
one of these little ones j for I say 
unto you, That in heaven 'their 
angels do always ^behold the face 
of my Father which is in heaven. 



58 



11 ^ A T3a helc mm nei ke Keiki a 
ko kanaka e boola, i ka mea i au- 

1 2 "' Heahfl ko oukon manao ? Ina 
pa)m hookjihi haiierj hipa a kekahi 
ianaEcfl.. a ua miwaiia kekahi o la- 
kou, aol6 fliiei ia c waiho i ka poe 
kfuiaiwakujuamaiwa^ a hele aku 
ma na iiiaima e hm i ka mea i na- 
lowale? 

Id Jna paha e lo^ia oia ia ia, he 
oiaio ka'u D oleic aku nei ia oukou, 
ua Q) akvi kOLia olioli no ua hipa la, 
i ka olioti Jio no. hipa he kanaiwa- 
kumamaiwa aole i auwana. 

IA Pel a hoi. aole e makemake ko 
oukou Makua i ka lani e lilo aku 
kekahi o kcia poe irica uuku. 

15% Hna 6 haim b c wa mai kou hoa- 
hanau ia oc^^ o hcle oo e ao aku ia 
ia olua wale nO» A i hoolohe mai 
oia ia oe, ua "loaa ia oo kou hoa- 
hanan. 

1 6 A i hoolohe olc mai oia ia oe, 
e kono akii me <.m i bookahi i elua 
paha. i nioopopo ai keia olelo kela 
olclo f'ma ka walin o na mea ike 
maka cl©a a ekolu.pRha. 

17 Ina paJia e hoolohe ole kela ia 
IfLua, alalia, c bai aku ia mea i ka 
ekale&ia ; a ina paha e hoolohe ole 
3 a i ka okaleivia no lioi, e hoohalike 
oe ia ia mo ^ko kanaka e, a me ka 
lunafiuhau. 

IS He oiaio ka'n <? olelo aku nei 
ia. oukou* ' O na. inea a oukou e hoo- 
paa ai ma ka honiia. nei, e hoopaaia 
no hoi ln.kou ma kn lani; a o na 
mea a oukoii c kaia ai ma ka ho- 
rn; [i nei^ e kalaia no hoi lakou ma 
k'A lani. 

1 9 * Eia hou, Ke ololo aku nei hoi 
ftu ill oukou. ina pah a elua o oukou 
ma ka honua noi e manao like i 
Jirkabi mea a laita e noi ai, *e haa- 
wiia'ku hoi ia ua laua e ko^u Ma- 
knu. i ka lani. 

2.0 No ka mea^ ma kahi e halawai 
ai na mea eJna a ekolu paha ma 

iko'iii jnoa, malaila hoi au iwaena 

Ipu me lakou. 



MATMO, XVHL 
A. B. 32. 




n Oihk. 19. 17. 
Luk. 17. 3. 



o lak. 5. 20. 
1 Pet. a 1. 



P Kan. 17. 6. 
k, 19. 15u 
loa. 8. 17. 
2 Kor. 13. 1. 
Heb. 10. 28. 


q Rom. 16. 17. 

1 Kor. 5. 9. 

2 Tea. 3. 6, 
14. 

2 loa. 10. 


r mo. 16. 19. 
loa. 20. 23. 
1 Kor, 5. 4. 



t loa. 3. 22. 
<(.5.14. 



1 1 ' For the Son of man is come to 
save that which was lost. 

12 '"jEJow think ye? if a man 
have a hundred sheep, and one of 
them be gone astray, doth he not 
leave the ninety and nine, and go- 
eth into the mountains, and seeketh 
that whi<^ is gone astray ? 

13 And if so be that he find it, 
verily I say unto you, he rejoiceth 
more' of that sheep^ than of the 
ninety and nine which went not 
astray. 

14 Even so it is not the will of 
your Father whidi is in heaven, 
that one of these little ones should 
perish: 

15 If Moreover °if thy brottier 
shall trespass against thee, go and 
tell him his fault between thee and 
him alone : if he shall hear thee, 
°thou hast gained thy brother. 

16 But if he will not hear thee, 
then take with thee one or two 
more, that in Pthe mouth of two or 
three witnesses every word may 
be established. 

17 And if he shall neglect to hear 
them, tell it unto the church : but 
if he neglect to hear the church, 
let him be unto thee as a ^iheathen 
man and a publican. 

18 Verily I say unto you, 'What- 
soever ye shall bind on earth shall 
be bound in heaven ; and whatso- 
ever ye shall loose on earth shall 
be loosed in heaven. 



19 'Again I say unto you, That if 
two of you shall agree on earth as 
touching any thing that they shall 
ask,' * it shall be done for them (^ 
my Father which is in heaven. 

20 For where two or three are 
gathered together in my name^ 
there ami u^the midst of them^ 



MATAIO, XVIIl 



59 



21 f Alalia, hole aku la o Petero io 
na la, i aku la, £ k& Hakn, ehia na 
hana hewa ana mai a ko'u hoaha- 
naa ia'u, a kala aku aa ia ia? 
•ehiku anei? 

22 Olelo mai la o lesn ia ia, Ke i 
aku nei au ia oe, Aole ehiku wale 
no; 'aka, he kanahiku hiku. 

23 ^ No iamea, ua like ke aupuni o 
kalani me kekahi alii, ka i manao 
ibo e olelo hoakaka me kaua poe 
kauwa iio ka lakou aie ana. 

24 I ka hoomaka ana e hoakaka 
ai, ua kaiia raai kekahi mea aie io 
na la, he ami tausani na talena ka- 
na i aie ai. 

25 Aole hoi ana mea e uku aku 
ui; kaaoba aku la kona haku ^e 
kuai hlo ia'ku oia me kana wahine, 
& m^ana mau keiki, a me kana 
meaf pau loa, i loaa'i ka uku. 

26 Moe iho la ua kauwa la, lioo- 
maikai aku la ia ia, i aku la, E 
ka haku, e ahonai mai oe ia'u, a 
c uku aku au ia oe ia mea a pau 
loa. 

27 Aloha mai la ka haku i ua 
kauwa la, kuu mai la ia ia, a kala 
mai la i kana aie. 

28 Hele aku la ua kauwa la iwa- 
Iw: a halawai me kekahi hoakauwa 
OQa^ i aie mai i kana i hookahi ha- 
lieri denari, lalau aku la ia ia, a 
Bmi iho la i kona ai, i aku la, 
E uku mai oe ia'u i kau mea i 
aie. 

29 Moe iho la kona hoakauwa ma 
kona wawae. noi mai la ia ia, i mai 
^^ E ahonui mai oe ia'u, a e uku 
aku au ia oe ia mea a pau loa. 

30 Aole ia i ae aku, aka, hele aku 
^* ia, a hoolei aku la ia ia iloko o 

' ^ ^% paahao, a pan loa ka aie i 
kaukuia. 

^^ A. ike ae la kona mau hoakau- 
wa i ka mea ana i hana'i, minami- 
na loa iho la lakou ; a hele lakou, 
'^i aku la i ko lakou haku i na 
"^ a pan i hanaia. 

32 Alalia, kahea aku l^r Jcona ha- 
KQ ia ia^ i aku la, £ ke kauwa ino, 



AD. 32. 



u Lok. 17. 4. 



X mo. 6. 14. 
Mar. 11.23. 
KoL 3. IS. 



7 2 Nam 4.1. 
Nell. 5. 8. 



n Or^betmight 
him. 



t Or. dena' 



to seven and 
a half pence 
sterling, or 
fifteen cents. 



2 1 IT Then came Peter to him, and 
said, Lord, how oft shall my broth- 
er sin against me, and I forgive 
him ? " till seven times ? 

22 Jesus saith'linto him, I say not 
unto thee. Until seven times : 'but, 
Until seventy times seven. 

23 ^ Therefore h the kingdom of 
heaven likened unto a certain king, 
which would take account of his 
servants. 

24 And when he had begun to 
reckon, one was brought unto him, 
which owed him ten thousand tal- 
ents. 

25 But forasmuch as he had not 
to pay, his lord commanded him 
^to be sold, and his wife, and chil- 
dren, and ail that he had, and pay- 
ment to be made. 

26 The &er^'ant therefore fell 
down, and H worshipped him, say- 
ing, Lord, have patience with me, 
and 1 will pay thee all. 

27 Then the lord of that servant 
was moved with compassi^ and 
loosed him, and forgave mm the 
debt. 

28 But the same servant went out, 
and found one of his fellow serv- 
ants, which owed him a hundred 
t pence : and he laid hands on him, 
and took him by the tiiroat, saying, 
Pay me.tliat thou owest. 

29 And his fellow servant fell 
down at his feet, and besought him, 
saying, Have patience with me, 
and I will pay thee all. 

30 And he would not : but went 
and cast him into prison, till he 
should pay the debt. 

31 So when his fellow servants 
saw what was done, they were very 
sorry, and came and told unto their 
lord all that was done. 

32 Then his lord, after that he 
had called him, said unto him, O 



60 



tta kala aktl no au i kau aie a pan, 
i kou noi ana mai ia'u j 

33 Aole anei i pono nou ke aloha 
aku i kou hoakauwa, me a'u i alo- 
ha aku ai ia oe ? 

34 Huhu aku la kona hakn, a 
haawi aku la ia ia i ka poe kiai 
halepaahao, a pau loa ae la kana 
aie i ka ukuia. 

35 « Pela hoi i ko'u Makua 1 ka 
lani e hana aku ai ia oukou, ina 
aole oukou a pau c kala aku ine ko 
oukou naau i na hala o ko oukou 
poe hoahanau. 

MOKUNA XIX. 

A**PAU ae la ia ^lelo ana a lesu, 
hele aku la ia mai Galilaia 
aku, a hiki aku la ma ka mokuna 
o ludaia ma kela aoao o loTedane. 

2 ^ A he nui ka poe kanaka i hahai 
aku ia ia, a hoola iho la ia i ko la- 
kou poe mai. 

3 H Hele mai la kekahi poe Parisaio 
io na la, e hoao aku ia ia, i mat la. 
He mea pono no anei ke haalele ke 
kane i kana wahine i kela hala i 
keia hala. 

4 Olelo aku la ia, i aku la ia la- 
kou, Aole anei oukou i heluhelu, 
''O ka mea nana laua i hana i 
kinohou, hana iho la ia, he kane, 
he wahine ? 

5 I iho la ia, •* No keia mea, e haa- 
lele kc kanaka i kona makuakane 
a me kona makuwahine, a e pili 
aku ia me kana wahine, a e lilo 
''laua elua i io hookahi. 

6 Nolaila, aole e lilo hou laua i 
elua, hookahi o laua io. No ia hoi. 
o ka mea a ke Akua i hoopili pu 
iho ai, mai noho a hookaawale ae 
ke kanaka. 

7 I mai la lakou ia ia, 'No ke aha 
hoi Moee i kauoha mai ai, e haa- 
wi aku na ka wahine i palapala 
hoohemo, a o haalele aku ia ia ? 

8 I aku la oia ia lakou, No ka 
paakiki o fco oukou naau i ae mai 



MATAIO, XfX 

A. D. 32, 



iSoL 21. 13. 
mo. 6. 12. 
Mar 11.26. 
lak. 2. 13. 



33. 

aMtur. 10. 1. 
loft. 10. 40. 



c Kin. 1.27. 
&5.2. 
Mai. 2. 15. 

d Kin. 2. 24. 
Mar. 10. 6-9. 
Ep. 5. 31. 



e I Kor. 6. 16. 
fit 7. 2. 



r Kan. 24.1. 
mo. 5. 31. 



thou wicked servant, I forgave thee 
all that debt, because thou de- 
siredst me : * 

33 Shouldest noi thou also have 
had compassion on thy fellow serv- 
ant, even as I had pity on thee ? 

34 And his lord was wroth, and 
delivered him to the tormentors, 
till he should pay all that was due 
unto him. 

35 * So likewise shall my heavenly 
Father do also unto you, if ye from 
your hearts forgive not every one 
his brother their trespasses* 



CHAPTER XIX.' 

AND it came to pass, *that when 
Jesus had finished the^ say- 
ings, he departed from Galil9, and 
came into the coasts of Judea be- 
yond Jordan ; 

2 ** And great multitudes followed 
him ; and he healed them there. 

3 IT The Pharisee also came unto 
him, tempting him, and saying unto 
him. Is it lawful for a man to put 
away his wife for every cause ? 

4 And he answered and said unto 
them, Have ye not read, •'that he 
which made them at the beginning 
made them male and female, 

5 And said, *^For this cause shall 
a man leave father and mother, and 
shall cleave to his wife : and • they 
twain shall be one flesh ? 

6 Wherefore they are no more 
twain, but one flesh. What there- 
fore God hath joined togetfier, let 
not man put asunder. 

7 They say unto him, 'Why did 
Moses then command to give a 
writing of divorcement, and to put 
her away ? 

8 He saith onto them, Moses be- 
cause of the hardness of your hearts 



&i Mose ia oukoa e haalele i na 
wahine a oukou ; aole pela ia mai 
kiDohi mai. 

9 ^ife olelo aku nei au ia imkou, 
ka mea nana e haalele i kana 
^ahine, ke moe kolohe ole ia, a e 
mare i ka wafaine hou, ua moe ko- 
lohe ia kane ; a o ka mea nana e 
mare i ua waiiine hemo la, ua moe 
kolohe hoi ia. 

10 1 1 aka la kana poe hanmana ia 
ia, '^ [na paha pela ke kane me kana 
wahine, e aho no ke mare ole. 

11 1 mai la kela ia lakoo, ' Aole e 
Mkii na kanaka a^au ke hooma- 
nawanui pela; aia i ka poe nana 
keia pono i haawiia mai. 

12 No ka mea, he poe eunoha ke- 
kahi mai ko lakon hanau ana nud, 
a he Doe eonuha kekahi i hoeunu- 
haiJI kanaka, a '^ho poe eunuha 
kekahi i hoeiumhaia e lakoa iho 
no ke aupuni o ka lani. Q ka mea 
e hiki ia ia ia mea, e pono no ia 
pela. 

13 f ^Alalia, laweia mai io na la 
na kamalii, e kau aka ai ia i na 
lima maluna o lakou, a e pale aku ; 
a papa aku la ka poe haumana ia 
lakou. 

U I mai la lesu, K kuu mai ou- 
^ou i na kamalii, me ka papa ole 
ia lakou i ka hele mai io'u nei ; no 
ka mea, no ™ka poe e like me la- 
kou nei ke aapuni o ka lani. 
15 A kaa iho la ia 1 na lima ma- 
luna lakou, a hele' aku la. 
16 1 » Aia hoi, hele mai la kekahi 
kanaka, i mai la ia ia^ ° E ke kumu 
inaikai, heaha ka mea maikai a'u 
e hana'i, i loaa ia'u ke ola man 
loa? 

17 I aka la ola ia ia, No ke aha 
laoe e kapa mai nei ia'u he mai- 
^^ai ? Aohe mea maikai e ae, hoo- 
l^ahi wale no, o ke Akua. Ina e 
makemake oe e komo iloko o ke ola, 
e malama oe i na kanawai. 
18 1 mai la kela, O na kanawai 
^ea? I aku la lesu, O neia, fMai 
pepehi kanaka oe, Mai moe kolohe 



MATAIO, XIX. 61 

suffered you to put airay yowi 

wives: but from the beginning it 
was not so. 

9 ' And I say unto you, Whosoeyer 
shall put away his wife, except it 
be for fornication, and shall marry 
another, committeth adultery : and 
whoso marrieth her which is put 
away doth commit adultery. 

10 ^ His disciples say unto him, 
^ If the case of the man be so with 
his wife, it is not good to marry. 

11 But he said unto them, 'AH 
men cannot receive this saying, save 
theff to whom it is given. 

12 For there are some eunuchs, 
which were so born from their 
mother's womb: and there are 
some eunuchs, which were made 
eunuchs of men: and ^ there be 
eunuchs, which have made them- 
selves eunuchs for the kingdom of 
heaven's sake. He that is able to 
receive it, let him receive it, 

13 T 'Then were there brought 
unto him little children, that he 
should put his hands on them, and 
pray: and the disciples rebuked 
them. 

14 But Jesus said, Suffer little chil- 
dren, and forbid them not, to come 
unto me ; for "of such is the king- 
dom of heaven. 



A.D. 33. 



Cmo. 5.a2. 
Mar. 10. 11. 
Lok. 16. 18. 
1 KoTi 7. 10, 
11. 



bSoL21.ia 



ilKor.7.2,7. 
9,17. 



k 1 Kor. 7. 32, 
34. & 9. 5, 15. 



1 Mar. 10. 1SL 

Luk. 18. 1& 



amalS. 3. 



B Mar. 10. 17. 
Luk. 18. 18. 
E»Lttk.l0.2S. 



pPuk.20. la 
Kttn.6. 17. 



15 And he laid his hands on them, 
and departed thence. 

16 IT "And, behold, one came and 
said unto him, "Good Master, what 
good thing shall I do, that 1 may 
have eternal life ? 

17 A%d he said luito him. Why 
callest thou me good ? there is none 
good but one, that is, God : but if 
thou wilt enter into life, keep the 
commandments. 

18 He saith unto him. Which? 
Jesus said, PThou shalt do no mur- 
der, Thou shalt not commit adul- 



62 



MATAIO, XIX. 



be, Mai aihue oe, Mailioike waha^ 
hee oe. 

19 ^E hoomaikai i kou makua- 
kane a me kou makuwahine ; a, 
'E aloha oe i kou hoalauna me oe 
ia oe iho. 

20 I mai la ua kanaka opiopio la 
ia ia, Ua malama au ia mau mea 
a pan mai kuu wa kamalii mai; 
heaha ko'u hemahema ? 

21 I aku la lesu ia ia, A i make- 
make oe e hemolele, ea, "e hele oe, 
e kuai lilo aku i kou waiwai a pau, 
a e haawi aku na ka poe ilihune, a 
e loaa ia oe ka waiwai iloko o ka 
lani ; a e hele mai oe e hahai mai 
ia^u. 

22 Lohe ae la ua kanaka opiopio 
la ia olelo, hele aku ia ia me ka 
minamina; no ka mea, he nui loa 
kona waiwai. 

23 If Olelo mai la o lesu i kana.poe 
haumana. He oiaio ka'u e olelo aku 
nei ia oukou, e komo apuepue ke 
* kanaka waiwai iloko o ke aupuni 
o ka lani. 

24 Eia hou ke olelo aku nei au ia 
oukou, E hiki e ke kamelo ke komo 
ma ka puka o ke kuikele mamua o 
ke komo ana o ke kanaka waiwai 
iloko ke aupuni o ka lani. 

25 Lohe ae la na haumana ana, 
kahaha nui iho la lakou, i ae la, 
Owai la auanei ke ola ? 

26 Nana mai la o lesu ia lakou, i 
mai la, He mea hiki ole ia i kana- 
ka; aka, "e hiki io no na mea a 
pau 1 ke Akua. 

27 IT * Alaila^ olelo aku la o Petero 
ia ia, i aku la, Eia hoi, ua haalele 
y makou i na mea a pau, a ua ha- 
hai aku makou ia oe; heaha la 
uanei ka makou e loaa'i ? 

28 I mai la o lesu ia lak0u. He 
oiaio ka'u e olelo aku nei ia oukou^ 
i ke ola hou ana, i ka wa e noho ai 
ke Keiki a ke kanaka malunar o ko- 
na nohoalii nani ; oukou hoi ka poe 
i hahai mai ia'u, e noho no 'oukou 
maluna o na nohoalii he umikuma- 
malua, i poe lunakanawai no na oha- 
na o Iseraela he umikumamalua. 



A.D. 38. 



qmo. 15. 4. 



rOihk.19. 18. 
mo. 22. 89. 
RQta. 13. 9.> 
Oal. 5. 14 
lak.2.8. 



■ mo. 6. 20. 
Lak. 12. SS. 
& 16. 9. 
Oih. 2. 45. 
& 4. 34, 36. 
1 Tim. 6. 18, 
19. 



t mo. 13. 22. 
Mar. 10. 24. 
1 Kor. 1. 26. 
1 Tim. 6. 9, 

la 



u Kin. 18. 14. 

lob. 42. 2. 

ler. 32. 17. 

Zek. 8. 6. 

Luk. I. 37. 

Il 18. 27. 
z Mar. 10. 28. 

Luk. 18. 28. 
7 Kan. 33. 9. 

mo. 4. 20. 

Luk. 5. IL 



>mo. 20. 21. 
Luk. 22. 28, 
29.30. 

1 Kor. 6.2, 3. 
Hoik. 2. 26. 



tery, Then shalt not steal, Thou 
shalt not bear false witness, 

19 *i Honour thy father and thy 
mother: and, 'Thou shalt love thy 
neighbour as thyself. 

20 The young man saith unto him, 
All these things have I kept from 
my youth up : what lack I yet ? 

21 Jesus said unto him, If thou 
wilt be perfect, 'go and sell that 
thou hast, and give to the poor, and 
thou shalt have treasure in heaven : 
and come and follow me. 



22 But when the young man heard 
Ihat saying, he went away sorrow- 
ful : for he had great possessi^s.^ 

23 ^ Then said Jesus unto his dis- 
ciples, Verily I say imto you, That 
^ a rich man shall hardly enter into 
the kingdom of heaven. 

24 And again I say unto you, It 
is easier for a camel to go through 
the eye of a needle, than for a rich 
man to enter into the kingdom of 
God. 

25 When his disciples heard iY, 
they were exceedingly amazed, say- 
ing, Who then can be saved ? 

26 But Jesus beheld ikem^ and 
said unto them, With men this is 
impossible; but "with Grod all 
things are possible. 

27 1[ ' Then answered Peter and 
said unto him, Behold, ^we have 
forsaken all, and followed thee; 
what shall we have therefore ? 

28 And Jesus said unto them. 
Verily I say unto you. That ye 
which have followed me, in the 
regeneration when the Son of man 
shall sit in the throne of his glory, 
*ye also shall sit upon twelve 
thrones, judging the twelve tribes 
of Israel. 



29 *0 ka mea haalele i na hale, i 
na hoahanaukane, i na hoahanaa- 
vahine, i ka makuakane, i ka ma- 
kuwahine, i ka wahine, i na keiki, 
i na aina hoi, no ko'u inoa, e loaa 
inai ia ia he pahaneri, a e lilo mai 
la ia ke ola mau loa. 

30 ^ A he nai na mea mamua e 
lilo ana i hope, a o na mea mahope 
e lilo ana i mua. 



N' 



MOKUNA XX. 

ka mea, ua like ke aupuni o 
1> ka lani me kekabi kanaka mea 
hale, i hele aku la i kakahiaka nui 
e hoolimalima i ka poe paaua no 
kona pawaina. 

2 Hoolimalima oia i kekahi poe 
paaua i ka hapawaln hookahi no ka 
la bookahi ; hoouna aku la oia ia 
lakou ma kona pawaina. 

3 Hele hoa aku la ia iwaho i ke 
kolu o ka hora, ike aku la ia i ke- 
kahi poe kanaka e ku hana ole ana 
raa kahi kuai. 

4 [ aku la oia ia lakou, E haele 
hoi oakou i ka pawaina, a o ka mea 
pono, na'u ia e uku aku la oukou. 
A hele aku la lakou. 

5 Hele hou aku la ia iwaho, i ke 
ono a i ka iwa o ka hora, a hana iho 
la e like mamua. 

6 A i ka hora umikumamakahi, 
hele aku la ia iwaho, ike aku la i 
kekahi poe e kn hana ole ana, i 
aku la oia ia lakou, Heaha ka ou- 
kou e ku hana ole nei a pau ka 
la? 

7 1 mai la lakou ia ia, No ka mea, 
aohe mea nana makou i hoolima- 
lima. I aku la oia ia lakou, £ 
hacie hoi oukou i ka pawaina, a 
^ ka mea pono, e loatei hoi ia ia ou- 
kou. 

B A ahiahi ae la, i aku la ka ha- 
^u nona ka pawaina i kona puuku, 
£ kahea aku oe i ka poe paaua, a 
e haawi aku ia lakou i ka uku, mai 
^a poe hope mai a hiki aku i ka poe 
Mamua. 

9 A hele mai la ka poe 1 hoolima- 



A.D. 33:. 



MATAIO, XX. 63 

29 ^And eveiy one that hath for* 
saken houses, or brethren, or sisters, 
or father, or mother, or wife, or chil- 
dren, or lands, for my name's sake, 
shall receive a hundr^old, ana* 
shall inherit everlasting life. 




b mo. 20. 16. 

& 21. 31, 32. 
•Mar. 10. 31. 

Luk. 13. SO. 



t Or. dena- 
rioa. See 
mo. 18. 28. 



30 *>But many that are first shall 
be last; and the last shall be 
first. 



CHAPTER XX. 

FOR the kingdom of heaven is 
like unto a man that is a house- 
holder, which went out early in 
the morning to hire labourers into 
his vineyard. 

2 And when he had agreed with 
the labourers for a t penny a day, 
he sent them into his vineyard. 

3 And he went out about the third 
hour, and saw others standing idle 
in the marketplace, 

4 And said unto them; Go ye 
also into the vineyard, and what- 
soever is right I will give you. 
And they went their way. 

5 Again he went out about the 
sixth and ninth hour, and did like- 
wise. 

6 And about the eleventh hour 
he went out, and found others 
standing idle, and saith unto them, 
Why stand ye here all the day 
idle? 

7 They say unto him, Because no 
man hath hired us. He saith unto 
them, Go ye also into the vineyard; 
and whatsoever is right, that shall 
ye receive. 

8 So when even was come, the 
lord of the vineyard saith unto liis 
steward, Call the labourers, and 
give them their hire, beginning 
from the last imto the first. 

9 And when they came that were 



64 MATAIO, XX. 

limaia i ka h<va umilnunamakidu, A. B. 33. 
loaa pakahi ia lakou ka hapawalu. 

10 A hele mai la ka poe i hooli- 
malimaia mamua, manao iho la 
lakou e loaa mai ka pakela uku, a 
loaa pakahi ia lakou ka hapawalu. 

1 1 A loaa iho la^ ohumu iho la 
lakou i ka mea hale« 



12 I ae la, o Keia poe hope, hoo^ 
kahi -wale no hora o ka lakou haua 
ana, a ua hoobalike mai oe ia la- 
kou me makou, ka poe hooikaika i 
ka wa luhi a me ka wela o ka la. 

13 Olelo aku la ia, i aku la i ke» 
kahi o lakou, E ka hoalauna, aole 
au i hana ino aku ia oe, aole anei 
oe i ae mai ia'u no ka hapawalu 
hookahi ? 

1 4 £ lawe oe i kau, a e hele. O 
ko'u makemake no e haawi aku na 
keia poe mahope e like me kau. 

15 * Aole anei au e pono ke hana 
aku me ka'u mamuli o ko'u make- 
make ? *» Ua hewa anei kou maka 
i ko'u lokomaikai ? 

16 'Pela hoi ka poe hope e lilo i 
mua, a o ka poe mua i hope : no 
ka mea, <>he nui na mea i heaia, 
aka he uuku ka poe i kohoia. 

17 ^ * I ko lesu hele ana i lerusa- 
lema, kai aku la ia i ka poe hau- 
mana he umikumamalua i kahi 
kaawale ma ke alanui, i mai la ia 
lakou, 

1 8 ' Eia ko hele nei kakou i lem- 
salema, a e kumakaiaia'ku ke Keiki 
a ke kanaka i ka poe kahuna imi a 
me ka poe kakauolelo ; a e hoohe- 
wa lakou ia ia e make ; 

19 'A e haawi aku hoi lakou ia 
ia i ko na aina e e hoomaewaewaia 
mai ai, a e hahauia mai ai, a e 
kaulia'i ma ke kea; a po akolu ae, 
e ala hou mai ia. 

20 H ""Alaila, hele mai io na la 
ka makuwahine o na keiki a ■ Zebe- 
daio, oia me na keiki ana ; moe iho 
la ia imua ona, a noi aku la ia ia i 
kekahi mea. 

21 Ninau mai la o lesu ia ia. He- 
aba kiott makemake ? I aku la ke- 



t Or, heme 
cottttnued 
onehour 
only. 



» Rom. 9. 21. 



b Kan. 15. 9. 

SoJ. 2S. 6. 

mo. 6. 23. 
e ma 19. 30. 



e Mar. 10. 32. 
Luk. 18. 31. 
loa. 12. 12. 



f mo. 16. 21. 



g mo. 27. 2. 
Mar. 15. 1, 
16, &c. Luk. 
23. 1. loa. 
18. 28. &c. 
Oih. 3. 13. 



1i Mar. 10.35. 
i mo. 4. 21. 



hired about the eleventh hour, they 
received every man a penny. 

10 But when the first came, they 
supposed that they should have 
received more ; and they likewise 
received every man a penny. 

11 And when they had received 
it, they murmured against the good- 
man cf the house, . 

12 Saying, These last ihave 
wrought but one hour, and thou 
hast made them equal unto us, 
which have borne the burden and 
heat of the day. 

13 But he answered one of them, 
and said, Friend, I do thee no 
wrong : didst not thou agree with 
me for a penny ? 

14 Take that thine is, and go thy 
way: I will give unto this last, 
even as unto thee. 

15 *Is it not iawful for me to do 
what I will with mine own ? *» Is 
thine eye evil, because I am good ? 

16 "" So the last shall be first, and 
the first last: *^for many be called, 
but few diosen. 

17 IT 'And Jesus going up to Je- 
rusalem took the twelve disciples 
apart in the way and said unto 
them, 

18 'Bdiold, we go up to Jerusa^ 
lem ; and the Son of man shall be 
betrayed unto the chief priests and 
unto the scribes, and they shall 
condemn him to death, 

19 ^And shall deliver him to the 
Gentiles to mock, and to scourge, 
and to crucify him: and the third 
day he shall rise again. 

20 T ^Then came to him the 
mother of * Zebedee's children with 
her sons, worshipping him, and de- 
siring a certain thing of hun. 

21 And he said unto her, What 
wilt thou? She saith unto him, 



k, E kaaoha 4» ''e noiio keia man 
keiki a' a elua, o kekahi ma kou li- 
ma akau, a o kekahi ma koa lima 
hema iloko o koa aapani. 

22 Olelo mai la o lesa, i mai la, 
Aole ookoa i ike i ka eukou mea e 
iMH mai nei. £ hiki do anei ia 
olua ke inu i ^ko k» kiaha a'a e inn 
ai; a e bapetiaoia i ">ka bapetiao 
ana a'a e bapetizoia mai ai ? I aku 
la laua ia ia, £ hiki no ia maua. 

23 Olelo mai la o lesa ia laua, " £ 
ina no auanei olua i ko ko kiaha 
o'n, a e bapetizoia hoi i ka bapetizo 
ana a'u e bapetizoia'i ; aka, o ka 
noho ma ko'u limia akau, a ma ko'u 
lima hema, aole ka'u ia * e haawi 
aku; aia no ia no ka poe nona i 
hoomakaukaoia'i ia mea e ko'u 
Makoa. 

24 PA lobe ae la ka ami, okiuki 
aku la lakou i ua mau hoahanau la 
elua. 

25 Kahea mai la o lesu ia lakoa, 
i mai la, Ua ike oukou, o na alii o 
na lahuikanaka, ua hookiekie ma- 
luna o lakou, a o na lima hoi, ua 
hoounanna ia lakou. 

26 1 Aole pela ia oukoa ) a i ma- 
nao ''kekahi o ookou i nui, e pono no 
e lilo ia i mea la^felawe na oukou. 

27 * A i manao kekabi e lilo i poo- 
kela iwaena b oukou, e pono no e 
Hlo ia i kauwa na oukou. 

28 'Pela hoi, aole i hele mai ke 
'Reiki a ke kanaka no ka lawe- 
laweia mai, aka, *no ka lawelawe 
akn a me 3^ka haawi akiti kona ola 
i komuhoola no na mea he *nui loa. 

29 ^I ko lakou hele ana ae mai 
leriko aku, he nui ka poe kanaka i 
hahai ia ia. 

30 ^ Aia hoi, *' elua makapo e noho 
ana ma kapa alanui; lohe ae la 
laua, o lesu ke maalo ae, kahea 
Riai la laua, i mai la, E alohA mai 
oe ia maua, e ka Haka, e ka mamo 
a Davida. 

31 Papa aka la ka poe kanaka ia 
liLua, e hamau : a nui loa ao la ka 



Grant that these my two wns 
^may sit, the one on thy right 
hand, and the other on the left, in 
thy kingdom. 

22 But Jesus answered and said, 
Ye know not what ye ask. Are 
ye able to drink of * the cap that I 
shall drink of, and to be baptized 
with "the baptism that I am bap- 
tized with? They say unto him, 
We are able. 

23 And he saith uAto them, >Ye 
shall drink indeed of my eap, and 
be baptized with the baptism that 
I am baptized with : but to sit on 
my right hand, and on my left, ia 
not mine to ^give, but it shall be 
given to them for whom it is pre- 
paied of my Father. 



1 mo. 2B. 99, 
42: 

Mar. 14. 96. 

Luk. 22. 42. 

loa. 18. 11. 
inLuk.12.5a 
aOih.12.2. 

Rom. 8. 17. 

2 Kor. 1. 7. 

Hoik. 1. 9. 



oino.SS.S4. 



pMar.m41. 
Lak. 22. 24, 
25. 



qlPoL5.S. 

rmo. 23. II. 
Mar. 9. 35. 
lb 10. 43. 



t loa. 13. 4. 
u PiL 2. 7. 

X Luk. 22. 27. 

loa. 13. 14. 
y Jg. 53. 10, 11. 

Dan. 9. 24, 90. 

loa. 11.61,52. 

1 Tim. 2. 6. 

TiL 2. 14. 

1 Pet. 1. 19. 
z mo. 26. 28. 

Rom. 5. 15, 

19. 

Heb. 9. 28. 
a Mar. 10. 46. 

Luk. 18. 35. 
b mo. 9. 27. 



24 i^And when the ten heard tf, 
they were moved with indignation 
against the two brethren. 

25 But Jesus called them unto 
hinij and said. Ye know thafc the 
princes of the Gentiles exercise do- 
minion over them, and they that 
are great exercise authority upon 
them. 

26 But lit shall not be so among 
you: but ''whosoever will be great 
among you, let him be your min- 
ister ; 

27 'And whosoever will be chief 
among you, let him be your serv- 
ant: 

28 ^Even as the "Son of man 
came not to be ministered unto, 
*but to minister, and ^to give his 
life a ransom 'for many. 

29 *And as they departed from 
Jericho, a great multitude follow- 
ed him. 

30 % And, behold, ^two blind men 
sitting by the way side, when they 
heard that Jesus passed by, cried 
out, saying, Have mercy on us, 
Lord, thou Son of David. 

31 And the multitude rebuked 
them, because they should hold 



66 

laua kahea ana, £ aloha mai oe ia 
maua, e ka Haku, e ka mamo a 
Davida. 

32 Ku malie iho la o lesu, hea 
aku la ia laua, i aku la, Heaha ko 
olua makemake e hana aku ai aa 
ia olua ? 

33 I mai la laua ia ia, £ ka Ha- 
ku, c hookaakaaia mai ko maua 
raau maka. 

34 Aloha aku la o lesn, hoopa 
aku la i ko laua mau maka ; ike 
koke ae la ko laua mau maka, a 
hahai aku la laua ia ia. 



MATAIO, XXI. 



A- 



MOKUNA XXI. 
' *KOKOKE aku la lakou i le- 



rusalcma, ua hiki aku la i 
Bctepage ma ka ''mauna Oliveta, 
alaila, hoouna aku la o lesu i na 
haumana elua. 

2 I aku la ia laua, £ heie aku 
olua 1 ke kauhale e kupono mai ana 
ia olua, a e loaa koke ia olua ka 
hoki ua nakikiia, a me ko keiki me 
ia : e wehe ae olua a o kai mai io'u 
nei. 

3 Ina paha e olelo mai kekahi ia 
olua, e i aku, Na ka Haku ia mau 
mea e pono ai : alaila e kuu koke 
mai no ia i na hoki. 

4 Ua pau ia mau mea i ka hana- 
ia, i ko ai ka mea i oleloia mai e 
ke kaula, i ka i ana, 

5 '^ E hai aku oukou i ke kaika- 
mahine a Ziona, Aia hoi, ke hele 
akahai mai nei kou Alii iou la, e 
noho ana maluna o ka hoki, o ke 
keiki hoi a ka hoki. 

6 ** Hele aku la ua mau haumana 
la, a hana aku la e like me ka lesu 
i kauoha mai ai ia laua. 

7 Kai mai la laua i ua hoki la, a 
mo ke keiki, *^hohola ae la lakou 
i na kapa o lakou maluna o laua, 
a hoee aku la ia lesu maluna iho. 

8 Hohola iho la ka nui o ka poe 
kanaka i ko lakou kapa ma ke ala- 
nui, a okioki ao la ^ kekahi poo i na 
lalalaau, a haliiiii iho la ma ko 
alanui. 



A. D. 33. 



a Mar. 11.1. 
Luk. 19. 29. 



bZek.14. 4. 



c Jg. 62. 11. 
Zek. 9. 9. 
loa. 12. 15. 



d Mar. 11.4. 



e 2 Nalii 9. IS. 



fSeeOihk. 
23.40. 
loa. 12. IS. 



their peace: but they cried the 
more, saying, Have mercy on us, 
O Lord, thou Son of I)avid. 

32 And Jesus stood still, and call- 
ed them, and said. What will ye 
that I shall do unto you ? 

33 They say unto him, Lord, that 
our eyes may be opened. 

34 So Jesus had compassion on 
them, and touched their eyes : and 
immediately their eyes received 
sight, and tibey followed him. 

CHAPTER XXI. 

AND * when they drew nigh unto 
Jerusalem, and were come to 
Bethphage, unto ^the mount of 
Olives, then sent Jesus two disci- 
ples, 

2 Saying unto them, Go into the vil- 
lage over against you, and straight- 
way ye shall find an ass tied, and a 
colt with her : loose them, and bring 
them unto me. 

3 And if any man say aught unto 
you, ye shall say. The Lord hath 
need of them ; and straightway he 
will send them. 

4 All this was done, that it might 
be fulfilled which was spoken by 
the prophet, saying, 

5 "" Tell ye the daughter of Zion, 
Behold, thy King cometh unto thee, 
meek, and sitting upon an ass, and 
a £olt the foal of an ass. 

6 * And the disciples went, and did 
as Jesus commanded them, 

7 And brought the ass, and the 
colt, and • put on tliem their clothes, 
and they set him thereon. 

8 And a very great multitude 
spread their garments in the way ; 
'others cut down branches from the 
trees, and strewed them in the way. 



9 Hodrani ae la ka poe hele ma- 
mua, a me ka poe hahai mahope, i 
aku la, s Hosana i ka Mamo a Da- 
vida ! £ ^hoonaniia ka Mea e hele 
mai nei ma ka inoa o ka Haku ; Ho- 
sana i ka lani kiekie loa ! 

10 ' A hiki aku la ia i lerusalema, 
pihoihoi ae la ko ke kulanakanhale 
a pau, ninau mai la lakou, Owai 
keia? 

11 I aku la ka poe kanaka, lesu 
keia, ^ke Eaula no Nazareta i Ga- 
lilaia. 

12 f Komo aku la lesu iloko o ka 
luakini o ke Akua, a hookmke aku 
la iwaho i ka poe kuai lilo aku, a 
me ka poe kuai lilo mai a pau ilo- 
ko oka luakini r hookahuli ae la ia 
i na papa o ka poe kuai ''moni, a 
me na noho o ka poe kuai manu 
nurni. 

13 I aku la oia ia lakou, Ua pa- 
lipalaia, E kapaia "ko'u hale, he 
hale pule; a *ua hoolilo iho nei 
OQkou ia ia i ana no na pbwa. 

14 Hele mai la ka poe makapo 
a me ka poe oopa io na la ma ka 
luakini, a hoola aku la oia ia la- 
kou. 

15 Ike mai la ka poe kahuna nui 
a me ka poe kakauolelo i na mea 
kupanaha ana i hana'i, a me na 
kamalii e hookani ana iloko o ka 
luakini, Hosana i ka Mamo a Da- 
^da ; ukiuki mai la lakou, 

16 I mai la ia ia, Ke lohe nei 
iinei DC i ka lakou nei olelo? I 
ah la lesu ia lakou, Ae, aole 
*nei oukou i heluhelu, Ua hooma- 
kaukau oe i ka hoolea Pmailoko 
?ai na waha kamalii a me na 

^ W£du? 

1^7^ Haalele aku la oia ia lakou, a 
liele aku Ifj^waho o ke kulanakau- 
^•^le i "iBefenia, malaila i noho ai 
1 ao ka po. 

^^ 'A kakahiaka ae, i kona hoi 
jna i ke kulanakanhale, pololi iho 
laia. 

19 'Ike ae la ia i kekahi laau 
«*u ma kapa alanui, hele aku la 
la ilaila, o oa lau wale no i loaa 



MATAIO, XXL er 

9 And the multitudes that went 
before, and that followed, cried, 

gHaL 118. 25. saying, ^Hosanna to the Son of 
h Hal. 118.26. . David .* ^Blessed is he that cometh 
ma 23. 39. 1 ^ ^^ ^^^^ ^^ ^j^^ j^^^ ^ Hosanna 

I in the highest. 

10 'And when he was come into 
Jerusalem, all the city was moved, 
saying, Who is this ? 



A.D. 33. 



i Mar. 11. 15. 
Luk. 19. 45. 
loa. 2. 13, 15. 



k mo. 2. 23. 

Luk. 7. 16. 

loa. 6. 14. & 
I 7.4at9. 17. 
i 1 Mar. 11. 11. 

Luk. 19. 45. 

loa. 2. 15. 



mKa2i.14.25. 



11 And the multitude "isaid. This 
is Jesus *the prophet of Nazareth 
of Galilee. 

12 IT 'And Jesus went into the 
temple of God, and cast out all 

' them that sold and bought in the 
temple, and overthrew the tables 
of the "• money changers, and the 
seats of them that sold doves. 



13 And said unto them, It is writ- 
nia. 56.7. ten, "My house shall be called the 
o ler. 7. 11. house of prayer ; ® but ye have made 

hSL 19. S: ^* ^ ^®^ °^ thieves. 

14 And the blind and the lame 
came to him in the temple ; and he 
healed them. 



15 And when the chief priests and 
scribes saw the wonderful things 
that he did, and the children cry- 
ing in the temple, and saying, Ho- 
sanna to the Son of David; they 
were sore displeased, 

16 And said unto him, Hearest 
thou what these say ? And Jesus 
saith unto them. Yea; have ye 
never read, pQut of the mouth of 
babes and sucklings thou hast per- 
fected praise ? 



pHaL8.2.: 



q Mar. 11. 11. 
loa. 11. 18. 



rMar. 11. 12. 



■ Mar. 11. 13. 
t Gr. one^g 



17 IT And he left them, and went 
out of the city into *i Bethany 3 and 
he lodged there. 

"18 'Now in the morning, as he 
returned into the city, he hungered. 

19 •And when he saw ta fig tree 
in the way, he came to it, and 
found nothing thereon, but leaves 



ia ia maltma oM. ; i aktt ia i ua 
laau la, Mai noho a ulu ka hna 
maluna on ma ia hope a mau loa 
aku. Maloo koke iko la ua laau 
fiku la. 

20 ^ A ike ae la ka poe haumana^ 
kahaha iho la lakou, i ae la, £ino 
ole ka maloo ana o ka laau fiku ! 

21 Olelo mai la o lesu, i mai la 
ia lakou, He oiaio ka'u e olelo aku 
nei ia oukou, ^ Ina he manaoio ko 
oukou, aole oukou ^kanalua, e ha- 
na no oukou aole i keia wale no 
o ka laau fiku ; aka, y ina e olelo 
aku oukou i keia manna, £ kaikai- 
ia'e oe, a e hooleiia'ku iloko o ka 
moana ; a e hanaia no ia. 

22 Oia hoi, 'o na mea a pan a 
oukou e nonoi ai ma ka pule me ka 
manaoio, e loaa no ia ia oukou. 

23 IT *Ia ia i komo aku ai iloko o 
ka luakini, a ao mai la ilaila, hole 
mai la io na la ka poe kahuna nui, 
a me ka poe lunakahiko o na kana- 
ka, ''i mai la, Nawai mai kau po- 
no e hana aku ai i keia mau mea ? 
Nawai hoi i haawi mai keia pono 
ia oe? 

24 Olelo aku la o lesu ia lakou, i 
aku la, Owau kekahi e ninau aku 
ia oukou, a i hai mai oukou ia, e 
hai aku no hoi au ia oukou i ka 
mea nana i haawi mai ia'u e hana 
keia mau mea. 

25 ka bapetizo ana a loane, no 
hea ia ? No ka lani mai anei ? no 
kanaka anei ? Kuka iho la lakou 
ia lakou iho, i ae la, Ina e hai aku 
kakou. No ka lani mai ; alalia, e 
ninau mai keia ia kakou, No ke aha 
la oukou i manaoio ole ai ia ia ? 

26 A i hai aku kakou. No kana- 
ka, ke makau aku nei kakou i na 
kanaka j °no ka mea, ke manao 
nei lakou a pau, he kaula no o 
loane. 

27 Olelo mai la lakou ia lesu, i 
mai la, Aole makou i ike. I aku 
la hoi oia ia lakou, Aole hoi au e 
hai aku ia oukou i ka mea nana i 
haawi mai ia'u e hana i keia mau 
mea. 



MATAIO, XXI. 



A.D. 33. 



t Mar. 11. 20. 



u mo. 17. SO. 
Luk. 17. 6. 
xlak.1.6. 

7 1 Kor. 13. S. 



« mo. 7.7. 

Mar. 11. 24. 

Luk. 11. 9. 

lak. 5. 16. 

1 loa. S. 22. 

& 5. 14. 
* Mar. 11.27. 

LttJi.20.1. 



b puk. 2. 14. 
Oib.4.7.<( 
7.27. 



e mo. 14. 5. 
Mar. 6. 20. 
Luk. 20. 6. 



only, and said unto it, Let no f mi 
grow on thee henceforward for ever 
And presently the fig tree witherei 
away. 

20 * And when the disciples saw it 
they marvelled, saying, How sooi 
is the fig tree withered away ! 

21 Jesus answered and said untx 
them. Verily I say unto you, *» If y( 
have faith, and 'doubt not, ye shal 
not only do this which is dene \i 
the fig tree, ^ but also if ye shall sa] 
unto tiiis mountain. Be thou re- 
moved, and be thou cast into Uu 
sea ] it shall be done. 

22 And 'all things, whatsoever y< 
shall ask in prayer, believing, y< 
shall reeeive. 

23 IT *And when he was com< 
into the temple, the chief priest: 
and the elders of the people cam< 
unto him as he was teaching, ant 
••said. By what authority doest thw 
these things? and who gave the< 
this authority? 

24 And Jesus answered and saw 
unto them, I also will ask you on 
thing, which if ye tell me, I in iik 
wise will tell you by what author 
ity I do these things. 

25 The baptism ot" John, wheno 
was it? from heaven, or of men 
And they reasoned with themselveJ 
saying, If we shall say. From hea^ 
en ; he will say unto us. Why dii 
ye not then believe him ? 

26 But if we shall say, Of men 
we fear the people; 'for all hoi 
John as a prophet. ^ 

27 And they answered Jesus, ati 
said, We cannot tell. And he m\ 
unto them. Neither tell I you b 
what authority I do these things. 



MATAIO, XXI. 



SSlTHeshalcDoakoainanao? Ba 
wahi kanaka ia la na keikikaae 
eloa ; a hele aku la ia i ka mua, 
i aku la, £ knu. keiki, e hele aku 
oe e haoa i keia la ma kuu pa- 
waina. 

29 Hoole mai la kela, i mai la, 
Aole aa e hiki. A mahope mihi 
ifao la ia, a hele aku la. 

30 Hele aku la hoi oia i kana kei- 
ki muli, a olelo aku la pela ia ia. 
Ae mai la ia, i mai la, £ hele no 
wao, e kua haku ^ aole nae ia i 
hele. 

31 Owai ko lana mea nana i hana 
ka makemake o ka makua ? I mai 
la lakou ia ia, O ka mua. I aku 
ia lesn ia lakou, ^ He oiaio ka'u e 
dlelo aku nei ia oukou, e komo e 
ka poe lunaauhau a me na wahine 

hnnkaina.lra.iTm. ynnfm^ft^ o OUkOU ilo- 

ko ke aupuni o ke Akua. 

32 ' No ka mea^ i hele mai nei 6 
loane io oukou nei ma ka aoao o ka 
pooo, aole nae oukou i manaoio ia 
la; aka, manaoio 'ka poe luna- 
auhau a me na wahine hookamaka- 
ma ia ia ; a ia oukou i ike ia ia, 
«Loleoakoa i mihi mahope me ka 
manaoio ia ia. 

33 7 E hooldhe mai oukou i ke- 
kahi olelonane hou : <Kanu iho la 
kekahi mea hale i ka malawaina, ! 
bana iho la ia i pa a puni, eli iho , 
1& i wahi kaomi waina il(^o olaila, , 
kukulu iho la i hale U|pii, haawi 
aka la ia wahi i na hoaaina, ^a 
kele aku la ia i ka aina e. 

34 A i ka wa i kokoke e oo ai ka 
iiaa, hoouna mai la ia i kana mau 
kanwa i ka poe hoaaina * i loaa mai 
ai ka hua nona. 

35 ^ A hopu aku la na hoaaina i I 
> kana mau kauwa, hahau iho la la^ ! 
, kou i kekahi, pepehi iho la i kekahi 

^ make, a hailuku aku la i kekahi ; 
niekapohaku. 

36 Hoonna hou mai la ia i na kau- 
^ e ae, he nui aku i ka poe ma- 
nioa, a hana hqti pela na hoaaina 
^ lakou. 

37 A maliope Iho, booana mai la 



A.l>.33. 



dLak.7.S9, 
fiO. 



emaS. \,kc. 



t Luk. 8. 1% 
13. 



f Hal. 80. 9. 
MeleS. U. 
Is. 5. 1. 
ler. 2. 21. 
Mar. 12. 1. 
Lak.20.9. 



limaS5. 14, 
15. 



i Hele 8. 11, 
12. 

k20ihm34. 
21. & 96. 16. 
Neh. 9. 26. 
mo. 5. 12. k, 
23.84,37. 
Oih.7.52. 
1 Tea. 2. 15. 
Heb. 11. 36, 
St. 



281^ But What think ye? Acer- 
tain man had two sons; and he 
came to the first, and said, Son, go 
work to day in my vineyard. 



29 He answered and said, I will 
not; hut afterward he repented, 
and went. 

30 And he came to the second, and 
said likewise. And he answered 
and said, I go, sir; and wi^nt not. 

31 Whether ofthem twain did the 
will of his father ? They say unto 
him. The first. Jesus saith unto 
them, * Verily I say unto you, That 
the publicans and the harlots go 
into the kingdom of God before 
you. 

32 For 'John came unto you in 
the way of righteousness, and ye 
believed him not; 'but the pub- 
licans and the harlots believed 
him: and ye, when ye had seen tt, 
repented not afterward, that ye 
might believe him. 

33 IT Hear another parable : There 
was a certain householder, ^ which 
planted a vineyard, and hedged it 
round about, and digged a wine- 
press in it, and built a tower, and 
let it out to husbandmen, and ''went 
into afar country: 

34 And when the time of the fruit 
drew near, he sent his servants to 
the liusbandmen, ^that they might 
receive the fruits of it. 

35 ^ And the husbandmen took his 
servants, and beat one, and killed 
another, and stoned another. 



36 Again, he sent other servants 
more than the first : and they did 
imto them likewise. 

37 But last of all he sent xxnko 



70 

ia i kana Keiki io lakou la, i iho 
la, £ hoomaikai mai paha lakou i 
ka'u keiki. 

38 Iko aku la ka poe hoaaina i na 
keiki la, olelo ae la kekahi i keka- 
hi, 'Eia ae ka hooilina, »»ina ka- 
kou, e pepehi ia ia, a lilo mai kona 
aina no kakou. 

39 " Hopu aku la lakou ia ia, he- 
mo aku la ia ia iwaho o ka pawaina, 
pepehi iho la ia ia a make. 

40 Aia liiki mai ka haku nona ka 
pawaina, heaha kana e hana mai 
ai i ua poe hoaain^ei ? 

41 °I mai la lakofPia ia, pE pepe- 
hi hoomainoino ia i kela poe ino, a 
4e haawi aku ia i ka pawaina, no 
kekahi poe hoaaina e ae, nana c 
hookupu mai nona na hua i ka wa 
e 00 ai. 

42 Olelo aku la o lesu ia lakou, 
'^Aole anei oukou i heluhelu iloko 
ka palapala hemolele, O ka poha- 
ku a ka poe hana hale i haalele ai, 
ua lilo ia i pohaku kumu kihi ? 
ka ka Haku hana keia, a he mea 
mahalo hoi ia i ko kakou mau 
maka. 

43 Nolaila, ke olelo aku nei au ia 
oukou, E laweia'na 'ke aupuni o 
ke Akua mai o oukou mai, a e 
haawiia'ku ia i ka lahuikanaka 
nana e hua mai kona hua. ^ 

44 A o ^ ka mea e haule iho ma- 
luna o keia pohaku, e haihaiia oia ; 
aka, o ka mea i hauleia iho e ua 
pohaku la maluna, e " pepe loa ia. 

45 Lohe ae 1& ka poe kahuna nui 
a me ka poo Parisaio i kana mau 
olelonane, ike iho la lakou, no la- 
kou iho kana i olelo ai. * 

46 Makemake iho la lakou e lalau 
• mai ia ia, a makau aku la lakou i 

ka poo kanaka ; no ka mea, 'manao 
iho la lakou he kaula ia. 



MATAIO, XXII. 



MOKUNA XXII. 

LELO *hou aku la o lesu ia 
lakou i na olelonane, i aku la, 

'^IM^a like ke aupuni o ka lani me 







A. D. 33. 



1 Hal. 21 a 

Heb. 1. 2. 
m Hal. 2. 2. 

mo. 26. 3. & 

27.1. 

loa. 11.58. 

Oih.4. 27. 
nmo. 2B.S0, 

&c Mar. 14. 

46, &c. Luk. 

22. 54, &c. 

loa. 18. 12, 

Oih. 2. 23. 
See Lift. 20. 

16. 
p Luk. 21. 24. 

Heb. 2. 3. 
q Oib. 13. 4a 

& 16. 7. & 18. 

6. & 28 28. 

Rom. 9, & 10. 

&11. 

rHal. 118.22. 
Is. 28. 16. 
Mar. 12. 10. 
Luk. 20. 17. 
Oih. 4. 11. 
Ep. 2. 20. 
1 Pet. 2. 6, 7. 



■n)0.8. 12L 



1 18. 8. 14, Ifi. 

Zek. 12. 3. 

Luk. 20. 18. 

Rom. 9. 33. 

1 PeL 2. 8. 
u Ib. 60. 12. 

Dan. 2.44. 



Jt pan. 11. 
Luk. 7. la 
loa. 7. 40. 



a Luk. 14. 16. 
Hoik. 19.7, 9. 



them his eon, saying, They will 
reverence my son. 

38 But when the husbandmen saw 
the son. they said among them- 
selves, ^This is the heir; "come, 
let us kill him, and let us seize on 
his inheritance. 

39 "And they caught him, and 
cast him out of the vineyard, and 
slew him, 

40 When the lord therefore of the 
vineyard cometh, what will he do 
unto those husbandmen ? 

41 "They say unto him, PHe will 
miserably destroy those -wicked 
men, *»and will let out his vine^ 
yard unto other husbandmen, whielj 
shall render him the fruits in thcii 
seasons. . 

42 Jesus saitii unto them, 'Did y^ 
never read in tlje Scriptures, Tlid 
stone which the builders rejecled: 
the same is become the head of the 
corner: this is the Lord's doing, 
and it is marvellous in our eyes ? 



43 Therefore say I untg^^sMi, 'The 
kingdom of God shall be taken from 
you, and given to a nation bringing 
forth the fruits thereof. 

. 44 And whosoever 'shall fall on 
, this stone shall be broken : but on 

whomsoe^r it shall fall, "it will 

grind him to powder. 

45 And when the chief priests and 
! Pharisees had heard his parables^ 
I they perceived that he spake oi 
' them. 
I 46 But when they sought to laj 

hands on hiin, they feared the mulJ 

titude,- because *they took him foj 

a prophet. 

CHAPTER XXII. 

AND Jesus answered *and spake 
unto them agvn by parables, 
and said, 
2 The kingdom of heaven is like 



MATAIO, XXII. 



71 



li alii nana i hoomakaukau i 
ka ahaaina no kana keiki. 

3 Hoouna aku la la i kana poe 
kaawa e kii i ka poe i oleloia e 
hele mai i ka ahaaina; aka, aole 
lakou i makemake e hele mai. 

4 Hoouna hou aku la la i na kau- 
wa c acj i aku la, E i aku oukou i 
ka poe i oleloia, £ia hoi, ua hoo- 
makaukau no wau i ka'u ahaaina, 
ua kaluaia ka'u ^ nlau bipi a me na 
mea i kupaluia, ua makaukau hoi 
na mea a pau ] e hele mai oukou i 
ka ahaaina. 

5 Hoowahawaha mai la lakou, 
bele aku. la; o kekahi ma kona 
aina, a o kekahi ma kana kuai 
aua. 

6 A ka poe i koe, lalau mai la 
lakou i kana mau kauwa, hoomai- 
noino mai la ia lalou, pepehi iho 
la a make. 

7 A lohe ae la ke alii, huhu iho 
la ia, hoouna aku la ia i ' kona poe 
kaua, luku aku la ia poe pepehi 
kanaka^Wpuhi aku la i ko lakou 
kulana^Hnale. 

8 Alalia, olelo aku la ia i kana 
poe kauwa, Ua makaukau nae ka 
ahaaina; <*aolelioi i pono kela poe 
i oleloia. 

9 Nolaila, e h|j||iaku oukou ma 
iia huina alanui, a e koi aku i na 
niea a pau i loaa ia oukou, e hele 
niai i ka ahaaina. 

10 Hele aku la ua poe kauwa la 
j^abo ma ke^ alanui, a ^houluulu 
^1 la i na m^ a pau i loaa ia la- 
koa, ka poe ino a me ka poe mai- 
^^i; a nui iho la na hoaai ma ua 
iJiaaina la. 

U ^ Komo aku la ke alii iloko e 
nana i ka poe hoaai. ike aku la ia 
•laila i kekahi kanntei ' aolj^ ka- 
•li^oia i ke kapa ahaaina. '^ 
I 12 1 aku la kela ia ia, E ka hoa- 
^auna, pehea la oe i hele mai nei, 
^•^le i kahikoia i ke kapa ahaaina? 
-^Ittmule loa iho la ia. 

13 Alaila, i aku la ^a|Hkii l^" i ^^ 
poe lawelawe, E nakilFiho ia ia a 
paa ma na wawae a me na lima, 9 



A.D. 83. 



bSoL9.2. 



e Dan. 9. 26. 
Lttk. 19. 27. 



dmo. 10. 11, 
13. 
Oih. 13. 46. 



• mo. 13. 38, 



f2Kor.&3. 
Ep. 4. 24. 
Kol.3.10,12. 
Hoik. 3. 4. & 
16.15. & 19,8. 



unto a certain king, which made a 
marriage foe his son, 

3 And sent forth his servants to 
call them that were hidden to the 
wed<Ung: and they would not 
comei 

4 AJain, he sent forth other serv- 
ants, saying, Tell them which are 
hidden, Behold, I have prepared my 
dinner: ''my oxen and my fatlings 
are killed, and all things are ready : 
come unto the marriage. 



5 But they made light of it, and 
went their ways, one to his farm, 
another to his merchandise : 

6 And the remnant took his serv- 
ants, and entreated them spitefully, 
and slew them. 

7 But when the king heard thereof, 
he was wroth : and he sent forth 
''his armies, aad destroyed those 
murderers, and burned up their 
city. 

8 Then saith he to his servants, 
The wedding is ready, but they 
which were bidden were not ^ wor- 
thy. 

9 Go ye therefore into the high- 
waysL and as many as ye shall find, 

rhj*^!o the marriage. 

10 So those servants went out into 
the highways, and • gathered to- 
gether all as many as they found, 
both bad and good : and the wed- 
ding was furnished with guests. 

11 IT And when the king came in to 
see the guests, he saw there a man 
' which had not on a wedding gar- 
ment: 

12 And he saith unto him, Friend, 
how camest thou in hither not hav- 
ing a wedding garment ? And he 
was speechless. 

13 then said the king tdT ^le 
servants, Bind him hand and foot, 
and take him away, and caat him 



7« 

lawe akja ia ia, a 'e hooilei aku 
iloko o ka pouli mawaho ; ilaila e 
uwe ai a e uwi ai ua niho. 

14 ^No ka mea, he nui ka poe i 
kaheaia, he uuka hoi ka poe i 
waeia. 

15 IT * Alalia, hele aku la ka poe 
Parisaio, knkakuka ae la i ka mea 
e hoohihia ia ia i kana oleic ana. 

16 Hoouna mai la lakoa io na la i 
na haumana a lakou me kekahi poe 
Herodiano, i mai la, £ ke Kumu, 
ke ike nei makou, he oiaio kau, a 
ke ao mai nei oe i ka aoao o ke 
Akua me ka oiaio, aole oe i pae- 
waewa ma ka kekahi, aole hoi i 
manao i ko waho o ke kanaka. 

17 E hai mai hoi oe, heaha kou 
manao ? He mea pcmo anei ke hoo- 
kupu waiwai ia Kaisara ? aole anei ? 

18 Ike ae la lean i ko lakou 
manao ino ana, i aku la, £ ka poe 
kookamani, no ke aha la oukou e 
hoao mai nei ia'u ? 

19 E hoike mai ia'u i kekahi moni 
hookupu. A lawe mai la lakou io 
na la i kekahi hapawalu. 

20 Ninau aku la oia ia lakou, 
Nowai keia kii a me ka palapala? 

21 I mai ia lakou ia ia, No Kai- 
sara. Alaila, i aku la oia ia lakou, 
^ £ haawi aku i ka Kaisara ia Kai- 
sara, a i ka ke Akua hoi i ke Akua. 

22 A lohe ae la lakou, kahaha 
iho la, haalele mai la lakou ia ia, 
a hele aku la. 

23 ^ ' la la hoi, hele mai la io na 
la ka poe Sadukaio, ">ka poe i olelo, 
Aole alahou ana; ninau mai la 
lakou ia ia. 

24 I mai la, E ke Kumu, i olelo 
mai "Mose, Ina e make kekahi 
kanaka aohe ana keiki, e mare no 
kona kaikaina i kana wahine e 
hoolaha mai i hua na kona kai- 
kuaana. 

25 Ehiku mau hoahanau me ma- 
kou : mare iho la ka makahiapo i 
wahine, a make iho la, skAhq ana 
keiki; a lilo aku la kana vahine 
AA^Jcona kaikaina. 



MATAIO, XXU. 



A.D, 




i Mar. 12. IS. 
Luk. 20. ao. 



tGr. dma- 
rion. See 
mo. 18. 28. 



II Or, uueryif 
tiani 



k mo. 17. 25. 
Rom. IS. 7. 



1 Mar. 12. 18. 
Luk. 20. 27. 
mOih. 23. 8. 



'into outer darkness 3 there shaJ 
be weeping and gashing of teeth 

14 *>For many are called, but fe^ 
are chosen. 

15 IT 'Then went the Phariseec 
and took counsel how they migb 
entangle him in his talk. 

16 And they se^t out unto liiii 
their disciples with the Herodians 
saying, Master, wo know that thoi 
art true, and teachest the way o 
God in truth, neither carest thoi 
for any man: for thou regardes 
not the person of men. 

17 Tell us therefore. What think 
est thou? Is it lawful to giy< 
tribute unto Cesar, or not ? 

1 8 But Jesus perceived their wick 
edness, and said, Why tempt ye me 
ye hypiocrites ? 



19 Shew me the tribui 
And they brought unto 
ny. 

And he saith unto Hiilm, Whosi 



ibute n 



money 

tpen 



iperscription 

him, Cesax's 

them, *^Rende 

ar the thing 

and unto Go 



is this image and 

21 They say 
Then saith he 
therefore uni 
which are Ce8al"s 
the things that^are God's. 

22 When they had heard thet 
words, they mlunrelled, and lei 
him, and went their say. 

23 IT ^Thefc same^ay came 1 
him the Saddu(!ee9, "which sa 
that there is no resurrection, an 
asked him, 

24 Saying, Sj^aster, "Moses said, 1 
a man die, ha^g no children, h 
broth|r shalMnarry his wife, ai 
rais^fp seed unto his brother. | 

25 Now there were with us se^ 
brethren: and the first, when 
had maroJd a wife, deceased, d 
^ paving no issue, left his wife m 

brother 



MATAIO, XXII. 



26 Pela aku hoi ka laa a me ke 
koltt a hiki aku la i ka hiku o 
lafcou. 

27 Mahope iho o lakou a pan, 
*make iho la hoi ua wahine la. 

28 Nolaila, i ke alahou ana, na 
ka mo hea o lakou a ehiku ua wa- 
hine la? no ka mea, he wahine ia 
iia lakou a pan mamua. 

29 Oielo akn la o lesu ia lakou, i 
aku la, Ua lalau oukou, i "ka ike 
ole i ka palapala hemolele, a me 
ka mana o ke Akua. 

30 No ka mea, i ke alahou ana, 
aole lakou e mare, aole hoi e hoo- 
palau; aka, ^ua like lakou me ua 
aneia o ke Akua i ka laui. 

31 A, no ke alahou ana o ka poe 
i make, aole anei oukou i heluhelu 
i ka ke Akua olelo ia oukou, e i 
inai ana, 

32 "^Owau no ke Akua o Abera- 
hama, ke Akua o Isaaka, ke Akua 
lakoba? ke Akua, aole ia he 
Akua n<^ka poe i make, no ka poe 
ola no. 

33 A lohe ae la ka poe kanaka, 
'kahaha iho la lakou i kana ao 
ana. 

34 ^ "Lohe ae la ka poe Parisaio, 
na paa ia ia ka waha o ka poe 
Sadukaio, akoakoa mai la lakou io 
na la : 

35 A ninan mai la kekahi o la- 
koQ, *he kakaolelo, hoao mai la ia 
ia, i raai la, 

36 £ ke Kumu, heaha ke kauoha 
nui iloko o ke kanawai ? 

37 I aku la o lesu ia ia, " £ aloha 
aku oe ia lehora i kou Akua mo 
kou naau a pau, a me kou uhane a 
pau, a mr^kou manao a pau. 

38 ka mua keia.4 me ke kauoha 
nui. 

39 Ua like hoi ka lua me ia, 
*G ak^ akn oe i kou hoalauna 
n»e oe ia oe iho. 

-to ^ Maluna o keia mau kauoha 
^lua, ke kau nei ke kanawai a pau 
^ me na kaula. 

^} IT 'A akoakoa mai ka poe Pari- 
saio, ninam aku la lemi ia lakou, 

H-kE. 4 



oIoa.SO.>. 



PlIoiL3.SL 



q Puk. 3. 6, 16: 
Mar. 12. 26. 
Luk. 20. 37. 
Oih. 7. 32. 
Ueb. 11. 16. 



r ma 7. 28. 
• Mar. 12..28. 



t Luk. 10. 3& 



a Kan. 6. 5. k. 
10. 12. it, 30. 



Luk. 10. 27. 



X Oihk. 19. 18. 

mo. 19. la 

Mar. 12. 31. 

Lak. la 27. 

Rom. 13l 9. 

OaL&li. 

lak. 2. 8. 
7 roo» 7. 12. 

1 Tim. 1. 5. 
■ Mar. 12. 35. 

Luk 20.41. 



73 

26 Likewise the second also, and 
the third, imto the t seventh. 

27 And last of all the woman died 
also. 

28 Therefore in the resmneotioii, 
whose wife shall she be of the sey- 
en ? for they all had her. 

29 Jesus answered and said unto 
thom. Ye do err, <*not knowing the 
Scriptures, nor the power of God. 

30 "Wot in the resurrection they 
neither marry, nor are given in 
marriage, but c are as the angels 
of^God in heaven. 

* 3 1 But as touching the resurrec- 
tion of the dead, havo ye not read 
that which was spoken unto you by 
God, saying, 

32 1 1 am tho God of Abraham, and 
the God of Isaac, and the God^of 
Jacob ? God is not the God of^me 
dead, but of the living. 

33 And when the multitude heard 
this^ 'they were astonished at his 
doctrine. 

34 IT ' But when the Pharisees had 
heard that he had put the Saddn- 
cees to silence, they were gathered 
together. 

35 Then one of them, which vjas 
^a lawyer, asked him a question^ 
tempting him, and saying, 

36 Master, which is die great 
commandment in the law ? 

37 Jesus said unto him, "Thou 
shalt love the Lord thy God with 
all thy heart, and with all thy 
soul, and with all thy mind. 

38 This is the first and great com- 
mandment. 

39 And the second is like unto it, 
*Thou shalt love thy neighbour as 
thyself. 

40 yQn those two commandments 
hang all tho law and the prophets. 

41 ^ 'While tho Pharisees were 
gathered together, Jesus asked them, «•* 



MATAIO, XXIII. 



42 I aku la, Heaha ko oukou ma- 
nao no ka Mesia? He mamo ia 
nawai? I mai la lakou, Na Da- 
vida. 

43 I aku la oia ia lakon, Pehea la 
hoi o Davida i hoohiki ai ia ia ma 
ka Uhanc, he Haku ? i ka i ana, 

44 *01elo aku la ka Haku i kuu 
Haku, £ noho mai oe ma kuu lima 
akau, a hoolilo iho ai au i kou poe 
enemi i keehana Vawae nou. 

45 Ina hoi o Davida i hoohiki -aku 
ia ia he Haku^ pehea la ^ e mamo 
ai nana ? / 

46 i^Aole i hiki i kekahi k« ekemu 
iki mai ia ia, * aole hoi kekahi i aa 
e niuau hou mai ia ia mai ia yra iho. 



A.l). 33. 



a Hal. 110.1. 
Oih.2.S4. 
1 Kor. 15. 25. 
Heb. 1. 13. 
tL 10. 12^ 13. 



bWl4.6. 

c Mar. 12. 34. 
^ik.20.40. 



y 



MOKUNA XXIII. 

ALAILA, olelo mai la o lesu i 
ka poe kanaka a me kana poe 
haumana. 

2 I mai la, Ke noho nei ka *poe 
kakauolelo a me ka poe Parisaio 
ma ka noho o Mose. 

3 Nolaila, o na mea a pau a lakou 
e kauoha mai ai e malama, e ma-» 
lama trakou ia a e hana aku pela y 
aka, mai hana oukou e like me ka 
lakou hana ana: no ka mea, ''ke 
olelo nei lakou, aole nae e hana. 

4 'Ke nakinaki nei lakou i na 
ukana kaumaha, a he luhi hoi ke 
hali, a ke kau nei iluna o na ho- 
kua na kanaka; aole nae lakou 
e hoopa iki aku ia mau mea me 
kekahi mananmnalima o lakou. 

5 "^Kc hana nei lakou i ka lakou 
mau hana a pau, i ikea mai ai 
e na kanaka. Ke "hoopalahalaha 
nei lakou i na apana kanawai o 
lakou ; a ke hoonui nei hoi lakou i 
na lepa o ka lakou aahu. 

6 'Ke makemake nei lakou i na 
wahi maikai ma na ahaaina, a me 
na noho kiekie ma na halehalawai; 

7 A me ka uwe alohaia'ku ma na 
aha kanaka, a me ke kapaia o na 
kanaka, £ Rabi, e Rabi. 

8 > Aka, o oukou, mai kapaia oukou 



a Neb. 8. 4, 8. 
Mai. 2. 7. 
M&r. 12. 38. 
Lak. 20. 45. 



b Rom. 2. 19, 
tc. 

e Luk. 11. 46. 
Oih. 15. 10. 
Oal. 6. 13. 



d mo. 6. L S 
5,16. 

e Nah. 15. 38. 
Kan. 6. 8. k. 
22.12. 
Sol. 3. 3. 



t Mar. 12. 38, 
39. 

Lak. 11. 43. 
& 20. 46. 
3Ioa.9. 

K lak. 3. 1. 
See 2 Kor. 
1.24. 
1 Pet 5. 3. 



42 Saying, What think ye of 
Christ? whose son is he? They 
say unto him, The son of David. 

43 He saith unto them, Ifow then 
doth David in spirit call him Lord, 
saying. 

44 *The Lord said unto my Lord, 
Sit thou on my right hand, till 1 
make thine enemies thy footstool? 

45 If David then call him Lord, 
how is he his son ? 

46 ^ And no man was able to an- 
swer him a word, * neither durst any 
man from that day forth ask him 
any more questions, 

CHAPTER XXm. 

THEN spake Jesus to the multi- 
tude, and to his disciples, 

2 Saying, "The scribes and the 
Pharisees sit in Moses' seat : 

u All therefore whatfoever they 
id you observe, that observe and 

do ; but do not ye after their works 1 

for ''they say, and do not. 



/. 



4 "For they bind heavy burdeni 
and grievous to be borne, and la^ 
them on men's shoulders ; but the^ 
themselves will not move them "witl 
one of their fingers. 



. 5 But •^all their works they do fc 
to be seen of men: "they mak 
/broad their phylacteries, and ei 
"^ largo the border* of their garment 



.6 ' And love the uppermost roor 
at feasts, and the chief seats in tl 
synagogues, 

7 And greetings in the xnarkei 
and to be called of men, Rab1 
Rabbi. 

8 »But be not ye calU^ Rabi 



MATAIO, XXni. 



lie Babi, no ka mea, hookahi a ou- 
bu KumU; o ka Mesia, a he poe 
hoahanau oukou a pan. 

9 Aole hoi e hoomakua aku oukou 
i kekahi kanaka ma ka honua nei ; 
''hookahi o oukou Makua, aia i ka 
lani. 

10 Aole hoi oukou e kapaia mai 
he Haku, hookahi o oukou Haku, 
ka Mesia. 

1 P ka mea nui iwaena o oukou, 
he pono e lilo ia i kauwa na oukou. 

12 ^0 ka mea hookiekie ae ia ia 
iho, e hoohaahaaia iho no ia ; a o 
ka mea hoohaahaa ia ia iho, e hoo- 
kiekieia'e oia. 

13 If 'Auwe oukou^'« ka poe ka- 
kaaolelo a me ka ppe Parisaio, na 
hookamani ! no ka mea, ke papani 
nei oukou i ke aupimi o ka lani 
imoa na kanaka; no ka mea, 
aole oukou e komo ae, aole hoi ou- 
kou e ae aku e komo iloko ka poe e 
komo ana. 

14 Auwe oukou, e ka poe kakau- 
olelo a me na Parisaio, na hooka- 
mani ! no ka mea, ""ua pau ia ou- 
kou na hale o na wahinekanemake ; 
a ke hooloihi nei oukou i na pule i 
mea e ikea ai. No ia hoi, e loaa 
iianei ia oukou ka make nui loa. 

15 Auwe oukou, e ka poe kakau- 
olelo a me ka poe Parisaio, na hoo- 
kamani ! no ka mea, ke poaihaele 
&ei oakou i ke kai a me ka aina, 
i kaana mai ai na oukou kekahi 
|iaamana ; a loaa, ua hana oukou 

^ ia, a oi papalua kona keiki ana 

> Gehena mamua o ko oukou. 

Ll6 Auwe oukou, e "na alakai 

akapo, ka i olelo, O ^'ka hoohiki 

L ma ka luakini, he mea ole ia ; 

ka mea hoohiki aku ma ke 
qU ka luakini, he aie kana ! 
17 He poe naaupo a me ka maka- 

heaha ka mea oi, o ke gula 

> a Po ka luakini anei, ka mea 
I'laaai ke gttla? 

}^ A, ka mea hoohiki aku ma 
^koahu, be mea ole ia ; aka, o ka 

• hoohiki aku ma ka mohai ilu- 

iho, )i|^Me kanaT 



A.I). 33. 



kMiLLe. 



iiiiaS0L28» 
27. 

k lob. 22: Sft 

Sol. 1& sai 

k 29.23. 
Lak. 14. IL 
&.iai4. 
lak.4.a 
1 Pet. 6. 6. 
1 Lak. 44. 58. 



■ Mar. 12L40. 
Lak. 20. 47. 
2 Tim. S. 6. 
TIL 1. 11. 



a mo. 1& 14. 
pan. 24. 
o ma 6.33,34. 



pPak.90.2S. 



"cS'iiJr' 



75 

for one is your Master, even Christ ; 
and all ye are hrethren. 

9 And call no man your father 
upon the earth: ^for one is your 
Father, which is in heaven. 

10 Neither be ye called masters : 
for one is your Master, even Christ. 

11 But *he that is greatest among 
you shall be your serrant. 

12 ^And whosoerer shall exalt 
himself shall be abased; and he 
that shall humble himself shall be 
exalted. 

13 ^ But 'woe unto you. scribes 



ibes\ 
r ye \ 
iven \ 



and Pharisees, hypocrites! for 
shut up tbe kingdom of heaven 
against men : for ye neither go in 
yourselves^ neither suffer ye tbem- 
that are entering to go in. 

14 Woe unto you, scribes and 
Pharisees, hypocrites! "for ye de- 
vour widows' houses, and for a 
pretence make long prayer : there* 
fore ye shall receive the greater 
damnation. 

15 Woe unto you, scribes and 
Pharisees, hypocrites ! for ye com- 
pass sea and land to make one pros- 
elyte; and when he is made, ye 
make him twofold more the child of 
holl than yourselves. 



1 6 Woe unto you, ■ y« blind guides, 
which say, 'Whosoever shall swear 
by the temple, it is nothing; but 
whosoever shall swear by the gold 
of the temple, he iaa debtor ! 

\1 Ye fools and blind : for whether 
is greater, the gold, ^or the temple 
that sanctifieth the gold ? 

18 And, whosoever shall swear by 
the altar, it is nothing ; but whoso- 
ever sweareth by the gift that is 
. upon it, he is N guilty. 



7$ 

19 He poe naaapo a me ka maka^ 
po : heaha ka mea oi, o ka mc^ai 
anei, a o ke <ikuahu anei, ka mea e 
laa ai ka mohai ? 

20 O ka mea hoohiM ma ke kaa- 
hu, oia no ka hoohiki ma ia mea a 
me na mea a pau maluna iho. 

21 A o ka mea hc»ohiki aku ma 
ka luakini, oia no ke hoohiki aku 
ma ia mea, a me ka ''mea e noho 
ana iloko. 

22 A ka mea hoohiki ma ka la* 
lu, oia ke hoohiki ma 'ka nohoalii 
o ke Akua, a me ka mea e noho ana 
iluna iho. 

23 Auwe oukou, e ka poe kakau^ 
olelo a me ka poe Parisaio, na hoo- 
kamani ! no ka mea, *ke hooktipu 
sei oukou i ka hapamni o ka mine- 
ta me ka aneto a me ke kumino ; 
a »ke haalele nei i na mea nui o 
ke kanawai, i ka hoopono, i ke alo- 
ha a me ka hooiaio : o ka oukou 
mau mea keia e pono ai ke hana, 
aole hoi e haalele i kela. 

24 £ na alakai makapo : ke ka- 
nana nei i ka naonao, me ke ale 
wale iho i ke kamelo. 

25 Auwe oukou, e ka poe kakau- 
olelo a me ka poe Parisaio, na hoo- 
kamani ! no ka mea, ' ke.holoi nei 
oukou ia waho o ke kiaha a me ke 
pa } aka, ua piha o loko i ka mea i 
kaili wale ia a me ka pono ole. 

26 £ ka Parisaio makapo : e ho- 
loi mna oe ia loko o ke kiaha a 
me ke pa, i maemae pu ia me ko 
waho. 

27 Auwe oukou, e ka poe kakau- 
olelo a me ka poe Parisaio, na hoo- 
kamani ! no ka mea, 7 ua like oukou 
me na halekupapau keokeo; ua 
ikea nae ko waho he maikai ; aka, 
ua piha o l<^o i na iwikupapau a 
me ka pelapela* 

28 Pela hoi oukou, ua ikea e na 
kanaka, he maikai mawaho ; aka, 
ua piha o loko i ka hoopunipuni a 
me ka pono ole. 

29 'Auwe oukou, e ka poe ka- 
kauolelo a me ka poe Parisaio, na 
hookamani! no ka mea, ke huia 



MATAIO, XXin. 



rlNalii8.ia 
2 0iUti6.2. 
Hat. 36. 8. & 
132.14. 

• Hal. 11.4. 
mo. 5. 84. 
Olb.7.49. 



tLnk.lT.41 
t Or. anethim. 
dUL 



u I Sam. 15.2^ 
Hob. 6. 6. / 
Mik. 6. 8. 
mo. 9. 13. b 
12.7. 



19 Ye fools and blind : for whether 
is greater, the gift, or <ithe altar 
that sanctifieth the gift ? 

20 Whoso therefore shall swear by 
the altar, sweareth by it, and by aU| 
things thereon. 

21 And whoso shall swear by th0 
temple, sweareth by it, and by '"him 
that dwelleth therein. 

22 And he that shall swear by 
heaven, sweareth by "the throne of 
God, and by him that sitteth there^ 
on. 

23 Woe unto you, scribes an^ 
Pharisees, hypocrites ! *for ye pay 
iithe of mint and t anise and cum- 
fmin, and "have omitted the weight- 
ier matters of the law, judgment, 
mercy, and faith : these ought yo 
to have dcme, and not to leave the 
other undone. 



II Or, 
ouU 



> Mar. 7. 4. 
Luk. 11. 99. 



r Lnk. 11. 44. 
Oifa. 2». 3. 



y 



sLak.lL47. 



24 Ye blind guides, which «straii| 
at a gnat, and swallow a camel. 

25 Woe unto you, scribes an< 
Pharisees, hypocrites I ' for ye mak< 
clean the outside of the cup and oi 
the platter, but within they are ful 
of extortion and excess. 

26 Thou blind Pharisee, cleans 
first that which is within the cui 
and platter, that the outside of then 
may be clean also. 

27 Woe unto you, scribes an 
Pharisees, hypocrites I y for ye ar 
like unto whited sepulchres, whicj 
indeed appear beautiful outward 
but are within full of dead mewl 
boAes, and of all uncleanness. I 

t 28 £ven s^ye also outwardly ad 
fpear righteous unto men, but with 
in ye are full of hypocrisy and ij 
iquity. 

29 *Woe unto you, scribes an^ 
Pharisees, hy|y»crites ! 'Wcause y 
build the tombs of the prlpiets, an^ 



MATAIO, XXni, 



n 



m onkou i na haleknpapau no ka 

poe kaula, a ke boonani nei hoi i 
na halekupapau no ka poe haipule; 

30 A ke olelo nei oukoa, Ina ma- 
kou i ola pu i ka wa o ko makou 
poe kuptma, aole makoa i hookahe 
pa me lakoa i ke koko o ka poe 
kaala. 

31 Pela oukoa e hoika mai nm ia 
oakoa iho^ he *maino ookou na ka 
poe pepehi kanla. 

32 **£ hoopiha ae h<H oukoa i ke 
ana o ko oukoa poe kupuna. 

33 £ ka poe nahesa, *ka ohana 
moonihoawa, pehea la aoanei ou- 
koa e jpakele ai i ka make ma ge- 
hena? 

34 f 'Nolaila hoi, ke hoouna aku 
nei an io oukoa la i na kaula a me 
na kanaka naauao, a me na kakau- 
olelo: a na oukou e pepehi a e 
kaa ma ke kea i * kekahi poe o la- 
koa; a e hahau hoi i 'kekahi poe 
lakou ma na halehalawai; a e 
alaala hoi ia lakou mai keia ka- 
lanakauhale a kela kulanakauhale. 

35 ^ I hookauia maluna iho o ou- 
koa ke koko hala ole a pau i hoo- 
kaheia maluna o ka honua, ^mai ke 
koko Abela o ke kanaka pono mai, 
a hiki i ke ' koko o Zakaria ke kei- 
ki a Barakia, a oukou i pepehi ai 
ma^raena o ka luakini a me ke 
kaahu. 

36 He oiaio ka'u e olelo aku nei 
ia oukou, £ kau mai ana keia 
man mea a pau maluna o keia ha- 
nauna. 

37 ''E lemsalema, e lerusalema ! 
ka mea nana i pepehi i na kaula, 
a i 'hailuku hoi i ka poe i hoouna- 
ia mai iou nei ; nani kuu make- 
make e ""houluulu mai i kau poe 
l^eiki, like me ka houluulu ana a 
ka moa i kana ohana ^iki "malalo 
iho kona mau eheu ; aole nae 
oukoa i makemake mai. 

3S Aiahoi, ua waiho neoneo ia no 
oukoa ko oukou hale e noho ai. 

39 NoJ9 mea, k;^ olelo aku nei 
^ ^ ^4P) Aolft oukoa ike hou 

ft. 



A. D. 33. 



aOflL7.n,«. 
lTea.SLl& 



b Kin. 1& 16. 
lTeib2.ie. 



e na S. 7. lb 
12.94, 



d mo. 21. 34, 
36. 
LalLll.4a 



eOilL&40. it 

7. 58, 69. & 

22.19. 
r mo. 10. 17. 

2Kor.ll.34, 

25. 



ff Hoik. 18. 94. 



h Kin. 4. 8. 
1 loa. 3. 12L 



i2 01hm24. 
30,31. 



kLiik.13.34 



1 2 Oihlil 24. 
21. 

mKan. 32. 11, 
12. 

B Hal. 17. 8. b 
81.4. 



eamish tibe sepuldaM of the ri^ft. 

eouB, 

30 And say. If we had heen in the 
days of oar fathers, we would not 
hare heen partakers with them in 
the hlood of the prophets. 

31 WhereCbjre ye he witnesses on- 
to youTBelves, that • ye are the chil- 
dren of them which killed the 
prophets. 

3a ^Fill ye up then the meajmie 
of your fathers. 

33 Ye serpents, y« 'generation of 
vipers, how oan ye escape the dam- 
nation of hell ? 

34 f ^Wherefore, hehold, I send 
onto you prophets, and wise men, 
and sorihes : and •some of them ye 
shall kill and crucify; and 'sotM 
of them shall ye scourge in your 
synagogues, and persecute them 
from city to city : 



35 'That upon you may dbme all 
the righteous hlood shed upon the 
earth, ''from the hlood of righteous '. 
Abel unto ' the blood of Zacharias ' 
son of Barachias, whom ye slew be- 
twe^a the temple and the altar. 

36 Verily I say unto you. All 
these things shall come upon this 
generation. 

37 '^O Jerusalem, Jerusalem, tkou 
that killest the prophets, ' and ston- 
est them which are sent unto thee, 
how often would *"! have gathered 
thy children together, even as a hen 
gatheroth her chickens "under her 
wings, and ye would not ! 

38 Behold, your house ia left unto 
you desolate. 

39 For I say unto you, Ye shall 
not see me henceforth, till ye shall 



78 



MATAIO, XXIV. 



mai ia'u, a hiki i ka wa e olelo 
mai ai oukou, e **hoomaikaiia ka 
mea e hele mai ana ma ka inoa o ka 
Haku. 

MOKUNA XXIV. 

IKO "lesu hele ana aku iwaho, 
haalele aku la ia i ka luakini, 
a hele mai la kana poe haumana 
e kuhikuhi ia ia i na hale o ka lua- 
kini. 

2 I mai la o lesu ia lakou, Ke ike 
nei anei oukou i keia mau mea a 
pau? He oiaio ka'u e olelo aku 
nei ia oukou, ^ e pau ia mau mea i 
ka hoohioloia ; aole e koe kekahi 
pohaku maluna o kekahi pohaku. 
3^1 kona noho ana maluna o ka 
mauna Oliveta, hele malu aku la 
*ka poe haumana io na la, i aku 
la, ■*£ hai mai oe ia makou, i ka 
manawa hea e hiki mai ai ia mau 
mea ? Heaha hoi ka hoailona no 
kou hiki ana mai, a me ka hope o 
keia ao ? 

4 Olelo mai la o lesu ia lakou, i 
aku la, * £ malama ia oukou, o hoo- 
punipuni mai hekahi ia oukou. 

5 No ka mea, ' he nui na mea e 
hele mai ma ko'u inoa, me ka i ana 
mai, Owau no ka Mesia, a »he nui 
no ka poe e hoopunipuniia e lakou. 

6 £ lohe auanei oukou i na kaua, 
a me na lono no na kaua ; e ao ia 
oukou iho, mai hopohopo; no ka 
mea, e hiki io mai ia mau mea a 
pau, aole nae ia ka hopena. 

7 E ku e ana ''kekahi lahuikanaka 
i kekahi lahuikanaka ; a o kekahi 
aupuni i kekahi aupuni : a e hiki 
mai no na wi, a me na ahulau, a 
me na olai i keia wahi a i keia 
wahi. 

8 O keia mau mea ka hoomaka 
ana o na popilikia. 

i 9 'la manawa, e haawi lakou ia 
oukou e hoomainoinoia mai' ai, a e 
pepehi mai lakou ia oukou a make * 
a e inainaia mai hoi oukou e na 
kanaka a pau no ko'u inoa. 

10 Alalia hoi, he nui na mea e ^ hi- 
hia ana ; a e kumakaia aku kekahi 



A.D. 33. 



a Mar. IS. 1. 
JiUk. 21. 5w 



blNaIii9.7. 
ler. 26. 18. 
Mik. 3. 12. 
Lttk. 19. 44. 



e Mar. 13. 3. 
dlTe».6. 1. 



e £p. 5. 6. 

Kol. 2. 8, 18. 

2 Tes. 2. 3. 

lloa.4. 1. 
fler. 14.14.& 

23. 21. 25. 

pau. 24. 

loa. 5 43. 
S pau. 11, 



h2 0ihUil5. 
6. 

IflL 19. 2. 
Hag. 2.22. 
Zek. 14. IS. 



imo. 10. 17. 
Mar. 13. 9. 
Luk.21.12. 
loa. 15. 20. 
& 16. 2. Oih. 
4 2,3. & 7. 
59. it, 12. 1, 
&c 

1 Pet. 4. 16. 
Hoik. 2. 10, 
13. 

kmo.ll.6.4i. 
13.57. 

2 Tim. 1. 15. 
& 4. 10, 16. 



say, "Blessed is he that cometh in 
the name of the Lord. 



CHAPTER XXIV. 

AND * Jesus went out, and de- 
parted from the temple : and 
his diseiples came to him for to shew 
him the huildings of the temple. 

2 And Jesus said unto them. See 
ye not all these things? verily I 
say unto you, *• There shall not be 
left here one stone upon another, 
that shall not be thrown down. 

3 T And as he sat upon the mount 
of Olives, ''the disciples came unto 
him privately, saying, •*Tell us, 
when shall these things be? and 
what shall be the sign of thy com- 
ing, and of the end of the world ? 



4 And Jesus answered and said 
unto them, • Take heed that no man | 
deceive you. 

5 For 'many shall come in my 
name, saying, I am Christ; ^and! 
shall deceive many. 

6 And ye shall hear of wars and 
rumours of wars: see that ye be 
not troubled: for all these things 
must come to pass, but the end is I 
not yet. j 

7 For *» nation shall rise againstj 
nation, and kingdom against king-! 
dom : and there shall be famines,! 
and pestilences, and earthquakes,! 
in divers places. 

i 

8 All these are the beginning of i 
sorrows. I 

9 *Then shIRl they deliver you up 
to be afflicted, and shall kill you : 
and ye shall be hated of all nations 
for my name's sake. ! 



10 And theii 
offended, and 



» shall 
shall 






'be 
one 



MATAIO, XXIV. 



i kekahi, e inaina aku hoi kekaM i 
kekahi. 

11 ' £ ku mai no hoi na kaula wa- 
hahee he nui loa, a e ""hoopanipuni 
aku hoi lakoa i na kanaka he nui 
loa. 

12 No ka nui ana mai o ka hews, 
e malili no ke aloha o ka lehulehu. 

13 " Aka, o ka mea hoomanawanni 
aku a hiki i ka hopena, e ola ia. 

14 A e haiia'ku no keia '^eaane- 
lio DO Pke aupuni ma na wahi au- 
kanaka a pan, i mea e ike ai na 
lahuikanaka a pan: alaila iho e 
hiki mai ka hopena. 

15 1 Aia ike onkou i ka mea ino e 
hooneoneo ai e l^u ana ma kahi 
boano, ka mea i oleloia mai e ke 
kaula e 'Daniela; (o 'ka mea he- 
lohelu, e pono e hoomaopopo iho 
oia,) 

16 Alalia, o ka poe e noho ana 
ma ladaia, e holo lakoa ma na 
kuahiwi. 

17 ka mea malona o ka hale, 
mai iho jho ia e lawe i na mea olo- 
ko ka hale. 

18 A ka mea ma ka waena, mai 
hoi hou ia i hope e kii i kona kapa 
aahu. 

19 ^ Anwe ka poe wahine hapai, a 
me ka poe hanai waiu ia mau la ! 

20 E pule hoi oukou, i holo ole ai 
oakou i ka wa hooilo, aole hoi i ka 
la Sabati. 

21 Alaila, "e nui loa mai no ka 
popilikia, aohe popilikia me neia 
mai ke kumu mai o ka honua, aole 
hoi ma ia hope aku. 

22 Ina e hoopokole ol#ia ua mau 
la la, ina aole loa e ola kekahi ka- 
t^ka: aka, 'no ka poe i waeia, e 
^pokoleia ua mau la la. 

23 ^Ina e olelo mai^kahi ia ou- 
W ia manawa, E, eia maanei ka 
Mesia; a, aia ma o, mai manao 
<>ukoa he oiaio. 

24 No ka mea, «e ku ae no na Me- 
^ia waha^e, a me na kaula waha- 
b^ a^Mke aka lakou i na hoai- 



A.D. 




■ mo. 10. SSL 

Mar. la 13. 

Heb. 3. 6, 14. 

Hoik. 2. 10. 
omo. 4.2S.Jt 

9.36. . 
P Rom. 10. 18. 

KoL 1. 6, 23. 



qMw. 13.14. 
Lttk. 21. 20. 



r Dan. 9. 2T. 

k 12. 11. 
• Dm. 9. as, 

2S. 



tLak.S3.29. 



aDaiu9.2S. 
JfclZl. 
loeUi2.2. 



z la. 65. 8,9. 
Zek. 14.2,a 

y Mar. 13. 21. 
Luk. 17. 23. 
& 21. 8. 



s Kan. 13.1. 
pan. fi, 11. 
2 Tea. 2. 9, 
10, II. 
Hoik. 13. IS. 



79 

another, and shall hate oat an- 
other. 

1 1 And 1 many false prophets shall 
rise, and "shall deceive many. 



12 And because iniquity shall 
abound, the love of maay shalf 
wax cold. 

13 "But he that shall endure unto- 
the end, the same shall be sa^ed. 

14 And this 'gospel of the king* 
dom P shall be preached in all the 
world for a witness unto all nations ; 
and then shall the end come. 

15 *»When ye therefore shall see 
the abomination of desolation, spok- 
en of by 'Daniel the prophet, stand 
in the holy place, ('whoso readeth, 
let him understand,) 

16 Then let them which be in 
Judea flee into the mountains : 

17 Let him which is on the house- 
top not come down to take any 
thing out of his house : 

18 Neither let him which is in the 
field return back to take his clothes. 

19 And *woe unto them that are 
with child, and to them that give 
suck in those days ! 

20 But pray ye that your flight 
be not in the winter, neither on the 
sabbath day : 

21 For "then shall be great tribu- 
lation, such as was not since the 
beginning of the world to this time, 
no, nor ever shall be. 

22 And except those days should 
be shortened, there should no flesh 
be saved: *but for the elect's sake 
those days shall be shortened. 

23 7 Then if any man shall say 
unto you, Lo, here is Christ, or 
there ; believe it not. 

24 For * there shall arise false 
Christs, and false prophets, and 
shall shew great signs and wonders; 



lona nui, a me na mea kupan&ha ; 
a »ina he mea hiki, ina e hoopuni- 
puni hoi lakou i ka poe i waeia. 

25 Ala hoi, ua hai e au mamua 
ia oukou. 

26 Nolaila, a i olelo mai lakou ia 
oukou, Ala la, ma ka waonahele 
oia, mai hele aku oukou ilaila: 
Ala hoi ia ma ke keena mehame- 
ha; mai manao oukou he oiaio. 

27 ^ No ka mea, e like me ka uila 
1 anapu mai ai, mai ka hikina mai, 
a hoomalamalama aku i ke komo- 
hana; pela no hoi ka hiki ana mai 
o ke Keiki a ke kanaka. 

28 ® No ka mea, i kahi e waiho ai 
ka heana, ilaila no e akoakoa ai 
na aeto. 

29 ^ ** Mahope iho o ia mau la po- 
pilikia, e • poeleele ana ka la, aole 
hoi e malamalama mai ka mahina, 
e haule iho hoi na hoku mai ka 
lani mai, a e hoonaueia na mea 
mana o ka lani. 

30 ' Alaila, e ikea mai ai ka hoai- 
lona no ke Kciki a ke kanaka ma 
ka lani 3 a e ^uwe na lahmkanaka 
a pau o ka honua, ^ aia ike lakou i 
ke Reiki a ke kanaka e hele mai 
ana malima o na ao o ka lani, me 
ka mana a me ka nani nui. 

31 'A e hoouna aku ia i kona poe 
anela me ka pu kani nui, a e hoa- 
koakoa mai lakou i kona poe i 
waeia, mai na makani eha, a mai 
kela aoao o ka lani a mai keia ao- 
ao hoi. 

32 E ao oukou i ka ^^olelonane 
no ka laau fiku ; Aia opiopio na la- 
la, a ulu ae na lau, ua ike oukou, 
ke kokoke mai nei ke kau. 

33 Pela hoi, a ike oukou i keia 
mau mea a pau, alaila e ike oukou, 
ua ^ kokoke mai ia, aia ma ka puka. 

34 He oiaio ka'u e olelo aku nei 
ia oukou, "Aole e hala aku keia 
hanauna, a hiki e mai ua mau mea 
la a pau. 

35 "£ lilo ana ka lani a me ka 
honua; aka, aole loa e lilo ka'u 
mau olelo. 



MATAIO, XXIV. 



A,D,3a 




bLak.17.84. 



e lob. 39. 30. 
Luk. 17. 37. 



d Dan. 7. 11, 

12. 
e 18. 13. 10. 

Ez. 32. 7. 

loela 2. 10, 

31. k 3. 15. 

Am. & 20. b 

Mar. 13. 24. 
Luk. 21. 25. 
Oih. 2. 20. 
Uoik. 6. 12. 

f Dan. 7. 13. 
g Zek. 12. 12. 

h mo. 16. 27. 
Mar. 13. 26. 
Hoik. 1. 7. 



i mo. 13. 41. 

1 Kor. 15. 62. 

1 Tea. 4. 16. 
n Or, vriA a 

trumpet, and 

agriatvoicg. 



k Luk. 21. 28. 



ll«k.5.a 
liOr,A«. 
mmo. 16.28. 

&23.96. 

Mar. 13. 30. 

Luk. 21. 32. 
n HaL 102. 26. 

Is. 51. 6. ler. 

31.35,36. 

mo. 5. 18. 

Mar. 13. 31. 

Luk. 21. S3. 

Heb.1. 11. 



insomaGh that, *if it tD$re poeeible, 
they shall deceive the very elect. 

25 Behold, I have told you before. 

26 Wherefore if they shall say 
unto you. Behold, he is in the 
desert ; go not forth : behold, he is 
in the secret chambers; believe it 
not. 

27 ^For as the lightning cometh 
out of the east, and shineih even 
unto the west; so shall also the 
coming of the Son of man bo. 

28 "^For "wheresoever the carcass 
is, there will the eagles be gather- 
ed together. 

29 IT '^ Immediately after the tribu- 
lation of those days * shall the sun 
be darkened, and the moon shall 
not give her light, and the stars 
shall fall from heaven, and the 
powers of the heavens shall be 
shaken : 

30 ^ And then shall appear the 
sign of the Son of man in heaven : 
<^ and then shall all the tribes of the 
earth mourn, ^and they shall see 
the Son of man coming in the 
clouds of heaven with power and 
great gld^y. 

31 'And he shall send his angels 
II with a great sound of a trumpet, 
and they shall gather together his 
elect from the four winds, from one 
end of heaven to the other. 

32 Now learn ^a parable of the 
fig tree; When his branch is yet 
tender, and putteth forth leaves, ye 
know that i^mmer is nigh : 

33 So likewise ye, when ye shall 
see all these things, know * that B it 
is near, even at the doors. 

34 Verily I^ay unto you, ■'This 
generation sRlU not pass, till all 
these things be fulfilled. 

35 *» Heaven and earth shall pass 
away, but my words shall not pass 
away. ^ 



MATAIO, XXIV. 



36 t^ ** Aole i ike kekalii kanaka ia 
la a me ia hora, aolc hoi na anela 
ka laai ; o ^ ko'u Makua walo no. 

37 Me ka wa ia Noa, pela hoi ka 
hiki ana mai o ke Reiki a ke ka- 
naka. 

38 1 No ka mea, i na la mamua o 
ke kaiakahinalii, ai lakou a inn 
hoi, mare lakou a hoopalau no ka 
mare ana, a hiki i ka la i komo ai 
Noa iloko o ka halelana ; 

39 Aole lakon i ike, a hiki mai 
ke kaiakahinalii, a pau loa ae la 
lakou i ka make : pela no hoi ka 
hiki ana mai o ke Keiki a ke ka- 
naka. 

40 ^Alaila, elua kanaka ma ka 
waena, e laweia kekahi, a e koe 
no kekahi. 

41 Elua wahine e Ynii palaoa ana, 
e laweia kekahi, a e koe no kekahi. 

42 T "Nolaila, e kiai oukou; no 
ka mea, aole oukou ike i ka hora 
e hiki mai ai ko oukou Haku. 

43 <Ua ike oukou i keia, ina paha 
i ike ka mea hale i ka wati e hiki 
mai ai ka aihue, ina ua kiai ia, i 
wawahi ole ia'i kona hale. 



44 <■ Pela hoi oukou e noho ai me 
ka makaukau ; no ka mea, i ka ho- 
ra e manao ole ia'i e oukou, e hiki 
mai no ke Keiki a ke kanaka. 

45 'Owai la ke kauwa malama 
pono, iiaauao, i hoonohoia'e e kona 
haka i luna no kona mau ohua e 
haawi aku i ai na lakou i ka ma- 
nawa pono. 

46 r E pomaikai ana ua kauwa la, 
l^e ike mai kona haku ia ia e hana 
^na pela i kona hoi ana mai. 

47 He oiaio ka'u e oleic aku nei 
ia oukou, e * hoonoho kela ia ia ma- 
itma kona waiwai lupau. 

48 Aka, o ke kauwa ino la, i olelo 
ilio iloko o kona naau, Ke hoohaka* 
^a nei knu haku i kona hoi ana mai ; 

49 A ke hoomaka ia e pepehi i na 
hoa kauwa ona, a e ai pu a e inu 
PQmek».poe<ma: 

4* 



A.D. 83. 



o Mar. 13. 32. 
Oih- 1. 7. 

1 Tea. 5. 2. 

2 Pet. 3. 10, 
P Zek. 14. 7. 

qKin.6.S,4» 
5.k7.5. 
Luk. 17. 3B. 
1 Pet a 20. 



rLak.17.34, 



• mo. 25. 13. 
Mar. 13. 33, 
Alc. 
Luk. 31. 36. 

t Lok. 12 9». 

1 Tea 5. 2. 

2 Pet 3. 10. 
Hoik. 3w & & 
16.15. 



uimx85Ll3. 
lTea.&a 



Oih. 20. 28. 
1 Kor. 4. 2. 
Heb. a & 



y Hoik, la 1& 



X ma 25. 21, 
23. 
Luk. 22. 29. 



81 

36 f ^'Bnt of thai day and hour 

knoweth no man, no, not the angels 
of heaven, Pbut my Father only. 

37 But as tho days of Noe were, 
so shall also the coming of the Son 
of man be. 

38 iFor as in the days that were 
before the flood they were eating 
and drinking, marrying and giving 
in marriage, until the day that Noe 
entered into the ark, 

39 And knew not until the flood 
came, and took them all away; so 
shall also the coming of the Son of 
man be. 

40 ''Then shall two be in the field; 
the one shall be taken, and the 
other left. 

41 Two women skall be grinding 
at the mill ; the one shall be taken, 
and the other left. 

42 f 'Watch therefore; for ye 
know not what hour your Lord 
doth come. 

43 *But know this, that if the 
goodman of the house had known 
in what watch the thief would 
come, he would have watched, and 
would not have suffered his house 
to be broken up. 

44 "Therefore be ye also ready : 
for in such an hour as ye think not 
the Son of man cometh. 

45 <Who then is a faithful and 
wise servant, whom his lord hath 
made ruler over his household, to 
give them meat in due season? 

46 7 Blessed is that servant, whom 
his lord when he cometh shall find 
so doing. 

47 Verily I say unto you, That 
'he shall make him ruler over all 
his goods. 

48 But and if that evil servant 
shall say in his heart, My lord de- 
layeth his coming ; 

49 And shall begin to smite his 
fellow servants, and to eat and drink 
with the drunken ; 



82 

50 E hoi hou mid no ka haJni o ua 
kauwB. la^ i ka la i Mai ole ai ia, a 
me ka Kora i manao ole ai ia ; 

51 A hookaawale aku kela ia ia, 
a e hflJLwi ftbu i kana kuleana me 
ka poe kookamajii ; *ilaiia ka uwe 
ana a ni6 ka uwi ana o na niho. 

MOKUNA XXV. 

A LAI LA, e lioohalikeia ke au- 
punj o ka lani m& na wahine 
puiipaa he nmi, na lakou i lawe i 
ko lakou mau kukuv, a heie aku la 
i wa^ e Imlawai me ke *kane mare. 
% '^ Eli 111 a o lakou i naauao, elima 
hoi i nQ.aupo. 

3 Lawc aku la na poe naaupo la 
i ko lakou mau kukui, aole nae i 
lawic pu L ka aiia. 

4 Aka, lawe pu ak^i ]a ua poe na- 
au&o la i ka aila Uolco o ko lakou 
mau ipu mo na kukni o lakou. 

5 I ka htiokaulua ana o ke kane 
mare, ""lululii &c la na maka o la> 
koUj a hiamoc iho la Jakou a pan. 

6 I ke aumoe he *• kahea ana, Eia 
ae^ ko heto raai la ke kanemare; e 
bele aki^ oukou c halawai me ia. 

7 Alalia^ ala ae la ua poe wahine 
puupaa la a pay, a " koli iho la i ko 
lakou man kukuu 

B 1 aku la ka jjoe naaupo i ka poe 
naauaOf E haawi mai no makou i 
kc kau lA^ahi aila o oukou ; no ka 
mca^utt pio ko makou mau kukui. 

9 Olelo aot la ka poe naauao, i ae 
Ut Aoio pah a e lawa ka aila no ka- 
kou a pau ; e hole ae oukou i ka 
p(^ kuai, a kuai i aila no oukou. 

10 A hala akni la lakou e kuai, hi- 
ki maj la ko kanemare ; a o ka poe 
i makaukau. komo pu aku la lakou 
rue ia i ka mart^ ana, a papaniia'e 
la 'ka puka. 

1 1 Mahope iho, hele mai ua poe 
wahino puupaa la i koe, imai la, 
«^E ka Haku, e ka Haku e, e wehe 
a© OT ia makou. 

t^ Oleb ak^i la ta, i aku la, He 



MATAIO, XXV. 



A.D. 33. 



n Or, cut him 

a mo. 8. 13. k, 
25. SO. 



a Ep. 5. 29,90. 

Hoik. 19. 7. 

& 21. 2, 9. 
b mo. 13. 47 

& 22. IV. 



e 1 Tea. 5. 6. 



d mo. 21 31. 
1 Tes. 4. 16. 



e Lttk. 12. 35. 



i Or, going 

ovU 



I Lak. IS. 25. 



S mo. 7. 21, 
22,23. 



50 The lord of that servant shall 
come in a day when he looketh not 
for him, and in an hour that he is 
not aware of, 

51 And shall lent him asunder, 
and appoint him his portion with 
the hypocrites: * there shall be 
weeping and gnashing of teeth. 

CHAPTER XXV. 

THEN shall the kingdom of heav- 
en be likened unto ten virgins, 
which took their lamps, and went 
forth to meet *the bridegroom. 

2 * And five of them were wise, and 
five were foolish. 

3 They that were foolish took their 
lamps, and took no oil with them : 

4 But the wise took oil in their 
vessels with their lamps. 

5 While the bridegroom tarried, 
' they all slumbered and slept. 

6 And at midnight <* there was a 
cry made, Behold, the bridegroom 
cometh ; go ye out to meet him. 

7 Then all those virgins arose, and 
* trimmed their lamps. 

8 And the foolish said unto the 
wise. Give us of your oil ; for our 
lamps are n gone out. 

9 But the wise answered, saying, 
Not so; lest there be not enough 
for us and you : but go ye rather to 
them that sell, and buy for your- 
selves. 

10 And while they went to "buy, 
the bridegroom came; and they 
that were ready went in with him 
to the marriage : and ' the door was 
shut. 

1 1 Afterward came also the other 
virgins, saying, <^Lord, Lord, open 
to us. 

1 2 But he answered and said, V er- 



MATAIO, XXV. 



oiaio ka'u e olelo aku nei ia ou- 
kou, ^aole au ike ia oukou. 

13 No ia hoi, 'e kiai oukou, no ka 
mea, aole oukou ike i ka la, aole 
hoi i ka hora e hiki mai ai ke Keiki 
a ke kanaka. 

14 ^ ^ Ua like hoi ia me ke kana- 
ka ' e hele ai^^a, houluulu ae la ia i 
kaua poe kauwa, a haawi aku la ia 
lakou i na kumukuai nona. 

15 Haawi aku la ia i na talena 
eluna no kekahi, i elua hoi no ke- 
kahi, a i hookahi hoi no kekahi ; i 
"'kela mea i keia mea e like me 
kona akamai ] alaila, hele koke aku 
laia. 

16 A ka mea ia ia na talena eli- 
ma^ hele aku la ia, a kuai aku me 
ia kumu, a loaa mai ia ia na talena 
hou elima. 

17 Pela hoi ka mea ia ia na tale- 
na elua ; loaa mai no hoi ia ia na 
talena hou elua. 

18 Aka, o ka mea ia ia ke talena 
hookahi, hele aku la ia, eli iho la 
ma ka lepo, a huna iho la i ka mo- 
ni a kona haku. 

19 A liuliu aku la, hoi mai la ka 
haku o ua mau kauwa la, a olelo 
hoakaka pu iho la me lakou. 

20 Hele mai la ka mea ia ia na 
talena elima, a lawe pu mai la me 
ia i na talena hou elima, i mai la, 
£ ka Haku, ua haawi mai oe ia'u 
i na talena elima ; eia hoi ia me na 
talena hou elima a'u i loaa ai. 

21 I aku la kona haku ia ia, Pono, 
e ke kauwa maikai, malama pono ; 
he pono kou malama ana i na mea 
he uuku, e "hoonoho no au ia oe 
nialona o na mea he nui loa. £ 
komo ae oe iloko o °ka olioli o kou 
haku. 

22 Hele mai la hoi ka mea ia ia 
na talena elua ; i mai la, £ ka Ha- 
tu,na haawi mai oe ia'u i na tale^ 
naelua^ eia hoi ia me na talena 
hou elua a'u i loaa'i. 

23 I aku la kona haku ia ia, PPot 
no, e ke kauwa maikai, malama 
poDo ; he pono kou malaiAa ana i 



A.D. 33. 




a Rom. 12.6. 
1 Kor. li 7, 

£p.4.1L 



B mo. 24, 47. 

paa. 34> 46. 

Luk. 12L 44. 

«t 22. 29, 30. 
2 Tim. 2. 11. 

Heb. 12. 2. 

1 Pet. 1. 8. 



P pea. 21. 



83 

ily I say unto you, *I know ytm 
not. 

13 'Watch therefore J for ye know 
neither the day nor the hour where- 
in the Son of man cometh. 

14 IT ^ For the kingdom of heaven 
15 ' as a man travelling into a far 
country, tcho called his own serv- 
ants, and delivered unto them his 
goods. 

15 And unto one he gave five tal- 
ents, to another two, and to another 
one; "to every man according to 
his several ability; and straight- 
way took his journey. 

16 Then he that had received the 
five talents went and traded with 
the same, and made them other five 
talents. 

17 And likewise he that hcui re- 
ceived two, he also gained other 
two. 

18 But he that had received one 
went and digged in the earth, and 
hid his lord's money. 

19 After a long time the lord of 
those servants cometh, and reckon- 
eth with them. 

20 And so he that had received 
five talents came and brought other 
five talents, saying. Lord, thou de- 
liveredst unto me five talents: be- 
hold, I have gained beside them 
five talents more. 

21 His lord said unto him. Well 
done, thou good and faithful serv- 
ant : thou hast been faithful over a 
few things, ° I will make thee ruler 
over many things : enter thou into 
•the joy of thy lord. 

22 He also that had received two 
talents came and said, Lord, thou 
deliveredst unto me two talents: 
behold, I have gained two other 
talents beside them. 

23 His lord said unto him, PWell 
done, good and faithful servant; 
thou hast been faithful over a few 



84 



MATAK), XXV. 



na mea he uoku, e hoonoho no au 
ia oe maluna o na mea he nui loa. 
£ komo ae oe iloko o ka olioli o kou 
haku. 

24 Hele mai la hoi ka mea ia ia 
ke talena hookahi, i mai la, £ ka 
Haku, ua ike DO au ia oe he kanaka 
paa, e oki ana ma kahi an i lulu 
ole aku ai, a e ohi ana ma kahi au 
i kanana ole aku ai : 

25 Makau iho la au, a hele aku la, 
huna iho la au i kau talena ma ka 
lepo ] eia mai no kau. 

26 Olelo aku la kona haku ia ia, 
i aku la^ £ ke kauwa lokoino, hana 
ole, ua ike anei oe e oki ana au ma 
kahi a'u i lulu ole aku ai ; a e ohi 
ana au ma kahi a'u i kanana ole 
ia? 

27 Ilaila kau pono e waiho aku i 
ka'u moni me ka poe kuai moni. a 
i ko'u hoi ana mai, alaila loaa mai 
ia'u ka'u me ka uku hoopanee. 

28 £ lawe ae i ke talena mai ona 
aku, a e haawi aku na ka mea ia 
ia na talena he umi. 

29 iO ka mea ua loaa ia ia, e 
haawi hou ia nana a nui loa ; eka, 
o ka mea ua loaa' ole ia ia, e^a- 
weia ae ka mea ia ia. 

30 A e hoolei aku i ua kauwa po- 
no ole nei iwaho ' i kahi pouli ; ilai- 
la e uwe ai a e uwi ai na niho. 

31 IT • Aia hiki mai ke Keiki a ke 
kanaka me kona nani, a o na ane- 
la a pan pu me ia ; alaila, e noho 
iho ia maluna o kona nohoalii nani : 

32 A *e hoakoakoaia mai na la- 
huikanaka a pau loa imua o kona 
alo; a e "hofikaawale ae oia ia la- 
kou, i kekahf poe mai kekahi poe 
ae, e like me ke kahuhipa i hoo- 
kaawale aku i na hipa a me na 
kao. 

33 A e hooku aku oia i ka poe hi- 
pa ma kona lima akau, a i ka poe 
kao ma kona lima hema. 

34 Alaila, e olelo aku ke alii i ka 
poe ma kona lima akau, £ hele 
"nai oukou, e ka poe i hoomaikaiia 



A.D. 33. 



q ma IS. ISL 
Mar. 4. 2&. 
Luk. 8. 18. 
& 19. 26. 
loa. 15. 3. 



rmo. 8.12.ai 
24.51. 



• Zek. 14. 5. 
mo. 16. S7. & 
19. 2B. 
Mar. 8. 38. 
Oih. 1. 11. 

1 Tea. 4. 16. 

2 Tea. 1.7. 
lud. 14. 
Hoik, 1.7. 

t Rom. 14. 10. 
2 Kor. 5. la 
Hoik. 20. 12. 

aEz.20.S8.& 
34. 17. 20l 
mo. 18. 49. 



things, I will make thee ruler over 
many things: enter thou into the 
joy of thy lord. 

24 Then he which had received 
the one talent came and said^ Lord, 
I knew thee that thou art a hard 
man, reaping where thou hast not 
sown, and gathering where thou 
hast not strewed : 

25 And I was afraid, and went 
and hid thy talent in the earth : lo, 
there thou hast that is thine. 

26 His lord answered and said 
unto him, TTiou wicked and slothful 
servant, thou knewest that I reap 
where I sowed - not, and gather 
where 1 have not strewed : 

27 Thou oughtest therefore to 
have put my money to the exchang- 
ers, and then at my coming I should 
have received mine own with usury. 

28 Take therefore the talent from 
him, and give it unto him which 
hath ten talents. 

29 •» For unto every one that hath 
shall be given, and he shall have 
abundance : but from him that hath 
not shall be taken away even that 
which he hath. 

30 And cast ye the unprofitable 
servant ^into outer darkness : there 
shall be weeping and gnashing of 
teeth. j 

31 f 'When the Son of man shall 
come in his glory, and all the holy i 
angels with him. then shall he sift I 
upon the throne of his glory : 

32 And * before him shall be gatlw 
ered all nations: and "he shaHf 
separate them one from another, aft 
a shepherd divideth his sheep front 
the goats : 



33 And he shall set the sheep o^ 
his right hand, but the goats on th« 
left. 

34 Then shall the King say nnt« 
them on his right hand. Come, yJ 
blessed of my Father, * inherit thd 



MATAIO, XXV. 



86 



e ko'a Makaa, ' e komo ookou i ke 
aupani i ^ hoomakaukauia no ou- 
kou mai ka hookumu ana mai o ka 
honaa. 

35 "^No ka mea, pololi iko la au, 
a haawi mai la oukou i ai na'u ; 
makewai ao, a hoinu mai la ou- 
kou ia'u ; ^he malihini au, a hoo- 
kipa oukou ia'u ; 

36 ''He kapaole ko'u; a hoaahu 
mai la oukou ia'u ; mai iho la au, 
a ike mai la oukou ia'u ; ' maloko 
hoi o ka halepaahao, a hele mai la 
oukou ia'u. 

37 Alaili^ e olelo mai ka poe po- 
no ia ia,*b i mai, E ka Hakn, ina- 
hca i ike ai makou ia oe ua pololi, 
a haawi aku i ai nau ? a ua make- 
wai, a hoinu makou ia oe ? 

38 Inahea hoi i ike ai makou ia 
oe he malihini, a hookipa makou ia 
oe ? a me ke kapa ole^ a hoaahu ma- 
kou ia 00 ? 

39 Inahea hoi i ike ai makou ia 
oe, he mai, a iloko o ka halepaahao, 
a hele aku makou iou la? 

40 A e olelo aku ke alii ia lakou, 
me ka i aku, He oiaio ka'u e olelo 
aku nei ia oukou, ''i ka oukou hana 
ana pela i kekahi mea liilii loa o 
keia poe hoahanau o'u, ua hana mai 
oukou pela ia'u. 

41 Aiaila, e olelo ae ia i ka poe 
ma ka lima hema, £ ka poe i ahe- 
waia, *e haele oukou pela mai o'u 
aku nei ' iloko o ke ahi mau loa, i 
hoomakaukauia no 'ka diabolo a 
me kona poe anela. 

42 No ka mea, a pololi au, aole no 
oukou i haawi mai i ai na'u ; a ma- 
kewai au, aole hoi oukou i hoinu 
mai ia'u ; 

43 He malihini au, aole no oukou 
i hookipa ia'u ; he kapa ole ko'u, 
aole hoi oukou i hoaahu mai ia'u ; 
he mai ko'u, a iloko hoi o ka hale- 
paahao, aolo hoi oukou i ike mai 
ia'u. 

44 Aiaila, e olelo mai lakou, me 
ka i mai, £ ka Haku, Inahea i ike 
at makou ia oe, ua pololi, a ua ma- 
kewai, a he maliluni, a he kapa 



A. 0.33. 



X Rom. 8. 17. 

I Pet. 1. 4, 9. 

&S.9. 

Hoik. 21. 7. 
T mo. 20. 23. 

Mar. 10.40. 

1 Kor. 2. 9. • 

Heb. 11. 10. 
s la. 66. 7. 

£z. 18. 7. 

lak. 1. 27. 
aHeU13.2. 

3 Ion. 5. 
bl«k.2.15»16. 
c2Tim.Ll8. 



dSoL14.31. 
& 19. 17. 
mo. 10. 43. 
Mar. 9. 41. 
Ueb. 0. la 



t Bal. 6. 8. 

mo. 7. 23. 

Lok. 13. 27. 
r mo. 13.40, 

42. 
ff 2 Pet 2. 4. 

lad. a 



kingdom ' prepared for yoa from tho 

foundation of the world : 



35 ' For I was a hungered, and ye 
gave me nfeat : I waa IhirBiy, and 
ye gave me drink : * 1 was a stran- 
ger, and ye took me in: 

36 ''Naked, and ye clothed me : I 
was sick, and ye visited me : ' I was 
in prison, and ye came unto me. 



37 Then shall the righteous an- 
swer him, saying. Lord, when saw 
we thee a hungered, and fed thee 1 
or thirsty, and gave thee drink ? 

38 When saw we thee a stranger, 
and took thee in? or naked, and 
clothed thee ? 

39 Or when: saw we thee sick, or 
in prison, and came unto thee ? 

40 And the King shall answer and 
sa^5Uito them, Verily I say unto 
y<m^ "^Inasmuch as ye have done it 
unto one of the least of these my 
brethren, ye have done it unto me. 

41 Then shall he say also unto 
them on the left hand, " Depart from 
me, ye cursed, 'into everlasting 
fire, prepared for k the devil and his 
angels : 

42 For I was a hungered, and ye 
gave me no meat : I was thirsty, 
and ye gave me no drink : 

43 1 was a stranger, and ye took 
me not in : naked, and ye clothed 
me not : sick, and in prison, and ye 
visited me not. 



44 Then shall they also answer 
him, saying, Lord, when saw we 
thee a hungered, or athirst, or a 
stranger, or naked, or sick, or in 



86 



MATAIO, XXVL 



ole, a he mai, a iloko o ka hale- 
paahao paha, a malama ole makou 
ia oe? 

45 Alalia e olelo akn oia ia lakou, 
me ka i aku, He oiaio IsfL'n e olelo 
aku nei ia oukou, '•i ka oukou hana 
ole ana pela i kekahi mea liilii loa 

keia poe, ua hana ole mai hoi ou- 
kou pela ia'u. 

46 A o ' keia poe la, e hele aku la- 
kou i kahi make mau loa ; aka, o 
ka poe maikai iloko o ke ola mau 
loa. 

MOKUNA XXVL 

APAU ae la keia mau olelo a 
pau a lesu, i mai la ia i kana 
poe haumana j 

2 • Ua ike oukou, elua la i koe, a 
hiki mai ka ahaaina moliaola ; a e 
haawiia ke Keiki a ke kanaka e 
kaulia'i ma ke kea. 

3 ''Alalia, hoakoakoa ae la ka poe 
kahuna nui a me ka poe kakauole- 
lo, a me ka poo lunakahiko o na 
kanaka, ma ka hale o ke kahuna 
nui, o Kaiapa kona inoa, 

4 Kukakuka ae la lakou, e lalau 
aku ia lesu me ka hoopunipuni, a e 
pepehi ia ia a make. 

5 Olelo ae la lakou, aole i ka wa 
ahaaina, o haunaele na kanaka. 

6 ^ ' Ala ma ^ Betania o lesu ma 
ka hale o Simona ka lepero ; 

7 Hele mai la kekahi wahine io 
na la, me ka ipu alabatero, ua piha 

1 ka mea poni makaraae, a ninini 
iho la ia maluna o kona poo 1 kona 
noho ana e ai. 

8 * Ike ae la kana poe haumana, 
ukiuki iho la lakou, i aku la, No ka 
aha la keia hoomaunauna ? 

9 £ hiki no ke kuai lilo aku i keia 
mea poni 1 kumu nui, a e haawi- 
ia'ku ia na ka poe ilihune. 

10 A ike iho la o lesu, i mai la 
oia ia lakou. No ke aha la oukou 
e hoopilikia mai ai i ka wahine ? 
He mea maikai kana 1 hana mai ai 



A.D.33. 



b Sol. 14.31. & 
17.5. 
Zek.2.8. 
Oib.9.5. 



i Dan. I£ 2. 
loa. 5. 29. 
Rom. 2. 7, 
4tc, 



a Mar. 14.1. 
Luk. 22. 1. 
loo. 13. 1. 



fcHal 2.2. 
loa. n. 47. 
Oih.4.25,&.c. 



e Mar. 14. 3. 

loa. 11. 1, 2. 

&I2 3. 
d mo. 21. 17. 



e loa. 12. 4. 



prison, and did not minister unto 
thee? 

45 Then shall he answer them, 
saying, Verily I say unto you, •» In- 
asmuch as ye did it not to one of 
the least of these, ye did it not to 
me. 

46 And 'these shall go away into 
everlasting punishment: but the 
righteous into life eternal. 

CHAPTER XXVL 

AND it came to pass, when Jesus 
had finished all these sayings, 
he said unto his disciples, 

2 'Ye know that after two days 
is the feast of the passover, and 
the Son of man is betrayed to be 
crucified. 

3 "Then assembled together the 
chief priests, and the scribes, and 
the elders of the people, unto the 
palace of the high priest, who was 
called Gaiaphas, 

4 And consulted that they might 
take Jesus by subtilty, and kill him. 

5 But they said. Not. on the feast 
day^ lest there be an uproar among 
the people. 

6 TT *Now when Jesus was in 
•* Bethany, in the house of Simon 
the leper, 

7 There came unto him a woman 
having an alabaster box of very pre- 
cious ointment, and poured it on his 
head, as he sat at meat. 

8 •But when his disciples sa-w it, 
they had indignation, saying, To 
what purpose is this waste ? 

9 For this ointment might have 
been sold for much, and given to 
the poor. 

10 When Jesus understood it, he 
said unto them. Why trouble ye the 
woman? for she hath wrought a 
good work upon me. 



MATAIO, XXVI. 



11 ^Ua man loa ka poe ilihune 
me oukou, aole ^au e mau loa ana 
me oukou. 

12 No ka mea, ua . ninini mai 
kela i keia mea {K>ni malana iho o 
ko'u kinO; e hoomakaukau ia'u no 
ke kanu ana. 

13 He oiaio ka'u e olelo aku nei 
ia oakoa, Ma na wahi a pan loa o 
ke ao nei, o haiia'ku at keia eua- 
nelio, ilaila e haiia'ku ai ka ia nei 
hana ana, i mea e kaulana ai oia. 

14 T[ * Alaila, hele aku la kekahi 
ka poe nmikomamalua, o 'luda 
Isekariote kona inoa, i ka poe ka- 
liana noi, i aku la. 

15 '^Heskha ka oukou e haawi mai 
ai ia'u, a na'u ia e kumakaia aku 
ia oukou ? A kaupaona mai la 
lakou nana i na wahi moni he ka- 
nakolu. 

16 Ma ia hope iho, imi iho la ia i 
ka wa pono e kumakaia aku ai ia 
ia. 

17 ^ *I ka la mua o ka ahaaina 
berena hu ole, hele aku la ka poe 
haumana io lesu la, i aku la ia ia, 
Mahea la kahi au e makemake ai 
e hoomakaukau makou nau e ai i 
ka moliaola ? 

18 1 mai la kela, £ haele aku ilo- 
ko ke kulanakauhale i kekahi 
kanaka, e olelo aku ia ia, Ke i mai 
nei ke Kumu, Ua kokoke mai nei 
knu manawa, he pono o malama au 
me ka'u mau haumana i ka moliao- 
la ma kou hale. 

19 Hana aku la ka poe haumana 
e like me ka lesu kauoha ana mai 
ia lakou, a hoomakaukau iho la i 
ka moliaola. 

20 ""Ahiahi ae la, noho iho la ia 
e ai me ka umikumamalua. 

21 A i ka ai ana a lakou, i mat la 
kela, He oiaio ka'u e olelo aku nei 
ia oukou, e kumakaia auanei keka- 
hi oukou nei ia'u. 

22 A kaumaha loa iho la lakou, 
ninaa pakahi aku la lakou ia ia, £ 
Ija Haku, owau anei ? 

23 Olelo mai la ia, i mai la, "O 
ka mea e lalan pu ana me au i ka 



A. D. 33. 




hMar. 14. 10. 

Luk. 22. 3. 

loa. 13. 2, 90. 
1 mo. 10. 4. 



kZek. 11. 12. 
mo. 27.3. 



I Puk. 12. 6, 
18. 

Mar. 14. 12. 
Luk. 22. 7. 



mMar. 14. 
17-21. 

Luk. 22. 14. 
loa. 13. 21. 



a Hal. 41. 9. 
Luk. 22. 21. 
loa. 13. 18. 



87 

11 'For ye hare the poor always 
with you j but « me ye have not al- 
ways. 

12 For in that she hath poured 
this ointment on my body, she did 
it for my burial. 

13 Verily I say unto you, Where- 
soever this gospel shall be preached 
in the whole world, there shall also 
this, that this woman hath done, be 
told for a memorial of her. 

14 IT ""Then one of the twelve, 
called * Judas Iscariot, went imto 
the chief priests, 

15 And said unto them, ''What 
will ye give me, and I will deliver 
him unto you? And they cove- 
nanted with him for thirty pieces 
of silver. 

16 And from that time he sought 
opportunity to betray him. 

17 f 'Now the first day of the 
feast of unleavened bread the dis- 
ciples came to Jesus, saying unto 
him, Where wilt thou that we pre- 
pare for thee to eat the passover ? 

18 And he said. Go into the city 
to such a man, and say unto him. 
The Master saith. My time is at 
hand ; I will keep the passover at 
thy house with my disciples. 



19 And the disciples did as Jesus 
had appointed them; and they made 
ready the passover. 

20 "* Now when the even was come, 
he sat down with the twelve. 

21 And as they did eat, he said. 
Verily I say unto you, that one of 
you shall betray me. 

22 And they were exceeding sor- 
rowful, and began every one of them 
to say unto hira, Lord, is it I ? 

23 And he answered and said, 
"He that dippeth his hand with 



8a 



lima ma ke pa, oia ke kumakaia 
ia'u. 

24 £ hele aku ana ke Keiki a ke 
kanaka, °e like me ka mea i pala- 
palaia nona ; p auwe hoi ke kanaka 
nana e kumakaia ke Keiki a ke ka- 
naka! pomaikai ua kanaka la, ina 
aole i hanaiiia mai ia. 

25 Alaila, olelo aku la o luda na- 
na ia i kumakaia' ku, i aku la, E 
Rabi, owau anei ia? 1 mai la kela 
ia ia^ Oia kau i olelo mai. 

26 If il ka lakou ai ana, lalau iho 
la o ** lesu i ka berena, hooalohaloha 
aku la ia, wawahi iho la, a haawi 
mai la na ka poe haumana, i mai 
la, E lawe oukou, e ai; o »ko'u ki- 
no keia. 

27 Lalau iho la hoi oia i ke kia- 
ha, hooalohaloha aku la, haawi mai 
la ia lakou, i mai la, ^ E inu oukou 
a pau i keia ] 

28 No ka mea, o "ko'u koko keia 
no ke *kauoha hou, i hookaheia no 
na mea he y nui loa, i mea e kala- 
ia'i na hala. 

29 ^ Ke olelo aku nei au ia oukou, 
aole au e inu hou i ko ka huawai- 
na, a '^hiki aku i ka la e inu pu ai 
au me oukou he waina hou iloko o 
ke aupuni o ko'u Makua. 

30 "Himeni ae la lakou, alaila 
hele aku la lakou ma ka mauna 
Oliveta. 

31 Alaila, olelo mai la o lesu ia 
lakou, i keia po. *e hihia auanei 
oukou •* a pau no'u ; no ka mea, ua 
palapalaia, " E hahau ana au i ke 
kahuhipa, a e pau hoi ka ohana 
hipa i ka puehu. 

32 Aka, mahope iho o kuu ala hou 
ana, e 'hele aku no au mamua o 
oukou i Galilaia. 

33 Olelo aku la o Petero ia ia, i 
aku la, Ina e hihia lakou nei a pau 
nou, aole loa au e hihia. 

34 I mai la o lesu ia ia, ^Heoiaio 
ka'u e olelo aku nei ia oe, I keia 
po, mamua mai o kc ooo ana o ka 
moa, e pakolu kau hoole ana mai 
ia'u. 



MATAIO, XXVI, 



A. B. 33. 



oHaLSS. 

Is. 5S. 

Dan. a 26. 

Har. 9. 12. 

Luk. 24. 25, 

26,46. 

Oih. 17. 2. 3. 

& 26. 22, 23. 

1 Kor. 15. 3. 
Ploa.17. 12. 



q Mar. 14. 22. 

Luk. 22. 19. 
rlKor. 11. 

23,24,25. 
IIManyOreek 

copies have, 

gave thank*. 

See Mar. 6. 

41. 
■ 1 Kor. 10. 16. 



t Mar. 14. 23. 



u See Fuk. 21. 

8. 

Oihk. 17. 11. 
X ler. 31. 31. 
7 mo. 20. 28. 

Rom. 5. 15. 

Heb. 9. 22. 
z Mar. 14. 25. 

Luk. 22. 18. 
a Oih. 10. 41. 



b Mar. 14.26. 
n Or tpaalm. 



« Mar. 14. 27. 

loa. 16. 32. 
d mo. 11. 6. 
e Zek. 13. 7. 



f mo. 28.7,10, 
16. Mar. 14. 
28. & 16. 7. 



f Mar. 14.30. 
Luk. 22. 34. 
loa. 13. 38. 



me in the dish, tlie eauie shall be- 
tray me. 

24 The Son of man goeth ® as it is 
written of him : but p woo unto that 
man by whom the Son of mau is 
betrayed ! it had been good for that 
man if he had not been bom. 

25 Then Judas, which betrayed 
him, answered and said. Master, is 
it I ? He said unto him. Thou hast 

said. 

26 % lAnd as they were eating, 
^Jesus took bread, and I blessed ity 
and brake it. and gave it to the dis- 
ciples, and said. Take, eat ; 'this is 
my body. 

27 And he took the cup, and gave 
thanks, and gave it to them, saying, 

* Drink ye all of it; 

28 For *this is my blood *of the 
new testament, which is shed y for 
many for the remission of sins. 

29 But »I say unto you, I will not 
drink henceforth of this fruit of the 
vine, * until that day when I drink 
it new with you in my Father's 
kingdom. 

30 •'And when they had sung a 
II hymn, they went out into the 
mount of Olives. 

31 Then saith Jesus unto them, 
''All ye shall "^be offended because 
of me this night : for it ia written, 

* I will smite the Shepherd, and tlio 
sheep of the flock shall be scattered 
abroad. 

32 But after I am risen again, 'I 
will go before you into Galilee. 

33 Peter answered and said unto 
him. Though all men shall be of- 
fended because of thee, yet will I 
never be offended. 

34 Jesus said unto him, 'Verily 
I say unto thee, That this night, 
before the cock crow, Thou shalt 
deny me thrice. 



ftiATAIO, XXVI. 



89 



35 I akn la o Petero^ Ina e make 
pa au mo oe, aole loa au e hoole 
aku ia oe. Pela hoi i olelo aku ai 
na haumana a pan. 

36 f » Alalia, hele . aku la o lesu 
me lakou ma kekahi wabi o Gete- 
semane k& inoa ; i mai la ia i ka 
poe hanmana, £ noho iho oukou 
maanei, a hele aku au e pule ma o. 

37 Eai aku la oia ia Petero a me 
[u keiki elua a Zebedaio, hoomaka 
ilio la ia e luuluu iho, a me ke 
kaamaha. 

38 Alaila, 1 mai la oia ia lakou, 
^Ua kaamaha loa kuu uhane e like 
me ka make ; e noho iho oukou 
maanei, a e kiai pu me au. 

39 Hele iki aku la ia, moe iho la 
kona alo ilalo, * pule aku la ia, i 
aku la, £ »ko'u Makua e^ i»a paha 
be mea hiki ia, "e lawe aku oe i 
keia kiaha mai o'u aku nei i aka hoi, 
aia i kou makemake, *» aole i ko'u. 

40 Hoi mai la ia i ua mau hau- 
mana la, a loaa iho la lakou e hia- 
moe ana j i mai la ia ia Petero, Pe- 
la no anei, aole e biki ia oukou ke 
kiai pu me au i hookah! hora ? 

41 p£ kiai oukou, e pule hoi, o lilo 
oukou i ka hoowalewaleia mai ; ua 
oluolu nae ka naau, aka o ke kino, 
aa nawaliwali ia. 

42 Hele hou aku la ia, ka lua ia o 
ka hele ana ; pule aku la ia, i aku 
^ £ ko'a Makua, ina paha aole ia 
he mea hiki ke laweia'ku keia kia- 
y mai o'u aku nei, i inu ole au, 
ifla no e hanaia kou makemake. 

43 Hoi hou mai la ia, a loaa hou 
iho la lakou e hiamoe ana ; no ka 
^^a, ua luluhi iho ko lakou mau 
maka. 

44 Waiho mai la ia ia lakou, hele 
uou aku la, o ke kolu keia o ka 
pule ana, me keia olelo hookahi no. 

45 Alalia, hele mai la ia i kana 
^ haumana, i mai la ia lakou, E 
Jjiamoc nui aku oukou, a e hooma- 
ha iho : aia hoi, ke kolcoke mai nei 
kahora, a e kumakaiaia'na ko Kei- 
ki a ke kanaka a lilo i na lima o 
•^poehewa. 



A.D. 33. 



liMw.14.S3- 
35. 

Lak. 22.991 
lOB. 18. 1. 



i ma 4 21. 



kIo«. 12.27. 



IMw.KaS. 

Lak. 22. 42. 

Heb. 5. 7. 
m loa. 12. 27. 
■ iQO.2D.22. 

o loa. &. 30. 
&6.S8. 
PiL2.a 



P Mar. IS. 83. 
fcl4.S8. 
Luk. 22. 40, 
46. 
£p. 6. 18. 



35 Peter said unto him, Though I 
should die with thee, yet will I not 
deny thee. Likewise also said all 
the disciples. 

36 T ^Then cometh Jesus with 
them unto a place called Grethsem- 
ane, and saith unto the disciples, 
Sit ye here, while I go and pray 



37 And he took with him Peter 
and 'the two sons of Zebedee, and 
began to be * sorrowful and very 
heavy. 

38 Then saith he unto them, ^ My 
soul is exceeding sorrowful, even 
imto death: tarry ye here, and 
watch with me. 

39 And he went a little further, 
and fell on his face, and Sprayed, 
saying, "O my Father, if it be pos- 
sible, "let this cup pass from me: 
nevertheless, "not as I will, but as 
thou wilt, 

40 And he cometh unto the disci- 
ples, and findeth them asleep, and 
saith unto Peter, What, could yo 
not watch with me one hour? 

41 P Watch and pray, that ye en- 
ter not into temptation : the spirit 
indeed is willing, but the flesh is 
weak. 

42 He went away again the sec- 
ond time, and prayed, saying, O my 
Father, if this cup may not pass 
away from me, except I drink it, 
thy will be done. 

43 And he came and found them 
asleep again: for their eyes were 
heavy. 

44 And he left them, and went 
away again, and prayed the third 
time, saying the same words. 

45 Then cometh he to his disci- 
ples, and saith unto them. Sleep on 
now, and take your rest : behold, 
the hour is at hand, and the Son of 
man is betrayed into the hands of 
sinners. 



90 



MATAIO, XXVI. 



46 £ ala mai, e haele kakon ; eia 
ae ua kokoke mai nei ka mea nana 
an i knmakaia. 

47 ^ <i A i kana olelo ana, aia hoi, 
hele mai la o luda, kekahi o ka poe 
umikumamalua, me ia pn ka poe 
kanaka he nui, me na pahikaua a 
me na newa, i hoounaia mai e na 
kahuna nui a me na lunakahiko. 

48 O ka mea nana ia i knmakaia, 
haawi aku la ia i hoailona ia lakou, 
i aku la, ka mea a'u e honi aku 
ai, oia no ia, e hoopaa oukou ia ia. 

49 A hele pololei aku la ia io le- 
8U la, i aku la. Aloha oe, e Rabi, a 
'honi aku la ia ia. 

50 I mai la o lesu ia ia, '£ ka 
hoalauna, heaha kau i hele mai 
nei? Alalia hele aku la lakou, a 
kau aku la i na lima maluna o le- 
su, a hoopaa iho la ia ia. 

51 Aia hoi, *o kekahi o ka poe me 
lesu, lalau iho la kona lima i kana 
pahikaua, unuhi ae la, a hahau aku 
la i ke kauwa a ke kahuna nui, a 
oki aku la i kona pepeiao. 

52 Alalia, i mai la o lesu ia ia, £ 
hoihoi oe 1 ka pahikaua i kona wa- 
hi ; "no ka mea, o ka poe lalau i ka 
pahikaua, e make no lakou i ka pa- 
hikaua. 

53 Ke manao nei anei oe, e hiki 
ole ia'u ano ke kahea aku i ko'u 
Makua, a e hoouna mai no ia io'u 
nei i *na legeona anela he umiku- 
mamalua a keu aku ? 

54 Aka, pehea la hoi e hookoia'i 
ka Palapala, e i mai ana, ^e hanaia 
keia mau mea ? 

55 la hora no, olelo aku la lesu i 
ka poe kanaka, Ke.hele mai nei 
anei oukou iwaho nei me na pahi- 
kaua a me na newa e lalau mai 
ia'u, e like me ka lalau ana i ka 
powa ? Ua noho pu au me oukou i 
kela la i keia la e aO ana iloko o ka 
luakini, aole nae oukou i lalau mai 
ia'u. 

56 Ua hanaiakeia mau mea a pau 
i ko ai ' na palapala a ka poe kaula. 
Alalia, haalele iho la *na haumana 
^ nau ia ia, a holo aku la. 



A.l>. 33. 



q Mar. 14. 43. 
Luk. 22. 47. 
loa. 18. 3. 
Oib. 1. 16. 



r 2 Sam. SO. 9. 

• UaL 41. 9. k 
55.18. 



t loa. 18. 10. 



u Kin. 9. 6. 
Hoik. 13.10. 



z2Nalii6.17. 
Dan. 7. 10. 



7 Is. 63. 7, &c. 
pau. 24. 
Luk. 24. 25, 
44,46. 



*Kani.4.20. 

pau. 54. 
a See loa. 18. 

15. 



46 Rise, let us be going : b^old, 
he is at hand that doth betray me. 

47 IT And 'while he yet spake, lo, 
Judas, one of the twelve, came, and 
with him a great multitude with 
swords and staves, from the chief 
priests and elders of the people. 

48 Now he that betrayed him 
gave them a sign, saying, Whom- 
soever I shall kiss, that same is 
he ; hold him fast. 

49 And forthwith he came to 
Jesus, and said. Hail, Master; 'and 
kissed him. 

50 And Jesus said unto him, 
•Friend, wherefore art thou come? 
Then came they, and laid hands on 
Jesus, and took him. * 

51 And, behold, *one of them 
whieh were with Jesus stretched 
out his hand, and drew hi» sword, 
and struck a servant of the high 
priest, and smote off his ear. 

52 Then said Jesus unto him, Put 
up again thy sword into his place : 
"for all they that take the B-word 
shall perish with the sword. 

53 Thinkest thou that I cannot 
now pray to my Father, and he 
shall presently give me* more than 
twelve legions of angels ? 

54 But how then shall the Scrip- 
tures be fulfilled, ^ that thus it must 
be? 

55 In that same hour said Jesus 
to the multitudes, Are ye come out 
as against a thief with swords and 
staves for to take me ? I sat daily 
with you teaching in ih& temple, 
and ye laid no hold on me. 



56 But all this was done, that the 
■Scriptures of the prophets might 
be fulfilled. Then •all the disci- 
ples forsook him, and fled. 



MATAIO, XXVI. 



91 



57 IF ** A ka poe nana lesn i la- 
lau aku, alakai aku la lakou ia ia 
io Kaiapa la ke kahuna nui, kahi i 
hoakoakoaia'i ka poe kakauolelo a 
me na lunakahiko. 

58 Ukali mamao aku la o Petero 
ia ia, a hiki i ka pahale o ke ka- 
huna nui : a komo aku la ia iloko, 
noho pu iho la me ka poe ilamuku 
e ike i ka hope. 

59 Imi aku la ka poe kahuna nui 
me na lunakahiko, a me ka ahalu- 
nakanawai a pau i mea hoike wa- 
hahee no lesu i make ai oia. 

60 Aole nae i loaa. He nui no 
hoi 'na mea hoike wahahee i hele 
maij aole hoi i loaa. Mahope iho 
hele mai la ^ elua mau mea hoike 
wahahee, 

61 1 mai la, Ua olelo mai oia nei, 
*E hiki no ia'u ke wawahi iho i ka 
luakini o ke Akua, a e hana hou 
an ia a paa i na la ekolu. 

62 ^Ka ae la ke kahuna nui, i mai 
la ia ia, Aole anei oe e olelo iki 
mai ? Heaha ka laua nei i hoike 
mai ai nou ? 

63 Aole o f Tesu i ekemu ae. Olelo 
mai la ke kahuna nui ia ia, i mai 
la, ""Ke ninau pono aku nei au ia 
oe ma ke Akua oia, e hai mai oe ia 
makou, o oe anei ka Mesia, ke 
Keiki a ke Akua ? 

64 Olelo aku la o Tesu, Oia kau i 
olelo mai. A ke olelo aku nei hoi 
an ia oakou, 'mahope aku nei, e 
ike no oukou i ke keiki a ke kanaka 
e '^noho ana ma ka lima akau o ka 
M?a mana, a e hele mai ana ma- 
luna na ao ka lani. 

65 ' Alalia haehae iho la ke ka- 
hnua nui i kona aahu, i ae la, Ke 
olelo hoino wale nei oia nei ; pehea 
la e pono ai kakou i na mea ikema- 
ka hou ? Aia hoi, ua lohe iho nei 
oukou i kana olelo hoino ana. 

66 Heaha ko oukou manao ? I 
mai la lakou, "Ua hewa ia e make. 

67 "Alalia, kuha aku la lakou i 
kona maka, a kui aku la ia ia, a 
papai aku la <»kekahi poe ia ia me 
ka poho lima, 



A. D. 33. 




e Hal. 27. 12. 

k 85.11. 

Mar. 14. W. 

BoOih.6.13. 
d Kan. 19. 15. 



a mo. 27. 40. 
loa. 2. 19. 



r Mar. 1460. 



f Ta. 53. 7. 
mo. 27.12,14. 

hOihk. 5.1. 
1 Sam. 14. 
24,26. 



i Dan. 7. 13. 

mo. 16. 27. & 

2t. SO. &. 25. 

31. 

Luk. 21. 27. 

roa. 1. 51. 

Rom. 14. 10. 

1 Tea. 4. 16. 

Hoik. 1. 7. 
kHal. 110. 1. 

Oih. 7. 55. 
1 2 Nalli 18. 

37. &. 19. 1. 



i»Oihk.24. 16. 

loa. 19. 7. 
n [a. 50. 6. & 

63.3. 

mo. 27. 30. 
Luk. 22. 63. 

loa. 19. 3. 
V Or, rotft. 



57 f * And they that had laid hold 
on Jesus led him away to Caiaphas 
the high priest, where the scribes 
and the elders were assembled. 

58 But Peter followed him afar off 
unto the high priest's palace, and 
went in, and sat with the serrants, 
to see the end. 

59 Now the chief priests, and 
elders, and all the council, sought 
false witness against Jesus, to put 
him to death ; 

60 But found none: yea, though 
^many false witnesses came, yet 
found they none. At the last came 
•*two false witnesses, 

61 And said. This fellow said, *I 
am able to destroy the temple of 
God, and to build it in three days. 

62 ' And the high priest arose, and 
said unto him, Answerest thou 
nothing? what is it which these 
witness against thee ? 

63 But 'Jesus held his peace. 
And the high priest answered and 
said unto him, ^I adjure thee by 
the living God, that thou tell us 
whether thou be the Christ, the 
Son of God. 

64 Jesus saith unto him, Thou 
hast said : nevertheless I say unto 
you, 'Hereafter shall ye see the 
Son of man ^sitting on the right 
hand of power, and coming in the 
clouds of heaven. 

65 * Then the high priest rent his 
clothes, saying, He hath spoken 
blasphemy; what further need 
have we of witnesses ? behold, now 
ye have heard his blasphemy. 

66 What think ye ? They answer- 
ed and said, "He is guilty of death. 

67 "Then did they spit in his face, 
and buffeted him; and "others 
smote him with « the palms of their 
hands, 



M 



MATAIO, XXVri 



68 I aim la, £ ka Meaia, e »koko 
mai 06 la makou, nawai oe i papal 
aku? 

69 ^ *iNoho iho la o Petero iwaho 
ma ka pahale ; a hele mai la ke- 
kahi kaikamahine io na Icl i mai 
la, oe no hoi kekahi me lesu no 
Galilaia. 

70 Hoole aku la ia imua o lakou 
a pau, i aku la^ Aole au ike i kau 
mea e olelo mai nei« 

71 Hele aku la ia iwaho ma ka 
ipuka, ike mai la kekahi kaikama- 
lune e ae ia ia, a hai aku la ia la- 
kou ilaila, Oia nei no hoi kekahi 
me lesu no Nazareta. 

72 Hoole hou aku la ia me ka 
hoohiki ino, Aole au ike i ua kana- 
ka la. 

73 Mahope iho, hele mai la ka 
poe e ku ana ilaila, i mai la ia 
Petero, Oiaio no, o oe kekahi o lakou, 
no ka mea, ke hoike mai nei '^kau 
olelo ia oe iho. 

74 Alalia, 'hoomaka iho la ia e 
hailiili a me ka hoohiki ino, i aku 
la, Aole au i ike ia kanaka. A ooo 
koke iho la ka moa. 

75 A hoomanao iho la o Petero i 
ka mea a lesu i olelo mai ai ia ia, 
* Mamua mai o ke ooo ana o ka moa, 
e pakolu no kau hoole ana mai ia'u. 
Hele aku la ia iwaho, a uwe wa- 
lania iho la ia. 

MOKTJNA XXVn. 

AKAKAHIAKA ae la, kukaku- 
ka iho la *ka poe kahuna nui 
a pau, a me ka poe lunakahiko o na 
kanaka, i ka mea e make ai o lesu. 

2 Hikukii iho la lakou ia ia, kai 
aku la ia ia, a ^haawi aku la ia 
Ponetio Pilato ke kiaaina. 

3 IT ^ Alalia, ike ae la o luda nana 
ia i kumakaia aku, ua hoohewaia 
o lesu e make, mihi iho la ia, hoi- 
hoi aku la ia i na moni he kanakolu 
i ka poe kahuna nui a me na luna- 
kahiko, 

4 I aku la, Ua hewa wau i kuu 
kumakaia ana aku 1 ke koko hala 



J 
A,D. 33. 




rLak.22.5B. 
• Mar. 14. 71. 



t pan. 34. 
Mar. 14. 90. 
Luk. 22. 61, 
62. 
loa. 13.98.. 



a Hal. 2.1 
Mar. 15. 1. 
Lnk. 22. m. 
It2ai. 
loa. 18. 28. 

b ma SO. 19. 
Oifa. 3. 13. 

e mo. 26. 14, 
15. 



68' Saying, »* Prophesy unto ixs, 
thou Cluist, Who is he that smote 
thee? 

69 IT **Now Peter sat without in 
the palace: and a damsel came 
unto him, saying, Thou also wa^t 
with Jesus of Galilee. 

70 But he denied before them all, 
saying, I know not what thou 
sayest. 

71 And when he was gone out 
into the porch, another maid saw 
him, and said unto them that -were 
there. This fellow was also -with 
Jesus of Nazareth. 

72 And again he denied with ai^ 
oath, I do not know the man. 

73 And after a wlule came onto 
him they that stood by, and said to 
Peter, Surely thou also art OTie of 
them; for thy 'speech bewray eth 
thee. 

74 Then 'b^gan he to curse and 
to swear, saying, I know not the 
man. Ajid immediately the cock 
crew. 

75 And Peter remembered the 
word of Jesus, which said unto him, 
* Before the cock crow, thou shalt 
deny me thrice. And he went out, 
and wept bitterly. 



CHAPTER XXVII. 

WHEN the morning was come, 
•all the chief priests and 
elders of the people took counsel 
against Jesus to put him to death : 

2 And when they had bound him, 
they led him away, and ''delivered 
him to Pontius Pilate the governor. 

3 IT *Then Judas, which had be- , 
trayed him, when he saw that he 
was condemned, repented himself, ' 
and brought again the thirty pieces 
of silver to the chief priests and I 
elders, 

4 Saying, I have sinned in that 1 1 
have betrayed the innocent blood. 



MATAIO, XXVIL 



old. I mM la iakoti, Heaha ia ia 
makou ? Ia oe aku no ia mea. 

5 Hoolei iho la ia i na moni ilalo, 
maioko o ka laakini, <*hele aku la, 
a kaawe iho la ia ia iho. 

6 Lawe ae la ka poo kahuna nui i 
ua mau moni la, i ae la, Aohe pono 
ke waiho aku ia mea me na moni 
laa; no ka mea, o ke knmu keia i 
kuai ai i ke koko. 

7 Kukakuka iho la lakou, a kuai 
aka la me ia mau mea i ka aina o 
ka potera, i wahi e kanu ai i na 
maUhini. 

8 No ia mea, ua kapaia na aina 
la, 'ka aina koko, a hiki i neia 
manawa. 

9 Ilaila i ko ai ka olelo a ke kaula 
a leremia, i i mai ai, ' Ua lawo aku 
lakou i na moni he kanakolu, ke 
kumukuai no ka mea i kuaiia, ka 
mea a ka poe mamo a Iseraela i 
kuai ai; 

10 A haawi aku la lakou ia mau 
mea no ka aina o ka potera, e like 
me ka ka Haku i kauoha mai ia ia'u. 

11 Ku ae la o lesu imua o ke 
kiaaina, ^ninau mai la ke kiaaina 
ia ia, i mai la, O oe no anoi ke alii 
ka poe ludaio ? 1 aku la lesu ia 
ia, Oia no ^kau i olelo mai la. 

12 la ia i ahewaia'i e na kahuna 
nui a me na lunakahiko, aole * ia i 
olelo iki aku. 

13 Alalia, i mai la o Pilato ia ia, 
^Aole anei oe e lohe ia mau mea 
be nui wale a lakou e hoike mai 
uei nou ? ^mu 

14 Aole hoi oia i olelo iki aku ia 
ia, a kahahg nui iho la ke kiaaina. 

15 ' la ahaaina he mea mau no i 
ke kiaaina ke kuu aktt i kekahi 
paahao no na kanaka, i ka mea a 
lakou 1 makemake ai. 

16 He paakao kaulana ia lakou ia 
manawa, o Baraha ka inoa. 

17 A akoakoa mai la lakou, ninau 
aku la o Pilato ia lakou, Owai ka 
onkou e makemake nei e kala aku 
VI no <Mig% « Baraba anei, a o 
lesu attnliiMdi^ka Mesia? 



A. B. 33. 



d 2 Sun. 17. 
23. 
Olh.1. 18. 



f Zek. 11. 12, 

13. 



H OTyWhom 
they bottffht 
o/theehtl- 
drenqfb- 
raeL 



ff Mar. 15.2. 
Luk. 23. S. 
I<MU 18. S3. 



hloa.18. S7. 
1 Tim. 6. 13. 



i mo. 26. 63. 
loa. 19. a 



k mo. 38. 62. 
loa. 19. 10. 



1 Mar. 15. 6. 
Luk. 23. 17. 
loa. 18. 39. 



93 

And they said. What is that to ub? 
see thou to that, 

5 And he cast down the pieces of 
silver in the temple, <^and departed, 
and went and hanged himself. 

6 And the chief pfiests took the 
silver pieces, and said. It is not law- 
ful for to put them into the treas- 
ury, because it is the price of blood. 

7 And they took counsel, and 
bought wiili them the potter's field, 
to bury strangers in. 

8 Wherefore that field was called, 
•The field of blood, unto this day. 

9 Then was fulfilled tliat which 
was spoken by Jeremy the prophet, 
sayiiig, 'And they took the thirty 
pieces of silver, the price of him 
that was valued, » whom they of the 
children of Israel did value ; 

10 And gave them for the potter's 
field, as the Lord appointed me. 

11 And Jesns stood before the 
governor : <^ and the governor asked 
him, saying, Art thou the King of 
the Jews? And Jesus said unto 
him, **Thou sayest. 

12 And when he was accused of 
the chief priests and elders, ^he 
answered nothing. 

13 Then said Pilate unto him, 
* Hearest thou not how many things 
they witness against thee ? 

14 And he answered him to never 
a word; insomuch that the gov- 
ernor marvelled greatly. 

15 'Now at that feast the gov- 
ernor was wont to release unto 
the people a prisoner, whom they 
would. 

16 And they had then a notable 
prisoner, called Barabbas. 

17 Therefore when they were 
gathered together, Pilate said unto 
them. Whom will ye that I re- 
lease unto you? Barabbas, or Je- 
sus whieh is called Christ ? 



94 

18 No ka mea, ua ike iho la ia, 
no ka huahua i hoopea aku ai la- 
kou ia ia. 

1 9 f A i kona noho ana ma ka noho 
hookolokolo, hoouna mai la kana 
wahine io na la, i mai la, Mai mea 
iki aku oe i ua kanaka hala ole la ; 
no ka mea, ua kaumaha loa wau 
nona i keia la ma ka moeuhane. 

20 ">Aka, hookonokono aku la ka 
poe kahuna nui a me ka poe luna- 
kahiko i na kanaka, e noi mai ia 
Baraba, a e pepehi ia le&u. 

21 Olelo aku la ke kiaaina, i aku 
la ia lakou, Owai ko oukou mea 
makemake o laua uei, e kuu aku 
ai au no oukou ? 1 mai la lakou, 
Baraba. 

22 Ninau aku la o Pilato ia lakou, 
Heaha hoi ka'u e hana aku ai ia 
lesu, i kapaia ka Mesia ? I mai la 
lakou a pau ia ia, £ kaulia ia ma 
ke kea. 

23 Ninau aku la ke kiaaina. No 
ke aha ? Heaha ka hewa ana i ha- 
na' i? A nui loa ae la ka lakoa 
uwa ana mai, i mai, £ kaulia ma 
ke kea. 

24 IT Ike ae la Pilato, aole e hiki 
kana, aka, he nui loa ka haunaele 
ana mai, ° lalau aku la ia i ka wai, 
a holoi iho la i kona mau lima 
imua o ka poe kanaka, i aku la, 
Aohe o'u hala i ke koko o keia ka- 
naka pono : ia oukou aku no ia. 

25 Olelo mai la ka poe kanaka a 
pau, Iluna iho o makou ''kona koko, 
iluna hoi o ka makou kamalii. 

26 ^ Alalia, kuu ae la ia ia Baraba 
no lakou: aka, Phahau aku la oia 
ia lesu, a haawi aku la ia ia e 
kaulia' i ma ke kea. 

27 'I Alalia, kai aku la ka poe koa 
o ke kiaaina ia lesu iloko o kahi 
hookolokolo, a houluulu mai la 
lakou i ka poe koa a pau io na 
la. 

28 Wehe ae la lakou i kona kapa, 
a 'kahiko iho la ia ia i ka aahu 
ulaula. 

29 ^ ■Ulanaiho la lakou i leialii ka- 
kalaioa^ a kau aku la ia maluna o 



MATAIO, XXVU. 



A.D. 33. 



nMar. 15. 11. 
Lttk. 33. 18. 
loa. 18. 40. 
Oih. 3. 14. 



iiKaa.21.6. 



o Kan. 19. 10. 

lo8. 2. 19. 

2 Sam. 1. 16. 

1 NaUi 2. 32. 

Oih. 5. 28. 
P Is. 53. 5. 

Mar. 15. 15. 

Luk. 23. 16, 

24,25. 

loa. 19. 1, 16. 
qMar. 15. 16. 

loa. 19. 2. 



II Or, 
or'w 



,aovtr'n- 
nouM. 



rLak.23.11. 



« Hal. 69. 19. 
!■. 53. 3. 



18 For he knew that for envy they 
had delivered him. 

1 9 IT When he was set down on the 
judgment seat, his wife sent unto 
him, saying, Have thou nothing to 
do with that just man : for I have 
suffered many things this day in a 
dream because of him. 

20 "'But the chief psiests and eld- 
ers persuaded the multitude that 
they should ask Barabbas, and de- 
stroy Jesus. 

21 The governor answered and 
said unto them, Whether of the 
twain will ye that 1 release unto 
you ? They said, Barabbas. 

22 Pilate saith unto them, "What 
shall I do then with Jesus wliich 
is called Christ? They all say 
unto him, Let him be crucified. 

23 And the governor said, Why, 
what evil hath he done? But 
they cried out the more, saying, 
Let him be crucified. 

I 

24 IT When Pilate saw that he could 
prevail nothing, but that rather a 
tumult was made, he " took water, 
and washed his hands before the 
multitude, saying, I am innocent of 
the blood of this just person : see 
ye to it, 

25 Then answered all the people, 
and said, ^His blood be on us, and 
on our ohil4|M|. ^ . 

26 ^ ThenlRRaseji hie Barabbas 
xmto them: and when ^he had 
scourged Jesus, he delivered him 
to be crucified. 

27 iThen the soldiers of the gov- 
ernor took Jesus into the H common 
hall, and gathered wato him the 
whole band of soldiers, 

28 And they stripped him, and 
^ put on him a scarlet robe. 

29 IT 'And when theylM^plaAted a 
crown of thorns^ tlMp(rtlt it upon 



MATAIO, XXVII. 



kona poo, a me ka ohe ma kona li- 
ma akau; kuknli iho la imua ona, 
hoomaewaewa aka la lakou ia la, i 
ah la, Aloha oe, e ke Alii o ka poe 
ladaio ! 

30 A * kuha aka la lakou ia ia, la- 
laa aku hoi i ka ohe, a hahau aku 
la hoi i kona poo. 

31 A paa ko lakou hoomaewae- 
wa ana ia ia, Vehe ae la lakou i ua 
aaha la, a hoaahu ae la ia ia i ko- 
na aahu, a "kai aku la ia ia e kau- 
lia'i ma ke kea. 

32 'I ko lakou hele ana iwaho, 
^loaa iho la ia lakou kekahi kana- 
ka no Knrene, o Simona kona inoa ; 
^i aka la lakou ia ia e amo i kona 
kea. 

33 »A hiki aku la lakou i kahi i 
kapaia o Gologota, oia hoi keia i 
^ikeia, he wahi iwipoo, 

34 1[ 'Haawi aku la lakou i ka vi- 
^ega i kawili pu ia me ka laau 
awaawa, e inu; a i ka hoao ana 
Ao, aole ia i makemake e inu. 

3o ''Eau aku la lakou ia ia ma ke 
kea, a puunaue aku la i kona mau 
kipa, a puu iho la hoi ; i ko ai 
ka mea i oleloia e ke kaula, « Ua 
puunaue ae lakou i kuu mau kapa 
aahu no lakou, a no ko'u kapakomo 
ua puu no lakou. 

36 <>Noho iho la lakou ilaila, a 
kiai aku la ia ia. 

37 'Kau aku la lakou malima ae 
kona poo i ka palapala o kona 
wewa ana, lESU KEIA, KE 
^LII KAJ>OE-ItJDAIO. 

38 'Elua hoi kanaka powa i kau- 
^•» pu me ia ma ke kea, ma ka li- 
jna akau kekahi, ma ka lima hema 
toi kekahi 



) * ka poe maalo ae, kuamua- 
^^ aku la lakou ia ia, e hooluliluli 
s-aaiko lakou poo, 

40 Me ka i ana, "^O oe ka mea na- 
jaewawahi i ka luakini, a hooku 
^011 ae I na la ekolu, e hoola oe ia 
^ Iho. A 'o ke Keiki oe a ke 
AKua, e iho mai oe ilalo mailuna 
^ ke feea. 

** "oouiftiKttiewa aku la no hoi 



A.D.33. 



t Is. 50. 6. 
ma 26. 67. 



aUa.7. 



xNab.1&Sfi. 

lNalil21.1S. 

Oih. 7. fie. 

H«b. IS. IS. 
y Mar. 15.21. 

Luk.S8.SB. 

< Mar. 15.22. 
Luk. S3. 33. 
loa. 19. 17. 

a Hal. 69. 21. 
See pau. 48. 



bMar.l5L»4. 
Luk. S3. 34. 
loa. 19. 24. 



d pan. 54. 



• Mar. 15. 26. 
Luk. 23. 38. 
loa. 19. 19. 



f Is. 5S. I2L 
Mar. 15. 27. 
Luk. 23. 32, 
S3, 
loa. 19. 18. 

r Hal. 22. 7. & 
109.25. 
Mar. 15l 29. 
Luk. 23. 35. 

h mo. 26. 61. 
loa. 2. 19. 



95 

his head, and a reed in his right 
hand: and they howed the knee 
before him, and mocked him, say- 
ing, Hail, King of the Jews ! 

30 And ^ they spit upon him, and 
took the reed, and smote him on 
the head. 

31 And after that they had mock- 
ed him, they took the robe off from 
him, and put his own raiment on 
him, ?and led him away to crucify 
him, 

32 ' And as they came out, ^ they 
found a man of Cyrene, Simon by 
name : him they compelled to bear 
his cross. 

33 'And when they were come 
unto a place called Golgotha, that 
is to say, a place of a skull, 

34 If *They gave him vinegar to 
drink mingled with gall : and when 
he had tasted thereof^ he would not 
drink. 

35 ''And they crucified him, and 
parted his garments, casting lots: 
that it might be fulfilled which 
was spoken by the prophet, * They 
parted my garments among them, 
and upon my vesture did they cast 
lots. 

36 ''And sitting down they watch- 
ed him there ; 

37 And *set up over his head 
his accusation written, THIS IS 
JESUS THE KING OF THE 
JEWS. 

38 'Then were there two thievM 
crucified with him; one on ml 
right hand, and another on the left. 

39 T And * they that passed by re- 
viled him, wagging their heads^ 

40 And saying, ''Thou that de- 
stroyest the temple, and buildest it 
in three days, save thyself. 'If 
thou be the Son of God, come down 
from the cross. 

41 Likewise also the chief priests 



96 



MATAIO, XXVII. 



ka poe kahuna litii, me ka poe ka^ 
kauolelo, a me ka poe lunakahiko, 
i aku la, 

42 Ua hoola kela ia hai, aole ka e 
hiki ia ia ke hoola ia ia iho. A o 
ke alii ia no ka Iseraela, e iho iho 
ia ilalo mai ke kea mai, a e manaoio 
aku makon ia ia. 

43 ^Ua paulele aku no ia i ke 
Akua, a ina makemake mai ke 
Akua ia ia, e hoola mai kela ia ia 
ano J no ka mea. ua olelo mai no 
ia, Owau no ke Keiki a ke Akua. 

44 'Pela mai no hoi na powa e 
kau pu ana me ia, hoino mai la 
ia ia. 

45 >"Mai ka hora aono a hiki i ka 
hora aiwa, ua pouli ka honua a pau. 

46 A i ka iwa o ka hora, kahea 
aku la o ^ lesu me ka leo nui, i aku 
la, Eli, Eli, lama sahaketani? oia 
hoi keia, ^E kuu Akua, e kuu 
Akua; no ke aha la oe i haalele 
mai ai ia'u ? 

47 A lohe ae la kekahi poe o la- 
kou e ku ana malaila, i mai la ]a- 
kou, Ke kahea aku nei oia ia Elia. 

48 Hole koke aku la kekahi o la- 
kou, lalau ae la i ka huahuakai, 
^hoou iho la i ka vinega, kau aku 
la ia ma ka ohe, a haawi aku la ia 
ia e inu. 

49 I mai la kekahi poe, Alia, a 
ike kakou, e hele mai paha o Elia 
e hoola ia ia. 

50 IT 'Kahea hou aku la o lesu 
me ka leo nui, alalia kuu aku la ia 
i ka uhane. 

51 Aia hoi, >'nahae iho la ka paku 
o ka luakini iwaena, mailuna a ha- 
la ilalo : naueue ae la ka honua, 
naha'e la hoi na pohaku. 

52 Hamama ae la na halekupa- 
pau, a he nui na haipule e hiamoe 
ana i ala hou mai, . . 

53 A hele mai la iwaho o na hale- 
kupapau mahopc iho o kona ala 
hou ana mai, a komo aku la iloko 
o ke kulanakauhale hoano, a ua 
ikea e na mea he nui loa. 

54 'A ike ae la ka lunafaaiiNri, ao 



A.D. 33. 



kHaL22.8. 



I Mar. 1& 32. 
Lak.2S.S9. 



nAin.8.9. 
Mar. 15l S3. 
LUk. 23. 44. 



BHeb.&.7. 
o Hal. 22.1. 



P Hal. 69. 21. 
Mar. 15. S8. 
Luk. 23. 36. 
loa.19.S9L 



q Mar. 15. 97. 
Luk. 23. 46. 



rPtak.26.31. 
2 Oiblii 3. 14. 
Mai. IS. 88. 
Luk. 23. 46. 



• pan. 36. 
Mar. 15. 39. 
Luk. 23. 47. 



mocking him, "with the scrihes and 
elders, said, 

42 He saved others; himself he 
cannot save. If he be the King 
of Israel, let him now come down 
from the cross, and we will beliere 
him. 

43 *He trusted in God; let him 
deliver him now, if' he will have 
him : for he said, I am the Son of 
God. 

44 *The thieves also, which were 
crucified with him, cast the same 
in his teeth. 

45 "Now from the sixth hour 
there was darkness over all ihe 
land unto the ninth hour. 

46 And about the ninth hour "Je- 
sus cried with a loud voice, saying, 
Eli, Eli, lama sabachthani ? that is 
to say, "My God, my God, why 
hast thou forsaken me ? 

47 Some of them that stood there, 
when they heard that, said, This 
man calleth for Elias. 

48 And straightway one of them 
ran, and took a sponge, ^and filled 
it with vinegar, and put it on a 
reed, and gave him to drink. 

49 The rest said. Let be, let us 
see whether Elias will come to 
save him. 

50 ^ *> Jesus, when he had cried 
again with a loud voice, yielded 
up the ghost. 

51 And, behold, 'the vail of the 
temple was rent in twain from the 
top to the bottom; and the eartli 
did quake, and the rocks rent ; 

52 And the' gra-v^s were opened ; 
and many bodies of the saints whicli 
slept arose, 

53 And came out of the graves 
after his resurrection, and went in- 
to the holy city, and appeared unto 
many. 

54 'Now when the centurion^ and 



MATAIO, XXVII. 



•7 



na mea me ia e kiai ana ia lesu i 
ke olai, a me ua mea i hanaia, ma- 
kavL loa iho la lakoa, i ae la, He 
oiaio no, o ke Keiki no keia a ke 
Akua ! 

55 He noi no hoi ka poe wahine 
ma kahi mamao aku, e makaikai 
mai ana; na Uakou i ukaii ia lean 
mai Galilaia mai e lawelawe ana 
naaa. 

56 " Me lakou pn o Maria no Ma- 
gedala, a o Maria ka makuwahine 
lakoba laua o lose, a me ka ma- 
kuwahine o na keiki a Zebedaio. 

57 ' A ahiahi ae la, hele mai la 
kekahi kanaka waiwai no Arima- 
taia, o losepa kona inoa, he hanma- 
na hoi ia na lesu. 

58 Hele aku la ia io Pilato la, a 
noi aku la i ke kino o lesu. Alalia 
kauoha aku la o Pilato, e haawiia 
mai ke kino. 

59 Lawe ae la o losepa i ke kino, 
a wahi iho la ia ia iloko o ka lole 
olona maemae : 

60 A 7 waiho iho la ia ia ma kona 
haleknpapau hou i kalaiia iloko o 
ka pohaku : a olokaa aku la ia i 
pohaka nui ma ka puka o ua hale- 
kapapau la, a hoi aku la. 

61 Malaila no o Maria no Mage- 
dala, a me kekahi Maria, e noho 
ana ma kahi ku pono i ua haleku- 
papaa la. 

62 ^ 1 ka la mahope iho o ka la 
boomalolo, hele akoakoa aku la ka 
poe kahuna nui a me ka poe Pari- 
Baio io Pihito la, 

63 1 aku la, £ ka haku, ke hoo- 
nianao net makou, i oleio mai ua 
kanaka hoopunipuni la i kona wa e 
olaana, 'A po akolu ae, e ala hou 
mai ana au. 

64 Nolaila, e kauoha aku oe i 
kiai pono ia'i ka halekupapau a hi- 

^ i ka poakolu, o hele mai ka poe 

j haomana ana, a aihue malu ia ia, 

I & e olelo aku i na kanaka, Ua ala 

in^i ia mai ka make mai ; a e nui 

loa aku ka hewa o keia hoopunipuni 

ii«pe i keia mamua. 

€3 I mai la o Pilato ia lakou, Aia 



A.D. 33. 



tLak.a.2;S. 



uMar. 1&40. 



xMar. 15 42. 
Luk. 21. .»0l 
loiu 19. 38. 



7 la. 53. a 



Kino. 16. 21. li 
17. 23. tL 20 
19 fc 26 61. 
Mar. 8. 31. } 
k 10. 34. 
Luk. 9. 22. & 
18. 33. & 24. 
6,7. 
loa. 2. 19. 



they that were with him, watching 
Jesus, saw the earthquake, and 
those things that were done, they 
feared greatly, saying. Truly this 
was the Son of God. 

55 And many women were then 
beholding afar off, ^ which followed 
Jesus from Galilee, ministering un- 
to him: 

56 "Among which was Mary Mag- 
dalene, and Mary the mother of 
James and Joses, and the mother 
of Zebedee's children. 

67 »Wheu the even was come, 
there came a rich man of Arima- 
thea, named Joseph, who also him-, 
self was Jesus' disciple : 

58 He went to Pilate, and begged 
the body of Jesub. Then Pilate 
commanded the body to be delivered. 

59 And when Joseph had taken 
the body, he wrapped it in a clean 
linen cloth, 

60 And 'laid it in his own new 
tomb, which he had hewn out in 
the rock: i .d he rolled a great 
stone to the door of the sepulchre, 
and departed. 

61 And there was Mary Magda- 
lene, and the other Mary, sitting 
over against the sepulchre. 

62 IT Now the next day, that fol- 
lowed the day of the preparation, 
the chief priests and Pharisees came 
together unto Pilate, 

63 Saying, Sir, we remember that 
that deceiver said, while he was 
yet alive, "After three days I will 
rise again. 

64 Command therefore that the 
sepulchre be made sure until the 
third day, lest his disciples come 
by night, and steal him away, and 
say unto the people. He is risen from 
the dead : so the last error shall be 
worse than the first. 

65 Pilate said unto them, Ye have 



ia oukou he poe fciai ; e haele ou- 
kou, e hoopaa loa i ka hale kapa^ 
pau. 

66 Hole aka la lakou, hoopaa iho 
la i ka halekupapau, *hoailona iho 
la i ka pohaku, a hoonoho iho la i 
poe kiai. 

MOKUNA XXVIII. 

ANOA ae la *ka Sabati^ a wehe 
ae la ke alaula o ka la mua 
ka hebedoma, hele aku la o Ma- 
ria no Ma^ala, a me ''kekahi 
Maha e nana i ka halekupapau. 

2 Aia hoi, he olai nui: no ka 
mea, ua iho mai ^ka anela a ka 
Haku mai ka lani mai, a oiokaa ae 
la i ka pohaku mai ka puka ae, a 
noho iho la iluna o ia mea. 

3 <> Ua jike kona heleheiena me ka 
uila, a ua huali kona kapa e like me 
ka hau. 

4 Uaalulu iho la ka poe kiai i ka 
makau ia ia, a ua like lakou me na 
kanaka make. 

5 Olelo mai la ka anela i ua mau 
wahine la, Mai makau olua, no ka 
rnea, ua ike au e imi ana olua ia 
lesu i ka mea i kaulia ma ke kea. 

6 Aole ia maanei, no ka mea, ua 
ala ae ia * e like me kana olelo ana ; 
e haele mai olua e nauft i kahi i 
■vrsAho ai o ka llaku. 

7 £ haele koke olua e hai aku i 
kana poe haumana, ua ala ae ia 
mai ka make mai ; aia hoi, 'e hele 
aku ana ia mamua o oukou i Gall- 
laia, malaila oukou e ike aku ai ia 
ia. £ia hoi, ua hai aku no wau ia 
olua. 

8 Hoi koke aku la laua iwaho o 
ka halekupapau me ka makau a me 
ka olioli nw, a hole aku la laua e 
hai aku i na haumaua ana. 

9 ^ I ko laua hel%.ana aku e hai i 
na haumana, aia hoi, s^alawai 
mai la o lesu me laua, i mai la, 
Aloha olua! Hele aku la laua, 
apo ae la ma kona wawae, a hoo- 
mana aku la ia ia. 

to* Alalia, i mu lao le^u ia laua, 



MATAIO, XXVIir. 



A. JD. 33. 



• Dan. a 17. 



«Mur.l6. 1. 
Luk. 24. 1. 
Ioa.2ai. 

bmo. 27. 56. 

N Or. had 
bteii. 
e See Mar. 16. 

5. Luk. 24.4. 
loa. 20. 12. 



d Dan. 10. 6. 



• mo.. 12 40 & 
16. 21 & 17. 
23. Il 20. 19. 



f mo. 26. S2. 
Mar. 16. 7. 



ff See Mar. 16. 
9. loa. 20. 14. 



a watch : go your way, make it u 
sure aa ye can. 

66 So they went, and made the 
sepulchre sure, * sealing the stone, 
and setting a watch. 



CHAPTER XXVIII. 

IN the * end of the sabbath, as it 
began to dawn toward the first 
day of the week, came Mary Mag- 
dalene ** and the other Mary to see 
the sepulchre. 

2 And, behold, there H was a great 
earthquake : for * the angel of the 
Lord descended from heaven, aud 
came and rolled back the stone from 
the door, and sat upon it. 

3 •* His countenance was like light- 
ning, and his raiment white as 
snow: 

4 And for fear of him the keepers 
did shake, and became as dead meih 

5 And the angel answered and 
said unto the women, Fear not ye : 
for I know that ye seek Jesus, which 
was crucified. 

6 He is not here : for he is risen^ 
*as he said. Come, see the place 
where the Lord lay. 

7 And go quickly, and tell his dis- 
ciples that he is risen from the dead ; 
and, behold, 'he goeth before you 
into Galilee ; there shall ye se^ 
him : lo, 1 have told you. 



8 And they departed quickly frow 
the sepulchre with fear and greal 
joy ; and did run to bring his dis- 
ciples word. 

9 Tl" And as they went to tell his 
disciples, behold, 'Jesus met them, 
saying, All hail. And they canM 
and held him by the feet, and wor 
shipped him. 

10 Then said Jesus unto them, B^ 



MATAIO, XXVm. 



Mai makau olna, <m hele e i aku i 
^ko'u poe hoahanau, e haele aka 
lakou i Galilaia, malaUa lakou e 
ike ai ia'u. 

11 ^ A hala aka la laua, alalia 
hele aku la kekahi mau mea o ka 
poe kiai iloko o ke kolanakauhale, 
ahai aku la i ka poe kahuna nui i 
Ba mea a pau i hanaia. 

12 A akoakoa ae la lakou me ka 
poe lunakahiko, kukakukaiho la la- 
koa, a haa^ aku la i na moni he 
nni i ka poe koa, 

13 I aku la, £ olelo aku oukou^ 
Na kana poe haumana no i kii mai 
i ka po, a lawe malu aku la ia ia 
i ko makou wa e hiamoe ana. 

14 Ina e hiki aku keia i na pe- 
peiao o ke kiaaina, na makou ia e 
hoolealea aku, a e hoopakele ia ou- 
kon. 

15 Lawe ae la lakou i ua moni 
la. a hana aku la e like me ka la- 
kou i kauoha mai ai. A ua kai 
aka la ia blelo ana iwaena o ka poe 
ludaio a. hiki i neia manawa. 

16 T Hele aku la ka poe haumana 
he umikumamakahi i Galilaia, i ka 
maona a * lesu i hoike mai ai ia la- 
kou. 

17 A ike aku la lakou ia ia, hoo- 
mana aku la ia ia; aka, ua kanalua 
kekahi poe. 

18 Hele mai la o lesu olelo mai 
la ia lakou, i mai la, ^Ua haawiia 
mai ia'u ka mana a pau ma ka lani 
a ma ka honna nei. 

19 If > E hele ae oukou e "hoohau- 
mana aku i na lahuikanaka a pau, 
e bapeiisBO ana ia lakou iloko o ka 
iiioa o ka Makua, a o ke Keiki, a o 
ka Uhane Hemolele : 

20 " £ ao aku ana ia lakou e ma- 
lama i na mea a pftu a'u i kauoha 
aku ai ia oukou. Aia hoi, owau 
no me oukou i na manawa a 
pia. a hiki i ka hopena o keia ao. 
Amene. 



AD. 33. 




i mo. 96. 92, 
p«tt.7. 



S.^. 



kDtti.7. 

14. 

27. fc 16. 38. 

Lq)l La8.lt 

10.22. • 

Ioa.a3S.lc 

5.23Llil9.& 

&17.2. 

Olh.2.86. 

Rom. 14. 9. 

I Kor. 15. 27. 

Ep. 1. 10, 21. 

PO. 2. 9, 10. 

Heb. 1. 2. It 

2.8. 

1 Pets. 22. 

Hoik. 17. 14. 
1 Mar. 16. 15. 
n Is. 52. la 

Luk. 24. 47. 

0th. 2.38,39. 

Rom. 10. 18. 

KoL1.2Sw 
H Or, cb'acrpb 

aUnatiom, 
aOih.2.42. 



99 

not afraid: go tell ^my brethren 
that they go into Galilee, and there 
ahall they aee me. 

11 IT Now when they were going, 
behold, some of the watch came 
into the city, and shewed unto the 
chief priests all the things that were 
done. 

12 And when they were assembled 
with the elders, and had taken coun- 
sel, they gave large money imto the 
soldiers, 

13 Saying, Say ye, His disciples 
came by night, and stole him avfay 
while we slept. 

14 And if this oome to the govern- 
or's ears, we will persuade him, 
and secure you. 

15 So they took the money, and 
did as they were taught : and this 
saying is commonly reported among 
the Jews until this day. 

16 IT Then the eleyen disoiples 
went away into Galilee, into a 
mountain * where Jesus had ap- 
pointed them. 

17 And when they saw him, they 
worshipped him : hut some doubted. 

18 And Jesus came and syake un- 
to them, saying, * All power is given 
tmfto me in heaven and in earth. 

19 1 * Go ye therefore, and "H teach 
all nations, baptizing them in the 
name of the Father, and of the Son, 
and of the Holy Ghost : 

20 "Teaching them to observe all 
things whatsoever I have com- 
manded you: and, lo, I am with 
you alway, even unto the end of 
the world. Amen. 



KA EUANELIO 

I KAKAVIA*! 

E MAREKO. 



MOKUNA I. 

OKA mua o ka euanelio no lesu 
Kristo, *ke Keiki a ke Akua; 

2 £ like me ia i palapalaia e ke 
kaula, e Isaia, ''Aia hoi, ke hoouna 
aku nei au i ko'u elele mamua o 
kou alo, nana no e hoomakaukaa i 
kou alanui mamna ou. 

3 ^ Ka leo o ka mea e kala ana ma 
ka waonahele, £ hoomakaukaa ou- 
kou i alanui no ka Haku, e hana i 
kona mau kuamoo, i pololei. 

4 *^Bapetizo ae la o loane ma ka 
waonahele, me ke ao mai i ka btu 
petizo ana no ka raihi, i mea e ka^ 
laia mai ai ka hala. 

5 ** Hele aku la io na la ko ka aina 
a pau o ludaia, a me ko lerusalema 
a pau, a bapetizoia iho la lakou e ia 
iloko o ka muliwai o loredane, me 
ka hai ana mai i ko lakou hewa. 

6 Ua 'aahuia o loane i ke kapa 
hula kamelo, a he kaei ili ma kona 
puhaka ; a he < uhini kana ai, a me 
ka meli o ka nahelehele. 

7 Ao mai la ia, i mai la, ^£ hele 
mai ana kekahi mahope nei o'u, ua 
01 aku ia mamua o'u, aole au e po- 
no ke kulon iho, e wehe i ke kaula 
o kona mau kamaa. 

8 'Ua bapetizo aku no wau ia ou- 
kou i ka wai ; aka, nana^ukou e ba- 
petizo aku '^i ka Uhane Hemolele. 

9 'Eia kekahi, ia mau la, hele 
mai la o lesu, mai Nazareta o Ga- 
lilaia mai, a bapetizoia iho la ia e 
loane iloko o loredane. 

10 *" A i kona pii koke ana, mai ka 
wai mai, ike aku la la i na lani, ua 
hamama, a i ka Uhane me he manu 
nunu la e iho mai ana maluna ona. 

11 A pae mfti la ka leo, mai ka 



A.D. 26. 




c Is. 40. 3. 
Mat. S 3. 
Luk 3. 4. 
loB. 1. 15^ 23. 



d Mat. 3.1. 

Luk. 3. 3. 

loa 3.23. 
II Or, unto. 



e Mats. ft. 



f Mats. 4. 
fOihk.11.22. 



h Mat 3. 11. 
loa. 1. 27. 
Oih. 13. 2& 



i Oih. 1. 5. k 
11. 16. It 19. 4. 

k Is. 44. 3. 
Ioela2. 28. 
Oib. 2. 4. & 
10. 45. k, 11. 
16, 16. 
lKor.12.lS. 

27. 

1 Mat 3. 13. 

Luk. 3. 21. 
uMat 3. 16. 

loa. 1. 31 
■ Or, 

or, rent 



THE GOSPEL 



ACCOBDINO TO 



ST. MARK. 



CHAPTER I. 

THE beginning of the gospel of 
Jesus Christ, *the Son of God; 

2 As it is written in the prophets, 
''Behold, I send my messenger be- 
fore thy face, which shall prepare 
thy way before thee. 

3 * The voice of one crying in the 
wilderness, Prepare ye the way of 
the Lord, make his paths straight. 

4 ^ John did baptize in the wilder- 
ness, and preach the baptism of re- 
pentance H for the remission of sins. 

5 * And there went out unto him 
all the land of Judea, and they of] 
Jerusalem, and were all baptized 
of him in the river of Jordan, con- 
fessing their sins. 

6 And John was 'clothed with 
camel's hair, and with a girdle of a 
skin about his loins ; and he did eai 
s locusts and wild honey; 

7 And preachbd, saying, '^Then 
Cometh one mightier than I aftei 
me, the latchet of whose shoes I an 
not worthy to stoop down and vm 
loose. . . 

8 * I indeed have baptized you 'vidtl 
water: but he shall baptize yoi 
"with the Holy Ghost. 

9 ' And it came to pass in those 
days, that Jesus came from Nazaj 
reth of Galilee, and was baptize< 
of John in Jordan. 

10 "And straightway coming uj 
Out of the water^ he saw the heav 
ens n opened, and the Spirit like t 
4iove descending upon him : 

11 Azid there came a Yoic« froa 



lani mai, 'oe no ka'a Eeiki pnna- 

hele, ka mea a'u i lealea nui aku ai. 

12 ®Ia wa iho, kipaku ae la ka 
Uhane ia ia i ka waonahele. 

13 Malaila no ia ma ka waonahe- 
le, hookahi kanaha la i hoowalewa* 
leia mai e Satana, mawaena o na 
holohoiqna hihiu; a ^malama mai 
na anela ia ia. 

14 iMahope iho o ka paa ana o 
loane iloko o ka halepaahao, hele 
mai la lesu i Galilaia, me ka '^hai 
iuia mai i ka euauelio no ke aupuni 
ke Akna ; 

15 1 mai la^ 'Ua hiki mai nei ka 
raanawa, ua kokoke mai nei ke • au- 
pani ke Akua. E miiii oukou a e 
manaoio i ka euanelio. 

16 "I kona hele ana ae mai ka 
nioanairai o Gaiilaia, ike mai la oia 
ia Simona, a me kona kaikaina, o 
Anederea, e kuu ana i ka upena ma 
ka moanawai ; no ka mea, he man 
lawaia laua. 

17 1 mai la lesu ia laua, E hahai 
olua mamuli o^u, a e hoolilo wau 
iaolua i man lawaia kanaka. 

18 ''Haalele koke iho la lava i ka 
laoa man upena, a hahai aku la 
iaia. 

19/ A liele iki ae la ia, ike mai la 
oiaialakobo a Zebedaio, a me ko- 
^ kaikaina o loane, ilima pu laua 
ka moka e bono ana i na upena. 

^0 Kahea koke mai la ia laua ; a 

^ele iho la laua i ko laua ma- 
I '^iikane, ia Zebedaio, iluna o ka 
' ^^j me na kanaka paaua, a ha- 

^ aku la iaua ia ia. 
21 *Hele ae la lakou i Kapere- 
' jauma, komo koke ae la ia iloko o 

^ halehalawai i ka la Sabati, a ao 

Jttai la. 

^2 *Mahalo iho la lakou i kana ao 
^oa, no ka mea, ao mai ia oia ia 
j^kou, me he mea mana la, aole 
li^emekapo»l||faiuolelo. 
^3 ""A malA ^o lakou haleha- 
^A^al kekahi kanaka i loohia e ka 
^e ino, a walaaa ae la ia; 



A.D.27. 




MABEKO, L 101 

heaven, saying, *Th(m art my be- 
loved Son, in whom I am well 
pleased. 

12 <*And immediately the Spirit 
dxiveth him into the ^derness. 

13 And he was there in the wil- 
derness forty days tempted of Sa- 
tan ; and was with the wild beasts ; 
I* and the angels ministered unto 
him. 

14 4 Now after that John was 
put in prison, Jesus came into Gali- 
lee, 'preaching the gospel of tho 
kingdom of God, 

*15 And saying, "The time is ful- 
filled, and * the kingdom of God is 
at hand: repent ye, and believe 
the gospel. 

16 "Now as he walked by the sea 
of Galilee, he saw Simon and An- 
drew his brother casting a net into 
the sea : for they were fishers. 



pHftt.4.11. 
30 

qMaL4.12. 

r Mat 4. 23. 



• DuL 9. 2&. 

Oal. 4. 4. 

£p. 1. 10. 
t Mat S. 2. lb 

4.17. 

« Mat 4. 18. 
Luk.6.4. 



X Mai. 19 27. 
LuJu 5. 11. 



7MaL4.21. 



31. 

s Mat 4. 13. 
Lak.4.31. 



aMatT. 28. 



bLak.4.S8. 



17 And Jesus said unto them. 
Come ye after me, and I will make 
you to become fishers of men. 

18 And straightway 'they forsook 
their nets, and followed him. 

19 ^And when he had gone a lit- 
tle further thenoe, he saw James 
the son of Zebedee, and John his 
brother, who also were in the ship 
mending their nets. 

20 And straighiway ho called 
them : and they left their father 
Zebedee in the ship with the hired 
servants, and went after him. 

21 'And they went into Caper- 
naum ; and straightway on the sab- 
bath day he entered into the syna- 
gogue, and taught. 

22 *And they were astonished at 
his doctrine: for he taught them 
as one that had authority, and n*t 
as the scribes. 

23 '*And there was in their syn- 
agogue a man with an unclean 
spirit; and he cried out, 



loi 



MABEKO, I. 



24 I ae lA^ Ea, ^beahft kftii ia ma- 
kou, e lesu no Nazereta? I hele 
mai nei anei oe e luku mai ia ma- 
kou ? Ua ike no au ia oe ; o oe no 
ka mea faoano a ke Akua. 

25 ''Papa ae la lesu ia ia, i ae la, 
Hamau, e ptlka mai oe iwaho ona. 

26 *Hookaawili iho la ka uhane 
ino ia la, walaau ae la ia me ka 
leo nui, a puka mai la ia iwaho ona. 

27 Mahalo akn la lakou a pan, 
nolaila, nalu lakou ia lakou iho no, 
i ae la, Heaha la keia? Heaha la 
hoi keia ao hou ana ? No kamen^ 
me ka leo mana no oia e kauoha 
aku nei i na uhane ino, a hoolohe 
io aku no lakou la ia. 

28 Kui koke aku la koua kaulana 
ma na mokuna a pau o Galilaia. 

29 'I ko lakou puka ana iwaho 
o ka halehalawai, komo koke ae la 
lakou me lakobo, a me loane iloko 
o ka hale o Simona laua o Anede- 
rea. 

- 30 £ moe ana ka makuahnnowai- 
wahine o Simona, i ka mai kuni ; a 
h'ai koke ae la lakou ia lesu nona. 
. 31 Alaila, hele mai la ia, lalau 
iha la i kona lima, hoala mai la ia 
ia ; a faaalele koke iho la ke kuni ia 
ia, a laweiawe ae la ia na lakou. 

32 s A ahiahi ae la, i ke komo ana 
a ka la, halihali mai la lakou io na 
la i na mea a pau i loohia i ka mai 
a me na daimony). 

33 Akoakoa mai la ko ke kulana- 
kauhale a pau ma ka ipuka. 

34 He nui na mea mai ana i hoola 
mai ai, na mea i loohia i keia mai, 
i keia mai, a nui no hoi na daimo- 
nio ana i mahiki aku ai ; ''aole ia i 
ae mai ia iakoii e olelo iki ae, no ka 
mea, ua ike lakou ia ia. 

35 * A i ka pili o ke ao ae, i ka wa 
poeleele, ala ae la ia, hele aku la 
iwaho, a hiki i kahi mehameha, 
ilaila oia i pule ai. 

36 A hahai aku la o Simona ia ia 
a me ka poe me ia pu. 

37 A loaa mai la oia ia lakou, i 



dp«u.84. 



• mo. 6. Hi. 



t Mat 8. 14 
l.uk.4.S8. 



ff Mat. 8.16. 
Lttk.4.40. 



h mo. 3. 12. 

Luk. 4. 41. 

See Oib. 16. 

17,18. 
n Or, to wy 

that they 

i Lttk. 4. 42. 



24 Saying, Let us alone; 'what 
have we to do with thee, thou Jesus 
of Nazareth ? art thou come to de- 
stroy us? I know thee who thou 
art, the Holy One of God. 

26 And Jesus * rebuked him, say- 
ing. Hold thy peace, and come out 
of him. 

26 And when the unclean spirit 
•had torn him, and cried with a 
loud voice, he came out of him. 

27 And they were all amazed, in- 
somuch that they questioned among 
themselves, saying, What thing is 
this? what new doctrine is tliis? 
for with authority commandeth he 
even the unclean spirits, and they 
do obey him. 

28 And immediately his fame 
spread abroad throughout all the 
region round about Galilee. 

29 'And forthwith, when they 
were come out of the synagogue, 
they entered into the house of Si- 
mon and Andrew, with James and 
John. 

30 But Simon's wife's mother lay 
sick of a fever ; and anon they tell 
him of her. 

31 And he came and took her by 
the hand, and lifted her up; and 
immediately the fever left her, and 
she ministered unto them. 

32 «^And at even, when the sun 
did set, they brought unto him all 
that were diseased, and them that 
were possessed with devils. 

33 And all the city was gathered 
together at the door. 

34 And he healed many that were 
sick of divers diseases, and cast 
out many devils ; and ''suffered not 
the devils B to speak, because they 
knew him. 

35 And 'in the morning, rising up 
a great while before day, he went 
out, and departe4into a solitary 
place, and there ^pftfed. 

36 And Simon AndlfkpY that were 
with him followed after him. 

' 37 And when they bad found 



MARRKD, n. 



108 



tka la lakou ia ^ Ke imi ilei na 

kanaka a pau ia oe. 

38 I mai la oia ia lakou, ^ E hole 
kakou ma kela mau kulanakauhfr- 
le, e ao aku ai au malaila. ' ko'u 
mea ia i hele mai ai iwaho nei. 

39 '"A ao mai la ia ma ko lakou 
halehalawai ma Galiluia a pau, a 
mahiki aku la hoi i na daimonio. 

40 'Hole aku la kekahi mai le- 
pera io na la^ kukali iho la, nonoi 
aku ia ia, i aku la, Ina makemake 
oe, e hiki no ia oe ke h'uikala mai 
ia'u. 

41 Haehae ae la ko lesu aloha, o 
Akn la kona lima, a hoopa aka la 
i& ia, i ae la, Ua makemake au, e 
kikalaia oe. 

42 A i kana olelo ana, haalele ko- 
ke aka la ka lepera ia ia, a huika- 
laia oia. 

43 Kaooha ikaika aka la lesu ia 
^ alalia, knu iho la. 

44 1 aka la ia ia, £ ao oe, mai hai 
iki aku i kekahi ; aka, e hele aku 
oe e hoike aku ia oe iho i ke kahu- 
^^' a e mohai aku no kou huikalaia 
\ "ka mea a Mose i kauoha mai ai, 
i mea e ike ai lakou. 

45 P A hiki aku ua kanaka la iwa- 
^0, hoolaha ae la ia, a hookaulana 
)oa ia mea, nolaila, i ole ai e hiki 
la lesu ke komo maopopo iloko o ke 
^lanakauhale, iwaho aku no ia i 
^ wahi mehameha ; a <i hele aku la 
^0 kela wahi, ko keia wahi io na la. 

MOKUNA 11. 

AM AHOPE iho o ia mati la, * he- 
le boa aku la no o lesu i Ea- 
P^^enauma, a loheia'e la kona noho 
I "^ja iloko oka hale. 
^ Alalia, hoakoakoa koke ia mai 
la na kanaka he nui loa; aole loa he 
j^ahi kaawale iki, aole no hoi ma 
^ jpnka, a hai mai la ia 1 ka olelo 
^ lakou. 

^ Hele mai la lakou io na la, e 
^alihali pu mai ana i kekahi mai 
"^p^ kaikoiia e na mea eha. 
4 Aole hiki ia lakou fee komo aku 



A.D. 31. 



kLuk.4.43. 



1 la. 61. 1. 

loiL 16. 28. 

1^17.4. 
iBMat.4. 23. 

LalL. 4. 44. 



• Mat. 8.2. 
Lttk.5.42L 



oOnik.l4.S, 

4,10. 

Luk.5.14. 
pLttk.&l& 



qmo. 2L13. 



• Matai. 
Luk. 6. 18. 



him, they said unto lam, All men 

se^ for thee. 

38 And he said unto them, ^Let 
UB go into the next towns, that I 
may preach there also: for ^ there* 
fore oame I forth. 

39 '"j\nd he preached in ti^ir 
synagogues throughout all Galilee, 
and cast oct devils. 

40 "And there came a leper 
to him, beseeching him, and kneel- 
ing down to him, and saying unto 
him, If thou wilt, thou canst make 
me clean. 

41 And Jesus, moved with com- 
passion, put forth his hand, and 
touched him, and saith unto him, I 
will ; be thou clean. 

42 And as soon as he had spoken, 
immediately the leprosy departed 
from him, and he was cleansed. 

43 And he straitly charged himi 
and forthwith sent him away ; 

44 And saith unto him, See thou 
say nothing to any man: but go 
thy way, shew thyself to the priest, 
and offer for thy cleansing those 
things <* which Moses commanded, 
for a testimony unto them. 

45 PBut he went out, and began 
to publish it much, and to blaze 
abroad the matter, insomuch that 
Jesus could no more openly enter 
into the city, but was without in 
desert places: vand they came to 
him itom every quarter. 

CHAPTER II. 

AND again *he entered into 
Capernaum after some days; 
and it was noised that he was in 
the house. 

2 And straightway many were 
gathered together. ins(»nuch that 
there was no room to receive them, 
no, not so much as about the door : 
and he preached the word unto them. 

3 And they come unto him, bring- 
ing one uck of the palsy, which 
was borne ci four. 

4 And when they could not come 



A.D. 31. 



bloh.u.4. 
;il8. 43. 25. 



e Mat 9. 4. 



dMat9.5. 



104 MABEKO, IL 

io na la, no ka paapu i kanaka, no- 
laila wawahi lakou maluna o ka 
hale, ma kona wahi ; a heme ia la- 
kou, alalia kuu iho la lakou i kahi 
moe i moe iho ai ka mai lolo. 

5 Ike mai la lesu i ko lakou ma- 
naoio, olelo iho la ia i ua lolo la, E 
ke kamaiki, ua kalaia kou hewa. 

6 £ noho ana kekahi poe kakauo- 
lelo malaila, a ohumu iho la lakou 
iloko ko lakou naau ; 

7 No ke aha la oia nei e olelo ai i 
na olelo hoino ? *'Owai la ka mea 
e hiki ai ke kala i ka hala, o ke 
Akua wale no ? 

8 I ^ ko lesu ike koke ana ma kona 
naau, ua ohumu malu lakou pela, 
i aku la oia ia lakou, No ke aha la 
oukou e ohumu nei i keia mau mea 
iloko ko oukou naau ? 

9 ^ Mahea ka hiki pono o ka olelo 
i ka mai lolo, Ua kalaia kou hewa ; 
a o ka olelo paha, £ ala'e, e kaikai 
i kou wahi moe, a e hole ? 

10 Aka, i ike oukou, he man a ko 
ke Keiki a ke kanaka ke kala aku i 
ka hala ma ka honua nei, (i ae la 
ia i ka mai lolo,) 

11 Ke olelo aku nei au ia oe, £ 
ala mai, e kaikai i kou wahi moe, 
a e hoi aku i kou hale. 

1 2 Ala koke ae la ia, kaikai ae la 
1 kona wahi moe, a hele aku la 
iwaho, imua o lakou a pau; nolai- 
la, mahalo aku la lakou a pau, hoo- 
nani aku la i ke Akua, i iho la, 
Akahi no kakou i ike i keia. 

13 *Hele hou aku la ia ma ka- 
pa ka moanawai ; a hele mai la 
na kanaka a pau io na la, a ao mai 
la oia ia lakou. 

14 'A i kona hele ana'e, ike iho la 
oia ia Levi a Alapaio, e noho ana i 
kahi auhau, i mai la ia ia, £ hahai 
mai oe ia'u. Eu ae la ia, a hahai 
aku la ia ia. 

15 «£ia kekahi, i kona noho ana 
i ka aina iloko o kona hale, he nui 
loa na lunaauhau a me na mea la- 
wehala i noho pu me lesu a me ka- 
na poe haumana; no ka mea, ua 
nui loa ka poe i hahai mamuli ona. 



eMat.9.9. 



r Mat. 9. 9. 
Lnk. 5. 27. 

il Or, at Uu 
place where 
theautom 
toa$ reeved. 

ff Mat 9. 10. 



nigh unto him for the presfi, they 
unco-^ered the roof whore he was : 
and when they had hroken it up, 
they let down the bed wherein the 
sick of the palsy lay. 

5 When Jesus saw their faith, 
he said unto the sick of the palsy, 
Son, thy sins be forgiven thee. 

6 But there were certain of the 
scribes sitting there, and reasoning 
in their hearts, 

7 Why doth this man thus speak 
blasphemies ? *> who can forgive sins 
but God only? 

8 And immediately, *when Jesus 
perceived in his spirit that they so 
reasoned within themselves, he said 
unto them. Why reason ye these 
things in your hearts ? 

9 ^ Whether is it easier to say to 
the sick of the palsy. Thy sins be 
forgiven thee ; or to say, i^rise, and 
take up thy bed, and walk ? 

10 But that ye may know that the 
Son of man hath power on earth to 
forgive sins, (he saith to the sick of 
the palsy,) 

111 say unto thee, Arise, and take 
up thy bed, and go thy way into 
thine house. 

"12 And immediately he arose, took 
up the bed, and went forth before 
them all ; insomuch that they were 
all amazed, and glorified God, say- 
ing, We never saw it on this fashion. 

13 "And he went forth again by 
the sea side ; and all the multitude 
resorted unto him, and he taught 
them. 

14 'And as he passed by, he saw 
Levi the son of Alpheus sitting n at 
the receipt of custom, and said unto 
him, Follow me. And he arose and 
followed him. 

15 'And it came to pass, that, 
as Jesus sat at meat in his house, 
many publicans and sinners sat also 
together with Jesus and his disci- 
ples ; for there were majiy, and they 
followed him. 



MABEKO, II. 



105 



16 A ike aka la ka poe kakanole- 
lo, a me ka poe Parisaio ia ia e ai 
pu ana me na lunaauhau, a me na 
lawehala, ninau ae la lakou i kana 
poe haumana, No ke aha la oia nei 
eai pa ai a inu pu hoi me na luna- 
aohau a me na lawehala ? 

17 Lohe ae la lesu, i aku la oia ia 
lakoa, ^ Aole no ka poe oia ke ka- 
huna lapaaa, no ka poe mai no ia. 
I hele mai nei an e ao aku i ka 
poe lawehala e mihi, aole i ka poe 
pono. 

18 ^He poe hookeai na haumana 
a loane, a me na Parisaio ; a hele 
mai la lakon, ninau mai la ia ia, 
No ke aha la e hookeai ai na hau- 
mana a loane, a me na Parisaio, 
aole hoi hookeai kau poe haumana? 

19 Ninau aku la lesu ia lakou, £ 
liiki anei i na hoaai o ke kane mare 
ke hookeai i ka wa e noho pu ana 
ke kanemare me lakou ? I ka wa 
e noho pu ana ke kane mare me 
lakou, aole e hiki ia lakou ke 
hookeai. 

20 Aka, e hiki mai ana no na la e 
laweia'ku ai ke kanemare, mai o 
lakou aku, alaila, lakou e hookeai 
ai, i kela la. 

21 Aole no kekahi e pinai i ka 
apana lole hou, ma ka lole kahiko, 
haehaeia ka mea kahiko, e ka 
mea hou i pinaiia, a nui aku ka 
nahae. 

22 Aole no hoi kekahi i ukuhi i ka 
vaina hou iloko o ka hue ili kahiko, 
nahae na hue i ka waina hou, a 
kahc aku ka waina, a pau pu na 
^uc, aka, e ukuhiia no ka waina 
Itou iloko o na hue hou. 

23 ''Eia kekahi, i kona hele ana 
iwaena'o na mahinaai i ka la Sa- 
bati, ^ako aku na haumana ana i 
na huhui palaoa, i ko lakou hele 
ana. 

24 1 mai la ka poe Parisaio ia ia. 
No ka aha la e hana nei lakou, i 
^^ la Sahati, i ka mea ku ole ma 
ka pono ? 

25 1 aku la oia ia lakou, Aole anei 
i heluhelu i "ka mea a 
6* 



A.D. 31. 



h Mat 9. 12, 
la Jl 18. U. 
Luk. 5. 31, 
82. k. 19. la 
1 Tim. 1.15. 



i Mat. 9. 14. 
Lak.6.S3. 



1 6 And ^wlieii the aeribes and Phar« 

iaeea saw him eat with publicans 
and sinners, they said unto his dis- 
ciples, How is it that he eateth and 
dnnketh with publioana and sin- 
ners? 

17 When Jesus heard it, he saith 
unto them, ^They that are whole 
have no need of the physician, but 
they that are sick : I came not to 
call the righteous, but sinners to 
repentance. 

18 *And the disciples of John 
and of the Pharisees used to fast : 
and they come and say unto him, 
Why do the disciples of John and 
of the Pharisees fast, but thy disci- 
ples fast not ? * 

19 And Jesus said unto them. Can 
the children of the bridechamber 
fast, while the bridegroom is with 
them? as long as they have the 
bridegroom with them, they cannot 
fast. 



20 But the days will come, -^en 
the bridegroom shall be taken away 
from them, and then shall they fast 
in those days. 

21 No man also seweth a piece of 
I Or, nzw, or,^ I new cloth on an old garment ; else 

unwroughL ^^^ ^^^ p-^^j^ ^y^^^ ^n^ ^^ ^p taketh 

away from the old, and the rent is 
made worse. 

22 And no man putteth new wine 
into old bottles ; else the new wine 
doth burst the bottles, and the wine 
is spilled, and the bottles will be 
marred : but new wine must be put 
into new bottles. 

23 ''And it came to pass, that he 
went through the corn fields on the 
sabbath day; and his disciples 
began, as they went, ^to pluck the 
ears of com. 

24 And the Pharisees said unto 
him, Behold, why do they on the 
sabbath day that which U not law- 
ful? 

25 And he said unto them, Haye 
ail8aiii.2i.6. ye never read "what David did, 



k Mat 12.1. 
Luk.g.l. 



1 Kan. 23. 2&. 



106 MAREtCO, lil. 

Davida i hana'i i lama wa i haild 
ai i ka pololi, a me ka poe me ia? 

26 I kona komo ana iloko o ka hale 
o ke Akua, i ka wa o Abiatara, ke 
kahuna nui, a ai iho la i ka berena 
kulaiani, i "ka.mea ku pono ole ke 
ai, na na kahtiua wale no, a haawi 
ae la no hoi na ka poe me ia. 

27 I mai la ia ia lakoii, ua hanaia 
ka la Sabati no ke kanaka, aole ke 
kanaka no ka Sabati. 

28 Nolaila, o.*>ke Keiki a ke ka- 
naka, oia ka Haka o ka la Sabati. 



A 



MOKUNA til. 

*KOMO hou aku la ia iloko o 
ka halehfllawai, malaila ke- 
kahi kanaka, na maloo kona lima. 

2 Hakilo aku la lakou ia ia, ina 
paha e hoola mai oia ia ia i ka la 
Sabati, i hoopii aku ai lakott la ia. 

3 I mai la ia i ke kanaka, nena 
ka lima maloo, E ku mai oe, i-wae- 
na konu. 

4 Alaila, ninau mai la oia ia liu 
kou. He mea pono anei ke hana i ka 
maikai i na la Sabati, a ke hana i 
ka ino paha? Ke hoola anei, ke 
pepehi paha? Pilipu iho la la- 
kou. 

5 Nana ae la oia ia lakou me ka 
inaina, no ka mea, ua minamina ia 
no ka paakiki e ko lakou naau. I 
ae la ia i ua kanaka la, £ o mai 
kou lima. A o mai la ia, alaila 
hoolaia iho la ia, e like me kekahi 
Mma. 

6 ^ Hele aku la ka poe Parisaio 
i-vraho, a me * ko Herode poe, ohumu 
iho la lakou e pepehi ia ia a make. 

7 Hele aku la lesu i ka moana- 
wai, mo kana poe haumana ; he nui 
BO hoi ka poe i hahai aku ia ia, 
no Galilaia a ^ no ludaia, 

8 A no lerusalema, a no Idumia, a 
no kela aoao o Toredane, a me ka 
poe e kokoke ana i Turo, a me Si- 
dona, he poe nni loa : i ko lakoa 



A.D. 31. 



iiPak.S9.8^ 
33. 
Oihk. 24. 9. 



t Mat 12. 9. 
Lttk V. 6. 



I Or, blind- 



bMat.12.14. 
e.lCat. 22. 16. 



dLtik.6.17. 



when he h&d lieed, and was a hun- 
gered, he, and they that were with 
hmi? 

26 How he went into the housse of 
God in the days of Abiathar the 
high priest, and did eat the shew- 
bread, ■which is not lawful to eat 
but foi' the priests, and gave also to 
them which were with him ? 

27 And he said unto them, The 
sabbath was made for man, and not 
mail for the sabbath : 

28 Therefore "the Son of man ia 
Lord also of the sabbath. 

CHAPTER III. 

AND *he enteted again into the 
synagogue; and there was a 
man there which had a withered 
hand. 

2 And they watched him, whether 
he would heal him on -the sabbath 

I day ; that they might accuse him. 

3 And he saith unto the man 
which had the withered hand, 
Stand forth. 

4 And he saith unto them. Is it 
lawful to do good on the sabbath 
days, or to do evil ? to save life, or 
to kill ? But they held their peace. 



5 And when he had locked round 
about on them with anger, being 
grieved for the R hardness of their 
hearts, he saith unto the man, 
Streteh forth thine hand. And he 
stretched it out : and his hand w^as 
restored whole as the other. 

6 ^ And the Pharisees went forth, 
and straightway took counsel with 
''the Herodians against him, how 
they might destroy him. 

7 But Jesus withdrew himself 
with his disciples to the sea : and a 
great multitude from Galilee fol- 
lowed him, * and from Judea, 

8 And from Jerusalem, and from 
Idumea, and from beyond Jordan ; 
and they about Tyre and Sidon, a 
great multitude, Y/hen they bad 



lohe ana i joh mba, ana i baafl'i, 
hele mai la lakou io na la. 

9 A no ka nui o kanaka, kauoha 
mai la ia i kana poe haumana, i 
wahi mdca iki nana, o hooke ami 
lakou ia ia. 

10 No ka mea, na hoola oia i na 
mea he nui loa, nolaila lakou i lu- 
lomi mai ai e hoopa aku ia ia, o ka 
poe a pau i loohia i ka mai. 

11 « A ike aku la na uhane ino ia 
ia, moe iho la lakou imua ona, ka- 
hea ae, hai ad la, ' O oe no ke Keiki. 
a ke Akua. 

12 sPapa ikaika mai la oia ia la^ 
koa e hoike ole aku ia ia. 

13 '^Alalia, pii ae la ia i ka 
mauna, hea mai la i ka poe ana i 
makenuike ai, a hele aku la lakou 
io na la. 

14 Wae mai la ia i umikumama- 
Ina e noho pu me ia, i hoouna oia 
ia lakou e ao aku, 

15 1 lako hoi lakou i ka mana, e 
hoola i na mai, a e mahiki aku ina 
daimonio. 

16 Haawi ae la oia ia Simona i 
'ka inoa hou, o Petero. 

17 lakobo a Zebedaio, a me kona 
kaikaina o loane, kapa mai la hoi 
ia ia laua, o Boanerege, oia hoi keia, 
Na keiki a ke hekili ; 

18 A Bie Anederea, a me Pilipo, a 
me Baretolomaio, a me Mataio, a 
ine Tonxa, a ma lakobo a Alepaio, 
^ me Tadaio, a me Simona no 
Kanaana, 

19 A me luda Isekariote, ka mea 
liana ia i kumakaia' ku. Komo aku 
^ lakou iloko o ka hale. 

20 A akoakoa hou mai la na ka- 
naka, he nui loa, ^no ia mea i ole 
^ e hiki ia lakou ke ai i ka ai. 

21 A lohe kona poe, hele mai la- 
tou e lalau ia ia, no ka mea, ^ olelo 
lak-jo, Ua hehena ia. 

2^ t Olelo iho la ka poe kakau- 
olelo i hele mai, mai lerusalema 
niai, "laia noo Beelezebuba, a ma 
ke alii o na daimonio kona mahiki 
»na i na daimonio. 




MABEKO, m. 107 

heird ivhat great fhiiiBi he did, 
came unto lum. 

9 And he Bpake to hia disciples, 
that a small ship should wait on 
him because of the multitude, lest 
they should throng him. 

10 For he had healed many ; inso- 
mu^ that they I pressed upon him 
for to touch hjm, aa many as had 
plagues. 

11 *And unclean spirits, when 
they saw him, fell down before him, 
and cried, saying, 'Thou art the 
Son of God. 

12 And 'he straitly charged them 
that they should not make him 
known. 

13 ''And he goeth up into a 
mountain, and calleth unto kirn 
whom he would: and they csme 
unto him. 

14 And he ordained twelve, that 
they should be with him, and that 
he might send them forth to preach, 

15 And to have power to heal sick- 
nesses, and to cost out devils : 

16 And Simon^he snmamed Peter; 



■ Or, 



Luk.4.41. 

f Mat 14. 38. 

mo. 1. L 

ff Mat IS. 16. 
mo. 1. 25, 34. 



k Mat 10.1. 
Luk. e.is. 
at 9.1. 



iloa.1.42. 



t Or. Kanan. 
A^ that la, 
Z«a2o(,aa in 
Luk. 6. 15. 



II Or,, 
lloa. 7. 5. Jl 
10. SO. 



mMat9.S4. 
& 10. 25. 
Luk. 11. 15. 
loa. 7. 2a 4t 
8. 48, 58. te 



17 And James the son of Zebedee, 
and John the brother of James ; and 
he sumamed them Boanerges, which 
is. The sons of thunder : 

18 And Andrew, and Philip, and 
Bartholomew, and Matthew, and 
Thomas, and James the son of Al- 
pheus, and Thaddeus, and Simon 
the t Ganaanite, 

19 And Judas Iscariot, which also 
betrayed him : and they went n into 
a house. 

20 And the multitude cometh to- 
gether again, ^so that they could 
not so much as eat bread. 

21 And when his « friends heard of 
it, they went out to lay hold on him : 
^ for they said, He is beside himself. . 

22 IT And the scribes which came 
down from Jerusalem said, "He 
hath Beelzebub, and by the prince 
of the devils uasteth he out devils; 



' 10. 




o Is. 49. 24. 
Mat. 12. 29. 



p Mat 12. 31. 
Luk. 12. 10. 
1 loa. 5. 16. 



108 MABEKO, IV. 

23 ""Hea aku la lesn ia lakou, ole- 
lo aku la, ma na olelonane, Pehea 
la e hiki ai ia Satana ke xnahiki 
aku ia Satana ? 

24 A ina i mokuahana kekahi au- 
puni ia ia iho, aole e mau ia au- 
puni. 

25 A ina i mokuahana ka hale ia 
ia iho, aole e mau ia hale. 

26 A ina ku e mai o Satana ia ia 
iho, a mokuahana, aole ia e mau, 
aka, e pau no ia. 

27 »Aole no e hiki i kekahi ke 
komo iloko o ka hale o ke kanaka 
ikaika a hao 1 kona waiwai, aia 
nakinaki mua oia i ke kanaka ikai- 
ka ; alaila e hao oia i na mea o ko- 
na hale. 

28 PHe oiaio ka'u e hai aku nei 
in. oukoU; c Icalaia no na hala a pau 
D na keiki n kanaka, a me na olelo 
boino a pau a lakou e hoino ai : 

20 Aku, ka mea e olelo hoino i 
ka Uhanc l^lemolele, aole loa e ka- 
laitL kana, aka, ua kokoke no ia i 
ka hoapal ^nau loa ia mai. 

30 No ka mea, ua olelo mai la- 
kou. Ho uhane ino kona. 

31 IF ^Alaila, hele aku la kona 
maltu^^^liiiie a me kona mau hoa- 
hartau^ ku iho la iwaho, hoouna aku 
la h n^ ia c kii ia ia. 

32 Ua pufii oia i ka poe nui i noho 
mai la. a hai ae la lakou ia ia, Aia 
iwaho koLi raakuwahine, a me kou 
m&u hoalianau, ke imi mai nei ia oe. 

33 I miu la oia ia lakoa, ninau 
mai la, Owai ko'u makuwahine, a 
me ko-u mau hoahanau ? 

34 Nojia ae la ia i ka poe e noho pu- 
ni ana i{i ia, i mai la, Aia ko'u maku- 
i^ohitie a mo ko'u mau hoahanau ! 

35 No ka mea, o ka mea hana i 
ka makemake o ke Akua, oia ko'u 
boabaimi)^ a me ko'u kaikuwahine, 
a ma ko'u makuwahine. 

MOKUNA IV. 

H(X)MAKA iho la »oia e ao hou 
ma kapa o ka moauawaij a 



q Mat 12. 46. 
Luk. 8. 19. 



a Mat 1S.L 
Luk. 8. 4. 



23 "And he called them unto him, 
and said unto them in parables, 
How can Satan cast out Satan ? 

24 And if a kingdom be divided 
against itself, that kingdom cannot 
stand. 

25 And if a house be divided 
against itself, that house cannot 
stand. 

26 And if Satan rise up against 
himself, and be divided, he cannot 
stand, but hath an end. 

27 ° No man can enter into a strong 
man's house, and spoil his good^, 
except he will first bind the strong 
man 3 and then he will spoil his 
house. 

28 P Verily I say unto you, All 
sins shall bo forgiven unto the sons 
of men, and blasphemies wherewith 
soever they shall blaspheme : 

29 But he that shall blaspheme 
against the Holy Ghost hatli never 
forgiveness, but is in danger of eter- 
nal damnation : 

30 Because they said. He hath an 
unclean spirit. 

31 IT ** There came then his breth- 
ren and his mother, and, standing 
virithout, sent unto him, calling him. 

32 And the multitude sat about 
him, and they said unto him, Be- 
hold, thy mother and thy brethren 
without seek for thee. 

33 And he answered them, say- 
ing. Who is my mother, or my breth- 
ren? ] 

34 And he lo<^ed round about on 
them which sat about him, and said] 
Behold my mother and my brethren | 

35 For whosoever shall do the wiB 
of God, the same is my brothea 
and my sister, and mother. 



A 



CHAPTER IV. 

ND *ho began again to teaj 
by the sea side : and there wai 



no ka nni loa o ka poe i akoakoa 

mai io na la, ee aku la ia maluna 
I kekahi moku, noho iho la maluna 
! ka wai, a pau mai la ka ahaka- 

naka mauka, ma kapa o ka moaua- 

wai. 

2 Ao nui mai la oia ia lakou ma 
na olelo nane, ^i mai la ia lakou 
ma kana ao ana, 

3 E hoolohe mai ; aia hoi, hole 
aku la kekahi kanaka lulu hua, e 
lulu. 

4 A i kana lulu ana, helelei iho 
la kekahi ma kapa alanui, a lele 
mai la na manu o ka lewa, a ai iho 
la ia mea. 

5 Helelei iho la kekahi ma kahi 
paaa, kahi i nui ole ai kona lepo ; 
kapa wawe ae la ia, no ka papau 
ka lepo. 

6 A puka mai ka la, mae iho la 
ia, a maloo aku la, no ko aa ole. 

7 A helelei ae la kekahi mawae- 
na na kakalaioa ; kupu mai la 
na kakalaioa, a kahilii iho la ia 
mea, nolaila, aole i hua mai ka 
hua. 

8 Helelei iho la kekahi ma kahi 
lepo maikai, '^ a puu mai la i ka 
hua, i kupu a mahuahua, a hua 
mai, pakanakolu, a pakanaono ke- 
kaki, a pahaneri kekahi. 

> 9 1 mai la oia ia lakou. ka mea 
pepeiao lohe la, e hoolohe mai ia. 

10 <^A loaa ia ia ka mehame- 

ha, alalia, ninau aku la ia ia ka 

I poe e ku pu ana me ia, a me ka 

po3 umikumamalua, i ua olelona- 

ne la. 

Ill mai la oia ia lakou, Ua haa- 
^ia mai ia oukou o ike i na mea 
pohihihi o ke aupuni o ke Akua; 
aka, ua naneia'ku na mea a pau i 
•kapoe mawaho; 

12 'I nana lakou a milimili, aole 
nae e ike; i hoolohe hoi a lohe, 
aole nae e hoomaopopo, o hoohuliia 
mai lakou, a e kalaia ko lakou hala. 



13 AlaiLa^ i mai la oia ia la£:ou. 



BIABEKO, IV. 109 

A.D. 31. gathered unto him a great multi- 
tude, so that he entered into a ship, 
and sat in the sea ; and tbe whole 
multitude was hy the sea on the 
land. 



bmo. 12.38. 



eIoa.lS.5. 
Kol. 1. 6. 



A Mat. 13. 10. 

Lak.a9,&c. 



• tKor.6.12. 

Kol, 4. 5. 

1 Tea, 4. 12. 

1 Tim. 3. 7. 
f Is. 6. 9. 

Mat 13. I4.J* 

Luk. 8. la 

loa. 12. 40. 

Oih. 28. 2S. 

Rom. 11. 8. 



2 And he taught them many things 
by parables, ^ and said unto them in 
his doctrine, 

3 Hearken; Behold, there Vent 
out a sower to sow : 

4 And it came to pass, as he sowed, 
some fell by the way side, and the 
fowls of the air came and deroured 
it up. 

5 And some fell on stony ground, 
where it had not much earth ; and 
immediately it sprang up, because 
it had no depth of earth : 

6 But when the sun was up, it 
was scorched ; and because it had 
no root, it withered away. 

7 And some fell among thorns, 
and the thorns grew up, and choked 
it, and it yielded no fruit. 



8 And other fell on good ground, 
* and did yield fruit that sprang up 
and increased, and brought forth, 
some thirty, and some sixty, and 
some a hundred. |^- 

9 And he said unto nRhl^e that 
hath ears to hear, let him hear. 

10 <^And when he was alone, 
they that were about him with the 
twelve asked of him the parable. 



11 And he said unto them, Unto 
you it is given to know the mystery 
of the kingdom of God : but unto 
•them that are without, all these 
things are done in parables : 

12 'That seeing they may see, 
and not perceive ; and hearing they 
may hear, and not understand ; lest 
at any time they should be con- 
verted, and their sins should be for- 
given them. 

13 And he said unto them. Know 



17 Aka, aole o lakou moiie iloko 
lakou, nolaila, aole i maa, a hiki 
mai ka pilikia a me ka hoinoia no 
ka olelo, alalia, lilo koke lakou. 

18 Eia hoi na mea i laluia iwaena 
o na kakalaioa, o ka poe i lohe i ka 
olelo, 

19 A o ka manao nui i na mea o 
ke ao, ^a o ka hoopunipuni aAa o 
ka -wai-w-ai, a me ke kuka ana i na 
mea e, oia ka mea i iiia'i ka olelo, 
a lilo ia i mea hua ole. 

20 Eia no hoi na mea i luluia ma 
kahi lepo maikai ; o na mea i hoo- 
lohe i ka olelo, a hoopaa iho, a 
hua mai " ' 
kahi, a 
neri kel 

21 ^ 'Ninau mai la oia ia lakou,. 
Ua'faweia mai anei ke kukui e ha- 
haoia'i malalo o ke poi^ a malalo o 
kahi moe paha, aole anei noke kauia 
maluna o, kahi e kau ai ke kukui ? 

22 ^No ka mea, aohe mea huna e 
koe i ka hoike ole ia, aole hoi he 
mea i uhi malu ia e koe i ka hu 
ole mawaho. 

23 ^Ina he pepeiao ko ke kanaka 
e lohe ai, e hoolohe mai ia. 

24 1 mai la oia ia lakou, E noonoo 
oukou i ka oukou mea e lohe ai : no 
ka mea, ma ''ke ana a oukou e ana 
aku ai, malaila e anaia mai no hoi 
oukou pela; a e haawi nui ia ia 
oukou, i ka poe e hoolohe mai. 



lai Lk|^i: 
EijpHHao] 
lekahi. 



Lua, pakanakolu ke- 
ino kekahi, a paha- 



B. 31. 




ho SlAftBKO, W. 

Aole anei oukou i ike i keia olelo- 
nane ? Pehea la oukou e ike ai i 
na olelonane a pan ? 

14 ^ «0 ke kanaka lulu hua, ua 
lulu i ka olelo. 

15 Eia ka poe ma kapa alanui, ma 
kahi i luluia'i ka olel6y a lohe la- 
kou, alalia hele koke mai o Satlma 
a kaili aku i ka olelo i luluia iloko 
o ko lakou naau. 

16 Eia no hoi na mea i luluia ma 
kahi paaa ; a lohe lakoti i ka olelo, 
hopu koke lakou ia, me ka olioli. 



hi Tim. 6. 9, 
17. 



i Mat. 6. 15. 

Luk. 8. 16. h 

11.33. 
t Or. tnoditu. 

See Mat 5. 

15. 

k Mat. 10. S8. 
Lttk. 12.2. 



1 Mat 11. 15. 

paa. 9. 



m Mat 7. 2. 
Luk.(LS8. 



ye not this parable ? and how ^en 
will ye know all parables? 

1 4 IT * The sower soweth the word. 

15 And thetsje are they by the way 
side, where the word is sbwn ; but 
when they haye heard, Satan eom- 
eth immediately, and taketh away 
the word that was sown in their 
hearts. 

16 And these are they likewise 
whidi are sown on stony ground ; 
who, when they hare heard the 
word, immediately receive it with 
gladness ; 

17 And have no root in themselves, 
and so endure but for a time : after- 
ward, when affliction or persecution 
ariseth for the word's sake^ imme- 
diately they are offended. 

18 And these are they which are 
sown among thorns; such as hear 
the word, 

19 And the cares of this world, 
^ and the deceitfulness of riches, and 
the lusts of other things entering 
in, choke the word, and it becometh 
unfruitful. 

20 And these are they which are 
sown on good ground ; such as hear 
the Word, and receive it, and bring 
forth fruit, some thirtyfold, some 
sixty, and some a hundred. 

21 IT 'And he said unto them, Is a 
candle brought to be "^ut under a 
't bushel, or under a bed? and not 
to be set on a candlestick ? 

22 *For there is nothing hid, which 
shall not be manifested; neither 
was any thing kept secret, but that 
it should come abroad. 

23 1 If any man have ears to hear, 
let him hear. 

24 And he said unto them. Take 
heed what ye hear. "With what 
measure ye mete, it shall be meas- 
ured to you ; and unto you that 
hear shall more be given. 



25 '*0 ka ftiea ua loaa, e haawii- 
a'lm nana ; aka, o ka mea ua loaa 
ole, e kaiiiia'ka kana, mai ona 
aku la. 

26 If I mai la ia, " Meneia ke au- 
pnni ke Akua, me ke kanii ana a 
ke kanaka i ka hua ma ka lepo ; 

27 A moe iho, a ala'e i ka po, a 
me ke slo, e kupu ae ana ua hua la 
a mAj aole nae ia i ike. 

28 No ka mea, hoohua wale mai 
no ka honua, mamua ka hoomaka, 
mahope iho ka huhui, alaila ka 
hua 00 maloko o ka huhui. 

29 A i ka makaukau ana o ka 
hua, alaila, Phookomo koke ae la 
ia i ka pahi, no ka mea, ua hiki 
mai ka wa e oki at. 

30 ^ I mai la oia, ^Me ke aha la 
Icakon e hoohalike ai i ke aupuni o 
ke Akua ? A ma ka nane hea ka- 
koQ e hoakaka aku ai ia ? 

31 Ua like no ia me ka hua sina^ 
pi, i ka wa i kanuia'i ma ka lepo, 
he hua liilii loa ia o na hua a pau 
i kanuia ma ka lepo. 

32 Aka, i ka wa i kanuia'i kupu 
Qo ia, a lilo i laalaau nui o na laa- 
laan a pan, a opuu mai la na lala 
nui, a hiki no i na manu e ka lewa 
ke kau mai malalo o kona malu. 

33 'Hai mai la ia i ka olelo ia la- 
kou ma na olelonane e like me ia, 
he nui loa, me lakeu e hiki ai ke 
hoolohe aku. 

34 Aole ia i olelo iki aku ia lakou 
ina ka olelonane ole 3 a ma kahi 
mehameha^ hoakaka ae la ia i na 
mea a pau i kana poe haumana. 

35 "la la no, a ahiahi ae, i mai 
^a- ia ia lakou, £ hold kakou i kela 
kapa. 

36 A haalele aku la lakou i ka 
ahakanaka, a lawe aku la ia ia e 
noho ana ma ka moliu: he mau 
Daoku liilii no hoi kekahi me ia pu. 

37 Nou mai la ka makani ikaika, 
^ mai la na ale iluntf'o ka moku, 
a^pihaiho la ia. 

38 £ moe ana ia Mk kai uluna, 



A.B. 31. 




MAREKO, IV. Ill 

25 "For he that hath, to him tfbm 
he given; and he that hath not, 
from him shall he taken even that 
which he hath. 

26 1 And he said, ° So is the king- 
dom of God, as if a man should east 
seed into the ground ; 

27 And should sleep, and rise 
night and day, and the seed shopla 
spring and grow up, he knowbth 
not how. 

28 For the earth hringeth forth 
fruit of herself; first the hlade, then 
the ear, after that the full corn in 
the ear. 

29 But when the fruit is ihrought^ 
forth, immediately Phe putteth in 
the»sickle, because the harvest is ' 
CQiie. 

30 1 And he said, 'Whereunto 
shall we liken the kingdom of Got? . 
or with what comparison shall ws;^ 
compare it ? 

31 It is like a grain of mu 
seed, which, when it is sows i 
earth, is less thim all the seeds that 
be in the earth : 

32 But when it is sown, it grow- 
eth up, and becometh greater than 
all herbs, and shooteth out great 
branches ; so that the fowls of the 
air may lodge under the shadow 
of it. 

33 ' And with many such parables 
spake he the word unto Uiem, as 
they were able to hear it. 



l!Or,r<p«. 
P Hoik. 14. 15. 



q Mftt 13. SI. 

Luk. la 18. 
Oih. 2. 41. tt 
4. 4. k, 5. 14. 

itiaao. 



r Mat IS. S4. 
loft. 16. 12. 



■ Mat. 8. 18,33. 
Lttk. 8. 22. 



nusfipr'' 
I in mo 



34 But without a parable spake 
he not unto them : and when they 
were alone, he expounded all things 
to his disciples. 

35 •And the same day, when the 
even wiw come, he saith unto them, 
Let^s pass over unto the other side. 

36 And when they had sent away 
the multitude, they took him even as 
he was in the ship. And there were 
also with him other little ships. 

37 And there arose a great storm 
of wind, and the waves beat into 
the ship, so that it was now full. 

38 And he was in the hinder part 




aMat.8.8S. 
Lak.8.26. 



112 MAREKO, V. 

ma Ita hope o ka moku ; hoala ae 
la lakoU^ ia ia, i akfl la, E ke Ku- 
mu, he mea ole -anei ia oe ke make 
makou ? 

39 Alalia ku ae la ia iluna, papa 
ae la i ka makani^la olelo ae la i 
ka moanawai, Hamau, e noho ma- 
Ue. Oki iho la ka makani, a pohu 
maikai iho la. 

4(^1 mai la oi^^ia lakou, No ke 
aha la oukou i Jmftau ai ? Pehea 
ko oukou manaoio ole ana ? 

41 Weliweli loa ae la lakou, i ae 
la kekahi 1 kekahi, Heaha la ke 
ano ia nei, i hoolohe pono ai ka 
unakani a me ka moanawai ia ia ? 
• 

MOKUNA V. •^ 

A L AIL A, *holo ae la lakoii i 
kela kapa o ka moanawai i(a 
' tia Gadara. 
[ kona lele ana ae, mai ka moku 
aalawai koke me ia kekahi ka- 
naka i uluhia e ka uhane ino, no 
na ilina mai. 

3 Ma na ilina no kona wahi e 
noho ai, aole me na kaulahao e 
hiki ai ke hoopaa ia ia a paa. 

4 Ua hoopaa pinepine ia oia i ke 
kupee ana a me na kaulahao, a 
hakihakiia no hoi na kupee, aole 
no i hiki i keks^ ke hoolakalaka 
ia ia. 

5 Mau loa no ia i ka po a me ke 
ao ma na kuahiwi, a ma na ilina e 
uwalaau ana, a e okioki ana ia ia 
iho no i na pohalru. 

6 I kona ike ana ia lesu ma kahi 
mamao aku, hole ae la ia a moe 
iho la imua ona ; 

7 Kahea ae la ia me ka leo nui, i 
ae la, Heaha kau ia'u, e lesu, e ke 
Keiki a ke Akua kiekie loa? Ke 
papa aku nei au ia oe ma ke Akua, 
mai hoomainoino mai ia'u. 

8 No ka mea, ua olelo e aku lesu 
ia ia, E ka uhane ino, e helo aku 
oe pela iwaho o ia kanaka. 

9 Ninau aku la lesu ia ia, Owai 
la kou inoa ? Hai mai kela, i mai 



of the ship, adeep on a pilleiw : and 
they awake him, and say unto him, 
Maater, carest thou not that we 
peiifih? 

39 And he arose, and rehuked the 
wind, and said unto the sea. Peace, 
be still. And the wind ceased, and 
there was a great calm. 

40 And he said unto them, Why 
are ye so fearful ? how is it that ye 
have no faith ? 

41 And they feared exceedingly, 
and said one to another, What man- 
ner of man is this, that even the 
wind and the sea obey him ? 

CHAPTER V. 

AND *they came over unto the. 
other side of the sea, into the 
country of the Gadarenes. 

2 And when he was come out of 
the ship, immediately there met 
him out of the tombs a man with 
an unclean spirit, 

3 Who had his dwelling among 
the tombs ; and no man could bind 
him, no, not with chains : 

4 Because that he had been often 
bound with fetters and chains, and 
tbe chains had been plucked asun- 
der by him, and the fetters broken 
in pieces : neither could any man 
tame him. 

5 And always, night and day, he 
was in the mountains, and in the 
tombs, crying, and cutting himself 
with stones. 

6 But when he saw Jesus afar off, 
he ran and worshipped him, 

7 And cried with a loud voice, and 
said. What have I to do with thee, 
Jesus, tkour Son of the most high 
God? I adjure thee by God, that 
thou torment me not. 

8 (For he said unto him. Gome out 
of the man, thou unclean spirit.) 

9 And he asked him. What is ihy 
name ? An4 he answered, saying. 



la, LegMna ko'u inoa, no ka 
mea, ua nui loa makou. 

10 Nonoi nui ae la kela ia ia, 
i kipaku ole oia ia lakou, mailoko 
aku ia aina. 

11 Ma.ia wahi aku, ma ka puu^ 
he nui ka poe puaa e ai ana. 

12 Nonoi ae la na daimonio a pau 
ia ia^ i aku la, E hoouna ae oe ia 
makou i na puaa, i komo aku ai 
makou iloko o lakou. 

13 Ae koke ae la lesa ia lakoa. 
Alalia, puka aku la na uhane ino 
iwaho, a komo aku la iloko o na 
paaa ; a holo kiki iho la lakou ilalo 
makahi pali, iloko o ka moanawai, 
(elaa paha tausani lakou,) a make 
iho la iloko o ka wai. 

14 Holo aku la ka poe i hanai ia 
lakou, a hai ae la ma ke kulana- 
kaahale, a ma na kauhale ; a haelo 
ae la lakou iwaho, e ike i na mea i 
hanaia'i. 

15 Ahiki mai la lakou io lesu la, 
a ike i ka mea i uluhia e ka daimo- 
nio, nona ka legeona, e noho ana 
me ka aahu, a me ka manao pono ; 
makau ae la lakou. 

16 ka poe i ike pono, hai aku 
la ia lakou i na mea i hanaia'i i 
ka mea i uluhia e ka daimonio, a 
no na puaa hoi. 

17 Alalia ^ nonoi nui ae la lakou 
ia ia i haalele ai ia i ko lakou 
aina. 

18 1 kona ee ana iluna o ka moku, 
hele aku la io na la * ka mea i ulu- 
hia e ka daimonio, nonoi aku la ia 
ia^e noho pu oia me ia. 

19 Aole lesu i ae, i mai la no nae 
i& ia, £ hoi oe i kou hale, i kou 
poe hoahanau, e hai aku ia lakou i 
na mea nui a ka Haku i hana'i nou, 
a me konalokomaikai ia 00. 

20 Hele ae la ia, a hoookaulana 
^ la ma Dekapoli i na mea a lesu 
i hana'i nona • a kahaha iho la ka 
naau na kanaka a pau. 

21 *^1 ka hoi ana o lesu ma ka 
pioka, a hiki i kela kapa, nui loa 
iho la na kanaka i akoi^a mai la 



A.D. 31. 



MAB£KO, y. 113 

My name is Legion: for ire are 

many. 

10 And he besought him much 
that he would not send them away 
out of the ooontry. 

1 1 Now there was there nigh unto 
the mountains a great herd of swine 
feeding. 

12 And all the devils besought 
him, saying. Send us into the swine, 
that we may enter into them. 

13 And forthwith Jesus gave them 
leave. And the unclean spirits 
went out, and entered into the 
swine ; and the herd ran violently 
down a steep place into the sea,* 
(they were about two thousand,) 
an^ were choked in the sea. 

14 And they that fed the swine 
fled, and told it in the city, and in 
the country. And they went out 
to see what it was that was done. 

15 And they come to Jesus, and 
see him that was' possessed with 
the devil, and had the legion, sit- 
ting, and clothed, and in his right 
mind j and they were afraid. 

16 And they that saw it told them 
how it befell to him that was pos- 
sessed with the devil, and also con- 
cerning the swine. 

17 And ''they began to pray him 
to depart out of their coasts. 



b Vat 8. S4. 
Olh. 16. 39. 



eLuk.8.S9v 



i Mat. 9. 1. 
Luk.a40. 



18 And when he was come into 
the ship, '^he that had been pos- 
sessed with the devil prayed him 
that he might be with him. 

19 Howbeit Jesus suffered him not, 
but saith unto him, Go home to thy 
friends, and tell them how great 
things the Lord hath done for thee, 
and hath had compassion on thee. 

20 And he departed, and began to 
publish in Decapolis how great 
things Jesus had done for him : and 
all men did marvel. 

21 '•And when Jesus was passed 
over again by ship unto the other 
side, much people gathered" unto 



114 



MAREKO, V. 



io na la ; a aia no ia ma kapa o ka 
moanawai. 

22 ''Aia hoi, held mai la kekahi 
luna halehalawai, o laero kona 
inoa, a ike oia ia ia, haule iho la 
ia ma kona mau -vrawae, 

23 N^noi nui ae la ia ia, i m la, 
Ke waiho la kuu kaikamahine i ka 
welau o ka make; e hele ae oe, e 
kau iho 1 kou lima maluna ona, a 
e ola no ia. 

24 A hele pu aku la lesu me ia, 
he nui loa na kanaka i hahai pu 
aku la, a hooke iho la ia ia. 

25 'Aia hoi he wahine heekoko, 
he umi na hiakahiki a me kuma- 

^malua ; 

26 A ua nui kona kaumaha no na 
kahuna lapaau he nui loa, a ua 
hoopau loa i kona waiwai, aole nae 
i maha iki, ua mahuahua no ka 
mai. 

27 A lohe aku la ia no lesu, alai- 
la, hele mai la ia mahope, a iloko 
ka ahakanaka, hoopa aku la i 
kona kapa. 

28 No ka mea, ua nalu iho no ia, 
Ina paha e hoopa au i kona kapa 
wale no, e ola au. 

29 Maloo koke ae la ke kumu o 
kona koko ] a ike iho la ia iloko o 
kona kino, ua ola ia i kela mai. 

30 Alalia, ike koke iho la o lesu 
iloko ona, ua puka aku 'kekahi 
mana, mai ona aku la, hull ae la 
ia maloko o ka ahakanaka, i mai 
la, Owai la ka mea hoopa mai i 
kuu aahu ? 

31 I aku la ikana poe haumana ia 
ia, Ke ike mai nei no oe i ka aha- 
kanaka, e like ana ia oe, a ke ninau 
mai nei anei oe, Owai ka i hoopa 
mai ia'u ? 

32 Alawa ae la ia e nana ae i ka 
mea nana i hana ia mea. 

33 Aka, ua wahine la, hele mai 
la ia me ka makau, a me ka haa- 
lulu, no ka mea. ua ike pono ia i 
ka mea i hanaia'e iloko ona, a hai 
pololei aku la ia ia. 

34 I mai la Oia ia la, £ kuu kai* 



A.D.31 




f Olhk. 15. 25. 

Mat. a ao. 



s Lak. 6. Id. 
at 8. 46. 



him; and he was ni^ imto the 
sea. 

22 ^And, behold, there, cometh 
one of the rulers of the synagogue, 
Jairus by name; and when he saw 
him, he fell at his feet, 

23 And besought him greatly, say- 
ing, My little daughter lieth at the 
point of death : I pray thee, come 
and lay thy hands on her, that she 
may be healed ; and she shall liye. 

24 And Jesus went with him ; and 
much people followed him, and 
thronged him. 

25 And a certain woman, ^ -which 
had an issue of blood twelve years, 

26 And had suffered many things 
of many physicians, and had spent 
all that she had, and was nothing 
bettered, but rather grew worse, 

27 When she had heard of Jesus, 
came in the press behind, and 
touched his garment. 

28 For she said. If I may touch 
but his clothes, I shall be whole. 

29 And straightway the fountain 
of her blood was dried up ; and she 
felt in her body that she was healed 
of that plague. 

30 And Jesus, immediately know- 
ing in himself that ' virtue had gone 
out of him, turned him about in the 
press, and said, Who touched my 
clothes ? 

31 And his disciples said unto 
him, Thou seest the multitude 
thronging thee, and sayest thou, 
Who touched me ? 

32 And he looked round about to 
see her that had done this thing. 

33 But the woman fearing and 
trembling, knowing what was done 
in her, came and fell down hefore 
him, and told him all the trath. 

34 And he raid onto her, Daughter, 



kamahine, ^nti ola oe i kon mana- 
oio ! e hele pomaikai oe, me ke ola 
ana o kon mai. 

35 ' A i kana olelo ana, hele mai 
la kekahi mea, no ka#ina haleha- 
lawai, i mai la, Ua make kp kaika- 
mahine, no ke aha la oe e hooluhi 
hoa aku ai i ke komu ? 

36 A lohe lesu ia olelo i oleloia'e, 
i mai la ia 1 ka luna halehalawai, 
Mai makaa oe, e manaoio wale 
mai no. 

37 Aole ia i ae mai i kekahi kana- 
ka e ae e hahai aku ia ia, o Petero 
wale no, a me lakobo, a me loane, 
ke kaikaina o lakobo. 

38 A hiki ae la ia i ka hale o ua 
lana halehalawai la, ike ae la ia i 
ka haunaele, a me ka poe alala, e 
Tiwe nui ana. 

39 A i kona komo ana iloko, i mai 
la oia ia lakou. No ke aha la oukou 
e makena'i me ka uwe iho ? Aole 
i make ke kaikamahine, aka, e 
^hiamoe ana no. 

40 Hoowahawaha aku la lakou ia 
ia: aka, ' kipaku ae la oia ia lakou 
a pau iwaho, alaila lawe ae la ia i 
ka makuakane a me ka makuwa- 
hine o ua keiki la, a me kona poe 
iho, a komo ae la iloko o kahi i 
moe ai ke keiki. 

41 Lalau ae la ia i ka lima o ua 
keiki la, i mai la ia ia, Talitakou- 
mi, oia hoi keia ma ka hoohalike 
ana. E ke kaikamahine, ke olelo 
aku nei au ia oe, e ala iluna. 

42 Ala koke ae la ke kaikamahine, 
a hele ae la ; no ka mea, he urai- 
knmamalua kona mau makahiki: 
a kahaha nui loa iho la ko lakou 
naan. 

43 "Papa ikaika mai la oia ia la- 
kou. mai hai aku i keia i kekahi : 
alalia, kauoha mai la ia, e haawiia 
kekahi mea nana e ai ai. 

MOKUNA VL 

HAALELE iho la Ma i keia wa- 
hi, a hele i kona aina iho ; a 
liahai aka lakana poe haumaua ia ia. 



AI>. 31. 




kloa.11.11. 
1 Oih. 9. 40. 



MAREKO, VI. 115 

^thy faith hath made thee -^ole; 
go in peace, and be whole of thy 
plague. 

85 * While he yet spake, there 
came from the ruler of the syna- 
gogue's house certain which said, 
Thy daughter is dead ; why troub- 
lest thou the Master any further ? 

36 As soon as Jesus hetutl the word 
that was spoken, he saith unto the 
ruler of the synagogue, Be not 
afraid, only believe. 

37 And he suffered no man to fol- 
low him, save Peter, and James, 
and John the brother of James. 

38 And he cometh to the house of 
the ruler of the synagogue, and 
seeth the tumult, and them that 
wept and wailed greatly. 

39 And when he was oome in, he 
saith unto them. Why make ye this 
ado, tind weep? the damsel is not 
dead, but ''sleepeth. 



m Mat 8. 4. 
Jl 9.^. & 12. 
16. Jl 17. 9. 
mo. 3. 12. 
Lttk. 5. 14. 



1 Mat 13. 54. 
Luk. 4. 16. 



40 And they laughed him to scorn. 
*But when he had put them all 
out, he taketh the father and the 
mother of the damsel, and them 
that were with him, and entereth 
in where the damsel was lying. 

41 And he took the damsel by the 
hand, and said unto her, Talitha 
cumi ; whidi is, being interpreted, 
Damsel, (I say unto thee,) arise. 

42 And straightway the damsel 
arose, and walked ; for she was of 
the age of twelve years. And they 
were astonished with a great as- 
tonishment. 

43 And "he charged them straitly 
that no man should know it ; and 
commanded that something should 
be given her to eat. 

CHAPTER VI. 

AND *he went out from thence, 
and came into his own coun- 
try ', and his disciples follow him. 



no 



MABEKO, VI. 



2 A hiki i ka la Sabati, ao moL la 
ia iloko o ka halehalawai ; a nui 
loa ka poe i lohe, a kahaha ka naau, 
i ae la, ^ Nohea la ia mau mea a ia 
nei? Heaha hoi keia akamai i 
baawiia'e nana, a me keia hana 
mana i hanaia'i e koua mau lima ? 



3 Aole anei keia o ke kamana, o 
ke keiki a Maria, '^ka hoahanau o 
lakobo, a me lose, a me luda^a mo 
Simona? Aole anei kona mau 
kaikuwahine maanei me kakou? 
^ Kuia iho la lakou ia ia. 

4 I mai la lesu ia lakou, Aohe 
* kaula i mahalo ole ia ma kahi e, 
aia ma kona aina iho no, a i kona 
hanauna, a i kona hale. 

5 ' Aole ia i hiki ke hana i na hana 
mana iiaila, he mau mea mai wale 
no nae kana i hoola'i, i ke kau ana 
o kona mau lima iluna iho o kikou. 

6 A ^kahaha iho la ia no ko la- 
kou hoomaloka ana: ^hele ae la 
ia i na kauhale, e ao ana ia lakou. 

7 ^ 'Alalia houluulu mai la ia i ka 
poe umikumamalua, hoouna papa- 
lua ae la ia lakou, haawi mai la 
i ka mana na lakou maluna iho o 
na uhane ino. 

8 Papa mai la oia ia lakou, mai 
lawe oukou i kekahi mea no ka he- 
le ana, i kookoo wale no, aohe puo- 
lo, aohe berena, aohe kala iloko o 
ka hipuu. 

9 ^E hawele i na kamaa, aole hoi 
e papalua ke kapa komo. 

10^1 mai la oia ia lakou, A i na 
wahi a pau loa a oukou e komo ai 
iloko o ka hale, e noho iho oukou 
malaila, a hiki i ka wa e haalele 
ai oukou ia wahi. 

11 "^ A ka mea hookipa ole mai 
ia oukou, aole hoi e hoolohe mai i 
ka oukou, a i ko oukou hele ana 
aku, '^e lulu i ka lepo malalo o ko 
oukou mau wawae, i mea hoike no 
lakou. Oiaio ke olelo aku nei au 
ia oukou, i ka la hoopai, e aho no 
ka make ana o ko Sodoma a me Gro- 
mora, i ko ia kulauakauhale. 



A.D.81. 



b loa. 6. 4:2: 



e See Mat. 12. 
46. Gal.1.19. 



d Mat 11. 6. 



e Mat. IS. 57. 
loa. 4. 44. 



f See Kin. 19. 
22. & 32. 25. 
Mat IS. 58. 
mo. 9. 23. 



8 Is. 59. 16. 

b Mat. 9. 35. 
Luk. IS. 22. 



i Mat. 10. 1. 
mo 3. IS, 14. 
Luk. 9. 1. 



kOlh.12.8. 



1 Mat 10. 11. 
Luk. 9. 4. It 
10. 7, 8. ^ 



itiMaLlO.14. 
Luk. 10. 10. 



BOih.l3.Sl. 
It 18. 6. 



t Or. or. 



2 And when the sabbath day was 
come, he began to teach in the 
synagogue : and many hearing him 
were astonished, saying, *'From 
whence hath this man these things? 
and what 'w^dom is this which ia 
given unto him, that even such 
mighty works are wrought by his 
hands? 

3 Is not this the carpenter, the sou 
of Mary, "^ the brother of James, and 
JoseSj and of Juda, and Simon? 
and are not his sisters here with us? 
And they *were offended at him. 

4 But Jesus said unto them, ' A 
prophet is not without honour, but 
in his own country, and among his 
own kin, and in his own house. 

5 'And he could there do no 
mighty work, save that he laid his 
hands upon a few sick folk, and 
healed them, 

6 And «^he marvelled because of 
their unbelief. ^And ho went round 
about the villages, teaching. 

7 IT ' And he called unto him the 
twelve, and began to send them 
forth by two and two; and gave 
them power over unclean spirits ; 

8 And commanded them that they 
should take nothing for their jour- 
ney, save a staff only ; no scrip, no 
bread, no money in their purse : 

9 But ^ be shod with sandals ; and 
not put on two coats. 

10 *And he said unto them. In 
what place soever ye enter into a 
house, there abide till ye depart 
from that place. 

11 "'And whosoever shall not re- 
ceive you, nor hear you, when ye 
depart thence, " shake off the dust 
under your feet for a testimony 
against them. Verily I say unto 
you. It shall be more tolerable for 
Sodom t and Gomorrah in the day of 
judgment, than for that city. 



12 Hole ae la lakon iwaho, ao 
aka la i kanaka, e mihi lakou. 

13 Mahiki aku la lakou i na dai- 
monio he nui, a °hamo ae lakou me 
ka aila i kanaka mai he nui loa, a 
hoola ae la ia lakou. 

14 fA loho ae la o Herode, ke 
alii, (no ka mea, ua kaulana aku 
ko lesu inoa,) i ae la ia, Ua ala 
hoa mai nei o loane Bapetite, mai- 
waena raai o ka poe make, no ia 
niea, ua hoikeia na hana mana, ma 
na la. 

15 lOlelo ae la kekahi poe, O Elia 
keia: a olelo ae la kekahi poe, He 
l^ala ia, a he mea like me kekahi 
ka poe kaula. 

16 'Lohe ae la o HerodOj i ae la 
ia,o loane keia, nona ke poo a'u i 
oti ai; na ola hou mai ia, maiwae- 
na mai o ka poe make. 

17 iNo ka mea, ua hoouna aku o 
Herode, a hopu ia loane, a hoopaa 
iaia iloko o ka halepaahao, no He- 
™dia, no ka wahine a Pilipo, a ko- 
na kaikaina ] no ka mea, ua mare 
Herode me ia. 

18 A na olelo aku o loane ia ia, 
'Aole pono kou lawe ana i ka wa- 
tine a kou kaikaina. 

f9 No ia mea i ukiuki ai o Hero- 
flia ia ia, manao iho la no hoi e pe- 
P^iii ia ia, aole nae i hiki ; 

20 No ka mea, ' ua makau o He- 
rode ia loane, ua ike ia, he kanaka 
poao oia, a me ka hemolele, a ma- 
lama no o Herode ia ia, a hoolohe 
^0 1 kana, a nui na mea ana i ha- 
Qa i me ka hoolohe oluolu ia ia. 

21 "A hiki mai ka la maopopo a 
Herode i hoomakaukau ai i * ahaai- 
^ hanau no kana mau alii, a me 
Di lunatausani, a no na mea koikoi 
Galilaia, 

22 Alaila, komo ae la ke kaika- 
J^ahine a Herodia, a haa iho la ia, 
* olioU Herode ia ia, a me ka poe 
e Boho pu ana me ia ; alaila, olelo 
5jai la ke alii i ua kaikamahine la, 
fi noi mai oe ia'u i kau mea e ma- 
pmake ai, a e haawi aku no wau 
laoc. 



WABBKO, VI. 117 

1 2 And they went out, Mid preach- 
ed that men should repent. 

13 And they cast out many devils, 
**and anointed with oil many that 
were sick, and healed them. 

14 PAnd king Herod heard of 
him; (for lue name was spread 
ahroad;) and he said, That John 
the Baptist was rrmp. from the dead, 
and therefore migmy works do shew 
forth themselves in Jiim. 



A.I). 31. 



olak.5. 14. 



P Mat 141. 
Lttk. 9.7. 



q Mat. 16. 14. 

mo. 8. 28. 



rMftt]4.2. 
Luk. 3. 19. 



30. 



• Oihk. 18. 16. 
k, 20. 21. 

II Or, an in- 
Vfard grudge. 



t Mat. 14. fi. 
k, 21. 26. 

li Or, kept 
him, or, 
taved him. 



32. 
« Mat 14. 6. 
X Kin. 40. 20. 



15 'Others said. That it is Elias. 
And others said. That it is a prophet, 
or as 6ne of the prophets. 

16 'But when Herod heard there- 
of j he said, It is John, whom I be- 
headed : he is risen from the dead. 

17 For Herod himself had sent 
forth and laid hold upon John, and 
bound him in prison for Herodias' 
sake, his brother Philip's wife 3 for 
he had married her. 

18 For John had said unto Herod, 
"It is not lawful for thee to have 
thy brother's wife. 

19 Therefore Herodias had la 
quarrel against him, and would 
have killed him ; but she coul4«iot : 

20 For Herod * feared John, know- 
ing that he was a just man and a 
holy, and n observed him ; and when 
he-heard him, he did many things, 
and heard him gladly. 

21 'And when a convenient day 
was come, that Herod * on his birth- 
day made a supper to his lords, high 
cai)tains, and chief estates of Gali- 
lee; 

22 Arid when the daughter of the 
said Herodias came in, and danced, 
and pleased Herod and them that 
sat with him, the king said unto 
the damsel, Ask of me whatsoever 
thou wilt, and I will give it thee. 



A. D. 31?. 



s Mat. 14.9. 



"*^" 



U8 MAREKO, VI^ 

23 Hoohiki aku la oia ia ia, i^O ka 

mea au e noi mai ai ia'u, na'u ia e 
haawi aku ia oe, a hiki i ka hapa- 
lua o ko aupuni o'u. 

24 Hele aku la ia iwaho, ninau 
aku la i kona makuwahine, Heaha 
la uanei ka'u mea e noi aku ai ? 
Olelo mai la ia, ke poo o Joane 
Bapetite. 

25 Alaila, hel&wikiwiki ae la ia 
i ke alii, noiioi%e la, i ae, Make- 
make au e ha^wi koke mai oe ia'u 
i ke poo o loane Bapetite, maluna 
o kekahi pa. 

26 * Minamina loa iho la ke alii, 
aka, no kona hoohiki e ana, a no ka 
poe e noho pu ana me ia, i manao 
olo ai ia e hoole aku ia ia. 

27 Kena koke ae la ke alii i ke- 
kahi ilamuku, olelo ae la e laweia 
mai kona poo. Hele aku la ia, a 
oki ae la i kona poo iloko o ka hale- 
paahao; 

28 A lawe mai la ia i ke poo, ilu- 
na ke pa, a haawi mai la i ua 
kaikamahine la, a haawi ae la hoi 
ke kaikamahine i kona makuwa- 
hine. 

29 Lohe iho la kana poe hauma- 
na, hele mai la lakou, a lawe aku 
la i k6 kino, a waiho iho la iloko o 
ka halekupapau. 

30 ^Akoakoa iho la ka poe lu- 
naolelo io lesu la, hai aku la ia ia 
i na mea a pau, o na mea hoi a la- 
kou i hana'i, a me na mea a lakou 
i ao aku ai. 

31 ^ I mai la oia ia lakou, £ hele 
kaawale mai oukou, a i kahi meha- 
meha, o oukou wale no, a e hoo- 
maha iki : no ka mea, ^ ua nui loa 
ka poe i hele mai, a i hele aku, no 
ia mea, aole o lakou wa kaawale, 
e ai ai i ka ai. 

32 <*Holo kaawale aku la lakou 
ma ka moku, a i kahi mehameha. 

33 Ike ae la na kanaka i ko lakou 
holo ana, a ho nui no hoi na mea i 
hoomaopopo ia ia, holo wawae aku 
la lakou mai na kulanakauhale aku, 
a hiki mua aku la lakou a akoakoa 
iho la io na la. 



aLak.9.10. 



b Mat 14. 1 



e mo. S. 20. 



d Mat 14. IS. 



23 And he sware unto her, 'What- 
soever thou shalt aek of me, I will 
give it thee, xmto the half of my 
kingdom. 

%4i And she went forth, and said 
unto her mother. What shall I ask? 
And she said, The head of John the 
Baptist. 

25 And she came in straightway 
with haste unto the king, and asked, 
saying, I will that thou give me by 
and hy in a charger the head of 
John the Baptist. 

26 'And the king was exceeding 
sorry; yet for his. oath's sake, and 
for their sakes which sat with him, 
he would not reject her. 

27 And immediately the king sent 
Han executioner, and commanded 
his head to he brought : and he went 
and beheaded him in the prison, 

28 And brought his head in a 
charger, and gave it to the damsel ; 
and the damsel gave it to her 
mother. 

29 And when his disciples heard 
of it, they came and took up his 
corpse^ and laid it in a tomb. 

30 *And the apostles gathered 
themselves together unto Jesus, and 
told him all things, both what they 
had done, and what they had 
taught. 

31 I' And he said unto them, Come 
yo yourselves apart into a desert 
place, and rest a while : for ^'ther 
were many coming and going, 
they had no leisure so much as 
eat. 



32 ^ And they departed into a dt 
ert place by ship privately. 

33 And the people saw them d6 
parting, and many knew him, am 
ran afoot thither out of all citiel 
and outwent them, and Game U 
gether unto him. 



34 » A hele ae la lesu iwaho, ike 
mai la ia i ka ahakanaka he nui 
loa, haehae iho la kona aloha ia la- 
koa ; no ka mea, ua like lakou me 
na, Mpa kaha ole, a ^ao nui mai la 
oia ia lakou. 

35 ^ 1 ke kokoke ana e po ka la, 
beie aku la kana poe haumana io 
nala, i aku la, He wahi waonahele 
keia, a kokoke e po ka la ; 

36 £ hoihoi aku oe ia lakou, e 
hele lakou ma kahi mahinaai, a 
ma na kulanakauhale, e kuai i be- 
rena na lakou ; no ka mea, aole a 
lakou mea e paina ai. 

37 Olelo mai la oia ia lakou, E 
haawi aku oukou i ai na lakou. I 
aku la lakou ia ia, ^ £ hele anei 
makoa e kuai lilo aku i elua ha- 
neri h&pawalu, i mea e loaa mai ai 
kaberenae haawi aku ia lakou e ai? 

38 Ninau mai la oia ia lakou, 
Ebia na popo berena a oukou ? E 
hele e nana. A ike lakou, hai aku 
is ' Elima a me na ia elua. 

39 Olelo mai la oia ia lakou, E 
hooaoho papa i kanaka a pau ilalo 
ma ka weuweu. 

40 Noho papa iho la lakou, ma 
napahaneri, a ma n<i pakanalima. 

41 Lalau ae la ia i na popo bere- 
na elima a me na ia elua, alalia 

' nana aku la ia iluna i ka lani, 
^hoomaikai aku la, wawahi iho la 
i na po'x> berena, haawi mai la i 
fcana ma.u haumana, e kau ae imua 
o na ka'xaka : a pimnaue ae la ia i 
na ia elua na lakou a pau. 

42 Ai iixo la lakou a pau, a ma> 
ona. 

43Hoiiiii iho la lakou i ke koena 
au a Us jjo ^a ia, piha ae la na 
nmai hn umikumamalua. 

^} ^a poe i ai i na popo berena, 
elima tmjgani kanaka lakou, 

^S ^A. hoolale mai lesu i kana 
mau ha\niana, e ee lakou iluna o 
•1^^^ e holo mua i kela kapa, 
1 Beteaika ^ hoihoi aku ia i ka 
a^iakamlr 

46 A paa^m^a. hoihoi ana aku ia 



A.D. 32. 



g Mat 14. 15. 
Lak. 9. 12. 



MAREKO, VI. 119 

34 ' And Jesus, when he came out, 
saw much people, and was moved 
with compassion toward them, be- 
cause they were as sheep not hay- 
ing a shepherd: and ^he began to 
teach them many things. 

35 'And when the day was now far 
spent, his disciples came unto him, 
and said, This is a desert place, 
and now the time is far passed : 

36 Send them away, that they may 
go into the country round about, and 
into the villages, and buy them- 
selves bread : for they have noth- 
ing to eat. 

37 He answered and said unto 
them. Give ye them to eat. And 
they say unto him, •'Shall we go 
and buy two hundred t pennyworth 
of bread, and give them to eat ? 

38 He saith unto them, How many 
loaves have ye ? go and see. And 
when they knew, they say, *Five, 
and two fishes. 

39 And he commanded them to 
make all sit down by companies 
upon the green grass. 

40 And they sat down in ranks, by 
hundreds, and by fifties. 

41 And when he had taken the five 
loaves and the two fishes, he looked 
up to heaven, '^and blessed^ mad 
brake the loaves, and gave thmn to 
his disciples to set before them ; and 
the two fishes divided he among 
them all. 

42 And they did all eat, and were 
filled. 

43 And they took up twelve bask- 
ets full of the fragments, and of 
the fishes. 

44 And they that did eat of the 
loaves were about five thousand 
men. 

45 'And straightway he constrained 
his disciples to get into the ship, and 
to go to the other side before H imto 
Bethsaida, while he sent away the 
people. 

46 And when he had sent them 



hN»h.n.lS, 

22. 

2 Nalii 4. 43. 
f Or Jautrion. 

See Mat M. 

28. 



i Mat 14. 17. 
Luk. 9. 13. 
loo. 6. 9. 
See Mat 15. 
34. 
mo. 9,5, 



kl Sam. 9.13. 
Mat 26. 26. 



I Mat 14. 2 
loa. 6. 17. 

II Or, over 
agaiiut Beth' 
eaida. 



120 

lakott, hele aku la ia i ka manna 
e pule. 

47 "A po ae la, iwaena o ka 
moanawai na moku la, a mauka 
no kela, oia hookah! no. 

48 Ike ae oia ia lakou e hooikaika 
ana nla ka hoe. no ka mea, ua pa- 
kui mai ka makani mamua o lakon ; 
a hiki ae la i ka ha o ka wati o ka 
po, hele mai la ia io lakon la, e 
hele ana maluna o ka moanawai, 
a manao iho la ia ''e maalo ae, ma 
ae o lakon. 

49 Ike ao la lakou ia ia i ka hele 
ana maluna iho o ka moanawai, 
manao iho la lakou he uhane, a 
hooho nui aku la ; 

50 No ka mea, ike ae la lakou a 
pan ia: ia, weliweli iho la: olelo 
koko ae la oia ia lakou, i ae la, E 
hoolana oukou ; owau no keia. mai 
makau. 

51 Pii aku la ia iluna o ka moku 
io lakou la, malie iho ka makani ; 
kahaha nui loa iho la ko lakou 
naau, mahalo ae la. 

52 °Aole lakou i hoomanao i na 
popo herena, no ka mea, ua Ppaa- 
kiki ko lakou naau. 

53^ ^olo pu aku la lakou a hiki 
aina i Genesareta, a pae 



MABEKO, Vn. 



A.D. 32. 




. i ko lakou haalele ana i ka 
hoomaopopo koke iho la na 
kanaka ia ia. 

^ 55 Holo lakou ma ia aina a puni 
e halihali ana ma na wahi moe, i 
ka poe mai i na wahi a lakou i lo- 
he ai, e noho ana o lesu. 

56 Ma na wahi a pau loa i komo 
aku ai ia i na kauhale, a i na kula- 
nakauhale, a i kuaaina, malaila 
lakou i waiho ai i ka poe mai, ma 
na alanui, a nonoi aku la ia ia, i 
'hoopa aku ai lakou i ke kihi wale 
no o kona aahu ; a o ka poe i hoopa 
aku ia ia, oia ao la lakou. 

MOKUNA VII. 

ALAILA, *akoakoa mai la ka 
poe Parisaio io na la, a me 



n See Lnk. 24. 
28. 



o ma 8. 17, 18. 
p mo. 3. 5, & 



qMatl4.S4. 



r Mat. 9. 20. 
mo. 5. 27, 28, 
Oih. 19. 12. 

I|0r,»t. 



«Mat.l&I. 



away, he departed into a mountain 
to pray. 

47 ■* And when even was come, the 
ship was in the midst of the sea, 
and he alone on the land. 

48 And he saw them toiling in 
rowing; for the wind was contrary 
unto them: and about the fourth 
watch of the night he cometh unto 
them, walking upon the sea, and 
•^would have passed hy them. 



49 But when they saw him walk- 
ing upon the sea, they supposed it 
had been a spirit, and criea out : 

50 For they all saw him, and 
wer» troubled. And immediately 
he talked with them, and saith unto 
fhem. Be of food cheer : it is I ; he 
not "afraid. ' 

51 And he went up unto thfem into 
the ship ; and the wind ceased : and | 
they were sore amay.e^l ir •*^^rn^p:\Yes 
beyond mctsufe, and a* \dc:^. " 

52 For ®thcy conFidercd m-t^h' 
miracle of the loaves; ftr t>»«** 
p heart was hardened. "***'* 

53 *»And when t!»y lUk i«u«e 
over J they came intci iW land r" 
Geimesaret, and drew to ilio hhar* 

54 And when they 'v^■ere tSdmct c t 
of the ship, straightway tLfe^' knp \ 
him, r 

55 And ran through that %ftole : :?- 
gion round about, and be^an w cs - q 
about in beds those ti^t weVe >ick! 
where they heard he w«8. J^ 

*56 And whithersoever he |ftt<*red 
into villages, or cities, or JOfiiiitrv 
they laid the sick in ttie struts, anj 
besought him that 'they mi; ^ touel 
if it were but the border of¥B pajd 
ment: and as many w'p'ticliei 
II him were made whole. J 
I' 



CHAPTER V^. 

THEN *came toget) '«* "''^o hinj 
the Phaxisees, a ^ ©enaia ol 



kekahi poe kakauolelo, e hele ana, 
mai lerusalema mai. 

2 A ike mai la lakou i kekahi poe 
haamana a Icsu e ai ana i ka be- 
rena me na lima haumia. oia hoi 
na lima i holoi ole ia, noohewa 
mai la lakou. 

3 No ka mea, o ka poe Parisaio a 
me na ludaio a pan, ina aole lakou 
c holoi pinepine i ka lima, ina aole 
lakou e ai, no ko lakou malama 
aoa i na kauoha a na lunakahiko. 

4 A mai kahi kuai mai, ina aole 
e holoi, ina aole lakou e ai : a he 
nai no hoi na oihana i loaa mai i 
malamaia e lakou, o ka holoi ana 
i na kiaha a me na ipu, a me na 
ipu keleawe, a me na punee. 

d ''Alaila, ninau ae la ka poe Pari- 
saio, a me ka poe kakauolelo ia ia, 
No ke aha la e hele ole ai kau poe 
haumana ma na kauoha a na luna- 
kahiko, aka, ke ai nei lakou 1 ka 
berena me na lima haumia? 

6 Olelo mai la ia, i mai la ia la- 
kou, Ua pono io ka Isaia wanana 
m no oukou, e ka poe hookamani, 
c like me ka mea i palapalaia, * Ko 
boomaikai nei keia poe kanaka ia'u 
ma na lehelehe, aka, o ko lakou 
Qaao, na mamao loa aku ia, mai 

u aku nei. 

' Makehewa ka lakou hoomana 
pa mai ia^u, i ka lakou ao ana ae 
i na kauoha a kanaka i kumu e 
malamaia'i. 

8 No ka mea, ke waiho wale nei 
no oukou i ke kanawai o ke Akua, 
l^hoopaa hoi i na kauoha a kanaka, 

1 ka holoi ana i na ipu, a me na 
kiaha, a he nui loa no hoi na mea 
c like me ia, a oukou e hoopaa nei. 

9 1 mai la hoi ia. He oiaio no i ka 
oukou pale ana i ke kanawai o kc 
^kua, i malama'i oukou i ka oukou 
niau kauoha. 

10 No ka mea, olelo mai la o 
Mose, "> E malama oe i kou makua- 
^ine, a mo kou makuwahine j a, 
*0 ka mea i hailiili i ka makua- 
kane a me makuwahine, o pepehiia 
oia. 



MAREKo, yn. isi 

the Bcribes, whi^ oame from Jeru- 
salem. 

2 And when they saw some of his 
disciples eat bread with D defiled, 
that is to say, with unwashen hands, 
they found fault. 

3 For the Pharisees, and all the 
Jews, except they wash their hands 
n oil, eat not, holding the tradition 
of the elders. 

4 And when they come from the 
market, except they wash, they eat 
not. And many other things there 
be, which they have received to 
hold, as the washing of cups, and 
pots, brazen vessels^ and of A tables. 

5 ^ Then the Pharisees and scribes 
asked him. Why walk not thy dis- 
ciples according to the tradition of 
the elders, but eat bread with un- 
washen hands ? 



A.D.32. 



I Or, 



ly: in Uie 
orifftnaljivitt 



I Or, hed$. 
b Mat 15. 2. 



e Is. ». 13. 
Mat. 15. <. 



||Or,>Vitf 
irate. 



dPiik.20. 12. 

Kan. 5. 16. 

Mttt. 15. 4. 
• Puk. 21. 17. 

Oihk. sa 9. 

SoL30.aO. 



6 He answered and said unto them,. 
Well hath Esaias prophesied of you 
hypocrites, as it is written, ^ This 
people honoureth mo with their lips, 
but their heart is far from me. 



7 Howbeit in vain do they wor- 
ship me, teaching for doctrines the 
commandments of men. 

8 For laying aside the command- 
ment of God, ye hold the tradition 
of men, as the washing of pots and 
cups : and many other such like 
things ye do. 

9 And he said unto them, Full 
well ye H reject the commandment 
of God, that ye may keep your own 
tradition. 

10 For Moses said, * Honour thy 
father and thy mother ; and. •Who- 
so curseth father or mother, let him 
die the death : 



Hi 



MAEBSKO, TIL 



11 Aka, kt 6M6 mi biiltoti/ IniH 
o olelo aku kekahi kanaka i koha 
makuakane, a i kona makiiwabine 
paha, 'Korebana, he mea laa hoi 
ia, o ka'u mea © wfdwai ai oe. 

12 Alalia, aole oukou i ae akn ia 
ia e hana h<m i kekahi mea no 
kona roakuakane, a lito kona ma- 
kuwahine ; 

13 E hoolilo ana i ka olelo a ke 
Akua i mea ole, ma ka oukou kauo- 
ha, ka mea a ov^oa e haawi akn 
ai, a ke hana nei oukou i na mea 
he nui loa c like me ia. 

14 If 'A houluulu mai la ia i ka 
ahakanaka a pau, ol6lo mai la oia 
i^ lakou, £ hodohe mai oukou a 

A. ^u a e hoohiabpopo hoi. 

^ 15 Aole mea mawaho o ke kanaka 

e hatimift'i ia ke komo iloko ona ; 

aka, o ka mea i puai mai, mailoko 

mai otia, oia na mea 6 haufnia'i ke 

kanaka. 

16 ^Ina he pepeiao ko ke kanaka 
e Iphe, e hoolohe mai ia. 

17 U kona komo ana'e iloko o ka 
hale, mai ka ahakanaka ae^ ninou 
aku la kana mau haumana la ia no 
ua olelonane la. 

18 1 mai la oia ia lakou, He naau- 
po anei oukou pu kekahi? Aole 
anei oukou i ike, o ka mea mawaho 
i koiio iloko o ko kanaka, aole ia e 
hiki ke hoohatimia ia ia? 

19 No ka m^a, aole ia i komo' ilo- 
ko o kahi manao, iloko wale no ia 
d ka opu, a h^nb aku ma Mona, 
kahi e pim ai ka ino o ka ai. 

20, 1 hou mai la ia, ka mea e 
puai, mailoko mai o ke kanaka, oia 
no ka mea e haumia'i ke kanaka. 

21 ''No ka mea^ noloko mai o ka 
naau o kanaka i puka iQai ai ka 
manao ino, ka moe i ka hai, ka moe 
ipoipo, ka pepehi kieuaaka, 

22. Ka aihue, ka makee Waiwai, 
ka opu inoino, ka Wahohee, ka ma- 
kaleho, ka huahua, ka niania, ka 
hookano, ka lalau wale ; 

23 Noloko mai kcia liiau mea ino 
a pau i puka mai ai, oia no na mea 
e haumia'i ke kanaka. 



A.D. 32. 



rsrati5.5L& 

23.18. 



« Mat 15. 10. 



1i Mat 11. 15. 
i Mat. 15. 15. 



kKia.6.5.fc" 
8. 21. 
MaL15.ia» 



11 Btit ye' My, If a mftn AalT s^t 
to hifl father or mother, It is 'Cor- 
ban, that is to say, a gift, by what- 
soever fhou mightest be profited by 
me ; he shall be free. 

12 And ye sufier him no more to 
do anf ht for his £Aither or his 
mother ; 

13 Making the -word of €k>d of 
none effect through your tradition, 
Which ye have delivered: and 
many such like things do ye. 

1 4 IT ' And when he had lulled all 
the people unto hirhj h» said unto 
them. Hearken unto me every one 
ofyou^ and understand : 

15 There is nothing from without 
a man, that entering into him can 
defile him : but the things which 
come out of him, those are they that 
defile the man. 

16 ^'If any man have ears to hear, 
let him hear. 

1 7 * And when he was entc£red into 
the house from the people, his dis- 
ciples asked him concerning the 
parable. 

18 And he saith unto them. Are 
ye so without understanding also ? 
Do ye not perceive, that whatsoever 
thing from Without entereth into 
the man, it cannot defile him ; 

19 Because it entereth not into his 
heart, but into the belly, oiid goeth 
out into the draught, purging all 
meats ? 

20 And he said, That which com- 
eth out tf the man, that defileth 
the mail. 

21 ^'For fiom within, out of the 
heart of men, proceed evil thoughts, 
adulteries, fornications, murders, 

22 Thefts, covetousness, wicked- 
ness, deceit, lasciviousneaa, an evil 
eye, blasphemy, pride, foolishness : 

23 All these evil things come from 
wifliin, and defile the inan. 



SSARESlV TIL 



U f ^I^ se la* li ilirnt, ft li^lB 
aku 1& i' na inokmia q Tura, a tiao 
Sidona, komo aku la ildko o Jo^ahi 
hale, aoie ia i niak«ixHdte e iko mai 
kekahi kanaka ia ia^ aole naa ia i 
laid ke jualo. 

25 No ka mea, ua 1(^- e ti6fia ko« 
kahi wahine nana ke kaikamahine 
i uluhia e ka nha&e ino, bele raai 
\^ 19^ d moe i^ ki ma keaa man 
wawae* 

26 He -wabine Helme ia, no ka 
aina o Poimkia ma Snria mai ; a 
nonoi ae la oia ia ia, c mahiki aka i 
ka daimonio,. maU^o aha o kana 
kaikamahine. 

27 I mm la lesa ia ta, Alia, 6 
hoomaona e ia na keiki mamua, nt> 
ka mea^ auto e polio- ke ianrra i ka 
beiena a:BS keiki a ImoIm aka na 
na ilio. 

28 Oleijb aka la kola, i aka la ia 
ia. He oiaio no, e' ka Haka ; aka 
hoi, o na iiio nalalo o ka papa 
aina, ai no lakou i na haaahima ai 
aoakeiki. 

29 I mai la oia »a ia, No keia Ole- 
lo, e haa. oe, ua heie ka datmomo, 
mailoko akn o kau kaikamahine. 

30 Hiki aka la ia i kona hale, ike 
aka la i% na hfslia akn no ka dai- 
monioy ma^ko akOj a aa hooraoeia 
i» ke ksikamafaina- ihma o kahi 
moe. 

31 f "Haalele aka la ia i namo- 
^ kona o Taro, a me Sidona^ a h^a 

mai la ia mawaena o na aina o 
Dekapoli, a i ka moanawai o Ga- 
Hhda. 

32 "Laws aka la lakoa io na la^ i 
kekahi mea kali, aa una no hod 
konaleo, nonoi aka la lakoa ia ia; 
e kaa i kona Mina ilwna.iho ona. 

33 Kai ae la oia ia ia mawaho o 
ka ahikanafctt, a kaawale, hooko- 
iQo iho la i kcma maa lima ibeiko o 
kona maa pepeiao, <*kaha ae la, a 
koopa mai la i kona ilelo. 

SifNana^ ae la ilona i.ka lani, 
''nwe aka k^ a^ i mai la ia k^ 
Epaki, ma, hoi keia, e "weheia. 



I Or, GmMe, 



BMat.lS.B. 



BMat9.S2. 
Lok. 11. 14. 



o mo. 8. 2S. 

loo. 9. 6. 
P ma 6. 41. 

loa. 11.41. 

1 17. 1. 
q loa. 11. 83, 

88. 



IIM 

f4 f * And hmtk tlienee he droi^, 
and went ia^ the boidenr of Tyre 
and ^don, aad enicired into a house, 
and -would haTo no man kaow it : 
hat he oovid br>I he hid. 

96 ¥m a eettain womsn, wheaa 
young daughter had an onclean 
spirit, heard of him, and caBia and 
feU at his feet: 

8< Hie ^vtomoa was a iGre^, a 

Syrophenician hy nation ; and «he 
besought him that he would east 
forth the dofil ontof her daughter. 

27 But Jemn Mid unto her, Let 
the ehildren link be filled : for it in 
not meet to taire tho Ohildfen'a 
bread, and to eaet «t uato the dogs. 

28 And she aHMweved and said 
unto him, Yes. Lord : yet the dogs 
under the table eat of the children's 
crumbs. 

29 And he said uuto her, For this 
saying go thy way; the devil is 
gone out of thy daughter. 

30 And when she was come to her 
house, she found the devil gone out, 
and herdaughter laid upon the bed. 



gl % "And again, departing from 
the coasts of Tyre and Sidon, he 
eame unto the sea (tf Galilee, 
through the midst of the coasts of 
Decapolisv 

32 And "they bring unto him one 
that was dOaf, and had an imp<9di- 
ment in his speech ; and they be- 
seech him to put his hand upon 
him. 

33 And ho took him aside from the 
multitude, and put his fingers into 
his ears, and *1^ spit, and touched 
his tongue ; 

9A And P looking up to heaven, <» he 
sighed, and saith ujito hiiia, fcph- 
phatha, that v^ B* opened* 



tu 



MABEEQ, ¥III: 



35 *'Pohft kok« se la kona mati p»- 
peiao, a hoaluia ke kaula o kona 
elelOj a olelo maopopo mai la ia. 

36 'Papa mai la lesu ia lakou, 
mai hai aku i kekahi ; aka, me ka 
nui kana papa ana, pela no ka 
nui o ko lakou hookaulana ana aku. 

37 A mahalo loa iho la lakoa, i 
ae la, Ua hana pono loa oia i na 
mea a pau loa. liana akn no ia i 
ke kuli, a lohe ia, a me ka aa hoi, 
a olelo no ia. 

MOKUNA Vin. 

I A mau la no, *he ahakanaka nni 
loa, aole nae a lakou mea e 
paina'i, kahea mai la lesii i kana 
mau haumana, i mai la ia lakou, 

2 Ke aloha aku nei au i ka ahaka- 
naka,«no ka mea, ua noho pu iho 
nei lakou me au, i na la ekolu, aole 
hoi a lakou mea e paina'i. 

3 Ina e hoihoi wale aku au ia la- 
kou i ko lakou hale me ka pololi, e 
mauleule no lakou ma ke alanui ] 
no ka mea, mai kahi loihi ka hele 
ana mai o kekahi poe o lakou. 

4 I aku la kana poe haumana ia 
ia, Nohea la e hiki ai i kekahi ke 
hoomaona'i ia lakou nei iloko o ka 
waonahele? 

5 I'Ninau mai la oia ia lakou, 
Ehia na popo berena a oukou? I 
mai la lakou, Ehiku. 

6 Kauoha mai la ia i kanaka e no- 
ho ilalo ma ka lepo. Lawe ae la 
ia i na popo berena ehiku, hoomai- 
ka> aku la, wawahi iho la, haawi 
mai ia i kana poe haumana, c kau 
aku imua o ka ahakanaka ; a kau 
aku la lakou. 

7 He mau wahi ia liilii no hoi ke- 
kahi a lakou; ^hoomaikai aku la 
ia, a kauoha mai la, e kau aku no 
hoi ia mau mea. 

8 Ai iho la lakou a maona, a hoi- 
liili iho la lakou i ke koena ai, ehi- 

' ku hinai i piha. 

9 A o ka poe i mi, eha tausaai la«- 



A.D. 33. 




a Hat 15. 82. 



blfaLl&84. 
Seemo.aSS. 



e Mat 14. 19. 
mo. 6. 41. 



35 ''And ttvaightvay his eans ynm 
opened, and the string of his tongue 
was loosed, and he spake plain. 

36 And *he charged them tlist 
they shottld tell no man : but the 
more he charged them, so madi 
the more a great deal they pub- 
lished t(; 

37 And were beyond measure as- 
tonished, saying, He hath done ill 
things well : he maketh botk the 
deaf to hear, and the dmmb to speak. 



CHAPTER Vni. 

IN those days- ••the naltitode 
being very great, and havisg 
nothing to eat, Jesus called his dis- 
ciples UTito him, and saith imto 
them, 

2 I hare compassion on the ntd- 
titude, because they have now been 
with me three days, > and have 
nothing 4o eat : 

3 And if I send them away fastmg 
to their own houses, they will faint 
by the way: for divers of them 
came from far. 

4 And his disciples answered him, 
From whence can a man satisfy 
these men with bread here in the 
wilderness ? 

5 ^ And he asked them, How many 
loaves have ye ? And they said, 
Seven. 

6 And he commanded the people 
to Bit down on the ground : and he 
took the soven loaves, and gave 
thanks, and brake, and gave to his 
disciples to set hefvro them; and 
they did sot ih&n before the people. 

7 And they had a few small fishes: 
and ''he blessed, and commanded to 
set them also before them. 

8 So they did eat, and were filled: 
and they took up of the broken meat 
that was left seven baskets. 

9 And ihey that had evltiiire^ 



MABEKO, YUI. 



kon-; & hoiK<» idnt kb oia ia la- 

k«n. 

^ 10 ^ Alada^ ^ee pa. aku la ia me 

kana poo haumana iluxia o ka mo- 

ku, a holoae la i na mokima o Da- 

lamanuta. 

11 'Hele noi la ka poe Parisak), 
ninaninaa mai la ia ia, ma ka imi 
i faoailona ana^ mai ka^ lani mai, i 
hoao ai lakoa ia ia. 

12 UwB nut ifao la ia iloko o kona 
naaa, i ae la. No ko aha la k^a 
hanaona e imi mai nei i hoailona ? 
Oiaio ke hai aku nei aa ia ookou, 
Aole e haawiia'ku ka hoailona no 
keia hanauna. 

13 Haalele iho la oia ia lakou, ee 
faoa aku la maluna o ka moku, a 
kolo aku la i kela kapa. 

14 If 'Ua poina ia lakou ke lawe 
pu i ka berena, hookah! wale no 
popo bereoia a lakou iloko o ka 
niokii. 

Id ^Kanoha mai la oia ia lakou, i 
mai la, £ ao oukou e makaala, no 
ka mea hu a ka poe Parieaio, a me 
ka mea hu o Heit)de. 

16 Ohumu malu iho la lakou ia 
lakoa iho no, i ae la, >*No ko kak^u 
berena ole paha. 

17 Ua ika no o lesu, a i mai la 
oia ia lakou, No ke aha la oukou i 
ohamu ai i ko oukou berena ole? 
'Aole anei oukou i noonoo ? Aole 
anei i ike? Ua paakiki anei ko 
oakoa naau ? 

18 He mau maka no ko oukou, ao- 
le aaei oukou i ike? He mau pe- 
peiao no ko oukou, aole anei ou- 
kou i lohe ? Aole anei oukou i hoo- 
manao? 

19 * I kuu wawahi ana i na popo 
berena elima, na na tauaani elima, 
ehia la na hinai i piha i ke koena 
ai a oukou i hoiliili ai? Hai aku 
la lakoa ia ia, He umikumamalua. 

20 A 4 na hiku na na tausani ^a ; 
etiia la na hinai i piha i ke koena 
ai a oukou i hoiliili ai ? Hai aku 
la lakou ia ia, £hiku. 

21 Nimu mai la ia, Pehea la hoi 
i *hoQttaopopo 6k» maiai oukoa ? 



• Mat. ISL ». 

fciai. 
Ioa.6.90. 



r Mat. 16. &. 



cMatiae. 

Luk. 12. 1. 



hMatie.7. 



i mo. 6. 52. 



k Mat. 14. 20. 

mo. 6. 43. 
Lak.9 17. 
loa. 6. IS. 



1 Mat. 15.37. 
pau.8. 



.6.52. 
patt.17. 



189 

abeut iowe JhtsaatmA : and he tent 
them away. 

10 IT And "^straighiwayhe entered 
into a ship with hia disciples, and 
came into the parts of Dalmanutha. 

1 1 * And the Pharisees came forth, 
and began to question with him, 
seekii^ of him a sign from heaven, 
tempting him. 

12 And he silked deeply in his 
spirit, and saith, Why doth this 
generation seek after a sign ? verily 
I say unto you. There shall no sign 
be given unto this generation. 

13 And he left them, and entering 
into the ship again departed to the 
other side. 

14 1 'Now the disciples had for- 
gotten to take bread, neither had 
they in the ship with them more 
than one loaf. 

Id 'And he charged them, saying. 
Take heed, beware of the leaven ^ 
the Pharisees, and of the leaven of 
Herod. 

1 6 And &ey reasoned among them- 
selves, ss^ng, Jt is ''because we 
have no bread. 

17 And when Jesus knew itj he 
saith unto them. Why reason ye, 
because ye have no bread? ^per- 
ceive ye not yet, neither under- 
stand? have yo your heart yet 
hardened ? 

18 Having eyes, see ye not? and 
having ears, hear ye not ? and do 
ye not remember ? 



19 ^When I brake the five loaves 
among five thousand, how many 
baskets full of fragments took ye 
up? They say unto him. Twelve. 

20 And ' when the seven among 
four thousand, how many baskets 
full of fragments took ye up ? And 
they said, Seven. 

21 And he said unto them. How im 
it that »» ye do not understand ? 



m 



ifABESo, vm. 



alaila, halihali oe la lakoa i kelm^* 
hi kanalca mi^apo io na la, no- 
noi aku la ia ia, e lioopa mai 
ia ia. 

23 Lalau iho la ia i ka lima o ke 
kanalc« siakapo, aHkai aku la ia 
ia, mai aa kaulutle ako; *kulia 
mai la la i kona man maka, h<M>- 
pa mai la kona lima ta ia, ninau 
mai ta i koBa ike aaa i kekalii 
»ea. 

24 Nana ae }a ia ihuMi, i aim la, 
Ke ike nei au i kanaka, me ke mau 
laaa )a e hele ana. 

25 Mahope iho, kau hen mai la 
ia i kona lima ma na maka ona, a 
^oonana hou aku la ia ia ilmia ; a 
ola ae La ia, a iko maopopo iho la i 
kela kanaka i keia kanaka. 

26 Hoihoi ae la o Tesu ia ia i ko- 
na halo, i ae la, Mai hele aku i 
kauhalc, *mai hai aku i ko ke kau- 
hale. 

27 If i> Hele aku la lera, a me ka- 
na poo haumana i kauhale o Kai- 
sareia Pilipi ^ ninau ae la ia lakou 
ma ke alaloa, Owai la wau i ka ka- 
naka olelo ? 

28 T aku la lakou, O ^loane Ba- 
petite, a o Elia i ka kekahi, a o ke- 
kahi o na kaula i ka kekahi. 

29 Ninau mai la oia ia lakou, 
Owai la hoi au i ka oukou olelo? 
Hai aku la o Petero, i aku la ia ia, 
'^O ka Mesia no oe. 

30 "Papa mai La oia ia lakou, mai 
hai aku ia ia i kekahi kanaka. 

31 niaila kana hoomaka ana e 
hoike mai ia lakou o hoomainoino 
nui ia ko Keiki a ke kanaka, a e 
hooleia e ka poe kahiko, a me ka 
poe kahuna nui, a mo ka poe ka^ 
kau^lelo, a e pepet^iianoia, a po ako- 
lu ae e ala hou mai. 

32^ Hai maopopo mai la oia ia ole- 
lo; alaiia, lalau ae la o Petero ia 
ia, a papa aku la. 

33 Haliu ae la leau^ nana ae la i 
kana mau haumana. papa ae la ia 
Pet«r0| i a» 1% £ h»U oe pe|» jpon-, 



A. D. 3». 



■ mo. 7. 33.^ 



Mat 8. 4. 
mo. 5. 43. 



r Mat 16. 13. 
Luk. 9. 18. 



qMat.l4i2. 



r Mat 16. 16. 

loa. 6. G». 4 

11.27. 
• Mat 16.20. 

t Mat 16. 21. 
& 17.22. 
Luk. 0. 22: 



21i IT Andhe oooSieth to Bethsidda; 
and they bring a* blind man unto 
him, and besought him to touch 
him. 

23 And he took the blind man hf 
the hand, and led him out of the 
torvm; and "when "he had spit on 
his eyes, and put his hands upon 
him, he asked lum if he saw aught. 



24 And he looked up, and said, I 
see men as trees, walking. 

25 After that he put kit hands 
again upon his eyes, and made him 
look up ; and he was restored, and 
saw every man clearly. 

26 And he sent him away to his 
house, saying. Neither go into the 
town, *nor tell it to any in the town. 

27 T ''And Jesus went out. and 
his disciples, into the towns of Ces- 
area Philippi : and by the w^ay he 
asked his disciples, saying unto 
them, Whom do men say that I 
am? 

28 And they answered, "* John the 
Baptist : but Eome say^ Elias , and 
others, One of the prophets. 

29 And he saith unto them. But 
whom say ye that I am? And 
Peter answereth and saidi unto him, 
••Thou art the Christ 

30 "And he charged them that 
they ahould tell no man of him. 

31 And *ho began to teach fhem, 
that the Son of man must suffer 
many things, and be rejected of the 
elders, and of the chief priests, and 
scribes, and be killed, and aAer 
three days rise again. 

32 And he spake Ihat saying open- 
ly. And Peter took him, and beg^ 
to rebuke him. 

33 But when he had turned about 
and looked on his disciples, he re- 
Imked Peter, nyiiig, Get <l«e ber 



MABBKO, IX. 



IB7 



hope o'u, e Sata^a, Jio jka n;ie», a^le 
i like kou monao mo ko ke Akaa, 

34 f A kahea mai la ia i kanaka, 
a i kana poe hauma&a no hoi, i 
mai la ia lakou, O ^ka mea make- 
make e halxai mai mohope o'u, e 
hoole oi« ia ia iho^ a e kaikiu i konj. 
kea a e hahai mai ia'u. 

35 *ka mea manao e malama i 
kona ola nei^ e lilo auanei kona ola, 
a ka mea haalele i kona ola no^u 
nei, a no ka euaaelio; e loaa ia ia 
ke ola. 

36 Heaha la nanei ko ko kanaka 
pomaikai ke loaa ia ia ke ao nei a 
pau, a lilo aku kona uhane ? 

37 Heaha la hoi ko ke kanaka ku- 
mu e haawi aku ai, e loaa hoa mai 
ai kona nhane ? 

38 ^0 ka mea o * hilahila mai ia'u 
a me ka'u olelo, i keia hanaujoa 
kolohe a bana he^a, e hilahila no 
hoi ke Keiki a ke kanaka ia ia i 
kona wa e hele niai ai me ki^ nani 
koaa Makua, mo na auela heqaio* 
lele. 



MOKUNA IX. 

I MAI la oia ia lakou, 'Oiaio ka'u 
e oleic aku nei ia oukou ; ke ku 
niai nei kekahi mau mea, aolo la- 
koa e make e, a ike no lakou i ka 
hele ana mai o ^ke aupuni o ke 
Akua me ka mana. 

2 ^ *" A hala ae la na la eono, 
kono ae la Ie»u ia Petero, a me 
lakobo, a me loane, alakai aku la 
ia lakou i kahi mehameha, ma ke- 
kahi niauua kiekie, hoppaibaohao 
^ la ia imua o lakou. 

3 AIM ae la kona kapa^ a 'keo- 
keo loa e like me ka hau ; aole e 
hiki i kanaka hoomaemae lole ma* 
lana o ka honua ke hookeokeo pela. 

4 Ikea mai la e lakou o Elia, laua 
Mose e kamailio ana me lesu. 

5 01elo aku la o Petero i aku la 
la lean, E ka Hakii e, nani wale 
^ou » 9fd|o li ij^ ijifii; o M>^ 



A.D.33. 



« Mat 10. 88. 

fciaM. 

Luk.9.2S.4 



>I<».12.2S^ 



7 Mat. 10. SS. 

Luk. a 26. fc 

12.9. 
I See noon. 1. 

16. 

2 Tim. 1.8. 

&2.12, 



aMetllLfl. 

Lak. 9. S7. 



b Mat 94.801 

li 25. SI. 
Lak. 22. 18. 
c Mat 17. 1. 
tak.9.3B. 



d Dan. 7. 0. 
Mat 28. 3. 



UxidiBtyBataa: f or thoa «aiwurart 
not tlie tbin^ that h% of God, but 
the things that be of men. 

34 H And when he had called the 
people unto him with his disomies 
also, he said unto them, ** Whoso- 
ever will oome after me, let him 
deny himself, an4«take up his cros8| 
and follow n^e. 

35 For '^ivhosoever will save his 
life shall lose it; but whosoevpr 
shall lose his life for my sake and 
the gospel's, the same shall save it. 



36 For what shall it profit a ] 
if he shall gain the whole world^ 
and lose his own soul ? 

37 Or what shall a man give in 
exchange for his soul ? 

38 7 Whosoever therefore -shall be 
ashamed of me and of my words^ 
in this adulterous and sinful gen- 
eration, of him also shall the Son 
of man be ashamed, when he com- 
eth in the glory of his Father with 
tho holy angels. 

CHAPTER IX. 

AND he said unto them, 'Yerily 
I say unto yOu, That there be 
some of them that stand here, which 
shall not taste of death, till they 
have seen ^the kingdom of God 
come with power. 

2 ^ *And after six days Jesus 
taketh with him Peter, and JameS| 
and John, and leadeth them up in- 
to a high mountain apavt by them- 
selves: and he was transfigured 
before them. 

3 And his raiment became dsining, 
exceeding ^ white as snow ; so as no 
fuller on earth can white them. 

4 And there appeared unto them 
Elias with Moses : and they were 
talking with Jesus. 

5 And Peter answered and said to 
Jesus, Master, it is good for us to 
he hare: ^xld let us make tiuree 



128 MAREKO, IX. 

paha makon i ekold halekamala ; A. B. 32. 
non kekahi, no Mose kekahi, a no 
£lia kekahi. 

6 Aole ia i ike i kana mea i olelo 
aka ai, no ka mea^ na makan la- 
kou. 

7 A he ao hoi ka i uhi mai ia la- 
kon ; a pae mai la ka leo mai loko 
mai o ke ao, i mai la, Eia kuu keiki 
punahele, e hoolohe oukou ia ia. 

8 Nana koke ae la lakou, aole he 
kanaka a lakou i ike ai, o lesu 
wale no me lakou. 



9 *A i kb lakou iho ana, mai ka 
mauna mai, papa mai la kela ia 
lakou, mai hai aku i na mea a la- 
kou i ike ai, a ala hou mai ke Kei- 
ki a ke kanaka mai -^aena mai o 
ka poe make. 

10 Umi malu iho la lakou ia olelo 
me ka nalu nui ia lakou iho no i 
ke ano o ke ala ana maiwaena mai 
o ka poe make. 

11 IT Ninaii aku la lakou ia ia, 
No ke aha la i olelo mai ai ka poo 
kakauolelo, 'O Elia ke hele e mai 
mamua c pono ai ? 

12 Olelo mai la oia ia lakou, i 
mai la, Oiaio no o Elia ke hele e 
mai aha, e hooponopono i na mea 
a pau loa. Ua ^paiapalaia no hoi 
ka hoomainoinoia o kc Keiki a ke 
kanaka, a me kona '^hoowahawa- 
haia. 

13 Aka, ke hai aku nei au ai ou- 
kou, Ua hiki io mai nei no o ' Elia, 
a ua hana aku lakou ia ia i na mea 
a pau a lakou i makemake ai, e 
like me ka mea i palapalaia nona. 

14 T 'A hoi mai la ia i kana poe 
haumana, ike ae la ia i na kanaka 
he nui loa, a me ka poe kakauole- 
lo, 6 ninaninau ana ia lakou. 

15 A ike aku la na kanaka a pau 
loa ia ia, pihoihoi iho lakou, hole 
kiki aku la, a aloha aim la ia ia. 

16 Ninau aku la oia ia lakou, 
Heaha ka oukou mea e ninaninau 
toei me lakou ? ** 

^ 17 Olelo ae la ^kekahi o ua aha 



• Mat. 17. a 



f MaL 4. 6. 
Mat 17. 10. 



r Hal. 22. 6. 
Is. 63. 2, Jtc. 

Dazi.aae. 

b Luk. 23. 11. 
Pil.2.7. 



i Mat 11. 14. 
& 17. 12. 
Luk. 1.17. 



k Mat 17. 14. 
Lak.9.S7. 



|] Or, among 
yottraefawt? 

1 Mat 17. 14. 
Luk. 9. 88. 



tabernacles ; one for thee, and one 
for Moses, and one for Elias. 

6 For he wist not what to say; 
for they were sore afraid. 

7 And there was a cloud that over- 
shadowed them : and a voice came 
out of the cloud, saying, This is my 
beloved Son : hear him. 

8 And suddenly, when they had 
looked round about, they saw no 
man any more, save Jesus only 
with themselves. 

9 *And as they came down from 
the mountain, he charged them that 
they should tell no man what things 
they had seen, till the Son of man 
were risen from the dead. 

10 And they kept that saying with 
themselves, questioning one with 
another what the rising from the 
dead should mean. 

1 1 ^ And they asked him, saying. 
Why say the scribes 'that Elias [ 
must first come ? 

12 And he answered and told 
them, Elias verily cometh first, and 
restoreth all things; and <how it 
is written of the Son of man, that 
he must sufier many things, and ^ be 
set at nought. 

1 3 But I say unto you. That ' Elias 
is indeed come, and they have done 
unto him whatsoever they listed, as 
it is written of him. 

14 IT*' And when he came to his 
disciples, he saw a great multitude 
about them, and the scribes ques- 
tioning with them. 

15 And straightway all the peo- 
ple, when they beheld him, were 
greatly amazed, and running to him 
saluted him. 

16 And he asked the scribes, "What 
question ye nwith them? 

17 And *one of the mnltitbde ai^ 



MABBKO, IX. 



1S9 



kanaka la, i akn la, E ka Haku e, 
ua law© mai nei an i kuu keikika- 
ne ia oe, ua nluhia la e ka uhane 
aa. 

18 A ma na wahi a pau loa i kaina 
aku ai oia e ia, hookaawili iho la 
oia ia ia, a kahe mai ka hua, naa 
iho la na kui, a hokii no hoi ; a i 
akn la au i na haumana au, na la- 
kou ia e malnki aku ; aole i hiki ia 
lakou. 

19 Oielo mai la oia ia lakou, i 
mai la, Anwe ka hanauna hooma- 
loka ; pehea la ka loihi o ko'u noho 
pa ana me oakou ? Pehea ka loi- 
hi ko'u hoomanawanui ana aku 
ia oukou ? E lawe mai ia ia io'u 
nei. 

20 Lawe mai la lakou ia ia io na 
la, "ike mai la oia ia ia, alaila, 
hookaawili hou ae la ka uhane ia 
ia; haule iho la ia ilalo i ka lepo, 
kaa iho la me ka hua nui. 

21 Ninati ae la ia i kona makua- 
kaae, Pehea la ka loihi o ke kau 
ana o keia maluna ona ? I mai la 
kela, Mai ka wa kamalii mai no. 

22 Ua hoolei pinepine ia oia e ia, 
iloko ke ahi; a iloko o ka wai, i 
make ia ; aka hoi, ina e hiki ia oe, 
6 aloha mai oe ia maua^ a e kokua 
mai hoi. 

23 I mai la lesu ia ia, "A i hiki ia 
oe ke manaoio, e hiki no na mea a 
pan loa i ka mea manaoio. 

24 Kahea koke aku la ka makua- 
kane o ua keiki la, i aku la me na 
waimaka^ £ ka Haku, ke manaoio 
nei au ; e kokua mai oe ia'u i kuu 
manaoio ole. 

25 Ike mai la lesu i ka lulumi 
ana mai o kanaka, alaila, papa aku 
la ia i ka uhane ino, i aku la ia 
ia, Ke olelo aku nei au ia oe, o ka 
nhane aa, a kuli, e hele aku oe pe- 
la. mailoko aku ona, mai komo hou 
iloko ona. 

26 Kahea ae la ia, a hookaawili 
hou iho la ia ia, a puka aku la, 
mai loko aku ona ', a like iho la ia 
Dieka mea i make, no ia mea, ua 
nui ka poe iolelo ae, Ua make io no. 



A.D. 32. 



B me. 1. 36. 
Luk.9.«Z. 



B Mat 17. 80. 
mo. 11. as. 
Luk. 17. 6. 
loa. 11. 4A. 



swered and said, Master, I have 
brought unto thee my son, which 
hath a dumh spirit ; 

18 And wheresoever he taketh 
him, he n teareth him ; and he 
foameth, and gnaaheth with his 
teeth, and pineth away : and I 
spake to thy disciples that they 
should cast him out; and they 
could not. 

19 He answereth him, and saith, 
faithless generation, how long shall 
I be with you ? how long shall I 
suffer you ? bring him unto me. 



20 And they brought him unto 
him: and "when he saw him, 
straightway the spirit tare him; 
and he fell on the ground, and wal- 
lowed foaming. 

21 And he asked his father, How 
long is it ago since this came unto 
him? And he said, Of a diild. 

22 And ofttimes it hath cast him 
into the fire, and into the waters, to 
destroy him : but if thou canst dp 
any thing, have compassion on us, 
and help us. 

23 Jesus said unto him, 'If thou 
canst believe, all things are possi- 
ble to him that believeth. 

24 And straightway the father of 
the child cried out, and 'said with 
tears, Lord, I believe; help thou 
mine unbelief. 

25 When Jesus saw that the peo- 
ple came running together, he re- 
buked the foul spirit, saying unto 
him. Thou dumb and deaf spirit, I 
charge thee, come out of him, and 
enter no more into him. 

26 And the spirit cried, and rent 
him sore, and came out of him : and 
he was as one dead ; insomuch that 
many said, He is dead. 



KAR£ie,iX; 



hoala xnai la ia ia iluna, a ka ee 
la ia. 

28 ^A i kona Yaki ana akn lloko o 
ka hale, alaila sman inalu aka la 
kana poe haumaua ia ia, No ke 
aha la \ hiki ole ai ia makou ke 
mahiki efm ia ia ? 

29 I mdi la eia ia lakoii, Aole 
hiki keia mau mea ke mi^iki wale 
ia'ku, aka, i ka pule, a me ka hoe- 
keai. 

'■90'^ Hele aka la lakeu, mai ia 
wahi aku, maloko o Galilaia ; aole 
nae ia i makemake e ike mai ke- 
kahi. 

31 pNo ka'fnea, ao mai la ia i 
kana poe hatimana. i mai la ia la- 
kou, £ kumakaiaia'ku ana ke Keiki 
a ke kanaka i na lima o kanaka, a 
e pepehi mai lakoii ia ia ; a make 
loa ia, a po akolu ae, e ala lypu 
mai no ia. 

32 'Aka, aole lakon i ike i ke ano 
Q ia olelo, a ua makau no hoi lajcou 
ke ninan ia ia. » 

33 If <» A hele aku la lakon i Ka- 
perenauma; a 1 kona noho ana 
iloko o ka hale, alalia, nxnau mai 
la oia ia lakou, Heaha ka oukou i 
kamailio ai ma ke alaloa ? 

34 Aole lakou i ekemu iki aku, 
BO ka mea, ua kamailio lakou ia 
lakou iho ma ke alaloa, i ka mea o 
lakou i ol mamaa. 

35 Noho iho la ia, a kahea mai la 
i ka poe vmiknmamalua, i mai la 
kola ia lakou, 'Ina e manao kekahi 
kanaka, e oi ia mamua, e emi au^ 
nei ia mahope o na mea a pau, 
a e lilo no hoi i kauwa na na mea 
a pau. 

86 •Lawe ae la ia i kekahi keiki, 
hooku iho la ia ia mawaena konu 
o lakou ; a i kona hiipoi ana ia ia, 
i mai la ia ia lakou, 

37 O ka mea e lanna mai i kekahi 
keiki liilii, e like me ia nei, no ko'u 
inoa, oia ka mea launa mai ia'u j 
a o^ka mea launa mai ia'u, aole ia 
i launa mai ia'u wale no, aka, i ka 
•^ea nana wau i hoouna mai nei, 



A.3).9»; 



e Mat 17. 19. 



P Mat 17. 22. 
Liik.9.44. 



q Mat 18.1. 
Luk.9.46.4 
2«.^ 



t Mat 20. 98, 
57. 
ino. 10. 4S. 



■ Mat 18. 2. 
mo. 10. 10. 



tMatm40. 
Lak. 9. 48. 



27 fiot Jesustockhimbylhehaad, 
and lifted him up ; and he arose. 

28 ''And when he was come into 
the house, his disciples asked him 
privately, Why could not we cast 
him out? 

29 And he said unto them, This 
kind can come forth by nothing, but 
by prayer and fasting. 

30 % And they departed thence, 
and passed through Galilee; and 
he would not that any man should 
know it. 

31 ^For he taught his disciples, 
and said unto them. The Son of 
man is delivered into the hands of 
men, and they shall kill him ] and 
after that he is killed, he shall rise 
the third day. 

32 But they understood not that 
saying, and were afraid to ask him. 

33 If 'lAnd became to Capernaum : 
and being in the house he asked 
them, What was it that ye disputed 
among yourselves by the way ? 

34 But they held their peace: 
for by liie way they had disputed 
among themselves, who should be 
the greatest. 

35 And he sat down, and called 
the twelve, and saithunto them, 'If 
any man desire to be first, the same 
shall be last of all, and servant of 
all. 



36 And 'he took a child, and set 
him in the midst of them: and 
when he had taken him in his 
arms, he said unto them, 

37 Whosoever shall receive one of 
such children in my name, receiv- 
eth me; and * whosoever shall re- 
ceive me, receireth not me, but him 
that sent me. 



WA^Sf^jsf^ 



lU 



38 7 " AloilA .^ielo lOni U Q Jbane 
ia ia, i aku'la, £ ke Kumu, ua ikb; 
aku makou i kekahi mea e mahiki 
aku ana i na daimonio ma kou 
iaoa, aole jiae ia i lialial ia makou ; 
a papa aku la makou ia ia, no ka 
mea, aole ia i hahai ia makou. 

39 I mai la lesu, Mai papa aku ia 
ia; no ka mea, 'o ke'kanaka naaa 
i hana ka hana mana, ma ko'u 
inoa, aole ia e biki ke olelo ino 
no'u. 

40 I'ka mea Iqi e ole Akvi i* ou- 
kou, no oukou hoi ia. 

41 '0 ka mea haawi ia oukou i 
kekahi Maha wai e inu ma ko'u 
inoa, no ka i|iea^ no. Kristo oukou; 
he oiaio ka?u o hai aku nei ia ou- 
kou, aole loa ia e nele i ka ukuia. 

42 * A ka mea hoohihia mai i ke- 
kahi ka poe liilii nana wau e 
nunaoio mai nei, e aho nona, ke 
nakinakiia ka pohaku wili palaoa 
ma kon|i ai, a e hooleiia'ku ia ilo- 
ko ke kai. 

43 ^ A ina e hoohihia mai kou lima 
akau ia ge^ e oki ae; 9 aho nou ke 
komo mumuku aku iloko o ke ola, 
i ke kiolaia'ku i gehena me na lima 
elaa, i ke ahi pio ole : 

44 ^ Kahi aole loa e make ko la- 
Isou ilOy aole loa hoi e pio ke ahi. 

45 A ina e hoohihia mai kou wa^ 
wae ia oe, e oki ae ; p aho nou ko 
komo oopa aku iloko ke ola, i ke 
kiolaia'ku i gehena, me na wawae 
elvia, i ke ahi pio ole : 

46 Kahi aole loa e make ko lakou 
ilo, aole loa hoi e pio ke ahi. 

47 A ina hoohihia mai kou maka 
ia 06, e poalo ae ; no ka mea, e aho 
fioa ke komo maka'hi iloko o kc 
ola, i ke kiolaia'ku i ke ahi gehe- 
na me na niiaka elua : 

. 48 Kahi aole loa e make ko lakou 
ilo, aole loa hoi e pio ke ahi. 

49 No ka mea, e kapiia lakou a 
paa i ke ahi, ^ e like me ka mohai 
i kapiia i ka paakai. 

50 He mailcai *ka paa^cai, aka, ina 
i pan ka lia ka paakai, pehea laia 
e liu hou ai? E ao oukou, ' i loaa 



A.D.a^ 



zlKor.l2.S. 



7 8pmUMLlZ 

90. 



a Mat It. 6. 
Luk. 17. 1. 



bKan.lS.e. 

Mat 5. 29. h 

18.8. 
I Or, eoiiM 



• la. 46. 14. 



I Or, 



d Oihk. 1 19, 
Ez.43.24. 

• Mat 5. IS. 

Luk. 14. St. 
r Ep. 4. S9. 

K0I.4.& 



36 f « And JUia awtwvmI hin^ 
saying, Master) we saw one oast* 
ing out devils in thy name, and 
he iblloweih not us ; and we for- 
bade him, beoause he followeth 
not us. 

39 But Jesus said, Forbid him not ; 
'for there is no man which shall do 
a miracle in my name, tha,t can 
lightly speak evil of me. 

40 For 7}» .that is not against us 
is on our part. 

41 'For whosoever shall give yoa 
a cup of water to drink in my name, 
because ye belong to Christ, verily 
I say unto ypu, he shall not lose 
his reward. 

42 *And whosoever shall offend 
one of these little ones that believe 
in me, it is better for him that a 
millstone were hanged about his 
neck, and he were cast into the sea. 

43 ^ And if thy hand Oofiend thee, 
cut it off: it is better for thee to 
enter into life maimed, than having 
two hands to go into hell, into the 
fire that never shall be quenched : 

44 * Where their worm dieth not, 
and the fire is not quenched. 

45 And if thy foot offend thee, cut 
it oS: it is better Xor thee to enter 
halt into life, than having two feet 
to be cast into hell, into the fire 
that never shall be quenched : 

46 Where their worm dieth not, 
and the ^e is not quenched. 

47 And if thine eye u offend thee, 
pluck it out : it is better for thee to 
enter into the kingdom of God with 
one eye, than having two eyes to be 
cast into hell fire : 

48 Where their worm dieth not, 
and the fire is not quenched. 

49 For every one shall be salted 
with fire, <^and every sacrifioe shall 
be salted with salt. 

50 'Salt w good: but if the salt 
have lost his saJtness, wherewith 
will ye season it? ^Have salt in 



fSf MAItEKO, X. 

ka paakai iloko 10 imkcm) ft e 'ktii- ] A. B. 33. 
kfthi like oukou. 



MOKUNA X. ^ 

A L AIL A »ku ae la ia iluna, a 
hele aku laja ma kela kapa 
o loiedane, a i na'mokuna o luda- 
ia ; a akoakoa hou mai la na kana- 
ka io na la, no hou mai la oia ia 
lakou, e like me kana oihana ma- 
mua. 

2 % ^Hele mai la ka poe Parisaio 
io na la, me ka hoao mai ia ia, i mai 
la, He mea pono anei i ke kane ke 
baaleie i kana waliine ? 

3 Olelo aku la ia, i aku la ia la- 
kou, Heaha la ka mea a Mose i 
kauoha mai ai ia oukou ? 

4 I mai la lakou, I ae mai no o 
*Mose e kakau i ka palapala hoo- 
hemo, alalia e haalele aku. 

5 Olelo aku la lesu, i aku la ia 
lakou, No ka paakiki ana ko ou- 
kou naau, i palapala mai ai oia ia 
olelo na oukou. 

6 Aka, i kinohi ka honua nei, 
hana '^ke Akua ia laua, he kane, 
he wahine. 

7 " Nolaila hoi e haalele ai ke ka- 
naka i kona makuakane, a me kona 
makuwahine, a e hoopill ia i kana 
"wahine : 

8 A e lilo no laua elua, i hookahi; 
no ia mea, aolo elua hou aJm laua, 
aka, hookahi wale no io. 

9 ka mea a ke Akua i hoopili 
mai ai, mai hoohemo ae ke kanaka. 

10 A iloko o ka hale, ninau aku 
la kana poe hanmana i kela mea. 

Ill mai la oia ia lakou, '0 ka 
mea haalele i kana wahine, a mare 
hou i kekahi, he moe kolohe no 
kana ia ia. 

12 A i haalele ka wahine i kana 
kane a mare hou i kekahi, ua moe 
kolohe mo hoi ia. 

13 ^ K Halihali aku la lakou i kahi 
mau keiki liilii ia ia, i hoopa mai 
oia ia lakou: papa ae la kana poe 
haumana, i ka poe nana i lawe 

•aku. 



e Rom. 12. 18. 
4t 14. 19. 
2Kor.13.ll. 
Heb. 12. 14. 

33. 

a Mat 19.1. 
loa. 10. 4a 
it 11, 7. 



b Mat 19. 8. 



e Kan. 24. 1. 
Mat. 5. 31 
tl9.7. 



d Kin. 1. 27. 
& 5.2. 

e Kin. 2. 24. 
] Kor. 6. 16. 
Ep.5.31. 



yourselves, and ^have peace one 
with another. 



rMat&S2. 
&19.9. 
Luk. 16. 18. 
Rom. 7. 3. 
1 Kor. 7. 10, 
11. 



S Mat. 19. IS. 
Luk. 18. 15. 



CHAPTER X. 

AND *he arose from thence, and 
Cometh into the coasts of 
Judea by the farther side of Jordan : 
and the people resort unto him 
af;ain; and, as ho was wont, he 
taught them again. 

2 IT ** And the Pharisees came to 
him, and asked him. Is it lawful 
fol* a man to put away his wife? 
tempting him. 

^ And he answered and said unto 
them, What did Moses command 
you ? 

4 And they said, ''Moses suffered 
to write a bill of divorcement, and 
to put her away. 

5 And Jesus answered and said 
unto them, For the hardness of your 
heart he vnrote you this precept. 

6 But from the beginning of the 
creation ^ God made them male and 
female. 

7 "For this cause shall a man 
leave his father and mother, and 
cleave to his wife; 

8 And they twain shall be one! 
flesh: so then they are no more 
twain, but one flesh. „ I 

9 What therefore God hath joined 
together, let not man put asimder. 

10 And in the houso his disciples 
asked him again of the same matter. 

1 1 And he saith unto them, ^ Wlio- 
soever shall put away his wife, and 
marry another, committeth adultery 
against her. 

12 And if a woman shall put 
away her husband, and be married 
to another, she committeth adultery. 

13 IT 'And they brought young 
children to him, that he should 
touch them ] and his disciples re-| 
buked those that brought them. 



14 Ike mai la testr, alaila, htihu 
iho la ia, i mai la ia lakon, £ ae 
aku oukou i kamalii ke hele mai 
io'u nei, mai papa aku hoi ia lakou ; 
no ka mea, e like mo ^ lakou nei ke 
aupuni o ke Akua. 

15 He oiaio ka'u e olelo aku nei 
ia oukoU; 'O ka mea aole e launa i 
ke aupmn o ke Akua, me he keiki 
unku la, aole loa ia e komo mai 
ilaila. 

16 Hipoi iho la oia ia lakou, kau 
ae la 1 kona lima iluna o lakou, a 
hoomaikai mai la ia lakou. 

17 If ^ I kona hele ana aku ma ke 
alaloa, hole kiki ae la kekahi io Ha 
la, kaknli iho la imua ona, i ae jki, 
E ke Knmu maikai e, heaha la ka'u 
mea e hanaH, i loaa ia'u ke ola loa ? 

18 1 mai la lesu ia ia, No ke aha 
la oe c kapa mai ai ia'u he maikai ? 
Hookahi wale no mea maikai, o ke 
Akua. 

13 Ua ike no hoi oe i na kanawai ; 
'Mai moe kolohc oe ; Mai pepehi 
kanaka; Mai aihue; Mai hoike 
^ahahee; Mai alunu; E.malama 
^ i ko makuakaae, a me ko maku- 
wahine. 

20 Olelo ae la ia, i ae la ia ia, E 
ke Kumu, na pau ia mau mea ia'u 
i ka malamaia mai ko'u wa uuku 
mai. 

21 Nana mai la lesu ia ia, aloha 
Ao la, a olelo mai la ia ia, Hookahi 
ou mea hemahema ; e hoi aku oe, 
e kuai lilo aku i kou waiwai a pau, 
a e haawi aku i ka poe ilihune, 
alalia c loaa ia oe "ka -waiwai ma 
^lani,- a e hele mai oe e hapai i 
te kea, a c hahai mai ia'u. 

22 Alalia kaumaha loa iho la kela 
ia oleic, a hele aku la me ka mina- 
mina, no ka mea, ua nui loa kona 

. 23 f » Alawa ae la olesu ma o a o, 
1 mai la i kana poe haumana, Ma- 
iiomano ko komo pilikia ana o ke 
kanaka waiwai iloko o ke aupuni 
okeAkaa! 

24 Kahaha iho la ka naau o ka 
poe hanmana i kana olelo. I hou 



A;]>. 3». 14 Bniwhen Jcnffialr tl,1i«va8 
much displeased, aoMi said xado 

them, Suffer the little children to 
come unto me, and forhid them not; 
for ^o{ such is the kingdom of Grod. 



hlKor.14.20. 
1 Pet 2. 2. 



i Mat 18. 3. 



k Mat 19. 18. 
Lnk. 18. la 



1 puk. ao. 

Rom. 13. 9. 



mMat 6. 19, 
20. k. 19. 21. 
Lnk. 12. 23. 
&1S.9. 



BMAt.19.2S. 
Luk. 18. 24. 



15 Verily I say unto yon, ^Who- 
soerer shall net receive the king^ 
dem of God as a little child, h* 
shall not enter therein. 

16 And he took them up in his 
amis, put his hands upon them, 
and blessed theoi. 

17 IT *And -when he was gone 
forth into the way, there came one 
running, and kneeled to him, and 
asked him. Good Master, what shall 
I do that I may inherit eternal life ? 

18 And Jesus said unto him, Why 
callest thou mc good ? there is none 
good hut one, that is, God. 

19 Thou knowest the oemmand* 
ments, 'Do not commit adultery, 
Do not kill. Do not steal. Do not 
bear false witness, Defraud not, 
Honour thy father and mother. 

20 And he answered and said unto 
him, Master, all Uiese h&Te I ob- 
served from my youth, 

21 Then Jesus 'beh<dding him 
loved Mm, and said unto him, One 
thing thou lackest: go thy way, 
sell whatsoever tiiou hast, aad give 
to the poor, and thou shalt have 
"» treasure in heaven: and come, 
take up the cross, and follow me. 

22 And he was sad at that say- 
ing, and went away grieved: for 
he had great possessions. 

23 If *And Jesus looked round 
about, and saith unto his diseiples. 
How hardly shall they that have 
riches enter into the kingdom of 
God! 

24 And &e disciples were aston- 
ished at his words. But Jesus on- 



IW 



MABJXO, X. 



mai la Ivra ia lakxm, £ na p<ddi, 

he mea pilikia loa ke koxno ana o 
ka <^poe panlele i ka waiwoi, iloko 
o ke aupani o ke Akua ! 

25 £ hiki e ke kanoelo ke komo 
aku iloko o ka puka koikele^ ma- 
mua o ke komo ana o ke kanaka 
"waiwai iloko o ke aupuni o ke 
AJoia. 

26 Kahaha loa ko loko o lakoa, i 
iho la ia lakou iho, Owai la nanei 
e hij(i. i ke ola ? 

27 Nana mai la lesa ia lakou, i 
mai la, He mea hiki ole keia i ka- 
naka, aka, aole i ke Akua ; no ka 
mea, Pe hiki no na mea apau loa i 
ke Akua. 

28 1[ 1 Alalia, olelo aku la o Petero 
ia ia, Aia hoi, ua haalele makou i 
na mea a pau, a ua hahai aku ia 
oe. 

29 Olelo mai la iesu. i mai la, 
He oiaio ka'u e olelo aku nei ia 
oukou, aole ka mea i haalele i ka 
hale^ i na kaikuaana, i na kaiku- 
Mrahme, i ka makuakane^ i ka ma- 
kuwahine, i ka wahine, i na keiJd, 
i na aina, no'u nei a no ka euane- 
lio, 

30 'E loaa ole mai ia ia ka paha- 
neri i keia ao, a me na hale, a me 
na kaikuaana, a me na kaiku'wahi- 
ne, a me na makuwahine, a me na 
keiki, a me na aina, me ka hooma- 
inoino nae ; a i keia ao mahope, o 
ke ola mau loa. 

31 *A he nui loa na mea mua e 
lilo ana i hope, a me na mea hope 
i mua. 

32 1[ ^la lakou ma ke alanui e pii 
ana i lerusalema, hele aku la Iesu 
mamua o lakou ; a kahaha iho la 
ko lakou naau ; a i ko lakou ha- 
hai ana ajcu, makau iho la lakou. 
"Lawe hon mai la ia i ka poe umi- 
kumamalua, hai mai la ia lakou i 
kona mea e hanaia mai ai ; 

33 Eda hoi, ke hele aku nei ka- 
kou i lerusalema, a e haawiia'ku 
auanei ke Keiki a ke kanaka, i ka 
poe kahuna nui, a me ka poe kaka- 
uolelo; a e hooheva mai lakou ia 



A^D.as. 




pIer.S2.17. 

Mat. 19. 26. 
Luk. 1. S7. 
q Mat 19. 27. 
Luk. 18.S8. 



r20ihUi2S.9. 
Lttk. 18. 80. 



• Matmaaie 

20. 16. 
Luk. IS. SO. 

t Mat ao. 17. 
Luk. 18. SI.. 



« mo. 8. 81. & 
9. SI. 

Luk. 9. SSL Ic 
18.31. 



swenth »pLm,, and Bai& unto tto, 
Children," how hard ia it for them 
<*that trust in riches to enter into 
the kingdom of God ! 

25 It is easier for a camel to go 
through the eye of a needle, than 
for a rich man to enter into the 
kiiigdom of God. 

26 And they were astonished out 
^f .meBsure, saying among them- 
aeelves, Who then can hjs sayed ? 

27 Aiid Jesus looking upon them 
saith, With men it is impossible, 
but not with God: for Pwith God 
all things are possible. 

28 If *Then Peter began to say 
unto him, Lo, we hare left all, and 
have followed thee. 

29 And Jesus answered and said, 
Verily I say unto you, There is no 
man that hath left house, or breth- 
ren, or sisters, or father, or mother, 
or wife, or children, or lands, for my 
sake, and the gospel's, 



30 'But he shall receive a hun- 
dredfold now in this time, houses, 
and brethren, and sisters, and moth- 
ers, and children, and lands, with 
persecutions; and in the world to 
come eternal life. 

31 'But many that are first shall 
be last; and the last first. 

32 T * And they were in the way 
going up to Jerusalem ; and Jesus 
went before them : and they were 
amazed ; and as they followed, they j 
were afraid. "And he took again; 
the twelve, and began to tell iheok] 
what things . should happen unto | 
him, 

33 Saying, Behold, we go up t^ 
Jerusalem; and the Son of maj" 
shall be delivered unto the chio: 
priests, and unto the scribes; 
they shall condemn him to de 



i& e make a e htitem no hoi lalrou 

iaiai ko ka ainae; 

34 A e hoomae^nuewa mai iakon 
ia ia, a c hahau mai ia ia, a e ku- 
hakuha mai lalooa ia ia, a o pepehi 
mai ia ia, a po akolu ae, e ala hoa 
mai ia. 

35 ^ ' Puiiee aku la io nala o lako- 
bo, a me loane, na keiki a Zebedaio. 
i aku la, £ ke Kmnn e, ke ake nei 
maaa, e ha&a mai oe na maxia i ka 
maaa mea e noi aka ai. 

36 Ninaa mai la lasa ia laua, 
Heaha ko olua makflmakO) e hana 
aku ai au na olua ? 

37 I aku la laua ia ia, £ haawi 
mai oe ia maua, e noho kekahi o 
maaa ma kou lima akau, a o keka- 
hi ma k6a lima hema, maloko o 
kou nani. 

38 I mai la lesu ia laua, Aole 
olua i ike i ka olua mea i noi mai 
ai. E hild anei ia olua ke inu i 
ko ke kiaha a'u o inu ai ? a o bape- 
tizoia i ka bapetizo ana a'u e bape« 
tizoia mai ai ? 

39 I aku la laua ia ia, £ hiki no 
ia maua. I mai la lesu ia laua, 
E inu io no olua i ko ke kiaha a'u 
e inu ai, a e bapetizoia no hoi olua 
i ka bapetizo ana a'u e bapetiz<^a 
aaiw: 

40 Aka, o ka noho ma ko'u lima 
£Lkau, a me ko'u lima hema, aole o 
ka'u ia e haawi aku ai ; aka, no ka 
poe ia i hoomakaukauia'i ia mea. 

41 r A lohe ae la ka umi, huahua 
iho la lakou ia lakobo, a me loane. 

42 Houluulu mai la lesu ia lakou, 
i mai la, 'Ua ike no oukou, o ka 
poe i hooaiiiia raaluna o ko na aina 
C; ua hooki^^de maluna o ]akou ; a 
na kanaka nui hoi, ua hoolani- 
lani maluna o lakou. 

43 ^Aka, mai mea pela iwaena o 
oukou j a o ka mea makemake e 
jiio i pookela iwaena o oukou, e lilo 
ia i kauwa na oukou. 

. 44 A o ka mea e makemake i alii 
ia maluna o oukou, e lilo ia i kau- 
^4 oa na tnea a pau. 



A.I). 3a. and shall dalivor hia to tlie Gen* 

tiles : 

34 And they shall mook him, and 
shall scourge him, and shall spit 
upon him, and shall kill him; and 
the third day he shall rise again. 



xBfaL90.». 



' Q 



rMataoLM. 



sLak.S2.2S. 

II Or, think 
good. 



a Mat. SO. 26, 

mo. 9. 35. 
Luk. 9. 4B. 



35 IT 'And James and John, the 
sons of Zebedee, come unto him, 
saying, Master, we would that thou 
^houldest do for ua whataooTer we 
shall desire. 

36 And he said unto them, What 
would ye that 1 should do for you ? 

37 They said unto him, Grant unto 
us that we may sit, one on thy right 
hand, and the other on thy left hand, 
in thy glory. 

38 But Jesus said unto them, Ye 
know not what ye ask: oan ye 
drink of the cup that I drink of? 
and be baptized with the baptism 
that I am baptized with ? 

39 And they said unto him, We 
can. And Jesus said unto them. Ye 
shall indeed drink of the cup that 
I drink of; and with the baptism 
that I am baptized withal shall ye 
be baptized : 

40 But to sit on my right hand and 
on my left hand is not mine to give ; 
but it shall be given to them for 
whom it is prepared. 

41 ^And when the ten heard it, 
they began to be much displeased 
with James and John. 

42 But Jesus called them to him, 
and saith unto them, "^ Ye know that 
they which U are accounted to rule 
over the Gentiles exercise lordship 
over them ; and their great ones ex- 
ercise authority upon them. 

43 *But so shall it not be among 
you : but whosoever will be greai 
among you, shall be your minister : 

44 And whosoever of you will be 
the chiefest, shall be servant of all. 



MOKUNA XI. 

AKOKOKE 'mai la lakou i le- 
msalema, ua hild i Betepage, 
a me Betania ma ka mauna o Oli- 
veta, hoouna mai la ia i na hauma- 
na ana elua, 

2 I mai la ia laua, E helo olua i 
kela kulanakauhale mamua o olua; 
a i ko olua komo ana iloko^ o loaa 
koke no ia olua kekahi hoki keiki, 



A. 1). 33. 




136 mabj:ko, XI. 

45 No ka mea, o ^ke Keiki a ke 
kanaka, aole ia i hele mai no ka 
hookauwaia mai, aka, no ka hoo- 
kauwa aku, a * e haawi i kona ola 
i kamu hoola no na mea he nui 
loa. 

46 IT *A. hiki mai la lakou i leri- 
ko; a i ko lakou hele ana, mai 
leriko aku, me kana mau hauma- 
na, a me na kanaka he nui loa, e 
noho ana ma kapa alanui, ka ma- 
kapo, o Batimea, ke keiki a Timea, 
e nonoi ana. 

47 A lohe ae la ia i ko Tesu hele 
ana ae, kahea ae la ia, i ae la, £ 
lesu e, e ke Keiki a Davida, e alo- 
ha mai 00 ia'u. 

48 Nui loa na mea i papa aku ia 
ia, Hamau: aka, he nui loa aku 
kona kahea ana aku, E ke Keiki a 
Davida, e aloha mai oe ia'u. 

49 Ku malie iho la o lesu, kauoha 
mai la, e kaheaia'ku ia. Kahea 
aku la lakou i ua kanaka makapo 
nei, i aku la ia ia, E hoolana oe, a 
e ku ae iluna, ke kahea mai nei 
kela ia oe. 

50 Haalele iho la ia i kona aahu, 
ku ae la iluna, a hele mai io lesu 
la. 

51 Olelo aku la lesu, i aku la ia 
ia, Heaha kou makemake e hana 
aku ai au nou ? • I mai la ua ma- 
kapo nei ia ia, E ka Haku e, i kaa- 
kaa ko'u mau maka. 

52 I aku la lesu ia ia, O hele, ua 
ola 00, * i kou manaoio. Loaa ko- 
ke ae la ia ia ka ike, a hahai aku 
la ia lesu, ma ke alaloa. 



e Mat 9. 22. 

ma 5. 34. 
n Or, $av€d 

thee. 



A Mat. 21.1. 
Luk. 19. 29. 
loa. 12. 14. 



45 For even ^ the Son of man camft 
not to be ministered unto, but to 
minister, and *to give his life a 
ransom for many. 



46 ^ * And they came to Jericho: 
and as he went out of Jericho with 
his disciples and a great number of 
people, blind Bartimeus, the son of 
Timeus, sat by the highway side 
begging. 

47 And when he heard (hat it wu 
Jesus of Nazareth, he began to cry 
out, and say, Jesus, thou Son of 
David, have mercy on me. 

48 And many charged him tbathe 
should hold his peace : but he cried 
the more a great deal, Thou Son of 
David, have mercy on me. 

49 And Jesus stood still, and com- 
manded him to be called. And they 
call the blind man, saying unto him, 
Bo of good comfort, rise ; he calleth 
thee. 

50 And he, casting away his gar- 
ment, rose, and came to Jesus. 

51 And Jesus answered and said 
unto him, What wilt thou that I 
should do unto thee ? The blind 
man said unto him. Lord, that I| 
might receive my sight. | 

52 And Jesus said unto him, Ga 
thy way; •thy faith hath Bmade 
thee 'Whole. And immediately h^ 
received his sight, and followed Je^ 
BUS in the way. 

CHAPTER XI. 

AND *when they came nigh to 
Jerusalem, unto Bethphago and 
Bethany, at the mount of Olives, 
he sendeth forth two of his disci- 
ples, 

2 And saith unto them, Go your 
way into tlio village over against 
you : and as soon as ye be entered 
into it, ye fhall find a colt tied, 



MAREKO, XT. 



137 



na nakinaldia, aole i nohoia e Ice 
kanaka ; e kala ae olua, a e alakai 
mai. 

3 A i olelo mai kekahi ia olua, 
No ke aha olua e hana'i i keia mea? 
£ olelo aku olua, No ka Haku kcia 
e pono ai ; a e hoouna koke mai ke- 
ia ia ia. 

4 Hele aku la lava, a loaa iho la 
ia laua ka boM keiki^ ua nakina- 
kiia ma ka ipuka mawaho, ma na 
huina alanoi. Kala ae la laua ia ia. 

5 Olelo mai la kekahi o lakou e ku 
ana malaila ia laua, No ke aha 
olua i kala'i i ka hoki keiki ? 

6 I aku la laua ia lakou, e like me 
ka lesu kauoha ana mai^ a kuu 
mai la lakou ia laua. 

7 Alakai mai la laua i ua hoki 
keiki la io lesii la, hohola ae la la- 
kou i ko lakou kapa maluna ona, 
a noho no o lesu iluna iho ona. 

8 ^ Nui na mea i hitliilii ae i ko 
lakou kapa ma ke alanui 3 a o ke- 
kahi poe e hoi, ooki ae la lakou i 
na lala laau, a haliilii iho la ma ke 
alanui. 

9 Hookani aku la ka poe i hele 
mamua, a me lakou e hahai ana 
mahope, i aku la, ^ Hosana ; nani 
wale ka mea i hele mai ma ka inoa 
o ka Haku. 

10 Pomaikai ke aupuni o ko ka- 
kou kapunakane, o Davida, e hele 
mai ana ma ka inoa ka Haku : 
''Hosana iluna lilo loa. 

11 'A komo aku la lesu iloko 
lerruBalema, a iloko ka luakini, a 
nana ae la ia i na mea a pau loa; 
a ahiahi ae la hele aku la ia me 
kana poe haumana i Betania. 

12 7 'A ia la iho, i ko lakou hoi 
ana aemai Betania mai, pololi iho 
lata. 

13 «Ike aku la ia i kekahi laau 
fiko, ma kahi mamao aku, he lau 
maltina ; hele ae la ia e imi i ko 
Itma' ka laau; a hiki ae la ia 
ilaidftyloaa ia ia he lau wale no ; 
no ka mea, aole ia ka manawa 
fiktt. 



A.D. 33. 



bHatSLS. 



eHal.liaa6. 



dHaL14«Ll. 
• Mat2J.13. 



f Mat 21. 19. 



whereon never man sat ; loose him, 
and bring him. 

3 And if any man say unto you, 
Why do ye this ? say ye that the 
Lord hath need of him; and straight- 
way he will send him hither. 

4 And they went their way, and 
found the colt tied by the door with- 
out in a place where two ways met; 
and they loose him. 

5 And oertain of them that stood 
there said unto them, What do ye, 
loosing the colt ? 

6 Aiid they said unto them even 
as Jesus had commanded : and they 
let them go. 

7 And they brought the colt to Je- 
sus, and cast their garments on 
him ; and he sat upon him« 

8 '•And many spread their gar- 
ments in the way ; and others cut 
down branches off the trees, and 
strewed them in the way. 

9 And they that went before, and 
they that followed, cried, saying, 
^ Hosanna ; Blessed is he that com- 
eth in the name of the Lord : 

10 Blessed be the kingdom of our 
father David, that cometh in the 
name of the Lord : ** Hosanna in the 
highest. 

11 "And Jesus entered into Jeru- 
salem, and into the temple: and 
when he had looked round about 
upon all things, and now the even- 
tide was come, he went out unto 
Bethany with the twelve. 

12 •[[ 'And on the morrow, when 
they were come from Bethany, he 
was hungry : 

13 ^ And seeing a fig tree afar off 
having leaves, he came, if haply he 
might find any thing thereon : and 
when he came to it, he found noth- 
ing but leaves ; for the time of figs 
was not yet 



A. J), as. 



h Mat 21. 12. 
Lu^l9.45. 
Ioa.2.14. 



138 MAEEKO, yS:, 

14 Olelo ae U lem, i ae la ia ia, 
Aole loa e ai kekahi kanaka i kaia 
hua, ma neia hope aku ; a lohe no 
kana poe haumana. 

io ^ ''A hiki ae la lakou 1 lemsa- 
lema; alaila, kocao ae la Ie«i iloko 
o ka luakini, hookuke aku la i ka 
poe kuai lilo aku, a kuai lilo mai 
iloko o ka luakini, hookahuli ae la 
j na papa o ka poe k»ai kala, a me 
na noho q ka poe kuai maiiu nnnu. 

16 Aole oia i ae mai, e laweia ke- 
kahi mea, mawaena ae o ka lua- 
kini. 

17 Ao mai la ia, i mai la ia lakou, 
Aole anei i palapalaia mai, £ ka- 
paia ' ko'u hale e na aina a, pau, he 
hale pule ? Ua hoolilo ae nei ^ou- 
kou ia i lua no na ppwa. 

18 ^ A lohe ae la ka poe kakauole- 
lo, a me ka poe kahuna nui, imi iho 
la lakou i mea nona e make ai ia 
lakou; makau no nae lakou ia ia, 
no ka mea, ua mahalo loa ""na ka- 
naka a pau i kana olelo. 

19 A aliiahi ae la; hele aku la ia 
iwaho o ke kulanakauhale. 

20 ^ " A kakahiaka ae, i ko lakou 
hoi ana mai, ike aku la la^u i ka 
laau fiku, ua pau i ka maloo, mai 
ke kumu ae. 

21 Hoomanao iho la o Petero, i 
ae la ia ia, E ka Haku, e nana, aia 
ka laau fiku au i hoino ai, ua ma- 
loo loa. 

22 Olelo mai la lesu ia lakou, i 
mai la, E manaoio aku oukou i ke 
Akua. 

23 No ka mea, he oiaio ka'u ole- 
lo aku nei ia oukou, O ka mea e 
olelo mai i keia mauna, E hoonee 
aku, a o lele i ke kai, aole hoi e ka- 
nalua kona naau, aka, ua manaoio 
no, e hanaia keia mau mea ana e 
olelo ai ; e loaa io no ia ia ka mea 
€ma o olelo ai. 

24 No ia mea la, ke olelo aku nei 
au ia oukou, p na mea a pau a 
pukou noi aku ai ma ka oukou 
pule ana, e manaoio oukou i ka 
loaa ana, alalia e loaa ip aku no ia 
oukou ia. 



ili.fi6.7. 
II Or, a houM 

of prayer fot 

all nattona f 
k let. 7. 11. 
1 Mat 21. 45, 

46. 

Lok. }a 47. 



mMat. 7. 28. 
mo. 1. 22. 
Lttk.4.32. 



n Mat 21. 19. 



la Or, Bant 4h€ 

faith of God. 

o Mat 17. 20. 
&2l.2i. 
Luk. 17. 6. 



P Mat 7. 7. 
Luk. 11.9. 
loi. 14. IS. 
& 15. 7. U 10. 
24. 
Iak.1.5,6. 



14 And Jeras aaanvvr^ asd said 
xmto it, No man eat ihiit ai thee 
hereafter for ever. And his diaa- 
ples heard iL 

15 f *» And they come to Jcrust- 
lem ; and Jesue'^vrent into the tem- 
ple, and iM^gan toea^ OQt them that 
sold and bought in the tem^o, and 
overthrew the tables of the money 
diangears, and the seats of them thai 
aold doves ; 

16 And would not suffer that an] 
miuishouldean7<i7»^ vessel tiuEonsI 
the temple. 

17 And he taught, saymg null 
thein, Is it not -wntlen, ^My horn 
shall be oalled <^of all nations ^tlu 
house of prayer? but ^ye liavi 
made it a den of thieves. 

18 And ^&e scribes and chid 
priests heard »t, and sought h<n 
they might destroy him : for the] 
ieared him, because '"all the peo 
pie was as^Miiahed at to doctrine. 

19 And when even was eome. h 
went out of the city. 

20 ^ »And in the meming, ai 
they passed by, they saw the fi| 
tree dried up i^om the TOOts. 

21 And Peter calling to remem 
brance saith xm/bo him, Mastei 
behold, the fig tree which tho" 
<5ursedst is withered away. 

22 And Jesus answering saith ns 
to tihem, liHave faith in God. 

23 For « verily I say unto yoT 
That whosoever shall say unto thi 
mountain, Be thou removed, aa 
be thou cast into the sea ; and sha 
not doubt in his heart, b%it shall b< 
lieve that those thmgs which I 
saith shall come to pass ; he sha 
have whatsoever he saith. 

24 Therefore I say unto yoi 
PWhat things soever ye d€sir< 
when ye pray, believe that ye n 
ceive them, and ye shall have then 



as A i it 49iri|ta Ibi 4J» # pule, 
ka e hooraauhal^ a^a oiikoii i ke- 
kahi, ie kala aku oakou ia ia, i kala 
niai ai hci ko oakou MaieuLa il^co o 
h laai i ko <Hikou hewa. 

26 'Ilia, fip]^ onkou 9 kala aku^ 
«ole no li^i e .koJ^.fioai ko oakou 
Mftkua ilQko o ka tefi»; i k» oiUsou 

27 % ^€|lo hoa mai la lakou i le- 
TU£alema ; a 'i kona hole aaa iloko 
i>ka laajom, Me um la io na la 
^ PQ9 k^liQ9> fmf «• HM ka poe 
hkaudelo,* a me ka poe luaaka- 
J#o, 

8S I mai l^ia ia, Heaha koa pono 
e haaa'i i k^ mau mea ? Nawai 
^ hoi 06 i haawi mai ia pono e ha- 
i^iuamaumea la? 

^ Olelo aka Ia lesu ia lakou, i 
^ la, E ninf^u aku no hoi au ia 
ookoa i k^ahi mea; e hai mai 
oukou ia'u, alaila, liai aku au ia 
oakou i ko'u poao e hajoa'i i keia 
'DAtt mea. 

30 No ka laai a«ei ka bapetifio 
ioaaloane? No kanaka anei ? £ 
iiai inai }m ia'n. 

31 Knk^ixika iho la lakou ia la- 
m iho QQ^ i ae. la, A i olelo aku 
paha kakou, No ka lani mai, alaila, 
e lOBau Qia^ jgio Oiia ia kakou, No ke 
^ h hoi oiiko« i manaoio ole aku 
aiiaia? 

32 Aka, i idelo palut uajiei ka- 
^tt, No kanaka ; makau no hoi la- 
kou i kanaka, no ka mea, ^ua ma^ 
Q^ nai na kanaka, he kaula io o 
I«ne. 

33 Olelo mai la lakou ia lesu, i 
^ la, Aole ipaakou ike/ Alalia, 
olelo aku la lesa ia lakou, i aku la, 
Aole 00 hoi au e hai aku ia oukou 
1 It&'a pono e hana'i i k^ mau 
aea. 

M0KT7NA XIl. 

A LAILA, * olelo hoa mai la oia 
-^ ia If^sou ma na olelonane. Ka- 
1)3 iho la kekala kanaka i ka mala* 
^aina, a hana ilu) la ia i ka pa a pu- 
^ a kohi ilalo i kaM e kaomi ai i 



A.I}.88. 



r Mat 18. 95. 



•Mat 21. 23. 
Luk. 20. 1. 



MABiaU), XU. 130 

25 And yrhmt ^re stand praying^ 
^foxgiye, if ye have aught against 
any ; that your Father also which 
is in heaven may forgive you your 
tfospasses. 

26 But ''if ye do not forgive, nei- 
ther will your Father which is in 
heaven forgive your trespasses. 

27 % And they come again to Je- 
rusalem : *aad as he was walking 
in the temple, there oome to him 
the chief i^ests, and the scribes, 
and the elders, 

28 And say unto him, By what 
authority doest thou these things? 
and who gave thee this authority 
to do these things ? 

^^^9 And Jesus answered and said 
Ihinto them, I will also ask of you 

^116 H question, and answer me, and 
I will tell you by what authority I 

'do^these things. 

30 The baptism of John, was it 
from heaven, or of men? answer 
me. 

31 And they reasoned with them- 
selves, saying, If we shall say, 
From heaven; he will say. Why 
then did ye not believe him r 



|07,tUipf 



C 



t Mftt. S. 5. & 
14. 6.- 
ma 8. 20. 



aMatSt.SS. 
I«ak.20.9. 



32 But if we shall say. Of men; 
they feared the people : for * all men 
counted Jolm, that he was a prophet 
indeed. « 

33 And they answered and said 
unto Jesus, We cannot tell. And 
Jesus answering saith unto them, 
Neither do I tell you by what au« 
thority I do these things. 

CHAPTER XII. 

AND »he began to speak unto 
them by parables. A certain 
man planted a vineyard, and set a 
hedge about it, and digged a place 
for the winefat, and Imilt a tower. 



140 



MlABfiKO, Xflr. 



lea -wftfnft, ItvStilii fbo la i ka hale 
Iciai, hfta^ ae la i na hoaaina, a 
hele aku la i ka aina «. 

2 A i ka wa pono, hdocma mai la 
ia i ke kauwa i na hoaaina, i loaa 
aka ia ia ka htta o ka mala^aina, 
no ka poe hoaaina. 

3 Hopii iho la lakou ia ia, kuikni 
aku la, a hoihoi nel© aku la ia ia. 

4 Hoouna hen hial la ia io lakeu 
la i kekahi kau^vra him ; a hailukU 
aku la lakou ia ia, a eha kona poo, 
a hoifaoi aku hikou ia ia me ka 
hoino. 

5 Hoouna hou mai la ia i kekahi 
mea hou ; a pepehi aku la lakou ia 
ia a make ; a o na mea e ae he nui 
loa, kttikui no i kekahi, a pepehi i 
kekahi. 

6 He keikikane hookahi kana, o^ 
kana punahele, oia kana i hooun 
hope mai ai ia lakou, i mai la, E 
mahalo mai paha lakou i kuu keir 
kikane. ^^\ 

7 I ae la kela poe hoaaina iaW* 
kou iho no, Eia no ka hooilina ; ina 
kakou e pepehi ia ia, alalia, e lilo 
mai ka waiwai no kakou. 

8 Hopu iho la lakoti ia ia, pepehi 
aku la ,* a hoolei aku hof, mailoko 
aku o ka malawaina. 

9 No ia mea, pehea la uanei e 
hana mai ai ka haku o ia malawai- 
na ? E hele mai no ia a e luku iho 
la poe hoaaina, a e haa^ aku i ka 
malawaina no hai. 

10 Aole anei oukou i heluhelu i 
keia palapala, ''O ka p<^akn, i haa- 
leleia e ka poe hana hale, ua lilo ia 
i pohaku kumu no ke kihi : 

11 ka hana keia a lehora, he 
mea mahalo ia i ko kakou man 
maka. 

12 ** Imi iho la lakou e hopu ia ia, 
a makau ae la lakou i kanaka, no 
ka mea, ua ike lakou, ua olelo oia 
i keia olelonane no lakou : a haa- 
lelo lakou ia ia, a hele aku. ♦ 

13 IT * Hoouna mai la lakou i ke- 
kahi ka poo Parisaio, a me ko 
Herode poe io na la e hoohihia ai 
ia ia ma ktil^lelo. 



A.D. 3S. 



'^ 



bRaLll8.22. 



e Mat 21. 45, 
46. 

mo. 11. 18. 
loa, 7. 25, SO, 
44. 



d Mat 22. 15. 
Lak.20.aOi 



atid let •it oat to &tuibuidme&, tsd 
irent into a for country. 

2 And at the season he sent to 
the husbandmen a servant, that be 
mig^t receive from the husbandmen 
of the fmit of the vineyaM. 

9' And they caught A^tm, aod beat 
him, and sent him a^vray »&pty. 

4 And again he seat unto them an- 
other servant ; and at him they cast 
stones, and wounded hm in the 
head, afid sent him away shames 
filily handled. 

5 And again he sent another ; aoi 
him they killed, and many othei«; 
beating some^ and killing^ some. 



6 Having yet therefore <me too, hii 
well beldved, he sent him also last 
unto them, saying, Hiey will rev- 
erence my son. 

7 But those husbandmen said 
among themselves, This is th^ 
heir; come, let us kill him, a« 
the inheritance shall be ours. 

8 And they took him, and killei 
him, and east him out of the vine 
yard. 

9 What shall therefdi^ the lord o 
the vineyard do ? he will come an 
destroy the husbandmen, and wil 
give the vineyard unto others. 



10 And have ye not read thi 
Scripture; ''The stone whidi tb 
builders rejected is become tb 
head of the corner : | 

1 1 Thid was the LoM's doing, 
it is marvellous in our eyes ? 



12 * And they sought to lay hoj 
on him, but feared the people 
they knew that he had spoken 
parable against them : and they I 
him, and went their way. 

1 3 IT "^ And they send unto him cej 
tain of the Pharisees and of the Hj 
rodio&ft, to eatch him mhis w< 



MjOlEKO, XIE 



14 A hiki dim iakkim, olelo Ami 
la lakou ia. ia^ £ ke kumu e^ ui^ ilfe 
makou he pono oe, aole oe i makau 
ikekahi; ao^Jboi oe i nana i ko 
waho o JG& kanaka, aka, ke boike 
pono nuii nei oe i k& aoap o ke 
Akna, ma ka oiaio: He xaaa pono 
anei, ke haawi «ku i ka waiwai 
auhau na Kaieara ? Aole aoei ? 

15 E haawi anei jnakou ? Aole 
paha makim e haawi «ka? Ike 
aku la ia i ko lakou hookaiBam 
ana^ i aka la oia ia^ lakou^ No ke 
aha la onkou e hoao mai jaei ia'u ? 
£ lawe mai irakoa i kekahi bapa- 
vala io'u nei i ike au. 

16 A iawe mai la lakou. Al^la) 
mm aku oia ia lakou, Nowai keia 
^ a mc ka palapala ? I mai la 
lakoQ ia ia, No Kaisara. 

n Olelo aku la lesu, i akvt la ia 
lakou, £ haawi aku i ka Kaisara ia 
Kaisara, a i ka ko Akua hoi i ke 
Akaa. Pilipu iho la lakou ia ia. 

18 f ' Alaila, hole aku la io qa la, 
to Sadokaio ^ka poe i olelo, Aole e 
olahottmai^ uiuau aku la lakou ia 
u^iakula, 

19 £ ke kunttt, ua palapala mai o 
^Mose la makou, Ina i make ke kai* 
kaaaaa q }itft^i kanaka, a koe ka 
^ahioo ana, aole hoi ana keiki, 
^ ke kaikaina <k> e mare ia war 
^^e, i loaa ke keiki na ktma kai- 
kuaana. 

^0 £]uka no na keiki kane; a 
>&»« aku la ka hiapo i ka wafame, 
a make ia, aole ana keiki. 

21 Mare ae la ke kaikaina ia ia, 
ft aake ia, aale no hoi ana keiki ; 
^ pela no ka muli aku , 

22 A mare ae la no hoi ka poe 
^iuka a i^ia ia,. aole hoi a lakou 
^iki ; a ^aahope iho, make aku la 
fio hoi ka v«bine. 

23 Nolaila, i ke ala hou ana mai, 
^ ala hou lakou, imwiU la uanei o 
lakoa ua wahine la ? No ka mea, 
nioe aku no lakou ehiku ia ia. 

24 Olelo laai Ie«?i4, i inai la ia la^ 
^^ Aole aaei oukou 1 laiau, no ko 



A,I>.38. 



tGr. dtna* 



See Mat 18. 

28. 



e Mat 22. 23. 

Luk. 20. 27. 
r Oih. 23. 8. 



tKMXL25.S. 



141 

1 4 And ^en lii«y ^nwre oepii«, tii0f 
Bay unto him. Master, we know that 
thou art true, and caieat for no man ; 
for thou regardeat not the person of 
men, but teachest the way of God 
in truth : Is it lawful to give trib- 
ute to Cesar, or not? 



15 Shall we giye, or shall we not 
give ? But be, knowing their hy- 
pocrisy, aaid unto them, Why tempt 
ye ma ? bring me a tpenny, that I 
may see it. 



16 And they brought t^ And he 
saitb unto them, Whose is this im- 
age and superscription ? And they 
said unto him, Cesar's. 

17 And Jesus answering said unto 
them, Render to Cesar the things 
that are Cesar's, and to God the 
thyigs that are God's. And they 
nfurelled at him. 

18 IT •Then come unto him the 
Sadducees, 'which say there is no 
resurrection ; and they asked him, 
saying, 

19 Master, ^ Moses wrote unto us, 
If a man's brother die, and leave 
his wife behind him, and leave no 
children, that his brother should 
take his wife, aaid raise up seed 
unto his brother. 

20 Now there were seven breth- 
ren : and the first took a wife, and 
dying left no seed. 

21 And the second took her, and 
died, neither left he any seed : and 
the third likewise. 

22 And the seven had her. and left 
no seed : last <>f all the woman died 
also. 

23 In the resurrection therefore, 
when they shall rise, whose wifo 
shall she be of them ? for the seven 
had her to wife. 

24 And Jesus answering said unto 
them, Do ye not therefore err, b^- 



f42 

mkaix Vkb tibb ana i fea |mlft|nQa 
kemoi«ie, a me ka mana o ke Akua ? 

25 No ka mea, i ka wa e ala hon 
mai ai lakou, maiwaena. mai o ka 
poe make, aole lakou e mare, aole 
Ibi e fao^palatna ; aka, e ^like ana 
lakou, me na aneia iioko o ka lani. 

26 A no ke ala hou ana o ka poe 
make, aole anei oukou i heluhela 
iloko o ka palapala a Mose, i ka mea 
a ke Akua i dlelo mai ai ia ia, ma- 
loko o ka laan, i mai, *Owau no ke 
Akua o Aberahama, a o ke Akua o 
Isaakac, a o ke Akua o lakoba? 

27 Aole oia ke Akua o ka poe ma- 
ke, aka, ke Akua no ia o ka poe 
ola ; no ia mea, ua lalaii oukou. 

28 IT^Hele mai la kekahi o ka 
poe kakauolelo, a loho i ka lakou 
kamailio ana, a ike ia i ka pone o 
ka letsu olelo ana, alaila, ninau aku 
la oia ia ia, Heaha la ke kanawai 
nui o na kana^wai a pau ? 

29 I mai la lesu ia ia, Eia ke ka- 
nawai nui o na kanawai a pau,**E 
hoolohe mai, e ka Iseraela, o leho- 
Ta, o ko kakou Akua, o ko kakou 
Haku hookah i no ia : 

30 £ aloha oe ia lehoYa i kou 
Akua, me kou naau a pau, a me 
kou uhane a pau, a me kou manao 
a pau, a me kou ikaika a pau; oia 
ke kanawai i oi. 

31 A ua like no hoi ka lua m6 ia, 
» E aloha oe i kou hoalauna me kou 
aloha ia oe iho. Aole kanawai e 
ae i oi mamua o keia mau kanawai. 

32 1 aku la ua kakauolelo la ia ia, 
Maikai, e ke Kumu, ua olelo mai 
00 i ka mea oiaio ; no ka mea, hoo- 
kah! wale no Akua, i^aole e ae, cAa 
wale no. 

33 A ke aloha aku ia ia me ka 
naau a pau, a me ka manao a pau, 
a me ka uhane a pau, a me ka ikai- 
ka a pau, a o ke aloha aku i ka 
hoalauna, e like m^ kona aloha ia 
ia iho, ^'ua oi no keia mau mea 
mamua o na mohaikuni, a me na 
inea mohai a pau loa. 

3^4 Ike mai la lesu, ua pono ktuDA 



MABESD, ISli: 



A.D. 30. 



hiKor.l&42, 
49,52. 



i Puk. a. «. 



kMat.22.35. 



1kA6.4. 
Luk. 10. 87. 



mOihk.19.18. 
Mat. 22. 39. 
Rom. 13. 9. 
Oal. 5. 14. 
lak.2.8. 



n Kan. 4. 38. 
Is. 4S. 6, 14. 
&46.9. 



ol Sam. IS. 22. 
Hoa. 6. 6. 
Mik. 6. 6, 7, 

a 



catnse ^6* loMiW'^ikit HSus ''O^npluiM} 
iieither the power of God ? 

25 For when they afaail rise from 
the dead, they neither naftrry, nor 
are given in marriage ; but 'are bb 
the ungels which are-in hteftiTen. 

26 And as totiehing ilse deiad, Hmft! 
they rise ; have ye not read in thft 
book of Moses, how in the bush G«9 
spake unto hiihj sayiag, *} atft the 
God' of Abraliflffi, and the God of 
Isaac, and theG6d of jaeob? 

27 He is not the God of the dead, 
but the God of the living : ye ther^ 
fore do greatiy err. 

28 IT '^And one of the scriBes cftiM, 
and having heard thran tetsowag 
together, and perceiving that hfl 
had answered them well, asked 
him, Which is the first ooHUQDsnd^ 
mentof ail? 

29 And Jesus answened hire, 11* 
first of all the commandments isj 
^ Hear, O Israel : The Lord our Odd 
is cme Lord : 

30 And thou shalt love the Lori 
thy God with all thy heaart, aad 
with all thy soul, andjith all ti^ 
mind, and with all Klf strength 
this is the first commandment. 

31 And tiie second ^5 like, namekf 
this, "^Thou shalt love thy nei^- 
hour as thyself. There is noiiB 
other commandment greater tkim 
these. 

32 And the scifibe said unto him, 
Well, Master, thou hart said the 
truth: for there is one G«d; '^and 
there is none other but he : 

33 And to krre him wi^ all thfl 
heart, and with all the understand* 
ing, and with all the sooi, and witil 
all the strength, and to love kii 
ueighbc^ur as hims^, <*is more ' 
all whole burnt ofifcirittgs and 
flees. 

U And ^h6& Jmw 9k* thai hi 



MAREKO, Sn. 



Ma ana mad^ alstta, i mai !a oia 
ii ia, Aole oo i mamco ao i ke on- 
poni ke Akua. J' Mai ia wa iho, 
ashe kanaka i aa e oinaninau hou 
abi la ia. 

35 % iQlelo mai la lesu, i mai la 
mi kana ao ana iloko o ka Inakini, 
No ke aha la i oi^lo mai ai ka poe 
hkaaoleb, He keiki na Barida ka 
Mesia? 

36 No ka mea. olelo mai la o 
Da\ida ''ma ka Uhane Hemolele, 
•Olelo mai la o lehora i fco'ii 
Haku. E noho mai oe ma ko'u 
lima akaii, a hooliBo akn ai an i 
koQ enemi i kediana wowae nou. 

37 A ina kapa akit o Darida ia ia 
i Hako, Pehea la hoi oia he keiki 
^"Qui? A lohe ae ht mi makaai- 
DSQa ia ia me ka olioli. 

3^1} 4 mai la oia ia, lakon ma 
^& ao ana, " £ ao oukou no ka ka 
V^ kakauolelo ; ke xnakemake nei 
^OQ e hole me ke kapa loihi, a 
^ 'ke aldiaia mai ma kahi kuai, 

39 A me na noho hanohano iloko 

na halehala-wai, a me na wahi 
Baikal ma na ahaaina. 

40 'Ua pan ia lakon na halo o na 
JJ^kanema&o, a ke hooloihi nei 
^^ i kajttlo no ka ifceia mai. 
^ m aki^kaaiei ko lakon hoo- 
iiewaia. 

4^ f 'Noho iho la lesn ma ke alo 
jfci waihonakaia, a nana ae la i 
«naka e hoolei ana i ke kala iloko 
ka waihonakaia ; a nni loa iho 
'^ na mea waiwai i hoolei nui mai. 
^Hele mai la kekaM wahine- 
Jj'^fflake hnne, hoolei mai la ia i 
?^ lepeta, a o lana pu, hookahi 
lakeneta. 

^3 Alaila, kahea mai la ia i kana 
^ hanmana, i mai ht ia lakxm, He 
JJ^ ka'ti e olelo aku nei ia oukou, 
" keia ^vahinekanemake hune, na 
^ aku kana mea i hoolei iho ai, 
?^»a ko lafcou a paii, ka poe 

1 oooiei iho iloko o ka waihona- 

*4 iVo ka nifta, hoolei iho lakou a 
P*a, lu) loko ko lakon ijm'vrai nai ; 



aM«L22.41. 



r2Sam.SXS. 
• HaLUO. 1. 



t mo. 4 2. 
« Mat 23. 1, 

Luk.20.4A. 
xLttk.lff43. 



7 Mst SS. 14. 



«Luk.21.1. 



a2M«lii 13.01 



1»2 Kor. 8. 12. 



149 

anmnered disereeily, he said mito 
him, Thou art not far from the 
kingdom of €rod. ('Andnemanafler 
that dunt ask him any question. 

35 ^ ^And Jesus answered and 
said, while he taught in the temple, 
How say tibo seribes that Christ is 
the aon of David ? 

36 For David himself said 'by the 
Holy Ghost, 'The Lord said to my 
Lord, Sit thou on my right hand, 
till I make thine enemies thy foot- 
stool. 

37 David therefore himself ealleth 
him Lord ; and whence is he then 
his son ? And the ownmon people 
heard him gladly. 

38 ^ And * he said unto them in h is 
doctrine, '^Bewaro of tho scribes^ 
which love to go in long clothing, 
and ^love saintations in the mar* 
teetplaees, 

39 And tho chief seats m the sy* 
nf^ognes, and the uppermost rooms 
at feasts : 

40 y Whieh devour vridows^ houses, 
and for a pretence make long pray- 
ers: these shall reeeive greater 
danmation. 

41 ^ ■ And Jesus sat over against 
the treasury, and beheld how the 
people cast money *into the treas- 
ury : and many that we^ rich east 
in much. 

42 And there came a certain poor 
widow, and aho threw in two mites, 
which make a farthing. 

43 And he called unto him his 
disciples, and saith unto them, 
Verily I say unto yon, That •'this 
poor widow hath east more in, than 
all they which have cast into tho 
treasury : 



44 For all they did east inof theii^ 
abundaiioe ) but she <^ her want 



144 

aka, oia. ma kona hune^ ua hoolei 
mai ia i kona mea a pau, * i kona 
mea ola a pau hoi. 

MOKUNA XIII. 

A*I kona hele ana mai loko aku 
o ka luakini, olelo aku la ke- 
kahi o kana poo haumana ia ia, £ 
ke kumu, e nana oe, nani wale ko 
ano keia mau pohaku, a me na 
hale. 

2 Olelo mai la lesu, i mai la ia ia, 
Kc iko nei anei oe i keia mau hale 
nui ? ^ Aole e waihoia kekahi po- 
haku, maluna iho o kekahi pohaku 
i ka hoohiolo ole ia. 

3 I kona noho ana iluna o ka 
mauna Oliveta, ma ka hulinaalo o 
ka luakini, ninau malu aku- la o 
Potero, a mo lakobo, a me Ipane, a 
mo Anederea ia ia ; s,* 

4 * E hai mai oe ia makou i ka wa 
hea e hiki mai ai keia mau tnea, a 
hcaha la ka ouli o ka hiki ana mai 
o ia mau mea ? 

5 Olelo mai la lesu ia lakou, i mai 
la, i kana olelo ana, <* £ ao oukou o 
malama o alakai hewa ia oukou. 

6 No ka mea, ho nui na mea o hele 
mai ana ma ko'u inoa, mo ka olelo 
mai, Owau no ia, a e alakai heiwa 
ia na mea he nui loa. 

7 A i lohe oukou i ke kaua, a me 
ka lono o ke kaua, mai hopohopo 
oukou ] no ka mea, o hiki io mai no 
ia mau mea a pau, aole nae ia ka 
hope. 

8 E ku e auanei kekahi aina i ke- 
kahi aina, a o kekahi aupuni hoi i 
kekahi aupuni ; a e hiki mai auanei 
na olai. ma kau wahi, a me na wi, 
a me na kipikipi. Aka, o • ka ma- 
kamua wale no ia o na popilikia. 

9 IT ' £ ao nae oukou ia oukou Uio, 
no ka mea, o haawiia'ku no oukou 
i ka poe hookolokolo, a e hahau mai 
lakou ia oukou iloko o na hale ha- 
lawai ; a no'u nei e hcokuia'i oukou 
imua o na kiaaina, a me iia'lii, i 
mea e hoike aku ai no lakou. 



MAREKO, Xin. 



A. D. 83, 




aMatS4.1; 
Luk. 2L 5. 



bLuk.19.44. 



c Mat 24. S. 
Luk. 21. 7. 



d ler. 29. 8. 
Ep. 6. 6. 
1 Tee. 2. 3. 



e Mat 24. 8. 

f Or. jNztnf a$ 
qfa woman 
in travaiL 

r Mat 10. I7» 
18. & 24. 9. 
Hoik. 2. 10. 



did east in All that she had, *m 
all her living. 



'en 



CHAPTER XIII. 

AND * as he -went out of the tem- 
ple, one of his disciples said 
unto him. Master, see what manne] 
of stones and what buildings an 
here ! 

2 And Jesus answering said unti 
him,* Seest thou these great build 
ings? *» there shall not be left on 
stone upon another, that shall bo 
be thrown down. 

3 And as he sat upon the rooBii 
of Olives, over against the temple 
Peter and James and John am 
Andrew asked him privately, 

4 ' Tell us, when shall these thing 
be ? and what shall be the sign whc 
all these things shall be fulfilled? 

5 And Jesus answering them fc( 
gan to say, **Take heed lest an 
man deceive you : 

6 For many shall come in n 
name, saying, I am Christ; f|l 
shall deceive manyJB^ 

7 And when ye shall hear of wa 
and rumours of wars, be ye n 
troubled: for sttch things mu 
needs be ; but the end shall not 
yet. 

8 For nation shall rise agaii 
nation, and kingdom against kio 
dom: and there shall be cart 
quakes in divers places, and th( 
shall be famines and trouble 
« these are the beginnings of t£< 
rows. 

9 1 But 'take heed to yourselve 
for they shall deliver you up 
councils -J and in the synagogues 
shall bo beaten : and ye shall 
brought before rulers and. kings 
my sake, for a testimoxiy agaij 
them. 



MARJECO^JOU. 



miia 'ka en«nelio, mA nti mxok • 
pan. 

11 ''Aia alakai lakou ia oukou, e 
bawi aka^ mai manao mua onkoa 
i ka mea a onkou e olelo aku ai, 
oai nooBoo e; aJoa, ojca mea. e 
kawiia na o^coa ia wa, oia ka 
ootou mea «. olelo akn ad; no ka 
nea, adi^ 'jniKbkQu J(» rteiOy 'na 
ka IJhane Hemolele no. 

12 A ^6 haawi aim %Ba ko kai- 
baasa i ka JraikuBa^ e'tinall^ a me 
kamakBa^aeiio hot i ko k;em ; a 
ka e mai no faeinft kei^ i na 
makna, a e liaawi aku i& lakou e 
make. i 

13 ^NoWn inoft e inama4a'i on- 
koa ena kanaka a pan; ak^j^oka 
mea e hoomanaTranni, a Jbdki i Iqbl 
Wena, e ola ia» 

14^ "A ike akn onkon i ka mea 
^aomia e hooneoneo ana, "i oleloia 
iBu ai e Banieift, e Ice kaal% e !m 
anaikahipDnoole, (Okanteaho- 
lahela, e hoomiaopopo oia) alaila, 
'okapoe e ndio mm na Indoa, e 
Mo lakon i kaahi?n. 

15 A ka mea malnna o ka hale, 
Jai iho raei ia Hoko o ka halo^ aole 
wekonii tojEil aTyp i kekaki 
iBai loko 4BipB* hale. 
J6 A k^ETma ka ^/ d kum 
'"^pi traa ia e lanre i kona kapa. 

17 ^ Auwe hi^ i ka pee wahine ha- 
P^; a me ka poe hanai wain aaa 
i^maala! 

18 A pole akn eaikoa, i olo ma 
ka hooilo ko onkosi anhee ana. 

19 'No ka mea, e nui ananei ka 
ln'pililda o n& man la la, aoie me- 
^ mai kiaohi mai o jca hcmna 
ike Akua i hana'i a hiki loa mai 
'^i k«a wa, aole no hoi mahope 
ttu. 

20 A i boopcdfiole cde ka Hakn ia 
^ la, aole loaeola jEekahi kana- 
ka; aka, no ka poe i "vraeia, e hoo- 
Pokolei&'o na man la la. 



^1 ' A i kela wa, ina olelo mai ka- 



JUD. 88. 



f Mat. 2114. 

hMatlO.ia 
Lak. 12. U. 
kil 14. 



iOih.9,i,k 

4. a, SI. 

k Mik. 7. 6L 
Mat. 10. 21. 
«i24. 10. 
Lttk. 21. 16. 



1 Mat 24. 9. 

Ldk. 21. 17. 
mD«n. 12. 12. 

MaL]0.2a 

& 24. IS. 

Hoik. 2. 10. 
n Mat 24. 15. 
o Bra 9. ST. 



jpLnk.2LSl. 



q Lak. 21. 23. 
&23.29. 



rDan 9.26. 
&12.L 
Joel 2.2. 
Mat^JtL 



• Mat 24. 28. 
Lnk. 17. 28. 



I4tf 

10 And 'the foiqpei mnat first he 
published among all nations. 

11*" Bnt when they shall lead you, 
and deliver you up, take no thought 
befcnrehand what ye shall speak, 
neithar do ye premeditate: but 
whatsoerer shall be given yon in 
that hour, that speak ye : for it is 
not ye that speak, 'but the Holy 
Ghoat. 

12 Now ''the brother shiall betray 
the brother to death, and the father 
the son; and children shall rise up 
against their parents, and shall 
cause them to be put to death. 

13 I And ye shall be hated of all 
men for my name's sake : but ^ he 
that shall endure unto the end, the 
same shall be saved. 

14 ^ "But when ye shall see the 
abomination of desolation, <* spoken 
of by Daniel the ]^pbet, standing 
where it ought no% (let him that 
readeth understand,) then i*let them 
that be in Judeafiee to the mount- 
ains: 

15 And M him that is on the 
housetop not go down into the 
house, neither enter therein, to take 
anir thing out of his house : 

16 And let him that is in the field 
not turn back again lor to take up 
hie garment. . 

17 ^put woe to them that are with 
child, and to them that give suck 
in those days ! 

18 And pray ye that your flight be 
not in the winter. 

19 ''For in those days shall be af- 
fliction, such as was not from the 
beginning of the creation which 
God created imto this time, neither 
shall be. 

20 And except that the Lord had 
shortened those days, no flesh should 
be saved : but for the elect's sake, 
whom, he hath ehosen, he hath 
shortened the days. 

21 'And then if any man shall 



146 



MAREKO, XIIL 



kahi kanaka, £ia ka Mesia maa- 
nei, aia hoi mao, mai manaoio ou- 
kou ia. 

22 No ka mea, e ku mai auanei 
iluna na Mesia wahahee, a me na 
kaula wahahee, a e hoike mai i na 
hoailona, a me na hana mana, ina 
he mea hiki, e hoohihia lakou i ka 
ka poe i waeia. 

23 * £ ao hoi oukou ; aia, na hoike 
e aku no wau ia oukou i na mea a 
pau loa. 

24 ^ " A pan ka pilikia ana o ia 
mau la, alalia, e pouli loa no ka la, 
aole hoi e haawi mai ka mahina i 
kona malamalama; 

25 £ haule iho no hoi na hoku o 
ka lani, a-e haalolu no na mea ma- 
na o ka lani. 

26 ''Ilaila lakou e ike ai i ke Rei- 
ki a ke kanaka e hole mai ana ma 
na ao me ka mana nui, a me ka 
natii. 

27 Alalia ia e hoonna akn ai i na 
anela ana, a e akoakoa mai i kana 
poe i -waeia, mai na knkulu eha 
mai; a mai kela pa o ka honna, a 
mai kela pa o ka lani mai. 

28 y £ ao hoi oukou i ka nane o 
ka laau fiku : i ka wa e opiopio ai 
kona lala, a e hoomaka ana na lau, 
alalia, oukou e ike ai, ua kokoke 
mai ke kau ; 

29 Pela no hoi oukou, a ike ou- 
kou e hanaia mai ana kela mau 
mea la, ilaila oukou e ike ai, ua 
kokoke mai no, aia ma ka ipuka. 

30 He oiaio ka'u e olelo aku nei 
ia oukou, aole e pau keia hanauna, 
a hana e ia mai no keia mau mea 
a pau mamua. 

31 £ lilo no ka lani a me ka ho- 
nua; aka, o 'ka'u mau olelo, aole 
loa ia e lilo. 

32 ^ Aka, o kolalla la, amekolaila 
hora, aole loa kekahi kanaka i ike, 
aole no hoi ka poe anela iluna o ka 
lani, aole no hoi ke Keiki, o ka Ma- 
kua wale no. 

33 •£ ao oukou, e makaala, a e 
pule ; no ka mea, aole oukou ike i 
kela wa. 



A.D. 83. 



t J Pet 5. 17. 



nDm.7.W. 
Zep. 1 16. 
Mat.24.S9, 

Luk. 21. 2& 



zD«&.7 1S,14. 
Mat 16. S7. 

k 24 SO. 
mo. 11 62. 
Oih. 1. U 
1 Tm 4. 16. 
2Tei.l 7.10 
Hoik. 1.7. 



7 Mat 24. S2. 

Luk. 21. 29, 



lis. 46,6. 



A Mat 24. 42. 
k 25. IS. 
Luk. 12. 40. 
^21.94. 
Bom. la 11. 
lTe6.&6. 



say to you, Lo, here is Chnst ; or, 
lo, he is there ; believe kim not : 

22 For false Christs and false 
prophets shall rise, and shall shew 
signs and wonders, to seduce, if U 
were possible, eren the elect. 



23 But *take ye heed: behold, 1 1 
have foretold you ail things. I 

24 IT " But in those days, after that 
tribulation, the sun shall be dark- 
ened, and the moon shall not give 
her light, 

' 25 And the stars of heaven shall 
fall, and the powers that are in 
heaven shall be shaken. 

26 ' And then shall they see the 
Son of man coming in the clouds 
with great power and glory. 

27 And then shall he send his an- 
gels, and shall gather together his 
elect from the four winds, from the 
uttermost part of the earth to the 
uttermost part of heaven. 

28 yNow learn a parable of the 
fig tree : When her branch is yet 
tender, and putteth f^jtii leaves, ye 
know that summer ' 



f<aih lea 



29 So ye in like manner, wh^ 
shall see these things come to _ 
know that it is nigh, even at the 
doors. 

30 Verily I say unto you, that this 
generation shall not pass, till all 
these things be done. 

31 Heaven and earth shall pass 
away: but 'my w<»rd8 shall not 
pass away. 

32 IT But of that day and that hour 
knoweth no man, no, not the angels 
which are in heaven, neither the 
Son, but the Father. 

33 *Take ye heed, watch and 
pray: for ye know not when the 
time is. 



MABEKO, xnr. 



A.D. 3S. 



44. 



34 ^£ like auanei ia me ke kana- 
ka e hele ana i kahi loihi, haalele 
ia i kona hale, kauoha ae la i kana 
poe kaawa, a haawi i kela, a i keia 
i kana hana, a kauoha mai i ke 
kiaipuka, e makaala. 

35 ' £ makaala no hoi oukou ; no 
ka mea, aole oukou i ike i ka wa e 
hiki mai ai o ka haku mea hale, i 
ke ahiahi paha, i ke aumoe paha, a 
i ke kani ana o ka moa, a i ke ka- 
kahiaka. 

36 O hiki e mai ia, a loaa mai ou- 
koa e hiamoe ana. 

37 ka'n e olelo aku nei ia ou- 
kou, oia no ka'u e olelo aku nei i 
na mea a pau loa, £ makaala. 

MOKUNA XIV. 



A HAL A ae la *na la elua, alai- 
la ka ahaaJTia o ka moliaola, 
a me ka berena hu ole ; imi iho la 
ka poe kahuna nui a me ka poe ka- 
kaoolelo e hopu ia ia me ka maalea, 
a e pepehi. 

2 I ae la lakon, Aole i ka la 
ahaaina, o haunaele auanei na ka- ' 
naka. 

3 If >» A i kona noho ana i Beta- bM«t a. 6.^ 
nia, iloko o ka hale o Simona ka . £tae luL 7.' 
lepera^ e ^/tkaa, ilaila, hele mai la \ ^* 
kekahi wamie me ka ipu alabata, ] 

he mea poni koloko, he aila ala, * | or, nurw 
he mea kumukuai nui ; a wehe ia | ^J^ JJ|^ 
i ka imi, a ninini iho la ia iluna j 
^0 kona poo. 

4 Huhu ae la kekahi poe iloko o 
lakou iho, i ae la, No ke aha la i 
hoomaunannaia'i keia aila? 



«Mat 28. i. 
Lnk. 22. 1. 
loa 11. fiS. k, 
13.1. 



5 Ina paha i kuaiia'ku ia, ekolu 
haneri hapawalu a keu aku paha i 
loaa mai, i mea haawi aku no ka 
poe ilihune. Ohumu iho la lakou 
itiawahine la. 

6 1 mai la lesu, Uoki, no ke aha 
oakou e hoino aku nei ia ia? He 
jnea maikai kana i hana mai nei 
ia'u. 

7 Ua mau loa ka poe ilihune * me 
Ottkou, a e hiki no.ia oukou ke ha- 



a Sm Hat 18. 
38. 



147 

34^ ^JFbr the Son of man is as a 
man taking a far journey, who left 
his house, and gave authority to 
his senrants, and to every man his 
work, and ocMnmanded the porter to 
watch. 

35 *Wateh ye therefore: for ye 
know not when the master of the 
house Cometh, at even, or at mid- 
night, or at the ooekcrowing, or in 
the morning : 

36 Lest coming suddenly he find 
you sleeping. 

37 And what I say unto you I say 
unto all, Watch. 



CHAPT£R XIV. 

AFTER »two days was the feast 
of the passover, and of un- 
leavened bread : > and the chief 
priests and the scribes sought how 
they might take him by craft, and 
put him to death. 

2 But they said. Not on the feast 
day, lest there be an uproar of the 
people. *. 

3 IT * And being in Bethany,^ in the 
house of Simon the leper, is he sat 
at meat, there came a woman hav- 
ing an alabaster box of ointment of 
H spikenard very precious ; and she 
brake the box, and poured it on his 
head. 

4 And there were some that had 
indignation within themselves, and 
said. Why was this waste of the 
ointment made ? 

5 For it might have been sold for 
more than three hundred ll pence, 
and have been given to the poor. 
And they murmured against her. 

6 And Jesus said, Let her alone ; 
why trouble ye her? she hath 
wrought a good work on me. 

7 For ' ye have the poor with you 
always, and whensoever ye will ye 



us 

na maikfti aku ia lakou i nn inana;: 

wa a pau a oukou e makemake ei ; 
aka, owau, aole au e mau loa ana 
me oukou. 

8 ka mea hiki ia ia nei, ua 
hana io mai ia; a ua hele mua 
mai e poni i ko'u kino, no ko'u ka- 
nuia. 

* 9 He oiaio ka'u e olelo aku nei ia 
oukou, Ma na wahi a pau loa ma 
ke ao nei e haiia'ku ai keia euane- 
lio, e hai pu ia'ku no hoi ka mea 
ana i hana mai ai, i mea e hooma- 
naoia'i oia. 

10 1[ <^ Ilaila ka hele ana o luda 
Isekariota, kekahi o ka poe umiku* 
mamalua, i ka poe kahuna nui, e 
kumakaia ia ia na lakou. 

11 A lohe ae la lakou, olioli iho 
la, a ae mai la lakou i kahaawi ia 
ia i kala. Imi iho la ia i kahi e 
hiki pono ai ke kumakaia ia ia. 

12 IT " A i ka la mua o ka ahaai- 
na berena hu ole, i ka wa e kalua'i 
i ka moliaola, ninau aku la kana, 
poe haumana ia ia, Auhea la kau 
wahi makemake e hele ai makou 
e hoomakaukau, i ai oe i ka mo- 
liaola? 

13 A hoouna ae la ia i na hauma- 
na ana elua, i ae la ia laua, £ hele 
aku olua i ke kulanakauhale, aJaila 
olua e halawai ai me kekahi kana- 
ka 6 hali ana i ke kiaha wai, e ha- 
hai aku olua ia ia. 

14 A i kana wahi e komo aku ai, 
e olelo olua i ka mea hale, £, ke 
olelo mai nei ke Kumu, AtQiea la 
ke keena hookipa, kahi e ai pu ai 
au i ka moliaola me ka'u poe hau- 
mana? 

15 A e hoike mai no kela ia olua 
i kekahi keena nui maluna, ua 
makaukau koloko; malaila olua e 
hoomakaukau ai no kakou. 

16 Hele aku la na haumana, a hi- 
ki aku la i ke kulanakauhale, loaa 
ia laua e like me kana mea i olelo 
mai ai ia laua: a hoomakaukau 
laua i ka moliaola. 

17 ' A i ke ahiahi hele mai la ia 
me ka poe umikumamalua. 



viAJBLEKO, xrr. 



A.D. 31 



d Mat 96. 14 
Luk.22.3,4. 



e Mat 26. IT. 

Luk. 22. 7. 
II Or, aaeru 

JUed. 



fMataaM, 



may do then goed: hat me yehftTo* 

not always. 



S She hath done what she comld : 
she is come aforehaad to aaoint my 
body to the burying. 

9 Verily I say unto you, Where- 
soever this gospel shall he preached 
throughout the whole world, this 
also that she hath done shall be 
spoken of for a memorial of her. 

10 IT ^ And Judas liaoariot) one of 
the twelve, went unto the chief 
priests, to betray him imio them. 

1 1 And when they heard tY, they 
were glad, and promised to give him 
money. And he sought how he 
might conveniently betray him. 

12 1 *And the first day of un- 
leavened bread, when they I killed 
the passover, his disciples said un- 
to him, Where wilt thou that we 
go and prepere that thou mayest 
eat the passover ? 

13 And he sendeth forth two of 
his disciples, and saith unto them, 
Go ye into the city, ai||||here shall 
meet you a man bearn^ a pitcher 
of water : follow him. 

1 4 And wheresoever he shall go in, 
say ye to the goodman of the house, 
The Master saith. Where is the 
guestchamber, where I diail eat the 
passover with my disciples ? 

15 And he will shew you a large 
upper room furnished and prepared : 
there make ready for iu. 

16 And his disciples went forth, 
and came into the city, and found 
as he had said unto them : and they 
made ready the passover. 

17 ' And in the evening he eometh 
with the twelve. 



MABEKO, XIV. 



]^ A i ko lakott nobo um i ka 
ahaaina, olelo mai la lesu, He oiaio 
ka'n e olelo aku nei ia oukov, £ 
kumakaiaia auaiiei au e kekaiu o 
ookoii, o ka mea e ai pu ana me an. 

19 Kaumalia iho la lakou, a olelo 
pakahi aka la ia ia, Owau anei ? a 
kekaM; Owaa auei ? 

20 Olelo mai la ia, i mai la ia la* 
koQ, kekaht o ka poe umiknma- 
malaa e miki pu ana kona lima me 
ftu i ke pa, oia no ia, 

21 'Ke hele aku nei no ke Keiki a 
ke kanaka, e like me ka raea i pa- 
lapalaia mai ai nona; aka, auwe 
ke kanaka nana e kumakaia i ke 
Keiki a ke kanaka ! e aho no ia ina 
aplo i hanaoia mat ia. 

22 ^ ^A i ka lakou ai ana, lalan ae 
la lesu i ka berena, hoalohalofaa 
aku la, wawahi iho la, a haawi 
mai la ia lakou, i mai la, £ lawe, 
e ai ; ko'u kino keia. 

23 Alaila, lalau iho la ia i ke kia- 
ba a hoalohaloha aku ia, alaila, 
haawi mai la ia lakou ; a inu iho 
la lakou a pau i ko loko. 

24 I mai la oia ia lakou, O ko'u 
koko keia no ke kauoha hou, ua 
hookaheia no na kanaka he nui loa. 

25 He oinl^ka'u e hai aku nei ia 
onkou, aole au e inu hou aku i ko 
ka hua o ke kumu waina, a hiki 
&ka i ka la e inu ai au i ka mea 
kou iloko o ke aupuni o ke Akua. 

26 'Himeni ae la lakou, alaila 
helc aku la iwaho ma ka mauna o 
Olivcta. 

^1H mai la lesu ia lakou, I neia 
po e hihia auanei oukou a pau no'u ; 
lu) ka mea, ua palapalaia, ' £ pe* 
pebi ana au i ke kahuhipa, a e 
puehu wale aku no na hipa. 

28 Aka, "mahope iho o ko'u ala 
boa ana mai, e hele aku au mamua 
ooukouiGalilaia. 

29 "I aku la o Petero ia ia, Ina e 
liiliia lakou a pau, aole loa owau. 

30 I mai la lesu ia ia, He oiaio 
ka'u e hai aku nei ia oe, i keia la, 



A.I). 33, 



ffMat.26.S4. 
Lak. 22. 22. 



hHmt28.a6. 
Lnk. 22. la 
lKor.ll.2S. 



iMat.S8.S0. 
llOr^jMolM. 

k Mot. 26. 31. 

lZek.lS.7. 

mmo. 16.7. 



nMatS6.SS, 
84. Luk.22. 
S3,S4. 
loa. 13. 37, 
38. 



149 

18 And aa they eat and did eat, 
Jeeus said, Verily I say unto you, 
One of you which eateth with me 
shall betray me. 

19 And they began to be sorrow, 
ful, and to say unto him one by 
one, Is it I ? and another said. Is 
it I? 

20 And he answered and said unto 
them. It is one of the twelve, that 
dippeth with me in the dish. 

21 'The Son of man indeed goeth, 
as it is written of him : but woe to 
that man by whom the Son of man 
is betrayed ! good were it for that 
man if he had never been bom. 

22 T I* And as they did eat, Jesus 
took bread, and blessed, and brake 
it J and gave to them, and said. Take, 
eat ; this is my body. 

23 And he took the cup, and when 
he had given thanks, he gave it to 
them : and they all drank of it. 

24 And he said unto them, This is 
my blood of the new testament, 
wliich is shed for many. 

25 Verily I say unto you, I will 
drink no more of the fruit of the 
vine, until that day that I drink it 
new in the kingdom of God. 

20 'And when they had sung a 
Bhymn, they went out into the 
mount of Olives. 

27 ''And Jesus saith unto them, 
All ye shall be offended because of 
me this night : for it is written, ' I 
will smite the Shepherd, and the 
sheep shall be scattered. 

28 But "• after that I am risen, I 
will go before you into Galilee. 

29 'But Peter said unto him, Al- 
though all shall be offended, yet 
1^x7/ not I. 

30 And Jesus saith unto him. 
Verily I say unto thee, That thia 



198 



MAEEKO, 3£f, 



14 Oielo «^ 1% lemk, i ae la ia ia, 
Aole ioa e oi kekahi kanalca i ks^ 
hua, ma neia hope aku ; a loho no 
kana poe l^aumaiia. 

i5 ^1 ''A liiki ae la lakou i lernsa- 
lema; alaiU) kasoo ae la lesu iloko 
ka luakini, Itookuke aka ia i ka 
poe kuai lilo aku, a kuai lUo mai 
iloko o ka luakini, bookahuli ae la 
i na papa o ka poe kuai kala, a me 
na nobo p ka po^ kuai maim imnu. 

16 Aole oia i ae mal, e laweia ke- 
kahi mea, mavaena ae o ka lua- 
kini. 

17 Ao mai la ia, i mai la ia lakou, 
Aole aiiei i palapalaia mai, £ ka- 
paia 'ko'u hale e na aina a pau, he 
hale pule ? Ua hoolilo ae xuA ^on- 
kou ia i lua no na ppwa. 

18 ' A lohe ae la ka poe kakauole- 
lo, a me ka poe kahuna nui, inoi iho 
la lakou i mea nona e make ai ia 
lakou; makau no nae lakou ia ia, 
no ka mea, ua mahalo Ioa ™na ka- 
naka a pau i kana olelo. 

19 A aJiiahi ae la; hele aku la ia 
iwaho o ke kulanakauhale. 

20 IT " A kakahiaka ae, i ko laketa 
hoi ana mai, ike aku la lakou i ka 
laau fiku, ua pau i ka maloo, mai 
ke kumu ae. 

21 Hoomanao iho la o Fetero, i 
ae la ia ia, £ ka Haku, e nana, aia 
ka laau fiku au i hoino ai, ua ma- 
loo Ioa. 

22 Olelo mai la lesu ia lakou, i 
mai la, E manaoio aku oukou i ke 
Akua. 

23 No ka mea, he oiaio ka'u ole- 
lo aku ncd ia oukou, O ka mea e 
olelo mai i keia maima, E hoonee 
aku, a o lele i ke kai, aole hoi e ka- 
^ali^a kona naau, aka, ua manaoio 
no, e hanaia keia mau mea ana e 
olelo ai ; c loaa io no ia ia ka mea 
ana o olelo ai. 

24 No ia mea la, ke olelo aku nei 
au ia oukou, pQ na mea a pau a 
oukou noi aku ai ma ka oukou 
pule ana, e manaoio oukou i ka 
loaa ana, alaila e loaa ip aku no ia 
oukou ia. 



A.D. as. 



h Mat 21. 12. 
LuJc 19. 45. 
Ioa. 2. 14. 



i Ib. 66. 7. 
II Or, a JiouM 

of prayer f of 

all natioiu ? 
k ler. 7. 11. 
1 Mat. 21. 45, 

46. 

Luk.;9.47. 



mMat 7. 28. 
mo. 1. 22. 
Luk.4.32. 



B Mat 21. 19. 



faith of God. 

o Mat 17. 20. 
&21. 2(. 
Luk. 17. 6. 



P Mat 7. 7. 
Luk. 11. 9. 
Ioa. 14. 13. 
& 15. 7. & 16. 
24. 
Iak.1.5,6. 



14 And Je«l8 ilnflFWvr^ afid mi 
xmto it, No man eat frnit oi th« 
hereafter for ever. And his disei] 
pies heard it 

15 IT ** And they cemo to Jerusa- 
lem : ajid Jesug'went iBtethe tem- 
ple, and b^gan te oa^t ocrt them thai 
sold and bought in the temple, an 
overthrew the tables of ihe montf; 
ohangears, and th^ seats of them tha 
sold doves 'j 

16 And would net suffer that an] 
sia]i.shoiild«arry<t;»^ vessel thxougi 
the temple. 

17 And he taught, saying vsA 
theyn, Is it not written, ^My hous 
shall be called i^of all nations th< 
house of prayer? but ^ye ifavi 
made it a den of thieves. 

18 And Hhe scribe and cbiei 
priests heard et, affd sought hm 
they might destroy him : for the] 
feared him, because '"all the peo 
pie was astonished at his doctrine. 

• 

19 And when even was come, h 
went out of the city. 

20 V '^And in the mmming, a 
ihey passed by, they saw the fi( 
tree chied up f^om the Toota. 

21 And Peter eallmg to remem 
branoe saith unto him, Mastei 
behold, the fig tree which thoi 
<jursedst is witiiered away. 

22 And Jesus answering saith \m 
to ^em, II Have faith in God. 

23 For o verily I say unto yox 
That whosoever shall say unto thi 
mountain, Be thou removed, on 
be thou cast into the sea ; and sha' 
not doubt in his heart, btit shall be 
lieve that those things which h 
saith shall come to pass; he eha] 
have whatsoever he saith. 

24 Therefore I say unto yot 
PWhat things soever ye desire 
when ye pray, believe that ye re 
ceive them, and ye shall hAve then 



Ina e hooraauhal^. cu^a oukoa i ke* 
kahi, <i e kala aku oakoa ia ia, i kala 
iBai ai hci ko ookou Maftsia iloko o 
h laai i ko ^^ukou hewa. 

26 'ioa, APlo <mkoa e kala aku, 
aolc no iMi o M^mai k» oukou 
MakuA iloko o ka ]Aoij i k^ ookou 
iiewa. 

27 f I^Qle kon mai la lako^ i le- 
rusalema ; a 'i koiia hele uia iloko 
^ ka laalaoi, Me mai la io na la 
h, po^ kiij^ttn^r .JMiiy a me ka poe 
kakaucdeW a me ka poe limaka* 
^, 

U I mai laia ia, Heaha kou pono 
e haaa'i i keia m»u mea ? Nawai 
la hoi oe i haawi mai ia pono e ha- 
na i ua mau mea la ? 

29 OUla aku la letiu ia lakou, i 
>ka la, £ ninau aku no hoi au ia 
ookou i kekahi mea; e hai mai 
ookou ia'u, alaila, hai aku au ia 
oQkou i ko'u pono e hana'i i keia 
ffiaa mea. 

30 No ka lani anei ka bapetiso 
maloane? No kanaka anei ? £ 
ki mai hoi ia'u. 

31 Kokakuka iho la lakon ia la- 
kou iho no, i ae. la, A i olelo aku 
piha kakou, No ka lani mai, alaila, 
e nifiau np^^ixo Oiia ia kakou, No ke 
^ la hoi oukott i manaoio ole aku 
fti ia ia ? . 

32 Aka, i xjAfilo paha uanei ka^ 
kou, No kanaka; makau no hoi la- 
^0 i kanaka, iio ka mea, ^ ua ma* 
^<i nui na kanaka, he kaula io o 
loane. 

33 Olelo mai la lakoa ia lesu, i 
>Bfti la, Aole makou ike/ Alaila, 
olelo aku la lesa ialakou, i aku la, 
Aole BO hoi au e hai aku ia oukou 
i ka'u peno e hana'i i keia mau 
mea. 

MOKUNA XII. 

A ^AILA, * olelo hoa mai la oia 
■^ialakoumanaolelonane. Ka- 
AQ iho la kekahi kanaka i ka mala- 
^^m^ a hana iho la ia i ka pa a pu- 
^ a kohi ilalo i kahi e kaomi ai i 



MABEKO, XU. 130 

25 And vhMi ye stand praying, 
« forgive, if ye have aught against 
any ; that your Father also whioh 
is in heaven may forgive you your 
trespasses. 

26 But ''if ye do not forgive, nei- 
ther will your Father which is in 
heaven forgive your trespasses. 

27 % And they come again to Je- 
rusalem : *aad as he was walking 
in the temple, there oome to him 
the ehief ^ests, and the scribes, 
and the elders, 



AD. 88. 



rM«t.l8.35. 



• Mat21.SS. 
Lak. 20. 1. 



\OT,tkbi^ 



K 



was it 
answer 



t Mot S. &. & 
14. 5/ 
ma 6, 20. 



a Mat 21. SS. 
Lok. 20. 9. 



28 And say xmto him, By what 
authority doest thou these things? 
and who gave thee this authority 
to do these things ? 

And Jesus answered and said 

to them, I will also ask of you 

lue n question, and answer me, and 

I will tell you by what authority I 

'iio these things. 

30 The baptism of John, 
from heaven, or of men? 
me. 

81 And they reasoned with them- 
selves, saying. If we shall say, 
From heaven; he will say. Why 
then did ye not believe him ? 



32 But if we shall say, Of men; 
they feared the people ; for * all men 
counted John, that he was a prophet 
indeed. * 

33 And they answered and said 
unto Jesus, We cannot tell. And 
Jesus answering saith unto them, 
Neither do I tell you by what au» 
thority I do these things. 

CHAPTER XII. 

AND *he began to speak unto 
them by parables. A certain 
man planted a vineyard, and set a 
hedge about tt, and digged a place 
for the winefat, and Imiit a tower, 



A.I). as. 



140 MABfilCd, Xlt 

ka wftina, kt^M iho lit i ka hale 
kiai, haawi oe la i na hoaaina, a 
hele aku la i ka aina e. 

2 A i ka wa pono, hd(»cma mai la 
ia i ke kau^a i na hoaainaj i loaa 
aku ia ia ka hua o ka malawalna, 
no ka poe hoaaina. 

3 Hopu iho la lakou ia ia, kuikui 
aku la, a hoihoi nele aku la ia ia. 

4 Hoouna hiem mat la ia k> lakou 
la i kekahi kauira htm ; a hailnku 
aku la lakou ia ia, a eha kona poo, 
a hoihoi akn Ifiakou ia ia me ka 
hoino. 

5 Hoouna hou mai la ia i kekahi 
mea hou ; a pepehi aku la lakou ia 
ia a make ; a o na mea e ae he nui 
loa, kuikui no i kekahi, a pepehi 1 
kekahi. 

6 He keikikane hookahi kana, o^ 
kana punahele, oia kana i hooui!! 
hope mai ai ia lakou, i mai la, W 
mahalo mai paha lakou i knu kei? 
kikane. e^-' 

7 I ae la kela poe hoaaina ialB* 
kou iho no, ^ia no ka hooilina ; Ina 
kakou e pepehi ia ia, alalia, e lilo 
mai ka waiwai no kakou. 

8 Hopu iho la lakoli ia ia, pepehi 
aku la ; a hoolei aku hoi, mailoko 
aku ka malawaina. 

9 No ia mea, pehea la tianei e 
hana mai ai ka haku o ia mala^vai- 
na ? E hele mai no ia a e luku iho 
ia poe hoaaina, a e haa^ aku i ka 
malawaina no hai. 

10 Aole anei oukou i heluhelu i 
keia palapala, *>0 ka pohaku, i haa- 
leleia e ka poe hana hale, ua lilo ia 
i pohaku kumu no ke kihi : 

11 O ka hana keia a lehora, he 
mea mahalo ia i ko kakou mau 
maka. 

12 "Imi iho la lakou e hopu ia ia, 
a makau ae la lakou i kanaka, no 
ka mea, ua ike lakou, ua olelo oia 
i keia olelonane no lakou : a haa- 
lelo lakou ia ia, a hele aku. ♦ 

13 1[ * Hoouna mai la lakou i ke- 
kahi ka poo Parisaio, a me ko 
Herode poe io na la e hoohihia oi 
ia ia ma kAlelo. 



'^ 



bH«L118.22. 



e Mat 21. 45, 

mo. 11. 18. 

Ioa.7.35,S0, 

44. 



d Mat 22. 15. 
Lttk.20.20k 



and let'it <mt to btubiJidmeii, uid 
irent into a f)u* country. 

2 And at the season he sent to 
the husbandm^i a senrant, that he 
migfet reeeive from the husbandmen 
of the fniit of the rineyaid. 

3 And they caught him, and beat 
him, ofid sent him away «npty. 

4 And again he sent unto them an- 
otlier servant ; and at him they cast 
stones, and wounded him in tfafl 
head, alid sent him away shamo- 
fillly handled. 

5 And again he sent another ; asd 
him they killed, and many others; 
beating some, and killing some. 



6 Having yet therefore <me son, hil 
well beloved, he sent him also last 
unto them, saying, Tliey will wvj 
erence my son. ! 

i 

7 But those husbandmen said 
among themselves, This is th( 
heir; oome, let us kill him, aa^ 
the inheritance shall be ours. 

8 And they took him, and kill« 
him, and cast him out of the vin& 
yard. J 

9 What shall therefd*^ the lord o^ 
the vineyard do ? he will come an 
destroy the husbandmen, and wil 
give the vineyard unto others. 

10 And have ye not read thii 
Scripture; '»The stone which tb< 
builders rejected is become th< 
head of the coaler : 

1 1 Thid was the Lond's doing, an) 
it is marvellous in our eyes ? I 

12 « And they s<m^t to lay hoi 
on him, but feared the people; 
they knew that he had spoken 
parable against them : and they leJ 
him, and went their way. 

1 3 IT ** And they send unto him ce* 
tain of the Pharisees and of the Ht 
rodianB, to catch him iM'kit words; 



MABBKO, XU. 



14 A hiid urn la lakra, ^1^ tnai 
la lakou ia ia, £ ke kuuiu e, ua ike 
makou he pono oe, aole oe i makau 
ikekahi; aale lioi oe i nana i Jeo 
wBittt ]» k anak a , aka, ke hoike 
pono mai nel oe i k& aoap o ke 
Akua, ma ka oiaio : He loea pono 
ft&ei, ke haawi aJcu i ka .inraiwai 
aahaa na Kaisara ? Aole ao^i ? 

lo £ haawi aa«d makou ? Aole 
paha makou e haawi aku? Ike 
aku la ia i ko lakou hookaokam 
ana, i aku la (aa ia lakou. No ke 
aha la onkou e hoao mai ikei ia'u ? 
E lawe mai mtkou i kekahi hapa- 
walu io'u nei i ike au, 

16 A lawe mai la lakou*. Alaila, 
ninau aku oia ia lakou, Nowai keia 
loi, a me ka palapala? I mai la 
lakoQ ia ia, No K««isara. 

IT Olelo aku la lesu, i aku la ia 
kkoo, K haayid aku i ka Kaisara ia 
Kaisara, a i ka ko Akua hoi i ke 
Akua. Pilipu iho la lakou ia ia. 

18 ^ « Alaila, hele lUoi la io oa. la, 
fiaSadokaio ^ka poo i olelo, Aole e 
olahoumai; nimm aku la lakou ia 
ia, i aku la, 

19 E ke kumu, ua palapala mai o 
<Mose la makou, Ina i make ke kai- 
kuaana liiiabi kanaka, a koe ka 
^ahine ana, aole hoi ana keiki, 
na ke kaikaina ao e mare ia wa- 
^^ i loaa.ke keiki ua kona kai* 
kuaana. 

20 EMku no na keiki kane; a 
^^^'^ aku la ka hiapo i ka wahme, 
a make ia, aole ana keiki. 

21 Mare ae la ke kaikaina ia ia, 
a inat» ig^ aole no hoi ana keiki ; 
a pela no kanmli aku ; 

22 A mare ae la no hoi ka poe 
^Mktt a ^sQ. ia ia, aole hoi a lakou 
^iti ; a ffiahope iho, make aku la 
•» lioi ka wahin©» 

23 Nolaila, i ke ala hou ana mai, 
a ala hou lakou, nawai la uanei o 
lakQB uawahine la ? No ka mea, 
nioe aku no lakou ehiku ia ia. 

24 Olelo niai lefft*, i mai la ia la- 
Ktni, Aole aaei oidcou i lalau, no ko 



A,I>. 38. 



tOr. ^fiui- 



See Mat 18. 
28. 



a Mmt 22. 23. 
Luk. 20. 27. 
f Oih. 23. 8. 



tKMBu3S,5, 



i4a 



14 And "wlieft ^ff ^mre copna, th^ 

say unto him, Maater, we know that 
thou art true, and carest for no man ; 
for thou regardeat not the person of 
men, hut toacsheat the way of God 
in truth : Is it lawful to give thb- 
nte to CeaaTjOr not? 



15 Shall we give, or shall we not 
give ? But hei, knowing their hy- 
pooriay, md unto them, Why tempt 
ye me ? hring me a tpenny, that I 
may aee iU 



16 And th^y brought it. And he 
saith unto thein, Whose is this im* 
age and superscription ? And they 
said unto him, Cesar's. 

17 And Jeaus answering said unto 
them. Bender to Cesax the things 
that are Cesar's, and to God the 
thyiga that are God's. And they 
idarvelled at him. 

18 IT •Then eome unto him the 
Sadducees, 'which say there is no 
resurrection ; and they asked him, 
saying, 

19 Master, ^ Moses wrote unto us, 
If a man's brother die, and leave 
his wifo behind him^ and leave no 
children, that his brother should 
take his wife, and raise up seed 
unto his brother. 

30 Now there were seven breth- 
ren : and the first took a wife, and 
dying left no seed. 

21 And the second took her, and 
died, neither left ho any seed : and 
the third likewise. 

22 And the seven had her. and left 
no seed : last of all the woman died 
also. 

23 In the resurrection therefore, 
when they shall rise, whose wifo 
shall she be of them ? for the seven 
had her to wife. 

24 And Jesus answering said unto 
them. Do ye not therefore err, b^- 



Tt4SL 

ookoii ilM ole ins i ka fMilftfrsla 
liemolvie, a me ka mana o ke Akua ? 

25 No ka mea, i ka wa e ala hon 
ihai ai lakou, maiwaeiia mai o ka 
poe make, aole lakou e mare, aole 
hoi Y3 fao«palatda; aka, e ^like ana 
lakon, me na anehi iioko o ka lani. 

26 A no ke ala hou ana o ka poe 
make, aole anei oukou i heluhelu 
iloko o ka palapala a Mose, i ka mea 
a ke Akua i olelo mai ai ia ia, ma- 
loko o ka laan, i mai, ^Owati no ke 
Akua o Aberahama, a o ke Aktia o 
Isaaka, a o ke Akua o Ii^oba ? 

27 Aole oia ke Akaa o ka poe ma- 
ke, aka, ke Akua no ia o ka poe 
oia; no ia mea, ua lalau oukou. 

28 If ^Hele mai la kekahi o ka 
poe kakauolelo, a loho i ka lakou 
kamailio ana, a ike ia i ka pono o 
ka lestt olelo ana, alalia, ninau aku 
la oia ia ia, Healia la ke kana'wai 
nui o na kana\m a pau ? 

29 I mai la lesu ia ia, Eia ke Jca- 
nawai nui o na kanawai a pau,**E 
hoolohe mai, e ka Iseraela, o leiio- 
▼a, o ko kakou Akua, o ko kakou 
Haku hookabi no ia : 

30 £ aloiia oe ia lehoTa i kou 
Akua, me kou naau a pau, a me 
kou uiiane a pau, a me kou manao 
a pau, a me kou ikaika a pau; oia 
ke kanawai i oi. 

31 A ua like no hoi ka lua m6 ia, 
"" E aloha oe i kou hoalauna md kou 
aloha ia oe iho. Aole kanawai e 
ae i oi mamua o keia nmu kanawai. 

32 1 aku la ua kakauolelo la ia ia. 
Maikai, e ke Kumu, ua olelo mai 
00 i ka mea oiaio ; no ka mea, hoo- 
kabi wale no Akua, "aole e ae, oia 
wale no. 

33 A ko aloha aku ia ia me ka 
naau a pau, a me ka manao a pau, 
a me ka uhane a pau, a me ka ikai- 
ka a pau, a o ke alolia aku i ka 
hoalauna, e like xtki kona aloha ia 
ia iho, "ua oi no keia mau mea 
mamua o na mohaikuni, a me na 
mea mohai a pau loa. 

^4 Tkxi naai la ieeu, ua poBD IttBa 



MABESXk, XK: 



A.I). sa. 



hiKor.l&42. 
49, £2. 



i Puk. a 6. 



kMat.22.3S. 



Luk. la 87. 



mOihk.19.18. 
Mat. 22. 99. 
Rom. 13. 9. 
OaL 5. 14. 
lak. 2. 8. 



n Kan. 4. 39. 
Is. 45. 6, 14. 
JL46.9. 



ol Sam. IS. 22. 
Hoc. 6. 6. 
Mik. 6. 6. 7, 



cause y^ lotMrw sM iln BeriptoM, 
neither the power of God ? 

25 For when they shall rise from 
the dead, they neither many, nor 
are given in marriage ; but 'are bb 
the angels wfaioh are^in keaTen. 

26 And as touching tbd dead, that 
they rise ; have ye not read in the 
book of Moses, how in the bush God 
spake unto him, saying, *I of^ the 
God of Abraham, and ^ God of 
Isaa/C, and the G6d of Jacob ? 

27 He is not the God of the deadj 
but the God of the living : ye theic^ 
fore do greatly err. 

28 V >^And one of the scriBes cane, 
and having heard them rei 
together, and peredving that 
had answered them well, asJ 
him, Which is the first oosnmj 
ment of ail ? 

29 And Jesus answered hira. Tin 
first of all the commandments is 
' Hoar, O Israel : The Lrord our Ckx 
is cme Lord : 

30 And thou shalt love the Lord 
thy God with ail thy heart, and 
with all thy soul, andjyith all tb^ 
mind, and with all 41^ strength! 
this is the first commandment. i 

31 And the second ts iiice, namely 
this, "^Thou shalt love thy neigli^ 
hour as thyself. There is non^ 
other oommaadraent greater tliaj 
these. I 

32 And the scribe said unto hin^ 
Well, Master, thou hairt said th^ 
truth: for there is one Gcd; ^9Sa 
there is none other but he : 

33 And to krve him vn^ all ihj 
heart, and vrith all the understanq 
ing, and vrith all the soui, and witi 
all the strength, and to love At 
neighbour as himseif, ^ is more thai 
all whole burnt offeoings and saori 
flees. 

84 And whOtt iesttft wMt that h 



(ilelo aos mai, aTidtaj f znai la da 
iaia, Aole oo i manuto ao t ke an- 
poni ke Akua. i>Mai la wa iho, 
aohe kanaka i aa e ninaninau hou 
dka la ia. 

35 If ^Olelo mai la leau, i mai la 
ma ksma ao ana iloko o ka Inakini, 
No ke aha la, 1 olelo mai ai ka poe 
k&kanolela He koiki na Darida ka 



MAB£KO, Sn. 14a 

answered dncireeily, he 8«id imio 
him, Thou art not far from tho 
kingdom of Grod. p And no man after 
that dnrst ask him any question. 



36 No ka mea, olelo mai la o 
Davida 'ma ka Uhaae Hemolele, 
•Olelo niai ia o lehora i fco'n 
HakUj E noho mai oe ma ko'u 
lima akan, a hooHlo skn ai an i 
kon cnemi i ke^ana wawae nou. 

37 A ina kapa akn o Darida ia ia 
i H^, Pefaea la hoi oia he keiki 
nana? A lohe ae la na makaai- 
nana ia ia me ka oiioli. 

38 1[ 4 mai la oia ia, lakon ms 
l^na ao ana, " £ ao onkou no ka ka 
poe kakanolelo ; ke m^emake nei 
lakou e hele me ke kajMt loihi, a 
me >ke aldiaia mai ma kahi kuai, 

39 A mo na noho hanohano iloko 
na halehalawai, a me na wahi 
maikai ma na ahaaina. 

40 'Ua pan ia laJcon na halo o na 
^fahinekaoiemaSEo, a ke hooloiM nei 
ttou i kayABlo no ka ikeia mad. 
E noi akd^Pkanei ko lakon hoo- 
hewaia. 

41 IT *Nofeo iho la lean ma ke alo 

h. waihonakala, a nana ae la i 
kanaka e hoolei ana i ke kala iloko 
*o ka waihonakaift ; a nni loa iho 
^a na mea waiwai i hoolei nui mai. 

^ Hele mai la kekaM wahine- 
^^M»make hone, hoolei mai la ia i 
pitta lepetiij a o lana pn, hookahi 
ia keneta. 

43 Alaila, kahea mai la ia i kana 
PK hanio^s, i mai la ia iakon, He 
jjaio ka'u e olelo aku nei ia oufcou, 
v'*keiawahinekiinemake httne, na 
^ ^ kana mea i hoolei iho ai, 
niamua o ko lakoa a pan, ka poe 

1 boolei iho ii(^ o ka waihena- 
kala: 

44 No ka mea, hoolei iho lakou a 
pan, so lolDo o ko lakon widyrai ma ; 



Lak.10.41. 



r2SaBi.a9i.9. 
• HaLllO. 1. 



t mo. 4. 2. 
V Mat 23. 1, 
Luk.20. 48. 

sLak.l!f43. 



7 Mst 23. 14 



s Luk. 21. 1. 



a2Naliil2.gi 



b2Kor.8.12. 



35 ^ lAnd Jesns answered and 
said, while he taaf^t in the temple, 
How say the seribes thttt Ohhst is 
the wa of David ? 

36 For Dayid himself said 'by the 
Holy Ghost, 'The Lord said to my 
Lord, Sit thou on my rfght hand, 
till 1 make thine enemies thy foot* 
stool. 

37 David therefore himself ealleth 
him Lord ; and whence is he then 
his son ? And fhe omnmon people 
heard him gladly. 

38 T And * he said onto them in his 
doctrine, **6ewaro of tho scribes, 
which love to go in long clothing, 
and ^love salntations in the mar- 
ketplaces, 

39 And tho chief seats in tho sy* 
ni^ogites, and the uppermost rooms 
at feasts : 

40 y Which devour widows' houses, 
and for a pretence make long pray- 
ers: these shall receive greater 
damnoition. 

41 If »And Jesus sat over against 
the treasury, and beheld how the 
people cast money *into the treas- 
ury : and mtmy that we^ rich cast 
in much. 

42 And there came a certain poor 
widow, and she threw in ti<ro miteS) 
whieh make a farthing. 

43 And he called unto kirn his 
disciples, and saith unto them, 
Verily I say unto you, That ^this 
poor widow hath cast jnaee in, than 
all they which have cast into the 
treaaury; 



44 For M they did east in of theiir 
abundaiftae ; but she of her want 



144 

aka, oia^ ma kona hnne, tia hoolei 
mai ia i kona mea a pau, * i kona 
mea ola a pau hoi. 

MOKUNA XIII. 

A*I kona hele ana mai loko aku 
o ka luakini, olelo aku la ke- 
kahi o kana poe haumana ia ia^ E 
ke kumu, e nana oe, nani wale ko 
ano o keia mau pohaku, a me na 
halo. 

2 Olelo mai la lesu, i mai la ia ia, 
Kc ike nei anei oe i keia mau hale 
nui ? ^ Aole e waihoia kekahi po- 
haku, maluna iho o kekahi pohaku 
i ka hoohiolo ole ia. 

3 I kona noho ana ilnna o ka 
manna Oliveta, ma ka hulinaalo o 
ka luakini; ninau malu aku- la o 
Pctero, a mc lakobo, a me Ipane, a 
me Anederea ia ia ; ^* 

4 * E hai mai oe ia makou i ka wa 
hea e hiki mai ai keia mau Inea^ a 
heaha la ka ouli o ka hiki ana mai 
o ia mau mea ? 

5 Olelo mai la lesu ia lakou, i mai 
la, i kana olelo ana, <^ £ ao oukou e 
malama o alakai hewa ia oukou. 

6 No ka mea, ho nui na mea c hele 
mai ana ma ko'u inoa, mo ka olelo 
mai, Owau no ia, a e alakai hewa 
ia na mea he nui loa. 

7 A i lohe oukou i ke kaua, a me 
ka lono o ke kaua, mai hopohopo 
oukou 3 no ka mea, o hiki io mai no 
ia mau mea a pau, aole nae ia ka 
hope. 

8 E ku e auanei kekahi aina i ke- 
kahi aina, a o kekahi aupuni hoi i 
kekahi aupuni ; a e hiki mai auanei 
na olai. ma kau wahi, a me na wi, 
a me na kipikipi. Aka, o *ka ma- 
kamua wale no ia o na popilikia. 

9 IT ' E ao nae oukou ia oukou iho, 
no ka mea, o haawiia'ku no oukou 
i ka poe hookolokolo, a e hahau mai 
lakou ia oukou iloko o na hale ha- 
lawai • a no'u nei e hcokuia'l oukou 
imua o na kiaaina, a me na'lii, i 
mea e hoike aku ai no lakou. 



MAREKO, Xin. 



A. D. 33. 




A Mat 84.1: 
Lttk. 21. 5. 



bLak.19.44. 



e Mat 24. S. 
Luk.2i.7. 



dIer.S9. 8. 
£p. 5. 6. 
1 Tea. 2. S. 



e Mat S4. 8. 

t Or. pain$ a$ 
qfa woman 
in trataU. 

f Mat 10. 17, 
18. & 24. 9, 
Hoik. 2. IOl 



did cast in all that she had, ^wm 
all her living. 



CHAPTER Xm. 

AND » as he went out of the tem- 
ple, one of his disciples saitli 
unto him. Master, see what manna 
of stones and what buildiags an 
here ! 

2 And Jesus answering said unto 
him," Seest thou these great build- 
ings? ''there shall not be leftoM 
stone upon another, that shall noi 
be thrown down. 

3 And as he sat upon the mount 
of Olives, over against the temple, 
Peter and James and John an^ 
Andrew asked him privatelyj 

4 * Tell us, when shall these thing! 
be ? and what shdLl he the sign ^^vhei 
all these things shall be fulfilled? 

5 And Jesus answering them be 
gan to say, *Take he«i lest aa] 
man deceive you 

6 For many shall come in 05 
name, saying, I foa^hrist; ^ 
shall deceive many, 



am Cm 



7 And when ye shall hear of ^ar 
and rumours of wars, be ye nc 
troubled: for suck things mu! 
needs be ; but the end shall not h 
yet. 

8 For nation shall rise againi 
nation, and kingdom against kin^ 
dom: and there shall be cartl 
quakes in divers places, and thei 
shall be famines and troublej 
•these are the beginnings of tea 
rows. 

9 1 But 'take heed to yourselvw 
for they shall deliver you up 
councils ; and in the synagogues l 
shall be beaten ; and ye shall 1 
brought before rulers and. kings i< 
my sake, for a testimony again 
them. 



MARSS^XIU. 



I4« 



rnua 'ka eiumelioy na na aiiui a 

paa. 

11 ^Aia alaJcai lakon ia <nikoa, e 
haawi aka, uui manao mua ookou 
i ka raea a onkoa e olelo aku ai, 
nai DOOBOQ e; aka, o 1» meo. e 
iiaiawiia na ookoa ia wa, oia 
imkoa mea «. c^lo akn ai ; no ka 
aea, taU jmlli^kpu lea •lelo, ^na 
ka Uhand Hemolele no, 

12 A ^e haawi aha %b& ko kai- 
bitasft i ks Jkaikawa e maSi^ a me 
UmakRakaaeno koi i k» k^eifi ; a 
0ka e mai no hoina keiki i na 
makoa, a e haawi aku ia lakou e 
make. i 

IS^Noko'a inoae inainoiaU <m- 
bnenakanakaapan; aka,*oka 
&ea e hoomanawuLni, a Ikiki i ka 
^alt, e oia ia. 

14 1 "A ike aku oukou i ka mea 
^«mxk hooneoneo ana, "i oleloia 
>BUaie Buiiela, e Ice kaoU^ e ka 
an&ikahi]»Boi>le^ (Okameahe- 
^oliela, e hoomaopopo oia) alaila, 
l^^poe nfffao ana ma Indea, e 
«lo iakoa i koahi^. 

15 A ka mea maltma o ka hale, 
^i iho oMi ia iloko o ka hale, aole 
^efawnoujllUwe i kekahi 
Q^ai loko 4Hkma hale. 

16 Ao kflRama ka ^4teaL^., 

'"^kfn mat ia e lanre i kona kapa. 

1^ ^ Anwit hoi i ka poe wahiae ha^ 
p. a me ka poe hanai waiu aaa 
lAmaala! 

18 A e pale aka oukou, i ole ma 
^ hooiio ko oukon oohee ana. 

19 'No ka mea, e nui ananei ka 
pi^liloA ana mati la la, aole me- 
^ mai ktaohi mai o Jca hontm 
&k& Akpa i hana'i a hiki loa mai 
^^^ keia wa, aole no hoi midiope 

^ Aihoepokole ole ka Hakn ia 
"^ K aole loa eolA kekahi kana- 
*^ ; aka, no ka poe i waeia, e hoo- 
Potoleia'onaniftalala. 

^1 ' A i kela wa, ina olelo mai ka- 



A.D. S3. 



r Mat 24. 14. 

liMatl0.ia 
Lak. 12. U. 
fc21 14. 



iOUi.9L4.lc 
4. 8, 31. 

kMik.7.6w 
Hftt. la 31. 
k U. 10. 
Lttk. 21. la 



t M«t. 24. a 

Ldk.21. 17. 
mDan. 12. IZ 

Mat.IO.28L 

k. 24. 13. 

Hoik. 2. 10. 
a Hat 24. 15. 
o B«i 9« 27. 



iPLiik.21.21. 



q Lak. 21. 23. 
1(23.29. 



rDan 9.26. 
JclZL 
Joel 2.2. 
MatSKkJW 



• Mat 24. 28. 
Lak. 17. 23. 

an. a 



10 And 'Uie foqiel must flnt he 
publiahed among all nations. 

11^ Bnt when they shall lead you, 
and deliver you up, take no thought 
beforehand what ye shall speak, 
neither do ye premeditate: but 
whatsoerer shall be given you in 
that hour, that speak ye : for it is 
not ye that speajc^ 'but the Holy 
Ghost. 

12 Now ^the brother shall betray 
the brother to death, and the father 
the son ; and children shall rise up 
against their parents, and shaU 
oause them to be put to death. 

13 ^And ye shaU be hated of all 
men for my name's sake : but "he 
that shall endure unto the end, the 
same shall be saved. 

14 ^ "But when ye shall see the 
abomination of desolation, ** spoken 
of by Dani«l the praphet, standing 
where it ought notf (let him that 
readeth understand,) then P let them 
that be in JndaaJSae to the mount- 
ains: 

15 And Mi him that is on the 
housetop not go down into the 
house, neither enter therein, to take 
fMigr thing out of his house : 

16 And let him that is in the field 
not torn ba«k again ibr to take up 
Im garment. 

17 ^But woe to them that are with 
child, and to them that give suck 
in those days ! 

18 And pray ye that your flight be 
not in the winter. 

19 ''For in those days shall be af- 
fliction, such as was not from the 
beginning of the creation which 
God created unto this time, neither 
shall be. 

20 And except that the I>>rd had 
short^sued those days, no flesh should 
be saved : but for the elect's sake, 
whom, he hath chosen, he hath 
shortened the days. 

21 'And then if any man shall 



149 



MAREKO, Xm. 



kahi kanaka, £ia ka Mesia maa- 
nei, aia hoi mao, xnai manaoio ou- 
kou ia. 

22 No ka mea, e ku mai auanei 
ilana na Mesia wahahee, a me na 
kaula wahahee, a e hoike mai i na 
hoailona, a me na hana mana, ina 
he mea hiki, e hoohihia lakon i ka 
ka poe i waeia. 

23 * £ ao hoi oukou ; aia, na hoike 
e aku no wau ia oukoa i na mea a 
pau loa. 

24 ^ " A pan ka pilikia ana o ia 
man la, alaila, o pouli loa no ka la, 
aole hoi e haawi mai ka mahina i 
kona malamalama; 

25 £ haule iho no hoi na hoku o 
ka lani, a-e haalulu no na mea ma- 
na o ka lani. 

26 ' Ilaila lakon e ike ai i ke Kei- 
ki a ke kanaka e hele mai ana ma 
na ao me ka mana nni, a me ka 
nani. 

27 Alaila ia e hoouna aku ai i na 
anela ana, a e akoakoa mai i kana 
poe i waeia, mai na kukulu eha 
mai, a mai kela pa o ka honna, a 
mai kela pa o ka lani mai. 

28 ^ £ ao hoi oukoa i ka nane o 
ka laau fiku : i ka wa e opiopio ai 
kona lala, a e hoomaka ana na Ian, 
alaila, oukou e ike ai, ua kokoke 
mai ke kau : 

29 Pela no hoi oukou, a ike ou- 
kou e hanaia mai ana keia mau 
mea la, ilaila oukou e ike ai, ua 
kokoke mai no, aia ma ka ipuka. 

30 He oiaio ka'u e olelo aku nei 
ia oukou, aole e pau keia hanauna, 
a hana e ia mai no keia mau mea 
a pau mamua. 

31 E lilo no ka lani a me ka ho- 
nua; aka, o 'ka'u mau olelo, aole 
loa ia e lilo. 

32 ^ Aka, o kolaila la, amekolaila 
hora, aole loa kekahi kanaka i ike, 
aole no hoi ka poe anela iluna o ka 
lani, aole no hoi ke Keiki, o ka Ma- 
kua vale no. 

33 *E ao oukou, e makaala, a e 
pule ; no ka mea, aole oukou ike i 
kela wa. 



A.B. 83. 



It Pet. 8. 17. 



« Den. 7. ID. 
Zep.l IS. 
MaL84.2B, 
Ice 
Lnk. SL 2& 



xDttk.7 1S,14. 
Mat 16. S7. 
Il24 SO. 
ma 1162, 
Oih. 1. 11 
ITm 4.10. 
2 Tea. 1 7.10 
Hoik. 1. 7. 



7 Mat 24. S3. 
Luk. 21. 29, 

fcc 



>It.40.S. 



> Mat 24. 42. 

k 25. 13. 
Luk. 12. 40. 
1(21.34. 
Bom. 13. 11. 
lTot.5.e. 



say to you, Lo, here is Chnat ; or, 
lo, he if there ; believe him not : 

22 For false Christfl and false 
prophets shall rise, and shall shew 
signs and wonders, to seduce, if it 
were possible, even the elect. 



23 But *take ye heed: behold, I 
have foretold you all things. 

24 IT " But in those days, after that 
tribulation, the sun shall be dark- 
ened, and the moon shall not give 
her light, 

' 25 And the stars of heaven shall 
fall, and the powers that are in 
heaven shall be shaken. 

26 'And then shall they see the 
Son of man coming in the clouds 
with great power and glory. 

27 And then shall he send his an- 
gels, and shall gather together his 
elect from the four winds, from the 
uttermost part of the earth to the 
uttermost part of heaven. 

28 i^Now learn a parable of the 
fig tree : When her branch is yet 
tender, and putteth fyH^leaves, ye 
know that summer f 



foBth let 



ye 



29 So ye in like manner. wfa< 
shall see these things come to _ 
know that it is nigh, even at thej 
doors. 

30 Verily I say unto you, that this 
generation shall not pass, till all 
these things be done. 

31 Heaven and earth shall paai 
away: but 'my wwds shall not 
pass away. I 

32 f But of that day and that hoi 
knoweth no man, no, not the angei 
which are in heaven, neither tl 
Son, but the Father. 

33 'Take ye heed, watch aa 
pray: for ye know not when tl 

time is. 



MAREKO, XIV. 



34 ^£ like auaiin k me ke kana- 
ka e hele ana i kahi loihi, haalele 
ia i kona hale, kauoha ae la i kana 
poe kauwa, a haawi i kela, a i keia 
i kana hana, a kaaohA mai i ke 
Idaipnka^ e makaala. 

35 ^ £ makaala no hoi oukcm ^ no 
ka mea, aole ookou i ike i ka wa e 
hiki mai ai o ka haku mea hale, i 
ke ahiahi paha, i ke aumoe paha, a 
i ke kani ana o ka moa, a i ke ka- 
kahiaka. 

36 hiki e mai ia, a loaa mai <m- 
koa e hiamoe ana. 

37 ka'u e olelo aku nei ia ou- 
kou, oia no ka'u e olelo aku nei i 
na mea a pau loa, £ makaala. 



MOKUNA XIV. 



A 



A.D. 38. 



44. 



a Mat 96. i, 
Lnk. 22. 1 
loa 11. 5S. k. 
1S.1. 



HAL A ae la *na la elua, alai* 
la ka ahaaina o ka moliaola, 
a me ka herena htt ole ; imi iho la 
ka poe kahnna nni a me ka poe ka- 
ka<u>lelo e hopu ia ia me ka maalea, 
a e pepehi. 

2 I ae la lakoa, Aole i ka la j 
ahaaina, o haunaele aoanei na ka- 
naka. 

3 f ^ A i kona n<^ ana i Beta- 
uia, iloko o ka hale o Simona ka i 
lepera, e ^ft^a ilaila, hele mai la j ^' 
kekahi yrSSme me ka ipu alabata, ; 
he mea poni koloko, he aila ala, ' h or.nurw 
he mea kumukuai nui ; a wehe ia , i^^^^d. 
i ka Idu, a ninini iho la ia ilnna 

iho o kona poo. I 

4 Hahtt ae la kekahi poe iloko o | 
lakou iho, i ae la. No ke aha la i 
hoomaonamiaia'i keia aila? 



bMat.a8.6. 
loa. 12. 1, 8. 
SeeLuk.?. 



5 Ina poha i kuaiia'ku ia, ekolu 
haneri hapawalu a keu aku paha i 
loaa mai, i mea haawi aku no ka 
poe ilihune. Ohumu iho la lakou 
i ua wahine la. 

6 1 mai la letsu, Uoki, no ke aha 
oakou e hoino aku nei ia ia? He 
mea maikai kana i hana mai nei 
ia'u. 

7 Ua mau loa ka poe ilihune ^ me 
ookou, a e hiki no.ia oukou ke ha- 



I See Mat 18. 
38. 



eKa^lS.lt 



147 

34^ * JFbr the Son of man w as a 

man taking a far journey, who left 
his house, and gave authority to 
his servants, and to every man his 
work, and oommanded the porter to 
watch. 

35 * Wateh ye therefore : for ye 
know not when the master of the 
house oometh, at even, or at mid- 
night, or at the ooekcrowing, or in 
the morning : 

36 Lest eoming suddenly he find 
you sleeping. 

37 And what I say unto you I say 
unto all, Watch. 



CHAPTER XIV. 

AFTER 'two days was the feast 
of the passover, and of un- 
leavened bread : • and the chief 
priests and the scribes sought how 
they might take him by cralt, and 
put him to death. 

2 But they said, Not on the feast 
day, lest there be an uproar of the 
people. ^. 

3 1[ ''And being in Bethany,^ in the 
house of Simon the leper, wr he sat 
at meat, there came a woman hav- 
ing an alabaster box of ointment of 
il spikenard very precious ; and she 
brake the box, and poured it on his 
head. 

4 And there were some that had 
indignation within themselves, and 
said. Why was this waste of the 
ointment made ? 

5 For it might have been sold for 
more than three hundred n pence, 
and have been given to the poor. 
And they murmured against her. 

6 And Jesus said, Let her alone ; 
why trouble ye her? she hath 
virrought a good work on me. 

7 For *ye have the poor with you 
always, and whensoever ye will ye 



us 

na maikai aktt ia lakou i nn maaa; 

wa a pau a oukou e makemake^ei ; 
aka, owau, aole au e mau loa ana 
me oukou. 

8 O ka mea biki ia ia nei, ua 
hana io mai ia; a ua hole mua 
mai e poni i ko'u kino, do ko'u ka- 
nuia. 

* 9 He oiaio ka'u e olelo aku nei ia 
oukou, Ma na wahi a pau loa ma 
ke ao nei e haiia'ku ai keia euane- 
lio, 6 hai pu ia'ku no hoi ka mea 
ana i hana mai ai, i mea e hooma- 
naoia'i oia. 

10 1 <^ Ilaila ka hele ana o luda 
Isekariota, kekahi o ka poe umiku- 
mamalua, i ka poe kahuna nui, e 
kumakaia ia ia na lakou. 

11 A lohe ae la lakou, olioli iho 
la, a ae mai la lakou i ka haawi ia 
ia i kala. Imi iho la ia i kahi e 
hiki pono ai ke kumakaia ia ia. 

12 IT ' A i ka la mua o ka ahaai- 
na berena hu ole, i ka wa e kalua'i 
i ka moliaola, ninau aku la kana, 
poe haumana ia ia, Auhea la kau 
wahi makemake e hele ai makou 
e hoomakaukau, i ai oe i ka mo- 
liaola? 

13 A hoouna ae la ia i na hauma- 
na ana elua, i ae la ia laua, £ hele 
aku olua i ke kulanakauhale, alaila 
olua e halawai ai me kekahi kana- 
ka e hali ana i ke kiaha wai, e ha- 
hai aku olua ia ia. 

14 A i kana wahi e komo aku ai, 
e olelo olua i ka mea hale, £, ke 
olelo mai nei ke Kumu, AtQiea la 
ke keena hookipa, kahi e ai pu ai 
au i ka moliaola me ka'u poe hau- 
mana? 

15 A e hoike mai no kela ia olua 
i kekahi keena nui maluna, ua 
makaukau koloko; malaila olua e 
hoomakaukau ai no kakou. 

16 Hele aku la na haumana, a hi- 
ki aku la i ke kulanakauhale, loaa 
ia laua e like me kana mea i olelo 
mai ai ia laua: a hoomakaukau 
laua i ka moliaola. 

17 ' A i ke ahiahi hele mai la ia 
me ka poe umikumamalua, 



BiABEaGO, xrr. 



A.D.31 



d Mat 96. 14 
Luk. 22. 8, 4. 



e Mat. 26. 17. 

Luk. 22. 7. 
II Or, $aert' 

JUtd. 



rMatai.«, 



may do thin goed : but me yehaye* 

not alwayfl. 



S She hath dime what idie ccmld : 
she is come aforefaand to aaoint my 
body to the burying. 

1 

9 Verily I say unto you, Where- 
soever this gospel shall be {^reached 
throughout the whole world, thU 
also that she hath done shall be 
spoken of for a memorial of her. 

10 IT ^ And Judas Iscariot, one of 
the twelve, went unto the chief 
priests, to betray him unto them. 

1 1 And when they heard tf, they 
were glad, and promised to give him 
money. And he sought horw he 
might conveniently betray him. 

12 T 'And the first day of un- 
leavened bread, when they H killed 
the passover, his disciples said un- 
to him, Where wilt thou that we 
go and prepare that thou mayest 
eat the passover ? 

13 And he sendeth forth two of 
his disciples, and saith unto them. 
Go ye into the city, adKbere shall 
meet you a man bear^f a pitcher 
of water : follow him. 

14 And wheresoev^ he shall go in, 
say ye to the goodman of the house, 
The Master saith, Where is the 
guestehamber, where I diall eat the 
passover with my disciples ? 

15 And he will shew you a large 
upper room furnished and prepared : 
there make ready for us. 

16 And his disciples went forth, 
and oame into the dty, and found 
as he had said unto them : and they 
made ready the passover. 

17 ' And in the evening he eometh 
with the twelve. 



MABKKO, XIV. 



]^ A i ko lakom oobo ana i ka 
ahaaina, olelo mai la lesu, He oiaio 
ka'u e olelo aku nei ia oukou, £ 
kumakaiaia ananei au e kekaiu o 
onkou, ka inea e ai pa ana me an. 

19 KamBaha iho la lakou, a olelo 
pakahi aku la ia ia, Owau anei ? a 
kekaiu, Owauanei? 

20 Olelo mai la ia, i mai la ia la* 
koa, kekahi o ka poe luniknma- 
malua e miki pu ana kona lima me 
8u i ke pa, oia no ia« 

21 (Ke hele aku nei no ke Keiki a 
h kanaka, e like me ka raea i pa- 
lapalaia mai ai nona^ aka, anwe 
ke kanaka nana e kumakaia i ke 
Keiki a ke kanaka ! e aho no ia ina 
aolo i honauia mai ia. 

22^><Aikalakou ai ana, lalan ae 
^a lesQ i ka berena, hoalohalofaa 
&^ la, wawahi iho la, a haawi 
»ai la ia lakou, i mai la, E lawe, 
eai; oko'ukino keia. 

23 Alalia, lalau iho la ia i ke kia- 
^ a hoalohaloha aku ia, alalia, 
liaawi mai la ia lakou ; a inu iho 
la lakou a pan i ko loko. 

24 1 mai la oia ia lakou, O ko'u 
toko keia no ke kauoha hou, ua 
teaheia no na kanaka he nui loa. 

2o He oi4A|ka'u e hai akn nei ia 
oukou, aole au e inu hou aku i ko 
liahua ke kumu waina, a hiki 
^l^'Q i ka la e inu ai au 1 ka mea 
l»ou iloko ke aupuni o ke Akua. 

26 'Himeni ae la lakou, alalia 
liele aku la iwaho ma ka mauna o 
Oliveta. 

27 ''1 mai la lesu ia lakou, I neia 
po e hihia auanei oukou a pau no'u ; 
^ ka mea, ua palapalaia, * E pe- 
pelii ana au i ke kahuhipa, a e 
puehu wale aku no na hipa. 

28 Aka, "mahope iho o ko'u ala 
lioa ana mai, e hele aku au mamua 
oonkouiGalilaia. 

29 "I aku la o Petero ia ia, Ina e 
l^iliia lakou a pau, aole loa owau. 

30 I mai la lesu ia ia, He oiaio 
l^'u e hai aku nei ia oe, i keia la, 



A.I). 33, 



ffMat.26.S4. 
Luk.22.S2. 



h Hat 26. as. 
Lnk. 22. la 
lKor.ll.2S. 



i Mat 38.80. 
I!0r,jp«fa». 

k Mat 26. 31. 

1 Zek. IS. 7. 

m mo. 16. 7. 



iiMatS6.8S, 
34. Luk. 22. 
S3, 84. 
loa. 13. 37, 
38. 



149 

18 And aa they sat and did eat, 

Jeeus said, Verily I say unto you, 
One of you which eateth with me 
shall hetray me. 

19 And they hegan to he sorrow, 
ful, and to say unto him one hy 
one, Is it I ? and another said. Is 
it I? 

20 And he answered and said unto 
them. It M one of the twelve, that 
dippeth with me in the dish. 

21 'The Son of man indeed goeth, 
as it is written of him : hut woe to 
that man hy whom the Son of man 
is hetrayed ! good were it for that 
man if he had never heen horn. 

22 % ^ And as they did eat, Jesus 
took hread, and hlessed, and hrake 
itj and gave to them, and said, Take, 
eat ; this is my hody. 

23 And he took the eup, and when 
he had given thanks, he gave it to 
them : and they all drank of it. 

24 And he said unto them. This is 
my hlood of the new testament, 
which is shed for many. 

25 Verily I say unto you, I will 
drink no more of the fruit of the 
vine, until that day that I drink it 
new in the kingdom of God. 

20 'And when they had sung a 
II hymn, they went out into the 
mount of Olives. 

27 ''And Jesus saith unto them, 
All ye shall he offended hecause of 
me this night : for it is written, ' I 
will smite the Shepherd, and the 
sheep shall be scattered. 

28 But "> after that I am risen, I 
will go before you into Galilee. 

29 "But Peter said unto him, Al- 
though all shall be offended, yet 
ioill not I. 

30 And Jesus saith unto him, 
Verily I say unto thee, That thia 



150 

a i keia po no, aole e hiki ke kani 
ana o ka moa kualua, ekolu ou 
hoole e ana mai ia'n. 

31 Alalia, olelo ikaika aku la o 
Petero, Aole loa wau e hoole aku 
ia oe, ke make pu au me oe; a 
pela lakon a pan i olelo aka ai. 

32 "* Alalia, hele mai la lakou i 
kahi i kapaia o Getesemane ; i mai 
la ia i kana poe haumana, £ noho 
oukou maanei, i kuu wa e pule 
ana. 

33 A kai aku la oia ia Petero, a 
me lakobo, a me loane, ilaila ka 
hoomaka ana o kona kaumaha a 
me ka luuluu loa. 

34 I mai la oia ia lakou, i*Ua kau- 
maha loa kuu uhanc, me he mea 
make la. £ kali oukou maanei, a 
e makaala no hoi. 

35 Hele iki aku la ia a hina iho 
la ma ka lepo, a pule aku la, ina 
e hiki ia mea, e laweia'ku ia hora. 

36 I aku la ia, i£ Aha, e ka Ma- 
kua, ua hiki ' na mea a pau loa ia 
oe, e lawe aku oe i keia-kiaha o'u ; 
'aka hoi, aole o ko'u makemake e 
hanaia, aia o kou. 

37 Hoi mai la ia, loaa iho la la- 
kou ia ia e hiamoe ana ;< i mai la 
oia ia Petero, £ Simona, ke hiamoe 
nei anei oc ? Aole anei e hiki ia 
oc ke makaala i hookahi hora. 

38 £ makaala oukou, o pule, o 
hoowalewaleia mai oukou. *Ua 
makemake no ka naau, aka, o ke 
kino, ua nawaliwali ia. 

39 Hele hou aku la ia, a pule aku 
la, ma ia olelo hookahi ana no. 

40 A hoi mai la ia, loaa hou no 
lakou e hiamoe ana, (no ka mea, ua 
maloeloe ko lakou maka,) aole nae 
lakou i ike i ka mea e olelo aku ai 
ia ia. 

41 Hele hou mai la oia ia lakou, o 
ke kolu ia o kona hele ana mai, i 
mai la ia lakou, E hiamoe aku ou- 
kou, e hoomaha. Ua pau, "ua hiki 
mai nei ka hora ; aia hoi, ua kuma- 
kaiaia'ke Keiki a ke kanaka i ka 
Uma o ka poe hewa. 



MABEKO, Xir. 



A. D. 33. 



Mat 96. 36. 
Luk. 22. 39. 
loa. 18. 1. 



P loa. 12. 27. 



q Rom. 8. 15. 
Oal. 4. 6. 
rHeb.5.7. 

■ loa. 5. SO. 
&.6.S8. 



t Rom. 7. 23. 
OaL5. 17. 



u loa. 13.1. 



day, even in this night, before tbe 
cock crow twice, thou shalt deny 
me thrice. 

31 But he spake the more vehe- 
mently. If I should die with thee, I 
will not deny thee in any wise. 
Likewise also said they all. 

32 ''And they came to a place 
which was named Gethsemane: 
and he saith to his disciples, Sit ye 
here, while I shall pray. 

33 And he taketh with him Peter 
and James and John, and began to 
be sore amazed, and to be very 
heavy ; 

34 And saith unto them, I'My 
soul is exceeding sorro'wful unto 
death : tarry ye here, and watch. 

35 And he went forward a little, 
and fell on the ground, and prayed 
that, if it were possible, the hour 
might pass from him. 

36 And he said, ^Abba, Father, 
'all things are possible unto thee: 
take away this cup from me: 
■nevertheless, not what I will, huti 
what thou wilt. 

37 And he cometh, and findeth 
them sleeping, and saith unto Peter. 
Simon, sleepest thou ?3|||ouldest not 
thou watch one hour ? 

38 Watch ye and pray, lest y^ 
enter into temptation. * The spiril 
truly is ready, but the flesh is weak 

39 And again he went away, ant 
prayed, and spake the same words 

40 And when he returned, h< 
found them asleep again, (for thei^ 
eyes were heavy,) neither wist the) 
what to answer him. 

41 And he cometh the third time 
and saith unto them. Sleep on nov 
and take your rest: it is enough 
" the hour is come ; behold, the Soi 
of nian is betrayed into the hand 
of sinners. 



MABEKD, XIV/ 



151 



42'£aIa,ehaelekakoa; aiahoi, 

ke kokoke mai nei ka mea nana 
wau e kumakaia. 

43 ^ }" I kana olelo ana, hele koke 
mai la o luda, kekahi o kapoe omi- 
kumamalua, a me ia no na kanaka 
he niii loa, me na pahikaua, a me 
na uewa, na ka poe kahuna noi 
mai, a me ka poe kakauolelo, a me 
kapoe lunakflJiiko. 

44 A. o ka mea nana ia i kumakaia 
oahaawi ae ia i hoailona n^ lakou, 
iae la, O ka mea a'u e honi aku 
&i, oia no ia, e hopu aku ia ia, a e 
aiakai paa aku. 

45 X hiki mai la ia, alaila hele 
bke aku la ia io na la, i aku la, £ 
Eabi, e Babi; a honi aku la ia ia. 

46 ^ Lalau aku la ko lakou lima 
i&ia, hopu iho la. 

47 A kekahi o lakou e ku ana 
iQalaila, unuhi ae la ia i ka pahi- 
kaua, hahau aku la i kekahi kauwa 
oke kahuna nui, a oki ae la i kona 
pepeiao. 

^S 'Olelo mai la lesu, i mai ia la- 
l^oii, Ua hele mai nei anei oukou 
iwaho nei, me na pahikaua, a me 
Ha newa e hopu mai ia'u, me he 
powala? 

49 Me oulipu no au i noho ai ilo- 
^0 ka lualbni, e ao ana aku i ke- 
la la i keia la, aole oukou i hopu 
^^i ia'a; aka, e hookoia mai no 
fiae »ka, palapala hemolele. 
dO ''Haalele aku la kana poe hau- 
laana a pau ia ia, holo aku la. 
3l Hahai aku la kekahi kanaka 
opiopio ia ia, e aahu ana' i ke kapa 
olona ma ka ili, lalau iho la ka poe 
toa ia ia. 

52 Haalele iho la ia i ke kapa olo- 
I ^ a holo kohana aku la, mai o 
lakou aku. 

. 53 f « Aiakai aku la lakou ia I^u 
^ &e kahuna nui ^ ua akoakoa pu 
^ai no me ia ka poe kahuna nui a 
P&a, a me ka poe lunakahiko, a me 
tapoekakauolelo. 

o4 Hahai mamao aku la o Petero 



A.D. 8S. 




«Mat96.55. 
Luk. 22. 52. 



«HaI.22.6. 

Is.5a.7,tc 

Luk.22.S7.b 

24.44. 
b Hal. 88. a 

pan. 27. 



eMatS6.5r. 
Liik.22.54. 
loa. la 13. 



42 'RiM up, let OS go ; lo, be that 
betrayeth me is at hand. 

43 IT ^And immediately, while he 
yet spake, cometh Jndaa, one of the 
twelve, uid with him a great mul- 
titude with swords and staves, from 
the chief priests and the scribes and 
the elders. 

44 And he that betrayed him had 
given them a token, saying. Whom- 
soever I shall kiss, that same is he ; 
take him, and lead him away safely. 

45 And as soon as he was oome, 
he goeth straightway to him, and 
saith, Master, Master; and kissed 
him. 

46 % And they laid their hands on 
him, and took him. 

47 And one of them that stood by 
drew a sword, and smote a servant 
of the high phest, and cut off his 



48 *Ajid Jesus answered and said 
unto them. Are ye come out, as 
against a thief, with swords and 
with staves to take me ? 

49 I was daily witn you in the 
temple teaching, and ye took me 
not: but *the Scriptures must be 
fulfilled. 

50 ^And they all forsook him, and 
fled. 

51 And there followed him a cer- 
tain young man. having a linen 
cloth cast about his naked body; 
and the young men laid hold (m 
him: 

52 And he left the linen cloth, and 
fled from them naked. 

53 IT *And they led Jesus away to 
the high priest : and with him were 
assembled all the chief priests and 
the elders and the scribes. 

54 And Peter followed him afar 



ift i&, a hiki i ka hale o ke kahuna 
nui ] a noho pa ia me ka poe kauwa, 
e lalana ana ia ia iho i ke ahi. 

55 ^Imi iho la ka poe kahtma nai, 
a me ■ ka ahalimakanawai, i mea 
hoike no lesu e make ai, aole nae i 
loaa. 

56 No ka mea^ he nui no ka poe 
hoike wahahee mai nona, aole hoi 
i ku like ka lakou olelo. 

67 Ku ae la kekahi man mea, hoi- 
ke wahahee ae la, i ae, 

58 Ua lohe no maua i kana olelo 
ana mai, * £ wawahi ana au i keia 
luaJdni i hanaia e ka lima, a i na 
la ekolu e hana hou no wau i ke- 
kahi i hana ole ia e ka lima. 

59 Aole nae i ku like ka laua 
olelo. 

60 'Kn ae la iluna kekahttnanui 
iwaena konu o lakou, ninau aku la 
ia lesu, i aku la, Aole anei oe e 
olelo mai ? Heaha la kela mea a 
laua nci i hoike ai nou ? 

61 ^Noho malio iho la ia, aole i 
olelo mai. *» Ninau hou aku la ke 
kahuna nui ia ia, i aku la, O oe no 
anei ka Mesia, ke Keiki a ka mea i 
hoomaikaiia ? 

62 Olelo mai la lesu, Owau no ia ; 
a * e ike mai auanei oukou i ke Kei- 
ki a ke kanaka e noho ana ma ka 
lima akau o ka Mana loa, a e hele 
mai ana ma na ao o ka lani. 

63 Alalia haehae ae la ke kahuna 
nui i kona kapa, i ae la, No ke aha 
la kakou e makemake hou ai i mea 
hoike ? 

64 Ua lohe ae nei oukou i kana 
olelo hoino ana. Pehea la ko ou- 
kou manao ? Hoohewa mai la la- 
kou a pau ia ia, he hewa kupono i 
ka make. 

65 Kuhakuha aku la kekahi poe 
ia ia, a uhi aku la kekahi poe i ko- 
na maka, kuikui alru la ia ia, me 
ka i aku, E koho mai. A kuikui 
aku la ka poe ilamuku ia ia, me ko 
lakou mau poho lima. 

66 ^ " I ko Petero noho ana mala- 



MAABKOy XIV. 



K.D, 



dMat2S.50. 



e no. 15. 29. 
loa. 2. la 



cI».5S.7. 
h Mat. 26. 63. 



i Mat 24. SO. b 
28.64. 
Luk. 22. 6a 



kMat.2S.58, 
69. 

Luk. 22. 55. 
loo. 18. 16. 



dtj even into the palaee of the high 
priest: and he sat -with the serv- 
ants, and warmed himself at the 
fire. 

55 ^ And the chief priests and all 
the council sought for witness 
against Jesus to put him to death; 
and found none. 

56 For many bar© false witness 
against him. but their witness 
agreed not together. 

57 Asd there arose certain, and 
bare false witness against him, say- 
ing, 

58 We heard him say, • I will de- 
stroy this temple that is made with 
hands, and within three days I ^ill 
build another made without hands. 

59 But neither so did their witnesi 
agree together. 

60 'And the high priest stood up 
in the midst, and asked Jesus, say- 
ing, Answerest thou nothing ? what 
is it uhich these witness against! 
thee? 

61 But ^ he held his peace, and an- 
swered nothing. ^ Again the high 
priest asked him, and said unto him, 
Art thou the Christ, the Son of the 
Blessed? 

62 And Jesus said, I am: 'and ye 
shall see the Son of man sitting en 
the right hand of power, and com- 
ing in the clouds of heaven. 

63 Then the high priest rent his 
clothes, and saith, What need w^ 
any further witnesses ? 

64 Ye have heard the blasphemy 
what think ye ? And they all con- 
demned him to be guilty of death. 



65 And some began to spit on him 
and to cover his face, and to bufle 
him, and to say unto him, Prophei 
sy : and the servants did strike hii^ 
with the palms of their hands. 

66 IT ^^ And as Peter was bencatl 



MABEXO, XY. 



m 



Id, ma ka pa, liele mai la kekahi 1 
kaikaroahine o ke kahuna nui. 

67 A ike mai la kela ia Petero c 
lalana ana ia ia iho, nana ae la oia 
ia ia, i ac la, oe no kekahi pu mo 
lesu DO Nazareta. 

68 Hoole aku la ia, i aku la, Aole 
au i ike ia ia, aole hoi i maopopo 
ia'tt, ka mea au e olelo mai nei. 
Alaila, hele aku la ia iwaho ma ka 
lanai, a coo mai la ka moa. 

69 'Ike hou ae la kekahi kaika- 
mahiae ia ia, a olelo ae la ia i ka 
poe e ka ana malaila, Oia nei no 
kekahi o lakoa. 

70 Hoole hoa aka la ia. "A ma- 
hope iho, i ae la ka poe e ku ana 
malaila ia Petero, Oiaio, o oe no 
kekahi o lakou, »no ka mea, no 
Galilaia oe, ke hoike mai nei no 
liol kan olelo ana. 

71 Alalia, hailiili iho la oia, me 
kahoohiki, Aolo au i ike ia kanaka 
a onkou e olelo mai nei. 

72*>Ooohoamailakamoa. Alal- 
ia, manao iho la o Petero i ka lesu 
olelo ana mai ia ia, Aole e hiki i ke 
kaid ana o ka moa kualua, a ekolu 
^ on hoole ana mai ia'u. A i 
^oa noonoo alh, uwe iho la ia. 

MOKXJNA XV. 

A KAKAHIAKA •ae la, kuka- 
•0. kuka koke iho la na kahuna 
&Qi, a me na lunakahiko, a me na 
Kakaaolelo, a me ka ahalunaka- 
^wai apan, a nakinaki aku la ia 
^^u, a lawe ae la, a haawi aku la 
iPilato. 

2 ^Ninau mai la o Pilato ia ia, 
je no anei ke alii o ka poe ludaio ? 
«^i aku la ia, i aku la ia ia, Oia 
no kaue olelo mai la. 
^ Uoopii aku la na kahuna nui 
l^ooa, ma na niea he nui loa ; aole 
^ i olelo mai. 

.4 'Ninau hou mai la o Pilato ia 
(M mai la, Aole anei oe e olelo 
iki mai ? £ noonoo oe i ka nui loa 
na mea a lakou e hoike mai nei 
m. 

1* 



A.I). 33. 



1 Mat 26. 71. 
Luk. 22. 58. 
Io«.ia2S. 



mMaL26.73. 
Luk. 22. 59. 
Io«.l«.9S. 

• Oih.2.7. 



« Mat. 26. 75b 



M Or, h4 wpt 

abundantljff 
or, Ae btffOH 



aHaL2.2. 
Mat 27. ]. 
Luk. 22. 66. Ii 
23,1. 

loa. 18. 28. 
Oih. 3. 13. It 
4.26. 



cMaL37.1SL 



in the palaee, tkera oomeih one of 

the maids of the high priest : 

67 And when she saw Peter 
warming himself, she looked upon 
him, and said. And thou also wast 
with Jesus of Nazareth. 

68 But he denied, saying, I know 
not, neither understand I what thou 
sayest. And he went out into the 
porch 'j and the cook crew. 

69 *And a maid saw him again, 
and began to say to them that stooa 
by, This is one of them. 

70 And he denied it again. '■And 
a little after, they that stood by 
said again to Peter, Surely thou art 
one of them : "for thou art a Gali- 
lean, and thy speech agreeth thereto, 

71 But ho began to curse and to 
swear, saying j I know not this man 
of whom ye speak. 

72 '^ And the seoond time the cock 
crew. And Peter called to mind the 
word that Jesus said unto him, Be- 
fore the cock crow twice, thou shalt 
deny mo thrice. And Uwhen he 
thought thereon, he wept. 

CHAPTER XV. 

AND * straightway in the morn- 
ing the chief priests held a 
consultation with the elders and 
scribes and the whole council, and 
bound Jesus, and carried him away^ 
and delivered him to Pilate. 

2 ^And Pilate asked him, Art thou 
the King o[ the Jews ? And he an- 
swering said unto him, Thou say- 
est it. 

3 And the chief priests accused 
him of many things; but he an- 
swered nothing. 

4 ''And Pilate asked him again, 
saying, Answerest thou nothing/ 
behold how many things they wit* 
ness against thee. 



154 



MAREKO, XV. 



5 ''Aold i olelo iki mai o lesa; 
nolaila kahaha aku la ko Pilato 
naau. 

6 * la ahaaina, kuu mai la ia i ke- 
kahi paahao no lakou, i ka mea a 
lakou i noi aku ai. 

7 Malaila no kekahi, i kapaia o 
Baraba, ua nakinaki pa ia me ka 
poe i kipikipi, ua pepehi kanaka 
lakou me ia kipikipi ana. 

8 Hooho nui ae la na kanaka, me 
ka nonoi aku ia ia e hana mai ia 
lakou e liko me kana mamua. 

9 Olelo mai la o Pilato ia lakou, 
i mai la, Ke makemake nei anei 
oukou e kuu aku au i ke alii o ka 
poe ludaio, no oukou ? 

10 No ka mea, ua ike oia, no ka 
huahua i hoopea aku al na kahuna 
nui ia ia. 

1 1 Hookonokono ae la ' na kahuna 
nui i na kanaka, i kuu mai oia ia 
Baraba no lakou. 

12 Ninau hou mai la o Pilato, i 
mai la ia lakou, Heaha ko oukou 
makemake e hana aku ai au i ka 
mea a oukou i kapa aku ai, O ke 
alii o ka poe ludaio ? 

13 Hea hou aku )a lakou, £ kauia 
oia ma ke kea. 

14 Alalia, ninau mai la o Pilato 
ia lakou, Heaha ka hewa ana i ha- 
na'i ? Uwauwa nui aku la lakou, 
£ kauia oia ma ke kea. 

15 ^ 'Makemake no o Pilato, e 
hooluolu i kanaka, nolaila ia i kuu 
mai ai ia Baraba na lakou; alal- 
ia, hahau ae la kela ia lesu, a 
haawi iho ia ia e kaulia'i ma ke 
kea. 

16 *» Alakai ae la ka poe koa ia ia 
i ke keena hookolokolo ; a houluu- 
lu mai la lakou i ka poe koa a 
pau. 

17 Hoaahu iho la lakou ia ia i ke 
kapa ula, a hili iho la i lei alii ka- 
kalaioa, a hoolei aku la ia ia. 

18 Aloha hoomaewaewa aku la 
lakou ia ia. Aloha oe, e ke alii o ka 
poe ludaio ! 

! 19 Hahau aku la lakou i kona 




f Mat 27. 20. 
Oifa. 3. 14. 



r Mat. 27. 26. 
loc la 1, 16. 



hHatST.ST. 



5 'But Jesus yet answered noth« 
ing ; 60 that Pilate marvelled. 

6 Now 'at that feast he released 
unto them one prisoner, whomso- 
ever they desired. 

7 And there was one named Bar- 
abbas, which lay bound with them 
that had made insurrection with 
him, who had committed murder in 
the insurrection. 

8 And the multitude crying aloud 
began to desire him to <fe as he had 
ever done unto them. 

9 But Pilate answered them, say- 
ing, Will ye that I release unto you 
the King of the Jews ? 

10 For he knew that the chief 
priests had delivered him for envy. 

11 But 'the chief priests moved 
the people, that he should rather 
release Barabbas unto them. 

12 And Pilate answered and said 
again unto them, What will ye then 
that I shall do unto him whom ye 
call the King of the Jews ? 

IS And they cried Ait again, Cru- 
cify him. 

14 Then Pilate said unto them, 
Why, what evil hath he done? 
And they cried out the more ex- 
ceedingly, Crucify him. 

15 IT 'And so Pilate, willing to 
content the people, released Barab- 
bas unto them, and delivered Jesns, 
when he had scourged %tm, to be 
crucified. 

16 ^And the soldiers led him away 
into the hall, called Pretorium ; and 
they call together the whole band. 

1 7 And they clothed him with pur- 
ple, and platted a crovni of thorns, 
and put it about his head, 

18 And began to salute him, Hail, 
King of the Jews 1 

19 And they smote him on the 



BIAKEKO, XV. 



poo i ka laaii^ a kohakuiia aka la 
ia ia, a kukuli iho la e hoomana ia 
ia. 

20 A pau ko lakou homnaewaewa 
m ia ia, alalia, wehe ae la lakou 
i ke kapa ula, a hookcnno iho la i 
kona kapa, alakai aku la lakou ia 
ia e kan ia ia ma ke kea. 

21 ;A koi aku la lakou i keka- 
hi Simona no Kurenaio, e lawe i 
kona kea, e hele ana ia, mai ke 
kuaaina mai, o ka makuakane hoi 
ia Alekanedero, a me Bupo. 

22 ^A lawe ae la lakou ia ia i Go- 
legota, ke ano keia i ka hoakaka 
«ia, He wahi iwipoo. 

23 'Haawi aku la lakou ia ia i ka 
vaina ua wili pu ia me ka mura, 
aole nae ia i inu. 

24 A kaa aku la lakou ia ia ma 
ke kea, alaila, * puunaue iho la la- 
^Q i kona kapa^ me ka puu ana 
QUI ka mea a kela kanaka, keia ka- 
naka e lawe ai. 

25 "I ke kolu o ka hora, ko lakou 
Kau ajia ia ia ma ke kea. 

26 o£ia ka palapala hoakaka i 
koaa hewa i kauia maluna, O KE 
ALII KA POE lUDAIO. 

27 1* Kan pu aku la lakou me ia 
ma ke kea, i na powa elua ; o ke- 
kiilu ma ka aoao akau, a o kekahi, 
Dia ka aoao hema. 

28 A ko iho la ka ka palapala he- 
jnolele i olelo mai ai, "lUa helu pu 
14 oia mo ka poe lawehala. 

29 'A ka poe e maalo ana ma- 
laila ae, hoino wale aku la lakou 
^ la, me ka hookunokunou i ko la- 
^1 poo, i aku la, E, -o oe ka mea 

I J^^awahi i ka luakini, a i na la eko- 
Iq, hana hou no, 

30 E hoola oe ia oe, a e iho mai 
^ mai Inna mai o ke kea. 

31 Pela pu aku la no hoi ka poe 
kahaoa nui a me ka poe kakauole- 
^ i hoomaewaewa aku ai j i ae 
kekahi, Hoola no oia ia hai, aole 
nae e luki ia ia ke hoola ia ia iho. 

32 E iho mai ka Mesia, ke Alii o 
** laeraela, mai luna mai o ke 
kea, i ike kakou a e manaoio aku. 



A.]>. 33. 



iMatST.flS. 



kHat 27.33. 
Luk.SS.3S. 
IML 19. 17. 



■iHaL22.lt. 
Luk. 23. 34. 
Ioa.19.2S. 



• See Hat 27. 

45. 

Lttk.SS.44. 

loa. 19. 14. 
« Mat. 27. 37. 

loa. 19. 19. 

pMat.27.3S. 



q Is. 53.12. 
Luk. 22. 37. 



rHaL2SL7. 



■ mo. 14. 51. 
loa. 2. 19. 



153 

head with areed, uid did spit npoa 
him, and howiog their kneea wor- 
shipped him. 

20 And when they had mooked 
him, they iock off the purple from 
him, and put his own elothes onhim, 
and led him out to oracify him. 

21 'And they compel one Simon 
a Gyrenian, who passed hy, coming 
out of the country, the father of 
Alexander and Ridiis, to hear his 
cross. 

22 ^And they bring him unto the 
place Golgotha, which is, being in* 
terpreted, The place of a skull. 

23 *And they gave him to drink 
wine mingled with myrrh : but he 
receiyed it not. 

24 And when they had crucified 
him, '■they parted his garments, 
casting lots upon them, what every 
man should take. 



25 And "it was the third hour, 
and they crucified him. 

26 And *the superscription of his 
accusation was written over, THE 
KING OF THE JEWS. 

27 And i^with him they crucify 
two thieves ; the one on his right 
hand, and the other on his left. 

28 And the Scripture was fulfilled, 
which saith, *iAnd he was num- 
bered with the transgressors. 

29 And ' they that passed by railed 
on him, wagging their heads, and 
saying, Ah, 'thou that destroyest 
the temple, and buildeet it in three 
days, 

30 Save thyself, and come down 
from the cross. 

31 Likewise also the chief priests 
mocking said among themselves with 
the scribes. He saved others ; him- 
self he cannot save. 

32 Let Christ the King of Israel 
descend now from the cross, that 
we may see and believe. AndHhey 



t6< 

A ^0 n& ixiMk i kAulia |m me ia ma 
ke kea, hoomaewaewa pu ae la laua 
ia ia. 

33 *^Mai ka hora aono, a hiki i ka 
hora aiwa, pouli no ka honua a 
pau. 

34 A i ka iva o ka h<Mra, kah«a 
ae la lesu me ka leo nui, i ae la, 
■Eli, eli, luna sabaketani ! ke 
ano keia, £ kuu Akua, e kuu Akua, 
no ke aha la oe i haalele mai ai 
ia'u? 

35 A lohe ae.la kekahi poe o la- 
kou e ku ana malaila, i iho la, Ala, 
ke kahea aku nei oia ia £lia. 

36 1^ Hole aku la kekahi, a hoomau 
i ka huahuakai i ka vinega, kau 
iho la ma ka ohe, a 'haawi aku ia 
ia e inuj i ae la, Alia ; i ike kakou 
ina paha e hele mai o Ella e wehe 
ia ia. 

37 * Kahea ae la lesu me ka leo 
nui, a kaili aku la ke aho. 

38 I* Nahae ae la ka paku o ka lua- 
kini i elua, mailuna a lalo. 

39 IT A * o ka lunahaneri e ku ana 
imua o kona alo, i kona ike ana ia 
ia e kahea ana pela, a me ke kaili 
ana o kona aho, i ae la ia, Oiaio 
no, o keia kanaka ke Keiki a ke 
Akua, 

40 ''He poe wahine no hoi kekahi 
e nana mai ana, *ma kahi mamao 
aku, O Maria no Magedala, a me 
Maria ka maku'wahine o lakobo ka 
iiiUL a me loto, a me Salome. 

4r'Ua hahai no lakou mamuli 
ona, i kona wa ma Galilaia, a lawe- 
lawe aku la nana ; a me na wa- 
hine e he nui loa, a hele pu no lekou 
me ia i lerusalema. 

42 IT * A hiki ae la i ke ahiahi, 
no ka ifRa, o ka la hoomalolo ia, o 
ka la mamua aku o ka la Sabati, 

43 Hele mai la o losepa no Ari- 
mataia, he lunakanawai koikoi ia, 
^e kakali ana i ke aupuni o ke 
Akua, hele aku la ia io Pilato la, 
me ka hopohopo ole a noi aku la i 
ke kino o lesu. 



MABEKO, XV. 



A.D. 3d. 




Mat 27. «; 



7 Mat 27. 48. 
loa. 19. 2». 



■ Hal. 69. 21. 



«Mat27.fiO. 

Luk. 23: 46. 

loa. 19. 30. 
b Mat 27. 51. 

Luk.S3.4& 



eMatW.M. 
Luk. 23. 47. 



d Mat 27. 55. 
Luk. 23. 49. 
eHaL88.n. 



f Luk. 8. 2, 3. 



fMat27.S7. 
Luk. 23. 50. j 
loa. 19. 38. 



b Luk. 2. 25, 



that were craoified^nth hiifl reviled 
him. 

33 And * when the sixth hour was 
eome^ there was darkness over the 
whole land imtil the ninth hour. 

34 And at the ninth hour Jesus 
cried with a loud voice, saying, 
*Eioi, Eloi, lama sabachthani? 
which is, being interpreted, My 
God, my God, why hast thou for- 
saken me? 

35 And some of them that stood 
by, when they heard it, said, Be- 
hold, he calleth Elias. 

36 And ^one ran and filled & 
sponge full of vinegar, and put it 
on a reed, and ■ gave him to drink, 
saying, Let alone ; let us sec wheth- 
er Elias will come to take him 
down. 

37 »And Jesus cried with a load 
voice, and gave up the ghost. 

38 And ''the vail of the temple 
was rent in twain from the top to 
the bottom. 

39 IT And *when the centurion, 
which stood over against him, saw 
that he so cried out, and gave up 
the ghost, he said, Truly this man 
was the Son of ^kd. 

40 ^ There were also women look- 
ing on • afar off: among whom was 
Mary Magdalene, and Mary the 
mother of James the less and of Jo- 
ses, and Salome ; 

41 Who also, when he was in Ga- 
lilee, ' followed him, and ministered 
unto him ; and many other women 
which came up witii him unto Jeru- 
salem. 

42 IT *And now when the even 
was come, because it was the prep- 
aration, that is, the day before the 
sabbath, 

43 Joseph of Arimathea, an honour- 
able counsellor, which also ''waited 
for the kingdom of God, came, and 
went in boldly unto Pilate, and 
craved the body of Jesus. 



MARSKO> Xft 



157 



44 Kahaha iho la ka naan o Pila- 
to, no koua make koke ana ; a ka- 
hea ae la ia i ka lunahaneri, ninau 
ae la ia ia i kona make e ana. 

45 A ike pono ia, na ka Itmaha- 
neri mai, alalia, luiawi mat la ia i 
ke kino na losepa. 

46 'A kaai iho la ia i kapa olona, 
& lawe ae la i ke kino, a wahi iho 
iloko ua kapa la, a waiho ae la ia 
maloko o ka halekupapau i kalaiia 
iloko ka pohaku, a olokaa iho la i 
pohaka nui ma ka puka o ua hale- 
kupapau la. 

47 A nana ae la o Maria no Ma- 
gedalaa me Maria ka makuwahine 
Im, i kahi i waihota'i. 



MOKUNA XVI. 

A HAL A 'ac la ka Sabati, ua 
kaai o Maria ka Magedala, a 
ffle Maria ka makiiwahine o lako- 
^ a me Salome, *i na mea ala, a 
liele mai la lakou e ialoa ia ia. 

2 'A i ke kakahiaka nui o ka la 
oiua ka hebedoma i ka puka ana 
^Ita la, hele aku la lakou i ka ha- 
iekupapan. 

3 Kamailio iho la lakou ia lakou 
^0 no, Nawai la e olokaa ae i ka 
pohaka no kakou, mai ka puka ae 
oka halekupapau? 

4 Nana aku la lakou, ike iho la 
na olokaa e ia'ku ka pohaku ; no 
ka mca, he pohaku nui loa ia. 

^ H ko lalrou komo ana iloko o ka 
I halekupapau, ike aku la lakou i 
kekahi kanaka opiopio, c noho ana 
ina ka aoao akau, ua aahuia i ke 
kapa loihi keok:eo ; a makau iho la 
! lakou. 

6 *01elo mai la oia ia lakou, Mai 
roakau oukou : toe imi nei oukou ia 
Ipsa no Nazareta, i ka mea i kau- 
lia ma ke kea : ua ala mai ia, aole 
oia maanei ; e nana oukou i kahi a 
lakou i waiho ai ia ia. 
J E hele hoi oukou, e hai aku J 
**aa poe haumana, a me Pet«fo, e 



A.D.39. 44 And Pilate marrelled if ho 
were already dead : and calling tm- 
to him the centurion, he asked him 
whether he had been any while 
dead. 

45 And when he knew it of the 
centurion, he gave the body to Jo- 
seph. 

46 * And he bought fine linen, and 
took him down, and wrapped him 
in the linen, and laid him in a 
sepulchre which was hewn out of 
a rock, and rolled a stone unto the 
door of tiie sepulchre. 

47 And Mary Magdalene and Mary 
the mother of Joses beheld where ho 
was laid. 



i Mat 27. flD, 
60. 

Lttk.2S.53. 
loa. 19. 40. 



Luk. 24. 1. 
loa. 2a 1. 



e Lak. 24. 1. 
loa. 20. 1. 



!oS.2aH,' 



• Mat 28. 5, 

6,7. 



CHAPTER XVI. 

AND *when the sabbath was 
past, Mary Magdalene, and 
Mary the mother of James, and Sa- 
lome, ^had bought sweet spices, 
that they might come and anoint 
him. 

2 * And rery early in the morning, 
the first day of the week, they came 
unto the sepulchre at the rising of 
the sun. 

3 And they said among them- 
selves. Who shall roll us away 
the stone from the door of the 
sepulchre ? 

4 And when they looked, they 
saw that the stone was rcA^ 

Ij^llway : for it was very great. 

5 *And entering into the sepul- 
chre, they saw a young man sit- 
ting en the right side, clothed in a 
long white garment ; and they were 
affrighted. 

6 •And he saith unto them, Be not 
affrighted : ye seek Jesus of Naz- 
areth, which was crucified: he is 
risen ; he is not here : behold the 
place where they laid him. 

7 But go your way, tell his disci- 
ples and Peter that he eoetii before 



158 

kele akn ana ia mamua o onkon i 
Galilaia ; malaila oukou e ike aka 
ai ia ia, 'e like me kana i olelo mai 
ai ia oukon. 

8 Hele aku lakou iwaho, a hole 
mai ka halekupapau aku ; a haa- 
lulu lakou me kaweliweli; «^aole 
nae lakou i hai i kekahi, no ka mea, 
ua makau lakou. 

9 1[ I ke ala ana o lesu i kaka- 
hiaka nui o ka la mua o ka hebedo- 
ma, ^ike mua ia oia e Maria, no 
Magedala, 'mawaho ona kona kipa- 
ku ana i na daimonio ehiku. 

10 ''Hele aku la oia, a hai aku la 
i ka poe i noho pu me ia, ia lakou 
e u ana, a e uwe ana no hoi. 

1 1 'A lohe lakou, ua ola ia, a ua 
ikeia e ia, aole lakou i manaoio 
mai. 

1 2 IT A mahope iho o ia mau mea, 
ikeia oia, me ke ano okoa, °*e na 
mea elua, ia laua e hele ana 1 ke 
kuaaina. 

13 Hoi mai la laua, a hai mai la 
i kekahi poe, aole nae lakou i ma- 
naoio. * , 

14 ^ *^ A mahope iho, ikeia mai no 
ia e ka poe umikumamakahi, ia 
lakou e ai ana, a hoohewa mai ia 
lakou igi±p lakou manaoio ole ana, 
a no ks^Pkakiki o ko lakou naau, 
no ka niea, aole lakou i manaoio 
aku i ka ka. poe nana ia i ike ma- 
hope iho o kona ala ana. 

15 '^I mai la oia ia lakou, E hele 
aku oukou i na aina a pau, Pe hai 
aku i ka Euanelio i na kanaka a pau../ 

16 *iO ka mea e manaoio mai, a 
hapetizoia, e hoolaia oia, aka, 'o 
ka mea manaoio ole mai, e hoohe- 
waia oia. 

17 Ei^o na ouli kupanaha e pili 
pu akfli ka poe e manaoio mai 
ia'u. 'Ma ko'u inoa lakou e ma- 
hiki aku ai i na daimonio, a e * ole- 
lo no hoi lakou ma na olelo ano e. 

18 *'E kaikai no lakou i na nahe- 
sa ; a ina inu lakou i ka mea make, 
aole lakou e poino ia mea; a 'e 
kau no lakou i ko lakou lima ma- 
luna o ka poe mai, a e ola lakou. 



MAEEKO, XVI. 



A.B.33. 



ff See Mat 28. 
8. 
Luk. 24. 9. 



hloa.24.14. 
i Luk. 8. 2. 



k Luk. 24. 10. 
loa. 20. 18. 



1 Luk. 24. 11. 



KLuk.24.lS. 



> Luk. 24. 86. 

loa. 20. 19. 

1 Kor. 15. 5. 
11 Or, together. 



o Mat 28. 19. 
loa. 15. 16. 
pKol. 1. 23. 

■^iloa, 3. 18, 

38!w 

Oib. 2. 38. b 

16. SO, 31, 32. 

Rom. 10. 9. 

1 Pet 3. 21. 
r loa. 12. 48. 
■ Luk. 10. 17. 

Oih. 5. 16. & 

8. 7. & 16. 18. 

& 19. 12. 

tOib.2.4.& 

10. 46. & 19. 

6. IKor. 

12. 10, 28. 
u Luk. 10. 19. 

Oih. 28. 5. 
X Oih. 6. 15, 

16. & 9. 17. 

b28.8. 

lak. 5. 14, 15. 



you into Galilee : there shall ye 
see him, 'as he said unto you. 



8 And they went out quickly, and 
fled fr<»n the sepulchre; for they 
trembled and were amazed: « nei- 
ther said they any thing to any 
man; for they were afraid. 

9 IT Now when Jesiis was risen 
early the first day of the week, ^he 
appeared first to Mary Magdalene, 
*out of whom he had cast seven 
devils. 

10 ^And she went and told them 
that had been with him, as they 
mourned and wept. 

11 'And they, when they had 
heard that he was alive, and had 
been seen of her, believed not. 

12 1[ After that he appeared in 
another form "unto two of them, 
as they walked, and went into the 
country. 

13 And they went and told it unto 
the residue : neither believed they 
them. 

14^ "Afterward ho appeared unto 
the eleven as they sat Hat meat, 
and upbraided them with their un- 
belief and hardness of heart, be- 
cause they believed not them which 
had seen him after he was risen. 



15 ^And he said unto them, Go ye 
into all the world, Pand preach the 
gospel to every creature. 

16 <iHe that believeth and is bap- 
tized shall be saved; 'but he that 
believeth not shall be damned. 

17 And these signs shall follow 
them that believe; 'In my name 
shall they cast out devils; *they 
shall speak with new tongues ; 

18 "They shall take up serpents; 
and if they drink any deadly thing, 
it shall not hurt them ; 'they shall 
lay hands on the siidc, and tbeyi 
iftiall recover. 



LUKA, L 



19 IT ^ A pan ae la ka olelo ana a 
ka Haku ia lakou, alalia, *lawe- 
ia'ku la ia iluna i ka lani, a *noho 
iho ia ma ka lima akau o ke Akua. 

20 Hole ae lakou, a ao aku la ma 
iia wahi apau; hana pu mai la no 
hoi ka Haku me lakou, ^ e hooiaio 
ana i ka olelo, me ua hana mana e 
pili ana. Amene. 




bOUi.6.12. It 
14.3. 

lKor.2.4,5. 
Heb. 2. 4. 



159 

19 IT Bo then, Waiter the Lord had 
spoken unto them, he -was 'reeeiyed 
up into heaven, and *sat on the 
rtght hand of God. 

20 And they went forth, and 
preaehed every where, the Lord 
working with tAem, ^ and confirm- 
ing the word with signs following. 
Amen. 



KA EUANELIO 



I XAXA.UJA'1 



E LUKA. 



MOKUNA I. 

NO ka mea, he nui ka poe i hoao 
i ka hooponopono i ka mooole- 
^0 DO na mea i hanaia iwaena o 

makou, 

2 *£ like me ka hai ana mai ia 
J»akou a ka poe ike maka, ''mai ke 
kumu mai, ka poe hoalewehana 
floi no ka olelo. 

3 'Manao iho la au he mea pono 
^ Q, i ko'u hull ikaika ana a mao- 
ppo ia mau mea a pau, mai kino- 
^ niai, e palapala '^hoakaka ia oe, 
e 'Teopilo ka mea kaulana, 

4 4 ike oe i ka oiaio o v 
inea la i aoia'ku ai oe. 



ua mau 



5 1 T KE fan ia Herode kelii o 

X ludaia^ e noho ana kekahi 

kahuna, o Zakaria kona inoa, no 

ka papa o Abia ; a o kana wahine, 
jp na kaikamahine ia a Aarona, o 
, Elisabeta kona inoa. 

6 Ua 'pono pu laua imua o ke 
Akaa, e hele haJa ole ana ma na 
kanawai a me na oihana a pau a 
J^Haku. 

' Aohe hoi a laua keiki, no ka 
^^h lie pa o Elisabeta; a he nui 
^ m ka laua mau makahiki. 



a Heb. 2. 3. 

1 PeL 5. 1. 

2Pet.M«. 

1 loa. 1. 1. 
bMv.l. 1. 

loa. 15. 27. 
c Olh. 15. 19, 

1 Kor. 7. 40. 

d Oih. 11. 4. 
e Oih. 1. 1. 
r loa. 20. 31. 



The sixth 
year bfifore 
the common 

era called 

AVNO 

Domini. 
f Mat 2.1. 
hlOihUi24. 

10, 19. 

Neh. 12.4,17. 
i Kin. 7.1. & 

17. 1, 

1 Nalii 9. 4. 

2 NalH 20. 3. 
lob. 1. 1. 
Oih. 23. 1. L 
24. 16. 

pa a. 6. 



THE GOSPEL 

▲CCOKDno TO 

ST. LUKE'. 



CHAPTER I. 

FORASMUCH as many have 
taken in hand to set forth in 
order a declaration of those things 
which are most surely believed 
among us, 

2 »Even as IMfey delivered them 
unto us, which ^^om the beginning 
were eyewitnesM, and ministers of 
the word; 

3 *" It seemed good to me ^M^, hav- 
ing had perfect understanding of 
all things from the very first, to 
write unto thee *in order, *mo6t 
excellent Thcophilus, 

4 ' That thou mightest know the 
certainty of those things, wherein 
thou hast been instructeid 

5 % rpHERE was «in the days of 

X Herod, the king of Judea, a 
certain priest named Zacharias, ^of 
the course of Abia: and his wife 
was of the daughters of Aajon, and 
her name was Elisabeth. ^ 

6 And they were both ^righteous 
before God, walking in all the com- 
mandments and ordinances of the 
Lord blameless. 

7 And they had no child, because 
that Elisabeth was barren; and 
they both were now well stricken 
in years. 



160 

8 Eia kekahi, i kana hana ana i 
ka oihana kahuna imua o ke Akaa, 
^ i ka manawa o kona papa, 

9 Mamuli o ka oifaana man a fte 
kahuna, o kana hana keia, *e kuni 
1 ka mea ala i kona hele ana iloko 
o ka luakini o ka Haku. 

10 *"£ pule ana ka ahakanaka a 
pau mawaho, i ka hora i kukuniia'i 
ka mea ala. 

11 Alalia ikeia aku la ka anela a 
ka Haku, eku ana ma ka aoao 
akau o "ke kuahu mea ala. 

12 A ike aku o Zakaria ia ia, <^pi- 
hoihoi iho la ia, a kau mai la ka 
makau ia ia. 

13 I mai la ka anela ia ia, Mai 
makau oe, e Zakaria, no ka mea, 
vta. loheia kau pule 3 a e hanau ana 
kau wahine o Elisabeta i keiki ka- 
ne nau, a ^e kapa aku oe i kona 
inoa loane. 

14 A e hauoli ana hoi oe a me ka 
olioli, a *ihe nui no hoi ka poe e 
hauoli i kona hanau ana. 

15 No ka mea, e nui auanei oia 
imua o ka Haku; aole ia 'e inu i 
ka waina, aole lim i ka mea awa- 
awa ; e piha no m ia i ka Uhane 
Hemolele, 'mai ka opu mai o kona 
makuwahine. 

16 * £ nui no hoi na mamo a Ise- 
raela ana e hoohuli ai ma ka Haku, 
ma ko lakou Akua. 

17 " £ hele ana hoi ia mamna ona, 
me ka manao a me ka mana Elia, 
e hoohuli i ka naau na makua i 
ka lakou mau keiki, a i ka poe lohe 
ole mamuli o ka naauao o ka poe 
pono; e hcoponopono ai i kanaka 
makaukau no ka Haku. 

18 Ninau aku la o Zakaria i ka 
anela, »Mahea la wau e ike oi ia 
mea ? ^o ka mea, he kanaka ka- 
hiko wau, a he nui no hoi na ma- 
kahiki o ka'u wahine. 

19 Olelo mai la ka anela, i mai la 
ia ia, Owau no o yGaberiela, ka 
mea e ku ana imua o ke Akua ; a 
ua hoounaia mai net au e olelo ia oe, 
a e hai aku ia oe ia mau mea olioli. 

20 Aia hoi, "e paa ana kou leo, 



LUKA, I, 

The sixth 
year before 
tbe common 

era called 
Anno 

Domini. 




mOihk.l6.n. 

Hoik. 8. 3, 4. 
nPuk.30. 1. 
oLun.e. 22. 

&13.22. 

Dan. 10. 8. 

pau. 29. 

mo. 2. 9. 

Oib. 10. 4' 

Hoik. 1. 17. 



P pau. 60, 63. 



q pau. 58. 



r Nth. 6. 3. 
Lun. 13. 4. 
mo. 7. 33. 

• ler. 1. 5. 
OaL 1. 15. 

t Mai. 4. 6, 6. 



a Mai. 4. 5. 

Mat 11. 14 
Mar. 9. 12. 

n Or, hy. 



xKln. 17. 17. 



yDan. 8.16. 

k 9. 21, 22, 

23. 

Mat. 18. 10. 

Heb. 1. 14. 
*£z.3.26.fc 

24.27. 



8 And it eame to pass, that, while 
he executed the priest's office hefore 
God ^in the order of his coarse, 

9 According to the cnstom of the 
priest's office, his lot was *to bum 
incense when he went into the tem- 
j^e of the Lord. 

10 "And the whole multitude of 
the people were praying without at 
the time of incense. 

1 1 And there appeared unto him an 
angel of the Lord standing on the 
right side of '^the altar of iiK^euEe. 

12 And when Zacharias saw Atm, 
^ he was troubled, and fear fell upon 
him. 

13 But the angel said unto him, 
Fear not, Zacharias : for thy prayer 
is heard; and thy wife Elisabeth 
shall bear thee a son, and Pthou 
shalt call his name John. 

14 And thou shalt hare joy and 
gladness ; and '' many shall rejoice 
at his birth. 

15 For he shall be great in the 
sight of the Lord, and ** shall drink 
neither wine nor strong drink ; and 
he shall be filled with the Holy 
Ghost, 'even from his mother's 
womb. 

16 * And many of the chDdren of 
Israel shall he turn to the Lord 
their God. 

17 "And he shall go before him in 
the spirit and power of Elias, to 
turn the hearts of the fathers to the 
children, and the disobedient Hto 
the wisdom of the just; to mako 
ready a people prepared for the 
Lord. 

18 And Zacharias said unto the 
angel, * Whereby shall I know 
this? for I am an old man, and 
my wife well stricken in years. 

19 And the angel answering said 
unto him, I am ^ Gabriel, that stand 
in the presence of God; and am 
sent to speak unto thee, and to shew 
thee these glad tidings. 

20 And, behold, 'thou shalt be 



LUKA, I. 



lole e hiki ia oe ke olelo, a hild i 
ka la c ko ai ia man mea^ no ka 
mea, aole oe i manaoio mai i ka'u 
mau olelo, e hookoia auanei ia i ko 
lakou mauawa. 

21 Kakali ae la na kanaka ia Za- 
karia, haohao iho la i kona loihi 

, ana maloko o ka luaJdni. 

22 A poka ia iwaho, aole i hiki 
ia ia ke olelo mai ia lakou ; a ike 
iho la lakou, ua ike oia i ka mea 
ikea iloko o ka luakini ; no ka mea, 
kunou oia ia lakou, ua paa no 
kona leo. 

23 Eia kekahi, *i ka pau ana'e o 
na la kana hana, hoi koke no ia i 
kona hale. 

24 A, mahope iho o ia mau la, ha- 
pal ilio la kana wahine, o Elisahe- 
^ a noho mehameha iho la ia i 
na malama elima, i iho la, 

25 Oia ka ka HaJcu i haaa mai ai 
iH)'a ia man la ana i manao mai ai 
^elawe aka i ka mea a'u i hoinoia 
niai ai iwaena o kanaka. 

26 A i ke ono o ka malama, ua 
Wunaia mai o Gaberiela, mai ke 
Akua mai, i kekahi kulanakauhale 
1 Galilaia, o Nazareta ka inoa, 

27 1 ka wahine puupaa i 'hoopa- 
lauia na kekahi kanaka, o losepa 
ka inoa, no ka ohana a Davida ; a 
Maria ka inoa o ua wahine puu- 
pula. 

2S A komo ka anela io na la, i 
mai la ia, * Aloha oe, e ka mea i 
^oha nui ia, o • ka Haku pu me oe. 
Pomaikai loa oe iwaena o na wa- 
fline. 

29 A ike aku la o Maria, 'hopo- 
l^opo iho la oia i kana olelo, a nalu 
^0 la i ke ano o keia aloha ana. 

30 1 mai la ka anela ia ia, Mai 
mika,u oe, e Maria ; no ka mea, ua 
ioaa ia oe ka lokomaikaiia mai e ke 
Akua. 

31 ^Eia hoi, e hapai auanei oe, a 
e hanau i ke keikikane, a e ^kapa 
iho oei kona inoa, oIESU. 




11. fl. 
10iUU9.2SL 



b Kin. 90. a. 
Is. 4.1. It 54. 
1,4. 



e Mat. 1. 18. 
mo. 2. 4,5. 



d Dan. 9. 23. 
k 10 19. 

n Or, am- 
doudy ac 
etpUdfOr, 
mudi graced. 
See ver. 30. 

e Lun. 6. 12. 

f pan. 12. 



g Is. 7. 14. 
Mat 1. 21. 
b mo. 2. 21. 



161 

dumb, and not able to speak, until 
the day that thetse things shall be 
performed, because thou belieyest 
not my words, which shall be ful- 
filled in their season. 

21 And the people waited for 
Zacharias, and marvelled that he 
tarried so long in the temple. 

22 And when he came out, he 
could not speak unto them: and 
they perceived that he had seen a 
vision in the temple ; for he beck- 
oned unto them, and remained 
speechless. 

23 And it came to pass, that, as 
soon as *the days of his ministra- 
tion were accomplished, he depart- 
ed to his own house. 

24 And after those days his wife 
Elisabeth conceived, and hid herself 
five months, saying, 

25 Thus hath the Lord dealt with 
me in the days wherein he looked 
on me, to ''take away my reproach 
among men. 

26 And in the sixth month the 
angel Gabriel was sent from God 
unto a city of Galilee, named Naz- 
areth, 

27 To a virgin '^ espoused to a man 
whose name was Joseph, of the 
house of David; and the virgin's 
name was Mary. 

28 And the angel came in unto 
her, and said, ''Hail, thou thcU art 
H highly favoiired, «the Lord is with 
thee : blessed art thou among wo- 
men. 

29 And when she saw Aim, 'she 
was troubled at his saying, and cast 
in her mind what manner of saluta- 
tion this should be. 

30 And the angel said unto her, 
Fear not, Mary : for thou hast found 
favour with God. 

31 «And, behold, thou shalt con- 
ceive in thy womb, and bring forth 
a son, and ^ shalt call his name 
JESUS. 




162 LUKA, I. 

32 £ nui ananei oia, a ' e kapaia- 
'ku, ke Keiki a ka Mea kiekie 
loa ', a e haawi hoi nona o ^ lehova 
ke Akua i ka nohoalii o Davida o 
kona makuakane. 

33 ^£ mau loa no hoi kona alii 
ana maluna o ka ohana a lakoba ; 
a o kona aupuni aole ia e pan. 

34 Alaila, ninau aku la o Maria 
i ka anela, Pehea la uanei ia mea? 
no ka mea, aole au ike i ke kane. 

35 Olelo mai la ka anela, i mai la 
ia ia, £ kau mai no ""ka Uhane 
Hemolele maluna iho ou ; a e hoo- 
mala mai ka raana o ka Mea kie- 
kie loa ia oe, no ia mea la hoi, e 
kapaia ka mea hemolele au e ha- 
nau ai, "o ke Keiki a ke Akua. 

36 Aia hoi, o Elisabeta o kou hoa- 
hanau, ua hapai ae nei i ke keiki- 
kane i kona wa luwahine ; eia hoi 
ke ono o ka raalama o ka waliine i 
iia'e he pa. 

37 No ka mea, "aohemea hiki ole 
i ke Akua. 

38 I aku la o Maria, £ia hoi ke 
kauwa wahine a ka Haku ; e like 
me kau olelo, pela e hanaia mai ai 
no'u. Alalia, hele aku la ka anela 
mai ona aku. 

39 la mau la, eu ae la o Maria, 
a hele wikiwiki aku la i ka aina 
mauna, i ^kekahi kulanakauhale o 
luda; 

40 A komo aku iailoko o kahale o 
Zakaria, a aloha aku la ia £lisabeta. 

41 £ia kekahi, i ka wa i lohe ai o 
£lisabeta i ko Maria aloha, lele iho 
la ke keiki iloko o kona opu ; a hoo- 
pihaia o £lisabeta i ka Uhane He- 
molele : 

42 A olelo mai la oia me ka leo 
nui, i mai la, *iPomaikai loa oe 
iwaena o na wahine, Pomaikai hoi 
ka hua o kou opu. 

43 Nohea mai keia ia'u i hele mai 
nei ka makuwahine o ko'u Haku 
io'u nei ? 

44 No ka mea, aia hoi, i ka pae 
ana mai o kou aloha iloko o ko'u 
mau pepeiao, lele koke ae nei ke 
keiki i ka olioli iloko o ko'u opu. 



B Mat 14.83. 
& 26. 63, 64. 
Mar. 1. 1. 
loa. 1. 34. & 
20.31. 
Oih. 8. 37. 
Kom. 1. 4. 



Kin. 18. 14. 
ler. 32. 17. 
Zek. 8 6. 
Mau 19. 26. 
Mar. 10. 27. 
TOO. 18. 27. 
Rom. 4. 21. 



Pica. 21. 9, 10, 
11. 



q pan. 28. 
Luii.5.24 



32 He shall be greaC, 'and 8ha|] 
be called the Son of the Highest] 
and •'the Lord God shall give untt 
him the throne of his father David; 

33 *And he shall reign over tl 
house of Jacob for ever ; and of 1^ 
kingdom there shall be no end. 

34 Then said Mary unto the a| 
gel, How shall this be, seeing 
know not a man ? ! 

35 And the angel answered and 
said unto her, "The Holy Ghcst 
shall come upon thee, and the power! 
of the Highest shall overshadow 
thee : therefore also that holy thing 
which shall be bom of thee shall be 
called "the Son of God. 

36 And, behold, thy cousin Elisa- 
beth, she hath also conceived a son' 
in her old age ; and this is the sixth, 
month with her, who was called' 
barren. ' 

37 For •'with God nothing shall 
be impossible. 

38 And Mary said, Behold the 
handmaid of the Lord ; be it unto 
me according to thy word. And 
the angel departed from her. 

39 And Mary arose in those 
days, and went into the hill coun- 
try with haste, Pinto a city of 
Juda; 

40 And entered into the house of 
Zacharias, and saluted Elisabeth. 

41 And it came to pass, that, whei: 
Elisabeth heard the salutation ci 
Mary, the babe leaped in her -womb 
and Elisabeth was filled with th( 
Holy Ghost: 

42 And she spake out with a lou( 
voice, and said, *» Blessed art thoi 
among women, and blessed is Xh 
fruit of thy womb. 

43 And whence is this to me, tha 
the mother of my Lord should com 
tome? 

.44 For, lo, as soon as the voice o 
thy salutation sounded in mine ear: 
the babe leaped in my framb fo 
joy. 



45 Pomaikai hoi ka wahine i ma- 
naoio ; e hanaia no na mea i haiia 
mai ia ia e ka Haku. 

46 Alalia, i aku la o Maria, 'Ke 
hooiiani aku nei kuu uhane i ka 
Haku; 

47 Haaoli no hoi ko'u naau i ke 
Akua i ko'u mea e ola'i : 

48 No ka mea, *aa nana aloha mai 
oia i ka haahaa o kana kauwa wa- 
bine. £ia hoi, ma neia hope aku e 
iia mai an e ^na kanaka a pau. He 
pomaikai. 

49 No ka mea, o ka. Mea mana, ua 
*hana mai ia i na mea nani no'a. 
'He hemoiele hoi kona inoa. 

50 r£ mau ana kona aloha i ka 
poe makau ia ia, ia hanauna aku 
lahaaauna aku. 

ol 'Ua hoike mai oia i ka mana 
ma kona lima. *Ua hoopuehn i ka 
poe i haaheo i ka manao o ko lakou 
naaa. 

^2 ''Uakiolaiho la oia i na'lii ila- 
iomai luna mai o ko lakou mau no- 
^oalii ; a ua hookiekie ae no hoi oia 
ika poe haahaa. 

^3 ' Ua hoomaona mai oia i ka po- 
^oli i na mea maikai ; a ua hookuke 
^oi oia i ka poe waiwai me ka nele. 
^4 Ua kokua mai oia i kana ha- 
i^i ia Iseraela, me "^ka hoomanao 
i ^» aloha, 

^o'Mamuli o kana olelo na ko 
^akon poe kupuna, ia Aherahama, 
^m kona hua a mau loa aku. 
^6Noho pu iho la o Maria me 
Blisabeta ekolu paha malama, alai-^ 
^ahoi ia i kona Kale. 
^< A hiki ko filisaheta mana- 
^a e hanau ai ; hanau iho la oia i 
te keikikane. 
I ^S Lohe iho la na hoalauna, a me 
Ja hoahanau ona, i ko ka Haku lo- 
Komaikai nui ana ia ml j a ' olidli 
Paaelalakoumeia. '^ 
59 Eta kekahi, i »ka walu o ka la 
hele mai lakou e okipoepoe i ke 
Keild; kapa ae la lakou ia ia ma^ 
^^i ka.iooa o kona makoakane, 
<>Zakant. 



LUKA, I. 



The tbctb 




t MaL S. 12. 

mo. 11. 27. 



u Hal. 71. 19. 

U 126. 2, 3. 
xUaLlll.9. 
7 Kin. 17. 7. 

Pttk. 20. 6. 

Hal. 103. 17, 

18. 
1 HaL 98. 1. k, 

118. 15. 

1i. 40. 10. & 

61. 9. Ai 52. 10. 
• Hal. 33. 10. 

1 Pet 5. 5. 
blSam.2.C, 

lob. 5. 11. 
HmL 113. 8. 



e 1 Sam. 2. 5. 
Hal. 34. 10. 



d Hal. 98. 3. 
ler. 31. 3, 20. 

e Kin. 17. 19. 
Hal. 132.11. 
Rom. 11. 28. 
Oal. 3. 16. 



r pau. 14. 



ifKin. 17. 12. 
Oihk.12.8. 



163 

45 And bloMed is she I that he- 
lieved: for there shall be a per- 
formance of thoee things which were 
told her from the Lord. 

46 And Mary said, ^My soul doth 
magnify the Lord, 

47 And my spirit hath rejoiced in 
God my Saviour. 

48 For 'he hath regarded the low 
estate of his handmaiden : for, be- 
hold, from henceforth ^ all genera- 
tions shall call me blessed. 

49 For he that is mighty "^hath 
done to me great things; and 'holy 
is his name. 

50 And y his mercy is on them that 
fear, him from generation to genera- 
tion. 

51 ' He hath shewed strength with 
his arm; *be hath scattered the 
proud in the imagination of their 
hearts. 

52 ^ He hath put down the mighty 
from their seats, and exalted them 
of low degree. 

53 *" He hath filled the hungry with 
good things ; and the rich he hath 
sent empty away. 

54 He hath holpen his serrant Is- 
rael, ^in remembrance of his mercy; 

55 *As he spake to our fathers, to 
Abraham, and to his seed for ever. 

56 And Mary abode with her about 
three months, and returned to her 
own house. 

57 Now Elisabeth's full time 
came that she should be delivered; 
and she brought forth a son. 

58 And her neighbours and her 
cousins heard how the Lord had 
shewed great mercy upon her; and 
^they rejoiced with her. 

59 And it came to pass, that «^on 
the eighth day they caoie to circum- 
cise the child ; and they called him 
Zacharias, after the name of his 
father. 



164 

60 Oielo aka la kona makuwahi- 
ne, i aku la, "^Aole; aka, e ka- 
paia'ka no ia o loane. 

61 I mai la lakou ia ia, Aole ou 
hoahanau i kapaia'ku ma keia inoa. 

62 Ninau ae la lakou ma ke ku- 
Dou ana i kona maknakane i ka inoa 
ana i makemake ai e kapaia'ku oia. 

63 Noi ae la ia i papapalapala, 
kakau iho la, hoike ae la, *0 loane 
kona inoa. A kahaha iho la ko lo- 
ko o lakou a pau. 

64 '^ A wehe koke ia iho la kona 
waha a me kona elelo, a olelo aku 
la ia me ka hoolea i ke Akua. 

6o Kau mai la hoi ka makau ma- 
luna o ka poe a pau e kokoke mai 
aha ia lakou. Kukui ae la ka lono 
o ua mau mea la a puni ^ka aina 
mauna o ludaia. 

66 A o ka poe a pau i lohe, ■•nalu 
iho la lakou ma ko lakou mau naau, 
e i ana iho, Heaha la uanei ke ano 
o keia keila ? " Aia me ia ka lima 
o ka Haku. 

67 A o Zakaria kona makuakane, 
^'ua piha ia i ka Uhane Hemolele, 
wanana mai la oia, i mai la, 

68 ^^ hoomaikaiia ka Haku ke 
Akua o ka Iseraela; no ka mea, 
^ua ike mai, a ua hoola hoi ia i 
kona poe kanaka. 

69 'Ua kukulu mai nei oia i mea 
mana e ola'i no kakou, iloko o ka 
hale o Davida o kana kauwa; 

70 '£ like me kana i hai mai ai 
ma ka waha o kana mau kaula he- 
molele mai ke kumu mai o ke ao 
nei: 

71 £ pakele ai kakou 1 ko kakou 
poe enemi, a i ka lima hoi o ka poe 
a pau inaina mai ia kakou ; 

72 * E hana lokomaikai ana mai i 
ko kakou poe kupuna, a me ka hoo- 
manao ana hoi i kana berita hemo- 
lele: 

73 "I ka mea hoohiki ana i hoo- 
hiki ai no Aberahama, no ko kakou 
kupuna, 

74 £ haawi mai oia ia kakou, i ka 
pakele ana i ka lima o ko kakou 



LUKA, L 




h pan. IS. 



i p»tt. 13. 



k pau. SO. 



II Or, thinfft, 
1 pau. 39. 

m mo. 2. 10, 51. 



n Kin. 89. 2. 
Hal. 80. 17. fc 
89. 21. 
Oih. 11. 21. 

o loela 2. 28. 



Pi Nam 1.48. 

Hal. 41. 13. & 

72. 18. It, 106. 

48. 
qPuk.3.1&& 

4.31. 

Hal. 111. 9. 

mo. 7. 16. 
rHaL132.17. 

■ ler. 23. 5,6. 
& 30. 10. 
Dan. 9. 24. 
Oih. 3. 21. 
Kom. 1. 2. 



t Oihk. 26.42. 

HaL 98. 3. & 

105. 8, 9. L 

106,45. 

£z. 16. 60. 

pau. 54. 
u Kin. ISL 3. & 

17. 4. iL 22. 

16. 17. 

H©U6.13,17. 



60 And hia mothet Imswered and 
said^ ^ Not so ; but he shall be caUed 
John. 

61 And they said unto her, There 
is none of thy kindred that is called 
by this name. 

62 And they made signs to his fa- 
ther, how he would have him ealled. 

63 And he asked for a writing 
table, and wrote, saying, ^His name 
is John. And they marvelled all 

64 ^ And his mouth was opened 
immediately, and his tongue loosed, 
and he spake, and praised God. 

65 And fear came on all that 
dwelt round about them : and all 
these ii sayings wero noised abroad 
throughout all *the hill country of 
Judea. 

66 And all they that heard ihm 
■"laid them up in their hearts, say- 
ing, What manner of child shall 
this be ! And ^ the hand of the 
Lord was with him. 

67 And his father Zacharias o^nras 
filled with the Holy Ghost, and 
prophesied, saying, 

68 P Blessed be the Lord God of 
Israel; for *ihe hath visited and 
redeemed his people, 

69 'And hath raised up a horn of 
salvation for us in the house of his 
servant David ; 

70 'As he spake by the mouth of 
his holy prophets, which have been 
since the world began : 

71 That we should be sa^ed from 
our enemies, and from the hand of 
all that hate us ; 

72 * To perform the inerey prom- 
ised to our fathers, aiid to remem- 
ber his holy covenant ; 

*•' 

73 "The oath which he sware to 
our father Abraham, 

74 That he would grant unto us, 
that we, being delivered oat of the 



pM enemi, e 'malama 'wi'wo ole 

aka kakoa ia ia, 

75 ^ Me ka hemolele a me ka poao 
imua kima alo, i na la a pan o ke 
ola ana o kakou. 

76 A oe, e ke keiki nei, e kapa- 
ia'e oe, He kaula na ka mea kiekie 
loa; no ka mea, *e hele ana oe 
imoa ka nuda o ka Haka, e hoo- 
mkankau i na aianui nana ; 

77 £ hoike ana i kona poe kanaka 
i ke ola, *ma ke kala ana iho i ko 
lakou man heira, 

78 No ka lokomaikai io o ko ka- 
koa Akoa ; no kahi mea i poka mat 
ai ka malamalama ia kakou nuu 
lonamai, 

79 ^£ hoomalamalama i ka poe e 
Qoho ana i ka poali, a iloko hoi o 
ka malu o ka make, a e alakai hoi 
i ko kakoa man wawae ma ka aoao 
fi malohia ai. 

50 'A niti ae la na keiki la, ikaika 
ae la hoi kona manao ; <* ma na wahi 
nahele no h(H ia, a hiki i ka la o 
konahoikeia i ka laeraela. 

MOKUNA II. 

EU. kekahi mea ia man la, hoo- 
lahaia'e la ke kanoha a Kai* 
sara Aagosato, e kakauia i ka pala- 
Pala ko ke aupnni a pau. 
^ I ke alii kiaaina ana o Knrenio 
. ^ Saria, 'ka hoomaka ana o keia 
l^akau nma ana. 

3 Panno i ka hele i kakania'i i 
^a palapala o keia mea kela mea i 
Kooakalanakaidialeiho. 

4 losepa kekahi i hele ae, mai 
^ua ae, mailoko mai o Naza- 
^ta ke knlanakaohale a hiki i lu- 
^va, i i»ko Davida kalanakauhale 

I I ^^paia Bet^ehema, (* no ka mea, 
^ ka hale ia a me ka ohana a Da- 
Tida,) 

5 1 kakania'i me Maria ka *wa. 
^ i boopalauia nana^ e koko ana. 

6 A (dai laoa malaila, hiki kona 
nanawaehanauai. 



LUKA, II. IM 

hand of oar enemiaa, mii^t 'Berre 
him without fear, 

75 i^In hoUneaa and righteoaanefis 
before him, all the daya of our life. 

76 And thou, ohild, shalt be call- 
ed the i^ophet of the Highest : for 
'thou shalt go before the face of 
the Lord to prepare hia waya ; 

77 To give knowledge of salyation 
unto hia people ' v by the remission 
of their sins, 

78 Through the > tender mercy of 
our God; whereby the idayspring 
from on high hath visited us, 

79 ^To give light to them that sit 
in darkness and in the shadow of 
death, to guide our feet into the 
way of peace. 

80 And ' the child grew, and wax- 
ed strong in spirit, and <* was in the 
deserts till the day of his shewing 
unto Israel. 



The fiAh 

year before 

the common 

era called 

AUNG 

Domini. 

nor, 

aOlh.5.57. 



16.1, 



bl 

4. 

loa. 7. 42. 
e Mat 1. 16. 

mo. 1. 37. 

d Mat 1. 18. 
mo. 1. 27. 



CHAPTER 11. 

AND it came to pass in^ those 
days, that there went 'out a 
decree from Cesar Augustus, that 
all the world should be H taxed. 

2 (^And this taxing was first made 
when Cyrenius was governor of 
Syria.) 

3 And all went to be taxed, every 
one into his own city. 

4 And Joseph also went up from 
Galilee, out of the city of Nazaretl^ 
into Judea, unto ''the city of David, 
which is called Bethlehem, (* be- 
cause he was of the house and lin- 
eage of David,) 

5 To be taxed with Mary ^ his es- 
poused wife, being great with child. 

6 And so it was, that, while they 
were there, the days were accom- 
plished that (die should be deliv- 
ered. 



166 

7 <* Hanau iho la oia i kana maka- 
hiapo kane ; wahi iho la ia ia i ke 
kapa keiki, a hoomoe iho la ia ia 
ma kahi hanai holoholona, no ka 
mea, aole wahi kaawale no lakou 
maloko o ka hale hookipa. 

8 Aia i kela aina he man kahnhi- 
pa e noho ana i ke kula a e kiai ana 
i ka lakou man poe hipa i ka po. 

9 Aia hoi ! Kan mai la ka anela 
o ka Haku io lakou ia, a hoomala- 
malama mai la ka nani o ka Haku 
ia lakou a puni, 'a makau loa iho 
la lakou. 

10 A olelo mai la ka anela ia la- 
kou, Mai makau oukou, no ka mea, 
eia hoi, ke hai aku nei au ia oukou 
i ka mea maikai, e olioli nui ai e 
' lilo ana no na kanaka a pau. 

11 ^No ka mea, i keia la i hanau 
ai, ma ke kulanakauhale o Davida, 
* he Ola no oukou, ^ oia ka Mesia ka 
Haku. 

12 £ia hoi ka hoailona no oukou, 
e loaa auanei ia oukou ke keiki ua 
wahiia i ke kapa keiki, e moe ana 
ma kahi hanai holoholona. 

13 'A emo ole mai la ka lehulehu 
o ka i^uali o ka lani me ua anela la, 
e hoolea ana i ke Akua, e olelo ana, 

14 *"£ hoonaniia ke Akua ma na 
lani kiekie ]oa, a "he main hoi ma 
ka honua ; he ** aloha no i kanaka. 

15 Eia hoi kekahi, a hoi aku la na 
anela i ka lani, mai o lakou aku, 
olelo iho la ua mau kanaka kiai 
hipa la kekahi i kekahi, £a, e haele 
kakou i Betelehema e ike aku hoi 
ia mea a ka Haku i hoiko mai nei 
in kakou. 

16 Haele wildwiki lakou, a ike 
iho la ia Maria, a me losepa, a me 
ke keiki, e moe ana ia ma kahi ha- 
nai holoholona. 

17 A ike lakou, hoolaha aku la 
lakou i ka olelo i haiia mai ia la- 
kou no ia keiki. 

18 A ka poe i lohe a pau^ ma- 
iialo iho la lakou no na mea i hai- 
ia' ku ia lakou e ka poe kahuhipa. 



LUKA, IL 

Tbeflftii 

year before 

the ooniiioii 

era called 

Anno 

Domini. 



a Mat 1.25. 



H Or, tft«n<^< 



.1.12. 



K Kin. 12.3. 

Mat. 28. 19. 

Mar. 1. 15. 

pau. 31, 32. 

mo. 24. 47. 

Kol. 1. 23. 
b Is. 9. 6. 
i Mat 1. 21. 
k Mat 1. 16. & 

16. 16. 

mo. 1. 43. 

Olh. 2. 36. &^ 

10.36. 

PH. 2. 11. 
1 Kin. 28. 12. &^ 

32.1,2L 

Hal. 103. 20, 

21. k, 148. 2. 

Dan. 7. 10. 

Heb. 1. 14. 

Hoik. 5. 11. 
n ma 19. 38. 

£p. 1. 6. &. 3. 

io;2i. 

Hoik. 5. 13. 
n Is. 57. 19. 

mo. 1.79. 

Rom. 5. 1. 

Ep. Z 17. 

Kol. 1. 20. 
o loa. 3. 16. 

Ep.2.4,7. 

2 Tea. 2. 16. 

Ilea. 4. 9, 10. 



7 And 'Bhe brought forth her 
firstborn son, and vrrapped him in 
swaddling clothes, and laid him in 
a manger ; because there was no 
room for them in the inn. 

8 And there were in the samo 
country shepherds abiding ia tlra 
field, keeping 11 watch over theiiq 
flock by night. I 

9 And, lo, the angel of the Lord 
came upon them, and the glory of 
the Lord shone round about them 
'and they were sore afraid. 

10 And the angel said unto them 
Fear not : for, behold, I bhng yoi 
good tidings of great joy, t^whid 
shall be to all people. 

11 ^For unto you is bom this da] 
in the city of David 'a Saviour 
^ which is Christ the Lord. 

12 And this shall be a sign uni 
you ; Ye shall find the babe wrad 
ped in swaddling clothes, lying i] 
a manger. 

13 ^And suddenly there was wit 
the angel a multitude of the hea^ 
only host praising God, and sayini 

14 "Glory to God in the highes] 
and on earth "peace, °good wi] 
toward men. 

15 And it came to pass, as tfa 
angels were gone away from thei 
into heaven, the shepherds said oi 
to another. Let us now go eve 
unto Bethlehem, and see this thii: 
which is come to pass, which ti 
Lord hath made known unto us. 

16 And they came with hast 
and found Mary and Joseph^ ai 
the babe lying in a manger. 

17 And when they had seen i 
they made known abroad the sa; 
ing which was told them conoen 
ing this child. 

18 And all they that heard it 'wo: 
dered at those things which -we 
told them by the shepherds. 



19 I'Eaohi iho la o Maria ia man 
mea a paa me ka hoomanao iho 
iloko kona naau. 

20 A boi mai la na kahuhipa, me 
ka hoonani a me ka hoolea i ke 
Akoa no ia mau mea a pau a la- 
koa i lohe ai a i ike ai hoi, e like 
me ka mea i haiia mai ia lakou. 

2MA hala na la ewalu i oki- 
poepoeia'i na keiki la, kapaia kona 
iQoa 'I£SU, o ka ka anela hoi i 
kapa ai mamua i kona hapaiia ilo- 
ko o ka opu. 

22 A pan 'na la o ko laua hoo- 
maemao ana mamuli o ke kanawai 

Mose, lawe ae la lakou ia keiki i 
lenisalema e haawi ia ia i ka Haku : 

23 (E like me ka mea i kakauia 
^^ ke kanawai o ka Haku, o keia 
n>akahiapo * kane, kela makahiapo 
kane, c iia^e he loa no lehova ;) 

24 A e haawi hoi i ka mohai i 
"kanohaia mai ma ke kanawai o 
lehora, he mau kuhukuku elua, a i 
ci^ ia, elua manu nunu opiopio. 

^3 Ala hoi, ma lerusalema kekahi 
kaaaka, o Simeona kona inoa ; a he 
^aka poao ia, he haipule, *e kali 
jJn i ka mea nana e kokua i ka 
^i^la ; aia maluna ona ka Uhane 
Hemolele. 

;S A Qa hoike e ia mai ia ia e ka 
i^|iane Hemolele, aole ia e y make e, 
^ikc aka ia i ka Mesia a ka Haku. 

^'i A hele ae la hoi ia mamuli o 
*ka Uhane iloko o ka luakini ; a 
^*c ac la na makua i ke keiki ia 
I'^^u iloko, e hana aku ai nona ma- 
^^ ka oihana o ke kanawai ; 
"^ Alalia lawe oia ia ia ma kona 

1 ^^ lima, a hoomaikai aku la i ke 
' -^"^a, i aku la hoi, 

29 Ano, e ka Haku, *ke kuu nei 
J* 1 kau kauwa nei me ka pomai- 
«Jelikemekauolelo. 

30 No ka mea, *»ua ike iho nei 
w n mau maka i kau Hoola, 

. ^^ Ka mea au i hoomakaukau ai 
^uaoko alo o zia kanaka a pau ; 




LUKA, II. 167 

19 'But Mary kept aU these 
things, and pondered them in her 
heart. 

20 And the shepherds returned, 
glorifying and praising God for all 
the things that they had heard and 
seen, as it was told unto them. 

21 lAnd when eight days were 
aooomplished for the ciroumeising 
of the child, his name was called 
'JESUS, which was so named of 
the angel hefore he was oonceiyed 
in the womh. 

22 And when "the days of her 
purification according to the law 
of Moses were accomplished, they 
brought him to Jerusalem, to pre* 
sent him to the Lord ; 

23 (As it is written in the law of 
the Lord, ^ Every male that openeth 
the womb shall be called holy to 
the Lord ;) 

24 And to offer a sacrifice accord- 
ing to ''that which is said in the 
law of the Lord, A pair of turtle^ 
doves, or two young pigeons. 

25 And, behold, there was a man 
in Jerusalem, whose name tDOS Sim- 
eon ; and the same man vxis just 
and devout, 'waiting for the conso- 
lation of Israel : and the Holy 
Ghost was upon him. 

26 And it was revealed unto him 
by the Holy Ghost, that he should 
not ^see death, before he had seen 
the Lord's Christ. 

27 And he came *by the Spirit 
into the temple:' and when the 
parents brought in the child Jesus, 
to do for him after the custom of 
the law, 

28 Then took he him up in his 
arms, and blessed God, and said, 

29 Lord, *now lettest thou thy 
servant depart in peace, according 
to thy word : 

30 For mine eyes *'have seen thy 
salvation, 

31 Which thou hast prepared be- 
fore the face of all people ; 



4KiB.17.12. 

Oih. 12. S. 

mo. 1. 59. 

r Mat 1.21, 25. 

mo. 1. 31. 

The foarth 

year before 

tlie common 

era called 

Anno 

Domini. 

■ Oihk.12.2,3, 

4,e. 



tPuk.l3.2.t 
22. 29. k 34. 
19. 

Nah. 3. 13. ic 
8. 17. 1 18. 15. 

u Oihk. 12. 2, 
6,8. 



xls.40. ]. 
Mar. 15. 43. 
pau. 36. 



r Hal. 89. 48. 
Heb. 11. 5. 



a Kin. 46. SO. 
PU. 1. 23. 



b Is. 52. 10. 

mo. a 6. 




d Is. 8. 14. 
Ho*. 14. 9. 
Mat. 21. 44. 
Rom. 9. S^ 

1 Kor. 1. 23, 
24. 

2 Kor. 2. 16. 
I Pet. 2. 7, 8. 

• Oih. 28. 22. 
t Hal. 42. 10. 
loa. 19. 25. 



168 LUKA, U. 

32 *He malamalama o hoomala- 
malama ai i na lahuika&aka^ a he 
nani no kou poe kanaka ka Iseraela. 

33 Mahalo iho la o loeepa a me 
kona makuwahine ia mau mea i 
oleloia mai ai nona. 

34 A' hoomaikai mai la o Simeona 
ia laua, i mai la hoi oia ia Maria i 
kona makuwahine, £ia hoi, ua 
hoonohonohoia mai oia nei i mea 
■^e haule ai, a e ala hou ai na mea 
he uui iwaena o ka leeraela, a i 
*hoailona hoi e hoinoia'i; 

35 (A e houia no hoi kou uhane e 
' ka pahikaua,) i hoikeia'i na manao 
na naau he lehulehu. 

36 Malaila hoi kekahi kaula 
wahine, o Ana, ke kaikamahme a 
Panuela, na ka ohana a Asera ; he 
kahiko no ia, a ehiku makahiki ona 
i noho pu ai me ke kane, mai kona 
wa puupaa mai. 

37 A he wahine kaaemake ia, he 
kanawalukumamaha makahiki ona, 
aole hoi ia i haalele i ka luakini, 
aka, ua malama mau oia i ke Akua 
me ka hoopololi a me ka pule, i 
i^ka po a me ke ao. 

38 A komomai la oia iamaaawa, 
hoomaikai aku la i ka Haku, a ole- 
lo mai la ia no ua keiki la i ka poe 
a pau e '^kali ana i k»',ola ma le- 
misalema. 

39 A pau ae la i ka hanaia na mea 
i kauohaia ma ke kanawai o ka 
Haku, hoi ae la lakou i Galilaia, i 
ko lakou kulanakauhale i Naza- 
leta. 

40 ' A nui ae la ua keiki la, a 
ikaika ae la hoi kona manao, a piha 
i ka naauao, a maluna ona ke al<^a 
ke Akua. 

41 Hele na makua ona i leru- 
ealema i keia >^ makahiki i kela ma- 
kahiki i ka ahaaina moliaola. 

42 A i ka umikumamalua o kona 
mau makahiki, hele ae la lakou i 
lerasalema mamuli o ka oihana o 
ka ahaaina. 

43 A pau ia mau la, hoi ae la 
laua, n^ iho la ke keiki o Jesui 



g Oih. 26. 7. 
1 Tim. 5. 5. 



b Mar. 15. 43. 

pau. 25. 

mo. 24. 21. 
II Of, /<ir««{. 



i pan. 52. 
mo. 1. 80. 



kpnk.23.15^ 
17. & 34. 23. 
Kaa. 16. 1, 
16. 

A.D. 8. 



32 *" A li^t to lighten the Genlilefl, 
and the glory of thy people Israel. 

33 And Joseph and his mother 
marvelled at those things which 
were spoken of him. 

34 And Simeon blessed them, and 
said unto Mary his mother, Behold, 
this child is set for the <^fall and 
rising again of many in Israel ; and 
for *^a sign which shall he spoken 
against ) 

35 (Yea, ^a sword shall pierce 
through thy own soul also;) that 
the thoughts of many hearts may 
be revealed. 

36 And there was one Anna, a 
prophetess, the daughter of Fha- 
nuel, of the tribe of Aser : she was 
of a great age, and had lived with 
a husband seven years from her 
virginity; 

37 And she was a widow of about 
fourscore and four years, which de- 
parted not from the temple, but 
served God with fastings and pray- 
ers <^ night and day. 

38 And she coming in that instant 
gave thanks likewise unto the Lord, 
and spake of him to all them that 
•* looked for redemption in Ueru- 
salem. 

39 And when they had performed 
all things according to the law of 
the Lord, they returned into Gali- 
lee, to their own city Nazareth. 

40 'And the child grew, and wax 
ed strong in spirit, filled with wis- 
dom; and the grace of God wai 
upon him. 

41 Now his parents went to Je- 
rusalem ^ every year at the feast oi 
the passover. 

42 And when he was twelve yean 
old, they went up to Jerui^aleii] 
after the custom of the feast. 

43 And when they had fnlfilled 
the days, as they retumfid, 4be chil<] 



ma lenualema, aole hoi i ike o 
losepa a me kona makuwalMiie. 

44 Manao no lana, aia no ia ma^ 
loko ka hnakai, hele no lana i ko 
kekahi la hele ana; a imi iho la 
laua ia ia mawaena o na hoahauau 
a me na hoalaana. 

45 Aole oia i loaa ia laua, hoi 
h<m ae la laua i ienualema, e imi 
ana ia ia. 

46 Eia kekahi, a hala na la ekola, 
ike aku la laua ia ia iloko o ka 
luakini e noho ana mawaena o ka 
poe kamu, e hoolohe ana ia lakou, 
ae oinaa ana hoi ia lakou. 

47 'A ka poe a pau i lobe ia ia, 
mahalo iho ia i kona naauao a me 
hu oleic ana. 

48 A ike laua ia ia, pihoihoi iho 
la; a i aku la kona makuwahino ia 
ia, E ka'u keiki, no ke aha la oe i 
liana mai ai pela ia maua ? Ea, 
Qa imi ao nei maua me kou ma- 
l^kane ia oe, me ke kaumaha. 

49 1 mai la kela ia laua, No ke 
aha la olua i imi mai nei ia'u ? 
Aole anei olua i manao ho pono 
no a e Illo ma ""ka ko'u Makua ? 

^'Aole lana i ike i ke ano o 
^Qa mea i olelo mai ai ia laua. 

M A hoi ae la ia mc laua a hiki i 
Nazareta, a noho ia malalo iho o 
laua: •amalama iho la kona ma- 
^wahine ia man mea a pau ma 
koQa ttaan. 

^2 A I'nni ae la ka naauao, a me 
Ice kino lesu, a me ke alohaia e 
h Akua a me na kanaka. 



I M«t 7. 2S. 
Mar. 1. 22. 

mo. 4. 82, 32. 
ioa.7.1&,46. 



MOKUNA III. 



A 



I ka nmikumamalima o ka ma- 
kahiki o ko Tiberio Kaisara 
^^puni; e alii kiaaina ana o Po- 
Bctio Pilato no ludaia, a e alii 
<>Wa ana o Herode no Galilaia, a 
e alii okana ana o Pilipo kona kai- 
^aina no Ituria a me na aina o 
Terakonili, a e alii okana ana o 
LumianoAhilMie, „_,,.^ 

^ A e kahuna nui ana o Ana a . Oih. 4. 6. 



LUKA, in. !#• 

A. B. 8. J^B^ tarried behind in Jenualem ; 
and Joseph and his mother knew 
not of it. 

44 But they, supposing him to 
hare been in the company, went a 
day's journey ; and they sought him 
among their kinsfolk and acquaint- 
ance. 

45 And when they found liim not, 
they turned back again to Jerusa- 
lem, seeking him. 

46 And it eame to pass, that after 
three days they found him in the 
temple, sitting in the midst of the 
doctors, both hearing them, and 
asking them questions. 

47 And ^all that heard him were 
astonished at his understanding and 
answers. 

48 And when they saw him, they 
were amazed : and his mother said 
unto him, Son, why hast thou thus 
dealt with us ? behold, thy father 
and I have sought thee sorrowing. 

49 And he said unto them, How is 
it that ye sought me ? wist ye not 
that I must be about "my Father's 
business ? 

50 And "they understood not the 
saying which he spake unto them. 

51 And he went down with them, 
and came to Nazareth, and was 
subject unto them : but his mother 
«kept all these sayings in her heart. 

52 And Jesus p increased in wis- 
dom and il stature, and in favour 
with God and man. 

^ CHAPTER in. 

NOW in the fifteenth year of the 
reign of Tiberius Cesar, Pon- 
tius Pilate being governor of Judea, 
and Herod being tetrarch of Galilee, 
and his brother Philip tetrarch of 
Iturea and of the region of Tracho- 
nitis, and Lysanias the tetyarch of 
.Abilene, 

2 '^ Annas and Caiaphas being the 



m IM. 3. IC 

B mo. 9. 45l Ic 
18.34. 



Pftn. 19. 
Dan. 7. 28. 



p 1 Sam. 2. 26. 
pau. 40. 
|Or,ap«. 



26. 



aIoa.lt. 49, 
51. & 18. 13. 



170 

me Kaiapa, faiki mai la ka olelo a 
ke Akua ia loane ke keiki a Zaka- 
ria, ma ka waonahcle. 

3 " A kaahele ae la ia i na aina a 
pau o kokoke mai ana ma loredane, 
e ao ana i ka bapetizo no ka mihi 
i mea e ^ kalaia mai ai na hewa ; 

4 E like me ka mea i kakauia ma 
ka bake olelo a Isaia ke kaula e 
i ana, ''O ka leo o ka mea e kala 
ana ma ka waonahele, £ hooma- 
kaukau oukou i ke alanui no leho- 
va, e hana hoi i kona mau kuamoo 
i pololei. 

5 £ hoopihaia na awawa a pau, 
a e hoohaahaaia na mauna a me 
na puu a pau, a e hoopololeiia na 
aoao kckee, a e hoomaniaia hoi na 
ala apuupuu : 

6 A c ike * na kanaka a pau i ka 
Hoola a ke Akua. 

7 Alaila olelo mai la oia i na 
ahakanaka i hclo aku io na la e 
bapetizoia c ia, ' E ka poe hanauna 
moonihoawa, na wai oukou i ao aku 
e hole i pakele ai i ka inaina e kau 
mai ana? 

8 E hoohua hoi oukou i na hua e 
ku i ka mihi, mai lawe ohumu ilo- 
ko o oukou iho, Aberahama ko 
kakoumakua; no ka mea, kc olelo 
aku nei au ia oukou, e hiki no i ko 
Akua ke hoala mai i mau keiki na 
Aberahama no keia mau pohaku 
mai. 

9 Ano hoi, ke waihoia nei ke koi 
ma ke kumu o na laau; nolaila, o 
*keia laau kela laau i hoohua olc 
mai i ka hua maikai, oia ke kuaia 
ilalo a kiolaia'ku i ke ahi. 

10 Ninau aku la ia poe kanaka ia 
ia, i alvU la lakou, *»Hcaha la ka 
makou o hana'i ? 

11 Hni mai la oia, i mai la ia la- 
kou, '0 ka mea nona na kapa komo 
clua, e haa\\*i aku oia i kekahi no 
ka mea i nolo; a pcla no o hana 
al:u ci l:a mea nana ka ai. 

12 Alaila ''hclc ce la hoi na lu- 
naauhau o bapetizoia, i aku la ia 
ia, E ko kumu, heaha ka makou e 
hana'i ? 



LUKA, III. 
A.D. 26. 



b Mat. S. 1. 
Mar. 1. 4. 



e mo. 1. 77. 



d If. 40. 3. 
MaL&3. 
Mar. 1. S. 
loci. 23. 



• Hal. 98. 2. 
Is. 58. 10. 
mo. 2. 10. 



f Mat 3. 7. 



11 Or, mtet/or. 



K Mat. 7. 10. 



h Oih. 2. S7. 



i mo. 11.41. 
2 Kor. 8. 14. 
Ink. 2. Mk 16. 
1 IOR.3.17.& 
.4. SO. 

k Mat. 21. 32. 
mo. 7. 29. 



high priestB, the word of God came 
unto John the son of Zacharias in 
the wilderness. 

3 *» And he came into all the coun- 
try about Jordan, preaching the 
baptism of repentance *for the re- 
mission of sins ; 

4 As it is written in the book of 
the words of Esaias the prophet, 
saying, •* The voice of one crying in 
the wilderness, Prepare ye the way 
of the L<Hrd, make his paths straight. 



5 Every valley shall be filled, and 
every mountain and hill shall be 
brought low ; and the crooked shall 
be made straight, and the rough 
ways shall be made smooth ; 

6 And * all flesh shall see the sal- 
vation of God. 

7 Then said he to the multitude 
that came forth to be baptized of 
him, '0 generation of vipers, who 
hath warned you to fleo from the 
wrath to come ? 

8 Bring forth therefore fruits h wor- 
thy of repentance, and begin not to 
say 'v^-ithin yourFelves, We have 
Abraham to our father: for I say 
unto you. That God is able of these 
stones to raise up children unto 
Abraham. 

9 And now also the axe is laid 
unto the root of the trees: ? every 
tree therefore which bringeth not 
forth good fruit is hewn down, and 
cast into the fire. 

10 And the people asked him, say-i 
ing, *» What shall wo do then ? 1 

11 He answcreth end saith unt« 
them, 'He that hath two coats, Iq 
him impart to him that hath nocq 
and ho that hath meat, let him i 
likewise. 

12 Then ''came also publicans 
be baptized, and said unto 
Master, what shall we do ? 



LUKA, III. 



13 I mai la oia ia lakoa, *Mai 
hooi ookou mamaa o ka mea i hoo^ 
ponoia no oukou. 

14 A ninau aka la ka poe koa ia 
ia, i aka la, Heaha hoi ka makou 
e hana'i ? I mai la oia ia lakou, 
Mai kolohe ia hai, mai "alano, a 
e oluolu oukou i ko oukou uku. 

15 A i ke kanalua ana o na kana- 
ka, kukakoka iho la ka naau o la- 
kou a pan, no loane, o ka Mesia p&- 
haia? 

16 Olelo mai la o loane ia lakott 
a paa, i mai la, "Owan no ke bape- 
tizo nei ia oukou me ka wai ; aka, 
e hele mai ana kekahi, he oi aku 
kona mana i ko'u, aole au e pono 
ke wehe ae i na kaula o kona mau 
kamaa; oia ke bapetizo ia oukou 
me ka Uhane Hemolele a me ke 
ahi. 

17 A o kona peahi, aia no i kona 
lima, a e hoomaemae loa oia i kana 
haap^laoa, a e **hoiliili i kana hua 
palaoa iloko o kona hale papaa, a 
e hoopau hoi oia i ka opala i ke ahi 
pio ole. 

18 He nui no hoi na mea e ae ana 
i hoike mai ai i na kanaka i kana 
olelo hooikaika. 

19 PA o Herode ke'lii kiaaina, ua 
aoia e ia no Herodia ka wahine a 
Pilipo a kona hoahanau, a no na 
mea howa hoi a pau a Herode i 
hana'i, 

20 Hoohui hou no oia i keia mea 
ia mau mea a pau^ a hana paa oia 
ia loane iloko o ka hale paahao. 

21 Eia hoi kekahi, i ka bape- 
tizoia'na o na kanaka a pau, o lesu 
no kekahi i <ibapetizoia; a i kana 

, pQle ana'e, weheia mai la ka la- 
\ ni; 

22 A iho mai la maluna ona ka 
llhane Hemolele me ko ke kino ano 
ka manU nuuu, a pae mai ka leo 
mai ka lani mai, e i mai ana, oe 
no ka'u keiki punahele, he oluolu 
loa ko'u ia oe. 

23 A o lesn, n<^o no ia he "ka- 
nakolu paha makahiki, he keiki (i 



ROr, PkImo 

m Pak. 23. 1. 
Oihk. 19. 11. 
I Or. 



I Or, te Mw- 



m Or, reamm- 



aMfttS.!!. 



e Mik. 4. 12. 
Mat-lSwaO. 



30. 
P Mat 14. 3. 
Un. 6. 17. 



27. 



q Mat. S. IS. 
loa. 1.32. 



r See Nah. 4. 
35, 39, 48, 



y 



171 

13 And he said unto them, ' Exact 
no more than that which is ap- 
pointed you. 

14 And the soldiers likewise de- 
manded of him, saying, And what 
shall we do? And he said unto 
them, I Do violence to no man, "* nei- 
ther accuse any falsely; and be 
content with your H wages. 

15 And as the people were lin 
expectation, and all men I mused 
in their hearts of John, whether he 
were the Christ, or not ; 

16 John answered, saying unto 
them all, "I indeed baptize you 
with water ; but one mightier than 
I oometh, the latchet of whose shoes 
I am not worthy to unloose : he 
shall baptize you with the Holy 
Ghost and with fire : 



17 Whose fan is in his hand, and 
he will thoroughly purge his floor, 
and <* will gather the wheat into his 
gamer ; but the chaff he will bum 
with fire unquenchable. 

18 And many other things in his 
exhortation preached he unto the 
people. 

19 PBut Herod the tetrarch, being 
reproved by him for Herodias his 
brother Philip's wife, and for all 
the evils which Herod had done, 

20 Added yet this above all, that 
he shut up John in prison. 

21 Now when all the people 
were baptized, '<it came to pass, 
that Jesus also being baptized, and 
praying, the heaven was opened, 

22 And the Holy Ghost descended 
in a bodily shape like a dove upon 
him, and a voice came from heav- 
en, which said. Thou art my bo- 
loved Son; in thee I am well 
pleased. • 

23 And Jesus himself began to be 
rabout thirty years of age, being (as 



A.D. 27. 



178 LUKA, m. 

ka manaoia) 'na losepa, oia na 
Heli, 

24 Oia na Matata, oia na Levi, 
oia na Meleki, oia na lana, oia na 
loeepa. 



25 Oia na Matatia, oia na Amosa, 
oia na Nauma, oia na Eseli, oia na 
Nagai, 



26 Oia na Maata, oia na Matatia, 
oia na Semei, oia na loeepa, oia na 
luda, 



27 Oia na loana, oia na Resa, oia 
na Zorobabela, oia na Salatiela, oia 
na Neri, 



28 Oia na Meleki, oia na Adi, oia 
na Kosama, oia na Elemodama, 
oia na Era, 



29 Oia na lose, oia na Eliezera, 
oia na lorima, oia na Matata, oia 
na Levi, 



30 Oia na Simeona, oia na luda, 
oia na losepa, oia na lonana, oia 
na Eliakima, 



31 Oia na Melea, oia na Mainana, 
oia na Matata, oia na * Natana, "oia 
na Davida, 



32 'Oia na lese, oia na Obeda, oia 
na Boaza, oia na Salemona, oia na 
Naasona, 



33 Oia na Aminadaba, oia na 
Arama, oia na Eseroma, oia na 
Paresa, oi^a Inda, 



t Zek. 12. 12. 
u2Siu&.5.14. 
1 OiUtt 3. 5. 



zRnta 4. 18, 
10ihm2.10, 



was 8uppc»ed) ' the BOH of Joseph, 
mrhich was the son of Heli, 
*24 Which was the sen of Matthat, 
which was the son of Levi, which 
was the son of Melchi, which was 
the son of Janna, which was the son 
of Joseph, 

25 Which was the son of Matta- 
thias, which was the son of Amos, 
which was the son of Nanso, which 
was the son of £sli, which was the 
son of Nagge, 

26 Which was the son of Maath, 
which was the son of Mattathias, 
which was the son of Senotei, which 
was the son of Joseph, which was 
the son of Juda, 

27 Which was the son of Joanna, 
which was the son of Rhesa, which 
was the son of Zorobabel, which 
was the son of Salathiel, which 
was the son of Neri, 

28 Which was the son of Melchi, 
which was the son of Addi, which 
was the son of Oosam, which, was 
the son of Elmodam, which was the 
son of Er, 

29 Which was the son of Jose, 
which was the son of Eliezer, which 
was the son of Jorim, which was the 
son of Matthat, which was the son 
of Levi, 

30 Which was the son of Simeon, 
which was the son of Juda, which 
was the son of Joseph, which was 
the son of Jonan^ which was the son 
of Eliakim, 

31 Which was the son of Melea, 
which was the son of Menaa, which 
was the son of Mattatha, which vras 
tJi4 son of * Nathan, <* which was the 
son of David, 

32 'Which was the son of Jesse, 
which was the son of Obed, which 
was the son of Booz, which was the 
son of Salmon, which was the sow 
of Naasson, 

33 Which was the son of Amina- 
dab, which was the son of Aram, 
which was the son of Esrom, w^hich 
was the son of Fhares, 'wfaioh was 
the son q[ Jada» 



LUKA, IV. 



173 



34 Oia na lakdba, oia na IsaaJca, 
oia na Aberahama^ ]^oia na Tara, 
oia na Nahora, 



35 Oia na Seraka, oia na Ragaii, 
oiauaPaleka, oia na Ebera, oia na 

Sala, 



36 'Oia na Kainana, oia na Are- 
pakada, *oia na Sema^ oia na Noa, 
oia na Lameka, 

37 Oia na Metnsala, oia na Eno- 
h, oia na lareda, oia na Maleleela, 
oia na Kainana, 



3B Oia na Enosa, oia na Seta, oia 
aaAdamn, ''oiana ke Akua. 



'koKUNA IV. 

HELE aku la boi »Iesu, mai lo- 
redane aku me ka piha i ka 
I'hane Hemolele, a *alakaiia c ka 
Uhane i ka vraonahelo ; 

2 A hoowalcwaleia i na la hookahi 
kanaha, e ka diabolo . Aole ia i pai- 
^'ia man la : a hala ae la ia man 
^ a mahope iho, pololi iho la ia. 

301elo ae la ka diabolo ia ia, Ina 
oe ke Keiki a ke Akua, e olelo iho 
w i keia pohaku e lilo i berena. 

40ielo ae la lesu ia ia, i ae la, 

Ua palapalaia, Ac^e i ka berena 
>^alc no e ola'i ke kanaka, aka, i 
Ka olelo a pau a ke Akua. 

5 Alakai ae la ka diabolo ia ia i 
kekalii manna kietde, hoike hoi ia 
ja i na aupuni a pau o ke ao nei, i 
se sekona hookabi. 

6 A olelo ae la ka diabolo ia ia, 
i-haawi aku wau ia oe i keia ma- 
^a a pau a me ka nani o ia mau 
?iea; no ka mea, "ua haawiia mai 
^* la'u, a e haawi aku hoi au ia 
mea no ka'a mea o makemake ai ; 



A. B. 27. I 34 Which iras the son of Jacob, 
' which waa the son of Isaac, which 
wa« the son of Abraham, 'which 
was the son of Thara, which waa 
the son of Nachor. 

35 Which was the son of Saruch, 
which was the son of Ragau, which 
was the son of Phalec, which was 
the son of Heber, which was the son 
of Sala, 

36 * Which was the son of Cainan, 
which was the son of Arphaxad, 
*• which was the son of Sem, which 
was the son of Noe, which was 
the son of Lamech, 

37 Which was the son of Mathu- 
sala, which was the son of Enoch, 
which was the son of Jared, which 
was the son of Maleleel, which was 
the son of Cainan, 

38 Which was the son of Enos, 
which was the son of Seth, which 
was the son of Adam, * which was 
the son of Qod. 



s8aeKiii.ll. 

12. 
a Kin. 5.8, 

Ilc k. 11. 10, 

he. 



b Kin. 5. 1,2. 



aMat.4. 1. 

Mar. 1. IS. 

b pau. 14. 
mo. 2. 27. 



e Pak. S4. 28. 
lNaUil9.S. 



• loa. 12. 31. 
k. 14. 90. 
Hoik. 13. 2. 



CHAPTER IV. 

AND * Jesus being full of the Holy 
Ghost returned from Jordan, 
and ^was led by the Spirit into the 
wilderness, 

2 Being forty days tempted of the 
devil. And 'in those days he did 
eat nothing: and when they were 
ended, he afterward hungered. 

3 And the devil said unto him. If 
thou be the Son of God, command 
this stone that it be made bread. 

4 And Jesus answered him, say- 
ing, * It is written, That man shall 
not live by bread alone, but by every 
word of God. 

5 And the devil, taking him up 
into a high mountain, shewed unto 
him all the kingdoms of the world 
in a moment of time. 

6 And the devil said unto him. 
All this power will I give thee, and 
the glory of them : for "that is de- 
livered unto me ; and to whomso- 
ever I will, I give it. 



174 

7 Nolaila, ina e hoomana mai oe 
ia'u, e lilo no ia mca a pau ia oe. 

8 Olelo hou lesu ia ia, i ae la, £ 
hele pela mahope o'u, e Satana ; no 
ka mea, 'ua palapalaia, £ hooma- 
na oe i ka Haku, i kou Akua, oia 
wale no hoi kau e malama aku ai. 

9 <^ A lawe hou ae la ka diabolo 
ia ia, i lerusalema, a hooku ia ia 
maluna o kahi oioi o ka luakini, i 
ae la ia ia, Ina o oe ke Keiki a ke 
Akua, e lele iho oe ilalo mai laila 
iho; 

10 No ka mea, ''ua palapalaia, £ 
kauoha oia i kona poe anela nou e 
malama ia oe ; 

1 1 A ma ko lakou man lima e ha- 
pai ae lakou ia oe, o kuia kou wa- 
wae i ka pohaku. 

12 Olelo ae la lesu, i ae la ia ia, 
'Ua oleloia hoi, Mai hoao oe i ka 
Haku, i kou Akua. 

13 A hooki ae la ka diabolo ia 
hoao ana a pau, hele aku la ia mai 
ona aku la ^ ia wa. 

14 ^ 'A hoi aku la o lesu ma 
""ka mana o ka Uhane, i "Galilaia ; 
a kui aku la kona kaulana ia aina 
a puni. 

15 Ao mai la oia iloko o ko lakou 
mau halehalawai, me ka hoona- 
niia'ku e na mea a pau. 

16 1[ A hiki hoi ia i <>Nazareta i 
kona wahi i hanaiia^, Pkomo ia, 
mamuli o kana hana mau i ka la 
Sabati, iloko o ka halehalawai, a 
ku iluna ia c heluhelu. 

17 A haawiia ae la ia ia ka buke 
a Isaia ke kaula, a wehe ae la ia i 
ka buke, loaa ia ia kahi i palapa- 
laia' i ; 

18 ^Maluna iho nei o'u ka Uhane 
o lehova, no ka mea, ua poni.mai 
la oia ia'u e hai aku i ka olelo 
maikai i ka poe ilihune ; ua hoouna 
mai kela ia'u e lapaau i ka poe 
ehaeha ma ka naau, a e hai aku i 
ka hoola ana i ka poe pio, a me 
ka ike hou ana i ka poe makapo, 
a e hookuu i ka poe i hooluhihe- 
waia, 



LUKA, IV. 
A. D. 27. 



iiOr,^atf 
down b^we 

f Kan. 6. 13. 
blO.20. 



K Mat 4. 5. 



liHal.9Lll. 



i Kan. a 16. 



kloa.14.90. 
Heb. 4. IA. 

30. 

1 Mat. 4. 12. 
loa. 4.4a. 
npau. 1. 
BOib.10.S7. 



31. 
eMaL2.2a 

It 13. 54. 

Mar. 6. 1. 
pOih. iai4. 

&17.2. 



4l«.61.L 



7 If thou therefore wilt i worship 
me, all shall be thine. 

8 And Jesus answered and ^aid 
unto him, Get thee behind me, Sa- 
tan: for ^it is written, Thou shalt 
worship the Lord thy God, and him 
only shalt thou serve. 

9 <^And he brought him to Jerusa- 
lem, and set him on a pinnacle of 
the temple, and said unto him, If 
thou be the Son of God, cast thy- 
self down from hence : 

10 For ** it is written, He shall give 
his angels charge over thee, to keep 
thee: 

1 1 And in their hands they shall 
bear thee up, lest at any time thou 
dash thy foot against a stone. 

12 And Jesus answering said unto 
him, 'It is said. Thou shalt not 
tempt the Lord thy God. 

13 And when the devil had ended 
all the temptation, he departed from 
him ^for a season. 

14 If 'And Jesus returned "in the 
power of the Spirit into "Galilee: 
and there went out a fame of him 
through all the region round about. 

15 And he taught in their syna- 
gogues, being glohiied of all. 

16 % And he came to ° Nazareth, 
where he had been brought up: 
and, as his custom was, p he -went 
into the synagogue on the sabbath 
day, and stood up for to read. 

17 And there was delivered unto 
him the book of the prophet Elsaias. 
And when he had opened the book, 
he found the place where it was 
vmtten, 

18 'The Spirit of the Lord is upon 
me, because he hath anointed me 
to preach the gospel to the poor ; he 
hath sent me to heal the broken- 1 
hearted, to preach deliverance t« 
the captives, and recovering of sight | 
to the blind, to set at liberty them 
that are bruised, 



19 A e hai aku hoi i ka makahiid 
e aloha mai ai ka Haku. 

20 Hoopaa iho la ia i ka buke, 
hoihoi ae la i ke kahu. noho iho la 
ilalo ; a kau aku la na maka o ka 
poe a paa il(^o o ka halehalawai 
maluna ona. 

21 Olelo mai la oia ia lakou^ O 
keia palapala i komo ae nei i ko 
ookou mau pepeiao, ua hookoia i 
neia la. 

22 Olelo maikai ae la lakou a pau 
nona, me ''ka mahalo i na olelo lo- 
komaikai ana i olelo mai ai ; ninau 
iho la, ' Aole anei keia o ke keiki a 
losepa ? 

23 Olelo mai la (na ia lakon, E 
hoopiii mai auanei oukou ia'u i 
keia hua olelo nane, £ ke kahuna, 
e hoola oo ia oe iho. na mea i 
hanaia ma * Kaperenauma a makou 
i lohe ai, e hana hou hoi oe ma 
*koa aina nei. 

24 A olelo hou ia, He oiaio ka'u 
e olelo aku nei, 'Aohe kanla i ma- 
haloia ma kona aina iho. 

25 Ke hai aku nei au ia onkou i 
ka olelo oiaio, ' nui no na wahine- 
kanem^e iloko o ka Iseraela i na 
la o Elia, i ka wa i paa ai ka lani 
ekola makahiki a me na malama 
eono, a nui ka wi a pnni ka aina : 

26 Aole hoi o £lia i hoounaia'ka 
i kekahi o lakou, aka, i kahi wahi- 
nekanemake i Sarepata ma Sidona. 

27 'Nui wale ka poe lepero iloko 
ka Iseraela i ka wa o £lisai kc 
kanla, aole hoi kekahi o lakou i 
hoomaemaeia, aka, o Naamana no 
Suria. 

28 Ukiuki loa ae la ko loko o ka 
halehalawai a pau i ko lakou lohe 

. ana ia mau mea, 

29 Ku ae la lakou iluna, kipaku 
akn la lakou ia ia iwaho o ke kula- 
nakauhale, alakai aku la lakou ia 
ia i ke kuemakapali o ka puu i ku- 
kuluia'i ko lakou kulanakauhale e 
kiola iho ia ia ilalo. 

30 Aka, ^maalo ae la oia iwaena 
konu lakou, hele aku la no ia. 



LUKA, IV. 
A.D. 31. 



rHaL45.2L 
Mat. 13. 5L 
M«r. 6. 1 
mo. Z 47. 

• lew. 6. 42. 



tMat.4. lS.<c 
11.23. 

u Mat 13. 54. 
Mar. 6. 1. 

>Mat. 13.57. 
Mar. 6. 4. 
loa. 4. 44. 

T 1 Nalii 17. 9. 
& 18. 1. 
Iak.5. 17. 



>2NaUi5.14. 



n Or, edge. 



aloa. a69.&. 
10.8a 



175 

19 To preach the aeeeptable year 
of the Lord. 

20 And he closed the book, and 
he gave it again to the minister, 
and sat down. And the eyes of all 
them that were in the syna»ogtA 
were fastened on him. 

21 And he began to say unto them. 
This day is this Scripture fulfilled 
in your ears. 

22 And all bare him witness, and 
'^wondered at the gracious words 
which proceeded out of his mouth. 
And they said, *Is not this Joseph's 
son? 

23 And he said unto them. Ye will 
surely say unto me this proverb, 
Physician, heal thyself: whatso- 
ever we have heard done in * Caper- 
naum, do also hero in " thy country. 



24 And he said, Verily I say unto 
you. No ' prophet is accepted in his 
own country. 

25 But I tell you of a truth, ^ many 
widows were in Israel in the days 
of £lia8, when the heaven was shut 
up three years and six months, when 
great famine was throughout all the 
land; 

26 But unto none of them was 
Elias sent, save unto Sarepta, a city 
of Sidon, unto a woman that was a 
widow. 

27 ' And many lepers were in Is- 
rael in the time of Eliseus the 
prophet; and none of them was 
cleansed, saving Naaman the Syr- 
ian. 

28 And all they in the synagogue, 
when they heard these things, were 
filled with wrath, 

29 And rose up, and thrust him 
out of the city, and led him unto 
the II brow of the hill whereon their 
city was built, that they might cast 
him down headlong. 

30 But he, * passing through the 
midst of them, went his way. 



176 

31 A i^hele hoi ia i Kaperenau- 
ma i kekahi kulanakauhale 1 Gali- 
laia^ a ao mai la ia lakou i na la 
Sabati. 

32 Kahaha iho la ka naau o lakou 
i kana ao ana ; no ka mea, * he ma- 
na ko kana olelo. 

33 ^ ''A iloko o ka halehalawai he 
kanaka ia ia kekahi uhane daimo- 
nio haukae, a kahea no ia me ka 
leo nui, 

34 I akn la, Ea ! Heaha kau ia 
makou nei, e lesu, no Nazareta? 
Ua hele mai anei oe e luku ia ma^ 
kou ? " Ua ike no au ia oe, o ka 
mea 'hemolelo no oe a ke Akua. 

35 Papa mai la lesu ia ia, i mai 
la, Hamau, a e puka mai hoi i-waho 
ona. A hoohina iho la ka daimonio 
ia ia iwaena konu, aiaila puka mai 
no ia iwaho ona, aole i hana eha 
ia ia. 

36 Mahalo iho la lakou a pau, a 
olelo kekahi i kekahi, i ae la, Hea- 
ha keia olelo ! No ka mea, ua kau- 
oha ikaika aku oia i na uhane hau- 
kae me ka mana, a ua puka mai no 
lakou iwaho. 

37 Kui aku la kona kaulana ia 
wahi aku ia wahi aku, ma ia aina 
a puni. 

38 If ^A hele ia iwaho o ka haleha- 
lawai, komo aku la ia iloko o ka 
hale o Simona ; ua loohia ka ma- 
kuahonowaiwahine o Simona e ke 
kuni nui; nonoi aku la lakou ia 
lesu nona. 

39 Ku ae la o lesu iluna ma ona 
la, papa iho la i ke kuni ; haaleie 
iho la ke kuni ia ia. Ala ae la ia 
wahine iluna, a lawelawe na la- 
kou. 

40 IT ''A i ke komo ana a ka la, oka 
poe a pau no fakou na mea mai 
i keia mai i kela mai, halihali mai 
la ia lakou io lesu la ; a kau iho la 
oia i kona mau lima maluna o la- 
kou a pau, a hoola iho la ia lakou. 

41 'A hemo mai la na daimonio 
iwaho o na mea he lehulehu o ka- 
hea ana me ka olelo, O oe no ka 
Mesia, ke Keiki a ke Akua. A 



LUKA, IV. 
A.3). 31. 



bMaL4. 18. 
Mar. 1. 21. 



c Mat 7. 28, 

29. 

Tit. 2. 15. 
dMar.l.2S. 



||Or,^iMy. 



• pan. 41. 

f Hd. 16. 10. 
Dan. 9. 24. 
mo. 1. 36. 



f Mat 8. 14. 
Mar. 1. 29. 



h Mat 8. 16. 
Mar. 1.S2. 



iMar.l.84<c 
3.11. 

II Or, to way 
that thef 
hneiokimU 
b4 Chri$U 



31 And ^eame down to Caperna- 
um, a city of Galilee, and taught 
them on the sabbath days. 

32 And they were astonished at 
his doctrine: *for his word was 
with power. 

33 T *And in the synagogue there 
was a man, which had a spirit of 
an unclean devil, and eried oat 
with a loud voice, 

34 Saying, BLet ns alone; what 
have we to do with thee, thou Jesus 
of Nazareth ? art thou come to de- 
stroy us ? • I know thee who thou 
art ; 'the Holy One of God. 

35 And Jesus rebuked him, Bay- 
ing, Hold thy peace, and come out 
of him. And when the devil had 
thrown him in the midst, he came 
out of him, and hurt him not. 

36 And they were all amazed, 
and spake among themselves, say- 
ing. What a word is this ! for witk 
authority and power he eommandt 
eth the unclean spirits, and th«f} 
come out. 

37 And the fame of him went oii 
into every place of the counti^i 
round about. 

38 IT 'And he arose out of the syv 
agogue, and entered into Simonl. 
house. And Simon's wife's moth4 
was taken with a great fever ; all^ 
they besought him for her. ■' 

39 And he stood over her, and ij ^ 
buked the fever ; and it left hei. 
and immediately she arose and mflv 
istered imto them. J 

40 T^ Now when the sun was 9 ,' 
ting, all they that had any d ' 
with divers diseases brought thi ,. 
unto him ; and he laid his haa ^, 
on every one of them, and heal .; 
them. , 

41 'And devils also came out ^ 
many, crying out, and saying^ 
art Christ the Son of God. And 
rebuking them auffsred them not 



not! J 



^papa aku la oia ia lakoa, oole i ac 
ntvii ia lakou e olelo ; no ka luea^ ua 
iko no lakou, oia ka Mesia. 

42 'A ao ae la, hele aku la i kahi 
nahelehele ; a imi aku la na kanaka 
iaia. a hiki io na la, kaohi iho la 
lokoa ia ia e haalelo ole oia ia la- 
ba. 

43 Olelo mai la oia ia lakou, he 
pofio hoi no'n, e hai aku i ka olelo 
maikai no ke auponi o ke Akua i na 
iiilanakauhale e ae; no ka mea, 
nolailawau i hoounaia'i. 

44 ■^ A ao mai la hoi oia iloko o na 
klchalawai o Galilaia. 

MOKUNA V. 

EIA kekahi, ^hookeke ae la ka 
ahakanaka ia ia, e lohe i ka 
olelo a ke Akua, i kona ku kokoke 
^ ma ka moanawai o Grenesareta. 
^ Ike aku la ia i na moku elua c 
w ana ika moanawai; aka,uahele 
^poe lawaia o luna iho a ia mau 
Diea, e kaka ana i ka lakou mau 
apena. 

3 £e aku la ia malnna o kekahi o 
'lainatt moku la, no Simona ia, noi 
^ la hoi ia ia e hoopanee iki aku 
^.jaai ka aina aku ; a noho iho la 
li ilalo, ao mai la no hoi ia i ka 
uakanaka, ma ka moku mai. 
^ A pau kana olelo ana mai, i ae 

iu-* ^* ^™®>^*S ** E neenee aku i 
«<iihohonu, a e kuu iho i ka ou- 
^mu upena i hookahi hei ana. 
.^ A oleic aku o Simcma, i aku la 
!^^^ E ke Kumu, ua hana makou 

I ^^ po nei a ao, aohe raea i loaa ; 

I ><^Qo kau olelo, e kuu iho au ilea 

i^tta. 

I ? Hana iho la hoi lakou pela, pu- 
'^m la ka ia he nui loa, a nahae 
"laka lakou upena. 
^"eahi aku la lakou i na hoalawe- 
*fJJ ma kekahi moku, e holp mai 
*i^koa ia lakou ; holo mai la lakou 
^ooopiha ia mau moku a elua, a 
*^Ioaekomo. 

8* 




MMftr. 1. 99. 



ftMftL4. le. 
Mtr. 1. 16. 



b loa. 21. 6. 



177 

speak : for they knew that he was 
Christ. 

42 ' And when it was day, he de- 
parted and went into a desert place : 
and the people sought him, and 
came unto him, and stayed him, 
that he should not depart from 
them. 

43 And he said unto them, I must 
preach the kingdom of God to other 
cities also : for therefore am I sent. 



44 "'And he preached in the syn- 
agogues of Galilee. 

CHAPTER V. 

AND 'it came to pass, that, as 
the people pressed upon him 
to hear the word of God, he stood 
by the lake of Gennesaret, 

2 And saw two ships standing by 
the lake : but the fishermen wero 
gone out of them, and were wash- 
ing their nets. 

3 And he entered into one of the 
ships, which was Simon's, and 
prayed him that he would thrust 
out a little from the land. And he 
sat down, and taught the people 
out of the ship. 

4 Now when he had left speaking, 
he said unto Simon, ^Launch out 
into the deep, and let down your 
nets for a draught. 

5 And Simon answering said unto 
him, Master, we have toiled all the 
night, and have taken nothing : nev- 
ertheless at thy word I will let do^n 
the net. 

6 And when they had this done, 
they inclosed a great multitude of 
fishes: and their net brake. 

7 And they beckoned unto their 
partners, whieh were in the other 
ship, that they should come and 
help them. And they eame, and 
filled both the ships, 6o that they 



178 

8 A ike ae la Simona Petero, 
alalia moe iho la ia ma na kuli o 
lesu, i aku la, ^ £ hele aku oe mai 
o'u aim nei, e ka Haku, no ka mea, 
he kanaka hewa wau. 

9 No ka mea, ua weliweli iho la 
ia, o lakou pu a pau kekahi me ia, 
i ka hei ana o na ia i loaaia lakoa. 

10 Pel a hoi o lakobo, a me loane, 
na keild a Zebedaio, ko Simona mau 
hoalawehana. I mai la o lesu ia 
Simona, Mai makau oe, no ka mea, 
^ mahope aku, e hoohei ae oe i ka- 
naka. 

1 1 A hoopae lakou ia mau moku 
iuka, "haalele aku la lakou i na 
mea a pau, a hahai ia ia. 

12 ^ ' Eia kekahi, ia ia e noho ana 
maloko o kekahi o ia mau kulana- 
kauhale, aia hoi, he kanaka paapu 
i ka lepera : a ike oia ia lesu, moe 
iho la ia ilalo ke alo, nonoi aku la 
ia ia, i aku ]a, E ka Haku, ina ma- 
kemake oe, e hiki no ia oe ke hoo- 
maemae ia'u. 

1 3 Kikoo mai la ko lesu lima, hoo- 
pa iho la ia ia, i mai la, Makemake 
au, e hoomaemaeia hoi oe. Haa- 
lele koke no hoi ka mai lepera ia ia. 

14 « Kauoha ae la o lesu ia ia, mai 
hai aku ia hai, aka, e helo e hoike 
ia oe iho i ke kahuna, a e haawi 
aku hoi i ka mohai no kou maemae 
ana, e ^like me ka Mose i kauoha 
mai ai, i maopopo i kanaka. 

15 Kukui loa ae la kona kaulana, 
a ' lulumi mai la na ahakanaka nui, 
c lohe ia ia, a e hoolala e ia ko 
lakou na^aliwali. 

16 IT ''Hele aku la ia i na wahi 
n^hameha, a pule iho la. 

17 Eia kekahi, i kekahi la, 1 
kana ao ana, e noho kokoke ana na 
Parisaio a me na kumu ao kana- 
wai, nalnea i hele mai, mai na 
kulanakauhale a pau ma Galilaia 
•a me ludaia mai, a mai lerusalema 
mai hoi; a ilaila ka mana o ka 
Haku e hoola ia lakou. . 

X&i[ >Aia hQi, lawe mai la na ka- 
%a ma ka moe i k«kahi kiUiaka, ! 



LUKA, V. 
AD. 31. 



d Mat. 4. 19. 
Mar. 1. 17. 



« Mat. 4. SO. & 

19.27. 

Mar. 1.13. 

luo. 18. 28. 
f Mat 8. 2. 

Mar. 1. 40. 



r Mat 8. 4. 



liOttik.14.4, 
10, 21, 22, 



i Mat 4. 25. 
Mar. S. 7. 
loa. 6. 2. 



k Mat 14. 2S. 
Mar. 6. 46. 



* Mat 9.1 
Mm-. 9 .<!. 



8 When Simon Peter saw tf, he 
fell down at Jesus* knees, saying, 
* Depart from me ; for I am a sin- 
ful man, O Lord. 

9 For he was astonished, and all 
that were with him, at the draught 
of the fishes which tliey had taken: 

10 And go was also James, and 
John, the sons of Zebcdee, which 
were partners with Simon. And 
Jeeus said unto Simon, Fear net; 
^'from henceforth thou shalt catch 
men. 

11 And when they had brought 
their ships to land, *they forsook 
all, and followed him. 

12 T[ 'And it came to pass, when 
he was in a certain city, behold a 
man full of leprosy ; who seeing 
Jesus fell on his face, and besought 
him, saying, Lord, if thou wilt, thou 
canst make me clean. 



13 And he put forth his hand, and 
touched him, saying, I will: he 
thou clean. And immediately the 
leprosy departed from him. 

14 f And he charged him to tell no 
man : but go, and shew thyself to 
the priest, and offer for thy cleans- 
ing, •» according as Moses command- 
ed, for a testimony unto them. 

15 But so much the more went 
there a fame abroad of him: 'and 
great multitudes came together tc 
hear, and to he healed by him of 
their infirmities. 

16 IT ""And he withdrew himself 
into the wilderness, and prayed. 

17 And it came to pass on a cor 
tain day, as he was teaching, thai 
there were Pharisees and docton 
of the law sitting by, which wer( 
come out of every town of Galilee 
and Judea, and Jerusalem: &nc 
the power of the Lord was •pnsen 
to heal them. 

18 f 'And, behold, men brought ii 
5^ ^ ft jnan which was taken witl 



lochia e ka lolo; a hull lakou e 
hookomo ia la iloko, a e waiho iho 
ia ia imua ona. 

19 Aole hoi i loaa ia lakou ke 
hookomo ia ia, no ka nui o na ka> 
naka, pii ae la lakou iluna o ka 
hale, a mawaena o na papa lepo 
pili, i kuu iho ai lakou ia ia ilalo, 
me ka moe, iwaena kouu imua o 
lesu. 

20 A i kona ike ana i ko lakou 
manaoio, i mai la oia ia ia, £ ke 
kanaka, ua kalaia na hewa ou. 

21 "" Kukakuka iho la na Parisaio, 
a me na kakauolelo, i iho ^ Owai 
la keia e olelo nei i na oKo hoi- 
noiuo ? £ hiki la ia " wai ke kalioi 
i ka hala, anoai o ke Akua no ? 

22 Ike iho la o lesu i ko lakou ma- 
nao, olelo mai la oia ia lakou, i 
mai la, No ke aha la oukou e kuka- 
knka nei iloko o ko onkou naau ? 

23 Mahea ka uuku ke olelo, Ua 
kalaia na hewa ou, a, ke olelo pa- 
ha, e ala, a e hele ? . 

24 Aka, i ike oukou he mana ko 
ke Keiki a ke kanaka ma ka honua 
e kala i ka hala, (olelo ia i ka mea 
mai lolo,) Ke olelo aku nei au ia oe, 
e ala, e kaikai i kou wahi moe, a e 
hele aku i kou hale. 

25 Ku koke ae la ia imua o lakou, 
kaikai ae la i kona wahi moe, a ho- 
le aku la i kona hale me ka hoo- 
maikai ana i ke Akua. 

26 Loohia lakou a pan i ka pihoi- 
hoi, a hoomaikai aku la i ke Akua, 
a piha lakou i ka makau, i mai la, 
Ua ike kakou i na mea kupanaha i 
keia la. 

27 ^ <* Mahope iho o ia mau mea, 
hele ae la ia, a ike iho la ia i ka lu* 
naauhan, o Levi kona inoa, e noho 
ana i kahi hookupu ; i iho la oia ia 
ia, £ hahai mai oe ia'u. 

28 Haalelo no ia i na mea a pau, 
ka ae la, a hohai mamuli ona. 

29 i^Hana iho la o Levi i ahaai- 
na nni nona iloko o kona hale iho : 
^he nui no ka poe lunaauhau a iho 
Aa mea e ae i noho pu me lakou. 



LUKA, V. 
A.D. 31. 



» Mat 9. 3. 
Mw.2.6,7. 



AHal.S2. 5. 
Is. 43. 23. 



e Mat a 9. 
Mar. 3. 13, 

14. 



pMat 9. 10. 
Mar. 2. 15. 



o. IS, 1. 



a palsy : and they sought means to 
hring him in, and to lay him hefoie 
him. 

19 And when they could not find 
hy what way they might hring him 
in hecause of the multitude, they 
went upon the housetop, and let 
him down through the tiling with 
his couch into the midst hefore 
Jesus. 

20 And when he saw their faith, 
he said unto him, Man, thy sins 
are forgiven thee. 

21 " And the scrihes and the Phar- 
isees hegan to reason, saying, Who 
is this which speaketh hlasphemies ? 
°Who can forgive sins, hut God 
alone ? 

22 But when Jesus perceived their 
thoughts, he answering said unto 
them. What reason yo in your 
hearts ? 

23 Whether is easier, to say, Tliy 
sins he forgiven tliee; or to say, 
Rise up and walk ? 

24 But that yc may know that the 
Son of man hath power upon earth 
to forgivo sins, (ho said unto the 
sick of the palsy,) I say unto thee. 
Arise, and take up thy couch, and 
go into thine house. 

25 And immediately ho rose up 
hefore them, and took up that 
whereon he lay, and departed to 
his own house, glorifying God. 

26 And they were all amazed, and 
they glorified God, and were filled 
with fear, saying. We have seen 
strange things to day. 

27 f "And after these things he 
went forth, and saw a puhlican, 
named Levi, sitting at the receipt 
of custom: and he said unto him, 
Follow me. • 

28 And he left all, rose up, and 
followed him. 

29 PAnd Levi made him a great 
feast in his own house : and i there 
was a great company of publicans 
and of others that sat down with 
them. 



rMat9.1S. 
iTinkl 15l 



■ Mat n. 14. 
Mar. 2. 18. 



180 LUKA, VI. 

SO Aka, ohumn ko laila poe ka- A.I). 31. 
kauolelo, a me na Parisaio, i kana 
mau hanmana, i ae la, No ke aha 
la oukou e ai pu ai, a e inu pu hoi 
jne na lunaauhau a me na lawo- 
hala? 

31 Olelo mai la o lesu ia lakou, i 
mai la, Aolo no ka poe ola ke ka- 
huna lapaan e pono ai ; aka, bo ka 
poe mai no ia. 

32 ** Aole ka poe pono ka'u i hele 
mai nei e ao ako, aka, o ka poe 
hewa o mihi. 

33 ^ I aku la lakou ia ia, "No ke 
aha la hoi ka loane mau haumana 
e hookeai pinepine ai me ka pule, 
a pela hoi ka ka poe Parisaio y aka, 
hoi, o kau, e ai no, a e inu no? 

34 I mai la oia ia lakou, £ hiki 
anei ia oukou ke hoolilo i na kana- 
ka o ke keena mare i ka hookeai, i 
ka manawa e noho pu ai ke kane 
marc me lakou ? 

35 £ hiki mai ana na la e lawe- 
ia'ku ai ke kane mare, mai o lakou 
aku nei, alalia lakou e hookeai ai, 
ia mau la. 

36 ^ ^Olelomai la ia i kaolelonane 
ia lakou ; Aohe kanaka e pinai i ka 
apana lole hou ma ka lole kahiko, 
o moku hou auanei ka mea kahiko 
i ka mea hou, aole hoi e ku ka apa- 
na o ka mea hou i ka mea kahiko. 

37 Aohe hoi mea nana e ukuhi i 
ka -wtkina hou iloko o na huewai ili 
kahiko, o poha na hue 1 ka waina 
hou, a kahe ka waina, a make pu 
na hue. 

38 Aka, e ukuhiia ka waina hou 
iloko o na hue hou, a pau pu ua 
mau mea la i ka malamaia. 

39 Aole mea i inu i ka waina ka- 
hiko a makemake koke i ka waina 
hou ; no ka mea, olelo no ia, ua oi 
ka maikai o ka mea kahiko. 



tMat9.16» 
17. 

Mar. 3. 21, 
22. 



MOKUNA VI. 

I A kekahi, *a hala ka Sabati 

I HHia, a 1 ka lua, hele ae la ia 

ma ka mahina hua palaoa ] a ohi 



E 



aMfat.1%1. 

Mar. 2. 28. 



30 But ihMr scribes and Pharisees 
murmured against his disciples, say- 
ing, Why do ye eat and dnnk with 
publicans and siimers ? 



31 And Jesus answering said unto 
tiiem. They that are whole ne€4 not 
a physician ; but they that are siek. 

32 'I came not to call the right- 
eous, but sinners to repentanoe. 

' 33 ^ And they said unto him, 
*Why^ the disciples of John fast 
often, and make prayers, and like- 
wise the disciples of the Pharisees ; 
but thine eat and drink ? 

34 And he said unto them. Can 
ye make the children of the bride- 
chamber fast, while the bridegroom 
is with them ? 

35 But the days will eome, when| 
the bridegroom shall be taken away 
from them, and then shall they fsst 
in those days. 

36 % * And he spake also a parable 
unto them ; No man putteth a piece 
of a new garment upon an old ; if: 
otherwise, then both the new mak^ 
eth a rent, and the piece that waq 
taken out of the new agreeth uo^ 
with the old. 

37 And no man putteth new win« 
into old bottles ; else the new wine 
will burst the bottles, and be spill* 
ed, and Ihe bottles shall perish. 

38 But new wine must be put int^ 
new bottles; and both are prei 
served. 

39 No man also having drunk ok 
wine straightway desireth new ; fo] 
he saith, The old is better. 



CHAPTER VI. 

AND *it came to pass on tk( 
second sabbath afUr the first 
that he went through the earn fields 



iho la kana man hanraana i na hti- 
bui hua palaoa, aaaanai iho la ilo- 
ko p na lima, ai iho la. 

2 Oielo ae la kefcahi poe Parisaio 
ia lakoo, No ke aha la oukou e 
hana nei i ^ka mea ka pono ole ke 
hana i na la Sahati ? 

3 Olelo mai la o lesu ia lakoa, i 
mai la, Aole ana oukoa i helnhelu 
i °ka mea a Davida i hana'i i kona 
pololi ana, a me ka poe me ia ; 

4 1 kona komo ana iloko o ka hale 
ke Akua, a lalau iho la i ka be- 
rena hoike, a ai iho la, a haawi hoi 
lia ka poe me ia ; 'aole hoi i kupo- 
no ke ai ia mea, o ka poe kahuna 
wale no? 

5 I mat la oia ia lakou, O ke Rei- 
ki a ke kanaka, oia hoi ka Haku no 
ka Sabati. 

6 * Eia kekahi, i kekahi la Sabati 
akn, hele ae la oia iloko o ka hale- 
halairai a ao mai la ; a ilaila ke ka- 
naka ua maloo kona lima akau. 

7 Hakilo aku la ia ia na kakau- 
olelo a me na Parisaio e hoola paha 
ia i ka la Sabati, i loaa'^i ia lakou 
ka mea e hoopii ai ia ia. 

8 Ua ike oia i ko lakou mftnao, i 
mai la ia i ke kanaka nona ka lima 
maloo, £ ala'e, a e ku mawaena. 
Ala ae la hoi ia, ku iho la. 

9 I mai la o lesa ia lakou, E ni- 
nau aku' au ia oukou i kekahi mea ; 
He pono i na la Sabati, o ka ha- 
na maikai anei, o ka bana ino pa- 
ha? o ka hoola anei, o ka pepehi 
paha? 

10 Nana ae la oift ia lakou a pau, 

I i mai la i ua kanaka la, E kikoo i 
koa lima. A pela ia i hana'i, a 
oia iho la ia lima ona e like me 
kekahi. 

11 A piha iho la lakou i ka huhu. 
Kokakuka lakou ia lakou iho i ka 
mea e bana aku ai lakou ia lesu. 

12 'Eia kekahi, ia mau la no, 
hele aktt la ia i ka matma e pule; 



LUKA, VI. 
AD. 81. 



bFiik,20.10. 



el Sam. 21.0. 



d011ik.a4.9L 



eMat. 1SL9. 
Mar. 3. 1. 

See mo. 13. 
14. & 14. S. 
loa. 9. 16. 



fMat.14.8S. 



lai 

and his disciples plucked the ears 
of corn, and did eat, rubbing tkem 
in their hands. 

2 And certain of the Pharisees 
said unto them, Why do ye that 
''which is not lawful to do on the 
sabbath days ? 

3 And Jesus answering them said. 
Have ye not read so much as this, 
* what David did, when himself was 
a hungered^ and they which were 
with him; 

4 How he went into the house of 
God, and did take and eat the shew- 
biead, and gave also to them that 
were with him; 'which it is not 
lawful to eat but for the priests 
alone? 

5 And he said unto them, That 
the Son of man is Lord also of the 
sabbath. 

6 * And it came to pass also on 
another sabbath, that he entered in- 
to the synagogue and taught : and 
there was a man whose right hand 
was withered. 

7 And the scribes and Pharisees 
watched him, whether he would 
heal on the sabbath day ; that they 
might find an accusation against 
him. 

8 But he knew their thoughts, and 
said to the *man which had the 
withered hand. Rise up, and stand 
forth in the midst. And he arose 
and stood forth. 

9 Then said Jesus unto them, I 
will ask you one thing ; Is it law- 
ful on the sabbath days to do good, 
or to do evil? to save life, or to 
destroy it ? 

10 And looking round about upon 
them all, he said unto the man. 
Stretch forth thy hand. And ho 
did so : and his hand was restored 
whole as the other. 

11 And they were filled with mad- 
ness; and communed one with an- 
other what they might do to Jesus. 

12 'And it came to pass in those 
day s, that he went out into a mount- 



182 

hooman iho la oU i ka pule i ke 
Akua ia po a ao. 

13 ^ A ao ae la, hea mai la ia i 
kana poc haumana ; a ^ wae iho la 
oia he umikumamalua o lakou ; a 
kapa iho la oia ia lakou, he poe 
lunaolelo ; 

14 O Simona ^ka mea ana i kapa 
hou ai o Petero, a o Anederea kona 
kaikaina, a o lakobo a me loane, o 
Pilipo a me Baretolomaio, 

15 Mataio a me Toma, o lakoho 
na Alapaio, a me Simona i kapaia 
o Zelote, 

16 O luda 'ko lakobo a me luda 
Isekariota^ oia hoi ka mea kuma- 
kaia. 

1 7 ^ A iho mai la oia me lakou, ka 
iho la ma kahi papu, a o kana poe 
haumaua, a me na kanaka he ^ le- 
hulehu no ludaia a pau. no lerusa- 
lema hoi, a no kahakai o Turo a 
me Sidona, hele aku lakou e hoolo- 
he ia ia, a e hoolaia hoi ko lakou 
mau mai ; 

18 A me ka poe i hoomaauia e na 
uhane ino ; a hoolaia'e ia lakou. 

19 ^ Imi ae la ka ahakanaka a pau 
e hoopa ia ia; no ka mea, noloko 
mai ona i "*puka mai ai ka mana, 
a i hoola hoi ia lakou a pau. 

20 ^ Alawa ae la kbna mau ma* 
ka maluna o kana poe haumana, i 
mai la ia, "Pomaikai oukou ka poe 
ilihune ; no ka mea, no oukou ke 
aupuni o ke Akua. 

21 <*Pomaikai oukou ka poe pololi 
ano ; no ka mea, e hoomaonaia ou- 
kou . P Pomaikai oukou ka poe uwe 
ano; no ka mea, e olioli auanei 
oukou. 

22 "I £ pomaikai ana oukou i ka 
wa e inaina mai ai kanaka ia ou- 
kou, a o 'hookaawale ai hoi ia ou- 
kou, a o hoino ai hoi, a e kiola aku 
ai hoi i ko oukou mau inoa me he 
mea ino la, no ke Keiki' a ke ka- 
naka. 

23 '£ hauoli hoi oukou ia la, a e 
lelele iho i ka olioli ; no ka mea, eia 
~ oi, he nui no ko oukou uku ma ka 



LUKA, VI. 

A.D. 31. 



ff Mat 10.1. 



bloa.1.42. 



k Mat 4. 2& 

Mar. 3. 7. 



1 Mat 14. 96. 



m Mar. 5. 30. 
mo. 8. 46. 



aMat&S. k 

11.5. 
lak.2.5. 

ols.55. l.Jc 

65.13. 

Mat 5. 6. 
Pis. 61. 3. 

Mat 5. 4. 



q Mat 5. II. 

1 Pet 2. 19. 

& 3. 14. & 4. 

14. 
rloa.16.2. 



■ Mats. 12. 
Oib. 5. 41. 
Kol. 1.24. 
Iak.1.2. 



ain to pray, and continued all night 
in prayer to God. 

13 ^ And -when it was day, he 
called unto him his disciples : ' and 
of them he chose twelve, whom 
also he named apostles ; 

14 Simon, (^ whom he also named 
Peter,) and Andrew his brother, 
James and John, Philip and Bar- 
tholomew, 

15 Matthew and Thomas, James 
the son of Alpheus, and Simon 
called Zelotes, 

16 And Judas '^the brother of 
James, and Judas Iscariot, which 
also was the traitor. 

1 7 IT And he came down with them, 
and stood in the plain, and the com- 
pany of his disciples, ''and a great 
multitude of people out of all Judes 
and Jerusalem, and from the sea 
coast of Tyre and Sidon, which came 
to hear him, and to be healed of 
their diseases ; 

18 And they that were vexed with 
unclean spirits: and they were 
healed. 

19 And the whole multitude 
* sought to touch him: for <** there 
went virtue out of him, and healed 
them all. 

20 IT And he lifted up his eyes on 
his disciples, and said, ' Blessed be 
ye poor : for yours is the kingdom 
of God. 

21 ^Blessed are ye that hunger 
now: for ye shall be filled, p Bless- 
ed are ye that weep now : for ye 
shall laugh. 

22 *i Blessed are ye, when men shall 
hate you, and when they 'shall 
separate you from their company, 
and shall reproach yoUy and cast 
out your name as evil, for the Son 
of man's sake. 

23 'Rejoice ye in that day, and 
leap for joy : for, behold, your re- 
ward is great in heaTsn: for 'in 



lani. Pela no hoi i *hana akn ai 
ko lakou poe makua i ka poe kaula. 

24 "Aka, poino oukou 'ka poe 
wai wai ! no ka mea, f ua loaa e ia 
oukou ko oukou oluolu. 

25 * Poino oukou ka poe maona 1 
no ka mea, e pololi auanei oukou. 
* Poino ookou ka poe akaaka ano ! 
no ka mea, e u auanei oukou a e 
uwe hoi. 

26 '^ £ poino auanei oukou i ka wa 
e olelo maikai mai ai kanaka no 
oakou ! no ka mea, pela no i hana 
aku ai ko lakou mau makua i ka 
poe kaula hoopunipuni. * 

27 ^ ' Akaj ke kauoha aku nei au ia 
oukou ka poe e lohe mai ana, e alo-' 
ha aku i ko oukou poe enemi, e ha- 
na maikai aku hoi i ka poe inaina 
nui ia oukou. 

28 £ hoomaikai aku i ka poe i 
boino mai ia oukou, e ''pule aku 
hoi no ka poe i hoohewa wale mai 
ia oukou. 

29 ^ A i ka mea e kui mai ia oe 
ma kekahi papalina, e haawi hou 
ac i kekahi ^ a i ' ka mea e lawe aku 
i kou aahu, mai auwa i kou kapa 
komo. 

30 ^ £ haawi hoi oe i kela mea i 
keia mea ke noi mai ia oe. A i ka 
mea lawe aku i kou waiwai, mai 
noi hou aku oe. 

31 »» E like me ko oukou makemake 
e hana mai na kanaka ia oukou, pela 
hoi oukou e hana aku ai ia lakou. 

32 * A ina e aloha aku oukou i ka 
poe i aloha mai ia oukou, heaha hoi 
ka uku no oukou ? no ka mea, ua 
aloha aku ka poe hewa i ka poe i 
aloha mai ia lakou. 

33 A ina e hana maikai aku oukou 
i ka poe i hana maikai mai ia ou- 

|i kou, heaha hoi ka uku no oukou ? 
no ka mea, ua hana no pela ka poe 
hewa. 

34 I' A ina e haawi aku oukou i ka 
poe a oukou e manao ai e haawi hou 
mai ana ia oukou, heaha hoi ka uku 
no oukou? no ka mea, ua haawi 
<Lka ka poe hewa i ka poe hewa i loaa 
hou mai ai ia lakou ka mea like. 



LUKA, VL 
A.D. 31. 




bloa. 15. 19. 
1 loiu 4 5. 



ePuk.29. 4. 
Sol. 25. 21. 
Mat 5. 44. 
Pftu. 36k 
Bom. IS. 20. 



A mo. SS. 34. 
Olh. 7. 60. 



c MaL 5. 39. 
r 1 Kor. 6. 7. 



t Kan. 15. 7, 
8,10. 

Sol. 21. 26. 
Mat 5. 42. 



bMat.7. 12. 



I Mat 5.48. 



kMat.5.42. 



183 

the like manner did their fathers 
unto the prophets. 

24 "But woe unto you 'that are 
rich! for ^ye have received your 
consolation. 

25 « Woe unto you that are full ! 
for ye shall hunger. *Woe unto 
you that laugh now ! for ye shall 
mourn and weep. 

26 ^'Woe unto you, when all men 
shall speak well of you ! for so did 
their fathers to the false prophets. 



27 IT *But I say unto you which 
hear, Love your enemies, do good 
to them which hate you, 



28 Bless them that curse you, and 
•* pray for them which despitefully 
use you. 

29 *And unto him that smiteth 
thee on the one cheek offer also the 
other; 'and him that taketh away 
thy cloak forhid not to take thy ooat 
also. 

30 « Give to every man that asketh 
of thee ; and of him that taketh 
away thy goods ask them not again. 

31 *»And as ye would that men 
should do to you, do ye also to them 
likewise. 

32 ' For if ye love them w^hich love 
you, what thank have ye ? for sin- 
ners also love those that love them. 



33 And if ye do good to them which 
do good to you, what thank have ye? 
for sinners also do even the same. 



34 "'And if ye lend to them of 
whom ye hope to receive, what 
thank have ye? for sinners also 
lend to sinners, to receive as much 
again. 



25 Ola na Matatia, oia na Amosa, 
oia na Nauma, oia na Eseli, oia na 
Nagai, 



26 Oia na Maata, oia na Matatia, 
oia na Semei, oia na losepa, oia na 
luda, 



27 Oia na loana, oia na Resa, oia 
na Zorobabela, oia na Salatiela, oia 
na Neri, 



28 Oia na Meleki, oia na Adi, oia 
na Kosama, oia na Elemodama, 
oia na Era, 



29 Oia na lose, oia na Eliezera, 
oia na lorima, oia na Matata, oia 
na Levi, 



30 Oia na Simeona, oia na luda, 
oia na losepa, oia na lonana, oia 
na Eliakima, 



31 Oia na Melea, oia na Mainana, 
oia na Matata, oia na ^Natana, ''oia 
na Davida, 



32 *Oia na lese, oia na Obeda, oia 
na Boaza, oia na Salemona, oia na 
Naasona, 



33 Oia na Aminadaba, oia na 
Arama, oia na Eseroma, oia na 
Paresa, oiiyna luda, 



D. 27. 



173 LUKA, m. 

ka manaoia) 'na losepa, oia na 
Heli, 

24 Oia na Matata, oia na Levi, 
oia na Meleki, oia na lana, oia na 
losepa, 




t Zek. 12. is: 
u 2 San. 5. 14. 
lOih)ih0.5. 



zRata 4. 18, 
1 OihlU 2. 10, 



was supposed) 'l^e son of Joseph, 
which was the son of Heli, 
'24 Which was ih^ sen of Matthat, 
which was ike son of Levi, which 
was the son of Melchi, which was 
the son of Jaxma, which was the son 
of Joseph, 

25 Which was the son of Matta- 
thias, which was the son of Amos, 
which wtLB the son of NauHi, which 
was the son of Esli, which was the 
son of Nagge, 

26 Which was the son of Maath, 
which was the son of Mattathias, 
which was the son of Semei, which 
was the son of Joseph, which was 
the son of Juda, 

27 Which was the son of Joanna, 
which was the son of Rhesa, which 
was the son of Zorobabel, which 
was the son of Salathiel, which 
was the son of Neri, 

28 Which was the son of Melchi, 
which was the son of Addi, which 
was the son of Cosam, which, was 
the son of Elmodam, which was the 
son of Er, 

29 Which was the son of Jose, 
which was the son of Eliezer, which 
was the son of Jorim, which was the 
son of Matthat, which was the son 
of Levi, 

30 Which was the son of Simeon, 
which was the son of Juda, which 
was the son of Joseph, which was 
the son of Jonan^ which was the son 
oi Eliakim, 

31 Which was the son of Melea, 
which was the son of Menan, which 
was the son of Mattatha, which was 
tfie son of ^Nathan, "which vras tht 
son of David, 

32 'Which was the son of Jesse, 
which was the son of Obed, which 
was the son of Sooz, which was the 
son of Salmon, which was the son 
of Naasson, 

33 Which was the son of Amina- 
dab, which was the son of Aram, 
which was the son of Esrom, which 
was the son of I^ares, which waa 
the son i^ Ju4«> 



34 Oia na lakoba, oia na Isaaka, 
oia na Aberahama, i^oia na Tara, 
oia na Nahora, 



35 Oia na Senika, oia na Ragan, 
oiaua Paleka, oia na Ebera, oia na 

Sala, 



36 'Oia na Kainana, oia na Are- 
pakada, *oia na Sema^ oia na Noa, 
oia na Lameka, 



37 Oia na Metasala, oia na Eno- 
bi. oia na lareda, oia na Maleleela, 
oia na Kainana, 



38 Oia na Enosa, oia na Seta, oia 
ua Adamu, >^ (^a na ke Akaa. 



\lOKUNA IV* 

HELE aku la hoi * lesn, mai lo- 
rsdane aku me ka piha i ka 
Ihane Hemolele^ a '^alakaiia e ka 
Ihane i ka waonahele ; 

2 A hoowalewaleia i na la hookahi 
kanaha, e ka diabolo . Aole ia i pai- 
i^i^'ia man la : a hala ae la ia man 
^^ a mahope iho, pololi iho la ia. 

30lelo ae la ka diabolo ia ia, Ina 
oe ke Reiki a ke Akua, e olelo iho 
oe i keia pohaku e lilo i berena. 

4 Olelo ae la lesu ia ia, i ae la, 
*Ua palapalaia, Aole i ka berena 
^Ic no e ola'i ke kanaka, aka, i 
ka olelo a pau a ke Akua. 

^ Alalcai ae la ka diabolo ia ia i 
kekahi manna tdeMe, hoike hoi ia 
ia i na aupuni a pau o ke ao nei, i 
te sekona hookahi. 

6 A olelo ae la ka diabolo ia ia, 
E baawi aku wau ia oe i keia ma- 
na a pau a me ka nani o ia mau 
niea; no ka mea, •ua haawiia mai 
la ia'u, a e haawi aku hoi au ia 
mea no ka'u mea e makemake ai ; 



LUKA, IV. 

A. D. 27. 



7Kln.lLH 



«8aeKln.ll. 

12. 
«Ki]i.5.6» 

ke. k 11. 10, 

he. 



bKin.5.1,S. 



a Mat 4. 1. 
Mar. 1. 12. 

b pan. 14. 
mo. 2. 27. 



e Pak. 34. 28. 
lNaUil9.a 



e loa. 12. 31. 
Ii 14. SO. 
Uoik. la 2. 



173 

34 Whieh vtbm the stm of Jaeob, 
which was the son of Isaac, which 
was the son of Abraham, 'which 
was the son of Thara, which was 
the son ot Nachor, 

35 Which was the son of Samch, 
which was the son of Ragau, which 
was the son of Phalec, which was 
the son of Heber, which was the son 
ofSala, 

36 ■ Which was the son of Cainan, 
which was the son of Arphazad, 
* which was the son of Sem, which 
was the son of Noe, which was 
the son of Lamoch, 

37 Which was the son of Mathu- 
sala, which was the son of Enoch, 
which was the son of Jared, which 
was the son of Maleleel, which was 
the son of Cainan, 

38 Which was the son of Enos, 
which was the son of Seth, which 
was the son of Adam^ ^ which was 
the son of God. 

CHAPTER IV. 

AND *Jc8U8 being full of the Holy 
Ghost returned from Jordan, 
and ^was led by the Spirit into the 
wilderness, 

2 Being forty days tempted of the 
devil. And ^in those days he did 
eat nothing : and when they were 
ended, he afterward hungered. 

3 And the devil said unto him. If 
thou be the Son of God, command 
this stone that it be mode bread. 

4 And Jesus answered him, say- 
ing, ^ It is written. That man shall 
not live by bread alone, but by every 
word of God. 

5 And the devil, taking him up 
into a high mountain, shewed unto 
him all the kingdoms of the world 
in a moment of time. 

6 And the devil said unto him. 
All this power will I give thee, and 
the glory of them : for 'that is de- 
livered unto me ; and to whomso- 
ever I will, I give it. 



174 

7 Nolaila, ina e hoomaaa mai oe 
ia'u, e lilo no ia mea a pau ia oe. 

8 Olelo hou lesu ia ia, i ae la, £ 
hele pela mahope o'u, e Satana ; no 
ka mea, 'ua palapalaia, £ hooma- 
na oe i ka Haku, i kou Akua, oia 
vrale no hoi kau e malama aku ai. 

9 ^ A lawe hou ae ia ka diabolo 
ia ia, i lerusalema, a hooku ia ia 
maluna o kahi oioi o ka luakini, i 
ae la ia ia, Ina o oe ke Keiki a ke 
Akua, e lele iho oe iialo mai laila 
iho; 

10 No ka mea, ^'ua palapalaia, £ 
kauoha oia i kona poe anela nou e 
malama ia oe ; 

1 1 A ma ko lakou man lima e ha- 
pai ac lakou ia oe, o kuia kou wa^ 
wae i ka pohaku. 

12 Olelo ae la lesu, i ae la ia ia, 
'Ua oleloia hoi, Mai hoao oe i ka 
Haku, i kou Akua. 

13 A hooki ae la ka diabolo ia 
hoao ana a pau, hele aku la ia mai 
ona aku la ^ ia wa. 

14 If 'A hoi aku la o lesu ma 
•"ka mana o ka Uhane, i »Galilaia ; 
a kui aku la kona kaulana ia aina 
a puni. 

15 Ao mai la oia iloko o ko lakou 
mau halehalawai, me ka hoona- 
niia'ku e na mea a pau. 

16 IT A liiki hoi ia i "Nazareta i 
kona wahi i hanaiia'i, Pkomo ia, 
mamuli o kana hana mau i ka la 
Sabati, iloko o ka halehalawai, a 
ku iluna ia c heluhelu. 

17 A haawiia ae la ia ia ka buke 
a Isaia ke kaula, a wehe ae la ia i 
ka buke, loaa ia ia kahi i palapa- 
laia'i ; 

18 ^Maluna iho nei o'u ka Uhane 
o lehova, no ka mea, ua poni.mai 
la oia ia'u e hai aku i ka olelo 
maikai i ka poe ilihune ; ua hoouna 
mai kela ia'u e lapaau i ka poe 
ehaeha ma ka naau, a e hai aku i 
ka hoola ana i ka poe pio, a me 
ka ike hou ana i ka poe makapo, 
a e hookuu i ka poe i hooluhihe- 
iraia, 



LUKA, IV. 

A. D. 27. 




ffMat.4.5. 



h Hal. 91. 11. 



. 6. 16. 



kloa. 14.90. 
Heb. 4. 1& 

30. 
I Mat. 4. 12. 
loa. 4. 43. 
mpau. 1. 
■ Oih.10.37. 



31. 
oMat2.23. 

Ii 13. 54. 

Mar. 6. 1. 
pOih. iai4. 

tLVt.Z 



qIi.61.L 



7 If thou therefore -wilt Iwor^ip 
me, all shall be thine. 

8 And Jesus answered and said 
unto him, Get thee behind me, Sa- 
tan : for 'it is written, Thou shalt 
worship the Lord thy God, and him 
only shalt thou serve. 

9 'And he brought him to Jerusa- 
lem, and set him on a pinnacle of 
the temple, and said unto him. If 
thou be the Son of God, cast thy- 
self down from hence : 

10 For •• it is written, He shall give 
his angels charge over thee, to keep 
thee: 

1 1 And in their hands they shall 
bear thee up, lest at any time thou 
dash thy foot against a stone. 

12 And Jesus answering said unto 
him, 'It is said. Thou shalt not 
tempt the Lord thy God. 

13 And when the devil had ended 
all the temptation, he departed from 
him ^'for a season. 

14 IT 'And Jesus returned ""in the 
power of the Spirit into "Galilee: 
and there went out a fame of him 
through all the region round about. 

15 And he taught in their syna- 
gogues, being glorified of all. 

16 ^ And he came to ''Nazareth, 
where he had been brought up: 
and, as his custom was, ^he went 
into the synagogue on the sabbath 
day, and stood up for to read. 

17 And there was delivered unto 
him the book of the prophet Esaias. 
And when he had opened the book, 
he found the place where it was 
written, 

18 *»The Spirit of the Lord is upon 
me, because he hath anointed me 
to preach the gospel to the poor ; he 
hath sent me to heal the broken- 
hearted, to preach deliverance to 
the captives, and recovering of sight 
to the blind, to set at liberty them 
that are bruised, 



19 A e hai aka hoi i ka makahilS 
e aloha mai ai ka Haku. 

20 Hoopaa iho la ia i ka buke, 
hoihoi ae la i ke kahu. noho iho la 
ilalo • a kau aka la na maka o ka 
poe a pan iloko o ka halehalawai 
malana ona. 

21 Oleic mai la oia ia lakou, 
keia palapala i komo ae nei i ko 
ookou mau pepeiao, ua hookoia i 
neia la. 

22 Olelo maikai ae la lakou a pan 
Qona, me ** ka mahalo i na olelo lo- 
komaikai ana i olelo mai ai ; ninau 
iho la, ' Aole anei keia o ke keiki a 
losepa ? 

23 Olelo mai la oia ia lakou , £ 
hoopiii mai auanei oukoa ia'u i 
keia hua olelo nane, £ ke kahnna, 
e Koola oc ia oe iho. na mea i 
hatiaia ma ' Kaperenauma a makou 
i lohe ai, e hana hou hoi oe ma 
"kou aina nei. 

24 A olelo hou ia, He oiaio ka'u 
e olelo akn nei, * Aohe kaula i ma- 
haloia ma kona aina iho. 

25 Ke hai aku nei an ia onkon i 
ka olelo oiaio, y nui no na wahine- 
kanemsriLO iloko o ka Iseraela i na 
la £l]a, i ka wa i paa ai ka lani 
ekolu makahiki a me na malama 
eono, a nui ka wi a puni ka aina : 

26 Aole hoi o £lia i hoounaia'ku 
i kekahi o lakou, oka, i kahi wahi- 
nekanemake i Sarepata ma Sidona. 

27 'Nui "wale ka poe lepero iloko 
ka Iseraela i ka wa o £lisai kc 
kaula, aole hoi kekahi o lakou i 
hoomaemaeia, aka, o Naamana no 
Suria, 

28 Ukiuki loa ae la ko loko o ka 
halehalawai a pau i ko lakou lohe 
ana ia man mea, 

29 Ku ae la lakou iluna, kipaku 
aku la lakou ia ia iwaho o ke kula- 
nakauhale, alakai aku la lakou ia 
ia i ke kuemakapali o ka puu i ku- 
kuluia'i ko lakou kulanakauhale e 
kiola iho ia ia ilalo. 

30 Aka, *maalo ae la oia iwaena 
konu lakou, hele aka la no ia. 



LUKA, IV. 

A.D. 31. 



rHaL45.2L 
Mat. 13. 54. 
Mur. 6. 2. 
mo. S: 47. 

• loa. 6. 42. 



t Mat 4. IS. & 

It. 23. 

u Mat 13. 54. 
Mar. 6. 1. 

X Mat. 13.57. 
Mar. 6. 4. 
loa. 4. 44. 



7 1 Nalii 17. 9. 
!l 18. 1. 
Iak.5. 17. 



« 2 Nalii 5. 14. 



I Or, «d^. 



aloa. 8.69.11 
10. SO. 



175 

19 To preach the aoeeptahle year 
of the Lord. 

20 And he closed the hook, and 
he gave it again to the minister, 
and sat down. And the eyes of all 
them that were in the syuagogtft 
were fastened on him. 

21 And he began to say unto them. 
This day is this Scripture fulfilled 
in your ears. 

22 And all bare him witness, and 
'wondered at the gracious words 
which proceeded out of his mouth. 
And they said, 'Is not this Joseph's 
son? 

23 And he said unto them. Ye will 
surely say unto me this proverb, 
Physician, heal thyself: whatso- 
ever wo have heard done in * Caper- 
naum, do also here in "thy country. 



24 And he said. Verily I say unto 
you. No » prophet is accepted in his 
own country. 

25 But I tell you of a truth, ^^many 
widows were in Israel in the days 
of £lias, when the heaven was shut 
up three years and six months, when 
great famine was throughout all the 
land ; 

26 But unto none of them was 
£lias sent, save unto Sarepta, a city 
of Sidon, unto a woman ifiat was a 
widow. 

27 * And many lepers were in Is- 
rael in the lime of Eliseus the 
prophet; and none of them was 
cleansed, saving Naaman the Syr- 
ian. 

28 And all they in the synagogue, 
when they heard these things, were 
filled with wrath, 

29 And rose up, and thrust him 
out of the city, and led him unto 
the II brow of the hill whereon their 
city was built, that they might cast 
him down headlong. 

30 But he, * passing through the 
midst of them, went his way, 



b Mat 4. IS. 
Mar. 1. 21. 



c Mat 7. 28, 

29. 

Tit. 2. 15. 
d Mar. 1.23. 



I Or, Away. 



r Hd. 16. 10. 
Dan. 9. 24. 
mo. 1. 35i 



176 LUKA, IV, 

31 A ^hele hoi ia i Kaperenau- A.I>. 31.' 
ma i kekahi kulanakauhale i Gali- 
laia, a ao mai la ia lakou i iia la 
Sabati. 

32 Kahaha iho laka naau o lakou 
i kana ao ana ; no ka mea, ' he ma- 
na ko kana olelo. 

33 ^ <*A iloko o ka halehalawai he 
kanaka ia ia kekahi uhane daimo- 
nio haukae, a kahea no ia me ka 
leo nui, 

34 I aka la, Ea ! Heaha kau ia 
makou nei^ e lesu^ no Nazareta? 
Ua hele mai anei oe e luku ia ma- 
kou? <'Ua ike no au ia oe, o ka 
mea 'hemolele no oe a ke Akua. 

35 Papa mai la lesu ia ia, i mai 
la, Hamau, a e puka mai hoi iwaho 
ona. A hoohina iho la ka daimonio 
ia ia iwaena konu, aiaila puka mai 
no ia iwaho ona, aole i hana eha 
ia ia. 

36 Mahalo iho la lakou a pau, a 
olelo kekahi i kekahi, i ae la, Hea- 
ha keia olelo 1 No ka mea, ua kau- 
oha ikaika aku oia i na uhane hau- 
kae me ka mana, a ua puka mai no 
lakou iwaho. 

37 Kui aku la kona kaulana ia 
wahi aku ia wahi aku, ma ia aina 
a puni. 

38 ^ sA hele ia iwaho o ka haleha- 
lawai, komo aku la ia iloko o ka 
hale Simona ; ua loohia ka ma- 
kuahonowaiwahine o Simona e ke 
kuni nui ; nonoi aku la lakou ia 
lesu nona. 

39 Ku ae la o lesu iluna ma ona 

la, papa iho la i ke kuni ; haalele 

iho la ke kuni ia ia. Ala ae la ia 

wahine iluna, a lawelawe na la- 
kou. 

40 IT ^' A i ke komo ana a ka la, o ka 
poe a pau no lakou na mea mai 
i keia mai i kela mai, halihali mai 
la ia lakou io lesu la ] a kau iho la 
oia i kona mau lima maluna o la- 
kou a pau, a hoola iho la ia lakou. 

41 'A hemo mai la na daimonio 
iwaho o na mea he lehulehu o ka- 
hea ana me ka olelo^ O oe no ka 
Mesia, ke Keiki a ke Akua. A 



V Mat 8. 14. 
Mar. 1. 29. 



h Mat 8. 16. 
Mar. 1. 82. 



iMar.l.S4.lL 
3. U. 

II Or, to aay 
thai tkey 
hnnokimtt 
b4Chri9i, 



31 And *oame dowii to Caperna- 
um, a city of Galilee, and taught 
them on the sabbath days. 

32 And they were astonished at 
his doctrine: 'for his word was 
with power. 

33 T *And in the synagogue there 
was a man, which had a spirit of 
an unclean devil, and cried out 
with a loud voice, 

34 Saying, BLet «* alone; what 
have we to do with thee, thou Jesus 
of Nazareth ? art thou come to de- 
stroy us ? • I know thee who thou 
art ; 'the Holy One of God. 

35 And Jesus rebuked him, say- 
ing, Hold thy peace, and come out 
of him. And when the devil had 
thrown him in the midst, he came 
out of him, and hurt him not. 

36 And they were all amazed, 
and spake among themselves, say- 
ing. What a word is this ! for with 
authority and power he eommand- 
eth the unclean spirits^ and they 
come out. 

37 And the fame of him went out 
into every place of the country 
round about. 

38 IT 'And he arose out of the syn- 
agogue, and entered into Simon's 
house. And Simon's wife's mother 
was taken with a great fever 3 and 
they besought him for her. 

39 And he stood over her, and re- 
buked the fever ; and it left her : 
and immediately she arose and min- 
istered unto them. 

40 IT ^ Now when the sun was set 
ting, all they that had any sick 
with divers diseases brought them 
unto him; and he laid his hands 
on every one of them, and healed 
them. 

41 'And devils also came out of 
many, crying out, and saying, Thou 
art Christ the Son of God. And ^ he 
rebuking them Buffered them not I U 



^papa aka la oia ia lakou, oolo i ac 
&ku ia lakou e olelo \ no ka mea, ua 
ike no lakoa, oia ka Mesia. 

42 >A ao ae la, hele aka la i kahi 
nahelehele ; a imi aku la na kanaka 
ia ia. a hiki io na la, kaohi iho la 
lakoa ia ia e haalelo ole oia ia la- 
ba. 

43 Olelo mai la oia ia lakou, he 
poQo hoi no'n, e hai aka i ka olelo 
maikai no ke aupuni o ke Akua i na 
kulanakaohale e ae; no ka mea, 
Qolailawau i hoounaia'i. 

44 " A ao mai la hoi oia iloko o na 
halchaiawai o Galilaia. 

MOKUNA V. 

EI A kekahi, ^hookeke ae la ka 
ahakanaka ia ia, e lohe i ka 
olelo a ke Akua, i kona ku kokoke 
^na ma ka moanawai o Genesareta. 

2 Ike aka la ia i na moku elua o 
kuanaikamoanawai; aka,uahelc 
^ poe lawaia o luna iho a ia mau 
mea, e kaka ana i ka lakou mau 
upena. 

3 Ee aka la ia maluna o kekahi o 
^ man moku la, no Simona ia, noi 
^ la hoi ia ia e hoopanee iki aku 
P^A mai ka aina aku ; a noho iho la 
iiv ilalo, ao mai la no hoi ia i ka 
aiiakanaka, ma ka moku mai. 

4 A pau kana olelo ana mai, i ae 
la oia ia Simona, ^ £ neenee aku i 
kahi hohona, a e kuu iho i ka ou- 
m mau apena 1 hookahi hei ana. 
^ A olelo aku o Simona, i aku la 
1^^ la^, E ke Kumu, ua hana makou 
1 ka po nei a ao, aohe mea i loaa ; 
&ka, no kaa olelo, e kau iho au i ka 
iipena. 

I ^ Hana iho la hoi lakou pela, pu* 
lu ibo la ka ia he nui loa, a nahae 
^fi la ka lakou upena. 
7 Peahi aka la lakou i na hoala-we- 
^^ ma kekahi moku, e holp mai 
« kokoa ia lakou ; holo mai la lakou 
^ boopiha ia mau moku a elua, a 
kokolttbaekomo. 

8* 



LUKA, V. 

A.D. 31. 




mMar.l.ae. 



^Mftt 4. 18. 

Mir. 1. 16. 



b loa. 31. 6. 



177 

apeak : for they knew that he was 
Christ. 

42 ' And when it was day, he de- 
parted and went into a desert place : 
and the people sought him, and 
came unto him, and stayed him, 
that he should not depart from 
them. 

43 And he said unto them, I must 
preach the kingdom of Grod to other 
cities also : for therefore am I sent. 



44 "And he preached in the syn- 
agogues of Galilee. 

CHAPTER V. 

AND *it came to pass, that, as 
the people pressed upon him 
to hear the word of God, he stood 
by the lake of Gennesaret, 

2 And saw two ships standing by 
the lake : but the fishermen were 
gone out of them, and were wash- 
ing their nets. 

3 And he entered into one of the 
ships, which was Simon's, and 
prayed him that he would thrust 
out a little from the land. And he 
sat down, and taught the people 
out of the ship. 

4 Now when he had left speaking, 
he said unto Simon, ^Launch out 
into the deep, and let down your 
nets for a draught. 

5 And Simon answering said unto 
him. Master, we have toiled all the 
night, and have taken nothing : nev- 
ertheless at thy word I will let do^jni 
the net. 

6 And when they had this done, 
they inclosed a great multitude of 
fishes : and their net brake. 

7 And they beckoned unto their 
partners, which were in the other 
ship, that they should come and 
help them. And they eame, and 
filled both the ships^ 60 that they 
bAg<»«^ io sitik* 



<! Mat. 4.19. 
Mar. 1. 17. 



• Mat. 4. 20. & 

19.27. 

Mar. 1.13. 

mo. 18. 28. 
f Mat 8. 2. 

Mar. 1. 40. 



178 LUKA, V. 

8 A ike ae la o Simona Petero, A.D. 31. 
alalia moe iho la ia ma na kuli o 
lesu, i aku la, ^ E hele aku oe mai 
o'u aku nei, e ka Haku, no ka mea, 
he kanaka hewa wau. 

9 No ka mea> ua weliweli iho la 
ia, o lakou pu a pau kekahi me la, 
i ka hei ana o na ia i loaa ia lakou. 

10 Pel a hoi o lakobo, a me loane, 
na keild a Zebedaio, ko Simona mau 
hoalawehana. I mai la o lesu ia 
Simona, Mai makau oe, no ka mea, 
** mahope aku, e hoohei ae oe i ka* 
naka. 

1 1 A hoopac lakou ia mau moku 
iuka, 'haalele aku la lakou i na 
mea a pau, a hahai ia ia. 

12 ^^ Eia kekahi, ia ia e noho ana 
maloko o kekahi o ia mau kulana- 
kauhale, aia hoi, he kanaka paapu 
i ka lepcra : a ike oia ia lesu, moe 
iho la ia ilalo ke alo, nonoi aku la 
ia ia, i aku la, E ka Haku, ina ma- 
kemake oe, e hiki no ia oe ke hoo- 
maemae ia^i. 

1 3 Kikoo mai la ko lesu lima, hoo- 
pa iho ia ia ia, i mai la, Makemake 
au, e hoomaemaeia hoi oe. Haa- 
lele koke no hoi ka mai lepera ia ia. 

14 '^ Kauoha ae la o lesu ia ia, mai 
hai aku ia hai, aka, e hele e hoike 
ia oe iho i ke kahuna, a e haawi 
aku hoi i ka mohai no kou maemae 
ana, e ^like me ka Mose i kauoha 
mai ai, i maopopo i kanaka. 

15 Kukui loa ae la kona kaulana, 
a ' lulumi mai la na ahakanaka nui, 
e lohe ia ia, a e hoolaia e ia ko 
lakou nawaliwali. 

16 IT ^Hele aku la ia i na vrahi 
n^hameha, a pule iho la. 

17 Eia kekahi, i kekahi la, i 
kana ao ana, e noho kokoke ana na 
Parisaio a me na kumu ao kana- 
wai, na Inea i hele mai, mai na 
kulanakauhale a pan ma Galilaia 
-a me ludaia mai, a mai lerusalema 
mai hoi; a ilaila ka mana o ka 
Haku e hoola ia lakou. . 

IB% >Aia hQi, lawe mai la na ka- 
^laka ma ka moe i k»kahi kiiiiiak&, 1 



K Mat. 8. 4. 



b Oihk. 14. 4, 
10, 21, 22. 



i Mat 4. 2S. 
Mar. 8. 7. 
loa. 6. 2. 



k Mat 14. 23. 
Mar. 6. 46. 



1 Mat 9. 2: 
Uar. 9 .I. 



8 When Simon Peter saw tV, he 
fell down at Jesus' knees, saying, 
* Depart from me ; for I am a sin- 
ful man, O Lord. 

9 For he was astonished, and all 
that were with him, at the draught 
of the fishes which they had taken : 

10 And so was also James, and 
John, the eons of Zebedee, which 
were partners with Simon. And 
Jesus said unto Simon, Fear net; 
**from henceforth thou shait catch 
men. 

11 And when they had brought 
their ships to land, 'they forsook 
all, and followed him. 

12 If 'And it came to pass, when 
he was in a certain city, behold a 
man full of leprosy; who seeing 
Jesus fell on his face, and besought 
him, saying, Lord, if thou wilt, thou 
canst make me clean. 



13 And he put forth his hand, and 
touched him, saying, I will : be 
thou clean. And immediately the 
leprosy departed from him. 

14 'And he charged him to tell no 
man : but go, and shew thyself to 
the priest, and offer for thy cleans- 
ing, ^according as Moses command- 
ed, for a testimony unto them. 

15 But so much the more went 
there a fame abroad of him : ' and 
great multitudes came together to 
hear, and to be healed by him of 
their infirmities. 

16 T "'And he withdrew himself 
into the wilderness, and prayed. 

17 And it came to pass on a cer- 
tain day, as he was teaching, that 
there were Pharisees and doctors 
of the law sitting by, which were 
come out of every town of Galilee, 
and Judea, and Jerusalem: and 
the power of the Lord was present 
to heal them. 

18 IT *And, behold, men brought in 
5 ^ ft man which waa taken with 



loohia e ka lolo ; a hull lakoa e 
hookomo ia ia iloko, a e waiho iho 
ia ia imua ona. 

19 Aole hoi i loaa ia lakou ke 
hookomo ia ia, no ka nui o na ka- 
naka, pii ae la lakou iluna o ka 
bale, a mawaena o na papa lepo 
pili, i kuu iho ai lakou ia ia iialo, 
me ka moe, iwaena konu imua o 
lesu. 

20 A i kona ike ana i ko lakou 
manaoio, i mai la oia ia ia, £ ke 
kanaka, ua kalaia na hewa ou. 

21 ■"Kukakuka iho la na Parisaio, 
a me na kakauolelo, i iho U. Owai 
la keia e olelo nei i na oKo hoi- 
noino ? £ hiki la ia " wai ke kala 
i ka hala, anoai o ke Akua no ? 

22 Ike iho la o lesu i ko lakou ma- 
nao, olelo mai la oia ia lakou, i 
mai la, No ke aha la oukou e kuka- 
kuka nei iloko o ko oukou naau ? 

23 Mahea ka uuku ke olelo, Ua 
kalaia na hewa ou, a, ke olelo pa- 
ha, e ala, a e hele ? . 

24 Aka, i ike oukou he mana ko 
ke Keiki a ke kanaka ma ka honua 
e kala i ka hala, (olelo ia i ka mea 
mai lolo,) Ke olelo aku nei au ia oe, 
e ala, e kaikai i kou wahi joog, a e 
hele aku i kou hale. 

25 Ku koke ae la ia imua o lakou, 
kaikai ae la i kona wahi moe, a h&> 
le aka la i kona hale me ka hoo- 
maikai ana i ke Akua. 

26 Loohia lakou a pau i ka pihoi- 
hoi, a hoomaikai aku la i ke Akua, 
a piha lakou i ka makau, i mai la, 
Ua ike kakou i na mea kupanaha i 
kcia la. 

27 ^ ** Mahope iho o ia mau mea, 
hele ae la ia, a ike iho la ia i ka lu- 
naauhau, o Levi kona inoa, e noho 

I ana i kahi hopkupu ; i iho la oia ia 
' ia, £ hahai mai oe ia'u. 

28 Haalelc no ia i na mea a pau, 
ku ae la, a hohai mamuli ona. 

29 'Hana iho la o Levi i ahaai- 
na nui nona iloko o kona hale iho : 
'^he nui no ka poe lunaauhau a me 
na mea e ae i noho pu me lakou. 



LUKA, V. 
A.D. 31. 



» Mat 9. S. 
Mtf. 2. 6, 7. 



aHa1.32. 5. 
Ia. 43. 25. 



o Mat 9. 9. 
Mar. 2. 13, 

14. 



pMftt 9. 10. 
Mar. 2. 13. 



qmo. 15. 1. 



17t 

a paley : and they sought tneans to 
bring him in, and to lay him before 
him. 

19 And when they could not find 
by what ivay tliey might bring him 
in because of the multitude, they 
went upon the housetop, and let 
him down through the tiling with 
his couch into the midst before 
Jesus. 

20 And when he saw their faith, 
he said unto him, Man, thy sins 
are forgiven thee. 

21" And the scribes and the Phar- 
isees began to reason, saying, Who 
is this which speaketh blasphemies ? 
"Who can forgive sins, but God 
alone ? 

22 But when Jesus perceived their 
thoughts, he answering said unto 
them, What reason yo in your 
hearts? 

23 Whether is easier, to say, Thy 
sins be forgiven thee; or to say, 
Rise up and walk ? 

24 But that yo may know that the 
Son of man hath power upon earth 
to forgive sins, (ho said unto the 
sick of the palsy,) I say unto thee. 
Arise, and take up thy couch, and 
go into thine house. 

25 And immediately ho rose up 
before them, and took up that 
whereon he lay, and departed to 
his own house, glorifying God. 

26 And they were all amazed, and 
they glorified God, and were filled 
witii fear, saying. Wo have seen 
strange things to day. 

27 ^ ''And after these things he 
went forth, and saw a publican, 
named Levi, sitting at the receipt 
of custom : and ho said unto him, 
Follow me. • 

28 And he left all, rose up, and 
followed him. 

29 PAnd Levi made him a great 
feast in his own house : and *i there 
was a great company of publicans 
and of others that sat down with 
them. 



182 

hoomau iho la oia i ka pule i ke 
Akua ia po a ao. 

13 ^ A ao ae la, hea mai la ia i 
kana poc haumana; a ^wae iho la 
oia he umikumamalua o lakou ; a 
kapa iho la oia ia lakou, he poe 
lunaolelo ; 

14 O Simona ^ka mea ana i kapa 
hou ai o Petero, a o Anederea kona 
kaikaina, a o lakobo a me loane, o 
Pilipo a me Baretolomaio, 

15 Mataio a me Toma, o lakobo 
na Alapaio, a me Simona i kapaia 
o Zelote, 

16 luda ^ko lakobo a me luda 
Isekariota,. oia hoi ka mea kuma- 
kaia. 

1 7 ^ A iho mai la oia me lakou, ku 
iho la ma kahi papu, a o kana poe 
haumaua, a me na kanaka he ^ le- 
hulehu no ludaia a pau, no lerusa- 
lema hoi, a no kahakai o Turo a 
me Sidona, hele aku lakou e hoolo- 
he ia ia, a e hoolaia hoi ko lakou 
mau mai ; 

18 A me ka poe i hoomaauia e na 
uhane ino ; a hoolaia'e ia lakou. 

19 ' Imi ae la ka ahakanaka a pau 
e hoopa ia ia ; no ka mea, noloko 
mai ona i "*puka mai ai ka mana, 
a i hoola hoi ia lakou a pau. 

20 % Alawa ae la kbna mau ma- 
ka maluna o kana poe haumana, i 
mai la ia, "Pomaikai oukou ka poe 
ilihune ; no ka mea, no oukou ke 
aupuni o ke Akua. 

21 ° Pomaikai oukou ka poe pololi 
ano ; no ka mea, e hoomaonaia ou- 
kou. P Pomaikai oukou ka poe u-we 
ano; no ka mea, e olioli auanei 
oukou. 

22 "I £ pomaikai ana oukou i ka 
wa e inaina mai ai kanaka ia ou- 
kou, a o 'hookaawale ai hoi ia ou- 
kou, a e hoino ai hoi, a e kiola aku 
ai hoi i ko oukou mau inoa me he 
mea ino la, no ke Keiki' a ke ka- 
naka. 

23 '£ hauoli hoi oukou ia la, a e 
lAljsle iho i ka olioli ; no ka mea, eia 

he nui no ko oukou uku ma ka 



LUKA, VI. 

A.D. 31. 



f Mat 10.1. 



bloa.1.42. 



i lud. 1. 



k Mat 4. 2& 

Mar. 3. 7. 



1 Mat 14. 96. 



n Mar. 5. 30. 
mo. 8. 46. 



BMat&S. k 
11.5. 
lak.2.5. 

OI8.55. l.Jc 

65.13. 

Mat 5. 6. 
P la. 61. 3. 

Mat 5. 4. 



q Mat 5. 11. 

1 Pet 2.19. 

Jc 3. 14. k 4. 

14. 
rloa.16.2. 



• Mats. 12. 
Oih. 5. 41. 
KoLl.24. 
Iak.1.2. 



ain to pray, and continued all night 
in prayer to God. 

13 ^ And when it was day, he 
called unto him his disciples : ' and 
of them he chose twelve, whom 
also he named apostles ; 

14 Simon, (^whom he also named 
Peter,) and Andrew his brother, 
James and John, Philip and Bar- 
tholomew, 

15 Matthew and Thomas, James 
the son of Alpheus, and Simon 
called Zelotes, 

16 And Judas '^the brother of 
James, and Judas Iscariotj which 
also was the traitor. 

1 7 IT And he came down with them, 
and stood in the plain, and the com- 
pany of his disciples, ''and a great 
multitude of people out of all Judea 
and Jerusalem, and from the sea 
coast of Tyre and Sidon, which came 
to hear him, and to be healed of 
their diseases ; 

18 And they that were vexed with 
unclean spirits: and they were 
healed. 

19 And the whole multitude 
* sought to touch him: for "there 
went virtue out of him, and healed 
them all. 

20. IT And he lifted up his eyes on 
his disciples, and said, " Blessed be 
ye poor : for yours is the kingdom 
of God. 

21 ^Blessed are ye that hunger 
now: for ye shall be filled. ^ Bless- 
ed are ye that weep now : for ye 
shall laugh. 

2 2 <i Blessed are ye, when men shal 1 
hate you, and when they 'shall 
separate you from their company, 
and shall reproach you, and cast 
out your name as evil, for the Son 
of man's sake. 

23 "Rejoice ye in that day, and 
leap for joy : for, behold, your re* 
ward is great in hearen: Ibr 'in 



lani. Pela no hoi i ^hana akn ai 
ko lakou poe makua i ka poe kaula. 

24 "Aka, poino oukou 'ka poe 
waiwai ! no ka mea, y ua loaa e ia 
oukou ko oukou oluolu. 

25 ' Poino oukou ka poe maona 1 
no ka mea, e pololi auanei oukou. 
'Poino oukou ka poe akaaka ano ! 
no ka mea, e u auanei oukou a e 
uwe hoi. 

26 '^ £ poino auanei oukou i ka -wa 
e olelo maikai mai ai kanaka no 
oakou ! no ka mea, pela no i hana 
aku ai ko lakou mau makua i ka 
poe kaula hoopunipuni. • 

27 ^ ' Aka, ke kauoha aku nei au ia 
ookou ka poe e lohe mai ana, e alo- 
ha aku i ko oukou poe enemi, e ha- 
na maikai aku hoi i ka poe inaina 
mai ia oukou. 

28 £ hoomaikai aku i ka poe i 
hoino mai ia oukou, e "^pule aku 
lioi no ka poe i hoohewa wale mai 
ia oukou. 

29 ' A i ka mea e kui mai ia oe 
ma kekahi papalina, e haawi hou 
ae i kekahi ; a i ^ ka mea e lawe aku 
i kou aahu, mai auwa i kou kapa 
komo. 

30 s£ haawi hoi oe i kela mea i 
keia mea ke noi mai ia oe. A i ka 
mea lawe aku i kou waiwai, mai 
noi hou aku oe. 

31 »" E like me ko oukou makemake 
e hana mai na kanaka ia oukou, pela 
hoi oukou e hana aku ai ia lakou. 

32 > A ina e aloha aku oukou i ka 
poe i aloha mai ia oukou, heaha hoi 
ka uku no oukou ? no ka mea, ua 
aloha aku ka poe hewa i ka poe i 
aloha mai ia lakou. 

33 A ina e hana maikai aku oukou 
i ka poe i hana maikai mai ia ou- 
kou, heaha hoi ka uku no oukou ? 
no ka mea, ua hana no pela ka poe 
hewa. 

34 >" A ina e haawi aku oukou i ka 
poe a oukou e manao ai e haawi hou 
mai ana ia oukou, heaha hoi ka uku 
no oukou? no ka mea, ua haawi 
aku ka poe hewa i ka poe hewa i loaa 
hou mai ai ia lakou ka mea like. 



LUKA, VL 183 

A.B. 31. the like maimer did their fathers 
unto the prophets. 

24 "But woe unto you 'that are 
rich! for J^ye have received your 
consolation. 

25 ■ Woe unto you that are full ! 
for ye shall hunger. *Woe unto 
you that laugh now ! for ye shall 
mourn and weep. 

26 ^Woe unto you, when all men 
shall speak well of you ! for so did 
their fathers to the false prophets. 




bloa. 15. 19. 
1 loiu 4 5. 



t Puk. 2S. 4. 
Sol. 25. 21. 
MiiLA.44. 
Pftu. 36k 
Bom. IS. 20. 



A mo. 93. 34. 
Oih. 7. 60. 



t MaL 5. 99. 
r 1 Kor. 6. 7. 



V Kan. 15.7, 
8,10. 

Sol. 21. 26. 
Mat 5. 42. 



i Mat 5. 46. 



kMat.5.42. 



27 IT *But I say unto you which 
hear. Love your enemies, do good 
to them which hate you, 



28 Bless them that curse you, and 
'• pray for them which despitefully 
use you. 

29 'And unto him that smiteth 
thee on the one cheek oflfer also the 
other; 'and him that taketh away 
thy cloak forbid not to take thy ooat 
also. 

30 'Give to every man that asketh 
of thee ; and of him that taketh 
away thy goods ask them not again. 

31 ^And as ye would that men 
should do to you, do ye also to them 
likewise. 

32 ' For if ye love them which love 
you, what thank have ye ? for sin- 
ners also love those that love them. 



33 And if ye do good to them which 
do good to you, what thank have ye? 
for sinners also do even the same. 



34 *^And if ye lend to them of 
whom ye hope to receive, what 
thank have ye? for sinners also 
lend to sinners, to receive as much 
again. 



182 

hoomau iho la oia i ka pule i ke 
Akua ia po a ao. 

13 ^ A ao ae la, hea mai la ia i 
kana poc haumana ; a ^ wae iho la 
oia he umikumamalua o lakou ] a 
kapa iho la oia ia lakou, he poe 
lunaolelo ; 

14 Simona ^ka mea ana i kapa 
hou ai o Petero, a o Anederea kona 
kaikaina, a o lakobo a me loane, o 
Pilipo a me Baretolomaio, 

15 Mataio a me Toma, o lakobo 
na Alapaio, a me Simona i kapaia 
o Zelote, 

16 luda *ko lakobo a me luda 
Isekariota^ oia hoi ka mea kuma- 
kaia. 

1 7 ^ A iho mai la oia me lakou, ka 
iho la ma kahi papu, a o kana poe 
haumaua, a me na kanaka he ^ le- 
hulehu no ludaia a pau. no lerusa- 
lema hoi, a no kahakai o Turo a 
me Sidona, hele aku lakou e hoolo- 
he ia ia, a e hoolaia hoi ko lakou 
mau mai ; 

18 A me ka poe i hoomaauia e na 
uhane ino ; a hoolaia'e ia lakou. 

19 ^ Imi ae la ka ahakanaka a pau 
e hoopa ia ia; no ka mea, noloko 
mai ona i "*puka mai ai ka mana, 
a i hoola hoi ia lakou a pau. 

20 % Alawa ae la kbna mau ma- 
ka maluna o kana poe haumana, i 
mai la ia, >'Pomaikai oukou ka poe 
ilihune ; no ka mea, no oukou ke 
aupuni o ke Akua. 

21 °Pomaikai oukou ka poe pololi 
ano ; no ka mea, e hoomaonaia ou- 
kou . P Pomaikai oukou ka poe u-we 
ano; no ka mea^ e olioli auanei 
oukou. 

22 *> £ pomaikai ana oukou i ka 
wa e inaina mai ai kanaka ia ou- 
kou, a o 'hookaawale ai hoi ia ou- 
kou, a o hoino ai hoi, a e kiola aku 
ai hoi i ko oukou mau inoa me he 
mea ino la, no ke Keiki' a ke ka- 
naka. 

23 '£ hauoli hoi oukou ia la, a e 
lelele iho i ka olioli ; no ka mea, eia 
hoi, he nui no ko oukou uku ma ka 



LUKA, VI. 

A.D. 31. 



ff Mat 10.1. 



i lad. 1. 



k Mat 4. 2& 
Mar. 3. 7. 



1 Mat 14. 96. 



n Mar. 5. SO. 
mo. 8. 46. 



BMat&S. k 

11.5. 
lak.2.5. 

ols.55. l.Jc 

65.13. 

Mat 5. 6. 
P la. 61. 3. 

Mat 5. 4. 



q Mat 5. II. 

iPet 2L19. 

Jc 3. 14. & 4. 

14. 
rloa.16.2. 



• Mats. 12. 
Oita. 5. 41. 
Kol.1.24. 
Iak.l.S. 



ain to pray, and continued all night 
in prayer to God. 

13 IT And when it was day, he 
called unto him his disciples : ' and 
of them he chose twelve, whom 
also he named apostles ; 

14 Simon, (^^whom he also named 
Peter,) and Andrew his brother, 
James and John, Philip and Bar- 
tholomew, 

15 Matthew and Thomas, James 
the son of Alpheus, and Simon 
called Zelotes, 

16 And Judas ^the brother of 
James, and Judas Iscariot) which 
also was the traitor. 

1 7 IT And he came down with them, 
and stood in the plain, and the com- 
pany of his disciples, ''and a great 
multitude of people out of all Judea 
and Jerusalem, and from the sea 
coast of Tyre and Sidon, which came 
to hear him, and to be healed of 
their diseases ; 

18 And they that were vexed with 
unclean spirits: and they were 
healed. 

19 And the whole multitude 
* sought to touch him: for *" there 
went virtue out of liim, and healed 
them all. 

20. IT And he lifted up his eyes on 
his disciples, and said, ' Blessed bt 
ye poor : for yours is the kingdoih 
of God. I 

21 ^Blessed are ye that hungei 
now: for ye shall be filled. ' Bless- 
ed are ye that weep now : for y€ 
shall laugh. 

22 <i Blessed are ye, when men shai: 
hate you, and when they 'shal; 
separate you from their cofnpany\ 
and shall reproach you, and casj 
out your name as evil, for the Sod 
of man's sake. 1 

23 'Rejoice ye in that day, aii4 
leap for joy : for, behold, your re 
ward is great in heaTea: lor *u 



lani. Pela no hoi i ^hana akn ai 
ko lakou poe makaa i ka pee kaula. 

24 " Aka, poino oukou *ka poe 
wiiwai ! no ka mea, y ua loaa e ia 
oukou ko oukou oluolu. 

25 ' Poino oukou ka poe maona ! 
noka mea, e pololi auanei oukou. 
'Poino oukou ka poe akaaka ano ! 
no ka mea, e u auanei oukou a e 
uwe hoi. 

26 *> £ poino auanei oukou i ka wa 
e oielo maikai mai ai kanaka no 
oukou ! no ka mea, pela no i hana 
aka ai ko lakou mau makua i ka 
poe kaula hoopunipuni. • 

27 % '^ Aka, ke kauoha oku nei au ia 
oukou ka poe e lohe mai ana, e alo-' 
ha aku i ko oukou poe enemi, e ha- 
na maikai aku hoi i ka poe inaina 
Dial ia oukou. 

28 E hoomaikai aku i ka poe i 
hoino mai ia oukou, e ''pule aku 
^Q\ no ka poe i hoohewa wale mai 
ia oukou. 

29 ' A i ka mea e kui mai ia oe 
ma kekahi papalina, e haawi hou 
ae i kekahi ; a i ' ka mea e lawe aku 
i kou aahu, mai auwa i kou kapa 
komo. 

30 ?£ haawi hoi oe i kela mea i 
keia mea ke noi mai ia oe. A i ka 
mea lawe aku i kou waiwai, mai 
noi hou aku oe. 

31 ^ £ like me ko oukou makemake 
ehana mai na kanaka ia oukou, pela 
hoi oukou e hana aku ai ia lakou. 

32 > A ina e aloha aku oukou i ka 
poe i aloha mai ia oukou, heaha hoi 
ka uku no oukou ? no ka mea, ua 
aloha aku ka poe hewa i ka poe i 
aloha mai ia lakou. 

33 A ina e hana maikai aku oukou 
i ka poe i hana maikai mai ia ou- 

L kou, heaha hoi ka uku no oukou ? 
f 00 ka mea, ua hana no pela ka poe 
Wa. 

34 ^ A ina e haawi aku oukou i ka 
poe a oukou e raanao ai e haawi hou 
niai ana ia oukou, heaha hoi ka uku 
no oukou? no ka mea, ua haawi 
&ku ka poe hewa i ka poe hewa i loaa 
boumai ai ia lakou ka mea like. 



LUKA, VL 
A.D. 31. 




bloa. 15. 19. 
1 loiu 4 5. 



e Puk. 28. 4. 

Sol. 25. 21. 
MiiL5l 44. 



ham. 



12.20. 



d mo. 93. 34. 
Oih. 7. 60. 



c Mau 5. 39. 
riKor.6.7. 



ff Kan. 15.7, 
8,10. 

Sol. 21. 26. 
Mat 5. 42. 



h Mat 7. 12. 



i Mat 5. 48. 



k Mat. 5. 42. 



183 

the like manner did their fathers 
unto the prophets. 

24 "But woe unto you 'that are 
rich! for J^ye have received your 
consolation. 

25 ■ Woe unto you that are full ! 
for ye shall hunger. *Woe unto 
you that laugh now ! for ye shall 
mourn and weep. 

26 ^'Woe unto you, when all men 
shall speak well of you ! for so did 
their fathers to the false prophets. 



27 IT *But I say unto you which 
hear. Love your enemies, do good 
to them which hate you, 



28 Bless them that curse you, and 
'' pray for them which despitefully 
use you. 

29 'And unto him that smiteth 
thee on the one cheek oflfer also the 
other; 'and him that taketh away 
thy cloak forhid not to take thy coat 
also. 

30 'Give to every man that asketh 
of thee ; and of him that taketh 
away thy goods ask them not again. 

31 *»And as ye would that men 
should do to you, do ye also to them 
likewise. 

32 ' For if ye love them which love 
you, what thank have ye ? for sin- 
ners also love those that love them. 



33 And if ye do good to them which 
do good to you, what thank have ye? 
for sinners also do even the same. 



34 *^And if ye lend to them of 
whom ye hope to receive, what 
thank have ye? for sinners also 
lend to sinners, to receive as much 
again. 



184 

35 Aka, e 'aloha akn i ko oakon 
poe enemi, e liana maikai aku, a 
»e haawi aku, me ka manao ole i 
ka uku hou ia; alalia e nui ka 
ukn no oukou, c lilo hoi "oukou i 
mau keiki na ka Mea kiekie loa; 
no ka mea, he lokomaikai mai oia 
i ka poo aloha ole, a me ka poe 
hewa. 

36 **£ lokomaikai hoi oukou, e li- 
ke me ko oukou Makua i lokomai- 
kai mai ai. 

37 (*Mai hoino aku, alalia, aole 
oukou e hoinola mai : Mai hoahe- 
wa aku, alalia, aole oukou e hoa- 
hewaia mai. £ kala aku, a e ka- 
laia mai oukou. 

38 'I E haawi aku, a e haawiia mai 
ia oukou, me ka ana pono i kao- 
miia iho, 1 pill pu i ka hoolulilu- 
liia a hanini iwaho, e haaw^i mai ai 
lakou iloko o ko oukou 'poll : no ka 
mea, 'me ka ana a oukou e ana 
aku ai, pela no e anaia mai ai no 
oukou. 

39 Olelo mai la oia i ka olelonane 
ia lakou; *E hiki anei i ka makapo 
ke alakai i ka makapo ? Aole anei 
laua e haule pu iho 1 ka lua ? 

40 ''Aole ka haumana maluna o 
kana kumu ; aka, o ka haumana i 
pono e like pu ia me kana kumu. 

41 'No ke aha la oe e nana aku 
ai i ka pula iki iloko o ka maka o 
kou hoahanau, aole hoi oe 1 ike i 
ke kaola iloko o kou maka iho ? 

42 A, pchea la o hiki ai ia oe ke 
olelo aku i kou hoahanau, K ka 
hoahanau, ho mai na'u e unuhi ka 
pula iki oloko o kou maka, aole hoi 
oe 1 ike 1 ke kaola iloko o kou maka 
iho? £ ka hookamani, ^e hoolei 
mua ae oe i ke kaola mai loko ae o 
kou maka iho, alalia e ike lea oe 1 
ka unuhi 1 ka pula iki oloko o ka 
maka o kou hoahanau. 

43 ' No ka mea, aole hoohua mai 
ka laau maikai 1 ka hua ino ; aole 
hoi hoohua mai ka laau ino i ka 
hua maikai. 

44 No ka mea, ua Ikela *ka laau 
~a kona hua iho. Aole 1 ohiia mai 



LUKA, VL 

A.D. 81. 




oMat5.48. 



PAUL 7.1. 



qSoL19.n. 



rflal.79. 12. 
• Mat. 7. 2 

Mar. 4. 24. 

luk. 2. 13. 



t Mat. IA. 14. 



ji^rat. 10.24. 

lua 13. 16. k 

15. 20. 
n Or. uhall he 

per/ruled fit 

htM nuitftr, 
X Mat, 7. 3. 



7 See SoL 18. 
17. 



s Mat. 7. 16, 
17. 



a Mat 12. S3. 



35 But Move ye your enemies, and 
do good, and "lend, hoping for noth- 
ing again ; and your reward shall 
he great, and "ye shall be the chil- 
dren of the Highest : for he is kind 
unto the unthankful and to the 
evil. 



36 'Be ye therefore merciful, as 
your Father also is merciful. 

37 P Judge not, and ye shall not he 
judged : condemn not, and ye shall 
not be condemned : forgive, and ye 
shall he forgiven : 

38 '»Give, and it shall be given 
unto you; good measure, pressed 
down, and shaken together, and 
running over, shall men give into 
your 'bosom. For *with the same 
measure that ye mete withal it 
shall he measured to you again, i 

39 And he spake a parable unto 
them; *Can the blind lead the 
blind ? shall they not both fall into 
the ditch? 

40 •* The diKciple is not above hia 
master : hut every one B that is per- 
fect shall bo as his master. j 

41 *And why beholdest thou the 
mote that is in thy brother's eye, 
but pereeivest not the beam that ia 
in thine own eye ? 

42 Either how canst thou say tc 
thy brother. Brother, let ine pull 
out the mote that is in thine eya 
when thou thyself beholdest nd 
the beam that is in thine own eye * 
Thou h^'pocrite, ^cast out first th« 
beam out of thine own eye, and 
then shalt thou see clearly to piilJ 
out the mote that is in thy brother^ 
eye. j 

43 « For a good tree hringeth no! 
forth corrupt fruit ; neither doth i 
corrupt tree bring forth good fruit* 

44 For 'every tree ia k&own b| 
his own fruit. For of thams me 



na Inia fikn, mu ke kakalaioa m&i, 
aole hoi i ohiia mai na hua waina 
mai ka laau ooi mai. 
45 "0 ke kanaka maikai, na laire 
mai ia i ka mea maikai noloko mai 
ka waiwai maikai o kona naau ; 
ao ke kanaka ino, na lawe mai ia 
i ka mea ino noloko mai o ka wai- 
wai ino kona naan ; no ka mea, 
no 'ka piha o ka naau i oleic mai 
ai kona waha. 

46 f "iNo ke aha la onkon 1 hea 
mai ai ia'a, £ ka Haku, e ka Haku, 
me ka malama ole i ka mea a'u o 
kauoha aku ai ? 

47 *0 ka mea i hele mai io'n nei, 
& i hoolohe mai i ka'u man olelo, a 
i malama hoi ia mau mea, e hoike 
^Vi au ia ookDU i kona mea e like 
«: 

48 Ua like ia me ko kanaka i ku- 
^la i ka hale, na eli ia a hohonu, 
^ hoonoho i ke knmu ma ka po- 
Hni; a nni mai la ka wai kahe, a 
pi ikaika mai ka wai kahe i ua 
hale la, aole hiki ke hoonauwewe 
^i ia, 00 ka mea, ua hookumuia 
^ ma ka pohaku. 

49 Aka, ka mea i hoolohe, aole 
hoi i malama, ua like ia me ke ka- 
^ka i kukulu i ka hale maluna o 
}^ lejx), me ke kumu ole ; malaila 
> pa ikaika mai ai ka wai kahe, a 
]"olo kofce iho la no ia, a nui iho 
la ka hiolo ana o na hale la. 



MOKUNA VII. 

AHOOKI ae la oia i kana man 
oleic a pan i ka lohe ana o na 
^^^ alaila *komo ae la ia iloko 



LUKA, VII* 

A.D. 31. 



2 A, he mai ko kekahi kanwa a 

I ^ Ittoahaneri, kokoke no ia e ma- 

l«B, he punahele nana. 

r H lohe ae la ka lunahaneri ia 

«J hoouna akn la oia i na luna- 

**i^o ka poe Indaio io na la, 

JDBja aku la ia ia e hele mai c 

'^laikanakauwa. 

^ A hiki aku la lakon io lesu la, 

"onoi ikaika aka la lakon ia ia, me 



eM«t.lSLS4. 



dMaLl.6. 
Mat. 7. 21. 
k 25.11. 
mo. 13. 25. 



• Mat 7. Si. 



• Mats. 5. 



180 

do not gather figs, nor of a bramble 
bush gather they t grapes. 

45 ^ A good man out of the good 
treasure of his heart bringeth forth 
that which is good; and an evil 
man out of the evil treasure of his 
heart bringeth forth that which is 
evil : for ^of the abundance of the 
heart his mouth speaketh. 

46 ^ *And why call ye me, Lord, 
Lord, and do not the things which I 
say? 

47 'Whosoerer oometh to me, and 
heareth my sayings, and doeth them, 
I will shew you to whom he is like : 



48 He is like a man which built a 
house, and digged deep, and laid the 
foundation on a rock : and when the 
flood arose, the stream beat vehe- 
mently upon that house, and could 
not shake it; for it was fonnded 
upon a rock. 

49 But he that heareth, and doeth 
not, is like a man that without a 
foundation built a house upon the 
earth; against which the stream 
did beat vehemently, and immedi- 
ately it fell ; and the ruin of that 
house was great. 

CHAPTEE VII. 

NOW when he had ended all his 
sayings in the audience of the 
people, * he entered into Capernaum. 

2 And a certain centurion's serv- 
ant, who was dear unto him, was 
sick, and ready to die. 

3 And when he heard of Jesus, he 
sent unto him the elders of the Jews, 
beseeching him that he would come 
and heal his servant. 

4 And when they came to Jesus, 
they besought ium instantly, say- 



\ Or, JaU 
down b^ore 
me. 

I Kan. 6. 13. 
bl0.2a 



ffMat4.5. 



hHaL91.n. 



174 LUKA, IV. 

7 Nolaila, ina e hoomaua mai oe A. D. 27. 
ia'u, e lilo no ia mea a pau ia oe. 

8 Olelo hou lesu ia ia, i ae la, £ 
hele pela mahope o^u, e Satana; no 
ka mea, 'ua palapalaia, £ hooma- 
na oe i ka Haku, i kou Akua, oia 
wale no hoi kau e malama aku ai. 

9 ^ A lawe hou ae la ka diabolo 
ia ia, i lerusalema, a hooku ia ia 
maluna o kahi oioi o ka luakini, i 
ae la ia ia, Ina o oe ke Keiki a ke 
Akua, e lele iho oe ilalo mai laila 
iho; 

10 No ka mea, ^ua palapalaia, £ 
kauoha oia i kona poe anela nou e 
malama ia oe ; 

11 A ma ko lakou man lima e ha- 
pai ae lakou ia oe, o kuia kou wa- 
wae i ka pohaku. 

12 Olelo ae la lesu, i ae la ia ia, 
^Ua oleloia hoi, Mai hoao oe i ka 
Haku, i kou Akua. 

13 A hooki ae la ka diabolo ia 
hoao ana a pau, hole aku la ia mai 
ona aku la ^ ia wa. 

14 If * A hoi aku la o lesu ma 
*"ka mana o ka Uhane, i "Galilaia ; 
a kui aku la kona kaulana ia aina 
a puni. 

15 Ao mai la oia iloko o ko lakou 
mau halehalawai, me ka hoona- 
niia'ku e na mea a pau. 

16 IT A liiki hoi ia i "Nazareta i 
kona wahi i hanaiia'i, Pkomo ia, 
mamuli o kana hana mau i ka la 
Sabati, iloko o ka halehalawai, a 
ku iluna ia o heluhelu. 

17 A haawiia ae la ia ia ka buke 
a Isaia ke kaula, a wehe ae la ia i 
ka buke, loaa ia ia kahi i palapa- 
laia'i ; 

18 *! Maluna iho nei o'u ka Uhane 
o lehova, no ka mea, ua poni.mai 
la oia ia'u e hai aku i ka olelo 
maikai i ka poe ilihune ; ua hoouna 
mai kela ia'u e lapaau i ka poe 
ehaeha ma ka naau, a e hai aku i 
ka hoola ana i ka poe pio, a me 
ka ike hou ana i ka poe makapo, 
a e hookuu i ka poe i hooluhihe- 
waia, 



i Kan. 6. 16. 



kIoa.14.S0. 
Heb. 4. I& 

30. 

1 Mat. 4. 12. 
loa. 4. 4S. 
m pau. 1. 
BOib.10.37. 



31. 

oMat2.23. 

Sl 13. 54. 

Mar. 6. 1. 
pOih. iai4. 

tl7.2. 



qIf.61.L 



7 If thou therefore wilt I wonddp 
me, all shall be thine. 

8 And Jesus answered and said 
unto him, Get thee behind me, Sa- 
tan : for 'it is written, Thou shalt 
worship the Lord thy God, and him 
only shalt thou serve. 

9 'And he brought him to Jerusa- 
lem, and set him on a pinnacle of 
the temple, and said unto him, If 
then be the Son of God, cast thy- 
self down from hence : 

10 For ^'it is written, He shall give 
his angels charge over thee, to keep 
thee: 

1 1 And in their hands they shall 
bear thee up, lest at any time thou 
dash thy foot against a stone. 

12 And Jesus answering said unto 
him, ' It is said. Thou shait not 
tempt the Lord thy God. 

13 And when the devil had ended 
all the temptation, he departed from 
him ''for a season. 

14 1[ 'And Jesus returned "in the 
power of the Spirit into ° Galilee: 
and there went out a fame of him 
through all the region round about. 

15 And he taught in their syna- 
gogues, being glorified of all. 

16 % And he came to "Nazareth, 
where he had been brought up: 
and, as his custom was, p he went 
into the synagogue on the sabbath 
day, and stood up for to read. 

17 And there was delivered unto 
him the book of the prophet Esaias. 
And when he had opened the book, 
he found the place where it was 
written, 

18 <iThe Spirit of the Lord is upon 
me, because he hath anointed me 
to preach the gospel to the poor ; he 
hath sent me to heal the broken- 
hearted, to preach deliverance to 
the captives, and recovering of sight 
to the blind, to set at liberty them 
that are bruised, 



19 A e hfti aka hoi i ka makahlKi 
e aloha mai ai ka Haku. 

20 Hoopaa iho la ia i ka buke, 
hoihoi ae la i ke kahu. noho iho la 
ilalo ; a kau aku la na maka o ka 
poe a paa iloko o ka halehalawai 
maluna ona. 

21 Oleic mai la oia ia lakou^ O 
keia palapala i komo ae nei i ko 
ottkoa mau pepeiao, ua hookoia i 
neia la. 

22 Olelo maikai ae la lakou a pau 
nona, me ** ka mahalo i na olelo lo- 
komaikai ana i olelo mai ai ; ninau 
iho la, ' Aole anei keia o ke keiki a 
losepa ? 

23 Olelo mai la oia ia lakou^ £ 
hoopili mai auanei oukoa ia'u i 
keia haa olelo nane, £ ke kahuna, 
e hoola oo ia oe iho. O na mea i 
hanaia ma ' Kaperenauma a makou 
i lohe ai, e hana hou hoi oe ma 
"kou aina nei. 

24 A olelo hou ia, He oiaio ka'u 
e olelo aku nei, 'Aohe kaula i ma- 
baloia ma kona aina iho. 

25 Ke hai aku nei au ia oukou i 
ka olelo oiaio, ^ nui no na wahine- 
kanemake iloko o ka Iseraela i na 
la o £lia, i ka wa i paa ai ka lani 
ekolu makahiki a me na malama 
eono, a nui ka wi a puni ka aina : 

26 Aole hoi o £lia i hoounaia'ku 
i kekahi o lakou, aka, i kahi wahi- 
nekanemake i Sarepata ma Sidona. 

27 'Nui wale ka poe lepero iloko 
ka Iseraela i ka wa o £lisai kc 
kaula, aole hoi kekahi o lakou i 
hoomaemaeia, aka, o Naamana no 
Suria. 

28 Ukiuki loa ae la ko loko o ka 
halehalawai a pau i ko lakou lohe 
ana ia mau mea, 

29 Ku ae la lakou iluna, kipaku 
aka la lakou ia ia iwaho o ke kula- 
pakanhale, allikai aku la lakou ia 
ia i ke kuemakapali o ka puu i ku> 
kahiia'i ko lakou kulanakauhale e 
kiola iho ia ia iialo. 

30 Aka, *maalo ae la oia iwaena 
^u lakou, hele aka la no ia. 



LUKA, IV. 

A.D.31. 



rHaL45.2. 
Mat. 13. 54. 

M»r. 6. 2. 
mo. Z 47. 
■ loa. 6. 42. 



t Mat. 4. 19. «c 
11.23. 

u Mat 13. 54. 
Mar. 6. 1. 

s Mat. 13. 57. 
Mar. C. 4. 
loa. 4. 44. 

7 1 Nam 17. 9. 
3t 18. 1. 
Iak.5. 17. 



t2Nalii5.14. 



I Or, edge. 



aloft. 8.50.11 
10.88. 



175 

19 To preaeh the aoeeptable year 
of tho Lord. 

20 And he closed the book, and 
he gave it again to the minister, 
and sat down. And the eyes of all 
them that were in the synastogu^ 
were fastened on him. 

21 And he began to say unto them, 
This day is this Scripture fulfilled 
in your ears. 

22 And all bare him witness, and 
'wondered at the gracious words 
which proceeded out of his mouth. 
And they said, *Is not this Joseph's 
son? 

23 And he said unto them, Ye will 
surely say unto me this proverb, 
Physician, heal thyself: whatso- 
ever we have heard done in * Caper- 
naum, do also hero in *'thy country. 



24 And he said. Verily I say unto 
you. No ' prophet is accepted in his 
own country. 

25 But I tell you of a truth, ^many 
widows were in Israel in the days 
of £lias, when tho heaven was shut 
up three years and six months, when 
great famine was throughout all the 
land ; 

26 But unto none of them was 
Elias sent, save unto Sarepta, a city 
of Sidon, unto a woman that was a 
widow. 

27 * And many lepers were in Is- 
rael in tho lime of Eliseus the 
prophet; and none of them was 
cleansed, saving Naaman the Syr- 
ian. 

28 And all they in the synagogue, 
when they heard these things, were 
filled with wrath, 

29 And rose up, and thrust him 
out of the city, and led him unto 
the II brow of the hill whereon their 
city was built, that they might cast 
him down headlong. 

30 But he, * passing through the 
midst of them, went his way. 



176 

31 A ''hele hoi ia i Kaperenan- 
ma i kekahi kulanakauhale i Gali- 
laia, a ao mai la ia lakou i na la 
Sabati. 

32 Kahaha iho la ka naau o lakou 
i kana ao ana ; no ka xnea, ® he ma- 
na ko kana olelo. 

33 ^ ^A iloko o ka halehalawai he 
kanaka ia ia kekahi uhane daimo- 
nio haukae, a kahea no ia me ka 
leo nui, 

34 I aku la, £a ! Heaha kau ia 
makou nei, e lesn, no Nazareta? 
Ua hele mai anei oe e luku ia ma- 
kou ? '^ Ua ike no au ia oe, o ka 
mea 'hemolele no oe a ke Akua. 

35 Papa mai la lesu ia ia, i mai 
la, Haraau, a e puka mai hoi iwaho 
ona. A hoohina iho la ka daimonio 
ia ia iwaena konu, alaila puka mai 
)K> ia iwaho ona, aole i hana eha 
ia ia; 

36 Mahalo iho la lakou a pau, a 
olelo kekahi i kekahi, i ae la, Hea- 
ha keia olelo ! No ka mea, ua kau- 
oha ikaika aku oia i na uhane hau- 
kae me ka mana, a ua puka mai no 
lakou iwaho. 

37 Kui aku la kona kaulana ia 
wahi aku ia wahi aku, ma ia aina 
a puni. 

38 *[[ «^A hele ia iwaho o ka haleha- 
lawai, komo aku la ia iloko o ka 
hale o Simona ; ua loohia ka ma- 
kuahonowaiwahine o Simona e ke 
kuni nui; nonoi aku la lakou ia 
lesu nona. 

39 Ku ae la o lesu iluna ma ona 
la, papa iho la i ke kuni ; haalele 
iho la ke kuni ia ia. Ala ae la ia 
wahine iluna, a lawelawe na la- 
kou. 

40 ^ ^'A i ke komo ana a ka la, oka 
poe a pau no lakou na mea mai 
i keia mai i kela mai, halihali mai 
la ia lakou io lesu la ; a kau iho la 
oia i kona mau lima maluna o la- 
kou a pau, a hoola iho la ia lakou. 

41 'A hemo mai la na daimonio 
iwaho o na mea he lehulehu e ka- 
hea ana me ka olelo, oe no ka 
Mesia, ke Keiki a ke Akua. A 



LUKA, IV. 

A.D. 31.- 



b Mat 4. 13. 
Mar. 1. 31. 



e Mat. 7. 38, 

29. 

Tit. 2. 15. 
d Mar. 1. 23. 



l|Or,^iMy. 



f Hal. 16. 10. 
Dan. 9. 24. 
mo. 1. 35. 



ff Mat. 8. 14. 
Mar. 1. 29. 



h Mat 8. 16. 
Mar. 1. 32. 



iMar.l.Slli 

s. u. 

II Or, to my 
that «ftM 
knew him U 
UChrUt, 



31 And •cam© AimtL to Capcma 
um, a city of Galilee, and taught 
them on the sabbath days. 

32 And they were astonished at 
his doctrine: «for his word was 
with power. 

33 IT *And in the synagogue there 
was a man, which had a spirit of 
an unclean deril, and cried oat 
with a loud voice, 

34 Saying, BLet us alone; what 
have we to do with thee, thou Jesns 
of Nazareth ? art thou come to de- 
stroy us ? • I knew thee who thou 
art ; 'the Holy One of God. 

35 And Jesus rebuked him, say- 
ing. Hold thy peace, and come out 
of him. And when the devil had 
thrown him in the midst, he came 
out of him, and hurt him not. 

36 And they were all amazed, 
and spake among themselves, say- 
ing. What a word is this ! for with 
authority and power ho command- 
eth the unclean spirits, and they 
come out. 

37 And the fame of him went oui 
into every place of the country 
round about. 

38 IT *^And he arose out of the syn- 
agogue, and entered into Simon's 
house. And Simon's wife's motheJ 
was taken with a great fever ; an<] 
they besought him for her. 

39 And he stood over her, and re 
buked the fever ; and it left her 
and immediately she arose and min 
istered unto them. 

40 IT ** Now when the sun was set 
ting, all they that had any sic! 
with divers diseases brought then 
unto him; and he laid his hand 
on every one of them, and heale< 
them. 

41 ' And devils also came out o 
many, crying out, and saying, Thoi 
art Christ the Son of God. And ^ h 
rebuking tkcm suffi&red thrai not 1 1 












"*'•''« 






b Mat 4. IS. 
Mar. 1. 31. 



c Mat 7. 28, 

29. 

Tit 2. 15. 
d Mar. 1. 23. 



I Or, Auay, 



t Hal. 16. 10. 
Dan. 9. 24. 
mo. 1. 35. 



ff Mat 8. 14. 
Mar. 1. 29. 



h Mat 8. 16. 
Mar. 1. 32. 



176 LUKA, IV. 

31 A •'hel© hoi ia i Kaperenau> A.D. 31.' 
ma i kekahi kulanakauhale i Gali- 
laia, a ao mai la ia lakou i na la 
Sabati. 

32 Kahaha iho la ka naau o lakou 
i kana ao ana ; no ka mea, * he ma- 
na ko kana olelo. 

33 ^ ''A iloko o ka halehalawai he 
kanaka ia ia kekahi uhane daimo- 
nio haukae, a kahea no ia me ka 
leo nui, 

34 I aku la, £a ! Heaha kau ia 
makou nei, e lesu, no Nazareta? 
Ua hele mai anei oe e luku ia ma- 
kou ? * Ua ike no au ia oe, o ka 
mea 'hemolele no oe a ke Akua. 

35 Papa mai la lesu ia ia, i mai 
la, Hamau, a e puka mai hoi iwaho 
ona. A hoohina iho la ka daimonio 
ia ia iwaena konu, aiaila puka mai 
no ia iwaho ona, aole i hana eha 
ia ia; 

36 Mahalo iho la lakou a pau, a 
olelo kekahi i kekahi, i ae la, Hea- 
ha keia olelo ! No ka mea, ua kau- 
oha ikaika aku oia i na uhane hau- 
kae me ka mana, a ua puka mai no 
lakou iwaho. 

37 Kui aku la kona kaulana ia 
wahi aku ia wahi aku, ma ia aina 
a puni. 

38 *[[ «^A hele ia iwaho o ka haleha- 
lawai, komo aku la ia iloko o ka 
hale o Simona ; ua loohia ka ma- 
kuahonowaiwahine o Simona e ke 
kuni nui ; nonoi aku la lakou ia 
lesu nona. 

39 Ku ae la o Tesu iluna ma ona 

la, papa iho la i ke kuni ; haalele 

iho la ke kuni ia ia. Ala ae la ia 

wahine iluua, a lawelawe na la- 
kou. 

40 IT '*A i ke komo ana a ka la, oka 
poe a pau no lakou na mea mai 
i keia mai i kela mai, halihali mai 
la ia lakou io lesu la ; a kau iho la 
oia i kona mau lima maluna o la- 
kou a pau, a hoola iho la ia lakou. 

41 'A heme mai la na daimonio » Mar. i. si it 
iwaho ona mea he lehulehu e ka- y or, to my 
hea ana me ka olelo, oe no ka <^ '^ 
Mesia, ke Keiki a ke Akua. A uchrii.^ 



31 And •cam© dowft to Caperna- 
um, a city of Galilee, and taught 
them on the sabbath days. 

32 And they were astonished at 
his doctrine: •for Ms word was 
with power. 

33 T *And in the synagogue there 
was a man, which had a spirit of 
an unclean deril, and cried out 
with a loud voice, 

34 Saying, HLet us alone; what 
have we to do with thee, thou Jesus 
of Nazareth ? art thou come to de- 
stroy us ? "I know thee who thou 
art ; 'the Holy One of God. 

35 And Jesus rebuked him, say- 
ing. Hold thy peace, and come out 
of him. And when the devil had 
thrown him in the midst, h© came 
out of him, and hurt him not. 

36 And they were all amazed, 
and spake among themselves, say- 
ing. What a word is this ! for with 
authority and power he ©ommand- 
eth the unclean spirits, and they 
c(»ne out. 

37 And the fame of him went out 
into every place of the country 
round about. 

38 IT *And he arose out of the syn- 
agogue, and entered into Simon's 
house. And Simon's wife's mother 
was taken with a great fever ] and 
they besought him for her. 

39 And he stood over her, and re- 
buked the fever ; and it left her : 
and immediately she arose and min- 
istered unto them. 



40 IT '^ Now when the sun was set 
ting, all they that had any sick 
with divers diseases brought them 
unto him; and he laid his hands 
on every one of them, and healed 
them. 

41 ' And devils also came out of 
many, crying out, and saying, Thoi: 
art Christ the Son of God. And ^ h< 
rebukiiig tkcm suffered them not ■ U 



''papa aka la oia ia lakou^ oolo i ac 
aku ia lakou e olelo ; no ka mea, ua 
Ike no lakou, oia ka Mesia. 

42 'A ao ae la, hele aku la i kahi 
nahelehele j a imi aka la na kanaka 
ii ia, a hiki io na la, kaohi iho la 
lakou ia ia e haalelo ole oia ia la- 
kou. 

43 Olelo mai la oia ia lakou, he 
poQo hoi no'n, e hai aka i ka olelo 
maikai no ke auponi o ke Akua i na 
kulanakauhale e ae; no ka mea, 
nolailawau i hooanaia'i. 

44 "A ao mai la hoi oia iloko o na 
halchalawai o Galilaia. 

MOKUNA V. 

EI A kekahi, *hookeke ae la ka 
ahakanaka ia ia, e lohe i ka 
olelo a ke Akaa, i kona ku kokoke 
^a ma ka moanawai o Genesareta. 

2 Ike aku la ia i na moku elua c 
ku ana ika moanawai; aka,aahelc 
Ik'&poe lawaia o luna iho o ia mau 
^^ e kaka ana i ka lakou mau 
upcua. 

3 £e aka la ia maluna o kekahi o 
Ua mau moku la, no Simona ia, noi 
^ la hoi ia ia e hoopanee iki aku 
oia mai ka aina aku ; a noho iho la 
^^ ilalo, ao mai la no hoi ia 1 ka 
aliakauaka, ma ka moku mai. 

^ A pau kana olelo ana mai, i ae 
la oia ia Simona, ** £ neenee aku i 
^i hohonu, a e kuu iho i ka ou- 
kou mau upena i hookah! hei ana. 
^ A olelo aku o Simona, i aku la 
1^ ia, £ ke Kumu, ua hana makou 
I ka po iiei a ao, aohe mea i loaa ; 
aka, no kau olelo, e kuu iho au ilea 
upena. 

6 Haa^ il^o l^ JiqI lakou pela, pu- 
^ iho la ka ia he nui loa, a nahae 
^ la ka lakou upena. 

7 Peahi aku la lakou i na hoalawe- 
Ii^ ma kekahi moku, e holp mai 
*lQ)kua ia lakou ; holo mai la lakou 
& hoopiha ia mau moku a elua, a 
^luks k>a e komo. 

8* 




aM»t4. 18. 
Mir. 1. 16. 



bIoa.2].6. 



177 

speak : for they knew that he was 
Christ. 

42 ' And when it was day, he de- 
parted and went into a desert place : 
and the people sought him, and 
eame unto him, and stayed him, 
that he should not depart from 
them. 

43 And he said unto them, I must 
preach the kingdom of God to other 
cities also : for therefore am I sent. 



44 "And he preached in the syn- 
agogues of Galilee. 

CHAPTER V. 

AND 'it came to pass, that, as 
the people pressed upon him 
to hear the word of God, he stood 
by the lake of Gennesaret, 

2 And saw two ships standing by 
the lake : but the fishermen were 
gone out of them, and were wait- 
ing their nets. 

3 And he entered into one of the 
ships, which was Simon's, and 
prayed him that he would thrust 
out a little from the land. And he 
sat down, and taught the people 
out of the ship. 

4 Now when he had left speaking, 
he said unto Simon, ^Launch out 
into the deep, and let down your 
nets for a draught. 

5 And Simon answering said unto 
him. Master, we have toiled all the 
night, and have taken nothing : nev- 
ertheless at thy word I will let do^^ 
the net. 

6 And when they had this done, 
they inclosed a great multitude of 
fishes: and their net brake. 

7 And they beckoned unto their 
partners, which were in the other 
ship, that they should come and 
help them. And they eame, and 
filled both the ships, so that they 
he£tLa io sink* 



d Mat. 4. 19. 
Mar. 1. 17. 



• Mat. 4. 20. & 

19.27. 

Mar. 1.13. 

nio. 18. 28. 
f Mat. 8. 2. 

Mar. 1. 40. 



178 LUKA, V. 

8 A ike ae la o Simona Petero, AD. 31. 
alalia moe iho la ia ma na kuli o 
lesu, i aku la, *^ E hele aku oe mai 
o'u aku nei, e ka Haku, no ka mea, 
he kanaka hewa wan. 

9 No ka mea, na weliweli iho la 
ia, o lakou pu a pau kekahi me ia, 
i ka hei ana o na ia i loaa ia lakou. 

10 Pel a hoi o lakobo, a me loane, 
na keild a Zebedaio, ko Simona mau 
hoalawehana. I mai la o lesu ia 
Simona, Mai makau oe, no ka mea, 
^ mahope aku, c hoohei ae oe i ka- 
naka. 

1 1 A hoopae lakou ia mau moku 
iuka, "haalele aku la lakou i na 
mea a pau, a hahai ia ia. 

12 ^ ' Eia kekahi, ia ia e noho ana 
maloko o kekahi o ia mau kulana- 
kauhale, aia hoi, he kanaka paapu 
i ka lepcra ; a ike oia ia lesu, moe 
iho la ia ilalo ke alo, nonoi aku la 
ia ia, i aku la, E ka Haku, ina ma- 
kemake oe, e hiki no ia oe ke hoo- 
maemae ia'n. 

1 3 Kikoo mai la ko lesu lima, hoo- 
pa iho la ia ia, i mai la, Makemake 
au, e hoomaemaeia hoi oe. Haa- 
lele koke no hoi ka mai lepera ia ia. 

14 « Kauoha ae la o lesu ia ia, mai 
hai aku ia hai, aka, e hele e hoike 
iaoe iho i ke kahuna, a e haawi 
aku hoi i ka mohai no kou maemae 
ana, e ^ like me ka Mose i kauoha 
mai ai, i maopopo i kanaka. 

15 Kukui loa ae la kona kaulana, 
a ' lulumi mai la na ahakanaka nui, 
e lohe ia ia, a e hoolaia e ia ko 
lakou nawaiiwali. 

16 ^ ^Hele aku la ia i na wahi 
n^hameha, a pule iho la. 

17 Eia kekahi, i kekahi la, i 
kana ao ana, e noho kokoke ana na 
Paiisaio a me na kumu ao kana- 
wai, na^ea i hele mai, mai na 
kulanakauhale a pau ma Galilaia 
•a me ludaia mai, a mai lerusalema 
mai hoi; a ilaila ka mana o ka 
Haku e hoola ia lakou. 

18 % 'Aia }m, lawe mai la na ka- 
naka ma ka moe i kekahi kanakft) i 



ff Mat 8. 4. 



liOlhk.14.4, 
10, 21, 22. 



i Mat 4. 25. 
Mar. 8. 7. 
loa. 6. 2. 



k Mat 14. 2a. 
Mar. 6. 46. 



1 Mat 9, a: 

Mar. 9 .<L 



8 When Simon Peter saw t7, he 
fell down at Jesus' knees, saying, 
*^ Depart from me } for I am a sin- 
ful man, Lord. 

9 For he was astonished, and all 
that were with him, at the draught 
of the fishes which they had taken : 

10 And 80 was also James, and 
John, the sons of Zebedee, which 
were partners with Simon. And 
Jesus said unto Simon, Fear net; 
*'from henceforth thou shalt catch 
men. 

11 And when they had brought 
their ships to land, 'they forsook 
all, and followed him. 

12 ^ 'And it came to pass, when 
he was in a certain city, behold a 
man full of leprosy; who seeing 
Jesus fell on his face, and besought 
him, saying, Lord, if thou wilt, thou 
canst make me clean. 



13 And he put forth his hand, and 
touched him, saying, I will : be 
thou clean. And immediately the 
leprosy departed from him. 

14 « And he charged him to tell no 
man : but go, and shew thyself to 
the priest, and offer for thy cleans- 
ing, •» according as Moses command- 
ed, for a testimony unto them. 

15 But BO much the more went 
there a fame abroad of him : ■ and 
great multitudes came together to 
hear, and to be healed by him of 
their infirmities. 

16 IT ""And he withdrew himself 
into the wilderness, and prayed. 

17 And it came to pass on a cer- 
tain day, as he was teaching, tliat 
there were Pharisees and doctors 
of the law sitting by, which were 
come out of every town of Galilee, 
and Judea, and Jerusalem : and 
the power of the Lord was present 
to heal them. 

18 IT *And, behold, men brought in 
5 l>«d ft jn«a which was taken with 



loohia e ka lolo; a hull lakou e 
hookomo ia ia iloko, a e waiho iho 
ia ia imua ova. 

19 Aoio hoi i loaa ia lakou ke 
hookomo ia ia, no ka nui o na ka- 
naka, pii ae la lakou iiuna o ka 
hale, a mawaena o na papa lepo 
pili, i kuu iho ai lakou ia ia ilalo^ 
)ne ka moe, iwaena konu imua o 
lesu. 

20 A i kona ike ana 1 ko lakou 
manaoio, i mai la oia ia ia, £ ke 
kanaka, ua kalaia na hewa ou. 

21 '"Kukakuka iho la na Parisaio, 
a me na kakauolelo, i iho ^ Owai 
la keia e olelo nei i na o^o boi- 
noino ? £ hiki la ia " wai ke kala 
i ka hala, anoai o ke Akua no ? 

22 Ike iho la o lesu i ko lakou ma- 
nao, olelo mai la oia ia lakou, i 
mai la. No ke aha la oukou e kuka- 
kuka nei iloko o ko ookou naau ? 

23 Mahea ka uuku ke olelo, Ua 
kalaia na hewa ou, a, ke olelo pa- 
ha, e ala, a e hele ? . 

24 Aka, i ike oukou he mana ko 
ke Keiki a ke kanaka ma ka honua 
e kala 1 ka hala, (olelo ia i ka mea 
mai lolo,) Ke olelo aku nei au ia oe, 
e ala, e kaikai i kou wahi moe, a e 
hele aku i kou hale. 

25 Ku koke ae la ia imua o lakou, 
kaikai ae la i kona wahi moe, a h<v 
le aku la i kona hale me ka hoo- 
maikai ana i ke Akua. 

26 Loohia lakou a pau i ka pihoi- 
hoi, a hoomaikai aku la i ke Akua, 
a piha lakou i ka makau, i mai la, 
Ua ike kakou i na mea kupanaha i 
keia la. 

27 ^ ^ Mahope iho o ia mau mea, 
hele ae la ia, a ike iho la ia i ka lu- 
naauhau, o Levi kona iuoa, e noho 
ana i kahi hookupu ; i iho la oia ia 
ii, E hahai mai oe ia'u. 

28 Haalelc no ia i na mea a pau, 
ku ae la, a hohai mamuli ona. 

29 I'Hana iho la o Levi i ahaai- 
na nni nona iloko o kona hale iho : 
^he nui no fca poe lunaauhau a mo 
na mea e ae i noho pu me lakou. 



LUKA, V. 

A.D. 31. 



n Mat 9. 3. 
Mar. 2. 6, 7. 



ttHal.32. 5. 
Is. 43. 2a. 



e Mat 9. 9. 

Mar. 2. 13, 

14 



pMftt. 9. 10. 
Mar. 3. 15. 



.ISCl. 



I7f 

a palsy : and they sought means to 
bring him in, and to lay him before 
him. 

19 And when they could not find 
by what way they might bring him 
in because of the multitude, they 
went upon the housetop, and let 
him down through the tiling with 
his couch into the midst before 
Jesus. 

20 And when he saw their faith, 
he said unto him, Man, thy sins 
are forgiven thee. 

21 *" And the scribes and the Phar- 
isees began to reason, saying. Who 
is this which speaketh blasphemies ? 
"Who can forgive sins, but God 
alone ? 

22 But when Jesus perceived their 
thoughts, he answering said unto 
them. What reason yc in your 
hearts? 

23 Whether is easier, to say, Thy 
sins bo forgiven tliee; or to say, 
Rise up and walk ? 

24 But that yo may know that the 
Son of man hath power upon earth 
to forgive sins, (ho said unto the 
sick of the palsy,) I say unto thee. 
Arise, and take up thy couch, and 
go into thine house. 

2o And immediately ho rose up 
before them, and took up that 
whereon he lay, and departed to 
his own house, glorifying God. 

26 And they were all amazed, and 
they glorified God, and were filled 
with fear, saying, Wo have seen 
strange things to day. 

27 IF "^And after these things he 
went forth, and saw a publican, 
named Levi, sitting at the receipt 
of custom: and ho said unto him, 
Follow me. • 

28 And he left all, rose up, and 
followed him. 

29 PAnd Levi made him a great 
feast in his own house : and ^ there 
was a great company of publicans 
and of others that sat down with 
them. 



r Mat 9. IS. 
1 TinLl 15. 



■ Mat 9. 14. 
Mar. 2. 18. 



ISO LUKA, VI. 

30 Aka, ohninu ko laila poe ka- A.D. 31. 
kauolelo, a me na Parisaio, i kana 
mau hanmana, i ae la, No ke aha 
la oukou e ai pu ai, a e inu pu hoi 
me na lunaauhau a me na lawe> 
hala? 

31 Olelo mai la o lesu ia lakou, i 
mai la, Aolo no ka poe ola ke ka- 
huna lapaau e pono ai ; aka, no ka 
poe mai no ia. 

32 "Aole ka poe pono ka'u i hele 
mai nei e ao aku, aka, o ka poe 
hewa c mihi. 

33 IT I aku la lakou ia ia, 'No ke 
aha la hoi ka loane man haumana 
e hookeai pinepine ai me ka pule, 
a pela hoi ka ka poe Parisaio } aka, 
hoi, o kau, e ai no, a e inu no? 

34 I mai la oia ia lakou, £ hiki 
anei ia oukou ke hoolilo i na kana- 
ka o ke keena mare i ka hookeai, i 
ka manawa e noho pu ai ke kane 
mare me lakou ? 

35 £ hiki mai ana na la e lawe- 
ia'ku ai ke kane mare, mai o lakou 
aku nei, alalia lakou e hookeai ai, 
ia mau la. 

36 ^ *01elomai la ia i kaolelonane 
ia lakou ; Aohe kanaka e pinai i ka 
apana lole hou ma ka lole kahiko, 
o moku hou auanei ka mea kahiko 
i ka mea hou, aole hoi e ku ka apa- 
na o ka mea hou i ka mea. kahiko. 

37 Aohe hoi mea nana e ukuhi i 
ka w^ina hou iloko o na huewai ili 
kahiko, o poha na hue i ka waina 
hou, a kahe ka waina, a make pu 
na hue. 

38 Aka, e ukuhiia ka waina hou 
iloko o na hue hou, a pau pu ua 
mau mea la i ka malamaia. 

39 Aole mea i inu i ka waina ka- 
hiko a makemake koke i ka waina 
hou ; no ka mea, olelo no ia, ua oi 
ka maikai o ka mea kahiko. 



t Mat 9. 16, 
17. 

Mar. S. 21, 
22. 



MOKUNA VI. 

I A kekahi, «a hala ka Sabati 
woa, a 1 ka lua, hele ae la ia 
ma ka mahina hiui palaoa ; a olu 



E' 



al^atUL 
Mar. 2. 2S. 



30 But their scribes and Fhariseet 
murmured againnt his disciples, say- 
ing, Why do ye eat and dnnk with 
publieans and sinners ? 



31 And Jesus answering said unto 
them, They that are whole need not 
a physician ; but they that are sick. 

32 'I came not to call the right- 
eous, but sinners to repentaiioe. 

' 33 IF And they said unto him, 
>Why^ the disdples ci inhn fast 
<^ten, and make prayers, and like- 
wise the disciples of the Pharisees ; 
but thine eat and drink ? 

34 And he said unto them. Can 
ye make the children of the bride- 
chamber fast, while the bridegroom 
is with them ? 

35 But the days will e<Hne, whenj 
the bridegroom shall be taken away 
from them, and then shall they fast 
in those days. 

36 % * And he qwke also a parable 
unto them ; No man putteth a piece 
of a new garment upon an old ; il 
otherwise, then both the new mak^ 
eth a rent, and the piece that w&^ 
taken out of the new agreeth uoi 
with the old. 

37 And no man putteth new win< 
into old bottles ; else the new win< 
will burst the bottles, uid be spill 
ed, and Xhe bottles shall periah. 

38 But new wine must be put inti 
new bottles; and both are pre 
served. 

39 No man also haying drunk ol^ 
vfine straightway desireth new ; fo 
he saith, The old is bettor. 



CHAPTER VI. 

I A ND *it came to pass on th 
jQ. second sabbath afUr the firsi 
that he went through the com fields 



iho la ka&a maa hanmana i na hn- 
hui hua palaoa^ anaanai iho la ilo- 
ko o na lima, ai iho la. 

2 Oielo ae la kekahi poe Farisaio 
ia lakoa, No ko aha la oukou e 
hana nei i ^ka mea ku pono ole ke 
hana i na la Sabati? 

3 OMo mai la o lesa ia l&koti, i 
mai la, Aole vaei oukoa i helnheln 
i ' ka mea a Davida i hana'i i kona 
pololi ana, a me ka poe me ia ; 

4 1 kona komo ana iloko o ka hale 
ke Akua, a lalaa iho la i ka be- 
rena hoike, a ai iho la, a haawi hoi 
na ka poe me ia ; ' aole hoi i kupo- 
Do ke ai ia mea, o ka poe kahnna 
wale no? 

5 I mai la oia ia lakou, O ke Rei- 
ki a ke kanaka, oia hoi ka Haku no 
ka Sabati. 

6 * Eia kekahi, i kekahi la Sabati 
aku, hole ae la oia iloko o ka hale- 
halawai a ao mai la; a ilaila ke ka- 
naka ua maloo kona lima akau. 

7 Hakilo aku la ia ia na kakan- 
olelo a me na Parisaio e hoola paha 
ia i ka la Sabati, i loaa'^i ia lakou 
ka mea e hoopii ai ia ia. 

8 Ua ike oia i ko lakou manao, i 
Tnai la ia i ke kanaka nona ka lima 
maloo, £ ala'e, a e ku mawaena. 
Ala ae la hoi ia, ku iho la. 

9 I mai la o lesn ia lakou, E ni- 
nau aku an ia oukou i kekahi mea ; 
Ho pono i na la Sabati, o ka ha- 
na maikai anei, o ka hana ino pa- 
ha? o ka hoola anei, o ka pepehi 
paha? 

10 Nana ae la oia ia lakou a pau, 
i mai la i ua kanaka la, E kikoo i 
koQ lima. A pela ia i hana'i, a 
oia iho la ia lima ona e like me 
kekahi. 

11 A jMha iho la lakou i ka huhu. 
Kokakttka lakou ia lakou iho i ka 
mea e hana aku ai lakou ia lesu. 

12 ' Eia kekahi, ia mau la no, 
keU aka la ia i ka mauna e pule; 



LUKA, VI. 

AD. 81. 



bpnk.20.10. 



e 1 Sam. SI. 6. 



dOihk.ai.9. 



• Mftt. 12. 9. 
Mar. 3. 1. 

See mo. IS. 
14. tt 14. S. 
loa. a 16. 



f Mat 14. 38. 



181 

■ad his dtseiplet plucked the ears 
of com, and did eat, rubbing them 
in their hands. 

2 And certain of the VhmtetB 
said unto them, Why do ye that 
''which is not lawful to do on the 
sabbath days ? 

3 And Jesus answering them said, 
Have ye not read so much as this, 
* what David did, when himself was 
a hungered; and they which were 
with him j 

4 How he went into the house of 
God, and did take and eat the shew- 
bread, and gare also to them that 
were with him; 'which it is not 
lawful to eat but for the priests 
alone ? 

5 And he said unto them. That 
the Son of man is Lord also of the 
sabbath. 

6 * And it came to pass altso on 
another sabbath, that be entered in- 
to the synagogue and taught : and 
there was a man whose right hand 
was withered. 

7 And the scribes and Pharisees 
watched him, whether he would 
heal on the sabbath day ,* that they 
might find an accusation against 
him. 

8 But he knew their thoughts, and 
said to the *man which had the 
withered hand, Rise up, and stand 
forth in the midst. And he arose 
and stood forth. 

9 Then said Jesus unto them, I 
will ask you one thing ; Is it law- 
ful on the sabbath days to do good, 
or to do evil? to save life, or to 
destroy it t 

10 And looking round about upon 
them all, he said unto the man, 
Stretch forth thy hand. And ho 
did so : and his hand was restored 
whole as the other. 

11 And they were filled with mad« 
ness; and communed one with an- 
other what they might do to Jesus. 

12 'And it came to pass in those 
days, that he went out into a mount- 



182 

hoomau iho la oia i ka pule i ke 
Akua ia po a ao. 

13 ^ A ao ae la, hea mai la ia i 
kana poe haumana; a ^wae iho la 
oia he umikumamalua o lakou ; a 
kapa iho la oia ia lakou, he poe 
lunaolelo ; 

14 O Simona ^ka mea ana i kapa 
hou ai o Petero, a o Anederea kona 
kaikaina, a o lakobo a me loane, o 
Pilipo a me Baretolomaio, 

15 Mataio a me Toma, o lakobo 
na Alapaio, a me Simona i kapaia 
o Zelote, 

16 luda 'ko lakobo a me luda 
Isekariota^ oia hoi ka mea kuma- 
kaia. 

1 7 1[ A iho mai la oia me lakou, ka 
iho la ma kahi papu, a o kana poe 
haumaua, a me na ^lanaka he ^ le- 
hulehu no ludaia a pau. no lerusa- 
lema hoi, a no kahakai o Turo a 
me Sidona, hele aku lakou e hoolo- 
he ia ia, a e hoolaia hoi ko lakou 
mau mai ; 

18 A me ka poe i hoomaauia e na 
uhane ino ; a hoolaia'e la lakou. 

19 ^ Imi ae la ka ahakanaka a pau 
e hoopa ia ia; no ka mea, noloko 
mai ona i '"puka mai ai ka mana, 
a i hoola hoi ia lakou a pau. 

20 ^ Alawa ae la kbna mau ma- 
ka maluna o kana poe haumana, i 
mai la ia, "Pomaikai oukou ka poe 
ilihune ; no ka mea, no oukou ke 
aupuni o ke Akua. 

21 °Pomaikai oukou ka poe pololi 
ano; no ka mea, e hoomaonaia ou- 
kou. P Pomaikai oukou ka poe uwe 
ano; no ka mea, e olioli auanei 
oukou. 

22 1 £ pomaikai ana oukou i ka 
wa e inaina mai ai kanaka ia ou- 
kou, a o 'hookaawale ai hoi ia ou- 
kou, a e hoino ai hoi, a e kiola aku 
ai hoi i ko oukou mau inoa me he 
mea ino la, no ke Keiki' a ke ka- 
naka. 

23 'E hauoli hoi oukou ia la, a e 
lelele iho i ka olioli ; no ka mea, eia 
hoi, he nui no ko oukou uku ma ka 



LUKA, VI. 

A.D. 31. 



rMatlO. L 



bloa.1.42. 



i lud. 1. 



k Mat 4. 25. 
Mar. 3. 7. 



I MaL H. 96. 



m Mar. 5. SO. 
mo. 8. 46. 



BMat. &S. it 
11.5. 
Iak.2.5. 

oIb.55. l.k 

65.13. 

Mat 5. 6. 
Pis. 61. 3. 

Mat 5. 4. 



q Mat 6. 11. 

I Pet 2. 19. 

& 3. 14. k, 4. 

14. 
rloa.16.2. 



■ Mats. 12. 
Oih. 5. 41. 
KoLl.S4. 
Iak.1.2. 



ain to pray, and eontinued all night 
in prayer to God. 

13 ^ And when it was day, he 
called unto him hia dificiples : 'and 
of them he chose twelve, whom 
also he named apostles ; 

14 Simon, (^ whom he also named 
Petar^) and Andrew his brother, 
James and John, Philip and Bar- 
tholomew, 

15 Matthew and Thomas, James 
the 5071 of Alpheus, and Simon 
called Zelotes, 

16 And Judas 'the brother of 
James, and Judas Iscariot^ which 
also was the traitor. 

1 7 If And he came down with them, 
and stood in the plain, and the com- 
pany of his disciples, ^and a great 
multitude of people out of ail Judea 
and Jerusalem, and from the sea 
coast of Tyre and Sidon, which came 
to hear him, and to be healed of 
their diseases ; 

18 And they that were vexed with 
unclean spirits: and they were 
healed. 

19 And the whole multitude 
* sought to touch him: for '"there 
went virtue out of him, and healed 
them all. 

20. IT And he lifted up his eyes on 
his disciples, and said, "Blessed be 
ye poor : for yours is the kingdom 
of God. 

21 ''Blessed are ye that hunger 
now: for ye shall be filled, p Bless- 
ed are ye that weep now : for ye 
shall laugh. 

22 1 Blessed are ye, when men shall 
hate you, and when they 'shall 
separate you from their company^ 
and shall reproach poUj and cast 
out your name as evil, for the Son 
of man's sake. 

23 'Rejoice ye in that day, and 
leap for joy : for, behold, your re- 
ward is great in heaTin: lor 'in 



lani. Pela no hoi i *hana aku ai 
ko lakou poe makua i ka poe kaula. 
24"Aka, poino oukou »ka poe 
waiwai ! no ka mea, ^^ua loaa e ia 
oukou ko oukou oluolu. 

25 * Poino oukou ka poe maona ! 
no ka mea, e pololi auanei oukou. 
'Poino oukou ka poe akaaka ano ! 
no ka mea, e u auanei oukou a e 
uwe hoi. 

26 *> £ poino auanei oukou i ka wa 
e oieio raaikai mai ai kanaka no 
oakou ! no ka mea, pela no i hana 
aku ai ko lakou mau makua i ka 
poe kaula hoopunipuni. * 

27 ^ ^ Aka^ ke kauoha aku nei au ia 
oukou ka poe e lohe mai ana^ e alo- 
ha aku i ko oukou poe enemi, e ha- 
na maikai aku hoi i ka poe inaina 
mai ia oukou. 

28 £ hoomaikai aku i ka poe i 
hoino mai ia oukou, e "^pule aku 
lioi no ka poe i hoohewa wale mai 
ia oukou. 

29 « A i ka mea e kui mai ia oe 
ma kekahi papalina, e haawi hou 
ae i kekahi ; a i ' ka mea e lawe aku 
i kou aahu, mai auwa i kou kapa 
komo. 

30 ^E haawi hoi oe i kela mea i 
keia mea ke noi mai ia oe. A i ka 
mea lawe aku i kou waiwai, mai 
noi hou aku oe. 

31 >■ £ like me ko oukou makemake 
e hana mai na kanaka ia oukou, pela 
hoi oukou e hana aku ai ia lakou. 

32 > A ina e aloha aku oukou i ka 
poe i aloha mai ia oukou, heaha hoi 
ka uku no oukou ? no ka mea, ua 
aloha aku ka poe hewa i ka poe i 
aloha mai ia lakou. 

33 A ina e hana maikai aku oukou 
i ka poe i hana maikai mai ia ou- 

, kou, heaha hoi ka uku no oukou ? 
no ka mea, ua hana no pela ka poe 
hewa. 

34 >^ A ina e haawi aku oukou i ka 
poe a oukou e manao ai e haawi hou 
mai ana ia oukou, heaha hoi ka uku 
no oukou? no ka mea, ua haawi 
aku ka poe hewa i ka poe hewa i loaa 
hou mai ai ia lakou ka mea like. 



LUKA, VI. 183 

A.B. 31. the like manner did their fathers 
unto the prophets. 

24 "But woe unto you 'that are 
rich! for ^ye have received your 
consolation. 

25 * Woe unto you that are full ! 
for ye shall hunger. *Woe unto 
you that laugh now ! for ye shall 
mourn and weep. 

26 ^'Woe unto you, when all men 
shall speak well of you ! for so did 
their fathers to the false prophets. 




bio*. 15. 19. 
1 loiu 4. 5. 



e Puk. 23. 4. 
Sol. 2ft. 21. 
Mat& 44. 
pau. 3ft. 
Rom. 12. 20. 



(i mo. S3. 34. 
Olh. 7. 60. 



eMaL5.39. 
riKor.e.7. 



ff Kan. 15. 7, 
8,10. 

Sol. 21. 2S. 
Mat 5. 42. 



liMaL7.12. 



i£Cat.5i46. 



k Mat 5. 42. 



27 T * But I say unto you which 
hear, Love your enemies, do good 
to them which hate you, 



28 Bless them that curse you, and 
'^ pray for them which despitefully 
use you. 

29 *And unto him that smiteth 
thee on the one cheek oifer also the 
other; 'and him that taketh away 
thy cloak forhid not to take thy ooat 
also. 

30 ^Give to every man that asketh 
of thee ; and of him that taketh 
away thy goods ask them not again. 

31 '^And as ye would that men 
should do to you, do ye also to them 
likewise. 

32 ' For if ye love them which love 
you, what thank have ye ? for sin- 
ners also love those that love them. 



33 And if ye do good to them which 
do good to you, what thank have ye? 
for sinners also do even the same. 



34 ''And if ye lend to them of 
whom ye hope to receive, what 
thank have ye? for sinners also 
lend to sinners, to receive as much 
again. 



184 



LUKA, VL 



35 Aka, e * aloha akn i ko oakon 
poe enemi, e hana maikai aku, a 
">e haayd aku, me ka manao ole i 
ka uku hoa ia; alaila e nui ka 
uku no oukou, e lilo hoi ■oukou i 
mau keiki na ka Mea kiekie loa; 
no ka mea, he lokomaikai mai oia 
i ka poo aloha ole, a me ka poe 
hewa. 

36 ° £ lokomaikai hoi oukou, e li- 
ke me ko oukou Makua i lokomai- 
kai mai ai. 

37 'Mai hoino aku, alaila, aole 
oukou e hoinoia mai : Mai hoahe- 
wa aku, alaila, aole oukou e hoa- 
hewaia mat. £ kala aku, a e ka- 
laia mai oukou. 

38 '^ £ haawi aku, a e haawiia mai 
ia oukou, me ka ana pono i kao- 
miia iho, i pili pu i ka hoolulilu- 
liia a hanini iwaho, e haa^ mai ai 
lakou iloko o ko oukou 'poli : no ka 
mea, 'me ka ana a oukou e ana 
aku ai, pela no e anaia mai ai no 
oukou. 

39 Olelo mai la oia i ka olelonane 
ia lakou ; * £ hiki anei i ka makapo 
ke alakai i ka makapo? Aole anei 
laua e haule pu iho i ka lua ? 

40 ■'Aole ka haumana maluna o 
kana kumu ; aka, o ka haumana i 
pono e like pu ia me kana kumu. 

41 'No ke aha la oe e nana aku 
ai i ka pula iki iloko o ka maka o 
kou hoahanau, aole hoi oe i ike i 
ke kaola iloko o kou maka iho ? 

42 A, pehea la o hiki ai ia oe ke 
olelo aku i kou hoahanau, £ ka 
hoahanau, ho mai na'u e unuhi ka 
pula iki oloko o kou maka, aole hoi 
oe i ike i ke kaola iloko o kou maka 
iho? £ ka hookamani, ^e hoolei 
mua ae oe i ke kaola mai loko ae o 
kou maka iho. alaila e ike lea oe i 
ka unuhi i ka pula iki oloko o ka 
maka o kou hoahanau. 

43 ' No ka mea, aole hoohua mai 
ka laau maikai i ka hua ino ; aole 
hoi hoohua mai ka laau ino i ka 
hua maikai. 

44 No ka mea, ua ikeia *ka laau 
ma kona hua iho. Aole i ohiia mai 



A.D. 31. 




o Mat & 48. 



PAUL 7.1. 



q SuL 19. 17. 



f Hal. 79. 12. 
• Mat. 7. 2. 

Mar. 4. 24. 

lak. 2. 13. 



t Mat. 15. 14. 



.u Mat. 10.24. 

lua 13. 16. k 

15. 20. 
11 Or. ahaH he 

prr/rtrlfd a» 

Ma nuitfer, 
X Mat. 7. 3. 



7 See SuL 18. 
17. 



• Mat. 7. 16, 
17. 



aMatLLSS. 



35 But Uove ye your enemies, and 
do good, and "lend, hoping for noth- 
ing again ; and your reward shall 
he great, and "ye shall he the chil- 
dren of the Highest : for he is kind 
unto the imthankful and to the 
evil. 



36 'Be yo therefore merciful, as 
your Father also is merciful. 

37 ^ Judge not, and ye shall not he 
judged : condemn not, and ye shall 
not be condemned : forgive, and ye 
shall be forgiven : 

38 '»Give, and it shall he given 
unto you; good measure, pressed 
down, and shaken together, and 
nmning over, shall men give into 
your ''bosom. For *with the same 
measure that ye mete withal it 
shall he measured to you again, j 

39 And he spake a parable unto 
them : * Can the hlind lead the 
blind ? shall they not both fall into 
the ditch? 

40 " The disciple is not ahove his 
master : hut every one n that is per- 
fect shall ho as his master. 

41 *And why beholdest thou the 
mote that is in thy brother's eye, 
but perceivest not the heam that is 
in thine own eye ? 

42 £ither how canst thou say to 
thy brother, Brother, let me pull 
out the mote that is in thine ey*, 
when thou thyself heholdest not 
the heam that is in thine own eye ? 
Thou hypocrite, ^cast out first the 
heam out of thine own eye, and 
then shalt thou see clearly to pull 
out the mote that is in thy brothers 
eye. 

43 «For a good tree hringeth not 
forth corrupt fruit ; neither doth a 
corrupt tree bring forth good fruit. 

44 For •every tree ia kaown by 
his own fruit. For of tiMms men 



na hna ilkn, mfti ke kakalsioa mai, 
aole hoi i ohiia mai na haa waina 
mai ka laau ooi mai. 
45 ^^ O ke kanaka maikai, na lawe 
mai ia i ka mea maikai noloko mai 
ka ^waiwai maikai o kona naau ; 
a ke kanaka ino, na laiffo mai ia 
i ka mea ino noloko mai o ka wai- 
wai ino o kona naan ; no ka mea, 
no *= ka piha o ka naau i olelo mai 
ai kona waha. 

46 ^ '^ No ke aha la onkon i hea 
mai ai ia'u, £ ka Haku, e ka Haku, 
me ka malama ole i ka mea a'u c 
kauoha aku ai ? 

47 *0 ka mea i hele mai io'n nei, 
a i hoolohe mai i ka'u man olelo, a 
i malama hoi ia man mea, e hoike 
aku au ia oukou i kona mea e like 
ai: 

48 Ua like ia me ke kanaka i ku- 
kala i ka hale, na eli ia a hohonn, 
ua boonoho i ke kumu ma ka po- 
haka ; a nui mai la ka wai kahe, a 
pa ikaika mai ka wai kahe i ua 
hale la, aole hiki ke hoonauwewe 
akii ia, no ka mea, ua hookumuia 
ia ma ka pohaku. 

49 Aka, o ka mea i hoolohe, aole 
hoi i malama, ua like ia me ke ka- 
naka i kukulu i ka hale mai una o 
ka lepo, me ke kumu ole j malaila 
i pa ikaika mai ai ka wai kahe, a 
hiolo koke iho la no ia, a nui iho 
la ka hiolo ana o ua hale la. 



MOKUNA VII. 

AHOOKI ae la oia i kana mau 
olelo a pan i ka lohe ana o na 
kanaka, alaila ^komo ae la ia iloko 
Kaperenaoma. 

2 A, he mai ko kekahi kattwa a 
ka lanahaneri, kokoke no ia e ma- 
ke, he punahele nana. 

3 A lohe ae la ka lunahaneri ia 
lesQ, hoouna aku la oia i na luna- 
kaJiiko o ka poe ludaio io na la, 
nonoi aku la ia ia e hele mai c 
^oola i kana kauwa. 

4 A iuki aku la lakou io lesu la, 
a<XDoi ilooka aka la lakou ia ia, me 



A.D. 31. 



e Mat. It, 34. 



dMaLl.6. 
Mat. 7. 2L 

mo. 13. 25. 



e Mat 7. 24. 



180 

do not gather figs, nor of a hramhle 
hush gather they t grapes. 

45 ^ A good man out of the good 
treasure of his heart hringeth forth 
that which is good; and an evil 
man out of the evil treasure of his 
heart hringeth forth that which is 
evil: for *of the ahundance oi the 
heart his mouth speaketh. 

46 % *And why call yfe me, Lord, 
Lord, and do not the things which I 
say? 

47 'Whosoever cometh to me, and 
heareth my sayings, and doeth them, 
I will shew you to whom he is like : 



48 He is like a man which huilt a 
house, and digged deep, and laid the 
foundation on a rock : and when the 
flood arose, the stream heat vehe- 
mently upon that house, and could 
not shake it; for it was founded 
upon a rock. 

49 But he that heareth, and doeth 
not, is like a man that without a 
foundation huilt a house upon the 
earth; against which the stream 
did heat vehemently, and immedi- 
ately it fell ; and the ruin of that 
house was great. 



CHAPTER Vn. 

OW when he had ended all his 
sayings in the audience of the 
people, *■ he entered into Capernaum. 



w 



2 And a certain centurion's serv- 
ant, who was dear unto him, was 
sick, and ready to die. 

3 And when he heard of Jesus, he 
sent unto him the elders of the Jews, 
beseeching him that he would come 
and heal his servant. 

4 And when they came to Jesus, 
they hesou^t him instantly, say- 



186 



LUKA, VII. 



ka olelo, Ua pono kela nona keia 
mea ana e hana'i 3 

No ka mea, ua aloha mai oia i 
ko makou lahuikanaka, a ua ku- 
kulu no hoi oia i ko makou hale- 
halawai. 

6 Alaila, hole pu mai la lesu me 
lakou. A kokoke mai la ia i ka 
hale, hoouna aku la ka lunahaneri 
i na hoaaloha io na la, e olelo aku 
ia ia, £ ka Haku, mai hooluhi oe 
ia oe iho; no ka mea, aole o'u 
pono e komo mai ai oe iloko o kuu 
hale. 

7 No ia hoi, aole au i manao e po- 
no au kc hele aku iou la : aka hoi, 
e i mai oe i ka olelo, a e hoolaia no 
kuu kauwa. 

8 No ka mea, he kanaka no M-au i 
hoonohoia malalo iho o ke alii, he 
mau koa hoi ko'u malalo iho o'u, a 
i aku au i kekahi, £ hele aku, a 
hele aku no ia ; a i kekahi, £ hele 
mai, a hele mai no ia ; a i kuu kau- 
wa hoi, £ hana oe i keia, a hana 
no hoi ia. 

9 A lohe ae la o lesu ia mau mea, 
mahalo iho la ia ia, a haliu ae la 
ia, i mai la i ka ahakanaka e ha- 
hai ana mahope ona, Ke i aku nei 
au ia oukou, aole au i ike i ka 
paulele nui e like me neia ildko o 
ka Iseraela. 

.10 A hoi mai i ka hale ka poe i 
hoounaia'ku, ike mai la lakou i ua 
kauwa mai la, ua oia. 

11 ^ £ia hoi kekahi, ia la ae, 
hele aku la ia i ke kulanakauhale, 
i kapaia o Naina ; a he nui na hau- 
mana ana i hele pu me ia, a me na 
kanaka he nui loa. 

12 A hookokoke aku la oia i ka 
ipuka o ua kulanakauhale la, aia 
hoi, ua haliia mai la mawaho ke- 
kahi kanaka make, ke keiki kama- 
kahi a kona makuwahine, he wa- 
hinekanemake ia ; a nui mai la ko 
ke kulanakauhale me ua wahine la. 

13 A ike ka Haku ia ia, hu ae la 
kona aloha ia ia, 1 mai la oia ia ia, 
Mai uwe oe. 

14 Hele ae la lesu a hoopa ae la i 



A. D. 31. 



ing. That he was worthy for whom 
he should do this : 

5 For he loveth our nation, and 
he hath built us a synagogue. 



6 Then Jesus went with them. 
And when he was now not far from 
the house, the centurion sent friends 
to him, saying unto him, Lord, 
trouble not thyself; for I am not 
worthy that thou shouldest enter 
under my roof: 

7 Wherefore neither thought I my- 
self worthy to come unto tlice : but 
say in a word, and my servant Ehall 
be healed. 

8 For I also am a man set under 
authority, having under me soldierSj 
and 1 say unto one, 60, and he go- 
eth ; and to another, Come, and he 
cometh; and to my servant, Do 
this, and he doeth it. 



9 When Jesus heard these things, 
he marvelled at him, and turned 
him about, and said unto the people 
that fbllowed him, I say unto you. 
I have not found so great faith, no. 
not in Israel. 

10 And they that were sent, re- 
turning to the house, found tht 
servant whole that had been sick. 

1 1 1[ And it came to pass the da] 
after, that he went into a city calle( 
Nain; and many of his disciplei 
went with him, and much people. 

12 Now when he came nigh to th« 
gate of the city, behold, there wai 
a dead man carried out, the onlj 
son of his mother, and she was 1 
widow : and much people of th^ 
city was with her. 

13 And when the Lord saw her 
he had compassion on her, and sai^ 
unto her, Weep not. 

14 And he came and Umehed thj 



ka manele : ka malie iho la ka poe 
e hall ana. I ae la ia, £ ke kana- 
ka hou, ke kauoba aku nei au ia oe, 
''EalaV 

15 Alalia noho mai la iluna ua 
kanaka make la, a olelo mai la : a 
haawi ae la o lesu ia ia i kona ma- 
kuwahine. 

16 "^ A kau mai la ka weliweli ma- 
lona o lakou a pan, hoonani aku la 
lakou i ke Akua, i aku ]a, ''Ua pu- 
ka mai nei ke kaula nui mawaena 

kakou ; « ua ike mai ke Akua i 
kona poe kanaka. 

17 Ua kui aku la kona kaulana, 
ma ladaia a puni, a me ka aina a 
pau e kdcoke mai ana. 

18 'A hoike ae la ia loane kana 
man haumana i keia mau mea a 
pau. 

19 % Kahea aku la o loane i kekahi 
mau haumana ana elua, hoouna 
aku la io lesu la e ninau aku, 
oe no anei ka mea e hele mai ana ? 
a. ka mea e ae anei ka makou e 
kali ai ? 

20 A hiki aku la ua mau kanaka 
la io lesu la, i aku la, Na loane 
Bapetite maua i hoouna mdHiou 
riei c ninau, O oe no anei ka mea c 
:ielc mai ana? a, o ka mea e ae 
anei ka makou e kali ai ? 

21 la hora iho, hoola iho la oia i 
na mea he nui, i na mai, i na na- 
valiwali, i na uhane ino hoi ; he nui 
ao hoi na makapo ana i haawi ai i 
ka ike. 

22 « Olelo mai la o lesu, i mai la 
a laua, Ou hoi, e hai aku olua ia 
lomc i ka olua mea i ike iho nei, a 

1 lohe iho nei ; ^ua ike na makapo, 
^a hele na oopa, ua hoomaemaeia 

L na lepero, ua lohe na kuli, ua hoa- 
plaia na make, ua haiia ka olelo mair 
r kai i 'ka poe ilihune ; 

23 A e pomaikai ana ka mea e hi- 
na ole no'u. 

24 % k^ i^la, aku la ua mau elele 
la a loane, olelo aku la o lesu i ka 
a^iakanaka, no loane, I hele la ou- 
Ieou iw$bo ma ka waonahele e ike 



LUKA, VII. 187 

A. D. 31. I bier : and they that bare him stood 
still. And he said. Young man, I 
say unto thee, *" Arise. 




d mo. W. 19. 
loa. 4. 19. 4l 
6. 14. iL 9. 17. 

e mo. 1. 68. 



t Mat 11. Z 



cMat. 11. 4. 



h Is. 35. & 



k Mat 11. 7. 



15 And he that was dead sat up, 
and began to speak. And he de- 
livered him to his mother. 

16 '^ And there eame a fear on all : 
and they glorified God, saying, 
•* That a great prophet is risen up 
among us; and, «That God hath 
visited his people. 

1 7 And this rumour of him went 
forth throughout all Judea, and 
throughout all the region round 
about. 

18 'And the disciples of John 
shewed him of all these things. 

19 ^ And John calling unto him 
two of his disciples sent them to 
Jesus, saying, Art thou he that 
should come ? or look we for an- 
other ? 

20 When the men were come un- 
to him, they said, John Baptist 
hath sent us unto thee, saying. Art 
thou ho that should come ? or look 
we for another ? 

21 And in that same hour he 
cured many of their infirmities and 
plagues, and of evil spirits; and 
unto many that were blind he gave 
sight. 

22 ^Then Jesus answering, said 
unto them. Go your way, and tell 
John what things ye have seen 
and heard ; ^how that the blind see, 
the lame walk, the lepers are 
cleansed, the deaf* hear, the dead 
are raised, »to the poor the gospel is 
preached. 

23 And blessed is he, whosoever 
shall not be offended in me. 

24 Tf ''And when the messengers of 
John were departed, he began to 
speak unto the people concerning 
John, What went ye out into the 



188 



LUKA, VII, 



i ke aha 7 I ka ohe anel i hooluliia 
e ka makani. 

25 A i hele la hoi oukon i'waho e 
ike i ke aha ? I ke kanaka anei i 
kahikoia i ke kapa pahee ? Aia hoi 
iloko o na hale alii ka poe i kahi- 
koia i ke kapa nani, o noho lealea 
ana. 

26 A i hele la hoi oukou iwaho e 
ike i ke aha ? I ke kanla anei ? 
Oiaio, ke hai aku nei au ia oukou, 
a i ka mea hoi e oi aku i ke kau- 
la! 

27 Oia hoi ka mea nona ka pala- 
pala, '£ia hoi ke hoouna aku nei 
au i ka'u elele mamua ou, nana no 
e hoomakaukau i kou alanui ma- 
mua ou. 

28 No ka mea, ke olelo aku nei au 
ia oukou^ mawaena o na mea a na 
^''ahine i hanau ai, aole he kaula i 
oi aku mamua o loane Bapetite. 
Aka, o ka mea uuku loa iloko o ke 
aupuui o ke Akua, ua oi aku ia ma- 
mua ona. 

29 A o na kanaka a pau i loher^ o^ 
na lunaauhau kekahi, hoomaikajj 
aku la lakou i ke Akua, >"ka poe 1 
bapetizoia ma ka bapetizo a loane. 

30 Aka, o ka poe Parisaio, a me 
ka i>oe kakauolelo, ua pale ae la la- 
kou i "ka manao o ke Akua no la- 
kou iho^ i ko lakou bapetizo ole ia 
e ia. 

31 ^-No ia mea, me '^ke aha la ua- 
nei au* c hoohalike ai i na kanaka o 
keia hanauna ? Heaha hoi ko la- 
kou mea o like ai ? 

32 Ua like no lakou me na kama- 
lii e noho ana ma kahi kuai^ e ka- 
hea ana kekahi i kekahi, a e olelo 
ana, Ua hokiokio aku makou ia ou- 
kou, aole hoi oukou i haa mai : ua 
kanikau aku makou imua o oukou, 
aole hoi oukou i uwe mai. 

33 No ka mea, ''hele mai la o 
loane Bapetite me ka ai ole i ka be- 
rena, a me ka inu ole i ka waina; a 
olelo no oukou, He daimonio kona. 

34 Ua hele mai hoi ke Keiki a ke 
kanaka e ai ana, a e inu ana ; a ole- 
lo no oukou, Aift hoi, he kanaka 



A.B. 31. 



1 Mat S. 1. 



-U^^ 




o Mat 11. 16. 



pMat.a4. 
Mar. 1. 6. 
mo. 1. 15 



wilderness for to see? A reed 
shaken -with the -wind ? 

25 But what went ye out for to 
see? A man clothed in soft rai- 
ment? Behold, they which are 
gorgeously apparelled, and live 
delicately, are in kings^ eourts. 

26 But what went ye out for tc 
see ? A prophet ? Yea, I say untc 
you, and much more than a prophet 



27 This is he, of whom it is written, 
'Behold, I send my messenger before 
thy face, which shall prepare thy 
way before thee. 

28 For I say unto you, Among 
those that are born of women there 
is not a greater prophet than John 
the Baptist : but he that is least in 
the kmgdom of Gk)d is greater than 
he. 

^9. And all the people that heard 
hifh^ and the publicans, justified 
God, "'being baptiifi^ with the bap* 
tism^f John. 

30^||ut the Pharisees and lawycq 
» rejected " the counsel of Goc 
B against themselves, being not bap^ 
tized of hi^iv i 

, 31 IT And the Lord said, "Whereun 
to then shall I liken the men of Ihij 
generation ? and to what are the] 
like? ' 

32 They are like Unto children sit 
ting in the marketplace, and calling 
one to another, and saying, We hi| 
piped unto you, and ye have 
danced ; we have mourned to y^ 
and ye have not wept. 

33 For PJohn the Baptist < 
neither eating bread nor drii^ 
wine ; and ye say. He hath a de 

34 The Son of man is como eati 
and drinking ; and ye say, Beholl 
gluttonous man, and a "winefa 



pakela ai, pakela inu waina, he 
hoaaloha pu me na lunaauhau a 
me na lawehala ! 

35 *> Aka o ka naauao^ na hoopo- 
noia ia o kana man keiki a pau. 

36 T ' Kono ae la kekahi Parisaio 
ia ia e ai pa me ia. A komo aku 
la oia iloko o ka hale o ua Parisaio 
la, a noho hilinai iho la e ai. 

37 Aia hoi, he wahine ma ia kn- 
lanakauhale, he wahine lawehala 
ia. a iko aku la oia e noho ana ia e 
ai maloko o ka hale o ua Parisaio 
la, lawe mai la hoi ia i ka ipu ala- 
bata poni. 

38 Ku iho la ia mahope, ma kona 
man wawae, e uwe ana, hoopulu 
iho la ia i ko lesu man wawae me 
ka waimaka, a holoi iho la me ka 
lauoho o kona poo, a honi iho la i 
kona mau wawae, a poni iho la me 
ka mea poni. 

39 A ike ae la ka Parisaio nana i 
kono ia lesu, olelo iho la ia iloko 
ona, i iho la, Ina hekaula 'keia, ina 

I tia ike ia i keia wahine i hoopa ia 
ia a me kona ano; no ka mea, he 
' wahine hewa ia. 

40 A olelo mai l^;d lesu, i mai la 
ia ia, E Simona, he wahi olelo ka'u 
ia oe. I aku la oia, £ ke Kumu, e 
olelo mai no. 

41 kekahi kanaka elua ana mea 
aie; elima haneri hapawaluka aie 
ft kekahi, a kanalima hoi a kekahi. 

42 Aole a laua mea e hookaa aku 
ai, kala wale aku la oia ia laua. 
£ hai mai hoi oe, owai hoi ko laua 
mea i aloha nui mai ia ia ? 

43 Hai aku la o Simona, i aku 
la, Ke manao nei au, o ka mea 
Sana ka aie nui ana i kala wale 
£. 1 mai la oia ia ia, Ua pono 
koa manao. 

44 A haliu ae la ia i ka wahine, i 
mai la oia ia Simona, Ke ike nei anei 
oe i k«a wahine? Ua komo mai 
nei aa iloko o kou hale, aole hoi oe 
1 haam BiaL i wai no ko'u mau wa- 



LUKA, VII. 189 

A. B. 31. ber, a friend of publicans and sin- 



qHat.ll.ia 



rMat.26.6. 
Mar. 14. 3. 
loa. 11. 2. 



■ mo. 15.2. 



'k 



I S«e Mat 18. 



35 iBut wisdom is justified of all 
her children. 

36 IT 'And one of the Pharisees 
desired him that he would eat with 
him. And he went into the Phar- 
isee's house, and sat down to 
meat. 

37 And, behold, a woman in the 
city, which was a sinner, when she 
knew that Jesus sat at meat in the 
Pharisee's house, brought an ala- 
baster box of ointment, 

38 And stood at his feet behind 
him weeping, and began to wash 
his feet with tears, and did wipe 
ihem with the hairs of her head, and 
kissed his feet, and anointed them 
with the ointment. 

39 Now when the Pharisee which 
had bidden him saw iU he spake 
within himself, saying, 'This man, 
if he were a prophet, would have 
known who and what manner of 
woman this is that toucheth him; 
for she is a sinner. 

40 And Jesus answering said unto 
him, Simon, I have somewhat to 
say unto thee. And he saith. Mas- 
ter, say on. 

41 There was a certain creditor 
which had two debtors : the one 
owed five hundred n pence, and the 
other fifty. . 

42 And when they had nothing to 
pay, he frankly forgave them both. 
Tell me therefore, which of them 
will love him most ? 

43 Simon answered and said, I 
suppose that he, to whom ho forgave 
most. And he said unto him. Thou 
hast rightly judged. 

44 And he turned to the woman, 
and said unto Simon, Seest thou 
this woman ? I entered into thine 
house, thou gavest me no water for 
my feet : but she hath washed my 



190 



LUKA, VIII. 



wao ; aka, ua hoopulu iho keia wa- 
hino i ko'u mau wawae me ka wai- 
maka, a ua holoi iho hoi me ka 
lauoho kona poo. 

45 Aole oe i honi mai ia'u ; aka, o 
keia ^ahine, mai ko'u komo ana 
mai, aole ia i hooki i ka honi ana i 
ko'u mau wawae. 

46 ^ Aole oe i poni mai i kuu poo 
me ka aila ; aka, ua poni mai keia 
wahine i ko'u mau wawae me ka 
mea poni. 

47 "Nolaila hoi, ke olelo aku nei 
au ia oe, na hewa ona he nui loa, 
ua pau ia i ke kalaia ; no ka mea, i 
nui ai kona aloha; aka, o ka mea 
ia ia ka mea uuku i kalaia, oia ke 
aloha uuku. 

48 I mai la ia i ka wahine, 'Ua 
kalaia na hewa ou. 

49 A o ka poo e noho pu ana, i iho 
la lakou iloko o lakou iho, yQyrai 
keia e kala nei i ka hala ? 

50 I mai la oia i ka wahine, Ua 
*ola oe i kou manaoio ana ; e hele 
aku oe me ka pomaikai. 

MOKUNA VIII. 

EIA kekahi, ma ia hope iho kaa- 
hele ae la oia i na kulana- 
kauhale a me na kauhale a pau, e 
hai ana a e hoike ana i ka olelo 
maikai no ke aupuni o ke Akua ; 
me ia pu no hoi ka poe umikuma- 
malua ; 

2 A me * kekahi mau wahine i 
hoolaia i na uhane ino a me na na- 
waliwali, o Maria i kapaia o Mage- 
dalena, ^noloko mai ona i puka 
mai ai na daimonio ehiku ; 

3 A me loana ka wahine a Kuza 
a ka puuku o Herode, a me Susana, 
a me na mea e ae ho nui, o ka poo 
i malama ia ia me kau wahi o ko 
lakou waiwai. 

4 T * A akoakoa mai la na kanaka 
he nui wale, o na mea hoi i hele 
mai io na la, mai loko mai o na 
kulanakauhale, olelo mai oia ma 
ka olelonane ; 



A.D. 31. 



u 1 Tim. 1. 14. 



s Mat. 9. 2. 
Mar. 2. 5. 



7 Mat 9. 8. 
Mar. 2. 7. 



s Mat 9. 92. 
Mar. 5. 34. It 
10.52. 

mo. 8.48.'& 
18.42. 



a Mat 27. 55, 
56. 



cMatl&2. 
Mar. 4. 1. 



feet with tears, and wiped ikm 
with the hairs of her head. 



45 Thou gayest me no kiss ; but 
this woman, since the time I eame 
in, hath not ceased to kiss my feet. 

46 *My head with oil thou didst 
not anoint : but this woman hath 
anointed my feet with ointment. 

47 "Wherefore I say unto thee, 
Her sins, which are many, axe for- 
given J for she loved much : but to 
whom little is forgiven, the same 
loveth little. 

48 And he said unto her, *Thy, 
sins are forgiven. 

49 And they that sat at meat ^th 
him began to say within themselres, 
yWho is this that forgivetli sins 
also ? 

50 And ho said to the woman, 
«Thy faith hath saved thee; goii 
peace. 

CHAPTER VIII. 

AND it came to pass afterward 
. that he went throughout eyex] 
city and village, preaching ani 
shewing the glad tidings of th< 
kingdom of God : and the twelv 
were with him, 

2 And * certain women, which ha^ 
been healed of evil spirits and ii^ 
firmities, Mary called Magdalene 
^ out of whom went seven devils, 

3 And Joanna the wife of Chu« 
Herod^s steward, and Susanna, aa 
many others, vy^hich ministered unt 
him of their substance. 

4 IT '^ And when much people wer 
gathered together, and were com 
to him out of every city, he spak 
by a parable : 



5 Hole ft^ la ka mea lala hua e 
lalu iho i kana hua; a i kona lula 
ana, helelei kekahimakapa-alanui ; 
t hehiia iho la, a ua aiia iho la e 
Da rnanu' o ka lewa. 

6 A helelei iho la kekahi maluna 
ka pohaka; a kapu ae la, mae 
koke iho la ia, no ka mea, aohe 
ona mau. 

7 A helelei iho la kekahi iwaena 

ke kakalaioa; a kupu pn ke ka- 
kalaioa, a hihia iho la ia. 

8 A helelei iho la kekahi xxui ka 
lepo maifeai, a kapu ae la ia, a hua 
mai la ia pahaneri ka hua. A pan 
kana hai ana ia mau mea, kahea 
mai la ia, O ka mea pepeiao lohe, 
e hoolohe ia. 

9 '^Ninau aku la kana mau hau- 
mana ia ia^ Ueaha la ke ano o keia 
oleionane ? 

10 1 mai la oia, Ua haawiia no ia 
. ookoa e ike i na mea pohihihi o ke 

1 anpani o ke Akua ; a i kekahi poe 
lioi ma na oleionane, 1 « nana la- 
ba, aole nae e ike, a i loho hoi, 
>ole nae e hoomaopopo. 

11 ^ £ia hoi ua oleionane nei. 
ka haa, oia ka olelo a ke Akua. 

12 A o na mea ma kapa alanui, 
oia DO ka poe i lohe; alalia helo 
ntai ka diabolo, kaili ae ia i ka 
Atelo mai loko ae o ko lakou mau 
luiau, manaoio l^kou a e hoolaia. 

13 A ka poe maluna o ka poha- 
b. a lohe lakou, apo lakou i ka 
*lelo me ka olioli ; aole hoi o lakou 
tt>Ie, manaoio no lakou i kekahi 
Bttaawa, a i ka wa e hoaoia'i, 
^lele no lakou. 

14 A ka mea i helelei mawaena 
*ke kakalaioa, oia ka poe i lohe, a 
^ lakou, a hihia i na manao, a 
|p0 ka waiwai, a me na lealea o 
Va oia ana, aole hoi lakou i hoo- 
^* mai i ka hua a oo. 

I 15 Aka, o ka mea ma ka lepo 
. *«ikai, oia ka poe i hoolohe, a ma- 
jj^ hoi i ka olelo maloko o ka 
Wpn. maika a me ka hoopono, a 
Poobna aiai 1 ka hua me ke ahonui. 
1'16 f (A^liftiiiea i hoa i ke kukui a 



LUKA, VIII. 191 

A. D. 31. 5 A sower -went out to sow his 
seed : and as he sowed, some fell 
by the way side ; and it was trod- 
den down, and the fowls of the air 
devoured it. 

6 And some fell upon a rock ; and 
as soon as it was sprung up, it 
withered away, because it laqked 
moisture. 

7 And some fell among thorns; 
and the thorns sprang up with it, 
and choked it. 

8 And other fell on good ground, 
and sprang up, and bare fruit a 
hundredfold. And when he had 
said these things, he cried. He that 
hath ears to hear, let him hear. 






d Mat 1& 10. 
Mar. 4. 10. 



e la. 6. 9. 
Mar. 4. 12. 



f Mat. 13. 18. 
Mar. 4. 14. 



t Mat 5. 15. 
Mar. 4. 21. 
malLSS. 



9 '^And his disciples asked him, 
saying, What might this parable 
be? 

10 And he said. Unto you it is 
given to know the mysteries of the 
kingdom of God : but to others in 
parables; 'that seeing they might 
not see, and hearing ^ey might not 
understand. 

1 1 f Now the parable is this : The 
seed is the word of God. 

12 Those by the way side are they 
that hear; then eometh the dovil, 
and taketh away the word out of 
their hearts, lest they should be- 
lieve and be saved. 

13 They on the rock are they, 
which, when they hear, receive the 
word with joy ; and these have no 
root, which for a while believe, and 
in time of temptation fall away. 

14 And that which fell among 
thorns are they, which, when they 
have heard, go forth, and are choked 
with cares and riches and pleasures 
of this life, and bring no fruit to 
perfection. 

15 But that on the good ground 
are they, which in an honest and 
good heart, having heard the word, 
keep itj and bring forth fruit with 
patience. 

1 6 IT 'No man, when he hath light- 



A-B. 31. 



h Mat 10. 26. 
mo. 12. 2. 



i Mat IS. 12. 

b2&.S9. 
mo. 19. 26. 



II Or, (Mnketh 
that ht hath. 

k Mat 12. 46. 
Mar. 3. 31. 



in hVJUi, VIIL 

huna iho malftlo iko o ke poi, aole 
hoi e hahao malalo ae o kahi xnoe ; 
aka, kauia no ia ma ka mea kau- 
kukui, i ikeia'i ka malamakuna e 
ka poe i komo iloko. 

17 ^No ka mea, aole mea nalo e 
koe i ka hoikeia, aole mea huna e 
pau ole i ka ikeia, a i ka puka 
iwaho. 

18 Nolaila hoi e noonoo i ko oukou 
hoolohe ana ; no ka mea, *o ka mea 
ua loaa, e haawi hou ia'ku no ia ia; 
aka, o ka mea loaa ole, e kailiia'ku 
hoi ka mea me he mea nona la, 
mai ona aku. 

19 IT ^Alaila hole akn la ia ia 
kona maknwahine a me kona mau 
hoahanau, aole nae i hiki io na la, 
no ka ahakanaka. 

20 Hai aku la kekahi poe ia ia, i 
aku la, kou makuwahine a me 
kou mau hoahanau, ke ku mai la 
mawaho, e ake lakou e ike ia oe. 

21 Olelo mai la oia, i mai la ia 
lakou, ka poe i lohe a i malama 
hoi i ka, olelo a ke Akna, o lakou 
ko'u makuwahine, a me ko'u mau 
hoahanau. 

22 If ^ £ia kekahi, i kekahi la, ee 
ae la ia me kana mau haumana, 
ma ka moku ; a i mai la oia ia la- 
kou, £ hole kakou ma kela kapa o 
ka moanawai. A hole aku la 
lakou. 

23 A i ko lakou hole ana'ku, hia- 
moe iho la ia ; a nou mai ka ma- 
kani me ka ino maluna o ka moa- 
nawai, a piha ae la lakou i ka wai, 
aneane e make. 

24 Kii iho la lakou e hoala ia ia, 
i aku la, £ ke Kumu, £ ke Kumu, 
ua make makou. Alalia ala ae la 
ia, a papa aku la i ka makani a 
me ke kupikipikio o ka wai ; a oki 
ae la ia mau mea, a malie iho la. 

25 I mai la oia ia lakou, Auhea 
la hoi ko oukou raanaoio ? Weli- 
weli iho la lakou a mahalo ilio la : 
olelo lakou ia lakou iho, Owai la 
hoi keia ! ua olelo aku no ia i ka 
imft.irii.pi a me ka wai, a hoolohe mai 
no ia mau meft ia ift. 



1 Mat. 8. 28. 

Mar. 4. 35. 



DOi 



ed a caodle, oortreth it "with a ves- 
sel, or putteth it under a bed; but 
setteth it on a candlestick, that they 
which enter in may see the light. 

1 7 ^ For nothing is secret, that fihalli 
not he made mwiifeet ; neither 
thing hid, that shall not bo km 
and come abroad. 

18 Take heed therefore how y( 
hear ; * for whoeoever hath, to bin 
shall be given ,* and whosoever hath 
not, from him shall be taken evej 
that which he V seemeth to kave. 

19^^ Then came to him Aw moth- 
er and his brethren, and could 
come at him for the press. 

20 And it was told him by certak 
which said, Thy mother and tbj 
brethren stand without, desiring 
see thee. , 

21 And he answered and said unti 
them, My mother and my brethrei 
are these which hear the word f 
God; and do it. 

22 IT ' Now it came to pass on 
certain day, that he went into 
ship with his disciples : and he g« 
unto them, Let us go over unto th 
other side of the lake. And the 
launched forth. . 

23 But as they sailed, he fel 
asleep: and there came do^Ti 
storm of wind on the lake; an 
they were filled with water, an 
were in jeopardy. 

24 And they came to him, an 
awoke him, saying, Master, Maste 
we perish. Then he arose, and r 
buked the wind and the raging < 
the water ; and they ceased, « 

there was a calm. 

25 And he said unto them, Whe 

is your faith? And they ben 
afraid wondered, saying one 
another. What maniker of man 
this ! for he commandeth even t 
winds and water, and they ob 
him« 



26 T "A hiki aku la latora i ka 
aina o ko Gradara e ku pono ana i 
Galilaia. 

27 Hele aka la ia mao&a, fialawai 
mat la me ia kekahi kanaka o ke 
hlanakanhale, na loihi loa kona 
duhia ana e na daimonio, aole ia i 
komo kapa, aole hoi ia i noho ma 
kahale maoli, aka, ma na haleka- 
papaa. 

28 A i kona ike ana ia lean, wa- 
laau ae la ia, moe iho la imna ona, 
kahea ae la me ka leo nui, Heaha 
kaa ia'o, e lesa ke Keiki a ke Akaa 
kiekie loa? ke noi aka nei au ia oe, 
mai hana eha mai ia'n. 

29 No ka mea, ua hookina no 
ia i ka uhane ino e puka mai 
iwaho na kanaka la : no ka mea, 
Qa loohia pinepine ia e ia ; a i kona 
paa ana i ke kanlahao a me ke ku- 
peeia, ua mokn ia ia ua mau mea 
Pu la, a na hookukeia'ku ia e ka 
daiffionio i ka waonahele. 

30 Alalia ninaa aku la o lesa ia ia, 
^ aku la, Owai kou inoa ? Hai mai 
laoia, Legeona; no ka mea, he 
Qui nonadaimonio i komo iloko ona. 

31 Nonoi mai la lakoa ia ia i hoo- 
kina ole oia ia lakou e hele i "ka 



32 A he nni no ka poe puaa ilaila. 
cai ana ma ka maalA. ; a nonoi mai 
|a lakoa ia ia e ae aka ia lakou e 
komo ae iloko o ua poe puaa la. 
^e aku la oia ia lakou. 

33 A hele aku la na daimonio iwa- 
||oo ua kanaka la, a komo aku la 
lioko ka poe puaa ; a holo kiki iho 
!^ ka poe puaa ma kahi pali, ilalo 
^kamoanawai, a make iho la. 

34 A ike aku la ka poe kahu ia 
^ naholo aku la lakou, a hoikei- 
ke aku la maloko o ke kulanakau- 
Jialeamenakauhale. 

^^ A haele ae la na kanaka iwaho 
^ ike ia mea ; a hiki aku la io legu 
^ ike iho la i ua kanaka la noloko 
^ai ona i puka mai ai na daimonio, 
* noho ana ma na wawae o lesu, 
^* aahuia, a ua pono kona manao } 
VehweU iho la, lakou. 

HkE. o 



A.I). 31. 



LUKA, Vin. IM 

26 f "And they anrrv«d at the 
eountry of the Gadarenes, whioh 
is oyer against Galilee. 

27 And when he went forth to 
land, there met him out of the city 
a certain man, which had devila 
long time, and ware no clothes, 
neither ahode in any house, hut in 
the tomhs. 

28 When he saw Jesus, he cried 
out, and fell down hefore him, smd 
with a loud vmoe said, What have 
I to do with thee, Jesus, thou Son 
of Grod most high ? I beseech thee, 
torment me not. 

29 (For he had oommaaded the un- 
clean spirit to come out of the man. 
For oftentimes it had caught him : 
and he was kept bound with chains 
and in fetters, and he brake the 
bands, and was driven of the devil 
into the wildemess.) 

30 And Jesus asked hhn, saying, 
What is thy name ? And he said, 
Legion : because many devils were 
entered into him. 

31 And they besought him that he 
would not command them to go out 
"into the deep. 

32 And there was there a herd of 
many swine feeding on the mount- 
ain: and they besought him that 
he would suffer them to enter into 
them. And he suffered them. 

33 Then went the devils out of 
the man, and entered into the swine : 
and the herd ran violently down a 
steep place into the lake, and were 
choked. 

34 When they that fed them saw 
what was done, they fled, and went 
and told it in the City and in the 
country. 

35 Then they went out to see what 
was done ; and came to Jesus, and 
found the man, out of whom the 
devils were departed, sitting at the 
feet of Jesus, clothed, and in his 
right mind : and they were afraid. 



BHolk.ao.& 



A.D. 31. 



oMat8.S4 
pOih.16.S9. 



4 Mar. 5. 18. 



rMat.S.18. 
Mw. 5. 22. 



• Mat 9. 90. 



194 LUKA, Vni. 

36 A ka xK>e i ike maka, hai mai 
la ia lakou i ka mea i ola'i ua ka» 
naka daimonio la. 

37 ^ <>A paa hoi ko Gradam apuni i 
^ko noi aku ia ia e hele aku mai o 
lakon aku; no ka mea, aa loohia 
lakom e ka weliweli. Ee hou iho 
la ia i ka moku a hoi mai la. 

38 <i A o ke kanaka mailoko mai 
ona i puka mai ai na daimooio, na 
noi aku ia ia e noho pa ia me ia. 
Aka, hoihoi mai la letu ia ia, i 
mai la, 

39 £ hoi aku oe i kon hale, a e 
hoike aku i na mea nui a ke Akaa 
i hana mai ai nou. Alalia hele ia 
a hoike ma ia kulanakanhale a 
pan, i na mea nui a lesu i hana 
mai ai nona. 

40 £ia kekahi, i ka hoi ana mai 
o lean, halawai aloha ka ahakana- 
ka me ia ; no ka mea, e kali ana 
lakou a pau ia ia. 

41 ^ 'Aia hoi^ hele mai la kekahi 
kanaka, o lairo kona inoa, he luna 
hoi ia no ka halehalawai ; moe iho 
la ia ma na wawae o lesu, nonoi 
aku la ia ia e hele mai iloko o ko- 
na hale : 

42 No ka mea, he kaikamahine ka- 
makahi kana, he umikumamalua 
paha kona mau makahiki, a e ma- 
ke ana ia. A i ko lesu hele ana, 
hooke ae la ka ahakanaka ia ia. 

43 ^ "A he wahine hoi, he umiku- 
mamalua makahiki o kona heekoko 
ana, ua pau kona vraiwai i na ka^ 
huna lapaau, aohe o lakou mea e 
ola'i ia ; 

44 Hele mai la ia mahope ona, 
hoopa iho la i ke kihi o kona aahu ; 
paa koke iho la kona heekoko. 

45 Ninau mai la o lesu, Nawai la 
wau i hoopa mai nei ? A pau la- 
kou i ka hoole, i aku la o Petero a 
me ka poe me ia, £ ke kumu, ua 
hooke aku ka ahakanaka ia oe, a ua 
pilikia oe, a ke ninau nei. oe, Nawai 
la wau i hoopa mai nei ? 



'1 36 They also which saw it told 
them by what means ho that was 
possessed of the devils was heal- 
ed. 

37 If » Then the whole multitude of 
the country of the Gadarenes round 
about P besought him to depart £rom 
them; for they were taken with 
great fear: and he went up into 
the ship, and returned back again. 

38 Now ^ the man, out of whom the 
devils were departed, besought him 
that he might be with him: but 
Jesus sent lam away, saying. 



39 Return to thine own house, and 
shew how great things God hath 
done unto thee. And he went his 
way, and published throughout tho 
whole city how great things Jesus 
had done unto him. 

40 And it came to pass, that, 
when Jesus waa returned, the peo- 
ple gladly received him : for they 
were all waiting for him. 

41 ^ 'And, behold, there came a 
man named Jairus, and he was a 
ruler of tho synagogue ; and ho fell 
down at Jesus' feet, and besought 
him that he would come into his 
house: 

42 For he had one only daughter, 
about twelve years of age, and sb 
lay a dying. But as he went 
people thronged him. 

43 IT "And a woman having 
issue of blood twelve years, whic 
had spent all her living upa 
physicians, neither could be heala 
of any, 

44 Came behind him, and touchq 
the border of his garment : an 
immediately her issue of bled 
stanched. 

45 And Jesus said. Who tonchc 
me ? When all denied, Peter ai 
they that were with him said. Ma 
ter, the multitude throng thee ai 
press thee, and sayest Uiou, W] 
touched me ? 



Hltsr.&SBL 



LUKA, nc. 

46 A olelo mai la o lesu, U& hoo-^ A. D. 31% 
pa mai no keka^ i&'u ; no ka mea, 
ua ike an i Jca puka ana'ku o ^ka 
mana mailoko aku o'u. 

47 A ike ilM> la na walune la, oole 
ia i nalo^ kele haalulu ae la ia, 
moe iho la imaa ona, hoike ae la ia 
ia imua o na kanaka a paa i kaaa 
mea i boopa ai ia ia, a me kona ola 
kokia ana iho. 



48 1 mai la lesu ia ia, £ olioii oe, 
e ke kaikamahine ; ua ola oe i kou 
manaoio \ e hele hoi oe me ka po* 
maikai. • 

49 ^ *> laia e olelo ana, hiki mai la 
kek&hi mai ka bale mai o ua lima 
balehalawai la, i mai la ia ia, Ua 
loake kau kaikamahine ; mai hee- 
lohi oe i ke JCumu. 

^0 A lohe ae la o lean, olelo mai 
la ola ia ia, i mai la, Mai makau 
oe; e maoaoio wale bo, a e hoolaia 
noia. 

^1 A hiki aku la oia i ka hale, 
i^ld meae ae ana i ae mai ai e ko- 
^0 iloko, Petero, a me lakobo, a 
ine lodm, a me ka makaakaae a 
iQe ka makuwahine wale no o ua 
taikamahine la. 

^2 Auwe iho la lakou a pau me 
h kanikau ia ia. I mai la leso, 
Mai uwe ookoa ; aole ia i make, 
^&; ^e hiamoe ana no ia. 
o3 A hoomauakaLa aku la lakou 
^ la, no ka mea, ua ike io lakou ua 
make ia. 

. ^ A hoihoi oia ia lakou a pau 
^vaho, lalau iho la ia i kona lima, 
^ea iho la, i iho la, E ke kaika- 
^tine, 7e ala! 

^^ A hoi mai la kona uhane, a ala 
toke mai la oia iluna; olelo iho la 
^la c haawi i ai nana. 
i ^^ A pihoihoi iho la na makua 
I ^na. >Papa mai la oia ia laua, ao- 
^^ hai aku i keia hana ia hai. 



MOKUNA IX. 

HOAKOAKOA mai la oia i *ka 
poe umikumamali^ o kana 



XlOB.ll. 11, 
13. 



7 mo. 7. 14. 
loa. 11. 43. 



»Mat8.4.Sc 
9.30. 
Mar. 5. 43. 



tMatlO. 1. 
Mar. 3. 13. & 
6.7. 



196 

46 And Jflswaaid, Scmebody hath 
Umehed me: for I pereeiTe that 
' yirtue Ib gone out oi me. 

47 And when the wenaa saw that 
abm was not hid, she came trem- 
bling, and falling down before him, 
she deelared unto him before all the 
people for what cause she had 
touched him, and how she was 
healed immediately. 

48 And he said unto her, Danghter, 
be of good comfort : thy foith hath 
made thee whole ; go in peaee. 

49 f "* While he yet spake, there 
ooneth one from the ruler of the 
synagogue's house^ laying to him, 
Thy daui^iter is dead ; trouMo not 
the Master. 

50 But when Jesus heard it, he 
answered him, saying, Fear not: 
beUeveonly, and she shall be made 
whole. 

51 And when he came into the 
house, he suffered no man to go in, 
save Peter, and James, and John, 
and the father and the mother of 
the maiden. 

'52 And all wept, and bewailed 
her : but he said, Weep not ; she is 
not dead, 'but sleepeth. 

53 And thoy laughed him to scorn, 
knowing that she was dead. 

54 And he put them all out, and 
took her by the hand, and called, 
saying. Maid, )" arise. 

55 And her spirit came again, and 
she arose straightway : and he com- 
manded to givo hor meat. 

56 Andher parents were astonished : 
but "he cliargod them that they 
should toll no man what was done. 



CHAPTER IX. 

THEN * he called his twelve dis- 
ciples together, and gave them 



195 

maa hatnnaiui, hnam mai la la i 
ka mana no lakon, a me ka ikaika 
maluna o na daimonio a pan, a e 
hoola hoi lakou i na mai. 

2 ^ A hoouna aka la oia ia lakou e 
hai aku i ke aupuni o ke Aktta,«a e 
hoola hoi i ka poe mai. 

3 '^A olelo mai la oia ia lakou, 
Mai lawe ukana no ko oukou hole 
ai^a, aole i kookoo, aole i eke, aole 
i berena, aole i kala, aole hoi e pa- 
palua i ke kapa komo. 

4 ^ A ma ka hale a oukou e komo 
ai, malaila oukou e noho ai, a bele 
oukou mai kela wahi aku. 

5 * A o ka poe e hookipa ole ia 
oukou, a h^e aku oukou mai kela 
kulanakauhale aku, e ^ lulu aku i 
ka lepo mai ko oukou mau wawae 
aku, i mea hoike no lakou. 

6 ^ Hele aku no hoi lakou mawae- 
na o na kauhale e hai aku ana i ka 
euanelio, a e hoola aku ana hoi, 
ma na wahi a pau. 

7 If ^^ A lohe ae la o Herode ke alii 
okana, i na mea a pau i hanaia e 
ia ; kanalua iho la ia, no ka mea, 
olelo kekahi poe^ ua hoala hou ia 
mai o loane, mai waena mai o ka 
poe make ; 

8 A kekahi, ua ikeia^ku o Ella'; 
a kekahi, ua ala hou mai kekahi 
o ka poe kaula kahiko. 

9 A olelo iho la o Herode, Ua oki 
aku au i ke poo o loane , aka, owai 
la keia nona wau i lohe ai i keia 
mau mea ? * A makemake iho la ia 
e ike ia ia. 

1 ^ ^ A hoi mai ka poe lunaolelo, 
hoike aku la lakou ia lesu i na mea 
a pau a lakou i hana'i : > lawe pu 
ae la oia ia lakou, hele malu aku 
la i ka waonahele no ke kulana* 
kauhale i kapaia o Betesaida. 

11 A iko na kanaka, hahai aku la 
lakou ia ia ; halawai aloha oia me 
lakou, olelo mai la ia lakou no ke 
aupuni o ke Akua, a hoola iho la i 
ka poe e pono ai ke hoolaia. 

12 "^ A kokoke i ke ahiahi, hele 
aku la ka umikumamalua, olelo 
nkxK la ia ia, £ hookau i ka ohak&f 



LtJKA, IX. 

A.D. 31. 



bMatlO.7,8. 
Mar. 6. 12. 
mo. 10. 1, 9. 

eMat 10. 9. 
Mar. 6. 8. 
mo. 10. 4. & 
S2.3S. 



d Mat to. 11. 
Mar. 6. 10. 



e Mat 10. 14. 

f Oih. IS. 61. 

S Mar. 6. 12. 

32. 

h Mat 14.1. 
Mar. 6. 14. 



i mo. 3S.'8. 
k Mar. 6. 90. 
1 Mat. 14. 8S. 



B Mat 14. 15. 
Mar. 6. 35. 
loa.6.1,5. 



power and aathority orer all devils, 
and to euze diseases. 



2 And ^he sent them to preach 
the kingdom of God, and to heal the 
sick. 

3 ''And he said unto them, Take 
nothing for yoiur joumey, neithei 
staves, nor scrip, neither bread, 
neither money; neither haye two 
ooats apieee. 

4 ^ And whatsoever house ye enta 
into, there abide, and thenoe depart. 

5 * And whosoever will not receive 
you, when ye go out of that city, 
^ shake off the very dust from yoiu 
feet for a testimony against them. 

6 f And they departed, and woi^ 
through the towns, preaching the 
gospel, and healing eveiry where. 

7 IT *'Now Herod the tetrarcl 
heard of all that was done by him 
and he was perplexed, because thaj 
k was said of some, that John 
risen fipom the dead ; 

8 And of some, that £lia8 had ap 
peared ; and of others, that one oj 
the old prophets was risen again. 

9 And Herod said, J<^m have I ~ 
headed ; but who is this, of w] 
I hear such things? 'And he d( 
sired to see him. 

10 V ^'And the apostles, whei 
they were returned, told him all 
that they had done. *And he tool 
them, and went aside privateli 
into a desert place belonging to th 
city called Bethsaida. 

11 And the people, when the 
knew it, followed him : and he ri 
oeived them, and spake unto thei 
of the kingdom of God, and heal^ 
them that had need of healing. 

12 "And when the day began i 
wear away, then came Uie tweVvi 
and said unto himi Send the muXc 



naka e hele lakim i to klitihftld, a 
me ka aina e kokoke mai ana, e 
moe ai, a e loaa'i boi ka ai aa la* 
kou ; no ka mea, maanei kalDcm ma 
kahi 'waonahele. 

13 I mai la oia ia liafcoii, £ haawi 
aku ookoa ia lakxHi e ai. I aka la 
lakoa, EliBoa ynJst mo popo berena 
a makon a me na ia ehia, fce heikt 
ole makon e kuai i ai na keia poe 
kanaka a pan. 

14 No kamea, elima paha e lakoa 
tansani kanaka. Oi«lo mai la oia 
i kana mau hanmana, £ hoonoho 
papa ia lakou ilalo, o pakanalima i 
na papa. 

15 A peH ilie la lakou i kana'i, 
koonc^ iho la ia lakou a pan 
ilalo. 

16 A lalau iho la oia ia man popo 
berena dima, a me na ia elua, na- 
na ae la iluna i ka lani, hoomaikai 
iho la ia man mea, a vawahi iko 
la^ haawi mai la hoi i ua haximana 
e waiho aka imna o ka ahakanaka. 

17 A fli iho la lakou a pau, a 
maona ; a na ohiia mai la na ma* 
mala i koe mai ia lakou a piha na 
fainai he nmikumamalua. 

18 7 "£ia hoi kekahi, ia ia e pule 
kaawale ana, o kaaa ttau hanmana 
pu me ia ; ninan mai la oia ia la- 
kou, i mai la, Owai la wan i ka 
kanaka olelo ? 

19 Hai aku la lakou, i aku la, O 
''loano Bapetite ^ a i ka kekahi, O 
£Ua; a i ka kekahi, Ua ala hou 
mai kekahi o ka poe kaula kahiko. 

20 Alalia i mai la oia ia lakou, 
Owai la hoi an i ka oukon olelo r 
Hai aku la po Petero, i aku la, 
ka Meeda a ke Akua. 

21 <i Ao io mai la no oia ia lakou 
me ka papa ikaika mai, aole loa e 
^i aku ia mea ia hai. 

22 I mai la ia, 'Aole e ole ka 
koomainoino nui ia mai o ke Keiki 
& ke kanaka, a me ka hooleia mai 
e ka poe Itmakahiko, a me ka poe 
kahtina nui, a me ka poe kakauole- 
^ a e pepehiia hoi ia, a i ke kolu 
oka la e hoala h<m ia'i. 



LUKA, DL 

AD. 31 



BMaL16.1S. 
Mw. 8. S7. 



oMatH. 3. 
pau.7, 8. 



Ioa.6.M. 



q Mat 18.20. 



rMatiaSl. 
k 17. 92. ' 



1»T 

tude away, that they may go into 
the to wna naA country round about, 
and lodge, aad get TietaaU : for we 
ate here in a deaert plaoe. 

13 But he said unto them, CKye ye 
them to eat. And they aaid, We 
have no mom but fire loavea and 
two fiahet; exo^ wb ahonld go 
and buy meat for all thia people. 

14 For they ware about fi^ thou- 
aand men. And he aaid to hia dia- 
oiplea. Make them ait down by 
finiea in a company. 

15 And they did ao, and made 
them all ait down. 

16 Then he took the ilTe loavea 
aad the two fiahea, and looking up 
to heayen, he bleeaed them, and 
brake, and gave to the diaciplea to 
aet before the multitude. 

17 And they did eat, aad were all 
filled : and there waa taken up of 
fragmenta that remained to thein 
twelye baaketa. 

18 ^ '^And it came to paas, aa he 
waa alone praying, his disciples 
were with him ; and he asked them, 
sayinc. Whom say the people that 
lam? 

19 They answering aaid, <>John 
the Baptist^ but some say, £lias; 
and others say, that one of the old 
prophets is risen again. 

20 He aaid unto them, But whom 
aay ye that I am ? i* Peter answer- 
ing aaid, The Christ of God. 

21 ^ And he straltly charged them, 
and commanded tAem to tell no man 
that thing ; 

22 Saying, 'The Son of man must 
mSdi many things, and be rejected 
of the elders and chief priests and 
scribes, and be slain, and be raised 
the third day. 



198 

23 V 'Olelo mai oia i na mea a 
pau, Ina e makemake kekahi e hele 
mai mamali o'u, e hoole iho oia ia 
ia iho, e hapai hoi i kona kea i kela 
la i keia la, a e hahai mai ia'u. 

24 No ka mea, o ka mea e make- 
make e malama i kona oia nei, e 
lilo no kona oia : aka, o ka mea e 
lilo kona oia no'u, e malama oia i 
kona oia. 

25 *No ka mea, heaha ka pomai- 
kai o ke kanaka ke lilo mai ia ia 
keia ao a pau, a lilo aku oia iho, a 
e kiolaia'ku paha ia ? 

26 "No ka mea, o ka mea e hila- 
hila mai ia'u, a i ka'n mau olelo, 
oia ka ke Keiki a ke kanaka e hila- 
hila ai, i kona wa e hiki mai ai me 
kona nani, a me ko ka Makua, a 
me ko ka poe anela hemoleie. 

27 'Ke hoomaopopo io aku nei 
an ia oukou, eia ke ku nei kekahi 
poe, aole e loaa e ia lakou ka 
make a ike lakoa i ke aupuni o ke 
Akua. 

28 ^ y Eia kekahi, a hala ae la na 
la ewalu paha mahope iho o ia mau 
olelo, lawe pu iho la oia ia Petero, 
a me loane, a me lakoho, a pii aku 
la i ka mauna e pule. 

29 Eia kekahi, i kana pule ana, 
pahaohao mai la kona ma^a, a keo- 
keo olinolino mai la kona kapa. 

30 Aia hoi, kamailio mai la me ia 
na kanaka elua, o Mose laua o 
Elia; 

3 1 Na mea i ikeaia'ku me ka nani, 
a olelo mai la laua no kona haalele 
ana i kona oia ma lerusalema. 

32 A o Petero, a me na mea me 
ia. ' ua pauhia i ka hiamoe. A ala 
ae la, ike aku la lakou i kona nani, 
a i kela mau kanaka elua e ku pu 
ana me ia. 

33 Eia kekahi, i ko laua hele ana 
aku, mai ona aku la, olelo aku la o 
Petero ia lesu, £ ke Kumu, he mea 

-maikai no kakou e noho maanei ; e 
kukulu hoi makou i ekolu hale, nou 
kekahi, no Mose kekahi, a no Ella 
kekahi; aole ia i ike iho i kana 
mea i olelo ai. 



LUKA, IX. 
A. D. 32. 




t Hat 16. as. 
Mar. 8. 98. 



nMatlCSS. 
Mar. 8. SB. 
2Tim.2.13. 



z Mat 16. 38. 
Mar. 9.1. 



r Mat 17. 1. 
Mar. 9. 2. 
||Or,lfc«|^. 



> Dan. 8. 18. 
& 10. 9. 



23 T "And he said to them all, If 
any man -mil come after roc, let 
him deny himself, and take up his 
eroBs daily, and follow me. 

24 For -whosoever will sare his life 
shall lose it : hut whosoever will 
lose his life for my sake, the sane 
shall save it. 

25 * For what is a man advBulagcd, 
if he gain the whole world, and 
lose himself, or be cast away? 

26 ■ For whosoever shall he asham- 
ed of me and of my words, of him 
shall the Son of man be a£haiDe<], 
when he shall come in his o^ 
glory, and in his Father's, and of 
the holy angels. 

27 » But I tell you of a truth, there 
he some standing here, which shall 
not taste of death, till they see the 
kingdom of God. 

28 T 'And it came to pass about 
an eight days after these « sayings] 
he took Peter and John and Jamesj 
and went up into a mountain t< 
pray. 

29 And as he prayed, the fashiol 
of his countenance was altered, an^ 
his raiment tro* white and glisteri n? 

30 And, hehold, there talked v^itl 
him two men, which were Mose 
and Elias : 

31 Who appeared in glor)', ant 
spake of his decease which h 
should accomplish at Jerusalem. 

32 But Peter and they that \ser 
with him *were heavy -with slccr 
and when they were awake, the 
saw his glory, and the two me 
that stood with him. 

33 And it came to pass, as the 
departed from him, Peter said un 
Jesus, Master, it is good for us to 1 
here : and let us make three tahc 
nacles ; one for thee, and one f 
Moses, and one for Elias: n 
knowing what he said. 



LUKA, DC. 



34 A i kana olelo ana pela, hitd 
mai ke ao e hoomalumalu mai ana 
ia lakou ; makau iho la lakou i ko 
lokon komo ana'e iloko o ua ao la. 

35 A he leo i pae mai noloko mai 
ua ao la, i mai la, *0 ka'u Keiki 
ponahele keia; ^e hoolohe oukou 
iaia. 

36 A i ka pae ana mai o ua leo la, 
na ikeia'kn o lean, oia hookahi no. 
*Hima iho la lakou, aole i hai aku 
ia kai, ia man la, i kahi mea a la- 
kon i ike ai. 

37 ^ '^£ia kekahi, ia la ae, i ka 
iho ana mai o lakou mai ka mauna 
mai, he nui ka ahakanaka i hala- 
wai me ia. 

38 Aia hoi, kahea aku la kekahi 
ua ahakanaka la, i aku la, £ ke 
Kumu, ke noi aku nei au ia oe e 
nana mai oe i ka'u keiki; no ka 
mea, o ka'u keiki kamakahi no ia ; 

39 Aia hoi, ua loohia oia e kekahi 
xQiane, auwe koke no ia 3 a ua hoo- 
kaawiliia e ia, a huahua'e, aneane 
baalele ole ua uhane la ia ia, me ka 
hoonawaliwali loa ia ia. 

40 A ua noi aku au i kau man 
haumana, e mohiki aku ia ia ; aole 
e hiki ia lakou. 

41 A olelo mai la lesu, i mai la, 
£ ka hananna manaoio ole, a me 
ka lauwili, pehea ka loihi o ko'u 
noho ana me oukou, a me ko'u hoo- 
manawanui ana'kn ia oukou ? E 
lawe mai i kau keiki ia nei. 

42 A i kona hele ana mai, hoohina 
iho la ka daimonio ia ia me ke ku- 
paka. Papa aku la lesu i ka 
uhane haukae, a hoola iho la i ke 
keiki, a hoihoi mai la ia ia i kona 
makoakane. 

43 y Pihoihoi wale iho la lakou a 
pan i ka mana o ke Akua. A i ka 
mahalo ana o lakou i kela mea i 
keia mea a lesu i hana'i, i mai la 
ia i kana mau haumana^ 

44 *£ hookomo oukou 1 keia mau 
oleic iloko o ko oukou mau pepeiao ; 
oia, e haawiia'ku ana ke Keiki a ke 
kanaka iloko o na lima kanaka. 

45 ' Aka, aole lakou i hoomaopopo 



A.D.32. 



• Mats. 17. 
bOUi.S.22. 



e Mat 17. a 



d Mat 17. 14. 
Mar. 9.14,17. 



• Mat 17.22. 



f Mar. 9. SSL \ 
mo. ZOd.k, 
18.94. 



199 

34 While he fhiu spake, thare 
came a doud, and overshadowed 
them : and they feared as they en- 
tered into the cloud. 

35 And there came a yoioe out of 
the cloud, saying, 'This is my be- 
loved Son: ''hear him. 

36 And when the voice was past, 
Jesus was found alone. ^ And they 
kept it close, and told no man in 
those days any of those things 
which they had seen. 

37 % '^And it came to pass, that on 
the next day, when they were come 
down from the hill, much people 
met him. 

38 And, behold, a man of the com- 
pany cried out, saying. Master, I 
beseech thee, look upon my son; 
for he is mine only child. 

39 And, lo, a spirit taketh him, 
and he suddenly crieth out ; and it 
teareth him that he foameth again, 
and bruising him, hardly departeth 
from him. 

40 And I besought thy disciples to 
cast him out; and they could not. 

41 And Jesos answering said, O 
faithless and perverse generation, 
how long shall I be with you, and 
suffer you ? Bring thy son hither. 



42 And as he was yet a coming, 
the devil threw him down, and tare 
him. And Jesus rebuked the un- 
clean spirit, and healed the child, 
and delivered him again to his 
father. 

43 % And they were all amazed at 
the mighty power of God. But 
while they wondered every one at 
all things which Jesus did, he said 
unto his disciples, 

44 "Let these sayings sink down* 
into your ears : for the Son of man 
shall be delivered into the hands of 
men. 

45 'But they understood not this 



SOO LUSA, DL 

i keia olelo ; ua hnnaia iho ia la- 
kou, i ole lakou e ike ; a hopohopo 
aku la lakou ke ninau aku ia ia no 
ia olelo. 

46 IT * Alaila kupu mai la ka hoo- 
paapaa ana iwaena o lakou i ko la- 
kou mea e oi aku ana. 

47 Ike iho la o lesa i ke kukakuka : 
ana o ko lakou mau naau, la^e iho ' 
la ia i kekahi keiki, hooku iho la | 
ia ia me ia iho ; 

48 A olelo mai la ia lakoU, ^0 ka i 
mea e malama i keia keiki no ko'u . 
inoa, oia ke malama mai ia'u ; a o 
ka mea e malama mai ia'u^ oia ke 
malama 1 ka mea nana au i hoonna 
mai : no ka mea, o 'ka mea uuku 
loa iwaena o oukou a pau loa, oia 
ke oi aku ana. 

49 % ^ Olelo aku la o loane, i aku 
la, £ ke Kumu, ua ike makou i 
kekahi e mahiki ana i na daimonio 
ma kou inoa ; a papa aku la makou 
ia ia, no ka mea, aole ia i hahai pu 
me makou. 

50 A olelo mai la o lesu ia ia, 
Mai papa aku; no ka mea, o ^ka 
mea ku e ole mai ia kakou, no ka- 
kou no ia. 

51^ Eia kekahi, i ka hiM ana o na 
la "e laweia'ku ai ia, kau pono ko- 
na maka e hele no ia i lerusalema ; 

52 A hoouna aku la oia i na luna 
mamua ona : a hele aku la ua mau 
mea la, a komo aku la i kekahi ku- 
lonakauhale o ko Samaria e hoo- 
makaukau nona. 

53 Aole hoi ° lakou i hookipa ia 
ia no ke kau pono ana o kona maka 
e hele i lerusalema. 

54 A ike iho la na haumana ana, 
o lakobo, a me loane, i aku la laua, 
£ ka Haku, e pono anei ia oe ke 
kahea aku maua i ahi e iho mai, 
mai ka lani mai i pau ai lakou, e 
like me ka £lia hana ana ? 

55 A haliu ae la ia, papa mai la 
ia laua, i mai la, Aole olua i ike i 
ke ano o ko olua naau ; 

56 No ka mea, p aole i hele mai ke 
Keiki a ke kanaka, e pepehi i na ka- 



A.D. 3)1. 



C Mat 18.1. 
Mar. 9. 34. 



h Mat 10. 40. 
& 18. 5. 
Mar. a 97. 
ioa. 12. 44. 
«Ll3.20. 



i Mat. 23. 11, 
12. 



k Mar. 9. 38. 
See Nah. 11. 
28. 



1 See Mat 12. 
30. 
mo. li. 23. 



m Mar. 16. 19. 
Oih. 1. 2. 



nloa.4.4,9. 



02 Nam L 10, 
12. 



Ploa.3.17.fc 
12.47. 



sayingy and it -was hid teom them, 
that they perceived it not : and they 
feared to ask him of that saying. 

46 % c^Thecn there arose a reason- 
ing among them, which of them 
should be greatest. 

47 And Jesus, perceiving the 
thought of their hearty took a child, 
and set him by him, 

48 And said unto them, ^ Whoso> 
ever shall receive this child in my 
name receiveth me; and whosoever 
shall receive me, reeeivetii him that 
sent me: ^ for he that is least among 
you all, the same shall be great. 



49 T ^And John answered and 
said, Mikster, we saw one casting 
out devils in thy name; and wo 
forbade him, because he followeth 
not with us. 

50 And Jesus said unto him, For- 
bid him not: for ^he that is not 
against us is for us. 

5 1 IT And it came to pass, when the 
time wais oome that "*he should be 
received up, he steadfastly set his 
face to go to Jerusalem, 

52 And sent messengers b^ore his 
face : alid they went, and entered 
into a village of the &unaritans, to 
make ready for him. 

53 And ''they did not receive him, 
because his face was as &ough h 
would go to Jerusalem. 

54 And when his disciples Jam< 
and John saw this, they said, Lord. 
wilt thou that we command fire 
come down from heaven, and eon- 
sume them, even as <* £lia8 did ? 

55 But he turned, and rebuke(] 
them, and said, Ye know not whai 
manner of spirit ye are of. 

56 For Pthe Son of man is noi 
oome to destroy men's lives, but t 



LUKA> X. 



Baka,aita,elioc4it&0. Afaeleaku^ 
la lakoa i kekahi kanhale aku. 

57 f 9£ia kekahi, i ko lakoa hole 
ana ma ke alanni, olelo aka la ke- 
kahi kaxu^a ia ia, £ ka Haku, e 
hahai aka wan ia oe i na walii aa 
e hole ai. 

58 1 mai la o lesa ia ia, He mau 
lua ko na alopeke, he mau wahi 
noho ko na manu o ke lewa; aka, 
ke Keiki a ke kanaka, aole ona 
vahi e hoomoe ai i k(ma poo. 

59 ""A i mai la oia i kekahi, E ha- 
hai mai oe ia'u. Aka, i aka la ia, 
£ ka Hakn, e ae mai oe ia'a e hoi 
aa e kana maa i ko'a makaakane. 

60 I mai la o lesu ia ia, Na ka 
poe make e kanu i ko lakoa poe 
niiike ; aka, e hele oe e hai aku i 
ke aupuni o ke Akaa. 

61 Olelo aku la hoi kekahi ia ia, 
E 'hahai no aa ia oe, e ka Haku ; 
aka, e ae mua oe ia'u e awe aku i 
ka poe ma ko'u hale. 

62 I mai la o lesu ia ia, ke ka- 
naka i lalau kona lima i ka oo pa- 
lan, a nana aku i hope, aole ia e 
pono no ke auponi o ke Akaa. 

MOKUNA X. 

K MAEK)P£ iho o keia mau mea. 
XX hoomaopopo mai la ka Haku i 
kekahi poee he kanahiku, a ^hoou- 
na papalua aka la oia ia lakou ma- 
mua ona, i na wahi .a pau ana i 
manao ai e hele aku ana. 

2 Alaila olelo mai la oia ia lakou, 
^He nui ka ai i oo, he uuku ka poe 
nana e ohi ; nolaila e ' pule aku ai 
oakou i ka Haku o ke kihapai, e 
hootma oia i poe hana e ohi i ka- 
na ai. 

3 E haele oakou ; * eia hoi ke hoou- 
na aku nei au ia oukou me he mau 
keikihipa la iwaena o na iliohae. 

4 ' Mai hali i aa moni, aole i kieke 
ai, aole hoi i kamaa; a 'mai uwe 
&ka i ke kanaka ma ke alanui. 

5^Xi ka hale a oukou e komo 
i^ka ai, e olelo mua toka, Aloha 
^eiahale. 

9* 



rMat.8.21.. 



■ SeelKaUl 
19.30. 



aMat.iai. 
Mar. a 7. 



b Mat 9. 97, 

38. 

Ioa.4.35. 
eS Tea. 8.1. 



dMatlClC: 



• BIatlO.9,10. 

Mar. 6. 8. 

mo. 9. 3. 
r 2 Nam 4. 29. 
K Mat 10. 12. 



sffve them. And they went to an- 
other village. 

57 IT '^ And it oame to pass, that, as 
they went in the way, a certain man 
said onto him, Lord, I will follow 
thee whithersoever thou goeat. 

58 And Jesus said unto him, Foxes 
have holes, and birds of the air have 
nests ; hut the Son of man hath not 
where to lay his head. 

59 ''And he said unto another, Fol* 
low me. But he said, Lord, suffer 
me first to go and bury my father. 

60 Jesus said unto him, Let the 
dead bury their dead : but go thoa 
and preach the kingdom of God. 

61 And another also said. Lord, "I 
will follow thee ; but let me first 
go bid them farewell, which are at 
home at my house. 

62 And Jeaofl said unto him. No 
man, having put his hand to the 
plough, and looking back, is fit for 
the kingdom of God. 

CHAPTER X. 

AFTER these things the Lord ap- 
pointed other seventy also, and 
*sent them two and two before his 
face into every city and place, 
whither he himself would oome. 

2 Theref(«« said he unto them, 
^ The harvest truly is great, but the 
labourers are few : * pray ye there- 
fore the Lord of the harvest, that he 
would send forth labourers into his 
harvest. 

3 Go your ways ; * behold, I send 
you forth as lambs among wolves. 

4 • Carry neither purse, nor scrip, 
nOr shoes: and 'salute no man by 
the way. 

5 *f And into whatsoever house ye 
enter, first say. Peace he to this 
house. 



6 A i&a HoUa ke koiki a ke alo- 
ha, alalia e waiho no ko oukou alio- 
ha maluBa ona; aka, 1 ole, e hoi 
mai no ia malnna o oukou ^o. 

7 ^A ma ia hale e noho ai oukovi, 
6 >ai ana a e inu ana hoi i na mea 
a lakou e haavd mai ai ; no ka mea, 
^e pono ke ukuia mai ka paahajm. 
Mai hele ia hale aku ia hale aku. 

8 A o ke .^culanakauhale a owdcou 
e komo aku at, a e hookipa mai la- 
kou ia oukou, e ai oukou i na mea 
e. waihoia ma ko oukou alo ; 

9 ^ £ hdela i ko laila poe mai, a e 
olelo aku ia lakou, ■^ke kokoise mai 
nei ke aupuni o ke Akua ia oukou. 

10 A o ke kulanakaufaald a Oukou 
e komo aku ai, aole hoi lakou e 
hookipa ia oukou, e hele ookou 
iwaho ma ko laila mau alanui, a e 
olelo aku ; 

11 "0 ka lepo o ko oukou knlana- 
kauhale i pili mai nei ia mabou, 
oia ka makou e holoi aku ai no 
oukou ; aka^ e ike oukou i keia, ke 
kokoke mai nei ke aupuni o ke 
Akua ia oukou. 

12 Ke olelo aku nei au ia oukoct, 
A i kela la, ^ e aho ko Sodoma poi- 
no ana, i ko ua kulanakauhale la. 

13 PAuwe oe, e Korazina ! Auwe 
hoi oe, e Betesaida ! no ka mea, 
*! ina i hanaia iloko o Turo, a me 
Sidona na hana mana i hanaia ilo- 
ko olua, ina ua mihi laua mamua 
loa e noho ana me ke kapa ino a 
me ka lehu. 

14 Nolaila, i ka hoopai ana, e aho 
ko Turo a me ko Sidona i ko olua 
poino ana. 

15 ""A o oe, e Kaperenauma, ka 
mea i 'hookiekieia'e i ka lani, e 
'kiolaia uanei oe ilalo i ka po. 

16 "O ka mea e hoolohe ia oukou, 
oia ke hoolohe mai ia'u; a 'o ka 
mea e hoowaha>vaha ia oukou, oia 
ko hoowahawaha mai ia'u; a ^o 
ka mea e hoowahawaha mai ia'u, 
oia ke hoowahawaha i ka mea na- 
na au i hoouna mai. 

17 Tf A hoi mai la *ua poe kana- 
hiku la, me ka olioli, i aku la, £ 



LUKA, X. 
A.B. 3t. 



hMat.10.lt. 
il£or.l0.27. 



kMatlC.lO. 
1 Kor. 9. 4, 

1 Tim. 6. 18. 



1 mo. 9. 2. 

aMat & 2. & 
4. 17. 1 10. 7. 
paiuU. 



n Mat 10. 14. 
mo. 9. 5. 
Oih.l3.51.& 
18.6. 



o Mat. 10.15. 
Mar. & 11. 



P Mat 11. 21. 
q £z. 3. 6. 



r Mat 11. 23. 

I See Kin. 11. 

4. 

Kan. 1. 28. 

Ia. 14. IS. 

Ier.51.53. 
t See Ez. 26. 

20. & 32. 18. 
u Mat 10. 40. 

Mar. 9. 37. 

loa 13. 20. 
X 1 Tea. 4. 8. 
7 loa. 5. 23. 

s pan. 1. 



6 And if ithe son'of peace be there, 
your peace shall rest upon it : if 
not, it shall turn to you again. 

7 ^And in the same honse remain, 
^eating and drinking snch things 
as they give : for ^ the lahettrer is 
worthy of hi« hire. Go not from 
house to house. 

8 And into whatsoever «ity ye en- 
ter, and they receive you, eat such 
things afi are set before yon : 

9 *And heal tho sick that are there- 
in, and say unto them, "The kiDg- 
dom of God is come ni^ unto yon. 

1 But into whoteocver eity ye en- 
ter, and they receive you not, go 
your ways ourt into the streets of 
the same, and say, 

11 "Even the very dust of yow 
city, which cleaveth m u«, we d« 
wipe off against you : notwithstand- 
ing, be ye sure of this^ that the king- 
dom of God is come nigh unto you. 

12 But I say unto yon, that "it 
shall be more tolerable in that day 
for Sodom, than for that city. 

13 PWoe unto theej Chorazin! 
•woe unto thee, Bethsaida! "^forif 
the mighty "works had been done in 
Tyre and Sidon, which have been 
done in you, they had a great while 
ago repented, sitting in sackcloth 
and ashes. 

14 But it shall be more tolerable 
for Tyre and Sidon at the judgment, 
than for you. 

15 'And thou, Capernaum, which 
art •exalted to heaven, * shall b€ 
thrust down to hell. 

16 "He that heareth you hearctli 
me ; and «he that despiseth you de- 
spisethme; ^ and he that 
mo despiseth him that sent me. 



17 IT And Hhe seventy returne< 
again with joy, saying, Lord, evei 



H Hakn, na hoolohe mai na dai-^ 
monk) ia makon ma koii inoa. 
28 A i mai la oia ia lakon, *Ua 
ike an ia Satana e haale ana e like 
me ka uila mai ka lani mai. 

19 £ia hoi^ ^ke haam aku nei an 
ia oukou i ka, mana e hehi maltina 
iho na nahesa a me na moohne- 
loawa, a mainna o ka mana a pan 
ka enemi ; aole loa he mea e eha 
ai oiikoa. 

20 Mai oUoli nae oukoa i keia 
mea, i ka hoolohe ana o na nhane 
ia ookou ; aka, e olioli oukon, no ka 
kakaoia'na ^ko oukoa man inoa 
iioko o ka lani. 

21 ^ '^la manawa, haooli iho la o 
lesu ma ka Uhane, a olelo aku la, 
Ke hoomaikai nei an ia oe, e ka 
Makua, ka Hakn a ka lani a me 
ka honna, no ka mea, ua hnna oe i 
keia mau mea i ka poe naauao, a 
me ka poe akamai, a na hoike mai 
nei oe ia i na keiki hou. Oiaio no, 
e ka Makaa, no ka mea, o ka pono 
no ia ia oe. 

22 *Ua haawiia mai nei ia'u na 
mea a pan e ko'n Makua; 'aole 
hoi mea i ike i ke Keiki, o ka Ma- 
kaa wale no ; a i ka Makua hoi, o 
ke Keiki wale no, a me ke kanaka 
a ke Keiki e makemake e hoike ai. 

23 ^ A haliu ae ia i ka poe han- 
mana, olelo malu mai ia, 'Pomai- 
kai na maka i ike i na mea a 
oukoa e ike nei. 

24 No ka mea, ke hai aku nei an 
ia oukoa, ^He nui no ka poe koala 
a me na'lii i makemake e ike i na 
mea a oakoa e ike nei, aole hoi la- 
koa i ike ; a e lohe i na mea a oukou 
c lohe nei, aole hoi lakou i lohe. 

25 % Ala hoi, ku ae la iluua kekahi 
kakaolelo e hoao ana ia ia, ninau 
aku la, *£ ke Kumu, heaha ka'u e 
hana'i i loaa mai ai ia'u ke ola 
raauloa? 

26 A ninau mai la oia ia ia, He- 
aha ka mea i kakauia'i iloko o 
ke kanawai ? Pehea kau heluhelu 
ana? 

27 Hai aku la ke kakaolelo, i aka 



LUKA, JL 

A.D.3t. 




ePak.aS.aS. 
IUl.flB.28. 
]>. 4. 8. 
Dan. 12L 1. 
PiL4.a 
Heb. 12. 2S. 
Hoik. 13. 8. 
ltaO.12.aL21. 
27. 



t Mttt 28. 18. 

loa. 3. 35. & 
&27.&n.2. 
I Many an- 
cient oopiea 
add these 
words, And 
' -to hit 

r loa. 1. 18. & 
6.44,46. 
S Mat 13. 16. 



blFetl. 10. 



i Mat 19. 16. 
&23.S9. 



103 

the devils are subjeet unto as 
through thy name. 

18 And he aaid unto them, * I be- 
held Satan as lightning fall from 
heaven. 

19 Behold, * I give unto you power 
to tread on flerpents and isoorpiona, 
and over all the power of the en- 
emy; and nothing ahall by any 
means hurt you. 

20 Notwithstanding, in this re- 
joioe not, that the spirits are sub- 
ject unto you ; but rather rejoice, 
because * your names are written in 
heaven. 

21 ir^In that hour Jesus rejoiced 
in spirit, and said, I thank thee, 
Father, Lord of heaven and earth, 
that thou hast hid these things from 
the wise and prudent, and hast re- 
vealed them unto babes : even so, 
Father; for so it seemed good in 
thy sight. 



22 *IA11 things are delivered to 
me o( my Father: and 'no man 
knoweth who the Son is, but the 
Father ; and who the Father is, but 
the Son, and he to whom the Son 
will reveal him, 

23 ^ And he turned him unto 
his disciples, and said privately, 
'Blessed are the eyes which see 
the things that ye see: 

24 For I tell you, *that many 
prophets and kings have desired to 
see those things which ye see, and 
have not seen them; and to hear 
those things which ye hear, and 
have not heard them. 

25 IT And, behold, a certam law- 
yer stood up, and tempted him, say- 
ing, ' Master, what shall I do to in- 
herit eternal life ? 

26 He said unto him. What is 
written in the law? how readest 
thou? 

27 And he answering said, ^ Thou 



lOihk.19.16. 



mOihk.l8.& 

Neb. 9. 29. 

Ez.20.ll,IS, 

21. 

Rom. 10. 5. 
B mo. 16.15. 



la, *^£ aloha aku oe i ka Haku i kcm 
Akua me kou naau a pan, a mo 
kon iihane a pau, a me kou ikaika 
a pan, a me kon manao a pau, a i 
^kou hoalauna e like me oe iho. 

28 I mai la eia ia ia, Ua hai po- 
lolei mai nei oe ; o kau ia e hana'i, 
a '"e ola no oe. 

29 Aka, i kona makemake ana °e 
hoapono ia ia iho, ninau aku la oia 
ia lesu, Owai la hoi ko'u hoalauna ? 

30 Olelo hou mai la o lesu, i mai 
la, O kekahi kanaka e hele ana mai 
lerusalema i leriko, a haule iho la 
iwaena o na powa, kaili ae la la« 
kou i kona kapa, pepehi iho la, a 
haalele aku la ia ia, e iraiho ana 
me ka aneane make. 

31 A hele no kekahi kahuna pule 
ma ia alanui, a ike aku la ia ia, 
''maalo wale ae la ma kekahi aoao. 

32 Pela no hoi kekahi pua na Le- 
vi, i kona hiki ana ma ia wahi, hele 
ia a nana aku la, maalo ae la ia ma 
kekahi aoao. 

33 Aka, o kekahi kanaka no i^ Sa- 
maria, i kona hele ana, hiki aku la 
ia i kahi ona e waiho ana; a ike 
aku la ia ia, hu ae la kona aloha 
ia ia. 

34 Hele iho la io na la, a wahi iho 
la i kona mau eha e ninini ana i ka 
aila a me ka waina iloko, a kau ae 
la ia ia maluna o kona holoholena 
iho, a lawe ae la ia ia i ka hale- 
hookipa, a malama iho la ia ia. 

35 A ia la ae, i kona hele ana'ku, 
unuhi ae la ia i na hapawalu elua, 
a haawi aku i ka mea nona ka ha^ 
le, i aku la ia ia, £ malama oe ia 
ia nei ; a oi aku kau mea lilo, a hoi 
mai au, na'u e uku aku ia oe. 

36 A o keia mau kanaka a ekolu, 
owai la ka hoalauna, i kou manao, 
no ke kanaka i haule iwaena o na 
powa? 

37 Hai aku la ia, ka mea i hana 
lokomaikai ia ia. I mai la o lesu, 
£ hele oe a e hoohalike me ia. 



OSW.S8.}!. 



Pica. 4. 9. 



<»BhAlt love the Lei<d tliy CM with 
all thy heart, and with all thy 
aoul, and with all thy atrength, 
and with a^l thy niiid; and 'thy 
neighbour as thyself. 

28 And he siod mifto him, Thou 
hast a&sweied right : this do, and 
"ttfaou abalt live. 

29 But he, willing to ^justify him* 
self, said unto imau^ And who is 
my neighbour ? 

30 And Jesus answering said, A 
oertain man went down from Jeru- 
salem to Jerichja, and fell among 
tiueves, whidi stripped hiua of hii 
raiment, and woundod Asm, and de- 
parted, hdtL-mg kim htM dead. 

31 And by chaace thei^ came 
down a ceHain priest tJ^t way,' 
and when he «aw Mm^ °he passed 
by on the othei^ sid^ 

32 And Uli^wise a Lente, what 
he was at the place^ came and 
lo(^ed on kimj and passed by on 
the other side. 

33 But a eertain >" Samaritan, as 
he journeyed, came where ho was ; 
and when he saw him, he>faakd eom- 
passion on I ' 



n See Mat 20. 
2. 



34 And went to him, and boimd up 
his wounds, pouring in oil and wine^ 
and set him on his own beast, an4 
brought himto an imi, and took cai^ 
of him. 

35 And on the xaonow when h^ 
departed, he took out two R pence 
and gave them to tiie host, and said 
unto him, Take care of him : an^ 
whatsoever thou spendest more 
when I come again, I will repaj 
thee. I 

36 Which now of these ihre^ 
thinkest thou, wss naighbonr -antj 
him that fell among ^ Hoffvea ? 

37 And he said, He thvt shewej 
mercy on him. Then said Jest 
unto him, Go, and do thou lik^ 
wiM. 



38 ITBia Mkfi!if, i 1m Udnm fade 
ana, kioiiio aku is ia ileko o keka- 
id kaohale ; a o kekahi vrakina, o 
<iMareta koiia inoa, i hookipa ia ia 
i kona bale. 

39 A be kaftaina kona i kapaia 
Maria/ va nabo 'ia raa *iia wa*- 
wae o lesu, e hoolobe ana i kana 
eleio. 

40 Aka o Mflwta, ua paapa ia i 
ka lawelawe nni aiia, a bale ia, a 
olelo ^n, £ ka Haka, he inea iAe 
anei ia oe ka baalele ana mad o 
ko'a kaifcaiiia ia^u e lanvrelawe 
hookalH an? Nolaila, e oleh» oe 
iaia e kfdna mai ia iahi. 

41 Olelo mai la o lean, i mai laia 
ia, £ Mareta, e Mareta, na nni 
koQ manao a me fcon pihoiboi, i na 
mea he mii ; 

42 Aka, *hookahi no mea e pono 
ai. A na koho mai nei o Maria ia 
nea maikai, aole loa ia e lavveia'kn 
Budoaaaka. 



E 



MOKUNA XI. 

IA k^eaM, i fcana pnle ana 
ma kekahi irafai, a cdEi ae la, i 
aka U kekahi o kana man^anuna- 
na, £ ka Hakn, e ao mai oe ia ma- 
koa e pole, me loane hoi i ao mai 
ai i kana poe hanmana. 
8 1 mai la oia ia lakoa, I ka wa e 
pole ai oukoa, e olelo, ■£ ko ma- 
kou Makoa iloko o ka lani, e hoa- 
noialni kon inoa ; e hiki mai koa 
mpani ; e malamaia hoi kou make- 
iB^e, e like me ia ma ka lani, pela 
hoi ma ka honna nei. 

3 £ haswi mai ee ia makoa, i 
keia la i kela la, i ka ai no ka la, 
namakon. 

4 A e kala mai oe i na hewa o 
makoa; no ka mea, ke kala nei 
niakon i ka poe haoa hewa mai 
ia makou; mai ho<Ana hot ia 
makoa i ka hoovralewaleia mai; 
ska, e hoopakele aa ia mabou i ka 
ino. 

5 Olelo mai la hoi oia ia lakon, 
Ina he makamaka ko kekahi o ou- 



qI<Mull. L a 



rlKor.T.SS, 

ac. 

■ Lak.0.S5. 
OOuXLaL 



L«KA,Xi; 9M 

A.D.8S. Sa IT K^WiivauK to pMi,ac they 
weni, that he entered into a oer* 
tain tiUa0D : and a oeitain woman 
named ^ Martha reoeived him into 
herbonae. 

89 And ahe bad a sister called 
Mary, "whieh also 'sat at Jeaua' 
feet, and heard his word. 

40 Bat Martha was cumbered 
aboat mueh serving, and eame to 
him, and said, Lord, doet thou not 
oare that my sister hath left me to 
serve alone ? bid her therefore that 
she help me. 

41 And Jesns answered and said 
onto her, Martha, Martha, thou art 
careful and troubled about many 
things: 

48 But 'one thing is needful ; and 
Mary hath ohosen that good part, 
which shall not be taken away 
from her. 

CHAPTER XI. 

AND it eame to pass, that, as he 
was praying in a certain place, 
when he eeased, one of his disciples 
said unto him, Lord, teach us to 
piay, as John also taught his disci- 
ples. 

2 And he said unto them^ When 
ye pray, say, ""Our Father which 
art in heaven^ Hallowed be thy 
name. Thy kingdom come. Thy 
will be done, as in heaven, so in 
earth. 



tB«LT7.i. 



83. 



«MM.I.f. 



ii Or,/or Ou 
day. 



3 Give 
bread. 



I Vday by day our daily 



4 And forgive us our sins ; for we 
also forgive every one that is in- 
debted to us. And lead us not into 
temptation; but deliver us from 
evil. 



5 And he said unto them, Which 
of you shall have a friend, and 



806 

kou, a hole aka hoi ia io na la i ke 
aumoe, a e olelo aka. £ ka maka- 
maka, ho mai hoi na^u i ekola po- 
po berena : 

6 No ka mea, o kekahi hoaaloha 
o'u i kona hole ana ua kipa mai ia 
ia'u, aole hoi a'u mea e waiho aku 
ai imua ona. 

7 A i olelo mai ua mea la oloko, 
Mai hooluhi mai oe ia'u; ua paa 
ka puka ; eia au me ka'u mau keiki 
ma kahi moe ; aole e hiki ia'u ke 
ala'e ilana e haawi aku ia oe. 

8 Ke olelo aku nei au ia oukou, 
^ aole paha ia e ala, a e haawi na- 
na no kona hoaloha ana, aka, no 
kona noi pinepine ana, e ala no ia, 
a e haawi ia ia i kana mau mea i 
makemake ai. 

9 '^ Ke i aku nei hoi an ia oukou, 
£ noi, a e faaawiia ia oukou ; e imi, 
a e loaa ia oukou; e kikeke, a e 
wehe ia ia oukou. 

10 No ka mea, o ka mea i noi, ua 
haawiia no ia ia ; a o ka mea i imi, 
ua loaa no ia ia ; a o ka mea kikeke, 
e weheia no ia ia. 

11 <^A owai la ka makuakane 
iwaena o oukou nana e haawi aku 
i ka pohaku i kana keiki ke noi mai 
ia i berena ? a i wahi ia, e haawi 
anei oia i ka nahesa nana, aole 
ka ia ? 

12 A i noi mai ia i hua manu, e 
haawi aku anei oia i ka moohuelo- 
awa nana ? 

13 No ia hoi, ina oukou ka poe he- 
wa i makaukau i ka haawi aku i 
na makana maikai i ka oukou poe 
keiki ; aole anei e oi nui aku ko Jca 
Makua ma ka lani haawi ana mai 
i ka Uhane Hemolele i ka poe e noi 
aku ia ia. 

14 ^ « A e mahiki ana ia i ka dai- 
monio, he aa hoi ia. £ia hoi, a pu- 
ka aku ka daimonio iwaho, olelo 
iho la ua aa la, a mahalo aku la 
ka ahakanaka. 

15 Aka, olelo kekahi poe o lakou, 
Ma o Belezebuba la ke'lii o na dai- 
monio, 4 mahiki aku ai oia nei i 
na daimonio. 



LUKA, XI. 

A. D. 33. 



}li Or, out qf 



b ma 18.1, 



cMat7.7.t 
21.22. 
Mar. 11. 21 
loa, 16. 7. 
lak. 1. 6. 
1 loa. 3. 22. 



d Mat. 7. 9. 



tGr.plM. 



• Mat9.SS. 
&12.22. 



f Mat. 9. 34. 
& 12. 24. 

\ Or. Bitlz&- 
bvl, and ao 
pau. 18, 19. 



shall go unto him at midnight, and 
say unto him, Friend, lend me three 
loaves; 

6 For a friend of mine Bin his 
journey is eome to me, and I have 
nothing to set betoe him ? 

7 And he from within i^all an- | 
swer and say, Trouble me not : the j 
door is now shut, and my children | 
are with me in bed; I cannot rise | 
and give thee. 

8 I say unto you, *» Though he will 
not rise and give him, because he is 
his friend, yet because of his impor- 
tunity he will rise and give him as 
many as he needeth. 

9 * And 1 say unto you. Ask, and 
it shall be given you; seek, and ye 
shall find; knock, and it shall be | 
opened unto you. 

10 For every one that asketh re- | 
ceiveth ; and he that seeketh find- ; 
eth; and to him that knocketh it 
shall be opened. 

11 '^ If a son shall ask bread of any 
of you that is a father, will he give 
him a i^bne ? or if he <uk a fish, will 
he for a fish give him a serpent ? 



12 Or if he shall ask an egg, will | 
he t offer him a scorpion ? I 

13 If ye then, being evil, know- 
how to give good gifts unto your 
children; how much more shall 
your heavenly Father give the Holy 
Spirit to them that ask him ? 



14 ^ "And he was casting out a 
devil, and it was dumb. And it 
came to pass, when the devil was 
gone out, the dumb spake ; and the 
people wondered. 

15 But some of them said, 'Hb 
casteth out devils through t Beelze- 
bub the chief of the devils. 



16 A o kekahi poe, e hoao ana ia 
ia, 'noaoi aka la, i ho&iloDA ma ka 
lani. 

17 ''Aka, ua ike hoi ^oia i ko la- 
kou manao^ i mai la ia lakou, O ke 
attpuni i jnok»ahana ia ia iko^ e 
pau ia, a Q ka hale i ka hale iho^ o 
hina ia. 

18 A i&a i mokiuhana o Sataaa 
U ia iho, pehea la e ka paa ai kona 
aapuni ? no ka mea, ke olelo nei 
ookou, ma o Belezebuba la i mahi- 
ki aku ai au i na daimonio. 

19 Ina paha ma o BeikewAmha, la 
waa i mahiki aku ai i na dai- 
monio, ma owai la hoi ka onkon 
poe keiki e mahiki aka ai ? Nolaila 
hoi o lakou ko ookoa poe nana e 
hooponopono. 

20 Aka, ina ma ^ka manamana- 
liniao ke Akua i mahiki aka ai an 
i na daimonio, oia hoi, aa hiJd. mai 
no ke auponi o ke Akna io ookoa 
sei. 

21 ^0 ka mea ikaika a mak&okaa 
hoi i na mea oi, i na wa i kiai ai 
oia i kona hale, na malohia kana 
waiwai : 

22 Aka, '^i hiki mai io na la ka 
niea i oi aka kona ikaika mamaa o 
kona, a lanakila ia maluna ona, 
alalia e kaili aku ia mai ona aka, i 
na mea oi ana i hilinai ai, a e 
haawi i kana waiwai pio. 

23 "0 ka mea aole ma o'a nei^ <»a 
ke ka e mai ia'u ; o ka mea hoiliili 
pu ole me au, oia ke la aka. 

24 <* A i paka aka ka uhane ino 
mai loko aku o ke kanaka, hele no 
ia mawaena o na wahi panoa, e imi 
ana i kahi e maha'i ; a loaa ole, 
oielo iho la ia, £ hoi au i kuu hale 
an i puka mai ai. 

25 A hiki mai ia, ike i ka hale aa 
kahiliia a ua hoolakolakoia hoi. 

26 Alalia kii aku la a lawe mai i 
li^Kihi poe uhane e ehiku, ua oi 
aku ko lakou hewa i kona iho, a 
1(0100 hoi lakou a noho malaila ; a 
^a oi aku ka hewa o ^hope o ua 
kanaka la i ]«> loi. noho ana iflamua. 

27 ^ £ia kekahi, ia iae o&elo ana 



LUKAf XI. 
AB.33. 




kPak.8.Ui 



1 Mat 12. 29. 
Mar. 3. 87. 



mTi.5B.12. 
K0L2.1& 



B lent. 12. 89. 



olCat.12.4S. 



pToa. & 14 
Heb. 6. 4. & 
10.26. 
2Pet.2.Sa 



fl07 

16 And otfaen, tempting Aim, 
s sought of him a sign from heaven. 

17 ^But *he, knowing their 
thoughts, said unto tiiem, Every 
kingdmn divided against itself is 
brought to desolation ; and a house 
divided against a house falleth. 

18 If Satan also be divided against 
himself, how shall his kingdom 
stand ? beeause ye say that I cast 
out devils through Beelsebub. 

19 And if I by Beelzebub cast out 
devils, by whom do your sons oast 
them out ? thereforo shall they be 
your jodges. 



20 But if I ^with the finger of God 
cast out devils, no doubt the king- 
dom of CfCd is come upon yon. 



21 *When a strong man armed 
keepeth his palace, Ms goods aro in 
peace: 

22 But "'vi^en a stronger than he 
shall come upon him, and overcome 
him, he taketh from him all his 
armour wherein he trusted, and 
divideth his spoils. 

23 "He that is not with me is 
against me ; and he that gathereth 
not with me soattereth. 

24 <>When the unclean spirit is 
gone out of a man. he walketh 
through dry places, seeking rest ; 
and finding none, he saith, I vdll 
return unto my house whence I 
came out. 

25 And when he cometh, he find- 
eth it swept and garnished. 

26 Then goeth he, and taketh to 
him seven other spirits more wicked 
than himself J and they enter in, 
and dwell there : and Plhe last state 
of that man is worse than the first. 

27 % And it came to pass;, as he 



r Mat 7. 21. 
mo. 8. 21. 
lak.1.26. 



• Mat 12. 38, 



tlonal.17. 
&2.10. 



u Nam 10.1. 



t06 LUKA, XL 

i keia mftu niea, o Isskihi 'Waldne 
o ka ahatafcnaka, hix^ekie ae la i 
kona leo, i aku la ia ia, <iPomaikai 
ka iupa hajia oe i hanau mai, a me 
na u au i omo ai^ 

28 I mai la oia, 'Pomaikai io 
jnaoli ka poe i lohe i ka olelo a ke 
Akua, a malajaia hoi ia. 

29 ^ 'A akoakoa paapu ae la &a 
kanaka, olalo mai la ia. He hanau- 
na ino keia; ke noi mai nei lafcon 
i hoailonaj aole e haawiia'ku ka 
hoailona no lakou, o ka hoailona 
o lona ke kaula wale no. 

30 No ka mea, me * lona i lilo ai i 
hoailona no ko NinoYa, pela e lilo 
^i ke Keiki a ke kanaka no keia ha- 
nauna. 

31 "0 ke alii wahine no ke knkn- 
inhema, e ku e mai ia i na kanaka 
D keia hanauna, i ka ahaolelo, a e 
Jioahewa ia lakou ; no ka mea, na 
hele mai no ia mai na palena mai 
o ka hanua, e hoolohe i ka olelo aka- 
mai a Soloraona; eia hoi maanei ka 
mea i io aku mamua o Solomona. 

32 O na kanaka o Nineva, e ku e 
mai lakou i keia hanauna, a e hoa- 
hewa ia lakou : no ka mea, jxb. mihi 
no ' lakou i ke ao ana a lona ; eia 
hoi maanei ka mea i oi aku mamua 
o lona. 

33 1^ Aole mea i kuni i ke kukui a 
waiho iho ma kahi nalo, aole hoi 
malalo ae o ke poi^ aka, ma kahi e 
kau ai ke kukui, i ike ai i ka mala- 
malama ka poe i komo iloko. 

34 *0 ke kukui o ke kino, o ka 
maka ia : a i maikai hoi kou maka, 
ua malamalama kou kino a pau ; a 
i ino kou maka, alalia ua pouli la>u 
kino. 

35 No ia hoi, e malama oe o lilo 
ka malamalama ilc^ ou i pouli. 

36 No ia mea, ina malamalama 
kou kino a pau, aole ona waM pou- 
li, alalia ua puni ia i ka hoomala- 
malamaia, e like me ka hoomala* 
malama aua o ke kukui ia oe i kona 
aa p<nio ana. 

37 f A ikaoa kamailip ana, kono 



z lona 8. 5. 



7 Mat 5. 15. 

Mar. 4. 21. 

mo. 8. 16. 
ISeeMAtff. 

IC. 



s Mat 6. A 



spake these things, a cettam vfomu 
of the company lifted up her voice, 
and said unto him, i Blessed is the 
womb l^at bare thee, and the paps 
whieh thou hast sucked. 

28 But he said, Yea, 'rather, bless- 
ed are they that hear the word of 
God, and keep it. 

29 IT ■ And when the people were 
ga^ered thick together, he began to 
say. This is an evil generation: 
they seek a sign; and there shall 
no sign be given it, but the sign of 
Jonas the prophet. 

30 For as * Jonas was a uigd unto 
the Ninevites, so shall also the S(a 
of man be to this genearation. 

31 "The queen of the south diall 
rise up in the judgment with fhe 
men of this generation, and condenin 
them : for she came from the utmost 
parts of the earth to hear the wis- 
dom of Solomon; and, behold, a 
greater than Solomon is here. 

32 The men of Nineveh shall rise 
up in the judgment with this gen- 
eration, and shall condemn it: for 
»they repented at the preaching of 
Jonas ; and, behold, a greater than 
Jonas is here. 

33 r No man, when he hath lighted 
a candle, putteth tt in a secret place, 
neither under a ■ bushel, but on a 
candlestick, that they which come 
in may see the light. 

34 -The light of the body is m 
eye : therefore when thine eye u 
single, thy whole body also is ful| 
of light; but when lA»ne«f(c is evil 
thy body also is full of darkness. 

35 Take heed therefore, that tW 
light which is in thee be not dark 
ness.. 

36 If thy whole body therefore in 
full of light, having no part darfe 
the whole shall be full of light. J^ 
when the bright shining of a candU 
doth give thee light. 

37 IT And as he spake, a certaii 



LUKAi 3a. 



ae la kekahi Paxnaio ia ia e ai pn 

me ia. Komo aka la ia, uoho iao 
Ja e ai. 

38 * A ike ka Pansaio^ kahaha iho 
k ka naau, no ka mea, aole ia i 
holoi mamua iho o ka ai ana. 

39 H mai la ka Haka ia ia, O on- 
kou na Parisaio, ua hoomaemae ia 
waho ke kiaha a me ke pa ; aka, 
' oloko oukou^ na piha loa i ka mea 
kaili wale a me ka manao iiK^. 

40 Naaupo, aole auei ka mea 
nana i hana ia waho, i hana ia 
loko? 

41 ^ £ haawi lokomiaikai aka i ko 
oukou waiwai ; alaiia ua maemae 
na mea a pan ia oukou. 

42 'Auwe hoi oukou, e ka poe Pa- 
n^aio ! no ka mea, ua hookupu ou- 
kou i ka hapaumi o ka mineta, a o 
ka rue, a o na laauikiai a pau^ a 
l^ele no i ka pouo a me ke aloha 
i ke Akaaj o ko oukou mau mea 
kela e pono ai ke hana, aole hoi e 
iaalele i kela. 

43 'Auwe hoi oukou, e ka poe Pa- 
risaio ! no ka mea, ua makenaake 
oukou i na noho kiekie maloko o na 
^lehalawai, a me ke alohaia mai 
JDa na wahi kanaka. 

44JAuwe hoi oukou, ka poe ka- 
i^auolelo a me na Parisaio, ka poe 
Jiookamani ! no ka mea, ^ ua like ou- 
kou me nahalekupjatpau i nalo, e he- 
^a ana e kanaka me ka ike ole. 

45 T Olelo aku la kekahi o ka poe^ 
^a^lelo, i aku la ia ia, E ke Ku- 
JJ^QjOmakou nei no kekahi au e 
toewa nei, i kau olelo ana pela. 

46 Alalia, i mai la ia, Auwe hoi 
oukou, e ka poe kakaolelo! no ka 
?^ea, 'na hooili oukou i na haawe 
iluna na kanakia ane hiki ole ke 
^alij aole hoi oukou e hoopa iki ia 
2iau haawe me kekahi o ko oukou 
^u manamanaJima.. 

^^ ^Auwe hoi oukou ! no ka mea, 
^ liana oukou i na halekupapau 
no ka poe kaula i pepehiia^e e ko 
oukou poe kupuna. 

48 Oiaio, ke hoike nei oukou me 
ka mahalo pu i ka Wnfl . a ko oukou 



A,D.38. 



a Mar. 7. S. 



bMat.2S.2Ck 



«Tltl.l& 



dTt.M.7. 

Dan. 4. 27. 

nail S3. 
I Or, «n yon 

are tMe. 
• Mat 23.23. 



r Mat 2SL 6. 
Mar. 12. 38, 



K Mat 23. 27. 
hHal.5.9. 



lMat.2S.4. 



Fhariiee h&mn^ Idm tadine witii 
him: and he went in, tnd sat down 
to meat. 

38 And ^when the Phariiee law 
itj he marrelled that lie had not 
first wadbed before dinner. 

39 ^'And the Lord said unto him, 
Now do ye PhuriseeB make clean 
the outside of the eup and the plat- 
ter ; but 'your inward part is full 
of ravening and wickedness. 

40 Ye fools, did not he, ^at made 
that which is without, make that 
which is within also ? 

41 ^ But rather give alms I of such 
things as ye bave ; and, behold, all 
things are clean unto you. 

42 * But woe unto you, Pharisees ! 
for ye tithe mint and rue and all 
manner of herbs, and pass over 
judgment and the love of Grod: 
ibsse ought ye to have done, and not 
to leave the other undone. 



43 'Woe unto yon, Pharisees ! for 
ye love the uppeitnost seats in the 
synagogues^ and greetingB in the 
markets. 

44 'Woe Unto you, scribes and 
Pharisees, hypocrites! **for ye are 
as graves which appear not, and 
the men that walk over them are 
not aware of them. 

45 If Then answered one of the 
lawyers, and said unto him, Mas- 
ter, thus saya^ thou reproachest 
us also, 

46 And he said, Woe unto you 
also, ye lawyers ! * for ye lade men 
with burdens grievous to be borne, 
and ye yourselves touch not the 
burdens with one of your fingers. 



kMat 33.29. 



47 ^Woe unto you ! for ye build 
the sepulchres of the prophets, and 
your fathers killed them. 

48 Truly ye bear witness that ye 
allow the deeds of your fathers: 



£10 LUKAj XII. 

poe kupttna; no ka xnea, na lakou A. B. 33. 
no i pepehi i na kaula, a na oukou 
hoi i hana i ko lakou man haleku- 
papau. 

49 Nolaila hoi i olelo ai ke aka- 
mai ke Akua, ^ £ hoouna aku au 
i na kaula a me na lunaolelo io 
lakou la, a e pepehi lakqu i ke- 
kahi, a e hana ino no hoi i kekahi 
o lakou. 

50 Pela hoi e hoopaiia'i ke koko o 
na kaula a pau, i hookaheia, mai 
ka hookumu ana o ke ao nei, malu- 
na iho o keia hanauna ; 

51 °*Mai ke koko mai o Abela^ a 
hiki i °ke koko o Zakaria, ka mea i 
pepehiia mawaena o ke kuahu a 
me ka luakini. Oiaio, ke olelo aku 
nei au ia oukou, e hoopai ana no ia 
maluna iho o keia hanauna. 

52 " Auwe oukou, e ka poe kaka- 
olelo ! no ka mea, ua lawe aku ou- 
kou i ke ki o ka ike ; aole hoi oukou 
i komo, a o ka poe e komo ana, na 
oukou ia i keakea. 

53 A i kana olelo ana ia mau mea, 
hoomaka ae la na kakaolelo a mc 
na Parisaio e koi ikaika aku, a e 
hoowalewale aku ia ia e olelo kcke 
mai ma na mea he nui. 

54 Hookalakupua iho la lakou ia 
ia, Pe imi ana e hopu i kekahi mea 
noloko mai o kona waha, i niania 
ai lakou ia ia. 



MOKUNA XII. 

I A ^manawa, ka akoakoa lehule- 
hu loa ana mai o ka ahakanaka, 
a hehi kekahi maluna o kekahi, 
olelo mua mai la ia 1 kana mau hau- 
mana, ^ I nui ko oukou malama ia 
oukou iho i ka mea hu a ka poe Pa- 
risaio; o ka hookamani no ia. 

2 ^'No ka mea, aohe mea i uhiia 
e pau ole i ka weheia ,* aole hoi 
mea i hunaia e pau ole i ka ikeia. 

3 ka mea a oukou i olelo ai ma 
ka pouli, e loheia auanei ia ma ka 
malamalama, a o ka mea a oukou 
i olelo ai i na pepeiao, maloko o na 



n Kin. 4. 8. 

i>2 0ihlUS4. 
20,21. 



o Mat. 23. IS. 



N Or fjbrbade. 



PMkt.IZIS.- 



a Mat 16. 6. 
Mar. 8. 15. 



b Mat 16. 12. 



eMatlO.S6. 
Mar. 4. 22. 
mo. 8. 17. 



for they indeed killed them, and ye 
build their sepulchres. 



49 Therefore also said the wisdom 
of God, ^ I vnll send them prophets 
and apostles, and some of them they 
shall slay and persecute : 



50 That the blood of all the ptoph- 
ets, which was shed from the foun- 
dation of the -vrorld, may be required 
of this generation ; 

51 "From the blood of Abel unto 
"the blood of Zacharias, which per- 
ished between the altar and the 
temple : verily I say unto you. It 
shall be required of this generation. 

52 °Woe unto you, lawyers! for 
ye have taken away the key of 
knowledge : ye entered not in your- 
selves, and them that were enter- 
ing in ye n hindered. 

53 And as he said these things 
unto them, the scribes and the Phar- 
isees began to urge him vehement 
ly, and to provoke him to speak of 
many things : 

54 Laying wait for him, and p seek- 
ing to catch something out of hi^ 
mouth, that they might accuse him 



CHAPTER XII. 

IN *the mean time, when then 
were gathered together an in 
numerable multitude of people, in 
somuch that they trode one upoi 
another, he began to say unto hi 
disciples first of all, * Beware ye o 
the leaven of the Pharisees, whicl 
is hypocrisy. 

2 ''For there is nothing covwed 
that shall not be revealed ] neithe 
hid, that shall not be known. 

3 Therefore, whatsoever ye hat 
spoken in darkness shall be hear 
in the light; and that which y 
have spoken in the ear in closet 



keeiift mdbameha, e liaiia smmei ia 

malona iho o nft hale. 

4 ''Ke olelo aka hoi an ia oukou, 
'e kau man hoaaloha, Mai makan 
o«koit i ka poe pepehi i ke kino, a 
mahope aka, aole o lakon mea e 
hiki ke hana. 

5 Aka, ke lioike aica nei aa ia 
oukon i ka onkon mea e maJEau al ; 
emakaa aku oukou i ka mea nona 
ka maiia e hoolei aka iloko o ka 
loaahi, mahope iho o kana pepehi 
ana. Oia^ o ka'u olelo no ia ia oa- 
koo, e makaa oukoa ia ia. 

6 Aole aiiei i kuoiia na manu lii- 
lii elima i na keoota elua ? Aole 
boi kekahi o lakou i hoopoinaia e 
keAkua. 

7 Ua pau no hoi i ka helnia na 
laaoho o ko oukou- man poo. No> 
laila haij mai makau oukou ; ua oi 
ioa aka ko oukou mrttikai mamua o 
ko na manu liilii. 

S 'A ke olelo aku nei au ia oukou, 
ka mea e hooiaio ia'u iinua i ke 
alo kanaka, oia ka ke KeiM a ke 
kanaka e hooiaio ai imua i ke alo 

ka poe anela o ke Akua. 

9 Aka, ka mea e hoole ia'u imua 
i ke alo a na kanaka, oia ke hooleia 
imua i ke alo o ka poe anela o ke 
Akua. 

^0 ^0 ka mea e olelo ku e i ke 
^eiki a ke kanaka, e hiki no ia i ke 
kalaia; aka, o ka mea e olelo hoino 
yale i ka Uhane H^nolele^ aole Ioa 
laekalaia. 

. ^1 ^ A i ka wa e alakaiia'i oukou 

1 Qa halehalawai, a i na kiaaina, a 
^ na'lii, mai manao nui ouloia i 
ka oukou mea e kamailio ai^ a i ka 
ofltou mea e olelo ai ; 

12 No ka mea, na ka Uhane He- 
Biolele no e ao mai ia oukou, ia 
^ora, i ka mea e pono ai oukou ke 
olelo aku. 

13 1[ Alaila olelo aku la kekahi o 
^ ahakanaka ia ia, £ ke Kumu, e 
<>lelo ae oe i kuu hoahanau e nuu 
Wle mai i ka waiwai no'u. 

14 1 mai la ia, ^£ ke kanaka, na- 



LUKA, xn. 

A.D. 




I Sm JfeL 10. 
39. 



r Mot 10. 32. 
Mar. 8. 38. 

2Tiin.2.1SL 
11(M.2.23. 



cMat 13. 31, 

32. 

Mar. 3. 28. 

1 Ioa. & 16. 



hMftt 10. 19. 
Mar. 13. 11. 
mo. 3L 14. 



iIoa.ia9is. 



fill 

shall be proclaimed upon the house- 
tops. 

4 ''And I say unto you • my friends, 
Be not afraid of them that kill the 
body, and after that ha^e no more 
that they can do. 

5 But I will forewarn you whom 
ye shall fear: Tear hun, which 
after he hath killed hath power to 
cast into hell ; yea, I say unto you, 
Fear him. 



6 Are not five sparrows sold for 
two I farthings, and not one of them 
is forgotten before God ? 

7 But even the very hairs of your 
head are all numbered. Fear not 
therefore: ye are of more value 
than many sparrows. 

8 'Also I say unto you, Whosoever 
shall confess me before men, him 
shall the Son of man also confess 
before the angels of God : 

. 9 But he that denieth me before 
men shall be denied before the an- 
gels of Grod. 

10 And 'whosoever shall speak a 
word against the Son of man, it 
shall be forgiven him : but unto 
him that blasphemeth against the 
Holy Gho8t.it shall not be for- 
given. 

1 1 **And when they bring you unto 
the synagogues, and unto magis- 
trates, and powers, take ye no 
thought how or what thing ye shall 
answer, or what ye shall say : 

12 For the Holy Ghost shall teach 
you in the same hour what ye ought 
to say. 

13 T And one of the company 
said unto him, Master, speak to my 
brother, that he divide the inherit- 
ance with me. 

14 And he said unto him, *Man, 



8ia LUEA, XXL 

fTBi aU i hoolilo i lanakBnawai, a i A. B. 33. 
mea mahele waiwai no oukou ? 
. 1 5 A olelo mai la oia ia Ikkoxt, ^ £ 
manao, a e malama ia oukou iko i 
ka puniwaiwai ; no ka mea, aole no 
ka nui o ko ke kanaka waiwai kona 
ola ana. 

16 A olelo moi la oia i ka olelo- 
nane ia lakou, i mai la, O kekafai 
kanaka ua hoohua nni mai la kona 
aina; 

17 A nalu iho la ia iloko ona, i 
iho la, Pehea la wan e hana'i ? no 
ka mea, aole o'u wahi e hoahn ai i 
ka'u ai. 

18 I iho la hoi oia, Penei an e In- 
na'i ; e wawahi an i ko'n man ha- 
lepapaa, a e knknlu hou i mahna- 
hua'e ; a malaila an e hoahn ai i 
ka'n ai, a me knn waiwai a pan 



19 A e olelo iho an i kuu nhane^ 
^£ ka nhane, na nni kon waiwaa 
i hoahuia no na makahiki he nni ; 
wab; e noho nanea oe,* e ai no, a! 
e inn no me ka lealea. 

20 Aka, olelo mai la ke Akna ia 
ia, E ke kanaka naanpo ! i keia po, 
e kiiia'kn ai "kou nhane; "alalia 
no wai la ia man mea an 1 hooma- 
kaukan ai ? 

21 Pela hoi ka mea i hoolakolako 
waiwai nona iho, "a i lako ole i ko 
ke Akna. 

22 ^ Alalia olelo mai la ia i kana 
man haumana, No ia mea, ke olelo 
akn nei an ia onkon, i^Mai manao 
nni ma ko onkon ola ana, i ka mea 
e ai ai onkon ; aole hoi ma ke kino, 
i ka mea e saJaxL ai onkon. 

23 Ua oi akn ke ola mamna o ka 
ai, a o ke kino hoi mamna o ke kapa. 

24 £ hoomanao i na mann kof a* 
ka; aole lakon Inlu anoano, aole hoi 
hoahn ai, aole hoi o lakon hale wai- 
wai, aole hoi hale papaa;.na ^ke 
Akna hoi lakon i hanai : aole anei 
i oi nni akn onkon mamna o na 

. mann? 

25 Owai kekahi mea o onkon e 
hiki i kona manao nni ana ke hoo- 
loihi i kona kiekie i hookahi kn- 
bita? 



1 Kek. 11. 9. 
1 Kor. 15. S2. 
Iak.5.5. 



miob. 20, 22. 

&37.8. 

Hal. 52. 7. 

lak. 4. 14. 
ROr, do Uuy 

require iky 

mnd, 
iiHia.S9.6. 

ler. 17. U. 
o Mat 6. 20. 

pau. 33. 

19. 

lak. 2. 5. - 
pMat.6.2& 



qIob.S8.41. 
HaL 147. 9. 



who nude ixM a judge tA a divider 
over yon ? 

15 And he fsaaH unto ihm, ^Take 
heed, and beware of coretonsnesi: 
for a man's life coneistoth not in 
the «bundance of the tilings wbidi 
he posaesseth. 

16 And he apaice a parable unto 
them, saying. The ground of a cer- 
tain rich man broni^t fortii plenti- 
fully: 

If And he thought within himself; 
fwying^ What ihali I de, because I 
have no room where to bestow my 
fruits? 

18 And he said, This will I do: I 
will pnil down my bams, and build 
greater; and there will I bestow all 
my frnits and my goods. 

19 And I will aay to my an^ 
^Soml, thou hast mnch goods m 
up for many years ; take thine ewe, 
eat, drink, amd be meiiy. 

20 Bat Ood said unto him, 3%ofl 
fool^ this iri^t "» Itiiy sonl shall be 
required of thee: *th«ai«iiofle shall 
those things be, which Ihoa basi 
provided? 

21 So w he that layeth up twa* 
nre for himself, ®and is not rici 
towairdGod. 4«b 

22 f And he said unto his disci' 
pies, Therefore I say unto ywi 
PTafce no thought £ar your life 
what ye shall eat; neither forthf 
body, what ye shall put on. 

28 The life is more than meat, azu 
the body U more than raiment. 

24 Consid^ the ravens : for the; 
neither sow nor reap ; which nci 
ther have storehonse nor bam ; an 
'Godfeedeththwn: how mnch mor 
are ye better than the fewls ? 

26 And Which ef.you with takis 
thought can add to his statnie on 
cubit? 



26 A i ole hoi e liild ia otdwa In 
kna i ka mea uukii loa, no ke aha 
l&e manfto nui ai no iia mea e ae? 

27 E hoomanao i ita lilia i ko la- 
k(m nla ana ; aole lakou i hana, aole 
hoi i miio ; ke olelo aka nei hoi an 
ia onkou, o Solomona i koaa nani 
8 pau, aolo ia i kahiko like ia me 
keiahi o ia man mea. 

28 A ina pela ke Akoa i kahiko 
mai ai i ka nahelehele e waiho ana 
ma ke kola i keia la a i ka la apo- 
poehooleiia'iilokookanmn; aole 
anei ia e kahiko io mai ia onkoo^ e 
ka poe poalele kapekepeke ? 

29 Mai ho^apau onkou ma ka 
mea e ai ai onkoa, a ma ka mea e 
m ai aakxm. Mai noho hoi a ka- 
naka. 

30 No ka mea, na na lahuikanaka 
keia ao i hoopapan ma ia mau 
mea a pan; a he maopopo no i ko 
<mkoa Makoa, o na mea ia e pono 
u oukou. 

31 T Aka, 'e hoopapan nui onkou 
ma ke aupnni o ke Akoa ; alaila o 
na mea la kekahi a haawiia no ia 



LDXA, XIL 

A.I). 3d. 



32 Mai makan ookon, e ka ohaaa 
uaka 'j no ka mea, 'o ka makemake 

ko oukou Makua e haawi i ke 
aapuni ia oakoa. 

33 ^£ kuai lile aku i ko oukou 
^aivai, a e haawi manawalea aku. 
'£ hoolakolako ia oukou iho i 
mau aa rnoni nahaehae ole, i wai- 
wai pan ole ma ka lani, kahi hiki 
pie ai e ka aihue, kahi e ino ole ai 

1 ka mu. 

34 No ka mea, ma kahi e waiho 
^ ko onkou wniwai, malaila pn no 
hoi ko oukou naan. 

3o '^E kakooia ko oukou mau pu- 
b&ka, i aa hoi i^ ko oukou mau ku- 
kai; 

36 A e hoolike hoi onkou me ka 
^ kaiuika e kali ana i ko lakou 
Q&ko, ke hoi mai ia mai ka ahaaina 
J^are mai, e hiki ia lak»tt ke wehe 
foke ia ia i kona hiki ana mai a 
kikeke. 

37 'Ponaikai ka poe kaawa a ka 



I Or, live not 
in careful 
$uapenM. 



rMat6.SS. 



• Mat 11. 88^ 
28. 



t Mat 19. 21. 
Oih. 2. 45. Sc 
4.34. 

tt Hat. 6. 90. 
mo. 16. 9. 
1 Tim. 6. 19. 



xEp.6.14 
1 Pet 1. 13. 
7 Mat 25. 1 



<Mat.9i.4A. 



sia 

26 If jre then he not able to do that 
thing which is least, why take ye 
thought for the rest ? 

27 Consider the lilies how they 
grow : they toil n<d^ they spin not; 
and yet I say unto you, that Solo- 
mon in all his glory was not ar- 
rayed like one of these. 

28 If then God ao clothe the grass, 
which is to day in the field, and to 
morrow is cast into the oven ; how 
much more wUl he clothe you, ye 
of little faith? 

29 And seek not ye what ye shall 
eat, or what ye shall drink, l nei- 
ther he ye of douhtful mind. 

30 For all these things do the na- 
tions of the world seek after : and 
your Father knoweth that ye hare 
need of these things. 

31 ^ 'But rather seek ye the king- 
dom of God ; and all diese thiogs 
shall he added unto you. 

32 Fear not, little flock ; for 'it is 
your Father's good pleasure to give 
you the kingdom. 

33 'Sell that ye have, and give 
alms; "provide yourselves hags 
which wax not old, a treasure in 
the heavens that faileth not, where 
no thief approacheth, neither moth 
corruptetb. 

34 For where your treasure is, 
there wUl your heart he also. 

35 ^ Let your loins he girded ahout, 
and ^j^r lights burning ] 

36 And ye yourselves like unto 
men that wait for their lord, when 
he will return from the wedding; 
that, when he cometh and kuock- 
eth, they may open unto him im- 
mediately. 

37 'Blessed are those servaots, 



«I4 

haku 6 ike ai e kiai ana i kona va 
e hiki mai ai. He oiaio ka'u e olelo 
aku nei ia oukoa, e kakoo no oia ia 
ia iho, a e hoonoho oia ia lakou e 
ai ; a e hele mai ia e lawelawe na 
lakon. 

38 A i hiki mai ia i ka lua paha 

ka wati, a i hiki mai ia i ke kolu 
paha o ka wati, a ike mai ia lakou 
pela, ua pomaikai ua poe kauwa 
la. 

39 * I ike hoi oukou i keia, ina i 
ike ka mea hale i ka hora e hiki 
mai ai ka aihue, ina ua kiai no ia, 
aole ia e kuu aku i kona hale e 
wawahiia mai. 

40 **Nolaila, e noho makaukau hoi 
oukoUj no ka mea, e hiki mai ana 
ke Keiki a ke kanaka, i ka hora e 
manao ole ia e oukou. 

41 % Alaila ninau aku la o Pet^o 
ia ia, £ ka Haku, no makou anei 
kau e olelo nei i keia olelonane? 
no na mea a pau anei ? 

42 *" A olelo mai la ka Haku, Owai 
la hoi ka puuku malama pono me 
ke akamai e hooliloia'e e kona Haku 

1 luna no kona poe ohua, e haawi 
ma ka manawa pono, i kau wahi 
ai na lakou ? 

43 Pomaikai ua kauwa la ke ike 
mai kona haku ia ia e hana ana 
pela i kona hiki ana mai. 

44 ''Ke olelo aku nei an ia oukou, 
£ hoolilo oia ia ia i mea nana e 
malama i kana mau mea a pau. 

45 • Aka, i olelo kela kauwa iloko 
o kona naau, Ua hoopanee kuu ha- 
ku i kona hoi ana mai ; a i hooma- 
ka hoi e pepehi i na kauwa kane a 
me na kauwa wahine, e ai ana hoi, 
a e inu ana a ona ; 

46 £ hoi mai no ka haku o ua 
kauwa la, i ka la e kiai ole ai ia, a 
i ka hora e manao ole ai ia, a e 
hahau ia ia a moku, a e haawi i 
kona uku me ka poe malama ole. 

47 A 'o ke kauwa i ike i ka make- 
make o kona haku, aole hoi i hoo- 
makaukau, aole hoi i hana mamuli 



LUKA, XU. 
A.D..33- 



aMatS4.43. 
lTei.5. 2. 
2 Pet S. 10. 
Hoik. S. 3. L 
16. 15. 



b Mat 24. 44. 
& 25. 13. 
Mar. 13. 33. 
mo. 21. 34, 
36 

1 Tei. 6. 6. 

2 Pet. & 12. 



c Mat 21. 45. 
k. 25. 21. 
lKor.4.3. 



d Mat 24. 47. 



eMat. 24.48. 



1iOT,euthim 



Mkt 



24.61. 
f Nab. 15. SO. 
Kan. 25. 2. 
Ioa9.41.& 
15.22. 
Oih. 17.301 
Itk.4.n. 



-wkKBBL the loid wh^ he cometk 
shall find watching : verily I say 
unto you, that he shall gird him- 
self, and make them to sit dovoi to 
meat, and will oome Ibith and serve 
them. 

38 And if he shall come in the 
second wateh, or come in the thii4 
watch, and find them so, blessed an 
those servants. 

39 «And this know, that if the 
goodman of the house had kaom 
what hour the thief would coioe, 
he would haTo watdied, and not 
have suffered his house to be broken 
through. 

40 >* Be ye therefore ready also: 
for the Son of man cometh at an 
hour when ye think not. 

41 ir Then Peter said unto him, 
Lord, apeakest thou this parable 
imto us, or even to all ? 

42 And the Lord said, «Who then 
is that faithful and wise stewaid, 
whom his lord shall make roler 
over his household, to give tkn 
their portion of meat in due season? 

43 Blessed is that servant, whom 
his lord when he eometh shall find 
so doing. 

44 dOf « truth I say unto yoa 
that he will make him ruler ovei 
all that he- hath. 

45 « But and if that servant say ii 
his heart, My lord delayeth hi 
coming; and shall hegin to bea) 
the menservants and maidens, an( 
to eat and drink, and to he drunken 

46 The lord of that servant iril 
come in a day when he looketh M 
for Am, and at an hoisr «rhen be i 
not aware, and will lout him i^ 
sunder, and will appoint him hi 
portion with the unhelievers. 

47 And ' that servant, which knei 
his lord's vnll, and prepared no 
himself J neither did according to hi 



okona makemake, oia ke hahan 
nniia. 

4MA ka mea i ike ole. a hana 
hoi i na mea e pono ai ka hahan 
ana, oia ke hahau nuku ia. O ka 
mea ua haawiia ia ia ka mea nui, 
ia ia hoi e kii hoti ia mai ai ka mea 
nni ; a i nui ka mea i waihoia i ke 
kanaka, he noi no hoi ka mea e noi 
hou ia mai ia ia. 

49 1[ '' Ua hele mai nei au e hoolei 
i ke ahi ma ka honna, heaha hoi 
ko'ii mafcemake e, ina i hoaia. 

50 'He bapetizo ko'a e b<^tisso- 
ia'i ; a aa pilikia hoi an a paa ia ! 

51 ^Ke manao nei anei onkon na 
hele mai nei an e haawi i ke koi- 
kahi ma ka honna? Ke olelo akn 
nei an ia ookou, Aole ; aka, ' i ke 
kue. 

52 "No ka mea, ma neia hope aku, 
e kn e ana na mea elima iloko o ka 
hale bookflhi, o ke kokookolu i ke 

, a o ke kokoolaa i ke ko- 



LUKA, xn. 

A.D. 33. 



53 E ka e mai ka maknakane i ke 
keikikane, a o ke keikikane i ka 
nakuakane; a o ka makuwahine i 
^c kaikamahine, a o ke kaikamahi- 
Qs i ka makawahine ; a o ka ma- 
kaahoQowaiwahine i kana hunona- 
▼ahine^ a o ka hnnonai^rahine i 
kona maknahonowaiwahine. 

^ If A olelo mai la ia i ka ahaka- 
^a, "A ike onkon i kekahi ao e 
hoea mai ana mai ke komohana 
°tai, olelo onkon, £ na ananei ; a 
Na io no. 

^9 A. i ka wa e pa mai ai ka ma- 
te knknlnhema, olelo onkon, E 
Vela ananei ; a pela io no. 

56 E ka poe hookamani ! £ hiki 
^ ia oukou ke hoomaopopo i na 
^>^ i ikea ma ka lani a ma ka 
^vn] pehea la i maopopo ole &i 
feia manawa ia onkon ? 

57 No ke aha la hoi i hoomaopo- 
po ole ai onkon nei i ka pono ? 

^^ ll" Aikon hele pu ana i ke alii 
me kon mea i lawehala ai, e hoo- 
ikaika oe 'ma ke alanoi i weheia'i 



kpaa.5L 



iMftt90.2SL 
Mar. la S8. 



BOr.i 

k Hat. 10. 31 
pau. 4a 



1 HIk. 7. 6. 
loa. 7. 43. k 

9. 16. k, 10. 

la 

»Mat. laSS. 



aMatie.1 



• SOL2S.8. 

Mat. 5.25. 
pSeeHal.S3. 

6. 

Ia.55.0. 



315 

will, shall be beaten with many 
stripes, 

4S « Bnt he that knew not, and did 
oommit things worthy of stripes, 
shall be beaten with few stripes. 
For imto whomsoever mnch is 
given, of him shall be much re- 
qnired; and to whom men have 
committed much, of him they will 
ask the more. 

49 ^ '*! am oome to send fire on 
the earth ; and what will 1, if it 
be already kindled ? 

50 Bnt 4 have a baptism to be 
baptized with; and how am I 
D straitened till it be accomplished ! 

51 ^Suppose ye that I am come to 
give peace on earth ? 1 tell you, 
Nay; ^but rather division: 



52 "For from henceforth there 
shall be five in one house divided, 
three against two, and two against 
three. 

53 The father shall be divided 
against the son, and the son against 
the father ; the mother against the 
daughter, and the daughter against 
the mother; the mother in law 
against her daughter in law, and 
the daughter in law against her 
mother in law. 

54 % And he said also to the peo* 
pie, 1^ When ye see a cloud rise out 
of the west, straightway ye say. 
There oometh a shower; and so 
it is. 

55 And when ye see the south 
wind blow, ye say, There will be 
heat ; and it cometh to pass. 

56 Ye hypocrites, ye can discern 
the face of the sky and of the 
earth ; bnt how is it that ye do not 
discern this time ? 

57 Yea, and why even of your- 
selves judge ye not what is right ? 

58 % • When thou goest with thine 
adversary to the magistrate, ^as 
thou Oft in the way, give diligence 



oe e ia, o kai kela ia «» i ka luna- A.B; 93. 
kanawai, a na ka lunakana^ai oe 
e haawi i ka Haumku, a aa ka ila- 
muktt hoi oe e hahao iioko o ka 
halepaahao. 
59 £& «ielo aka nei an ia oe, aole 
loa oe e puka e mai, aia pan iMk ia 
mea ia oe i ka nkoia* 



MOKUNA Xin. 

MALAILA koi ia nuauinva keka- 
hi i hai aku ia ia no ka poe.o 
Galilaia^ o ko lakon koko i kui pa 
ia e Pilato me ko lakou mau mohai. 

2 A olelo mai la leaa, i mai la ia 
lakou, Ua manao anei oukoa ua ei 
aka ka hewa o ia poe o Galihda 
mamua o ko Galilaia a pau, no ko 
lakou hom«noia'e pela ? 

3 Ke olelo aku nei au ia onkon, 
Aole; aka, i mihi oie oukoa, e pati 
pu hoi oukou a pau i ka make. 

4 A o kela poe kanaka hoi he umi- 
kumamawalu i hioloia'i e ka hale 
kiai i Siloama i make ai lakou, na 
manao anei oukou ua oi aku ko la- 
kou hewa mamua o ko na kanaka 
a pau e noho ana ma lerusalema ? 

5 Ke olelo aku i^ei au ia oukou, 
Aole ; aka, i mihi ole oukou, e pau 
pu hoi oukou a pau i ka make. 

6 IT A <deio mai wo. i kota olel»- 
nane; He laau fiku- *ka kekiUd 
kanaka, ua kannia iloko o kona 
pawaina ; a hele mai ia e imi i ka 
hua maluna ona, aole i loaa. 

7 Alalia i aku la o4a i ka mea 
nana i malama i ka pa waina, £ia 
hoi, ekolu ae nei o^u mau makahiki 
i hole mai nei e imi ana i ka hua 
maluna o keia laau fikn, aole hoi i 
loaa ia'u ; e kua aku ia ; no ke aha 
la oia e hoopilikia ai i ka aina ? 

8 A olelo mai la ia, i mai la ia ia, 
£ ka haku, e waiho hou ia ia i keia 
makahiki hoi, a elieli au a puni ia, 
a e kipulu hoi ; 

9 £ hoohua mai paha ia, a i ole 
hoi, ma ia hope iho, e kua aku oe 
iaia. 



H See Mar. 12. 
42. 



H Or, debton^ 
MaL 18. 24. 
mo. 11. 4. 



ftIi.5.2L 
Mat 21. 19. 



tjiu^ iho|i H^yest be 4^1i?ri&red from 
him ; lest he hale thee to the judg^, 
and the ju^ge deliver thee to the 
offioear, and th^ office i^t thee into 
priiBon. 

59 I tell thee, thou shalt not de- 
part thence, till thou hast paid the 



CHAPTER Xra. 



sea- 



rraSaUS wero^pwient atthat 
X fipn SQPie tjbiai told 1^ of the 
Galileans, wlajDse blood Pi],ate ha^ 
mingled -with their 8a.o|i&Qe8. 

2 .^id Je»u8 answering said untc 
th^9, Suppc«e ye th^t. these Gali- 
leans w^re sinner |kb(wo all the 
Qalilea^, because U^^y pifeie^ 
such things ? 

3 I tell yoi^ Nay : but, except _ 
repent, ye shall all lii^?9U» peiuk 

4 Or those eigh|«ei>, upon "whon 
tho tower in SiJ^^iwa f<aH, and sIot 
them, think ye that they weH 
u 8i£|nerB above all wim ^hat dwst 
in Jerusalem? 

5 I tell you, Nay : but, except y 
z^pent^ y«^stiall all likewise perish 

6 V Ha spates ako this parable 
"A certain wim had a fig tra 
plained in his vinayard; itA h 
came m^ spu^t fimit thmoD, bu 
l&und none. 

7 Thoik said ho unto ih« dreaserfl 
his vineyard, Behold, these thn 
years I come seeking fruit on thi 
£te tree, and find nono: eut it doim 
why eumbereth it the ground ? 



8 And hoaatswering said untobiii 
Lord, lot it alone this year also, til 
I shall dig about it, and dung ii: 

9 And if it hear fruit, wtll: and 
not, thm after that thQU siialt ev 
it down. 



LincA, Km. 



%it 



10 £ no ana la niik» « hdknid 
halehalawai ma ka la Sabali. 

1 1 m Aimhoi, ilalla kfikahiirahiiie, 
he mai kona he uraikamaiiiairalii 
m&kahiki, ua hooknioiiia oia, aole 
loa e hiki ia ia ko ea'e ilima. 

12 A ike nai la o lam ia ifl^^ka- 
hea mai la ia, i mai la ia ia, £ ka 
vahinfi, ua wehflia oo mai kim mai 
ana. 

13 ^A kau akn la ia i k»na mau 
lima mahma ifao ona ; a ua hoopo- 
lolei koke ia oia, a hocoMiii aku la 
ia i ke Akaa. 

14 Olelo aku la ka Itmahalehala-' 
'wti im ka hnha i ko lem hoola 
ana ma ka la SalMbti, i akn la ia i 
^aka^ ^Eono no la e hana'i na 
kanaka e poao ai ; ia mau la hoi e 
liele mai ai oukou e hooliaa, 'aole 
ikalaSabati. 

15 Olelo mai la ka Haku ia ia, i 
mai la, £ ka hookamani, "aole 
ftoei keia mea kela mea o oukou i 
'vehe ae i kana bipi kauo, a i kana 
hoki paha mailoko ae o kahi e ha- 
Auia'i, a e alakai akn e ho<^ainii i 
kavai? 

16 A o keia wahine, 'he mamo na 
Aberahama, i paaia e Satana i keia 
nao makahikt he umiknmamawalu, 
^ aole anei e pon<9ke "weheia oia i 
ka la Sal>a^ mai k^ mea i paa ai ? 

17 A i kana <delo ana i keia, hila- 
^a iho la kona poe enemi a p«« ; 
aolioli ka ahakanaka a pau i na 
mea nani i hanaia'i e ia. 

18 T 'Alalia ninau mai la oia, £ 
like ke aapuni o ke Akua me ke 
aha ? Me ke aha la hoi au e hooha- 
likeaiia? 

19 Ua like ia me ka hna makeke a 
^abi kanaka i lawe ai a hoolei 
jioko kana mala; a ulu ae la, a 
lilo ae la i laan nui, a kau iho la na 
inaau o ka lewa ma kona mau lala. 

20 Oleic hoa mai la ia. Me ke aha 
}a an e hoohalike ai i ke aupaiii o 
keAkua? 

10 



A.i>. as. 



Oih.an. 



ePiik.20.a 



« Mat 13L la 
Mar. a 2. 
ma a 7. fc 
14. Sw 



.14& 



faaiaa 



« Mat IS. 31. 
Mar. 4. 90. 



10 Aad he wma ieadiiBg in one 
of tha lynasognea on the sabbath. 

11 T Aadl, behold, there was a 
wooiaa 'vdiieh had a spirit of in* 
tonitjr eighteen yearn, aad iraa 
boiwed together, and ooukl in no 
wise lift up kitfulf. 

12 And when Jbaoa eaw her, he 
ealled her to Atei, and said unto her, 
Woman, thou art loosed from thine 
infirmity. 

13 ^ And he laid iUf hands on her : 
and immedieiely she was made 
•trai^t, end gkuified God. 

14 And the ruler of the synagogue 
answered with indignation, beoraae 
that Jesus bed healed on the sab- 
bath day, and said unto the people, 
* There are six days in which men 
ought to work: in them therefore 
oome and be healed, and <*not on 
the sabbath day. 

15 The Lord then answered him, 
and said, Tkou hypoorite, * doth not 
each one of you cm the sabbath loose 
his OK or ^15 ass from the stall, and 
lead him away to watering ? 



16 And ought not this w<mian, 
'being a daughter of Abraham, 
whom Satan hath bound, lo, these 
eighteen years, be loosed from this 
bond on Uie sabbath day? 

17 And when he had said these 
things, all his adTersaries were 
ashamed: and all the people re- 
joiced f<Mr all the glorious things 
that were done by Mm. 

18 IT' Then said he^ Unto what is 
the kingdomof God like ? and where- 
unto shall I resemble it? 

19 It is like a grain of mustard 
seed, whieh a man took, and cast 
into his garden; and it grew, and 
waxed a great tree ] and the fowls 
of the air lodged it the branches of it. 

20 And again he said, Whereunto 
shall I liken the kingdom of God? 



A.I). 33. 




iHsLT.W, 



k8Mlo«.7. 
S4.lt8.Sl.fc 

IS. as. 

Ron. 8. SI. 
IHaLStC 

»Mat25.10. 

HUM. 6. 48. 



oMatT.SS. 
IL35.U. 



pMatT.SS. 
Il 85. 41. 
p«i.S{k 



q Hal. 6. 8. 
Mat 2Si 41. 

rM«t8. IS. 

lcl3.42LlL 

24.61. 
• Mat. 8.11. 



t Mat 1& SO. 
It 20. 16. 
Mar.l0.8L 



118 LUKA, Xm. 

21 Ua l^ce ia me ka mea hu a Ice- 
kahi wahine i lave ai a hni pa me 
na sato palaoa ekeln, a pan ae la ia 
i ka hu. 

22 ^ A hele ae la ia mawaena o na 
kulanakauhale, a me na kauhale e 
«o ana, e bele ana hoi i lemsalema. 

23 A niiiaa aka la kekabi ia ia, 
£ ka Haku, he aoku vale no anei 
ka poe e hoolaia? QMo mai la 
oia ia lakou, 

24 IT * E hoeikaika io imkou e komo 
i ka ipuka pilikia; no ka mea^ ke 
hai aku nei au ia trakou, ^ he nni no 
ka poe e imi ana e komo, aole no e 
hiki. 

25 ^A i ku ilnna ka haku nena ka 
hale a "i pani i ka pnka, a kn on- 
kou mawaho e kikeke ana ma ka 
pnka me ka olelo, * E ka Haku, e 
ka Hakn, e wehe ae ia makon ; a e 
^lo no oia ia onkon, ''Aole an i 
ike i ko onkxm wahi i hele mai ai. 

26 Alalia e olelo no oukoa, Ua ai 
makou a ua inu hoi imna o kou alo, 
a ua ao mai no hoi oe ma ko ma- 
kou mau alanni. 

27 PA e olelo hou ia, Ke olelo aku 
nei au ia oukou, aole au i ike ia on- 
kou i ko oukou vahi i hele mai ai ; 
4 hele aku oukou mai o'u aku nei, 
e ka poe hana hewa a pau. 

28 'Alalia, e uwe ai, a e uwi ai 
na niho, i *ka wa e ike ai onkon ia 
Aberahama, a me Isaaka, a me la- 
koba, a me ka poe kaula a pau, ilo- 
ko o ke aupuni o ke Akua, a o ou- 
kou iho hoi ua kipakuia'ku iwaho. 

29 A e hele mai no ko ka hikina, 
a me ko ke komohana, a mo ko ke 
kukulu akau, a me ko ke knkulu 
hema, a e noho iho e ai iloko o ke 
aupuni o ke Akua. 

30 *■ Aia hoi, o ka poe hope, e lilo 
lakou i poe mua, a o ka poe mua, e 
lilo lakou i poe hope. 

31 T la la la, hele aku la kekahi 
mau Parisaio io na la, i aku la ia 
ia, E puka aku oe, a hele aku mai 
keia wahi aku ; no ka mea, ua ma- 
nao o Herode e pepehi ia oe. 



21 R is Hke leamn, which ft vi 
man took and hid in three imea 
area of meal, till the vhole in 
learened. 

22 ^And he vent thnm^ tl 
cities and yillages, teedung, as 
journeying toward Jerusalem. 

23 Then and one unto hiin,Loi( 
are there fev that be saved? Ai 
he aaid unto them, 

24 1 ^Strive to enter ia at ti 
strait gate : for ^many, i eay un) 
you, will aeek to enter in, and siu 
not be able; 



25 ' Y^Mn once tiie master of tl 
house is risen up, and "haih shi 
to the door, and ye begin to stai 
without, and to knock at the dw 
•ayingr, "Lord, Lord, open untoiM 
and he shall answer and say unj 
you, •! know you not whence J 
are: J 

20 Theaskall ye begin to say, y\ 
have eaten and dnudc in thy ^ 
ence, and thou hast teught in oc 
streets. 

27 PBut he shall say, I tell yoii.^ 
know you not whence ye arc; '•flj 
part from me, all ye workers of i^ 
iquity. 

28 'There shall be weeping an 
gnashing of teeth, 'wheii ye fM 
see Abraham, and Isaac, and Jacol 
and all the i«"ophet8, in thekinj 
dom. of God, and yon yo^rsiifH 
thrust out* . 

29 And they shall come from 'J 
east, and front the west, and w 
the north, and from the south, U 
shall Bit down in the kingdonH 
God. , 

30 tAnd, behold, there are i« 
which shall be first; and there H 
first whieh shall be last. J 

31 IF The same day there (M 
certain of the Pharisees, saying^ 
to him, Get thee out, and dejl 
henee ; for Herod wiU kill thee. 



32 A t mai la mia kfcoii, £ hale A;B. 33. 
onbn e hai akn i kela alopelDD, £ia 
hoi, e mahiki ana an i na daimonio 
& e hoola ana hoi i na mai i fceia 
la, a i ka la apop» hoi, a i ko kola 
ka la e * hoopau iraa. n Heb. no. 

33 Aka, he pono no wau o holo- 
I»lo i km, la, a' i lea la apopo, a i 
bl& la ftka; no ka mea, aike e hiki 
i ke kaitla ke pepehiia i kahi mm* 
nho krualemm. 

34 ' E lemsahmia, leruialenia, o^ % Mat «. St. 
kamea i pepehi i Jdi poe kaula, a i 
liailuka i ka poe i hoonnaia'e ia oe ', 
ua makemake pinepine an e hoon- 
lonla mai i kaa mati keiki, e like 
i&e ka ka moa hooalvnlu flma i ka- 
B& ohana malalo ae o kona mau 
«beia, aole hot oukoa i makemake ! 
35 Aia hoi, t ko onikou hale e wai- 
bo neoaeo ana no onkou ; he oiaio 
ka'n e olelo aka nei^ Aole ookoa e 
ike e ia'n, a hiki 1 ka manawa e 
olelo mai ai oukou, '£ hoomaikai- 
itku ka mea i hel« mai aei ma ka 
»oa ka Haka. 



LTTKA, xnr. lit 

3fi And he wM vsto them, Go ye, 
and tell that fox, Behold, I cast out 
deirils, aad I do oureeto day and to 
morrow, and the third day ^l shall 
he petlfeeted. 

88 NenrertheletB I must walk to 
day, and to morrow, and the day 
following : for it cannot be that a 
prophet perish out of Jerusalem. 

34 "O Jemsalen, Jemealem, which 
fctUest the proi^eCs, and stonest 
them that are sent unto thee ; how 
often would I ha^e gathered* thy 
children together, as a hen dodi 
gather her hrood under her wings, 
aad ye would not ! 

35 Behold, ryour house is left un- 
to you desolate : and Twily I say 
unto you. Ye shall not see me, until 
the time come when ye shall say, 
■ Blessed is he that oometh in the 
name of the Lord. 



Hal. 69. 2& 
If. 1. 7. 
Dan. 9. 27. 
Mik. 3. 12. 
■ HBLn8.a6. 
Mat. 21. 9. 
Mar. 11. 10. 
mo. 19. 38. 
Ioa.12.lS. 



MOKUNA XIV. 

EIA kekahi, ia ia i hele ai i ka 
hale kekahi alii Paiiaaio, i ka 
|a Sabati e ai i ka berena, hakilo 
iho la lakou ia ia. 

2 Aia hoi, imua bna kekahi 4nna- 
l^a mai pehu. 



3 Ninan mai la o lesu i ka poe ka- 
^lelo a me ka poe Parisaio, i mai 
^ ^He mea pono anei ke hoola ma 
ka la Sabati? 

4 Hakanu iho ia lakou. Lalau 
^0 la ia, a hoola ia ia, a hookuu 
akula. 

5 Ninau hou mai la oia ia lakou, 
i mai la, *Owai ko oukou mea i 
^^e kana hoki, a o kana bipi kauo 
nh. i ka lua, aole hoi e huki koke 
raai ia ia iluna, i ka la Sabati ? 

6 Aole hiki ia lakou ke olelo ia ia 
^ ka hoopohala i keia mau mea^ 

^ 1 Olelo mai la oia i keia olelo I 
^ 1 ka poe hoaai, e ike ana ia i ko 1 



aMaL12.10. 



b^Bk.215. 
Kan. 22.4 

maiaia. 



CHAPTER XIV. 

AND it came to pass, as he went 
into the house of one of the 
chief Pharisees to eat bread on the 
sabbath day, that they watched him. 

2 And, behold, there was a cer- 
tain man before him which had the 
dropsy. 

3 And Jesus answering spake un- 
to the lawyers and Pharisees, say- 
ing, *Is it lawful to heal on the 
sabbath day? 

4 And they held their peace. And 
he took him, and healed him, and 
lot him go; 

5 And answered them, saying, 
*> Which of you shall have an jM».or 
an ox fallen into a pit, and will not 
straightway pull him out on th» 
sabbath day? 

6 And they could not answer him 
again to these things. 

7 ^ And he put forth a parable to 
those which wen bidden, when ho 



lakou kobo naa i i»i wahi maikiii 
loa ; i mai la la laJcou, 

8 A i ka wa i konoia'i oe e kekahi 
e hele i ka ahaaioa mare,<jnai nobo 
iho oe aa kahi maikai loa, malia 
paha ua konoia'ku e ia kekahi e oi 
aku kona hanohano i kou ; 

9 A hele mai ka xnea nana olua i 
kono, a e olelo mai ia oe, £ hoo- 
kaawale ae oe no ia nei ; alaila oe 
e nenee ae i kahi haahaa, me ka 
hiiahila. 

lO^^Aka, i kawa i konoia'i oe^ e 
hele hoi oe e noho iho ma kahi haa- 
haa ; a hiki mai ka mea nana oe i 
kono e olelo oia ia oe, E ka hnaalo- 
ha, e eu ae oe i kahi maikai ae ; 
alaila e mahaloia oe imua i ke alo 
ka poe hoaai e noho pu ana me oe. 

11 <^No ka mea,.o ka moa i hoo- 
kiekie ae ia ia iho, oia ke hoohaa- 
haaia ; a x> ka mea i hoohaahaa ia 
ia ihop oia ke hookiekieia'e. 

1 2 1 Olelo mai la ia i ka mea nana 
ia i kono, A i hana oe i ka ahaaina 
awakea, a i ka ahaaina ahiahi 
paha, mai kii aku oe i kou man 
hoaaloha aole i kou mau hoahanau, 
aole hoi i kou mau hoalauna wai- 
wai, o kii hou mai lakou ia oe a e 
ukma mai oe. 

13 Aka, i ka wa e hana'i oe i ka 
iJiaaina, e kii aku oe i ^.ka poe ili- 
hune, i ka poe mumuku, i ka poe 
oopa, a me ka jK>e makapo ; 

14 A e pomaikai auanei oe ; no ka 
mea, aole a lakou mea uku mai 
ai ia oe ; no ka mea hoi, e ukuia no 
oe i ke ala hou ana ka poe pono. 

1 5 V A i ka lohe anao kekahi o ka 
poe hoaai e noho pu ana, i keia 
mea, i aku la oia ia ia, 'Pomaikai 
ka mea e ahaaina aku iloko o ke 
aupuni o ke Akua. 

16 ^ I mai la oia ia ia, Ua hana 
kekfli^i kanaka i ka ahaaina nui, a 
kono aku i na hoaai he nui wale. 

17 A i ka manawa ahaaina, ''hoo- 
una aku la i kana kauwa e olelo 
aku i ka poe i konoia, £ hele mai ; 
no ka mea, ano ua makaukau na 
mea a pau. 



A.D.38. 



e Sol. 25. 6, 7. 



<Iob.2Z.29. 
Hal. 18. 27. 
Sol. 2B 23. 
Mat 23. 12. 
mo 18. 14. 
lak 4 6. 
1 Pet. 5. 5. 



• Neh.8.10, 
12. 



r Hoik. 19. 9. 



r^at 22. 2L 



li8oL9.2,fi. 



marked how they ehofw oiit tke 
chief rooms.; saying unto them, 

8 When thou art bidden of any 
man to a wedding, sit not down in 
the highest room ; lest a more bon- 
ourable man than thou be bidden 
of himj 

9 And he that bade thee and bim 
come and say to thee, Give thit 
man place; and thou begin '«ntli 
shame to taJce the lowest room. 

10 ''But when thou art bidden, go 
and sit down in the lowest loom; 
that when he that bade thee com- 
eth, he may say unto thee, Fiieod, 
go up higher : then shalt thou bavo 
worship in the presence of tbein 
that sit at meat with thee. 

11 **For wbosoeyer exalteth him- 
self shall be abased; an^ he that 
humbleth himself shall be exalted. 

12 1 Then said he also to him that 
bade him^ When thou makest a din- 
ner or a supper, caU not thy friends, 
nor thy brethren, neither thy kinB- 
men, nor thy rich neighbours; lest 
they also bid thee again, and a rec- 
ompense be made thee. 

13 But when thou makest a feast, 
call nhe poor, the maimed, the 
lame, the blind : 

14 And thou shalt be blessed; for 
they cannot recompense thee: for 
thou shalt be recompensed at the 
resurrection of the just. ' 

1 5 T And when one of them that 
sat at meat with him heard these 
things, he said unto him, 'Blessed 
is he that shall eat bread in Ui<^ 
kingdom of God. I 

16 » Then said he unto him, A ceH 
tain man made a great supper, and 
bade many : 

17 And ''sent his servant at su^ 
per time to say to them that were 
bidden, Come; for all things are 
now ready. | 



18 Pan pa &e la lakoa i fca oleic 
e; i mai la kekahi, Ua kuai iho nei 
aa i kahi aina no'u, e poxio e hele 
ftu e nana aka ia; kd noi aku nei 
au ia oe e hookna mai ia'u. 

19 A i mai la kekahi, Ua kuai iho 
nei au i elima bipi kanlua tto'ti, e 
hele ana an e^ hoao ia lakoa; ke 
noi akti nei aa ia oe e hooknu mtd 
ia'u. 

201 mai la boi kekahi^ Ua maro 
ifao nei aa i ka -^rafdne, nolaila aole 
e hiti ia'a ke hele idra. 

21 A. hoi mai la ua kaaWala, hai 
Bii la ia i kona haka ia mau mea. 
Alaila imha iho- la ka' mea^ hale^ i 
ah la i kana kauwa, E hele koke 
aka oe maloka o ua alanui a me na 
aia ololi o- ke kulani^auhale a e 
l«we mai itokonei i fca poe ilihone, 
it i ka poe mamuku, a i ka poe 
oopa a me ka poe makapo. 

22 Aolelo mai liet ua kauwa la^ E 
ka haktu xat pau i ka hanaia kau 
niea i olelo mai ai, a he wahi kaa- 
^le no fcoe. 

23 Oielo i^a la ka haka i ke 
kauwa, E hele aku ma na kuamoo, 
a me na pilipa, e koi aku i kanaka 
e hele mai i piha ai ko^u hale ; 

24 No ka mea, ke olelo aka nei au 
^ oukon, 'kela poe kanaka i kii 
e ia'ka aole mea o lakoa e ai iki i 
bu ahaaina. 

25 ^ A hele pa ae la ka ahaka- 
?aka nxd me lesu; haliu ae la ia, 
inuilaialakou, 

. 26 ^Ina i hele mai kekahi kanaka 
!^u nei me^ka hoowahawaha ole 
^ona mafcoakane, a me kona ma- 
Jnwahine, a me kana wahine, a me 
kana mau keiki, a me kona mau 
?^?^^ "a nje kona ola nei, aole 
* ffi ia ia ke lilo mai i haumana 
nau. 

27 A "»o ka mea aole e hapai i 
J?^*.kea a hahai raai ia^Uj aole e 

"^b ia ia ke lilo mai i haumana 

na'u. 

28 No ka mea, 'owai la ko oukou 



A.I>.39l 16 And they M -^i^tth OM fotuewf 
began to make excuse. The first 
said onto him, I have bought a 
pieee <tf'|HOUiid, and I most needf 
go BAd fl^it : I piray thee have me 
exoused. 

19 And aiiothev said, I have 
bought five yoke of oxen, and I go 
to prove them : I pray thee have 
me«xeatod.- 

20 And another said, I have mai^ 
lied a iKtfe, and Iftierafora I cannot 
oome. 

21 So* thttt tervsnl eome, and 
shewed his lord these things. Then 
the master of the house being angry 
said to his servsnt. Go out quickly 
ihtio the streets and lanes of the 
dty, and bring in hither the poor, 
and the maimed, and the halt, ana 
the blind. 

^ And the servant said, Lord, it 
is done as thou hast oonimanded, 
and yet there is room. 



i Mat 21. 43. 

:ii22.a. 

Oih.19.4B. 



kKa]i.lS.e. 

1(33.9. 

Mat. lOi 37. 
1 Rom. 9. 13. 



»Holk.llIl. 



a Mat. 16.21 
Mar. 8. 34. 
mo. 9, 23. 
STinkawlS: 



oSoL 24. 2r. 



23 And the lord said unto the 
servant, Oo out into the highways 
and hedges, and compel them to 
come in, that my house may be 
filled. 

24 For I say unto you, 'That none 
of those men which were bidden 
shall taste of my sapper. 

25 Y And there went great multi- 
tudes with him : and he turned, and 
said unta them, 

26 ^If any man come to me, ^and 
hate not his fhther, and mother, 
and wife, and children, and breth- 
ren, and sisters, "'yea, and his own 
life also, he cannot be my disciple. 



27 And ■ whosoever doth not bear 
his cross, and come after me, can- 
not be my disciple. 

28 For * which of you, intending to 



liiea e maiiao'uia 6 koknlti i hltle 
Idni, aole hoi e noho mua ilalo e 
helu i ka waiwai 6 lilo aku, i ike ia 
he mea lawa paha kana e aaa ai ia ? 
39 hM ole ia ia ke hfldpaa i ka 
hale raahope iho o kana hookomu 
ana, a benzene mai ia ia ka poe a 
pau e nana mai ana, 

30 Me ka <^eio, Ua hoomaka keia 
kanaka e knkulu, aele hei i hiki ia 
la ke hoopaa. 

31 A oMT^i la hoi ke alii e hole akn 
ana e kaua aku i kekahi alii, aole 
hoi e noho mua ilalo, e noonoo iho, 
e hiki paha ia ia e hoouka aku me 
na kanaka he umi tausani i ke alii e 
hoouka mai ana ia ia me na kanaka 
he iwakahia tausani ? 

32 A hiki ole, e hooima e aku ia^ i 
ka elele oi kaawiale aku kela e noi 
aku ana i koikahi. 

33 Pda hoi keia mea kela mea o 
oukou i haalele ole i kona man 
mea a pau, aole e hiki ia ia ke lilo 
mai i haumana na'u. 

34 ^ I* He mea maikai ka paakai; 
aka, ina pau ka liu o ka paakai, 
pehea la ia e liu hou ai ? 

35 Aole ia e pono no ka aina, aole 
hoi no ka puu opala kipulu; ua 
kiola "vrale ia'ku no ia. O ka mea 
pepeiao lohe, e hoolohe ia. 



MOKUNA XV. 

A L AIL A *hele aku la io na la 
ka poe Innaanhau a pan, a me 
ka poe hevra. e hoolohe ia ia. 

2 A ohumu iho la ka poe Farisaio 
a roe ka poe kakauolclo, i ae la, Ua 
hoolatina oia nei me ka poe he-wa, 
a ^ua ai po no hoi me lakou. 

3 ^ (Helo mai la oia i keia olelo- 
nane ia laknu, i mai Ia, 

4 ^Qwai ke kanaka iwaena o ou- 
kou he poe hipa kana hookahi ha- 
neri, a nalowale kekahi o lakou, 
aole anei ia i vaiho aka i na hipa 
he kanaiwakumamaiwa ma ka wa- 
onahele, a iim aku i ktt mea i n4- 
Xovrale a loaa ia ia ia? 



LUkA, XV. 
A.D.'3*. 



fkMat5.1S. 
Mar. 9. 50. 



bOih. U.S. 
0«L2.12. 



• Mat 18. 12. 



htxild tk tovFBTj sittetii not down 
first, and counteth the cost, whether 
he have sufficient to &ush it ? 

29 Lest haply, after he hath laid 
the foundation, and is not able to 
finish fV, all that behold it begin to 
mock him, 

30 Saying, This man began to 
build, and was not able to finish. 

31 Or what king, going to make 
war against another king, sitteth 
not down first, and consulteth 
whether he be able with ten thon- 
sand to meet him that cometh 
against him with twenty thousand ? 

32 Or else, while the other is yet 
a great way ofi', he sendeth an am- 
bassage, and desireth conditions of 
peace. 

33 So likewise, whosoever he b* 
of you that forsaketh not all that 
he hath, he cannot be my disciple. 

34 f P Salt M good : but if the salt 
have lost his savour, wherewith 
shall it be seasoned ? 

35 It is neither fit for the land, nor 
yet for the dunghill ; bid men cast 
it out. He that hath ears to hear, 
let him hear. 

CHAPTEE XV. 

THEN "drew near unto him all 
the publicans and sinners for 
to hear him. 

2 And the Pharisees and scribes 
murmured, saying, This man rc- 
ceiveth sinners, *and eateth ^^ith 
them. 

3 f And he spake this parable 
unto them, saying, 

4 *What man of yon, having « 
hundred sheep, if he lose one ca 
them, doth not leave the ninety an<i 
nine in the vnldemess, and go aftei 
that which is lost, until he find it 



5 A l(UAj tlBila e km, U U xnii 
kona poohiwi rae ka olioli ? 

6 A hiki nuu ia i kona hale, hou- 
Inulu oia i na hoaaloha a me na 
hoalauna me ka olelo ia lakou, £ 
kuoli pu mai me au : no ka mea, 
na loaa ia'u kuu ** wahi hipa 1 na- 
lowale. 

7 Ke olelo aku nei au ia oukoti, ua 
oi aku ka olioli ma ka lani no ke 
kanaka hewa hookahi e nuhi ana, 
'fflamua o na kanaka notaikai he 
kanaiwakmnamaiwa aole pono ia 
lakoa ke milu, 

8 f A owai la hoi ka walune ha 
^u hapawalu kana he umi, a i 
nalowale kekahi, aole ia e kuni i ke 
kukui a kahili i &a hale a imi ikai- 
kaaloaaiaiaia^? 

9 A loaa, e houlunlu no ia i na 
hoaaloha a me na hoalauna, a ole- 
lo aku, £ hauoli pu mai me au; no 
ka mea, ua loaa ia'u ka hapawalu 
inalowale* 

10 Pela hoi, kp olelo aku nei au ia 
<"ikou, He olioli no .imua o ke alo 
<)koke Akua poe anela i ke kanaka 
^wa hookahi e milii ana. 

n f 1 mai la hoi ia, kekahi ka- 
Jiaka elua ana keiki. 

12 Olelo aku la ke kaikaina i kona 
^'^akaoe, £ ka makua, e haawi 
mai 06 ia'u i ko'u puu o ka waiwai. 
Amahele iho la oia i 'ka waiwai 
DO laua. 

13 Aole nui na la mahope iho, 
^oulaolu mai ke keiki pokii i kaaia 
a pau, hele aku la ia i ka aina loi- 
l"aku: a malaila ia i hoomau- 
aauna aku,ai i kana waiwai e noho 
^auha ana. 

14 A hoqpau aku la oia i kana a 
P^^) m. aku la ka wi o kela aina, 
* acle iho la ia, 

15 Hele ae la hoi ia a hoopili aku 
^e kekahi kamaaina o ua aina la : 
Ahooonaae^la oia ia ia i kona mau 
8iiu e hanai puaa. 

H A e ake no ia e hoopiha i kona 
ppQ me na hua keratio a na puaa 
\ ^] ai, aole hoi mea nana i haawi 
i&ia. 



A-B. 3S. 



41 Pet 2. 10, 
2S. 



• mo. &8t. 



tOr.dhidk. 

wo, equal to 



SeeMtt.18. 



fMttr.l3.:44. 



5 Asd yrhttu he htth iamd t(, he 

layeth t< on his shoulders, rejoicing. 

6 And when he ooineth home, he 
callet^l^ether his friends ani 
neighB^P^ saying unto them, Re- 
joice with me; for I have feoad 
my sheep 'which was last« 

7 I say unto you, that likewise joy 
shall he in hMven over one sinner 
that repenteth, "more than over 
ninety and nine just perswM, which 
need no repent«nce. 

8 IT £ither what woman having 
ten t pieces of silver, if she lose one 
piece, doth not light a candle, and 
sweep the house, and seek diligent* 
ly till she find it ? 

9 And when she hath found it, she 
calleth her friends and her neigh- 
bours together, saying, Rejoice with 
me; for I have found the pieoe 
which I had lest. 

10 Likewise, I say unto you, there 
is joy in the presence of the angels 
of God over one sinner that repent- 
eth. 

11 ^ And he said, A certain man 
had two sons : 

12 And the younger of them said 
to his father, Father, give me the 
portion of goods that falleth to m«. 
And he divided unto them ^his liv- 
ing. 

13 And not many days after the 
younger son gathered all together, 
and to<^ his journey into a far coun- 
try, and there wasted his substance 
with riotous living. 

14 And when he had spent all, 
there arose a mighty famine in that 
land ; and he began to be in want. 

15 And he went and joined him- 
self to a eitizen oi that country ; 
and he sent him into lus fields to 
feed swine. 

16 And he would fain ha^e filled 
his belly vrith the husks that the 
swine did eat: and no man gave 

. imto him. 



Stti 

17 A lotA oia ia ia iho, i ibo la ia, 
He nui ka poo paaua a ko'u ma- 
kuakane, he ai ka Jakou e maona 
ai a koe aku, a e make lUHCj^oi au 
i ka pololi ! %^ 

18 £ ku au a e hole aku i kuu 
makuakane, a e olelo aku au ia ia, 
£ kuu maka% ua haua hewa aku 
^vmu i ka Uuoi a ia oe ; 

19 Aole au e po&o ke ki^a hou ia 
mai he keiki nau ; e hoohalike mai 
oe ia'u me kekahi o kau poe paaua. 

20 A eu ae la ia a hele mai i ko- 
ua makuakaue : a ia ia i ' kahi loi- 
hi aku, ike aku la kona makuakaue 
ia ia, hu ae la koua aloha, helo aku 
la ia, ago aku la i kona ai, a houi 
akulaiaia. 

21 I mai la ke keiki ia ia, £ ka 
makua, ua hana hewa aku wau i 
ka lani a ia oe, ^aole e pono ke ka- 
pa hou ia mai he keiki nau. 

22 Aka, i aku la ka makua i kana 
mau kauwa, £ lawe mai i ka aahu 
maikai loa, a e hoaahu ae ia ia, a 
e.hookomo i ke komolima ma kona 
lima a me na kamaa ma kona mau 
wawae ; 

23 A e lawe mai hoi i ke keiki bi- 
pi i kupaluia, e kalua^ a e ai kakou 
me ka olioli ; 

24 ' No ka mea, ua make keia kei- 
ki a'u, a ua ola hou mai nei ; na- 
lowale aku la hoi ia, a ua loaa 
mai nei. A ahaaina iho la lakou 
me ka olioli. 

25 A o kana keiki hiapo, aia no ia 
ma ka waena ; a i kona hole ana 
mai a kokoke i ka hale, lohe iho la 
ia i ka hula a me ka haa ana* 

26 Kahea mai la ia i kekahi o ka 
poe kauwa, ninau mai la i ke ano 
Q ia mau mea. 

.27 Hai aku la hoi oia ia ia, Uahi- 
Ih mai kou kaikaina ^ a ua kalua 
iho nei kou makuakaue i ke keild 
hipi i kupaluia, no ka mea, ua loaa 
mai nei oia ia ia e ola ana. 

28 HiUiu iho la ia, aole i make- 
make e komo iloko. Nolaila i hole 
aku ai kona makuakaue iwaho^ a 
nonoi aku ia ia. 



hXSKA^ XV. 

A.I). 38. 



ffOih.2.99. 
Ep. 2. 13, 17. 



h HbI. 51. 4. 



i TMO. S3. 
Ep. 2. 1. It 5. 
14. 
HoOkS.!. 



17 And -when fie came to Mmmif^ 
he said, How many hired servasts 
of my father's have bread enough 
and to spare, and I perish with 
hunger ! 

181 will arise and go to my father, 
and will say unto him, Father, I 
have sinned agfunst heaven, and 
before thee, 

19 And am no m<xe worthy to be 
called thy son : make me as oneof 
thy hired servanta. 

20 And he aroae, and came to his 
father. But 'when he was yet a 
great way off, hi» father saw him, 
and had oompassion, and ran, and 
toll on his neck, and kissed him. 

21 And the son said unto him, Fa^ 
ther^ I have sinned against heayen, 
•^and in thy sight, and am no more 
worthy to be called thy son. 

22 But the father said to his serv- 
ants, Bring forth the betst robe, and 
put it on him ; and put a ring on 
his hand, and shoes on his feet : 



23 And bring hither the fatted 
calf, and kill »f; and let us cat, and 
be merry : 

24 ' For this my son W9S dead, and 

is alive again ,* he was lost, and a 
found. And they began to he meiry. 



25 Now his eldw son was in the 
field : and ae he came and dief 
nigh to the house, he heard mn8i( 
and daneing. . 

26 And he called one rf the serf 
ants, and asked what these thing: 
meant. 

27 And he aajid unto him, Th) 
brother ia come,- and thy fathfi 
hath killed the fettcd calf, becana 
he hath receiTed him safe an< 
sound. 

28 And he was angry, and wi^< 
not go in : &erefore came his f> 
ther ou% and entreated him. 



89 OM^ ittfti la ia i lEoHa tnakaa- 
kane, Eia hoi, lie ntii no neia man 
makahiki a'n i malama aku ai ia 
oe, Bolo hoi aa i iMx^iala iki i kau 
olelo; aole loa hoi oe i haawi mai 
i wahi ktiid kao sa'n e ahaaina oli- 
oli pa ai aa me ko'u man hoaaloha ; 

30 Aka hoi, i ka hoi ana mai o 
keia keiki au ka mea i hc^ai aku i 
koa waiixrai me na wahine hooka- 
fflakimta, na kal«a k4^ no oe liana 
i ke keiki bipi i kupaluia. 

31 A i ako la oia ia ia, E ka'u 
keiki, oa noho man oe me an, a o 
namea a pan a'a^ o kau no ia. 

32 He mea pono no kakou e ahaai- 
na <dioli a me ka haaoli; no ka 
mea, ^o koa kaikaina nei, ua make 
») ia, a aa ela hou mai nei ; nalo- 
wald ak» la ia, a oa loaa mai nei. 



A. D. 3ft. fid And he anvwering said to his 
father, Lo, these many years do I 
senr e thee , neither transgressed I 
at i^j^^ne thy eommandment; 
and ^Mou neyer gayest me a kid, 
that I might make merry with my 
friends: 

80 Bat as soon as this thy son was 
eome, which hath deyoored thy 
living with harlots, thon hast killed 
for him the fatted calf. 

31 And he said anto him. Son. 
flioa art ever with me, and all thai 
I hare is thine. 

32 It was meet that we should 
make merry, and be glad : ''for this 
thy brother was dead, and is alire 
again ; and was lost, and is found. 



A 



MOKUNA XVI. 

OLELO mai la o lesu i kaaa 
man haumana, O kekahi ka- 
naka waiwai he puuku kaaa) a aa 
haiia ia ia ua puuku la i kona ho- 
kai ana i kana waiwai. 

2 A kii aku la oia ia ia, i aku la 
i& ia, Bsaha keia a'u i lohe iho 
nei ia oe ? £ h<Ake mai oe i koa 
malama ana, no ka mea, adle oe e 
pmikii hoa aku. 

3 1 iho la ka pauka ia ia iho, Pe- 
hea la wan e hana'i ? No ka mea, 
e lawe ana kuu haku i ka puuku 
mai o'u aku nei ; aole hiki ia'u ke 
naM, a hilahila no w&u i ke noi. 

4 Ua flse au i ka'u mea c kana 
aka ai, i hookipa kekahi poe ia'u i 
ko lakott raao hale, i ka wa e heme 
aka ai ko'u puuku. 

5 A kii aku la ia i keia mea aie 
keia mea aie a kona haku, ninau 
>^ la oia i kekahi, Pehea ka nui 
o kaa aie i kuu haku ? 

6 Hat loai la hoi ia, Hookabi h»- 
peri bate aila. A i aku la oia ia 
ia, £ laise oe i kau palapala, a no- 
ho koke iho oe e kakau i kanalima. 

7 Alaila ninan aku la oia i keka^ 
H I^ehaalakanui<»kauaie? A 

10* 



kp«ii.K 



A" 



t Or. haiM, 



nearly aiiM 
gallonf. 
Ex. A U^ 11, 
14. 



CHAPTER XVI. 

ND he said also unto his disci- 
ples, There was a certain rich 
man, which had a steward ; and 
the same was aceosed unto him 
that he had wasted his goods. 

2 And he called him, and said an- 
to him. How is it that 1 hear this of 
thee ? gyre an account of thy stew- 
ardship; for thoa mayest be no 
longer steward. 

3 Then the stewaxd said within 
l^mself. What shall I do ? for my 
lord taketh away from me the stewu 
ardship : I cannot dig; to beg I am 



4 I am resolved what to do, that, 
when I am put out of the steward- 
ship, they may receire me into their 
houses. 

5 So he called every one of his 
lord's debtors imto him, and said 
unto the first. Hew much owest 
thou unto my kstd ? 

6 A»d he said, A faondred tmeas- 
ures of oil. And he said unto him, 
Take thy bill, and sit down quick- 
ly, and write fifty. 

7 Then said he to another, And 
how much owest thou? Aiid he 



htii msA la k, HtinliaM haa^ri ho- 
mera hua palaoa. I aku ta hoi 
Ma it^io, £ la^^io ilEau p alapa la, a 
e kflkau ibo i kana'Vf^alu. |MB 

B A mahato iho la ua mR la i 
ka ptmfeti poaa ole, no kana hana 
akamai ana. Oia hoi, ua oi akn 
ke akamai o na koiki o neia ao i ka 
lakoa hananna mamua o *ko na 
keiki o ka malsinalsma. 

9 Ke olelo aku neino hci au ia 
oukon, Me ka waiwai oiaio ole, ^e 
hoomakaaiMdta oi OttlsMi i mau ma- 
kamaka no oukou, i hookipa lakon 
ia oukou iloko o na hale pau ole, i 
ka wa e hatile ai oukoa. 

10 ''O ka mea i-nialama pono i ka 
mea latiku, oia k6 malama pono 1 
ka mea nui ; a o ke mea i hana 
hewa ma ka mea uuku, oia hoi ke 
hana hewa ma ka mea ntn. 

11 Nolaila, ina i ole oukou e ma- 
lama pono i ka waii^ai oiaio ole, 
navai la e waiho ia ookotf'i ka 
"waiwai oiaio ? 

12 A ina 1 ole oukou i malama 
pono i ka hai waiwai, nawai la hoi 
e haawi i waiwai na ovkkovi p^ior? 

13 If <^ Aohe kauwa e hikt ke hoo- 
kauwa na na haka elua; no ka 
mea, e houfwahawaha oia i k<^tthi 
me ka makemake i iDritahi, a i ole 
ia, e hahai alcu ia i kola, me ka 
haalele i keia. Aole hoi e hiki ia 
oukou ke hookauwa na ke Akua a 
me ka mamona. 

14 A lohe ae la na Paritaio *1ca 
poe puniwaiwai i keia man mea, 
henehene iho la lakou ia ia. 

15 1 mai la oia ia lakou, O oukou 
ka poe e 'hoopono ia oukou flio 
imua na kanaka; aka, ua ike 
mai ke 'Akua i ko oukou mau na- 
au, no ka mea, o ^kahi mea nani i 
kanaJca, he ino ia imua o ke Akua. 

16 ' £ man mai ana ke kanawai a 
me ka poe kaula a hiJd ia loane ; a 
mai ia manawa mai, ua haiia^ku 
ko aupuni o ke Akua, a ma ka hM- 
kaika loa, e komo ai na mea a pau. 

K.f £ lilo ka lani a me ka honua 



itoKA, XVI. 
A.B. 33: 



t Or. contf 



cooUDning 
11 1-9 biuh- 



• loa. 13L 86. 
£p. 5. 8. 
i Tet. 6. 5. 

b Dan. 4. 27. 

Mat. 6. 19. it 

19. 21. 

mo. 11. 41. 

1 Tim. 6. 17, 

18, la 
H Or, riekn. 

cMatS5.21. 
mo. 19. 17. 



I] Or, Hcft«». 



<Mat.6.24. 



• Mat 23. 14. 



t mo. 10. 29. 

S Hal. 7. 9. 
1> 1 Sam. 16. 7. 



i Mat 4. 17. a 

11. 12, IS. 
mo. 7. 29. 
k Hal. 102.26, 
27. 
Is. 40. 8. b 51. 

Mat &. 18. 
1 Pot 1. 25. 



0aid, A hundred i measures of 
wheat. And he said unto him. 
Take thy bill, and write fourscore. 

8 And the lord commended the tiii- 
just steward, because he had jone 
wisely: for the children of this 
world are in their generation wser 
than *the children of light. 

9 And I say unto you, ''Make to 
yourselves friends of the I mammoD 
of unrighteousness ; that, when ye 
fail, they may receive you into ct- 
erlasting habitations. 

10 *He that is faithful in that 
which is least is faithful also in 
much : and he that is unjust in the 
least is unjust also in much. 

1 1 If therefore ye have not heen 
faithful in ^e unrighteous » mam- 
mon, who will commit to your trust 
the' true riches ? 

12 And if ye have not been faith- 
ftil in that which is another man's, 
who shall give you thfet which is 
your own ? 

13 T *Nb servant can serve two 
masters : fbr either he will hate the 
one, and love the other; or else he 
will hold to the one, and despise the 
ether. Ye cannot serve God and 
mammon. 



14 And the Kiarisees also, 'whc 
were covetous, heard all thes( 
things : and they derided him. 

15 And he said unto them, Ye ar< 
they which 'justify yourselves fee 
fore men ; but »God knoweth yon 
hearts : for ^that which is highl: 
esteemed among men is abomina 
tion in the sight of God. 

16 'The law and the prophets v« 
until John I since that time the ting 
dom of God is preached, and ever 
man presseth into it. 

1 7 * And it is easier tot heaven »n 



LUKA, XH. 



manma o ka hanlfi ana o kekalu 
huna ke kanawai. 

18 '0 ka mea i hoohemo i k&na 
wahine a e mare aku hoi i kekahi, 
oia ke moe kolohe. A o ka mea i 
mare i ka wahine i hoohemoia, oia 
ke moe kolohe. 

19 T kekahi kanaka waiwai ua 
aahuia i ka lole makue a me ka ie 
iiiini, na ahaaina olioli ia i keia la 
i keia la. 

20 A kekahi kanaka ilihune, o 
Lazaro kona inoa, ua waihoia aku 
la ia ma kona ipuka, ua paapu i 
na mai hehe ; 

21 £ ake ia e hanaiia mai i na 
hunahaoa i haule mai luna iho o 
ka papa aina o ua kanaka waiwai 
la. A hele mai hoi na ilio a palu 
iho la i kona mau mai. 

22 £ia hoi kekahi, make aku la 
ia kanaka ilihune, a laweia aku la 
oia e na anela ma ka p^i o Abera- 
^iiina; a make aku la hoi ua ka- 
ii^a waiwai la, a kanuia iho la. 

23 A maloko o ka po oia i nana 
^ ai, me ka eha nui, ike aku la 
iaAberahama i kahi loihi aku a 
me Lazaro ma kona poli ; 

24 A kahea aku la ia, i aku la, £ 
^ makoa, e Aberahama, e aloha 
mai oe ia^u, a e hoouna mai ia La- 
zaro e o iho ia i ka velau o kona 
fflanamana lima iloko o ka wai a 
"e hoomaalili mai i ko'u alelo ; no 
kamea, na "eha loa au iloko o keia 
lapalapa. 

25 Alaihi i mai la o Aberahama, 
E ke keiki, e <*hoomanao oe, ua 
loaa ia oe kau mau mea maikai i 
kou wa e oia ana ; a ia Lazaro hoi 
?a mea ino. Ano hoi ua hooluo- 



A. B. 33. 



loia 
oe. 



oia nei, a ua hoehaehaia hoi 



26 A he mea e ae no hoi, ua wai- 
floia mai he awawa nui iwa«na,o 
jwkou a me oukou, i ole ai e hiki 
^* poe e manao ana e hele aku 
^ keia wahi aku io oukou la; a 
^ to laila poe aole e hiki ke hele 
mai io makou nei. 

27 1 aku lahoi, jcaa, Nolaila ke noi 




mZak. 14. u 
■ It. 06. 24. 
Mar. a U, 



oIob.Sl. la 
mo. 6. ai. 



earth to pftaa, tlMkn €m tittle of tha 
law to iJui, 

18 ^Whosoever putteth away hi* 
wifej^k^marrioih another^ com* 
mittHHIluUery : and w)u««ewr 
mairieih her that is put away from 
her husband oommitteth adultery. 

19 V There itm a certain rieh 
man, which waa clothed ia purple 
and fine linen, and i«red raraptu- 
oualy every day : 

20 And there wae a certaia beg- 
gar named Laxarua, which waa laid 
at bia gate, full of MNrea, 

21 And deainng to be fed with the 
crumbs which foil from the rich 
man'a table: moreover the doga 
came and licked hia soree. 

22 And it came to paaa, that the 
beggar died, and waa carried by the 
angels into Abraham's bosom : the 
rich man also died, and was buried; 

23 And in hell he lifted np his 
eyes, being in torments, and seeth 
Abraham afar off, and Laaanis in 
his bosom. 

24 And he cried SAd said. Father 
Abraham, have mercy on roe, and 
send Lazarus, that he may dip the 
tip of his finger in water, a^ "cool 
my tongue ; for I "am tonnentedin 
this flame. 



25 But Abraham said. Son, *re. 
member tiiat thou in thy lifetime 
receivedst thy good things, and like- 
wise Lazarus evil things : but now 
he is comforted, and thou art tor- 
mented. 

26 And beside all this, between us 
and you there ia a great gulf fixed : 
so that they which would pass from 
hence to you cannot; neither can 
they pass to ua, that would come 
from thence. 

27 Then he said) I pray thee there- 



Id^ 



LttKA, xnh 



ttka nei an ia ee^ 6 ka makna, ^ 
hoouna oe ia ia i ka hale o ko^n 
maknakane ; ^^^ 

28 No ka mea, he mat^||^uiati 
kane ko'u elima, e ao 9B^a ia 
lakeu o hiki mai lakou i keia wahi 
efaa. 

29 I mai la o Ah^rahama ia ia, 
I'Aia no hoi ia lakou o Mose a me 
ka poe kaula, i hjlttQ liEtkou ia man 
mea. 

30 A i akn la oia, Aole, e ka ma- 
ktta, e Aberafaaiha ; aka, ina e hele 
aku kekahi mai ^v^aena akn o ka 
ppe make, e mihi no lakou. 

31 I mai la hoi oia ia ia, Ina i 
lohe ole lakou ia Mose a me ka 
poe kaula, *» aole no lakou e hoohu- 
liia ke ala hou kekahi mai wtiena 
aku o ka poe make. 

MOKUNA XVII. 

ALAILA olelo mai la ia i kana 
mau haumana, *Aole loa e ole 
ka hiki ana mai o na hoohihia ana, 
aka hoi, poino ka mea e hiki mai 
ai ia ! 

2 Ina ua kauia ka pohaku kaa 
palaoa ma kona ai a e kiolaia oia 
ilalo i ke kai, e aho ia i ka hoc^i- 
hia ana i kekahi o keia mau mea 
uuku, 

3 IT £ malama oukou ia oukou iho. 
A ^ina hana hewa kou hdahanau 
ia oe, e '^ ao aku oe ia ia ; a ina i 
mihi oia, e kala aku ia ia. 

4 A ina ehikii kana hana hewa 
ana ia oe i ka la hcokahi, a ina 
ehiku kona hull ana mai ia be i ka 
la hookahi, me ka olelo, Ua mihi 
au ; e kala aku oe ia ia. 

5 Alaila olelo aku la ka poe lunao^ 
lelo i ka Haku, E hoomahuahua oe 
1 ko makou manaoio. 

6 <*I mai \k hoi ka Haku, Ina he 
manaoio ko oukou e like me ka hua 
makeke, e hiki ia oukou ke olelo 
aku i keia laau sukamino, E he- 
huia'ku, a e kanu hou ia'ku i ke 
kai, a e hoolohe no ia ia oukou. 

^ Owai kekahi o <nxkon he kauwa 



A. D. 38. 



pit. 8. 90. fc 
94.16. 

Oih.l5.2i.li 
17. 11. 



q loa. 12. 10, 
U. 



& Mat 18. 6,7. 
Mar. 9. 42. 
1 Kor. IL 19. 



b Mat. 18. la, 

21. 
c Oibk. ». 17. 

8oL 17. 10. 

Iak.5.19. 



d Mat 17. 20. 
Ii21. 21. 
Mar. a 23. 
I11L2S. 



fbre, father, thai thou "WOftildest send 
him to my father's house : 

28 For I have five l)retliren; that 
he may testify unto them, lest they 
also come into this place of torment. 

29 Abraham saith unto him,i'They 
have Moses and the prophets; let 
them hear them. 

30 And he said. Nay, father Abra- 
ham t but if one went xinto them 
from the dead, they will repent. 

31 And he said unto him, If they 
hear riot Mbses and the prophets, 
''neither will they be persuaded, 
though one rose from the dead. 



CHAPTHl XVII. 

THEN said he unto the disciples, I 
*It is impossible hut that of- 
fences will come : hut woe unto 
him, through whom they come ! 

2 It were better for him that a 
millstone were hanged about his 
neck, and he cast into the sea, than 
that he should offend one of these 
little ones. 

3 f Take h6ed to yoraselves : *If 
thy brother trespass against thee, 
•rebuke him; and if he repent, for- 
give him. 

4 And if he trespass against thee 
seven times in a day, and seven 
times in a day tUrh again to thee, 
saying, I repent ; thou shalt forgive 
him. 

5 And the apostles said unto the 
Lord, Increase our faith. 

6 * And the Lord said, If ye had 
faith as a grain of mustard seed, ye 
might say unto this sycamine tree, 
Be thou plucked up by the root, and 
be thou planted in the sea; and n 
should obey you. 

^ Bat which of foiij'liaviag a serv 



JXVij XVII* 



kana e maim, ana, a e liaaai holo* 

holona ana paha, a hoi mai ia mai 
ka waena mai, e olelo aJco, £ hele 
koke mai oe a e noho oe ilalo e 
ai? 

8 Aole anei e olelo aku ia ia, £ 
hoomakaukau oe i ai na'u, e kakoo 
ia oe iho e *lawelawe mai xuJvl^ a 
pauka'u ai ana, a me ko'u inu ana; 
a mahope iho e ai oe a inu hoi ? 

9 E haa^ aku anei oia i ke al(^a 
i ua kaawa la, no kana hana ana i 
namea i kauohaia'i? Ke manao 
nei aa aole. 

10 Pela hoi oukou, aia pau i ka 
^aia e oukou ka oukou man mea 
i paa i kauohaia^i, e olelo onkoo. 
He poe kauwa makou 'e waiwai 
ole aku ai; o ko makou pono wale 
&o ka makou i hana'i. 

n f £ia kekahi, i « kona hele ana 
i lenisalema, hele ae la ia mawae* 
^ Samaria, a me Galilaia. 

12 A i kona komo ana i kekahi 
kaahale, halawai pu me ia na ka- 
naka lepero he umi ; "^ku kaawale 
^ la lakou. 

13 Hookiekie ae Ijl lakou i ka leo, 
laka la, E Jesu ke Kumu, e al^m 
niai ia makyu. 

14 A ike mai la, i mai la oia ia 
lakou, 'E hele oukou o hoiko ia 
oukou iho i na kahuna. Eia ke- 
^^j i ko lakou hele ana, hoomae* 
inaeia'i lakou. 

15 A kekahi o lakou i kona ike 
^na, ua hoolaia ia, huli mai la ia, 
lioonani aku la i ke Akua me ka 
leo nui. 

16 A moe iho la ilalo ke alo, ma 
kona man wawae, hoomaikai aku 
'^- No Samaria no hoi ia. 

17 Alaila olelo mai la Icbu, ninau 
ntai la, A^^ie cmei he luni ka poe i 
Apomaemaeia ? Auhea la na mea 
eiwa? 

IS Aole anei i ikeia kekahi mea e 
aeihuli mai e hoonani i ke Akua, 
keia kanaka e wale no anei ? 

19 ^ 1 imti la lu^ 9i« ia ia, £ ku oe 



A. IX 3a 



• no. 12. 87. 



fIob.22.S.li 

35.7. 

Hal. 16. 2. 

Mat 25. 90. 

Rom. a 12. 

Il 11.35. 

1 Kor. 9. 16, 

17. 

PUem. 11 
fLuk.9.51, 

52. 

loa. 4. 4. 



hOih.lS.4e. 



iOULiaSLk 
14.2. 
Mat. 8. 4. 

1IIO.&.14. 



k Mat. 9. 21 
Mar. 5. S4. 
It 10. 62. 
mo. 7, 50. 
Il 8. 48. fc 
16.42. 



ant plmghlngcrfeadiagcttOe, will 
say unto him by and by, when he ia 
eome from the field, Go and aii 
? 



8 And will not rather say unto 
him. Make ready wherewith I may 
sup, and gird Uiysel^ "and aerre 
me, till I have eaten and drontei ; 
and afterward tlMXi shalt eat and 
drink? 

9 Doth he thank that aerraiit be- 
oaiaae he did the thinga that were 
oommanded him ? I trow not. 

10 So likewiae ye, when ye shall 
have done all those things which 
are commanded you, say. We are 
'unprofitable serraata: we have 
done that which wma our duty to do» 



11 ^ And it came to pass, 'as he 
went to Jerusalem, that he passed 
thzou^ the midst of Samaria and 
Galilee. 

12 And as he entered into a eer> 
tain village, there met him ten mea 
that were lepers, >* which %tood afar 
off: 

13 And they lifted up their voices, 
and said, Jesus, Master, have mercy 
on us. 

14 And when he saw them, he 
said unto them, 'Go shew your- 
selves unto Uie priests. And it 
came to pass, that, as they went, 
they were cleansed. 

15 And one of them, when heaaw 
that he was healed, turned back, 
and with a loud voice gl(»rified God, 

16 And fell down on his face ai 
his feet, giving him thanks : and 
he was a Samaritan. 

17 And Jesus answering said, 
Were there not ten cleansed ? but 
where are the nine ? 

18 There are not found that re- 
turned to give glory to God, save 
this stranger. 

1.9 ^ And he said unto him, Ai^ise, 



m 



OKA, loriL 



ii^WA, e hold ftka; i» ola.^ i kou 
Q^anftoio, 

. 20 ^ NiBau aku la ka poe Paiisaio 
i ka manawa e hiki ma^^^ bu- 
puni o ke Akua. Olelo Vj^a oia 
ia lakou, i mai la, Aole ma ka ike 
maka ka hiki ana mai o ke auponi 
o ](e Akua. 

21J Aole e olelo md. kanaka, £ia 
hoi maanei ! a, aia hoi mao 1 no ka 
imay aia hoi iloko o oukoa "ke au- 
poni o ke Akua. 

22 Alalia i mai la ia i ka poe han* 
mana, "E.hiki mai ana na la e ake 
ai oukou e ike i kekahi la o ke 
Reiki a ke kanaka, aole hoi oukou 
e ike. 

23 <*A olelo mai lakou ia oukou, 
Eia hoi maanei; a, aia hoi mao; 
mai hele aku oukou, mai hahai 
aku hoi. 

24 pNo ka mea e like me ka uila 
e anapu mai ana nta kekahi aoao 
mai o ka lani, a alohilohi aku ma 
kekahi aoao o ka lani, pela no ke 
Keiki a ke kanaka i kona la. 
^£^«Aka, e hana ino nui ia mai 
oia mand!Jlei, a e wailanaia no hoi e 
ia faanaunlj^. 

26 ''A e like me ka hana ana i na 
la o Noa, pela auonei ka hana ana 
i na la o ke Keiki a ke kanakfei. 

27 Ua ai lakou, ua inu hoi, ua 
mare ae, ua hoopalauia no hoi a 
hiki i ka la i komo ai o Noa iloko 
ka halelana, a hiki mai ke kaia- 
kahinalii a luku iho la ia lakou a 
pau. 

28 'E like hoi me ka hana ana i 
na la o Lota ; ua ai lakou, ua inu 
hoi, ua kuai lilo mai, a kuai lilo 
aku, ua kanu, ua kukulu hale no 
hoi; > 

29 * A i ka la i hele aku ai o Lota 
mawaho o Sodoma, i ua mai la ke 
ahi a me ka luaipele, mai ka lani 
mai, a luku iho la ia lakou a pau. 

30 Pela uanei i ka la e ^ihoikeia 
mai ai ke Keiki a ke kanaka. 

31 A i kela la o ""ke kanaka ma* 
luna o ka hale, a he waiwai kcma 



A.D. 3S. 



HOr.wfl 



lptta.2S. 



14.17. 
I Or, amomg 

loa! 1. 26. 

a Mat 9. IS. 
loa. 17. 12. 



Mat. 24. 3S. 

Mar. 13. 21. 
mo. 21. 8. 



pMatS4.S7. 



q Mar. 8. 31. 
b 9. 81. k. 10. 



mo. 9. 22. 



rKln.7. 
Mat. 94^ 97. 



■ Kin. 19. 



tKla. 19.16, 
24. 



H2Tea. 1.7. 



> Mat. 24. 17. 
Mar. 13. 1& 



go thy iray: ^y fdth hftth mtde 
thee whole, 

20 IF And -vrhen he was demanded 
of the Pharisees, when the king- 
dom of God should come, he an- 
swered them and said. The king- 
dom of God cometh not iwith ob- 
servati^m : 

21 * Neither shall they say, Lo 
here ! or, lo there ! for, beiiold, 
"the kingdom of God is iMithin 
you. 

22 And he said unto the diseiples, 
■The days will come, when ye 
shall desire to see one of the days 
of the Son of man, and ye shall 
not see it. 

23 *And they shall say to you, 
See here; or, see there: go not 
after them^ nor follow them. 

24 >*For as the lightning, th8t 
Hghteneth out of the one fari under 
heaven, shineth unto the other fari 
under heaven; so shall also the 
Son of man be in his day. 

25 <iBut first must he suffer many 
things, and be rejected of this gen- 
eration. 

26 .'And as it was in the days of 
Noe, so shall it he also in the 
days of the Son of man. 

27 They did eat, they drank, they 
married wives, they were given in 
marriage, until the day that Noe 
entered into the ark, and the flood 
came, and destroyed them all. 

28 'Likewise also as it was in the 
days of Lot; they did eat. they 
drank, they bought, they sold, they 
planted, they builded ; 

29 But ^the same day that Lot 
went out of Sodom it rained fire 
and brimstone from heaven, and 
destroyed them all. 

30 £ven thus shall it be in the 
day when the Son of man "is re- 
vealed. 

31 In that day, he 'which shall 
be upon the houaalop, aad hii itvff 



LUKA, xm. 



m 



mabko o ka kde^ mai iJie ia ilalo 
e lawe aku ia ; pela hoi, o ka mea 
ma ka waeoa mai hoi ae ia. 

32 yE hoomanao i ka wahine a 
Lota. 

33 '0 ka mea e hoopapau e ma* 
lama i kona ola nei, e lilo k(»ia ola, 
a ka mea e lilo kona ola nei, e 
homsia no ia i kona ola. 

34 'Ke hai aku nei aa ia. oidEOu, 
ia po, e moe no na kanaka elaa ma 
^ moe hookahi ; e laweia'ku ke- 
kahi, a e waiho no kekahi. 

35 Eluahoi wahine o wili pn ana ; 
e Uweift'ka kekahi, a e waiho no 



3S Ma ka waena no na kanaka 
eloa; e laweia'kvi kekahi, a e wai* 
h DO kekahi. 

37 A ninau aka la lakou, i aku la 
ia ia,^ Aihea e ka Haku ? I mai la 
^oi oia ia lakou, A i ka wahi e 
vaiho ai ke kino, ilaila na aeto e 
aJa)akoaai. 



MOKUNA XVIII. 

A LAILA ao mai la oia ia lakoa 
A. ma ka olelonane, he pono *ke 
pQle man, aole e hoonawaUwaU. 

^ I mai la ia, Ma kekahi kulana- 
Kauhale be lunakonawai^ aole ia i 
jQakau i ke Akua. aole hoi i manao 
ikaaaka. 

3 Amakelakulanakauh&Le kdca* 
ii vahinekanemake ; a hele mai la 
^ io na la, i mai la, E hoopono 
•^oeia'uiko'uenemi. 

4 Aoi^ ae la hoi ia i makemake ia 
nfanawa; a mahope iho, i iho la 
wa iloko ona, Aole o'u mi^au i ke 
^^ aole o'u manao i kanaka ; 

^ ^ Aka hoi, no ke noi nm ana mai 
^^^iawahioekanemake ia'u, e hoo* 
Poi\o aku an ia ia nei, o hooluhi 
^i ia ia'u i kona h^e pinepine 
ana mai, 

6 1 mai la hoi ha Haku, £ lohe 
^^u i lok mea a ka limakana^omi 
P^^«J«i«iBlojiiaia*. 



A.B.3a. 



7 Kin. 19. 28. 



>Mitl0.89. 
U 16. 25. 
Mar. 8. 35. 
mo. 9. 24, 
Ioa.12.25i 

• Mata4.«t» 
ITm.4. 17. 



IThteStta 
Terse i« 
waadnff in 
moit of the 
Oreek cop- 
lei. '^ 

blob. 98. aa 

Mat. 21. 28. 



aiD0.11.&lc 

21.3a 

Rom. 12. 12. 
£p. 6. 18. 
KoL 4. 2. 
1 Tea. 5. 17. 
f Or, in a «#r- 



bmo.lL8. 



in the iMniM, toft him not come down 
to take it away: and he that ia ia 
the field, let him likewise not re- 
tarn fe^^ 
32 inHBeraber Lot's wife. 

83 " Whesoersr ^all seek to save 
his life shall lose it ; and wheso- 
ever shall lose hia life shall pre- 
serve it. 

34 * I t^l yon, in that night there 
shall he two men in one bed ; the 
one dudl be taken, and the other 
shall be left. 

35 Two women shall be grinding 
together } the one shall be taken, 
and the other left. 

36 1 Two men shall be in the field ; 
the one shall be tak^ and the 
other left. 

37 And they answered and said 
onto him, ''Where, Lord? And he 
said unto them, Wheresoever the 
body is, thither will the eagles be 
gathered together. 

CHAPTER XVni. 

AND he spake a parable unto 
th«n. to this end, that men 
ought * always to pray, and not to 
fsint; 

2 Saying, There was tin a city a 
judge, which feared not God, nei- 
ther regarded man : 

3 And there was a widow in that 
city ; and she came unto him, say- 
ing, Avenge me of mine adversary. 

4 And he would not for a while : 
but afterward he said within him- 
self. Though I fear not God, nor 
regard man ; 

5 * Yet because this widow tronb- 
leth me, I will avenge her, lest by 
her continual coming she weary me. 



6 And the Lord said, Hear what 
the unjust judge saith. " ^ 



dHeb. 10.37. 
2 Pet. 3. 8, 9. 



• no. 10. 99. It 

16. 15. 
[| Or. a$ hesHf 
r%ghteou». 



A6.3. 
Hoik. 3.17. 



S3fl LOKA, X^IL 

7 ^A o ke Alma hoi, fbole atiei 
ia e hoopono mai i kona poe i 
waeia, ka poe kahea ia ia i ke ao 
a me ka po, me ka ahanui hoi ia 
lakou? ^ 

8 Ee hai aku nei au ia oukou, ' e 
hoopono koke mai no oia ia lakon. 
Aka hoi, i ka hiki ana mai o ke 
Keiki a ke kanaka, e ike anei oia 
ma ka honua ia manaoio ? 

9 Alaila olelo mai la oia i keia 
olelonane i kekahi poe *i manao ia 
lakon iho he maikai, a hoowahatra^ 
ha aku ia hai. 

10 Hole ae la lia kanaka elna i ka 
luakini e pmle ; he Parisaio kekahi, 
a he lunaauhau kekahi. 

11 'Ku aku la ka Parisaio oia iho 
no, a pnle aku la penei, <^£ ke 
Akna, ke aloha aku nei an ia oe, no 
ka mea, aole au e like me na kana- 
ka e, ka poe hookaha, ka poe pono 
ole, ka poe moe kolohe, aole hoi me 
keia lunaauhau. 

12 Elua ko'u hookeai ana i ka he- 
bedoma hookahi, ua haawi hoi au i 
ka umi o ko'u waiwai a pau. 

13 A ka lunaauhau hoi, ku ma- 
mao aku la ia, aole hoi i leha iki 
kona mau maka i ka lani, aka, pa- 
pal iho la ia ma kona umauma iho, 
i aku la, E ke Aku a, e aldia mai 
oe ia'u i ka mea i hewa. 

14 Ke hai aku nei au ia oukou, 
Oia ka mea i hoi i kona hale me ka 
hoaponoia, aole keia: no ka mea, 
''o ka mea i hookiekie ae ia ia iho, 
oia ke hoc^aahaaia ; a o ka mea i 
hoohaahaa ia ia iho^ oia ke hookie* 

kieia'e. 

\6 ' Alaila lawe ae la lakou i na 
kamalii uuku ia ia e hoopa oia ia 
iakou ; a ike ka poe haumana, pa- 
pa aku la lakou ia lakou la. 

16 Aka, kahea mai la leso ia la- 
kou e hole mai, i mai la, E ae aku 
i na kamalii e hele mai io'u nei, 
mai hoole aku ia lakou ; no ka mea, 
no ka poe me ^neia ke aupuni o ke 
Akua. 

17 *He oiaio ka'u e olelo aku nei 
ia oukou, O ka mea aole i hoolauna 



\ lob. 22. 29. 
Mat. sa 12. 
ma 14. 11. 
Iak.4.6. 
1 Pet 9. 5, 6. 

i Hat 19. IS. 
Mar. 10. 13. 



klKor. 14.20. 
1 Pet 2. 2. 



1 Mar. 10. 15. 



7 And •shall not Goi avenge his 
own elecit, -which cry day and night 
unto him, though he bear long "with 
them? 

8 I tell you *that he vrill avenge 
them speedily. Nevertheless, when 
the Son of man cometh, Bhall he 
find faith on the earth ? 

9 And he spake this parable unto 
oertain •which trusted in them- 
selves Hhat they were righteons, 
and despised others : 

10 Two men went up into the tem- 
ple to pray; the one a Pharisee, 
and the other a publican. 

11 The Pharisee 'stood and prayed 
thus with himself, 'God, I thank 
thee, that I am not as other men 
are^ extortioners, unjust, adulterers, 
or even as this publican. 



15 I fast twice in the week, I gi^ 
tithes of all that I possess. 

13 And the publican, standing afar 
Off, would not lift up so much aa 
his eyes unto heaven, but smote 
upon his breast, saying, God he 
merciful to me a sinner. 

14 I tell you, this man went do^ 
to his house justified rdhf thai 
the other : *»for every one that ei 
alteth himself shall be abased ; anc 
he that humbleth himself shall h^ 
exalted. 

15 *And they brtoght unto bin 
also infants, that he wottld touci 
them : but when hU disciples m 
it, they rebuked them. 

16 But Jesus called them vnt 
him, and aaid, Sufibr little childre 
to come xmto me, and forbid ther 
not : for *of such is the kingdom 
God. 

17 » Verily I say unto yon, Whoa 
ever shall not neoeive iSbe kmgdoi 



LUKA^ XVIH.. 



«»» 



il[e anponio ke Aktia hkb he keiki 
uuka la, aole loa oia e komo ilaila. 

18 '"Alalia ninau aku la kekahi 
alii ia ia, £ ke Kuma maikai, Ivea- 
ha ka'u e hana'i i looa mai ai ia'u 
ke ola pau ole. 

19 A i mai la o lesu ia ia. No ke 
aha la oe i kapa mai ai ia'u be mai- 
kai ? Hookahi wale no mea mai- 
kai, o ke Akua. 

20 Ua ike hoi oe i aa kaimwai ; 
■Mai moe kolohe oe; Mai pepehi 
kanaka oe ; Mai aihue oe 3 M^i hoi- 
ke wahahee oe; <^£ malama i kou 
makuakajiiD a me kou makuwahise. 

21 A i aku la oia, Ua malama au 
i keia mau mea a pau mai kuu ws 
kamalii mai. 

22 A lohe ae laolesu ia^ i mai la 
oia ia ia, Hookahi au mea hemahe- 
ma; Pe kaal lilo aku i kou waiwaa, 
a pan, a e haawi i ka poe ilihuna, Ot 
e loaa ia oe ka waiwai ma ka lani; 
alalia e hele mai a hahai mai ia'u. 

23 A lohe ae la oia ia mea, miua- 
mina loa iho la ia ; 00 ka mea, he 
nui loa kona waiwai. 

24 Ike ae la hoi lesu i koua mina- 
mina loa ana, i mai la ia) *iAne 
hiki ole i ka poe waiwai ke komo 
iloko o ke aupuni o ke Akua ! 

25 £ hiki 1 ke kamelo ke komo e i 
ka puka o ke kuikele mamua ke 
komo ajoa o ke kanaka waiwai ilo- 
ko ke aupuni o ke Akua. 

26 I iho la hoi ka poe e lohe ana, 
E hiki hoi ia wai la ke hoolaia? 

27 I mai la hoi lesu, ''0 na mea 
hiki ole i kanaka, e hiki no ia i ke 
Akua. 

28 'AJ^ila i aka la o Petero, £ia 
hoi^ uajjbuaalele makou 1 na mea a 
pau, a ^A hahai aku ia oe, 

29 I mai la hoi oia ia lakou, He 
ouuo ka'u e olelo aku nei ia oukou, 
*0 ka mea i haalele 1 ka hale, a me 
na makua, a me na hoahanau, a 
me ka wahme, a me nakeiki no ke 
aapuni o ke Akua, 

30 "£ loaa hou no ia ia he nui 
wale i Iceia ao, ame. ke ola pau ole 
i kela ae aku. 



A.D.83. 



ftPiilu 20.12, 

W. 

Kan. 5. 16-90. 

BKttn. 13. 9i 
oEp.6. 2. 

JCol.S.aO. 



pMat«.19, 
20. k. 19. 2L 
1 Tim. a 19. 



4S0LII.28. 
Mat la 28. 
Mar. 10. 21 



rler.83.17. 
Zek. 8. 6. 
Mat. IS. 26. 
HM. 1.87. 

• Mat. 19. 27. 



t&wua3.ft» 



otob.<42, IQi 



«f God Si a little ehild shall in no 
wise enter therein* 

18 "And a eerti^ ruler Mked 
him, saying, Good Master, what 
shall I & to inherit eternal tile? 

19 And Jesoa said unto him, Why 
eallest thou me good ? none is good, 
save one, that m, God. 

20 Thou knowest the oemmand- 
ments, ''Do not eommit adultery, 
Do not kill. Do not steal, Do not 
bear false wilaiess, ''Honour thy fa* 
ther and thy mother. 

21 And he said, All these have I 
kept from my- youth np« 

82 Now when Jesus heard these 
things, he said unto him, Yet lack- 
est thou one thing : I'sell all that 
thou hast, and distribute imto the 
poor, and thou shalt have treasure 
in heaven: and come, follow me. 

23 And when he heard ihiB, he 
was very sonowftil: for he was 
very rich. 

24 And when Jesus saw that he 
was very sorrowful, he said, ^How 
haidly diallthey that have riches 
enter into the kingdom of God ! 

25 For it is easier for a camel to 
go through a needle's eye, than for 
a rieh man to enter into the king- 
dmnof God. 

26 And they that heard U said, 
Who then can he sared ? 

27 And he said, " The things which 
are impossible with men are possibla 
with God. 

28 'Then Peter said, Lo, we have 
left all, and followed thee. 

29 And he said unto them. Verily 
I say unto, you, * There is no man 
that hath left house, or parents^ or 
brethren, or wife, or children, for 
the kingdom of God's sake, 

30 "Who shall not receive mani- 
,£»]4.more in this present tiizie, and 
1 in the world to come lifeeverlasting. 



894 



L01A, xvm. 



31 ^' Alaweaelaolaikaumiku- 
inamalua, i mai la ia lakou, Eia 
holy 6 hole auA kaJhxm i lorusalenm, 
a c hookoia na.mea a pau i ^ka- 
kauia e ka poe kaula no ke Keiki a 
ke kanaka. 

32 Na ka mea, 'e haa-wiia'ku oia 
i kanaka e, a e hoomaewaewaia 
mai, a e hoomaauia mai, a e ka- 
haia mai hoi : 

33 A e hahau mai lakou ia ia, a e 
pepehi mai ia ia a make ; a i ke 
kolu o ka la, e ala hou mai ia. 

34 'Aka^ aole lakou i hoomao- 
popo ia mau mea; oa hunaia 
hoi ia lakoa keia olelo, aole la- 
kou i ike i ke ano o ua mea i ole- 
loia mai. 

' 35 IT ^£ia kekahi, i kona he<^- 
koke ana i leriko, e nobo ana keka^ 
hi makapo ma kapa alanui e nonoi 
ana. 

36 A lohe ae la i kaahakanaka e 
hele ae ana, ninau mai la ia i ke 
ano o ia mea. 

37 Hal aku la no hoi lakou ia ia, 
e maalo ana'e o lesu no Naza* 
reta. 

38 Alaila kahea ae la ia, i ae la, 
£ lesu ke KeiJd a Davida, e aloha 
mai oe ia'u ! 

39 A o ka poe e hele mua ana, pa« 
pa iho la lakou ia ia e noho malie. 
Aka, kahea nui hou ae la ia, £ ke 
Keiki a Davida, e aloha mai oe 
ia^u, 

40 Ku malie iho la hoi o lesu hoo- 
kina ae la e kaiia mai io na la ; a 
kokoke aku la, ninau m^ii' oia ia ia, 

41 1 mai la, He aha kou makema- 
ke e hana aku ai au ia oe ? I aku 
la hoi oia, I ike au, e ka Haku. 

42 A i mai la o lesu ia ia^ £ ike 
oe, ua oia oe i ®kou manaoio. 

43 A. ike koke iho la no ia, a ha- 
hai aku la oia ia ia, me ^ka hoona- 
ni aku i ke Akua : a o ka poe ka- 
naka a pAU e ike ana, hoolea aku 
la lakou i ke Akua. 



A.D: 33. 




aMiur.9.S2. 
mo. 2. 60. It 
9.45. 

Toa. 10. 6. Sl 
12.16., 



bMat.20.S9. 
Mar. 10. 46. 



emo.17.ia 



dmQ.&2S. 
Oili. 4. 21. fe 
11.18. 



3rir "^Thtm. be tooktwfo hm the 
twelve, and said unto them, Behold, 
we go up to Jerusalem, and all 
things ythat are written by the 
prophets concerning the Son of man 
shall be accomplished. 

82 For *he shall be delivered raito 
the Gentiles, and shall be mocked. 
and spitefully entreated, and spit- 
ted on: 

33 And they shall scotnrge Am, 
and put him to death ; and the third 
day he shall rise again. 

34 * And they understood none cf 
these things: and this saying was 
hid from them, neither knew they 
the things which were spoken. 

85 IT *Aiid it came to pass, that 
as he was «ome nigh unto Jericho, 
a certain blind man sat by tiie vay 

side begging: 

36 And hearingthetntiltitiide pass 

by, he asked what it meant. 

37 And they told him, that km 
o^ Nazareth passed! by. 

38 And he cried, saying, Jesus, 
thou Son of David, have mercy on 
me. 

39 And they which went hefore 
rebuked him, that he should hoW 
his peace : but he cried so mucli 
the more, I%ou Son of Bavid,haTe 
mercy on me. 

40 And Jesus stood, and comniand. 
ed him to be brought unto hnn : and 
when he was come near, he asKed 
him, . . 

41 Saying, What wilt thou thai 
I shall do unto thee? And he 
said, Lord, that I may^receive my 
sight. - 

42 And Jesus said unto him, K* 
ceive thy sight: 'ttnT f^^ ^*" 
saved thee, . = 

43 And immediately he recej^ 
his sight, and followed him, 'g^f 
fyingGod: and all the people, vnei 
they saw ft, gave pnose nnto Ooo. 



i^VKA., xa. 



135 



MOKUNA XIX. 

AKOMO ae U la iloko o leh- 
ko, a mawaena ia i hele aku 
ai. 

2 Aia ke kanaka i kapaia ka inoa 
Zakaio^ he liinaauhau nui, he nni 
uo hoi kona waiwai. 

3 A imi ae la ia e ike ia lesa 
i kona anp } aole hoi e hiki no ka 
paapu kanaka, no ka mea, he 
poupoa kona kino. 

4 Holo ae la hoi ia mamnai pii ae 
la Uuna ma kn laau sokomorea e 
ib ia ia, i kona hele ana'e malaila. 

5 A hiki aka la o lesu ma ia wa- 
111, nana ae la ia iluna, a ike ia ia, 
olelo ae la ia i% £ ^akaio, e iho 
koke mai oe ilalo ; no ka mea, ua 
pono ia'u ke noho ma kou hale i 
keia la. 

6 A iho koke mai la oia. ilalo, a 
hookipa ae la ia ia me ka olioli. 

7 A ka poe i ike ia mea, ohumu 
ib la lakou a pau, i ae la^ ^Ua 
hele ia e hookipaia'e e ke kanaka 
hewa. 

8 Aka ae la o Zakaio, i aka la ia 
i ka Haku, £ia, alikealike o kau 
Waiwai, e ka Haku, o ka'u ia e 
haawi aka ai no ka poe ilihune j a 
iiia i Uwe an me ^ka hewa i ka 
kekahi, e pa ha ka'u mea e * uku 
aka ai ia ia. 

9 Alalia olelo mai la lesu nona, 
I neia la aa hiki mai Iqe ola ma 
keia hale, no ka mea, <^he mamo 
flo hoi *oia nei na Aberahama. 

10 'No ka mea, ua hele mai nei 
ke Keiki a ke luinaka e imi a e 
hoola i ka mea i nalowale. 

11 A i ko lakou hoolohe ana ia 
; inea, olelo hou mai la oia i neia 

olekoaae; no ka mea ua kokoke 
oia i lenualema, a ua ^manao la- 
kou e ike koke ia ke aupuni o ke 
Akua. 

12 ^Nolaila i olelo mai. ai oia^ O 
kekahi alii o hele ana i ka ama 
loihi aka e loaa ia ia ke aupuni, a 
ehoi mai; 



A.D. 39. 



aMftt9.n. 
mo. & 90. 



e Puk. 22. 1. 

1 Sam. 12. S. 

2 Sun. 12. 6. 



d Rom. 4. 11, 

12,16. 

OaL3.7. 
• mo. la. 16. 
f Mat 18. 11. 

See Mat. 10. 

6.«Ll5.2i. 



ffOQi.l.& 



h Mat. 2K. 14. 

Mar. IS. 31 



CHAPTER XIX. 



A' 



ND Jesus enteied 
through Jehoho. 



and paiied 



2 And, behold, there vfos a man 
named Zaoeheua, whieh was the 
ohief among the puUicana, and he 
waa rich. 

3 And he sought to see Jeeaa who 
he waa ; and eould not for the preaa, 
beoauae he waa little of atature. 

4 And he ran before, and elimbed 
up into a ayoamore tree to aee him; 
for he waa to paaa that way. 

5 And when Jeeoa eame to the 
place, he looked up, and aaw him, 
and aaid unto him, Zacehena, make 
haate, and oome down ; for to day I 
mnat abide at thy houae. 

6 And he made baale, and eame 
down, and reeeired him joyfully. 

7 And when they aaw tf, they all 
murmured, saying^ 'That he waa 
gone to be gueat with a man that ia 
a ainner. 

6 And Zaoeheua atood, and said 
unto the Lotd ; Behold, Loid, the 
half of my gooda I give to the poor; 
and if I have taken any thing from 
any man by ^falae aeenaation, «I 
restore Attn fourfold. 

9 And Jeaus said unto him. This 
day is aalvation oome to this house, 
forasmuch as 'he also is *a son of 
Abraham. . 

10 'For the Son of man is oome to 
seek and to save that which waa 
loat. 

11 And as they haaid these 
things, he added and spake a para* 
ble, becouae he waa nigh to Jeru- 
salem, and beeauae 'they thought ' 
that the kingdom of God should im- 
mediately appear. 

12 ^He said therefore, A oertain 
nobleman went into a far country 

I to reoeive for himself a kingdom, 
1 and to return. 




tGr.i . ., 
and lo T^. 



kMat2&Sl. 
mo. 1%. 10. 



S8$ IiUKA, tl£. 

18 Hea akn la ia i aa liaawa ana 
he umi, haawi aku la ia lakou i na 
pooiia ha umi^ a i aku la ia lakon, 
£ kuai oukou a hoi mai «a. 

14 'A ua hoowahawaha kona poe 
kanaka ia ia, a hoouna aku la i ka 
hma mahope ona, i aku la^ Aole o 
nahou makamake i alii ia maluna 
o makou. 

15 £ia keisahi^ a loaa mai ia ia 
ke auptuii, a hei mai la, kauoha ae 
la e laiia ua poe kanwa' la aoia i 
waiho ai i ke kala, i ike oia i ka 
mea i loaa< hou mai i kua mea i 
kela mea i ke kuai ana. 

16 Alalia hele mai la ka mua^ i 
mai la^ £ ka Haku, ua loaa mai i 
kau pouaa na pouna hou he umi. 

17 I aku la oia ia ia, Ua pono^ e 
ke kauwa maikai; ua ^maluna 
pono oe i ka mea uuku, e noho oe 
maluna o na kulanakaohale he 
umi. 

18 Alaila hele mai la ka lua, i 
mai la, £ ka haku, ua loaa mai i 
kau pouna na pouna hou elima. 

19 A i aku la oia ia ia, £ noho 
hoi oe maluna o na kulanakaidiale 
elima. 

20 A hele mai la kekahi, i mai la, 
£ ka haku, eia kou penna a'u i 
malama ai e waiho ana maloko o 
ke kahei ; 

21 ^No ka mea, ua makau wau ia 
oe, no ka mea, he kanaka awaain^ 
oe, ua lawe oe i ka mea aele naa i 
waiho iho ilalo, a ua ohi oe i ka 
mea aole nau i lulu. 

22 Olelo akn la oia ia ia, ""No kou 
waha ponoi mai O' hoahewa aku ai 
au ia oe, e ke kauwa h^ino^ 'ua 
ike 06 he kanaka »waawa an e la- 
we ana i ka mea aole na'u e waiho 
iho ilalo, a e ohi ana i ka mea aole 
na'u i lulu : 

23 No ke aha la i haawi ole aku 
ai oe i ka'u kala i kahi kuai kala, 
a hoi mai au e ohi hou au ia me 
ka uku hoopanee ? 

24 Alaila olelo aku la ia i ka poe 
e ku mai ana, £ lawe aei ka pen- 






1.16. 

lob. 16. a 
Mat. 12, 37. 
aUM.8S.4K. 



13 And he ealkdloBlmrsemiiis, 
and delivered them ten t pounds, 
and said unto them, Occupy till I 
come. 

1 4 * But his oitia»u0 hated bim, and 
ses^ a message after him, sayiog, 
W© will not have tJtts fliott to rcip 
over ua. 

115 ABditcMxietopattytkat^en 
he was returned, having receiYed 
ihb kingdom, tiien he cGomtM 
Hhese servants to be eailed unto him, 
to whom he had given the tmcmey, 
thai he might know how much ev- 
ery man had gained hy trading. 

16 Thcoi oame the first; »m 
Lord^ thy pound hath^ gained ten 
pounds. 

I 17 And he said unto liim, Well, 
jthou good senrant : because thou 
ihast been ^faithfnl in a very little, 
jhave thou aiithfflftty ever ten citifii. 

i 18 And the seeend- came, sa^Qg) 

iLord, thy pound hath gamed five 

'pounds. 

' 19 And he said likewise to him, Be 

thou also over five cities. 

20 And ano&er came, saying, 
Lord, behold, here is thy pwmd, 
which I huve kept laid up in & 
napkin: 

21 Tor I feared thee, because thou 
art an austere man: tttoutaJrestup 
that thou layedst not down, and 
rei^est that thou didst not sow. 

22 And he saith unto him, "Out of 
thine own mouth will I judge thee, 
^Aott wicked senrant. "Thouknew- 
est that I was anaustere man, tak- 
ing up that I Iwd not doira, aw 
reaping that I did not' sew : 

23 Whenefere then gayestnot thoo 
my money into the bank, that at ra) 
coming I might have required miuc 
own vsith usury ? 

24 And he said unto tihem thai 
istood by, Take from him the pound 



na mai OBft ae, a e kaaixri alca na 
ka mea ia ia na pouna he ami. 

25 (Olelo mai la laJou ia ia, £ 
ka haka, he ami no ana pouna ;) 

26 Na ka mea, ke olek> aku nei 
m ia 0iikaa, ''O ka mea ua loaa, e 
haawi hou ia no ia ia, a o ka mea 
ua loaa ole, e kailiia no kana. 

27 A o kiela man enemi o'n, ka 
poe i makemake ole i alii au malu- 
na lakxm, e halihali mai, a e loka 
iho imoa o ko'a alo. 

28 ^ A poa kana.oldo ana ia mea, 
I'hele mma ia e pii ana i leruaa* 
lema. 

29 'lEia kekahi, a kokoke ia la 
Betepa^ a me Betama, ma ka man*- 
na i kapaia o Oliveta, hoouna aka 
la oia i Ba haoniaiia ana elna, 

SO I mai la, £ hele aka oXua i ]CBla 
kolanahale e ka pono mai ana ; a i 
ko olaa komo ana iloko, o ike aku 
no olna i ka keiki faoki i hikiiia, ao- 
le i u^ieia e ke kanaka, e irehe ae 
a c kai mai ia ia. 

31 A ina e ninau mai kekahi ia 
olua, No ke aha la olaa e wehe ai 
ia ia ? e olelo aku olaa ia ia, Ua 
nele ka Hafcaia mea e pomo ai. 

32 Hele aka la na maa mea la i 
liooanaia, a ike aku la e like me 
kana olelo ana ia laaa. 

S3 A i ko laaa wehe ana'o i ke 
ke&i bitki, ninau mai la na mea 
xMNia ia ia laua, No ke aha la olua 
e wehe ai i-ke keild hoki ? 

34 I aka la laaa, Ua nele ka Ha- 
ka ia mea e poao ai. 

35 A kai mai la laaa ia ia io lesu 
la; a'kaa aku la lakou i ko lakou 
man aahu maluna o ke keild hoki, 
hooBoho Mia lakoa ia lesu mala- 
naiho. 

36 'A i kona holo ana'ka, hohola 
i)» la lakou i ko lakxm mau kapa 
^^ ke alanui. 

37 A kidDdie aku la oia ma ke 
^io ka maana o Oliveta, hauoli 
ae la ka ^n>«^niitytg. a paa, e hoo- 
lea sua i k» Akna me ka leo nuL 



LmLA, ZDC. 
AD. 38. 



oMaL IS. IS. 
k.25.3B. 
Mv.i.25. 
mo. 8. 18. 



pMar.lO.:32. 



qMaL21.1. 
Mar. 11. 1. 



r2NaU{J). 19 
Mat. 21. 7. 
Mar. 11.7. 
loa. 12. 14. 



• Mat 21. 8. 



and giv« k to him thai hath ten 
pounds. 

25 (And they said unto him, L<»d, 
he hath ten pounds.) 

26 For I say unto you, <> That unto 
every one which hath shall he giv- 
en; and firom him that hath not, 
even that he hath shall he taken 
away from him. 

27 But those mine enemies, which 
would not that I should reign over 
them, bring hither, and slay them 
before me. 

28 IT And when he had thus spok- 
en, Phe went before, ascending up 
to Jerusalem. 

29 1 And it came to pass, when he 
was come nigh to Bethphage and 
Bethany, at the mount called the 
mount of Olives, he sent two of his 
disciples, 

30 Saying, Go ye into the village 
over against you ; in the which at 
your entering ye shall find a colt 
tied, whereon yet never man sat: 
loose him, and bring him hither. 

31 And if any man ask you, Why 
do ye loose Aim ? thus shall ye say 
unto him^ Because the Lord hath 
need of him. 

32 And they that were sent went 
their way, and found even as he 
had said unto them. 

33 And as they were loosing the 
colt, the owners thereof said unto 
them, Why loose ye the eolt ? 

34 And they said. The Lord hath 
need of him. 

35 And they brought him to Jesus : 
'and they oast their garments upon 
the colt, and they set Jesus thereon. 



36 'And as he went, they spread 
their clothes in the way. 

37 And when he was come nigh, 
even now at the descent of the 
mount of Olives, the whole multi- 
tude of the disciples began to re- 



238 LUKA, XIX. 

no na hana xnana a pau a lakou i A. B. 33. 
ike ai ; 



38 I aku la, ^£ boopttikaiia ke 
Alii i hole mai nd TfOHssk inoa o ka 
Haku ; ^lie malu jJialoko o ka lani, 

. a he hoanani ikina lilo loa. 

39 A olelQ aku la ia ia kekahi poe 
Parisaio, mawaena o ka almkanaka, 
E ke Kumu, e papa oe i kau poe 
hatimana. 

40 Olelo mai la hoi oia, i mai la 
ia lakou, Ke olelo aku nei au ia 
oufcou, Ina e olelo ole lakou nei, e 
hooho koke mai no *na pohaku. 

41 ^ A kokoke aku la ia, nana ae 
la i ke kulanakauhale, J'uwe iho 
la oia iaia; 

42 I iho la, Ina oe i hoomanao, o 
oe, i keia la ou, i kau man mea e 
malu ai ! aka ano, ua hunaia no ia 
i kou mau maka. 

43 No ka mea e hiki mai ana no 
na la ia oe^ e hana mai ai kou poe 
enemi, i ka pakaua a poai ia oe, a 
' e hoopuni no hoi lakou ia oe, a e 
hoopaa ia oe ma keia aoao, a ma 
kela aoao a puni ; 

44 A *e hoohiolo lakou ia oe a me 
kau poe keiki iloko ou^ ''aole hoi 
lakou e waiho i kekahi pohaku 
iloko ou, maluna iho o kekahi po- 
haku ; no ka mea, ^ aole oe i hoo- 
manao i kou manawa i kipaia ai. 

45 ^ A komo ae lar oia iloko o ka 
luakini, kipaku aku la oia i ka poe 
kuai lilo aku maloko, a me ka poe 
kuai lilo mai. 

46 I mai la oia ia lakou, •Ua pa- 
lapalaia. He hale pule ko'u hale; 
aka, 'ua hooliloia'e nei ia e oukou i 
ana no ka poe powa. 

47 A ao mai la oia Uoko o ka lua- 
kini i kela la i keia la; a t> 'na 
kahuna nui a me ka poe kakauo- 
lelo, a me na luna o kanaka, imi 
ae la lakou e pepehi ia ia. 

48 Aole nae i loaa ia lakou ka 
mea e hiki ai' ; no ka mea, ua hoo- 
ikaika ka poe kanaka e hooloKe 
iaia. 



t HaL 118. 26. 
mo. 13. 35. 

u mo. 2. 14. 
£p.2.Ii. 



xHab.2.11. 
7 loa. 11.35. 



> It. 29. 8, 4. 
ler. 6. 3, 6. 
mo. 21. 20. 



»lNaIii9.7, 

8. 

Mik.3.12. 
b Mat 24. 2. 

Mar. 13.2. 

mo. 21.6. 
cDan. 9.24. 

mo. 1. 68, 78. 

1 Pet 2L 12. 
d Mat 21. 12. 

Mar.lLll, 

15. 

loa. 2. 14, 15. 



f ler. 7. 11. 



ffMar. 11. 18. 
loa. 7. 19. & 
8.37. 



I Ot^ hanged 
en him, 
Oih. 16. 14. 



joioe and praise God \rith a loud 
voice for all the mighty works that 
they had seen; 

38 Saying, ^Blessed U tlie King 
that eomeSi in the name of the 
Lord; "peace in heaven, and glory 
in the highest. 

39 And some of the Pharisees from 
among the multitude said unto hinij 
Master, robuke thy disciples. 

40 And he answered and said unto 
them, I tell you that, if these should 
hold their peace, 'the stoneswould 
immediately cry out. 

41 IT And when he waa come 
near, he beheld the city, and 'wept 
over it, 

42 Saying, If thou hadst kno^ 
even thou, at least in this thy day, 
the things whkh belong unto thy 
peace ! but now they are hid from 
thine eyes. 

43 For the days shall come upon 
thee, that thine enemies shall *cast 
a trench about thee, and compaa 
thee round, and keep thee in on 
every side. 

44 And • shall lay thee even isiti 
the ground, and thy children withu 
thee ; and »» they shall not leave u 
thee on© stone upon another; '!» 
cause thou knewest not the time o 
thy visitation. 

45 •» And he went into the temple 
and began to cast out them tha 
sold therein, and th^n that bought 



46 Saying vnto them, 



• Itisviit 



ten, My house is the house o 
prayer; but 'ye have made it 
den of thieves. 

47 And he taught daily in th 
temple. But » the chief pnests an 
the scribes and the chief of th 
people sought to destroy him, 

48 And could not find what the 
might do : for all the people i vei 
very attentive to hear him. 



LUKA, XX. 



t89 



E 



MOKUNA XX. 

lA hoi *kekahij i kekahi o ia 
man la, i kana ao ana i kana- 
h iloko ka Inakini me ka hai 
mai i ka euanelio, kan ae la na 
kahuna nni, a me ka poe kakauo- 
lelo, a me na Innakahiko ; 

2 Olelo aka la lakou ia ia, i' aku 
la, £ hai mai oe ia makou, ^ma ka 
mana hea i hana'i oe i keia mau 
niea? Nawai hoi ia mana i haawi 
iaoe? 

3 Olelo mai la oia, i mai la ia la* 
kou, Hookahi a'n mea hoi e ninau 
ah ai ia oukou, e hai mai hoi ou- 
kou ia'u. 

4 ka bapetizo ana o loane, no ka 
lani mai anci ia, no na kanaka anei ? 

^ A kukaknka lakod lakon iho, i 
iho la, Ina e olelo aku kakou, No 
ia lani ; e ninau mai no ia, No ke 
iha la hoi i manaoio ole ai oukou 
iaia? 

6 A ina e olelo kakou, No na ka- 
l^ka; e hailuku mai kanaka a pau 
lakaiou; no ka mea, '^i ko lakou 
manao he kaula o loane. 

\ A olelo aku la lakou, aole lakou 
' ike i kahi nolaila mai ia. 

5 I mai la hoi o leau ia lakou. 
Aole hoi au e hai aku ia oukou, i 
ta mana a'u i hana aku ai i keia 
•Dau mea. 

9 Alaila olelo mai oia i kanaka 
)keia olelonane ] ^Kanu iho la ke- 
*iM kanaka i ka malawaina, a 
^aiho aku ia i na hoaaina, a hele 
i^ku la a liuliu loa ma ka aina e. 

1^ A i ka manawa pono, hoouna 
J^ai la ia i kahi kauwa i ka poe 
aoaaina i haawi lakou ia ia i ka 
^Jia oka malawaina; apepehiiho 
'^ na hoaaina ia ia, a hoihoi nele 
*h la ia ia. 

11 Alaila hoouna hou mai la oia i 
^«kahi kauwa; a pepehi hou lakou 
^ la, a hoomainoino, a hoihoi nele. 
^'^Q la iaia. 

12 A mahope iho, hoouna hou mai 
»oiaikekolu; a hana eha aku la 
*«ottiaU,akipakuakula. 



A. D. 33. 



aMat.21.as. 



bOtti.4.7.fc 
7.27. 



e Mat U. & 

& 21. 28. 
mo. 7. 29. 



< Mat. 21. as. 
Mar. 12. L 



CHAPTER XX. 

AND •it came to pass, that on 
one of tiKMe days, as be taught 
the people in the temple, and 
preached the gospel, the chief 
priests and the soribea came upon 
him with the elders, 

2 And spake onto him, sayingi 
Tell us, >>by what authority doest 
thou these things? or who ia ho 
that gave tiiee this authority? 

3 And he answered and said unto 
them, I will also ask you one thing; 
and answer me : 

4 The baptism of John, was it* 
from heaven, or of men ? 

5 And they reasoned with them- 
selves, saying, If we shall say, 
From heaven; he will say. Why 
then believed ye him not ? 

6 But and if we say. Of men; all 
the people will stone us : ''for they 
be persuaded that John was a 
prophet. 

7 And they answered, that they 
could not tell whence it was. 

8 And Jesus said unto them, Nei- 
ther tell I you by what authority I 
do these things. 

9 Then began he to speak to the 
people this parable; 'A certain 
man planted a vineyard, and let it 
forth to husbandmen, and went into 
a far country for a long time. 

10 And at the season he sent a 
servant to the husbandmen, that 
they should give him of the fruit 
of the vineyard : but the husband- 
men beat Mm, and sent him away 
empty. 

1 1 And again he sent another serv- 
ant : and they beat him also, and 
entreated him shamefully, and aent 
him away empty. 

12 And again ho sent a third : and 
they wounded him also, and cast 
him out. 



A.D. 33. 



• HaL 118. 22. 
Mat.21.4S. 



rD«i.2.H 
86. 
Mat 21. 44. 



ffMat.22.15L 



li Mat 22. 16. 
Mar. 12. 14. 



I Or, ^ a 



S40 LUKA, XX. 

13 Alalia i iho la ka haka o ka 
malawaina, Pohea la wau o hana'i ? 
£ hoouna aku an i ka'u keiki pu- 
nahele, aia ike lakoa ia ia, e manao 
mahalo mai paha lakou ia ia. 

14 A ike ua poe hoaaina la ia ia, 
kamailio iho la lakoa ia lakou iho. 
i iho la, £ia ka hooilizia, iua hoi ! 
e pepehi kakou ia ia a make, i lilo 
io mai ka aina ia kakou. 

15 A kipaku aku la lakou ia ia 
mawaho o ka malawaina, pepehi 
iho la a make. Heaha la hoi ka 
ka haku nona ka malawaina e hana 
mai ai ia lakou ? 

16 £ hele mai no ia a luku mai ia 
poe hoaaina^ a e haawi aku i ka 
malawaioa i kekahi poe e. Olelo 
iho la ka poe e hoolohe ana, Aole 
loa ia ! 

17 A nana mai la oia ia lakou, i 
mai la, Heaha hoi ke ano o keia i 
palapalaia, O *ka pohaku a ka poe 
hana hale i haalele ai, oia ke hoo- 
liloia i pohaku kumu no ke hihi ? 

18 O ka mea e haule maluna iho 
o ua pohaku la, e haihaiia oia, a o 
' ka mea e hioloia'i e ia, e pepe loa 
no ia. 

19 ^ A imi iho la ka poe kahuna 
nui, a me ka poe kakauolelo e kau 
na lima maluna ona ia manawa, 
aka, ua makau lakou i kanaka : no 
ka mea, ua ike lakou, ua olelo mai 
oia i keia olelonane no lakou. 

20 'A kiai aku la lakou ia ia, a 
hoouna ae la i na kiu e hookamani 
ia lakou iho he mau kanaka pono } 
e hoohihia ia ia i kana olelo e 
haawi aku lakou ia ia i ka lima a 
mo ka mana o ke kiaaina ; 

21 A ninau aku lakou ia ia, i aku 
la, ''E ke kumu, ua ike makou he 
pololei kau olelo ana a me kau ao 
ana, aole oe i manao ia waho, aka, 
ua hoike oe i ka aoao o ke Akua mo 
ka oiaio ; 

22 He pono anei ke hookupu ma- 
kou ia Kaisara^ aole anei ? 

23 Ike no h^ oia i ko lakou maa- 
lea, i mai la la lakou, Ko ke aha la 
^^u i hoohuahualau mai nei ia'u ? \ 



13 Then said the lord of the -vine 
yaid. What shall I do? IvillseDi 
my beloved son : it may be the; 
will reverence him when they so 
him. 

14 But when the husbandmen sa^ 
him, they reasoned among tbem 
selves, saying. This is the heir 
oome, let us kill him, that the m 
heritance may be ours. 

15 So they cast him out of th( 
vineyard, and killed him. \Vhal 
therefore shall the lord of the m^ 
yard do unto them ? 

16 He shall oome and destio] 
these husbandmen, and shall gire 
the vineyard to others. Andvrheii 
they heard »f, they said, God forbid. 

17 And he beheld them, and said, 
What is this then that is written; 
•The stone which the huilders re- 
jected, the same is become the head 
of the comer ? 

18 Whosoever shall fall nponthaj 
stone shall be broken; but 'on 
whomsoever it shall fall, it ^I 
grind him to powder. 

19 IT And the chief priests andth( 
scribes the same hour sought to la) 
hands on him; and they feared thj 
people : for they perceived that n( 
had spoken this parahle agaiifii 
them. 

20 »And they watched *«'«,«»< 
sent forth spies, which should feifl 
themselves justmen, thattheymigfi 
take hold of his words, that so the] 
might deliver him unto the pov« 
and authority of the governor. 

21 And they asked him, m^ 
*• Master, we know that thou sayj 
and teachest rightly, neither acc^ 
est thou the person of any, ^ 
teachest the way of God » truly : 



22 Is it lawful for us to give 
ute unto Cesar, or no ? 

23 But he perceived their cil 
ness, and said imto them, » 
tempt ye me ? 



24 £ hoike mai onkou ia'n i kahi 
liapawalu ; nowai kona kii a me ka 
palapala ? Hai aku la lakou, i aku 
la hoi, No Kaisara. 

25 I mai la oia ia lakou, E haawi 
aka hoi i ka Kaisara la Kaisara, a 
1 ka ke Akua i ke Akua. 

26 Aole e hiki ia lakou ke hoohi- 
hia ia ia ma kana olelo imua o ke 
alo o kanaka : a hf^anu Iho la la- 
kou me ka mahalo i ka olelo ana i 
hai mai at. 

27 ^* Alalia hele ae la kekahi o 
ka poe Sadukaio, ^ka poe i hoole i 
ke alahou ana : ninau aku la lakou 
iaia, 

28 I aku la, E ke Kumu, ua pala- 
pala mai o 'Mose ia makou, ka 
mea ua make kona kaikuaana ka 
mea wahine, a i make keiki ole, e 
mare aku kona kaikaina i kana 
wahine, a e hoohanau keiki na kona 
ksukuaana. 

29 Ehiku no hoahanau kane; a 
maie aka la ka mua i ka wahine, 
a make keiki ole ia. 

30 A mare iho la kona hope niai i 
ua wahine la, a make keiki ole no 
hoi ia. 

31 A o ke kolu hoi, ua mare aku 
la oia ia ia, a pela no hoi lakou a 
ehiku; make Uio la lakou, aole a 
lakou keiki. 

32 A mahope o lakou a pau, make 
iho la no hoi ua wahine la. 

33 A i ke ala hou ana, owai la ka 
mea o lakou ia ia ka wahine ? No 
ka mea, ua mare lakou a ehiku ia ia. 

34 Hai mai la lesu, i mai la ia 
lakou, O ko ke ao nei, ua mare la- 
kou, a ua hoopalauia no hoi ; 

35 Aka, o ka poe e pono ke loaa 
pu ia lakou kela ao aku me ka hoala 
houiamai mai waena mai o ka poe 
make, aole o lakou e more, aole no 
lu)i e hoopalauia. 

36 No ka mea, aole e hiki ia la- 
kou ke make hou, no ka mea, e like 
110 "lakou me ka poe anela ; he poe 
k»iki hoi lakou na ke Akua, °na 

keiki hoi o ke ala hou ana. 
H.fcK. ^^ 



LUKA, XX. 
A.D. 33. 



iMatttSS. 
Mar. 12. 18. 
kOlh.23.6.8. 



BlKor.l&4S, 

49,52. 
1 loa. 3. S. 
BAom.8. S3. 



241 

24 Shew me a « penny. Whose 
image and superscription hath it? 
They answered and said, Cesar's. 

25 And he said unto them, Ren- 
der therefore unto Cesar the things 
which be Cesar's, and unto God the 
things which be God's. 

26 And they could not take hold 
of his words before the people : and 
they marvelled at his answer, and 
held their peace. 

27 IT* Then came to him certain 
of the Sadduoees, ^ which deny that 
there is any resurrection ; and they 
asked him, 

28 Saying, Master, * Mos^s wrote 
unto us, If any man's brother die, 
having a vnfe, and he die without 
children, that his brother should 
take his wife, and raise up seed 
unto his brother. 

29 There were therefore sevel^.' 
brethren : and the first took a wife,- 
and died without children. 

30 And the second took her to wife, 
and he died childless. 

31 And the third took her ; and in 
like manner the seven also: and 
they left no children, and died. 

32 Last of all the woman died 
also. 

33 Therefore in the resurrection 
whose wife of them is she ? for sev- 
en had her to wife. 

34 And Jesus answering said unto 
them, The children of this world 
marry, and are given in marriage : 

35 But they which shall be ac- 
counted worthy to obtain that world, 
and the resurrection from the dead, 
neither marry, nor are given inf 
marriage : 

36 Neither can they die any more : , 
for "they are equal unto the angels; 
and are the children of God, "being 
the children of the resurrection. 



L 



242 

37 A 110 ka hoala hou ana o ka poe 
i make, °ua hoike mai o Mose ma 
ka 4itfLU i kona kapa ana i ka Ha- 
ku, ke Akua no Aberahama, ke 
Akua no Isaaka, ke Akua no la- 
koba. 

38 Aole hoi ia he Akua no ka poe 
make, aka, no ka poe ola ; no ka 
mea, ^e ola ana lakou a pau ia ia. 

39 If Alaila olelq^ aku la kekahi 
poe kakauolelo, i aku la, £ ke 
Kumu^ ua pono kau olelo ana. 

40 Aole hoi o lakou i aa e ninau 
hou aku ia ia. 

41 A i jnai la oia ia lakou, <»Pe- 
hea la liol lakou i olelo ai, He keiki 
ka Mesia iia Davida? 

42 A o Davida kekahi i olelo mai 
ma ka buke Halelu, ""I mai la o le- 
hova i kuu Haku, E noho oe ma ko'u 
lima akau, 

43 A hoolilo iho »u i kou poe 
enemi i paepae ho kou mau wa- 

^wae. 

44 Nolaila, ina pela o Davida i 
kapa ai ia ia i Haku^ pehea la hoi 
ia e keiki ai nana ? 

45 HI ■ A i ka hooloho ana o ka poe 
kanaka, olelo mai la oia i kana poe 
haumana, 

46 ^ £ malama ia oukou iho i ka 
poe kakauolelo, ka poe i makemake 
e hele me ka lole hooluelue, a me 
ke "alohaia mai ma kahi kanaka, 
a me na noho kiekie maloko o na 
halehalawai, a me na wahi maikai 
loa i na ahaaina ; 

47 'Ka poe i hoopau i na hale 
na wahinekanemake, a hooloihi 
hoi i ka pule i ikeia mai ai ; e nui 
auanei hoi ko lakou make. 



MOKUNA XXI. 

A NANA ae la ia, a »ike i ka 
poe waiwai e hoolei ana i ka 
lakou mau makana iloko o ka wai- 
bona kala. 

2 A ike ae la ia i kekahi -wahine- 
kanemake ilihune, e hoolei ana i na 
lepeta elua iloko. 

3 A olelo mai la ia, He oiaio ka'u 



LTJKA, XXI. 



pRom. 6. 10, 



qMat.S2.42. 
Mar. 12. S5. 



rllaMlO.l. 
Oib. 2. 34. 



■ Mat23. 1. 
Mar. 12. 38. 



t Mat 23. 5. 



u mo. 11. 43. 



X Mat. 23. 14. 



a Mar. 12. 41. 



D See Mar. 12. 
42. 



37 Now that the dead aie raised, 
oeven Moses shewed at the bush, 
when he calleth the Lord the God 
of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, 
and the God of Jacob. 

38 For he is not a God of the dad, 
but of the living : for p all live uato 
him. 

39 IT Then certain of the scribes 
answering said, Master, thou hast 
Well S3.id 

40 And after that they durst not 
ask him any gtiestion at all. 

41 And he said unto them, ■'Hot 
say they that Christ is David's son? 

42 And David himself saith in tto 
book of Psalms, 'The Lord sS 
unto my Lord, Sit thou on my right 
hand, 

43 Till I make thine enemies thy 
footstool. 

44 David therefore calleth him 
Lord, how is he then his son? 

45 1 ' Then in the audience of all 
the people he said unto his d"' 

^4?*Beware of the scribes, which 
desire to walk in long robes, and 
"love greetings in the markets, m 
the highest seats in the synagogues, 
and the chief rooms at feasts; 



47 'Which devour widows' houses, 
and for a shew make long prayer? 
the safoe shall receive greater dam- 
nation. 

CHAPTER XXI. 

AND he looked up, 'and saw thj 
rich men casting their gifts inK 
the treasury. 

2 And he saw also a certain pow 
widow casting in thither two«iwte8 

3 And he«aid,Of atruthlflfl 



i olelo aka nei ia onkon, ^ua oi 
&ka ka mea a keia Yrahinekane- 
nakc ilihune i hoolei ai iloko ma- 
nna ka lakoa a pan. 

4 No ka mea, o lakou nei a pan, 
la hoolei i kau wahi o ko lakoa wai- 
m nui iwaena o na makana no ke 
^kua; aka, o keia wahine, ua hoolei 
M loa iloko i kana mea hoi e ola'i. 
3 ^ '^A i ka olelo ana o kekahi poe 
10 ka luakini, i ka hoonaniia me na 
[lohaka maikai, a me na mohai, i 
mai la oia, 

,6 E hiki mai ana na la e hoohio- 
kia i keia man mea a onkou e ike 
Dei, ''aole o koe kekahi pohaku ma- 
lum iho kekahi pohaku. 

1 Alalia ninau aka la lakou ia ia, 
i aka la, E ke Kama, ahea la ua- 
aei hiki mai ai ia mau mea ? a 
baha hoi ka hoailona o ko lakou 
^\ ana mai ? 

5 A olelo mai la ia, * E malama 

puni oukouj no ka mea, he nui 
ka poe e hele mai ana ma ko'u 
iBoa, olelo ana, Owau no ia ; a e 
kokoke mai nei ka manawa; mai 
Jia-hai aku hoi oukou ia lakou. 

H i ka wa e lohe ai oukou i na 
^^ a me ka haunaele ana, mai 
iopohopo oukou j no ka mea, aole 
c ole kahiki e ana o ia mau mea ; 
ilka, aole kokoke mai ka pau ana. 

lO^Olelo mai la oia ia lakou. 
Alalia e ku e mai kekahi lahuika- 
jaka i kekahi lahuikanaka, a o ke- 
kahi aupuni i kekahi aupuni. 
.11 E Mki mai ana no na olai nui 

1 keia waM a i kola wahi, a me na 
^P wi, a me na mai ; a e ikeia'ku 
'^^ na mea makau a me na hoailo- 
^ m ma ka lani. 

12 eAka, mamoa o ua mau mea 
la, e laiau ko lakou mau lima ia 
*u, a e hoomaaa lakou, a e 
naawi aku ia oukou i na haleha- 
lawai, a •'iloko o na halepaahao, 
a e kaiia'ku oukou imua o na'lii a 
""^ na kiaaina ^ no ko'u inoa. 
. 13 ' A e lilo ana ia mea no oukou 
itoeaehoikeai. 



LUKA, XXi. S43 

onto you, "that this poor widow 
hath cast in more than they all : 



e Mat 24. 1. 
Mar. IS. 1. 



110.41. 



e Mat 24. 4. 
Mar. IS. & 
£p. 5. 6. 
2 Tea. 2. 3. 



f Mat. 24. 7. 



ff Mar. 13.9. 
Hoik. 2. 10. 



hOih.4.S.& 
5. 18. & 12. 4. 
&16.24. 

i Oih. 25. 23. 

k 1 Pet 2. 13. 

1 Pil. 1. 28. 
2Tm,1.5l 



4 For all these hare of their 
ahundance oast in unto the offer- 
ings of Grod : hut she of her penury- 
hath cast in all the living that she 
had. 

5 % ''And as some spake of the 
temple, how it was adorned with 
goodly stones and gifts, he said, 

6 As for these things which ye 
hehold, the days will come, in the 
which <^ there shall not be left one 
stone upon another, that shall not 
be thrown down. 

7 And they asked him, saying, 
Master, but when shall these things 
be? and what sign will there be 
when these things shall come to 
pass? 

8 And he said, "Take heed that 
ye be not deceived : for many shall 
come in my name, saying, 1 am 
Christ ; and the time draweth near : 
go ye not therefore after them. 

9 But when ye shall hear of wars 
and commotions, be not terrified : 
for these things must first come to 
pass ; but the end is not by and by. 

10 'Then said he unto them. Na- 
tion shall rise against nati<ni, and 
kingdom against kingdom : 

1 1 And great earthquakes shall be 
in divers places, and famines, and 
pestilences; and fearful sights and 
great signs shall there be from 
heaven. 

1 2 » But before all those, they shall 
lay their hands on you, and perse- 
cute yoUj delivering you w^ to Ihe 
synagogues, and **into prisons, 'be- 
ing brought before kings and rulers 
^ for my name's sake. 

13 And * it shall turn to you for a 
tefitunouy- 



A.D. 33. 



AOih.6.10. 



eMik.7.6. 
Mar. 1& 12. 



P Oih. 7. S9. 
&12.2. 
qMat.10.22. 

r Mat 10. ao. 



• Mat. 24. 15. 
Mar. IS. 14. 



%U LUFA^XXI. 

14 ">Nolaila e waiho i keia iloko 
o ko oukou mau naau, aole e manao 
mua i ka oukou mea e olelo ai. 

15 No ka mea, e haam aku au i 
waha no oukou a me ke akamai, 
^aole e hiki i ko oukou poe enemi 
a pau ke hoopohala, aole hoi ke 
pale ae. 

16 **A e kumakaiaia'ku no hoi ou- 
kou e na makua, a me na hoaha- 
nau, a me na hanauna, a me na 
makamaka; a e pepehi mai lakou 
i Pkekahi poe o oukou a make. 

1 7 A *i e inainaia mai oukou e na 
mea a pau no ko'u inoa. 

18 'Aole hoi e lilo ke oho hookahi 
o ko oukou poo. 

19 Me ke ahonui e malama ai ou- 
kou i ko oukou mau uhane. 

20 'A i ka wa e ike ai oukou ia 
lerusalema e hoopuniia e na kaua, 
alaila e ike oukou, ua kokoke mai 
kona neoneo ana. 

21 Alaila o ka poe ma ludaia, e 
holo lakou i na mauna ; a o ka poe 
maloko ona, e holo lakou mawaho ; 
a o ka poe ma na aina, mai komo 
lakou iloko ona. 

22 No ka mea, o na la ia e hoo- 
paiia'i, a *e ko ai hoi na mea a pau, 
i palapalaia. 

23 " Auwe hoi ka poe wahine ha- 
pai, a me ka poe hanai waiu ia mau 
la ! no ka mea, e nui ana ka poino 
maluna o ka aina a me ka huhu i 
keia lahuikanaka. 

24 A e haule no lakou i ka pahi 
kaua, a e lawe pio ia'ku lakou i na 
aina a pau ; a e hehiia auanei o le- 
rusalema ilalo e na kanaka e, *a 
pau aku na manawa o ko na aina e. 

25 IT ' A e ikeia'ku hoi na hoailona 
ma ka la, a ma ka mahina, a ma 
na hoku ; a maluna o ka honua hoi 
ka pilikia ana o na lahuikanaka, 
me ka pilihua; e haalulu ana ke 
kai a me ke kupikipiMo. 

26 £ maule no hoi na kanaka, i 
ka makau a me ka manad ansi i na 
mea e hiki mai.ana maluna iho o 



t Dan. 9. 26, 

27. 

Zek. 11. 1. 
u Mat. 24 19. 



X Dan. 9. 27. 
& 12. 7. 
Rom. 11. 25l 

y Mat 24. 29. 
Mar. 13. 24. 
2 Pet 3. lo; 
12. 



14 * Settle it therefore in yon 
hearts, not to meditate before ^i 
ye shall ans'v^er : 

15 For I -will give you a mont 
and wisdom, "which ail your advei 
saries shall not be able to gainsa 
nor resist. 

16 ^And ye shall be betrayed bot 
by parents, and brethren, and kiuj 
folks, and friends ; and ^some of yo 
shall they cause to be put to deaU 

17 And *ye shall be hated of a 
men for my name's sake. 

18 'But there shall not a hair c 
your head perish. 

1 9 In your patience possess ye yoi 
souls. 

20 'And when ye shall see Jernsi 
lem compassed with armies, the 
know that the desolation thereof i 
nigh. 

21 Then let them which are in Ji 
dea flee to the mountains ; and 1( 
them which are in the midst of 
depart out ; and let not them thi 
are in the countries enter then 
into. 

22 For these be the days of vengi 
ance, that *all things 'which a] 
written may be fulfilled. 

23 "But woe unto them that ai 
with child, and to them that gii 
suck, in those days ! for there sha 
be great distress in the land, ai 
wrath upon this people. 

24 And they shall fall by the edf 
of the sword, and shall bo led awj 
captive into all nations : and Jen 
salem shall be trodden down of t) 
Gentiles, * until the times of tl 
Gentiles be fulfilled. 

25 ^ I" And there shall be signs : 
the sun, and in the moon, and in tl 
stars ; and upon the earth distre 
of nations, with perplexity; the S4 
and the waves roaring ; 

26 Men's hearts failing them i 
fear, and for looking after iho 
things which are oomiiig^on t] 



h honiia ; no ka mea e ■hoonaue- 
ia'na na mea mana o ka lani. 

27 Alalia e ike ai lakou i ke Reiki 
a ke kanaka *e hele mai ana malu- 
Ba iho o kekahi ao, me ka mana, a 
me ka nani nui. 

28 A i ka hoomakaia'na o ua man 
mea la, alaila e nana ae oukou e 
ea'e hoi i ko oukou mau poo ; no ka 
mea, ^ ua kokoke mai ko oukou ola. 

29 'A olelo mai la ola i ka olelo- 
naoe ia lakou ; £ hoomanao oukou 
i ka laau fiku, a me na laau a pau. 

30 1 ka wa e ike ai oukou i ko la- 
kou muo ana'e, alaila ike no oukou 
na kokoke mai ka makalii. 

31 Pela hoi oukou, i ka wa e ike 
ai oukou i ka hiki ana mai o ia mau 
mea, e manaoio oukou ua kokoke 
mai no ke aupnni o ke Akua. 

32 He oiaio ka'u e olelo aku nei 
ia oukou, aole e hala keia hanauna 
mamua o ka hooko ana o ia mau 
mea a pau. 

33 ^ £ lilo no ka lani, a me ka ho- 
nua; oka, o ka'u mau olelo, aole 
loa ia e lilo. 

34 ^ * £ malama hoi oukou ia ou- 
kou iho, o kaumaha auanei ko ou- 
kou mau naau i ka uhauha ana, a 
me ka ona ana, a me ka manao ana 
ma keia ao, o kau mai hoi ua la la 
fflaluna iho o oukou, me ka manao 
ole ia'ku. 

35 No ka mea, e kau mai ana ia 
'me he upena la maluna o ka poe 
a pau e noho ana maluua o ka ho- 
nua a pau. 

36 ^Nolaila e kiai oukou me ka 
^pule i keia manawa a i keia ma- 
nawa, i manaoia mai oukou e pono 
kc pakele ia mau mea a pau e kau 
mai ana, a 'e ku hoi imua o ke Kei- 
j:i a ke kanaka. 

37 *^ A i na ao, e ao ana no ia ma- 
loko o ka luakini ; a i ^ na po, hele 
ac la no ia a noho ma ka wauna i 
kapaia o Oliveta. 

38 A i ke kakahiaka, hele mai la 
na kanaka io na la iloko o ka lua- 
kini, e^hoolohe ia ia. 




2S. 

«M«L 24. SI 
Mar. 13. 28. 



LUKA, XXI. 945 

earth: 'for the powen of heaven 

shall be shaken. 

27 And then shall they see the 
Son of man * coming in a cloud with 
power and great glory. 

28 And when these things begin to 
come to pass, then look up, and lift 
up your heads; for ^your redemp- 
tion draweth nigh. 

29 'And he spake to them a par- 
able; Behold the fig tree, and all 
the trees ; 

30 When they now shoot forth, ye 
see and know of your own selves 
that summer is now nigh at hand. 

31 So likewise ye, when ye see 
these things come to pass, know ye 
that the kingdom of Grod is nigh at 
hand. 

32 Verily I say unto you, This 
generation shall not pass away, till 
all be fulfilled. 

33 "* Heaven and earth shall pass 
away ; but my words shall not pass 
away. 

34 IT And * take heed to yourselves^ 
lest at any time your hearts be 
overcharged with surfeiting, and 
drunkenness, and cares of this life, 
and so that day come upon you un- 
awares. 

35 For 'as a snare shall it come 
on all them that dwell on the face 
of the whole earth. 

36 ' Watch ye therefore, and ^pray 
always, that ye may be accounted 
worthy to escape all these things 
that shall come to pass, and 'to 
stand before the Son of man. 

37 ^'And in the daytime he was 
Reaching in the temple; and *at 
night he went out, and abode in the 
mount that is called the mount of 
Olives. 

38 And all the people came early 
in the morning to him in the temple, 
ior to hear him. 



dM«tS4 3S. 



• Rom. 13. 13. 
1 Te«. 5. 6. 
1 Pet. 4. 7. 



f 1 Tefc 5. 2L 
3PeLaiO. 
Hoik. 3. 3. Ii 
16. 15. 

S Mat 34. 42 
Ii25. IS. 
Mar. 13. 83. 

h mo. 18. 1. 



i Hal. 1. 5. 
Ep. 6. 13. 

kloa. a. 1,2. 
I mo. 22. 39. 



M* 



LUKA^ XKH 



MOKUNA XXn. 



A£ kokoke mai ana ^ka aJbaaina 
berena hu ole, i kapaia ka mo- 
liaola; 

2 '' A imi iho la na xahuna nui a 
me ka poe kakauolelo i xnea e mate 
ai oia ia lakou ;. no ka mea^^ ua ho- 
pohopo lakou i kanaka. 

3 ^ '^ Alalia komo iho lao Satana 
iloko o luda i kapaia o Isekariote, 
oia kekahi o ka umikumamalua. 

4 A hele aku la ia a kuka pu me 
na kahuna nui, a me na luna kiai, 
i mea e haawi aku ai oia ia ia ia 
lakou. 

5 A olioli iho la lakou, a <^olelo 
mai la e haawi i kala ia ia. 

6 Hooia aku la oia, a imi aku la e 
kumakaia ia ia i ka wa e kaawale 
aku ai ka ahakanaka. 

7 * ^ A hiki mai ka lao ka ahaaina 
herena hu ole, ka la e pono ai ke 
pepehi i ke keiki hipa moliaola ; 

8 Hooima ae la hoi oia ia Petero, 
a me loane, i mai la, E hele olua 
e hoomakaukau no kakou i ka mo- 
liaola c ai ai kakou. 

9 Ninau aku la laua ia ia, Mahea 
la i kou inakemake e hoomakaukau 
ai maua ? 

10 A hai mai la oia ia laua, Aia 
hoi, i ko olua komo ana iloko o ke 
kulanakauhale, e halawai mai me 
olua kekahi kanaka e hall ana i 
ke kiaha ooma wai ; e hahai olua 
ia ia iloko o ka hale ana e komo 
ai. 

11 A e olelo olua i ka mea nona 
ka hale, Ke ninau nei ke Kumu ia 
oe, Auhea ke keena ahaaina, kahi 
e ai ai au me ka'u mau haumana, 
i ka moliaola ? 

12 A hoike mai no oia ia olua i 
ke keena nui maluna i hoolakola- 
koia; malaila olua e hoomakau-^ 
kau ai. 

13 Hele aku la laua, a ike aku la 
e like mo kana olelo ana ia laua; 
a hoomakaukau iho la laua 1 ka 
moliaola. 

14 'A hiki mai ka hora, noho iho 



A.D. 33. 



b Hal. Z 2. 
loa. 11. 47. 
Oih. 4. 27. 



e Mat. 28. 14. 
Mar. 14. 10. 
loa. Id; 2, 37. 



dZ«k 11. IZ 



I Or, toilhout 



• Mat. 26. 17. 
Mar. 14. 12: 



t Mat 26. 20. 
Mar. 14. 17. 



CHAPTER XXII. 



NOW *the feast of unleavened 
bread drew nigh, which is 
called the passover. 

2 And ^'the chief priests and 
scribes sought how they might kill 
him y for they feared the people. 

3 IT •'Then entered Satan into Ju- 
das sumamed Iscariot, being of the 
number of the twelve. 

4 And he went his way, and com- 
muned with the chief priests and 
captains, how he might betray him 
unto them. 

5 And they were glad, and * cov- 
enanted to give him money. 

6 And he promised, and sought op- 
portunity to betray him unto them 
II in the absence of the multitude. 

7 IT "Then oame the day of un-l 
leavened bread, when the passover 
must be killed. 

8 And he sent Peter and John, say- 
ing. Go and prepare us the passover^ 
that we may eat. 

9 And they said unto him, Wher€ 
wilt thou that we prepare ? 

10 And he said unto them, Be- 
hold, when ye are entered into the 
city, there shall a man meet you, 
bearing a pitcher of water ; follovi 
him into the house where ho enter 
eth in. 

11 And ye shall say unto xln 
goodman of the house. The Maste: 
saith unto thee, Where is the guest 
chamber, where I shall eat th< 
passover with my disciples ? 

12 And he shall shew you a larg 
upper room furnished : there mak 
residy. 

13 And they went, and found a 
he had said unto them: and the 
made ready the passover.' 

14 ' And when the hoar was ooin< 



LUKA, xxn. 



la ia 6 ai^ a me ka poe Itmaol^lo hQ 
nmikumamslua mo ia. 

15 A olelo mai la oia ia lakou, 
He nui ka makemako a'u i make- 
make ai e ai pu mo oukou i keia 
maliaola mamua o ko^u make ami : 

16 No ka mea, ke hai aka nei au 
iaoakou, aole au e ai hoa aku ii, 
'a hooko e ia mai ia iloko o ke an- 
puni ke Akaa. 

17 Alaila, lalaii iho la oia i ke 
kiiha, a hoomaikai aku la, i mai la, 
£ lawo oukou i keia, a e kailike ia 
oukou iho ; 

IS No ka mea, ^'ke olelo aku nei 
aa ia oukou, aole au e inu i ko ke 
kama waina, a hiki e mai ke au- 
puni ke Akua. 

1) ^ ' Alaila lalau iho la ia i ka 
berena, hoomaikai aku la, a wa- 
^^hi iho la, a haa-vri mai la ia la- 
kou, i mai la, ko'u kino keia i 
liaawiia no oukou; ^e hana hoi 
oukou i keia me ka hoomanao mai 
ia'u. 

20 Pela no hoi i ke kiaha, mahope 
iho ka aina, i mai la, > keia kia- 
lia, kc kauoha hou ia iloko o ko'u 
bko i hookaheia no oukou. 

21 ^ "Eia hoi ea, o ka lima o ka 
mea nana an e kumakaia, eia pu 
me an ma ka papa aina. 

22 »E hole ana no hoi ke Keild a 
te kanaka ° e liko me ka mea i hoo- 
maopopoia'i ; aka, e poino keia ka- 
naka nana ia c kumakaia ! 

23 p Alalia imi iho la lakou ia la- 
kou iho i ko lakou mea nana o hana 
ia mea. 

24 If •* Ua hoopaapaa e lakou ia la- 
kou iho i ko Jakou mea e juanao- 
la na he pookela. 

25 'A olelo mai la oia ia lakou, 
la hooalii na'iii o na lahuikanaka 
uialuna o lakou ; a o ka poe i hoo- 
koikoi maluna o lakou, ua kapaia 
lakou he poe hana lokomaikai. 

26 'Aka, mai mea oukou pela; 'o 
ke pookela nao iwaena oukou, e 
Jtse ia me ka mea uuku ; a o ka 

97^u' ° ^^® ^* °*® ^^ ^^^ lawelawe. 
27 " Owai la ka mea nui, o ka mea 



A.D. 83. 



ffmo.14. 1& 
Oih.10.41. 
Uoil(.19.9. 



hUKt.38.29. 
&Ur.l4.2a. 



i Mat 36. 96. 
Mar. 14. 22. 



klKor.ll.2i. 



llKor.l0.?L6. 



mHaL41.9. 
Mat. 26. 21, 

Mar. 14. 18. 

loa. 13. 21, 

26. 

nMaL26.24. 
oOih.2.23.Jc 

4.28. 

P Mat 26. 22. 
loa.l3.22,2Sw 



q Mar. 9. 34. 
mo. 9. 46. 



r Mat 20. 25. 
Mar. 10. 42. 



■ Mat 20. 26. 
IPet&S. 
t mo. 9. 48. 



S47 

he sat down, ^Xid the twelve apos* 

ties with him. 

1 5 And he said unto them, > With 
desire I have desired to eat this 
passover with you before I suffer : 

16 For I say unto you, I will not 
any more eat thereof, 'until it W 
fulfilled in the kingdom of God. 

i 

17 And he. took the cup, and gave 
thanks, and said. Take this, and di- 
vide it among yourselves : 

18 For ""I say unto you, I will not 
drink of the fruit of the vine, xmtil 
the kingdom of God shall oome. 

19 T * And he took bread, and gave 
thanks, and brake it, and gave unto 
them, saying. This is my body 
which is given for you : ''this do in, 
remembrance of me. 



20 Likewise also the cup after 
supper, saying, 'This cup is the 
new testament in my blooa, which 
ia shed for you. 

21 T "But, behold, the hand of 
him that betrayeth me is with me 
on the table. 

22 "And truly the Son of man 
goeth, » as it was determined : but 
woe unto that man by whom he is 
betrayed ! 

23 PAnd they began to inquire 
among themselves, which of them 
it was that should do this thing. 

24 IT ' And there was also a strifb 
among them, which of them should 
be accounted the greatest. 

25 'And he said unto them, The 
kings of the Gentiles exercise lord- 
ship over them ; and they that exer- 
cise authority upon them are called 
benefactors. 

26 "But ye shall not be so: *but 
he that is greatest among you, let 
him be as the younger ; and he that 
is chief, as he that doth serve. 

27 "For whether is greater, he 



248 



LUKA, XXII. 



e noho ana e ai, a o ka mea lawe- 
lawe anei ? Aole anei o ka mea e 
noho ana e ai? Aka ua like 'au 
me ka mea law^elawe iwaena o 
oukou. 

28 oukou ka poe i noho pu mai 
me au iloko o ko'u J^popilikia ana. 

29 ' A ke haawi aku nei au ia ou- 
kou i ke aupuni, me ko'u Makua i 
haawi mai ai ia^u. 

30 ^E ai oukou a e inu hoi ma 
ka'u papa aina iloko o ko'u aupuni, 
a ^ 6 noho hoi ma na noho alii e 
hoopono ana i na ohana he umiku- 
mamalua a Iseraela. 

31 IT Olelo mai la hoi ka Haku, E 
Simbna, e Simona, ea, ua noi mai o 
^ Satana e loaa oukou ia ia '^ e ka- 
nana oia ia oukou o like me ka hua 
palaoa : 

32 Aka, "ua pule au nou i pau 
ole kou manaoio; aia 'hoohuliia 
mai oe e hooikaika oe i kou poe 
hoahanau. 

33 I aku la hoi oia ia ia, E ka 
Haku, ua makaukau wau e helc pu 
me oe 1 ]ia halepaahao, a i ka make. 

34 ^ I mai la hoi ia, Ko olelo aku 
nei au ia oe, o Petero, aole e kani 
ka moa i keia la mamua o kou 
hoolc akolu ana i kou ike ana ia'u. 

35 ** Alalia olelo mai la oia ia la- 
kou, I ka wa i hoouna aku ai au ia 
oukou me ka aa kala ole, a me ke 
kieke ai ole, a me ke kamaa ole, i 
nele anei oukou i kekahi mea e po- 
no ai ? Hai aku la hoi lakou, Aole. 

36 Alaila olelo mai' la oia ia la- 
kou, Aka ano, o ka mea aa kala, e 
lawe ia, a pela hoi i ke kieke ai ; 
a o ka mea nele i ka pahikau, e 
kuai lilo aku i kona aahu, a e kuai 
lilo mai i ka pahikaua. 

37 No ka mea, ke hai aku nei au 
ia oukou, ia'u no e hookoia'i ka 
mea i palapalaia, *Ua helu pu ia 
oia me ka poe hana hewa ; no ka 
mea, e pau auanei na mea no'u. 

38 Olelo aku la hoi lakou, E ka 
Haku, eia hoi, na pahikaua elua. 
Ijttai la oia ia lakou, He nui iho 
""•^ia. 



A.D. 33, 




yHeb.-4.15. 

s Mat 21 47. 
mo. 12. 32. 
2 Kor. 1. 7. 
2 Tim. 2:12. 

a Mat. 8. 11. 

mo. 14. 15. 

Uik. 19. 9. 
b Hal. 49. 14. 
Mat. 19. 28. 
1 Kor. 6. 2. 
Hoik. 8. 21. 



c 1 Pet 5. 8. 
d Am. 9. 9. 



eloa.17.9,11, 

15. 
f Hal. 51. IS. 

loa. 21. 15, 

16, 17. 



sMatSe. S4. 
Mar. 14. SO. 
loa. 13. 38. 



h Mat 10.9. 
mo. 9. 3. ic 
10.4. 



i 1«. 58. 12. 
Mar. 15. 28. 



that eitteth at meat, or he that serr- 
eth ? is not he that sitteth at meat? 
but ^I am among you as he that 
serveth. 

28 Ye are they "which have con- 
tinued with me in ^my temptations. 

29 And *I appoint unto you a 
kingdom, as my Father hath ap- 
pointed unto me ; 

30 That * ye may eat and drink at 
my table in my kingdom, ""and sit 
on thrones judging the twelve tribes 
of Israel. 

31 IT And the Lord said, Simon, 
Simon, behold, ^ Satan hath desired 
to have you, that ho may *sift you 
as wheat : 

32 But *I have prayed for thee, 
that thy faith fail not : ' and when 
thou art converted, strengthen thy 
brethren. 

33 And he said unto him, Lord, I 
am ready to go with thee, bothint(j 
prison, and to death. 

34 e And he said, I toll thee, PetcrJ 
the cock shall not crow this day, bci 
fore that thou shalt thrice deny thai 
thou knowest me. 

35 ^ And he said unto them, "Wheij 
I sent you without purse, and scripl 
and shoes, lacked ye any thing j 
And they said, Notlung. 



36 Then said he unto them, Bu 
now, he that hath a purse, let bin 
take it, and likewise nis scrip : an< 
he that hath no sword, let him sel 
his garment, and buy one. 

37 For I say imto you, that thi 
that is written must yet be accozn 
plished in me, 'And he was reckon 
ed among the transgressors : for th 
things concerning me have an end 

38 And they said, Lord, behoW 
here are two swords. And he sai< 
unto them, It is enough. 



39 f ''Alalia pnka ia iwaho, a 
'hele i ka mauna o Oliveta, me ka- 
na i hana man ai ; a hahai aku la 
kana man faaumana ia ia. 

40 "A hiki aku ia ilaila, i mai la 
oia ia lakoa, £ pule oukou o lilo i 
ka lioowalewaleia. 

41 "Mamao aku la hoi oia mai o 
lakoa aku, me he nou ana la o ka 
pohaku, a kukuli iho la ilalo, pule 
aku la ia, 

42 1 aku la, £ ka Makua, ina e 
pono ia oe, e lawe aku oe i keia 
kiahamai o'u aku nei; <*aole hoi o 
ko'tt makemake, aka, o kou no ke 
liaaaia. 

43 A ikeia'e la e ia Pka anela, 
inai ka lani mai, e hooikaika ana 
iaia. 

44 1 A ua puni ia i ka eha nui, 
pole ikaika aku la ia ; a ua like 
hoi kona hou me na kulu nui o ke 
koko e haule ana ilalo i ka lepo. 

45 A ka ae la ia mai ka pule ana, 
hoi mai la ia i kana mau haumana, 
^e mai la ia lakoa e hiamoe ana 
ao ke kaumaha ; 

46 1 mai la hoi oia ia lakou, No 
ke aha la oukou e hiamoe nei ? E 
alae iluna^ 'e pule hoi oukou, o 
lilo oukou i ka hoo^walewaJeia. 

47 If A ia ia e olelo ana, * aia hoi, 
ka lehulehu^ a o ka mea i kapaia 
luda, kekahi o ka poe unuku- 
mamalna, hele ae ia mamua o la- 
kou, a hodkokoke no ia io lesu la e 
honi ia ia. 

48 Ninau mai la hoi o lesu ia ia^ 
E luda, ke kumakaia nei anei oe i 
ke Reiki a ke kanaka me ka honi ? 

49 A ike iho la ka poe me ia i ka 
jnea e hanaia ana, ninau aku la 
lakou ia ia, E ka Haku, e hahau 
anei makou me ka pahikaua ? 

oO f < A hahau iho la kekahi o 
lakou i ke kauwa a ke kahuna nui, 
& oki ae la i kona pepeiao akau. 

51 Alaila olelo mai la o lesu, i 
mai la, IPoki pela! A hoopa ae 
ja oia i kona pepeiao, hoola iho la 
laia. 

52 "Alaila olelo mai la lesu i ka 

11* 



A.D. 33. 




LUKA, XXn. S49 

39 f ^And he came oat, and 
^went, as he was wont, to the 
mount of Olives ; and his disciples 
also followed him. 

40 ""And when he was at the 
place, he said unto them, Pray that 
ye enter not into temptation. 

41 *And he was withdrawn from 
them about a stone's cast, and 
kneeled down, and prayed, 

42 Saying, Father, if thou be 
twilling, remove this cup from 
me: nevertheless, "^not my will, 
but thine, be done. 

43 And there appeared ' an angel 
imto him from heaven, strengthen* 
ing him. 

44 4 And being in an agony he 
prayed more earnestly : and his 
sweat was as it were great drops 
of blood falling down to the grouikl. 

45 And when he rose up from 
prayer, and was come to his disci- 
ples, he found them ^eping for 
sorrow, vft 

46 And said unto them, Why sleep 
ye? rise and 'pray, lest ye enter 
into temptation. 



tor. 

10 

oIoa.ft.9aii 

ass. 



P Mat. 4. 11. 



qloa.12.27. 
Heb. 6. 7. 



I- pan. 40. 



■ MaL2&«r. 

Mar. 14. 43, 

loa. 18. & 



t Mat 26. 51. 
Mar. 14. 47. 
loa. la 10. 



aMataaSSw 
Mar. 14. 4S. 



47 IT And while he yet spake, 'be- 
hold a multitude, and he that was 
called Judas, one of the twelve, 
wenl»*before them, and drew near 
unto Jesus to kiss him. 

48 But Jesus said unto him, Judas, 
betrayest thou the Son of man with 
a kiss? 

49 When they which were about 
him saw what would follow, they 
said unto him, Lord, shall we smite 
with the sword ? 

50 IT And *one of them smote the 
servant of the high priest, and cut 
off his right car. 

51 And Jesus answered and said, 
Suffer ye thus far. And he touched 
his ear, and healed him. 

52 "Then Jesus said unto the chief 



A.D. 33. 



z loa. 12. 27. 
y Mat 26. 67. 



X Mat. 26. 58. 
loa. 18. 15. 

■ Mat 26.69. 
Mar. 14. 66. 
loa. 18.17, 18. 



250 LWA, XXII. 

poe i Mi iLka ia ia, i na kahuna imi, 
a me na luna o ka luakini, a me na 
lunakahiko, Ua hele mai anei oa- 
kou mawaho me na pahikaua, a me 
na newa, e like me ka hahai ana i 
ka powa ? 

53 I ko'u noho ana me oukou i 
kela la, a i keia la, iloko o ka lua- 
kini, aole i lalau mai ko oukou mau 
lima ia^u. 'Aka, o ko oukou hora 
keia, a me ka mana o ka pouli. 

54 IT ^Alalia lalau ae la lakou ia 
ia, kai aku la, a lawe ia ia iloko o 
ka hale o ke kahima nui ; a * hahai 
kaawale aku la p Petero mahope. 

55 *A hoa iho la lakou i ke ahi 
mawaena konu o ka pahale, noho 

ijiui iho la lakou ilalo, noho pu iho 
la o Petero iwaena o lakou. 

56 A ike ae la kekahi kaikamahi- 
ne ia ia e noho ana. ma ke ahi, a 
haka pono ia ia, i ae la ia, Oia nei 
no kekahi me ia. 

57 A hoole aku la oia ia lesu, i 
aku la, E ka -wahine, aole au i ike 
ia ia. ^ 

58 ''A Mlliu iki ae la, ike mai la 
kekahi mea e ia ia, i mai la ia, O 
oe no kekahi o lakou. I aku la 
Petero, E ke kanaka, aole au. 

59 "A hookahi paha hora ma ia 
hope iho, hooiaio ae la kekahi, i ae 
la, Oiaio, oia nei no hoi kekahi me 
ia, no ka mea, no Galilaia ia nei. 

60 Olelo aku la hoi o Petero, E ke 
kanaka, aole au i ike i kau i olelo 
mai nei. A i kana olelo ana, kani 
koke iho la ka moa. 

61 Haliu mai la no hoi ka Haku, 
nana mai la ia Petero ; a ''hooma- 
nao iho la o Petero i ka olelo a ka 
Haku i olelo mai ai ia ia, ' Mamua 
o ke kani ana o ka moa, akolu ou 
hoole ana mai ia'u. 

62 A hele aku la o Petero iwaho,, 
uwe mihi nui iho la ia. 
'^^ ^ '0 ka poe kanaka hoi e paa 
ana ia lesu, hoomaewaewa aku la 
lakou ia ia, me ka pepehi ia ia. 

64 A pani ae la lakou i kona mau 
ftka, pepehi aku la ma kona wahi 



b Mat 26. 71. 
Mar. 14. 69. 
loa. 18. 25. 



c Mat. 26. 73. 
Mar. 14. 70. 
loa. 18. 26. 



d Mat. 26. 75. 
Mar. 14.72. 

e Mat. 26. S4, 

75. 

loa. 13. 38. 



f Mat 26. 67, 
68. 
Mar. 14. 65. 



priests, and captains of tite temple, 
and the elders, which we come to 
him. Be ye come out, as against a 
thief, with swords and staves ? 

53 When I was daily with you in 
the temple, ye stretched forth no 
hands against me : 'but this is your 
hour, and the power of darkness. 

54 IT ^ Then took they him, and 
led hirrij and brought him into the 
high priest's house. 'And Peter 
followed afar off. 

55 'And when they had kindled a 
fire in the midst of the hall, and 
were set down together, Peter sat 
down among them. 

56 But a certain maid beheld him 
as he sat by the fire, and earnestly 
looked upon him, and said, This 
man was also with him. 

57 And he denied him, saymg, 
Woman, I know him not. 

58 *And after a little while an- 
other saw him, and said, Thou art 
also of them. And Peter said, Man, 
I am not. 

59 ''And about the space of one 
hour after another confidently ai- 
firmed, saying, Of a truth this Jci- 
low also was with him j for he is 
Galilean. 

60 And Peter said, Man, I.kbo^ 
not what thou sayest. Andinmic- 
diately, whUe he yet spake, tiie cock 
crew. , . 

61 And the Lord turned, and look- 
ed upon Peter, "i And Peter reroein. 
bered the word of the Lord, hov^c 
had said unto him, « Before the cock 
crow, thou Shalt deny me thnce. 

62 And Peter went out, and ^ept 
bitterly. , . v u h. 

63 f 'And the men that held je 
SUB mo(*ed him, and smote M^. 

64 And when they had blindfold^ 
hftn, they struck him on the lace, 



LUKA, XXIII. 



maka, a ninan aka la ia ia, i aku 
la, £ koho oe, na wai oe i pe- 
pehi? 

65 He noi no hoi na olelo e ae a 
lakoa i hoino aka ai ia ia. 

66 1[ «A ao ae la, akoakoa koke 
mai la ■'kapoe Innakabiko o kanaka, 
a me na kahuna uui, a me ka poe 
kakauolelo, a lawe ae la lakou ia 
ia iloko o ko lakoa ahalunakana- 
wai, i aku la, 

67 '0 oe anei ka Mesia? e hai 
mai ia makou. I nud la hoi oia ia 
l^ou, Ina e hai aku an ia oukou, 
aole no oukou e manaoio mai. 

68 A ina e ninaa aku an ia oukou, 
aole oukou e hai mai ia'u, aole hoi 
e hookuu ia^u. 

69 ^Mahope aku nei hoi, e noho 
DO ke Keila a ke kanaka ma ka 
lima akan o ka mana o ke Akua. 

70 Ninau aku la lakou a pau, 
oe no anei ke Keiki a ke Akua ? 
Hai mai la hoi oia, ^Owau no o ka 
oukou e olelo nei. 

71 "I ae la no hoi lakou. He aha 
h kakoa hemahema e pono ai ka 
mea hoa e maopopo ai ? no ka mea, 
na lohe kakou no loko mai o kona 
^aha ponoi. 

MOKUNA XXIII. 

A*KU ae ko lakou poe a pan, 
alakai aku la lakou ia ia io 
Pilato la. 

2 A hoohewa aku la lakou ia ia, 
^ aku la, Ua ike makou ia ia nei 
"■o hoohuli hewa ana i kanaka, ^'e 
papa ana i ka hookupu ia Kaisara, 
<5 olelo ftna, "*Oia iho no ka Mesia, 
kealii. 

3 ^Alaila ninau aku la o Pilato ia 
ia, i aku la, oe no atiei ke alii o 
^a poe ludaio ? Hai mai la hoi o 
lesn ia ia, i mai la, Oia kau i olelo 
niai nei. 

4 Olelo mai la Pilato i na kahuna 
QQi, a me ka ahakanaka, 'Aohe he- 
^a iki keia kanaka i loaa ia'u. 

^ Koi ik&ika aku la no nae lakou, 
6 olelo ana, Ua hoohaunaele oia 



A.D.33. 



fMat27. 1. 

hOih. 4.26. 
StoOili.22. 
5. 



i Mat 26. 68. 
Mar^ 14. 61. 



k Mat. 26. 64. 
Mar. 14. 62. 
Heb. 1. 3. fc 
8.1. 



lMaL26.64. 
Mar. 14. 62. 



m Mat 26. 65. 
Mar. 14. 63. 



a Mat 27. 2. 
Mar. 15. 1. 
loa. 18. 28. 



bOih.17.7. 

e See Mat 17. 
27. & 22. 21. 
Mar. 12. 17. 

dloa.19.12L 
• Mat 27. 11. 
1 Tim. 6. 13. 



f 1 Pet 2. 22. 



851 

atS. asked him, saying, Prophesy, 

who is it that smote thee ? 

» 

65 And many other things blas- 
phemously spake they against him. 

66 T » And as soon as it was day, 
*^the elders of the people and the 
chief priests and the scribes came 
together, and led him into their 
coundlj saying, 

67 »Art thou the Christ? tell us. 
And he said unto them, If I tell 
you, ye will not believe : 

68 And if I also ask yof, ye will 
not answer me, nor let me go. 

69 ^Hereafter shall the Son of man 
sit on the right hand of the power 
of God. 

70 Then said they all, Art thou 
then the Son of God ? And he said 
unto them, ^Ye say that I am. 

71 "And they said. What need wo 
any further witness? for we our- 
selves have heard of hiii o^ mouth. 



A' 



CHAPTER XXIII. 

ND 'the whole multitude of 
them arose, and led him imto 
Pilate. 

2 And they began to accuse him, 
saying, We found this fellow •» per- 
verting the nation, and ^forbidding 
to give tribute to Cesar, saying 
^that he himself is Christ a king. 

3 •And Pilate asked him, saying, 
Art thou the King of the Jews ? 
And he answered him and said, 
Thou sayest it, 

4 Then said Pilate to the chief 
priests and to the people, 'I find no 
fault in this man. 

5 And they were the more fierce, 
saying. He stirreth up the people, 



252 



.^^ 



A, xxin. 



nei i kanaka i kana ao ana a pnni: 
ludaiE; mai Galilaia kahi i hooma-^ 
ka ai, a hiki mai i keia wahi. 

6 A lohe Pilato i ka hua Galilaia, 
ninau mai la ia, he kanaka Gali- 
laia paha ia. 

7 A maopopo ia ia no ka aina ia 
'Herode kela, hoouna aku la oia ia 
ia io Herode la,, e noho ana oia ma 
lerusalema ia man la. 

8 1 A ike o Herode ia leso, olioli 
nui iho la ia; no kamea, ^he loihi 
kona manawa i makemake ai e ike 
ia ia, no na mea he nui ana i * lohe 
ai nona; a manao no hoi ia e ike i 
kekahi hana mana e hanaia e ia. 

9 A he nui na mea ana i ninan 
aku ai ia ia, aole hoi o lesu i hai iki 
mai ia ia. 

10 Ku ae la na kahuna nui, a me 
ka poe kakaolelo, hoohewa ikaika 
lakou ia ia. 

11 '^Hoowahawaha aku la no hoi 
o Herode, a me kona poe koa ia ia, 
me ka hoomaewaewa, kahiko aku 
la ia ia me ka aahu nani, a hoihoi 
mai la i^a io Pilato la. 

12 IT Lilo fte la no hoi o ^ Pilato 
a me Herode i mau hoaaloha pu. 
ia la ; no ka mea, ua ku e kekahi 
i kekahi mamua. 

13 1 ""A hoakoakoa mai la o 
Pilato i na kahuna nui, a me na 
luna, a me na kanaka; 

14 1 mai la oia ia lakou, "Ua lawe 
mai nei oukou i keia kanaka io'u 
nei me he mea la e hoohuli e ana i 
kanaka ; a <^ ua hookolokolo au ia ia 
imua o oukou, ea, aole hoi i loaa 
ia'u ka hewa o ua kanaka nei, a 
oukou i niania ai ia ia. 

15 Aole hoi o Herode, no ka mea, 
ua hoouna aku au ia oukou io na 
la ; i ike hoi oukou, aole oia nei i 
hana i ka mea e pono ai ka make 
ana. 

16 PNolaila e hahau an ia ia, a e 
hookuu aku. 

17 iNo ka mea, he pono ke hoo- 
kuu aku oia i kekahi ia lakou, ia 

aina. 
' Hea nui ae la lakou a pau e 



A.'B. 33. 



ffmo.3.1. 



kmo.9. 9. 



i Mat. 14. 1. 
Mar. 6. 14. 



kla.a.a 



nMatST. 23. 

Mar. 15. 14. 
loa. 18. 88. k 
19,4. 

Bpaa.l,2L 



o]Mni.4. 



P Mat 27. 26. 
loa. W. 1. 

qMatST. 15. 
Mar. 1&. 6. 
IcNuiasa 

rOlli.ai4. 



teaching throughout all iemj^ be* 
ginning from Galilee to this place. 

6 When Pilate heard of Galilee, 
he ajsked whether the man were a 
Galilean. , 

7 And as soon as he knew that he 
belonged unto ' Herod's juhsdictioOi j 
he sent him to Herod, who himself 
also was at Jerusalem at that time. 

81 And when Herod saw JesuBjhe 
was exceeding glad : for ^he 'wai 
desirous to see him of a long season, 
because ' he had heard many things 
of him; and he hoped to have Beca 
some miracle done by him. 

9 Then he questioned vith him in 
manywords; but he answered him 
nothing. 

1 And the chief priests and scrihes 
stood and vehemently accused him. 

11 ''And Herod with his mcn^ 
war set him at nought, and mocked 
him, and artayed him in a gorgeous 
robe, and sent him again to Pilate. 

12 1 And the sameday'Pilateand 
Herod were made friends together; 
for before they were at enmity be- 
tween themselves. 

13 If "And Pilate, when he had 
called together the chief priests and 
the rulers and the people, 

14 Said unto them, 'Ye have 
brought this man unto me, as one 
that perverteth the people; m 
behold, •!, having examined km 
before you, have found no fanlt ii 
this man touching those thin^ 
whereof ye accuse him : 

15 No, nor yet Herod : for I sen 
you to him ; and, Io, nothing worth; 
of death is done unto him. 



16 Pi will therefore chastise hin 
and release him, 

17(^For of necessity he mnst n 
lease one unto them at the feast.) 

18 And 'they cried out all atones 



LUKA, XXIII- 



253 



olelo ana, E kaiia'ka keia, a e 
hookau mai oe ia Baraba ia ma^ 
kou. 

19 ka mea ia i hahaoia iloko o 
ka halepaahao^ no ka hoohaunaele 
ana maldro o ke kulanakauhale, a 
me ka pepehi kanaka. 

20 Noiaila olelo hou mai la Pilato 
ia lakoa me ka makenutke e hookuu 
ia lesu. 

21 A olelo leo nui aku la lakou, 
Ekaumakekea! ekaumakekea 
iaia! 

22 A olelo hou mai la ia, o ke ko- 
lu keia, ia lakou, No ke aha la, 
heaha ka mea hewa ana i hana'i ? 
Aole au i ike i kona hewa e pono ai 
kamake: noiaila e hahau aku au 
iaia a hookau aku. 

23 Aka hoi, koi aku la lakou me 
^ leo nui, e noi ana e make ia ma 
ke kea ; a ko ae la ko lakou mau 
1<» a me ko na kahuna nui. 

24 A olelo iho la o •Pilato e ha^ 
itaia ka mea a lakou i noi ai. 

25 Alalia hookuu ae la oia i ka 
lakou mea i noi ai, i ka mea i ha- 
^ia iloko o ka halepaahao no ka 
hoohaonaele ana, a me ka pepehi 
kanaka; a haawi ae la ia lesu ma 
KO lakou manao. 

26 <A i ko lakou kai ana ku ia 
^ lalaa iho lakou ia Simona no 
Kurene e hele mai ana mai ka aina 
^h ^ aku la lakou i ka laau 
kea maluna ona, e hali aku ia ma- 
% lesu. 

27 IF A hahai aku la ia ia ka 
Abakaoaka he nui loa, o na wa- 
flifle kekahi, na mea i uwe aku, a 
^ aku hoi ia ia. 

28 Alaila haliu mai la lesu ia la- 
koa, i mai la, £ na kaikamahine o 
Jerusalema, mai uwe oukou no'u, 
aka, e uwe oukou no oukou iho, a 
no ka oukou mau keiki; 

29 "No ka mea, e hiki mai ana na 
^a e olelo ai lakou, Pomaikai ka 
P^ ^ pa, a me na opu i hanau ole, 
a me aa u i omo ole ia. 

30 ''Alaila e kahea aku lakou i na 



A.D. 89s 



• Mat ST. & 
Mar. 15. !«. 
loa. 19. 16. 

H OT,anenUd 
Ex.83.2L 



t Mot ST. S2. 

Mar. 15. St. 
See loa. 19. 
IT. 



aMat. S4. 19. 
mo. SI. 23. 



xl».2.19. 
Hoc. 10. 8. 
Hoik. 8. 16. 
fe9.6. 



saying. Away with this man^ and 
Veiease unto us Barabbas : 

19 (Who for a certain sedition 
made in the city, and for murder, 
was cast into prison.) 

20 Pilate therefore, willing to re- 
lease Jesus, spake again to them. 

21 But they cried, saying, Crucify 
him, crucify him. 

22 And he said unto them the third 
time. Why, what evil hath he done ? 
I have found no cause of death in 
him : I will therefore chastiBC him, 
and let him go. 

23 And they were instant with 
loud voices, requiring that he might 
be crucified : and the voices of them 
and of the chief priests prevailed. 

24 And 'Pilate igave sentence 
that it should be as they required. 

25 And he released unto them him 
that for sedition and murder was 
east into prison, whom they had 
desired; but he delivered Jesus to 
their will. 

26 *And as they led him away, 
they laid hold upon one Simon, a 
Cyrenian, coming out of the coun- 
try, and on him they laid the cross, 
that he might bear it after Jesus. 

27 IT And there followed him a 
great company of people, and of 
women, which also bewailed and 
lamented him. 

28 But Jesus turning unto them 
said. Daughters of Jerusalem, weep 
not for me, but weep for yourselves, 
and for your children. 

29 "For, behold, the days axe com- 
ing, in the which they shall say. 
Blessed are the barren, and the 
wombs that never bare, and the 
paps which never gave suck. 

30 »Then shall they begin to sa^' 



254 



mauna, E hiolo mai malima iko 6 
makou ; a i na puu hoi, £ uhi mai , 
ia makou. 

31 ^No ka mea, ina e hana lakott 
i keia mau mea i ka laau maka, 
heaha ka mea e hanaia^ i ka laau 
maloo? 

32 'A ua alakaiia^ku na mea e ae 
elua, na kanaka hana hewa, e ma- 
ke pu me ia. 

33 '^ A hiki aku la lakou i ka wahi 
i kapaia o Kalevari, malaila lakou 
i kau aku ai ia ia ma ke kea, a me 
na lawehala, ma ka akau kekahi, 
a ma ka hema kekahi. 

34 IT Alaila olelo aku la o lesu, E 
ka Makua, *» e kala iho oe i ko lakou 
nei hewa; no ka mea, aole o * la- 
kou ike i ka lakou mea e hana nei. 
'^Puunaue ae la lakou i kona mau 
kapa, hailona iho la. 

35 • Ku iho la no hoi na kanaka 
e makaikai ana : a hoomaewaewa 
aku la me ko lakou 'mau alii, i 
aku la, Ua hoola ka oia ia hai, a 
ina oia ka Mesia, ka hiwahiwa a 
ke Akaa, e hoola kela ia ia iho. 

36 Hoomaewaewa aku la hoi na 
koa ia ia, hele aku la lakou, a 
haawi aku i ka vinega ia ia ; 

37 A olelo aku la lakou, Ina o oe 
ke alii o ka poe ludaio, e hoola oe 
ia oe. 

38 »He palapala hoi maluna ona, 
he Helene, he Roma, a he Hehera 
ka olelo i kakauia'i ia, OIA NEI 
KE ALII KA POE lUDAIO. 

39 IT ** A o kekahi o na lawehala 1 
kauia, hoino aku la oia ia ia, i aku 
la, liia o oe ka Mesia, e hoola oe 
ia 00 iho, a me maua. 

40 A olelo ae la kekahi e ao ana 
ia ia, i ae la, Aole anei ou makau 
i ke Akua ? maloko pu hoi oe o ia 
make hookahi. 

41 A ia kaua, he pono ia, no ka 
mea, ua loaa ia kaua ka uku pono 
o ka kaua hana ana ; aka oia nei, 
aole ia i hana hewa iki. 

42 Olelo aku la hoi oia ia lesu, E 
hoomanao mai oe ia'u, e ka Haku, 
i ka wa e hiki ai oe i kou aupuni. 



LUKA, xxm. 



A.D. 33. 



7 Sol. 11.31. 
ler. 25. 29. 
£z. 20. 47. fc 
21.3,4. 
1 Pet 4. 17. 

X Is. 53.12. 
Mat. 27. 88. 



a Mat 27.83. 

Mar. 15. 22. 

loa. 19.17,18. 
II Or, The 

place cf a 



b Mat 5. 44. 

Oih. 7. 60. 

1 Kor. 4. 12. 
c Oih. 8. 17. 

d Mat 27. 85. 

Mar. 15. 24. 
: loa. 19. 23. 
e Hal. 22. 17. 

Zek. 12. 10. 

f Mat 27. 89. 
Mar. 15. 29. 



ff Mat. 27. 87. 
Mar. 15. 26. 
loa. 19. 19. , 



hMat27.44. 
Mar. 16. 82. 



to the mountains, Fall on us; and 
to the hills, Cover us. 

31 y For if they do these things in 
a green tree, what shall he done in 
the dry? 

32 "And there were also twoothen, 
malefactors, led with him to be put 
to death. 

33 And *when they were come 
to the place, which is called i Cal- 
vary, lliere they crucified him, and 
the malefactors, one on the right 
hand, and the other on the left. 

34 f Then said Jesus, Father. %- 
gire them; for *they know not 
what they do. And ""they parted 
his raiment, and cast lots. 



35 And -the people stood behold- 
ing. And the 'rulers also with 
them derided Atm, saying, He saved 
others; let him save himself, if he 
he Christ, the chosen of God. 

36 And the soldiers also mocked 
him, coming to him, and offering 
him vinegar, 

37 And saying. If thou be the King 
of the Jews, save thyself. 

38 * And a superscription also wd 
written over him in letters of Greek 
and Latin, and Hebrew, THIS K 
THE KING OF THE JEWS. , 

39 IT ''And one of the malefactoti 
which were hanged railed on hiiB 
saying. If thou he Christ, save thj 
self and us. 

40 But the other answering re 
buked him, saying, Dost not thfl 
fear God, seeing thou art in th 
same condemnation ? 

41 And wo indeed justly ; for^ 
receive the due reward of our dceoi 
but this man hath done nothiij 
amiss. 

42 And he said unto Jesus, !<» 
remember me wheu thou cofll 
into thy kingdom. 



LUKA, XXIII. 



859 



43 I mai la hoi o lesa ia ia, He 
oiaio ka'u e olelo aku nei ia oe, I 
keia la o oe pu kekahi me au iloko 
ka paredaiso. 

44 ' A i ke ono o ka hora, he pou- 
11 maluna o ka honua a pau, a hiki 
i ka iwa o ka hora. 

45 Ua hoopouliia hoi ka la, a na- 
hae iho la mawaena konu ^ka pa- 
ku o ka luakini. 

46 ^ A kahea aku la o lesu me 
ka leo nui, i aku la, ^£ ka Makua, 
iloko o kon man lima ke waiho aku 
nei au i ko'u uhane ! " A pau ka- 
na olelo ana ia, make iho la ia. 

47 ■ A ike ka lunahaneri ia mea i 
hanaia'i, hoomaikai aku la ia i ke 
Akua, i aku la, Oiaio, he kanaka 
pono no keia. 

48 ka poe kanaka hoi a pau i 
akoakoa mai ma keia mea i ikeia, a 
ike lakou i na mea i hanaia, papai 
iho la lakou ma ko lakou umauma 
iho. a hoi aku la. 

49<'Ku mamao aku la hoi kona 
poe hoalauna a pau, a me na wa- 
Mne i hahai ia ia mai Galilaia mai, 
e makaikai ana lakou ia mau mea. 

50 ^ p Aia hoi, he kanaka, o lose- 
pa kona inoa, he kakaolelo, he ka- 
naka maikai, he hoopono ; 

51 Aole oia i ae pu aku ma ko la- 
kou manao, a me ka lakou hana ; 
no Aremataia, no ke kolanakauhale 
ka poe ludaia ia, ie kali ana no 
oia 1 ke aupuni o ke Akua. 

52 Hele aku la ia io Pilato la, a 
noi aku la i ke kino o lesu. 

53 'KuH iho la no hoi oia ia ia 
ilalo, wahi iho la ia ia i ka lole 
olona, a waiho ae la ia ia iloko o 
ka luakupapau i kalaiia iloko o ka 
pohaku, aole i waiho e ia ke kana- 
ka malaila. 

54 ka la ia "e hoomakaukau ai, 
a e kokoko mai ana ka la Sabati. 

5.5 A ka poe wahine i * hele pu 
me ia mai Galilaia mai, hahai aku 
la lakou a "ike i ka luakupapau, a 
ote ka. Waiho ana o kona kino. 

56 Hoi mai la lakou, a 'hooma- 
kaukau i na mea ala, a me ka hinu ] 



A.D. 33. 



i Mat 27. 45. 
Mar. 15. 33. 



H Or, land. 



k Mat 27. 51. 
Mar.l&as. 



1 Hal. 31. 5. 
lPet8L2S. 

m Mat 27. 50. 

Mar. 15. 37. 

loa. 19. 30. 
B Mat 27. 54. 

Mar. 15. 30. 



o Hal. 38. 11. 
Mat 27. 55. 
Mar. 15 40. 
See lor. 19. 
2S. 

pMat 27.97. 
Mar. 15. 42. 
loa. 10. 38. 



q Mar. 15. 43. 
nw. 2. 25, 38. 



r Mat 27. 59. 
Mar. 16. 46. 



■ Mat 27. 62. 
t mo. 8. 2. 
a Mar. 16.47. 
xMar. 16. 1. 



43 And Jesus said unto him, Verily 
I say unto thee, To day shalt thou 
be with me in paradise. 

44 'And it was about the sixth 
hour, and there was a darkness over 
all the H earth until the ninth hour. 

45 And the sun was darkened, and 
^the vail of the temple was rent in 
the midst. 

46 % And when Jesus had cried 
with a loud voice, he said, ' Father, 
into thy hands I commend my spirit : 
" and having said thus, he gave up 
the ghost. 

47 "Now when the centurion saw 
what was done, he glorified God, 
saying, Certainly this was a right- 
eous man. 

48 And all the people that came 
together to that sight, beholding 
the things which were done, smote 
their breasts, and returned. 

49 " And all his acquaintance, and 
the women*that followed him from 
Galilee, stood afar off, beholding 
these things. 

50 IT PAnd, behold, there was a 
man named Joseph, a counsellor; 
and he was a good man, and a just : 

51 (The same had not consented to 
the counsel and deed of them :) he 
was of Arimathea, a city of the 
Jews; <»who also himself waited 
for the kingdom of God. 

52 This man went unto Pilate, and 
begged the body of Jesus. 

53 'And he took it down, and 
wrapped it in linen, and laid it in 
a sepulchre that was hewn in stone, 
wherein never man before was laid. 



54 And that day was ' the prepa- 
ration, and the sabbath drew on. 

55 And the women also^ * which 
came with him from Galilee, fol- 
lowed after, and "beheld the sepul- 
chre, and how his body was laid. 

56 And they returned, and 'pre- 
pared spices and ointments; and 



256 



LUKA, XXIV. 



a hoomaha iho la i ka la Sabati, 
3^mamuli o ke kauoha. 



MOKUNA XXIV 

AI 'ka la mua o ka hebedoma, i 
ka wanaao, hele aku la ua 
mau wahine la me kekahi poe, 1 ka 
luakupapau, ^e hali akii ana i na 
mea ala a lakou i hoomakaukau ai. 

2 '^ Ike ae la lakou i ka pohaku ua 
olokaaia^e mai ka luakupapau ae. 

3 ''Komo iho la lakou iloko, aole 
hoi i loaa ia lakou ke kino o ka 
Haku o lesu. 

4 A i ko lakou haohao nui ana ia 
mea, «aia hoi, elua kanaka e ku 
mai ana io lakou la me ua kapa 
alohilohi. 

5 Weliweli iho la hoi lakou, a ku- 
lou iho la ke alo i ka lepo ; i mai 
la laua ia lakou, No ke aha la ou- 
kou e imi ai i ka mea ola iwaena o 
ka poe make ? • 

6 Aole oia maanei ; aka, ua ala ae 
nei ia. ^ £ hoomanao i kana i olelo 
mai ai ia oukou, ia ia ma Galilaia, 

7 I ka i ana, E haawiia'ku no ke 
Keiki a ke kanaka iloko o na lima 
o kanaka hewa, a e make ia ma ke 
kea, a i ke kolu o ka la e ala hou 
mai. 

8 Alaila ' hoomanao lakou i kana 
olelo ; 

9 ^ A hoi mai la lakou mai ka lua- 
kupapau mai, hoike mai la lakou 
ia mau mea i ka poe umikumama- 
kahi, a i na mea e ae o lakou a pau. 

10 O Maria Magedalene, a me 
^ loana, a me Maria ka makuwahine 
o lakobo, a me na wahine e ae me 
lakou, o lakou ka poe i hai mai ia 
mau mea i ka poe lunaolelo. 

11 ^ A ua like hoi ka lakou olelo, 
i ko lakou nei manao, me he mea 
ole la, aole hoi i manao lakou he 
oiaio. 

12 ^Ku ae la o Petero iluna, a 
holo aku la i ka luakupapau, ku- 
lou ia ilalo, a iko aku la i ka lole 
olona wale no e waiho ana, hele 



A.I>. 33. 



7Puk.20.ia 



» Mat 28. 1. 
Mar. 16. 1.] 
loa. 20. 1. 



bmo. 23. 56. 



e Mat 28. S. 
Mar. 16. 4. 



d pau. 23. 
Mar. 16. 5. 



• loa. 20. 12. 
Oih. 1.10. 



\i Or, him ikat 
Hveth, 



t Mat 16. 21. 
k 17. 2S. 
Mar. 8. 31. & 
9.31. 
mo. 9. 22. 



K loa. 2. 22. 



hMat28. 8. 
Mar. 16. 10. 



k Mar. 16. 11. 
pau. 25. 



1 loa. 80. 3, 6. 



rested the sabbath day y according 
to the commandment. 

CHAPTER XXIV. 

NOW 'upon the first day of the 
week, very early in the morn- 
ing, they came unto the sepulchre, 
*» bringing the spices which they had 
prepared, and certain (Ahers with 
them. 

2 * And they found the stone rolled 
away from the sepulchre. 

3 ^ And they entered in, and found 
not the body of the Lord Jesus. 

4 And it came to pass, as they 
were much perplexed thereabout, 
« behold, two men stood hy them m 
shining garments : 

5 And as they were afraid, and| 
bowed down their faces to the earth,! 
they said unto them, Why seek ye 
B the living among the dead ? 

6 He is not here, but is risen: 're^ 
member how he spake unto you 
when he was yet in Galilee, 

7 Saying, The Son of man mus 
be delivered into the hands of sin 
ful men, and be crucified, and th( 
third day rise again. 

8 And «they remembered hi 
words, 

9 J^And returned from the sepu 
chre, and told aU these things unt 
the eleven, and to all the rest. 



10 It was Mary — „ , 
'Joanna, and Mary the mother a 
James, and other women that vt\ 
with them, which told these thmi 
unto the apostles. 

11 ^'And their words 
them a£ idle tales, and they h 
lieved them not. 

12 ^Then arose Peter, and ri 
unto the sepulchre; and stoopjJ 
down, he beheld the linen cloth 
laid by themselves, and depart* 



koi ia mai laila aka e haohao ana 
i ka mea i hanaia. 

13 IT ■ Aia hoi, elua o lakou e hele 
ana ia U, i ke kolanakauhalo i ma- 
mao kanaono setadia aku mai leru- 
salema aka, o Emausa ka inoa. 

14 A kamailio iho la laua ia mau 
mea a pau i hanaia. 

15 £ia kekahi, i ko laua kamailio 
ana me ke kuka pu, 'hiki mai la o 
lesu, a hele pu aku la me laua. 

16 A ''ua hoopaaia ko laua mau 
maka aole i hoomaopopo laua ia ia. 

17 Olelo mai la oia ia laua, Heaha 
keia mau mea a olua e kamailio 
nei i ko olua hele ana me ke kau- 
maha? 

18 Olelo aku la kekahi o laua, o 
Keleopa 'kona inoa, i aku la, oe 
wale no anei ka malihini ma leru- 
salema, aole i ike i na mea i hanaia 
malaila i keia mau la ? 

19 Ninau mai la oia ia laua, Na 
mea hea ? Hai aku la laua ia ia, 
No lesu o Nazareta, ^he kanaka 
kaola ia, 'he mana i ka hana a me 
ka olelo, imua o ke Akua, a me na 
Unaka a pau. 

20 'A ua haawi aku la na kahu- 
^ nui a me na'lii o makou ia ia e 
hoahewaia'e e make ia, a ua kau 
&e la lakou ia ia ma ke kea. 

21 Aka, ua hoolana makou i ka 
maaao ana, *oia ka mea nana e 
Iwola i ka Iseraela. O ia mau mea, 
<i, eia hoi ke kolu o ka la, mai ka 
hana ana mai ia mau mea ; 

22 Ana pihoihoi makou i ** kekahi 
mau wahine o makou, ua hele aku 
lakou i kakahiaka nui nei i ka lua- 
kupapau; 

23 Aole hoi i loaa la lakou kona 
^no, a hoi mai, hai mai la lakou, 
ua ikeia e lakou na anela, na mea 
1 olelo mai, ua oia ia. 

24 A ua hele aku * kekahi mau 
>J»«a makou i ka luakupapau, ike 
*ku la hoi e like me ka mea a na 
yshinQ i olelo mai ai, aole hoi i ike 
»aia. ' 



>Mftt.l8.aO. 
pau. 96. 



oloa.20.14. 
fc21.4. 



Ploa.19.2S. 



LUKA, XXIV. 257 

wondering in himself at {hat which 
was come to pass. 

13 T « And, hehold, two of them 
went that same day to a village 
called Emmaus, which was from 
Jerusalem about threescore furlongs. 

14 And they talked together of all 
these things which had happened. 

15 And it came to pass, that, while 
they commwaedtogether and reason* 
ed, "Jesus himself drew near, and 
went with them. 

16 But "their eyes were holden 
that they should not know him. 

17 And he said unto them, What 
manner of communications are these 
that ye have one to another, as ye 
walk, and are sad ? 

18 And the one of them, p whose 
name was Cleopas, answering said 
unto him. Art thou only a stranger 
in Jerusalem, and hast not known 
the things which are come to pass 
there in these days? 

19 And he said unto them. What 
things ? And they said unto him. 
Concerning Jesus of Nazareth, 
•» which was a prophet 'mighty in 
deed and word before God and all 
the people: 

20 'And how the chief priests and 
our rulers delivered him to be con- 
demned to death, and have crucified 
him. 

21 But we trusted *that it had 
been he which should have re- 
deemed Israel : and beside all this, 
to day is the third day since these 
things were done. 

22 Yea, and ^certain women also 
of our company made us astonished, 
which were early at the sepulchre ; 

23 And when they found not his 
body, they came, saying; that they 
had also seen a vision of angels, 
which said that he was alive. 

24 And * certain of them which 
were with us went to the sepul- 
chre, and found it even so as the 
women had said: but him they 
saw not. 



q Mat. 21. 11. 

mo. 7. 16. 

Ioa.a2. fc 

4. 19. k 6. 14. 

Oih.2.22. 
rOili.7.22. 
■ mo. 23.1. 

Oih. la 27, 

28. 



t mo. 1. 68. k 
2.38. 
Olh.l.a 



« Mat. 28. 8. 
Mar. 16. 10. 
pau. 9. 10. 
loa. 20. 18. 



xpaix.12. 



358 LUKA, XXIV. 

25 Olelo mai la oia ia laua, £ na A. D. 33. 
mea manao ole, e, na mea naau 
manaoio ole i na mea a pau a na 
kaula i olelo mai ai ; 

26 y Aole anei e pono ka Mesia ke 
hanaia pela, a komo aku i kona 
nani? 

27 * Alalia wehewehe mai la oia i 
na palapala hemolele ia laua, *mai 
a Mose mai a pau ^na kaula i na 
mea a pau i kakauia nona iho. 

28 A kokoke aku la lakou i ke 
kauhale i kahi o laua e hele ai, 
<^hoohele loa aku la no hoi ia. 



29 ^ Kaohi iho la laua ia ia, i aku 
la, E noho me maua, no ka mea, 
ua ahiahi, a ua kokoke pau keia la. 
A komo ae la ia a noho pu iho la 
me laua. 

30 £ia kakahi, i kona noho ana c 
ai mo laua, * lalau iho la ia i ka be- 
rena, hoomaikai aku la, a wawahi 
iho la, a haawi mai la ia laua. 

31 Alaila weheia'e la ko laua mau 
maka, a hoomaopopo iho la laua ia 
ia ; nalo koke aku la no hoi ia mai 
o laua aku. 

32 A olelo ae la kekahi i kekahi, 
Aole anei i mehana ko kaua naau 
iloko o kaua, i kona kamailio ana 
me kaua ma ke alanui, a i kona 
hoomoakaka ana mai i ka palapala 
hemolele ? 

33 la hora no, ku ae la laua iluna 
a hoi mai la i lerusalema, ike mai 
la laua i ka poe he umikumamakahi 
ua akoakoa, a me kekahi poe pu me 
lakou ; 

34 I aku la lakou, Ua ala hou ka 
Haku, a 'ua ikeia oia o Simona. 

35 A hai mai la laua r na mea i 
hanaia ma ke alanui, a me kona 
maopopo ana ia laua i ka wawahi 
berena ana^ 

36 If s^ A i ko lakou kamailio ana ia 
mau mea, ku iho la Icsu iwaena 
konu o lakou, a olelo mai la oia ia 
lakou. Aloha oukou ! 

37 A makau iho la lakou me ka 
weliweli, e manao ana ""he uhane 
ka mea a lakou i ike ai. 



7 pau. 46. 
Oih. 17. S. 
1 Pet. 1. IL 

> pau. 45. 

a Kin. 3. 15. & 

22. 18. & 26. 

4. & 49. 10. 

Nah. 21. 9. 

Kan. 18. 15. 
b Hal. 16. 9, 10. 

&22.&1S2. 

11. 

Is. 7. 14. fc 9. 

6. & 40. 10, 11. 

&50.6. &fi3. 

ler. 23. 5. & 

33. 14, 15. 

Ez. 34. 23. b 

37.25. 

Dan. 9. 24. 

Mik. 7. 20. 

Mai. 3. 1. & 

4.2. 

See on loa. 

1.45. 
c See Kin. 32. 

26. & 42. 7. 

Mar. 6. 48. 
d Kin. 19. 3. 

Oih. 16. 15. 
e Mat. 14. 19. 
II Or, eecued 

to he teen ^ 

(hem. 

See mo. 4. 30. 

loa. 8. 5SL 



25 Then he said' unto them, 
fools, and slow of heart to believe 
all that the prophets have spoken: 



flKor.lS.5. 



fMar.lftl4. 
loa. 20. 19. 
1 Kor. 15. 5. 



h Mar. 6. 49. 



26 y Ought not Christ to have snf- 
fered these things, and to enter into 
his glory ? 

27 «And beginning at * Moses and 
*»all the prophets, he expounded 
unto them in all the Scriptures the 
things concerning himself. 

28 And they drew nigh unto the 
village, whither they went: and 
* he made as though he would have 
gone further. 

29 But **they constrained him, 
saying, Abide with us; for it is 
toward evening, and the day is far 
spent. And he went in to tarry 
with them. 

30 And it came to pass, as he sat 
at meat vrith them, "he took bread, 
and blessed it, and brake, and gave 
to them. 

31 And their eyes were opened, 
and they knew him ,' and he « van- 
ished out of their sight. 

32 And they said one to another, 
Did not our heart bum within us, 
while he talked with us by the 
way, and while he opened to us 
the Scriptures ? 

33 And they rose up the same 
hour, and returned to Jerusalem, 
and found the eleven gathered to- 
gether, and them that were vith 
them, 

34 Saying, The Lord is risen in- 
deed, and 'hath appeared to Simon. 

35 And tihey told ^^hat tlungs 
were done in the way, and hov^r he 
was known of them in breaking « 
bread. 

36 T ^And as they thus spaK^ 
Jesus himself stood in the midst oi 
them, and saith unto them, Peao^ 
be unto you. 

37 But they were terrified ai 
affrighted, and supposed that th( 
had seen ^ a spirit. 



38 A olelo mal la ola ia lalcoti, No 
ke aha la oukou e makau ai ? No 
ko aha la hoi e kupu ai ka haohao 
ana iloko o ko oukou mau naau ? 

39 £ nana mai oukou i ko'u mau 
lima a me ko'u mau wawae, owau 
no keia; 'e lawelawe ia'u i mao- 
popo ia oukou, no ka mea, aohe io 
at me na iwi ko ka uhane, e like me 
ko'u a oukou e ike nei. 

40 A i kana olelo ana pela, hoike 
mai la oia ia lakou i kona mau lima 
a me kona mau wawae. 

41 A i ko lakou hoomaopopo ole 
ana no ^ka olioli, a me ka pihoi- 
hoi ana, ninau mai la oia ia la- 
fe>u, 'He wahi ai anei ka oukou 
maanei ? 

42 Haawi aku la hoi lakou ia ia i 
kau wahi ia i koalaia, a i kau wahi 
^aihona meli. 

43 "Lalau iho la oia ia, a ai iho la 
nia ko lakou alo. 

44 Olelo mai la hoi oia ia lakou, 
"Eia na olelo a'u i olelo aku ai ia 
oQkou, i ko'u noho ana me oukou, e 
poQo e hookoia na mea a pau i ka- 
^uia ma ke kana^wai o Mose, a ma 
aa kaula, a ma na halelu, no'u. 

45 Alalia "wehewehe iho la oia i 
ko lakou manao i hoomaopopo la- 
kou i na palapala hemolele , 

46 A olelo mai la oia ia lakou, 
''^ela i palapalaia'i, a pela hoi e 
pno ai ka Mesia ke make, a e ala 
m mai i ke kolu o ka la, mai wa- 
cfla mai o ka poe make ; 

^' A e haiia'ku hoi ka raihi a me 
'ke kala ana i ka hala ma kona 
'floa 'mawaena o na lahuikanaka 
^ pan, e hoomaka ana ma lerusa- 
leraa. 

48 'oukou hoi na mea e hoike i 
keia mau mea. 

49 T[ ' Eia hoi, e hooili ana au ma- 
j^a oukou i ka mea a ko'u Ma- 
'^^ i olelo hoopomaikai iho ai; 
^^ e noho oukou ma lerusalema, 
^ lioolakoia mai oukou me ka mana 
^oluna mai. 

^0 1 Alalia alaJcai oia ia lakou 



LUKA, XXIV, 859 

A. D. 33. 38 And he said unto them, Why are 

ye trouhled ? and why do thoughts 
arise in your hearts ? 



i loa. 20. 20, 
27. 



kKi2i.45.2B. 
1 loa. 21. 5. 



mOih.l0.4I. 



> Mat 16. 21. 
& 17. 22. t 
20.18. 
Mar. 8. 31. 
mo. a 22. k. 
18. 31. 
pau. 6. 



p pan. 28. 

Hal. 22. 

Ia. 50. 6. & 

58. 2, &c. 

Oih. 17. 3. 
q Dan. 9. 24. 

Oib. 13. 38, 

1 ioa. 2. 12., 
r Kin, 12. a 

Hal. 22. 27. 

Is. 49. 6, 22. 

ler. 31. 34. 

Hos. 2L 23. 

Mik. 4. 2. 

Mal. 1. 11. 
• loa. 15. 27. 

Oili. 1. 8, 22. 

& 2. 32. & 3. 

15. 
t Is. 44. 3. 

loela 2. 28. 

Ioa. 14. 16, 

26. & 15w 26. 

&16.7. 

Oih. 1. 4. & 

2.1,3ca 



39 Behold my hands and my feet, 
that it is I myself: 'handle mc, 
and see ; for a spirit hath not flesh 
and hones, as ye see me have. 



40 And when he had thus spoken, 
he shewed them his hands and his 
feet. 

41 And while they yet believed 
not ''for joy, and wondered, he said 
unto them, 'Have ye here any 
meat? 

42 And they gave him a piece of 
a broiled fish, and of a honeycomb. 

43 "And he took it, and did eat 
before them. 

44 And he said unto them, ° These 
are the words which I spake unto 
you, while I was yet with you, 
that all things must be fulfilled, 
which were written in the law of 
Moses, and in the prophets, and in 
the psalms, concerning me. 

45 Then "opened he their under- 
standing, that they might undent 
stand the Scriptures, 

46 And said unto them, PThus it 
is written, and thus it behooved 
Christ to suffer, and to rise from 
the dead the third day : 

47 And that repentance and 'ire- 
mission of sins should be preached 
in his name '"among all nations, 
beginning at Jerusalem. 

48 And 'ye are witnesses of these 
things. 

49 IT * And, behold, I send the prom- 
ise of my Father upon you: but 
tarry ye in the city of Jerusalem, 
until ye be endued with power 
from on high. 

50 IT And he led them out "as far 



248 



LUKA, xxn. 



e noho ana e ai, a o ka xnea lawe- 
lawe anei ? Aole anei o ka mea e 
noho ana e ai? Aka ua like 'au 
me ka mea lawelawe iwaena o 
oukou. 

28 oukou ka poe i noho pu mai 
me au iloko o ko'u ^popilikia ana. 

29 * A ke haawi aku nei au ia ou- 
kou i ke aupuni, me ko'u Makua i 
haawi mai ai ia^i. 

30 "^E ai oukou a e inu hoi ma 
ka'u papa aina iloko o ko'u aupuni, 
a ^ e noho hoi ma na noho alii e 
hoopono ana i na ohana he umiku- 
mamalua a Iseraela. 

.31 5 Olelo mai la hoi ka Haku, E 
Simona, e Simona, ea, ua noi mai o 
^Satana e loaa oukou ia ia <^e ka- 
nana oia ia oukou e like me ka hua 
palaoa : 

32 Aka, ''ua pule au nou i pau 
ole kou manaoio; aia 'hoohuliia 
mai oe e hooikaika oe i kou poe 
hoahanau. 

33 I aku la hoi oia ia ia, E ka 
Haku, ua makaukau wau e hele pu 
me oe i ha halepaahao, a i ka make. 

34 «^ I mai la hoi ia, Ko olelo aku 
nei au ia oe, e Petero, aole.e kani 
ka moa i keia la mamua o kou 
hoole akolu ana i kou ike ana ia'u. 

35 ''Alaila olelo mai la oia ia la- 
kou, I ka wa i hoouna aku ai au ia 
oukou me ka aa kala ole, a me ke 
kieke ai ole, a me ke kamaa ole, i 
nele anei oukou i kekahi mea e po- 
no ai ? Hai aku la hoi lakou, Aole. 

36 Alaila olelo mai' la oia ia la- 
kou, Aka ano, o ka mea aa kala, e 
lawe ia, a pela hoi i ke kieke ai ; 
a o ka mea nele i ka pahikau, e 
kuai lilo aku i kona aahu, a e kuai 
lilo mai i ka pahikaua. 

37 No ka mea, ke hai aku nei au 
ia oukou, ia'u no e hookoia'i ka 
mea i palapalaia, *Ua helu pu ia 
oia me ka poe hana hewa ; no ka 
mea, e pau auanei na mea no'u. 

38 Olelo aku la hoi lakou, E ka 
Haku, eia hoi, na pahikaua elua. 
I^ai la oia ia lakou, He nui iho 
laia. 



A.D. 33. 




7 Heb.'4. 16. 

I Mat. 24. 47. 
mo. 12. 32. 
2 Kor. 1. 7. 
2 Tim. 2: 12. 

a Mat. 8. 11. 

mo. 14. 15. 

Uik. 19. 9. 
b Hal. 49. 14. 
Mat. 19. 28. 
1 Kor. 6. 2. 
Hoik. S. 21. 



e 1 Pet 5. 8. 
d Am. 9. 9. 



eroa.17.9,11, 

15. 
f Hal. 51. 13. 

loa. 21. 15, 

16, 17. 



E Mat. 28. 34. 
Mar. 14. SO. 
loa. 13. 38. 



h Mat. 10.9. 
mo. 9. 3. ic 
10,4. 



i Is. 58. 12. 
Mar. 15. 28. 



that sitteth at meat, or he that serv- 
eth ? is not he that sitteth at meat ? 
but 'I am among you as he that 
serveth. 

28 Ye are they which have con- 
tinued with me in y my temptations. 

29 And 'I appoint unto you & 
kingdom, as my Father hath ap- 
pointed unto me ; 

30 That *ye may eat and driut at 
my table in my kingdom, ^'and sit 
on thrones judging the twelve tribes 
of Israel. 

31 IT And the Lord said, SimoB, 
Simon, behold, ' Satan hath desired 
to have you, that he may <*sift you 
as wheat : 

32 But *I have prayed for thee, 
that thy faith fail not : ' and when 
thou art converted, strengthen thy 
brethren. 

33 And he said unto him, Lord, 1 
am ready to go with thee, both into 
prison, and to death. 

34 ^ And he said, I tell thee, Peter, 
the cock shall not crow this day, be- 
fore that thou shalt thrice deny that 
thou knowest me. 

35 ** And he said unto them, When 
I sent you without purse, and scrip, 
and shoes, lacked ye any thing 
And they said, Nottung. 



36 Then said he unto them, Bui 
now, he that hath a purse, let hiii 
take it, and likewise his scrip : anii 
he that hath no sword, let him sel 
his garment, and buy one. 

37 For I say unto you, that thij 
that is written must yet be aecom 
plished in me, 'And he was reckon 
ed among the transgressors : for th< 
things concerning me have an end 

38 And they said, Lord, behold 
here are two swoids. And he saw 
unto them, It is enough. 



39 IT ^Alalia puka ia iwaho, a 
^ hele i ka mauna o Oliveta, me ka- 
na i hana mau ai ; a hahai aku la 
kana mau haumana ia ia. 

40 "^ A. hiki aku ia ilaila, i mai la 
oia ia lakoa, £ pule oukou o lilo i 
ka hoowalewaleia. 

41 "Mamao aku la hoi oia mai o 
lakoa aku, me he nou ana la o ka 
pohaku, a kukali iho la ilalo, pule 
aku la ia, 

42 I aku la, £ ka Makua, iua e 
pono ia oe, e lawe aku oe i keia 
kiaha mai o'u aku nei; ®aole hoi o 
ko'u makemake, aka, o kou no ke 
haiiaia. 

43 A ikeia'e la e ia 'ka anela, 
mai ka lani mai, e hooikaika ana 
ia ia. 

44 *iA ua puni ia i ka eha nui, 
pule ikaika aku la ia^ a ua like 
hoi kona hou me na kulu nui o ke 
koko e haule ana ilalo i ka lepo. 

45 A ku ae la ia mai ka pule ana, 
hoi mai la ia i kana mau haumana, 
ike mai la ia lakou e hiamoe ana 
no ke kaumaha ; 

46 I mai la hoi oia ia lakou, No 
ke aha la oukou e hiamoe nei ? £ 
ala'e iluna^^ 'e pule hoi oukon, o 
lilo oukou i ka hoowalewaleia. 

47 If A ia ia e olelo ana, * aia hoi, 
ka lehulehu^ a o ka mea i kapaia 
luda, o kekahi o ka poe umiku- 
mamalua, hele ae ia mamua o la- 
kou, a hookokoke no ia io lesu la e 
honi ia ia. 

48 Ninau mai la hoi o lesa ia ia, 
£ luda, ke kumakaia nei anei oe i 
ke Eeiki a ke kanaka me ka honi ? 

49 A ike iho la ka poe me ia i ka 
mea e hanaia ana, ninau aku la 
lakou ia ia, £ ka Haku, e hahau 
anei makou me ka pahikaua ? 

50 Kf <A hahau iho la kekahi o 
lakou i ke kauwa a ke kahuna nui, 
a oki ae la i kona pepeiao akau. 

51 Alaila olelo mai la o lesu, i 
mai la, U'oki pela! A hoopa ae 
la oia i kona pepeiao, hoola ^o la 
iaia. 

52 "Alalia olelo mai la lesu i ka 



AB. 33. 



LUKA, XXIL 249 

39 f ^And he came oat, and 
*went, as he waa wont, to the 
mount of Oliyes ; and his disciples 
also followed him. 

40 "And when he was at the 
place, he said unto them, Pray that 
ye enter not into temptation. 

41 *And he was withdrawn from 
them aboat a stone's cast, and 
kneeled down, and prayed, 

42 Saying, Father, if thou be 
twilling, remove this cup from 
me: nevertheless, •not my will, 
but thine, be done. 




pMat4.lL 



qIoa.12.Z7. 
Heb. 6. 7. 



r pan. 40. 



• Mat»L47. 
Mar. 14 491 
loa. 18. 9, 



t Mat 26. 51. 
Mar. 14. 47. 
loa. 18. 10. 



«Mat.28.5& 
Mar. 14. 48. 



43 And there appeared 'an angel 
unto him from heaven, strengthen* 
ing him. 

44 4 And being in an agony he 
prayed more earnestly : and his 
sweat was as it were great drops 
of blood falling down to the ground. 

45 And when he rose up from 
prayer, and was come to his disci- 
ples, he found them ^Mping for 
sorrow, ^k 

46 And said imto them. Why sleep 
ye? rise and 'pray, lest ye enter 
into temptation. 

47 IT And while he yet spake, "be- 
hold a multitude, and he that was 
called Judas, one of the twelve, 
wenl^before them, and drew near 
unto Jesus to kiss him. 

48 But Jesus said unto him, Judas, 
betrayest thou the Son of man with 
a kiss? 

49 When they which were about 
him saw what would follow, they 
said unto him, Lord, shall we smite 
with the sword ? 

50 ^ And * one of them smote the 
servant of the high priest, and out 
off his right ear. 

51 And Jesus answered and said, 
Suffer ye thus far. And he touched 
his ear, and healed him. 

52 "Then Jesus said unto th« chief 



250 



LUKA, xxn. 



poe i Mi pto ia ia, i na kahuna nui, 
a me na luna o ka luakini, a me na 
lunakafaiko, Ua hele mai anei ou- 
kou mawaho me na pahikaua, a me 
na newa, e like me ka hahai ana i 
ka powa ? 

53 I ko'u noho ana me oukou i 
kela la, a i keia la, iloko o ka lua- 
kini, aole i lalau mai ko oukou mau 
lima ia'u. 'Aka, o ko oukou bora 
keia, a me ka mana o ka pouli. 

54 ^ 3^Alaila lalau ae la lakou ia 
ia, kai aku la, a lawe ia ia iloko o 
ka hale o ke kahuna nui ; a 'hahai 
kaawale aku la p Petero mahope. 

55 *A hoa iho la lakou i ke ahi 
mawa^na konu o ka pahale, noho 

•-litti iho la lakou ilalo, noho pu iho 
la Petero iwaena o lakou. 

56 A ike ae la kekahi kaikamahi- 
ne ia ia e noho ana ma ke ahi, a 
haka pono ia ia, i ae la ia, Oia nei 
no kekahi me ia. 

57 A hoole aku la oia ia lesu, i 
aku la, E ka ^ahine, aole au i ike 
ia ia. 

58 ''A flpiu iki ae la, ike mai la 
kekahi mea e ia ia, i mai la ia, 
oe no kekahi o lakou. I aku la 
Petero, E ke kanaka, aole au. 

59 ''A hookahi paha hora ma ia 
hope iho, hooiaio ae la kekahi, i ae 
la, Oiaio, oia nei no hoi kekahi me 
ia, no ka mea, no Galilaia ia nei. 

.^ 

60 Olelo aku la hoi o Petero^ E ke 
kanaka, aole au i ike i kau i olelo 
mai nei. A i kana olelo ana, kani 
koke iho la ka moa. 

61 Haliu mai la no hoi ka Haku, 
nana mai la ia Petero ; a **hooma- 
nao iho la o Petero i ka olelo a ka 
Haku i olelo mai ai ia ia, ' Mamua 
o ke kani ana o ka moa, akolu ou 
hoole ana mai ia'u. 

62 A hele aku la o Petero iwaho,, 
uwe mihi nui iho la ia. 

?^ ^ ^0 ka poe kanaka hoi e paa 
ana ia lesu, hoomaewaewa aku la 
lakou ia ia, me ka pepehi ia ia. 

64 A pani ae la lakou i kona mau 
maka^ pepehi aku la xna kona wahi 



A.D. 33. 



X loa. 12. 27. 
7 Mat 26. 07. 



z Mat. 26.58. 
loa. 18. 15. 

a Mat 26. 69. 
Mar. 14. 66. 
I«a. 18.17, 18. 



b Mat 26. 71. 
Mar. 14. 69. 
loa. 18. 25. 



e Mat 26. 73. 
Mar. 14. 70. 
loa. 18. 26. 



d Mat 26. 75. 
Mar. 14. 72. 

e Mat 26. 34, 
75. 
loa. 13. 38. 



f Mat 26. 67, 
68. 
Mar. 14. 65. 



priests, and captains of the temple, 
and the elders, which were come to 
him. Be ye come out, as against a 
thief, with swords and staves? 

53 When I was daily with you in 
the temple, ye stretched forth do 
hands against me : 'but this is your 
hour, and the power of darkness. 

54 T yThen took they him, and 
led him, and brought him into the 
high priest's house. 'And Peier 
followed afar off. . 

55 »And when they had kindled a 
fire in the midst of the hall, and 
were set down together, Peter sat 
down among them. 

56 But a certain maid beheld luni 
as he sat by the fire, and e^estly 
looked upon him, and said, iws 
man was also with him. 

57 And he denied him, sa)Tng, 
Woman, I know him not. 

58 ^And after a little while an- 
other saw him, and said, Thou art 
also of them. And Peter said, Man, 
I am not. 

59 ^^ And about the space of one 
hour after another confidently ai- 
firmed, saying, Of a truth this p- 
low also was with him ; for he is a 
Galilean. 

60 And Peter said, Man, 1 kno^ 
not what thou sayest. And imme- 
diately, while he yet spake, the coct 
crew. 

61 And the Lord turned, and look 
ed upon Peter. * And Peter remem 
bered the word of the Lord, how fij 
had said unto him, • Before the coci 
crow, thou Shalt deny me thrice. 

62 And Peter went out, and wej 
bitterly. , 

63 f 'And the men that held Je 
sus mocked him, and smote htm. 

64 And when they had blindfolde 
hlb, they struck him on the fao 



aaka, a ninaa aka la ia ia, i akn 
a, E koho oe, na wai oe i pe- 
lehi? 

65 He nai no hoi na olelo e ae a 
akoa i hoino aka ai ia ia. 

66 ^ ^ A ao ae la, akoakoa koke 
nai la "ka poe lunakabiko o kanaka, 
I me na loihana uui, a me ka poe 
:akauolelo, a lawe ae la lakou ia 
a iloko ko lakoa ahalunakana- 
rai, i aka la, 

67 '0 oe anei ka Mesia? e hai 
nai ia makoa. I mai la hoi oia ia 
akou, Ina e hai aku au ia oukou, 
u)Ie no onkou e manaoio mai. 

68 A ina 6 ninan aku au ia otikou, 
iole oukou e hai mai ia'u, aole hoi 
ihookuuia'u. 

69 ^Mahope aka nei hoi, e noho 
10 ke Kei^ a ke kanaka ma ka 
lima akaa o ka mana o ke Akua. 

70 Ninaa aku la lakoa a paa, O 
» no anei ke Keiki a ke Akua ? 
Hai mai la hoi oia, ^Owaa no o ka 
DQkon e olelo nei. 

71 ''I ae la no hoi lakoa, He aha 
h kakon hemahenoia e pono ai ka 
mea hoa e maopopo ai ? no ka mea, 
Qa lohe kakou no loko mai o kona 
ffaha ponoi. 



LUKA, XXIIL Jfil 

imcF asked him, Baying, Prophesy, 
who is it that smote thee ? 

65 And many other things blas- 
phemously spake they against him. 

66 ^ ' Aiid as soon as it was day, 
^'the elders of the people and the 
chief priests and the scribes came 
together, and led him into their 
ooondlj saying, 

67 »Art thou the Christ? tell us. 
And he said unto them, If I tell 
you, ye will not believe : 

68 And if I also ask yoi', ye will 
not answer me, nor let mc go. 

69 ^^ Hereafter shall the Son of mfia 
sit on the right hand of the power 
of God. 

70 Then said they all. Art thou 
then the Son of God ? And he said 
unto them, ^Ye say that I am. 

71 ■And they said, What need we 
any farther witness? fw we our- 
selves have heard of hiii o^ mouth. 



A' 



MOKUNA XXIII. 

'KU ae ko lakou poe a pan, 
. alakai aku la lakou ia ia io 
Pilato la. 

2 A hoohewa aku la lakou ia ia, 
i aku la, Ua ike makou ia ia nei 
■"e hoobuli hewa ana i kanaka, ^'e 
papa ana i ka hookupu ia Kaisara, 
e olelo ana, "^Oia iho no ka Mesia, 
ke alii. 

3 'Alalia ninaa aku la o Pilato ia 
ia, i aku la, O oe no anei ke alii o 
l^a poe ludaio ? Hai mai la hoi o 
^esu ia ia, i mai la, Oia kau i olelo 
Diai nei. 

4 Olelo mai la Pilato i na kahuna 
Dui; a me ka ahakanaka, ^ Aohe he- 
^a iki keia kanaka i loaa ia'u. 

^ Koi ikaika aku la no nae lakou, 
fi olelo ana, Ua hoohaunaele oia 



A.D.33. 



vMaL27. 1. 

hOih. 4.26. 
9ieOilL22. 
5. 



i Mat 26. 63. 
Mar. 14. 61. 



k Mat. 26.64. 
Mar. 14. 62. 
Heb. l.S.«t 
8.1. 



i Mat. 26. 64. 

Mar. 14. 62. 



n Mat 26. 65. 
Mar. 14. 63. 



a Mat 27. 2. 
Mar. 15. 1. 
loa. 18. 28. 



bOih.17.7. 

e See Mat. 17. 
27. & 22. 21. 
Mar. 12. 17. 

d loa. 19. 12. 
• Mat 27. 11. 
1 Tim. 6. 13. 



f 1 Pet 2. 22. 



CHAPTER XXni. 

AND 'the whole multitude of 
them arose, and led him unto 
Pilate. 

2 And they began to accuse him, 
saying, We found this fellow *» per- 
verting the nation, and ^ forbidding 
to give tribute to Cesar, saying 
*that he himself is Christ a king. 

3 • And Pilate asked him, saying, 
Art thou the King of the Jews ? 
And he answered him and said, 
Thou sayest it, 

4 Then said Pilate to the chief 
priests and to the people, 'I find no 
fault in this man. 

5 And they were the more fierce, 
saying, He stirreth up the people, 



252 .^U|^A. 

nei i kanaka i kana ao ana a puni 
ludaia; mai Galilaia kahi i hooma-^ 
ka ai, a hiki mai i keia wahi. 

6 A lohe Pilato i ka h\ia Galilaia, 
ninau mai la ia, he kanaka Gali- 
laia paha ia. 

7 A maopopo ia ia no ka aina ia 
'Herode kela, hoouna aku la oia ia 
ia io Herode la^ e noho ana oia ma 
lerusalema ia man la. 

8 ^ A ike Herode ia lesu, olioli 
nui iho la ia ; no ka mea, ''he loihi 
kona manawa i makemake ai e ike 
ia ia, no na mea he nui ana i ' lohe 
ai nona ; a manao no hoi ia e ike i 
kekahi hana mana e hanaia e ia. ' 

9 A he nui na mea ana i ninau 
aku ai ia ia, aole hoi o lesu i hai iki 
mai ia ia. 

10 Ku ae la na kahuna nui, a me 
ka poe kakaolelo, hoohewa ikaika 
lakou ia ia. 

11 ^Hoowahawaha aku la no hoi 
o Herode, a me kona poe koa ia ia, 
me ka hoomaewaewa, kahiko aku 
la ia ia me ka aahu nani, a hoihoi 
mai la i^a io Filato la. 

12 ^ Lilo ae la no hoi o ' Pilato 
a me Herode i mau hoaaloha pu. 
ia la ; no ka mea, ua ku e kekahi 
i kekahi mamua. 

13 f '"A hoakoakoa mai la o 
Pilato i na kahuna nui, a me na 
luna, a me na kanaka; 

14 1 mai la oia ia lakou, *Ua lawe 
mai nei oukou i keia kanaka io'u 
nei me he mea la e hoohuli e ana i 
kanaka ; a ^ua hookolokolo au ia ia 
imua o oukou, ea, aole hoi i loaa 
ia'u ka hewa o ua kanaka nei, a 
oukou i niania ai ia ia. 

15 Aole hoi o Herode, no ka mea, 
ua hoouna aku au ia oukou io na 
la ; i ike hoi oukou, aole oia nei i 
hana i ka mea e pono ai ka make 
ana. 

16 PNolaila e hahau au ia ia, a e 
hookuu aku. 

17 <iNo ka mea, he pono ke hoo- 
kuu aku oia i kekahi ia lakou, ia 
ahaaina. 

18 ' Hea nui ae la lakon a pan e^ 



xxin. 



A. D. 33. 



ffmo.awl. 



iimo.9. 9. 



i Mat. 14. 1. 
Mar. 6. 14. 



Oih.4.27. 



mMatST. 2S. 
Mar. 15. 14. 
loa. 18. 88. It 
19.4. 

apan. 1, 2L 



opaii.4. 



pMatS7.28. 
loa. 19. 1. 

4MaL27. 15. 
Mar. 16l 6. 
loa. 18. Sa 

rOlli.ai4. 



teaching throughout all Jewry, !»• 
ginning from Galilee to this place, 

6 When Pilate heard of Galilee, 
he asked whether the man were a 
Galilean. < 

7 And aa soon ai he knew that h* 
belonged unto « Herod^s jurisdictioB, ! 
he sent him to Herod, who himself 
also was at Jerusalem at that timfc , 

8 IT And when Herod saw Jesus, he | 
was exceeding glad : for *he wai I 
desirous to see him of a long seasOHj 
because ' he had heard many thiogs 
of him; and he hoped to have sea j 
some miracle done by him. 

9 Then he questioned with him a 
many words; but he answered him i 
nothing. 

1 And the chief priests and scribes 
stood and vehemently accused him. 

11 ''And Herod with his mcnrf 
war set him at nought, and mocked 
Am, and arrayed him in agorgeoM 
robe, and sent him again to Filfttej 

12ir And the same day^Pilate and 
Herod were made friends together; 
for before they were at enmity be- 
tween themselves. 

13 f "And Pilate, when he ha^ 
called together the chief priests aw 
the rulers and the people, 

14 Said unto them, "Ye hav 
brought this man unto me, as on 
that perverteth the people; ani 
behold, »I, having examined hv 
before you, have found no fault i 
this man touching those thinj 
whereof ye accuse him : 

16 No, nor yet Herod : for I sej 
you to him ; and, Io, nothing wortl 
of death is done unto him. 



16 PI will therefore chastise hii 
and release him. . 

17 («For of necessity he must i 
l^ase one unto them at the feast.^ 

18 And 'they cried out all atow 



LUKA, XJQII^ 



853 



olelo ana, £ kaiia'ku keia, a e 
hookau mai oe ia Baraba ia ma- 
koii. 

19 ka mea ia i hahaoU iloko o 
ka halepaahao, no ka hoohaunaele 
ana maloko o ke kulanakauhale, a 
me ka pepehi kanaka. 

20 Nolaila olelo hou mai la Pilato 
ia lakou me ka makemake e hookuu 
ia lesu. 

21 A olelo leo nui aku la lakou, 
Ekaumakekea! ekaumakekea 
iaia! 

22 A olelo hou mai la ia, o ke ko- 
la keia, ia lakou, No ke aha la, 
heaha ka mea hewa ana i hana'i r 
Aole au i ike i kona hewa e pono ai 
ka make : nolaila e hahau aku au 
ia ia a hookuu aku. 

23 Aka hoi, koi aku la lakou me 
ka leo nui, e noi ana e make ia ma 
ke kea ; a ko ae la ko lakou mau 
leo a me ko na kahuna nui. 

24 A olelo iho la o 'Pilato e ha- 
naia ka mea a lakou i noi ai. 

25 Alaila hookuu ae la oia i ka 
lakou mea i noi ai, i ka mea i ha- 
haoia iloko o ka halepaahao no ka 
hoohaunaele ana, a me ka pepehi 
kanaka ; a haawi ae la ia lesu ma 
ko lakou manao. ^ 

26 *A i ko lakou kai ana ka ia 
ia, lalau iho lakou ia Simona no 
Kurene e hele mai ana mai ka aina 
mai, kau aku la lakou i ka laau 
kea maluna ona, e hali aku ia ma- 
hope o lesu. 

27 ^ A hahai aku la ia ia ka 
ahakanaka he nui loa, o na wa- 
hine kekahi, na mea i uwe aku, a 
u aku hoi ia ia. 

28 Alaila haliu mai la lesu ia la- 
kou, i mai la, £ na kaikamahine o 
lerosalema, mai uwe oukou no'u, 
&ka, e uwe oukou no oukou iho, a 
no ka oukou mau keiki ; 

29 "No ka mea, e hiki mai ana na 
la e olelo ai lakou, Pomaikai ka 
poe i pa, a me na opu i hanau ole, 
a me na u i omo ole ia. 

30 ^Alaila e kahea aku lakou i na 



A.I). 83} 



■ Mat.S7.9B. 

Mar. 15. IA. 

loa. 19. 16. 
R Or, a»tent4df 

Ex. 23. 2. 



t Mat 27. S2. 

Mar. 15. 21. 
See loa. 19. 
17, 



uMat. 24. 19. 
mo. 21. 23. 



X Is. 2. 19. 
Hos. 10. 8. 
Hoik. 6. 16. 
Ic9.«. 



saying. Away with this many and 
'release unto us Barahbas : 

19 (Who for a certain sedition 
made in the city, and for murder, 
was cast into prison.) 

20 Pilate therefore, willing to re- 
lease Jesus, spake again to them. 

21 But they cried, saying. Crucify 
Asm, crucify him. 

22 And he said unto them the third 
time. Why, what evil hath he done ? 
I have found no cause of death in 
him : I will therefore chastise him, 
and let him go. 

23 And they were instant with 
loud voices, requiring that he might 
be crucified : and the voices of them 
and of the chief priests prevailed. 

24 And 'Pilate I gave sentence 
that it should be as they required. 

25 And he released unto them him 
that for sedition and murder was 
cast into prison, whom they had 
desired; but he delivered Jesus to 
their will. 

26 *And as they led him away, 
they laid hold upon one Simon, a 
Cyrenian, coming out of the coun- 
try, and on him they laid the cross, 
that he might bear it after Jesus. 

27 IT And there followed him a 
great company of people, and of 
women, which also bewailed and 
lamented him. 

28 But Jesus turning imto them 
said. Daughters of Jerusalem, weep 
not for me, but weep for yourselves, 
and for your children. 

29 "For, behold, the days are com- 
ing, in the which they shall say. 
Blessed are the barren, and the 
wombs that never bare, and the 
paps which never gave suck. 

1 30 *Then shall they begin to say 



254 



mauna, E hiolo mai maluna iho o 
makou ; a i na puu hoi, E uhi mai , 
ia makou. 

31 ^No ka mea, ina e hana lakoa 
i keia mau mea i ka laau maka, 
heaha ka mea e hanaia'i i ka laau 
maloo ? 

32 *A ua alakaiia'lfu na mea e ae 
elua, na kanaka hana hewa, e ma- 
ke pu me ia. 

33 "" A hiki aku la lakou i ka wahi 
i kapaia o Kalevari, malaila lakou 
i kau aku ai ia ia ma ke kea, a me 
na lawehala, ma ka akau kekahi, 
a ma ka hema kekahi. 

34 IF Alaila olelo aku la o lesu, E 
ka Makua, *» e kala iho oe i ko lakou 
nei hewa ; no ka mea, aole o ^ la- 
kou ike i ka lakou mea e hana nei. 
«* Puunaue ae la lakou i kona mau 
kapa, hailona iho la. 

35 • Ku iho la no hoi na kanaka 
e makaikai ana : a hoomaewaewa 
aku la me ko lakou 'mau alii, i 
aku la, Ua hoola ka oia ia hai, a 
ina oia ka Mesia, ka hiwahiwa a 
ke Akaa, e hoola kela ia ia iho. 

36 Hoomaewaewa aku la hoi na 
koa ia ia, hele aku la lakou, a 
haawi aku i ka vinega ia ia ; 

37 A olelo aku la lakou, Ina o oe 
ke alii o ka poe ludaio, e hoola oe 
ia oe. 

38 *He palapala hoi maluna ona, 
he Helene, he Roma, a he Hehera 
ka olelo i kakauia'i ia, OIA NEI 
KE ALII KA POE IUDAIO. 

39 ^ ^ A o kekahi o na lawehala i 
kauia, hoino aku la oia ia ia, i aku 
la, liia o oe ka Mesia, e hoola oe 
ia oe iho, a me maua. 

40 A olelo ae la kekahi e ao ana 
ia ia, i ae la, Aole anei ou makau 
i ke Akua ? maloko pu hoi oe o ia 
make hookahi. 

41 A ia kaua, he pono ia, no ka 
mea, ua loaa ia kaua ka uku pono 
o ka kaua hana ana ; aka oia nei, 
aole ia I: 'hana hewa iki. 

42 Olelo aku la hoi oia ia lesu, E 
hoomanao mai oe ia'u, e ka Haku, 
i ka wa e hiki ai oe i kou aupuui. 



LUKA, xxm. 



A.D. 33. 



y Sol. 11.81. 
ler. 26. 29. 
Ez. 20. 47. & 
21.3,4. 
1 Pet. 4. 17. 

s Is. 58.12. 
Mat. 27. 88. 



a Mat 27. 3S. 

Mar. 16. 22. 

loa. 19.17,18. 
II Or, The 

place of a 

tkuU. 



b Mat 5. 44. 

Oih. 7. 60. 

1 Kor. 4. 12. 
c Oih. 3. 17. 

d Mat 27. 36. 

Mar. 15. 24. 

loa. 19. 23. 
e Hal. 22. 17. 

Zek. 12. 10. 

f Mat 27. 39. 
Mar. 15. 29. 



« Mat. 27. 37. 
Mar. 15. 26. 
loa. 19. 19. . 



h Mat 27. 44. 
Mar.l&S2. 



to the mountaims, Fall onus; and 
to the hills, Cover us. 

31 y For if they do these things in 
a green tree, what shall be done in 
the dry? 

32 "And there were also two others. 
malefactors, led with him to be put 
to death. 

33 And *when they were come 
to the place, which is called B Cal- 
vary, -ttiere they crucified him, and 
the malefactors, one on the right 
hand, and the other on the left. 

34 f Then said Jesus, Father, ^ot- 
give them; for «they know nrt 
what they do. And ^hey parted 
his raiment, and cast lots. 

35 And 'the people stood behold- 
ing. And the 'rulers also with 
them derided Aim, saying, He saved 
others; let him save liimself, if be 
he Christ, the chosen of God. 

36 And the soldiers also nwckcd 
him, coming to him, and offering 
him vinegar, 

37 And saying. If thou he the Kmg 
of the Jews, save thyself. 

38 «fAnd a superscription also v^ 
written over him in letters of Greek, 
and Latin, and Hebrew, THIS lb 
THE KING OF THE JEWS. 

39 1" »» And one of the malefactors 
which were hanged railed on him 
saying. If thou he Christ, save thy- 
self and us. 

40 But the other answering ^^ 
buked him, saying, Dost not thoi 
fear God, seeing thou art in th( 
same condemnation? 

41 And we indeed justly; for J* 
receive the due reward of our deeds 
but this man hath done nothini 
amiss. , 

42 And he said unto Jesus, U^ 
remember me wheu thou comes 
into thy kingdom. 



43 I mai la hoi o lesa ia ia, He 
iaio ka'u e olelo aku nei ia oe, I 
eia la oe pu kekahi me au iloko 
iaLso. 



LTJKA, XXUI. 859 

A. B. 33. 43 And Jesus said unto him, Verily 
I say unto thee, To day shalt thou 
be with me in paradise. 



44 'A i k© ono o ka hora, he pou- 
L maluna o ka honua a pan, a hiki 
ka iwa o ka hora. 

45 Ua hoopouliia hoi ka la, a na- 
lae iho la mawaena konu ^ ka pa- 
ra oka luakini. 

46 1[ A kahea aku la o lesu me 
ta leo nui, i aku la, *E ka Makua, 
loko kou mau lima ke waiho aku 
lei au i ko^u uhane ! " A pau ka- 
la olelo ana ia, make iho la ia. 

47 »A ike ka lunahaneri ia mea i 
bnaia'i, hoomaikai aku la ia i ke 
^kiia. i aku la, Oiaio, he kanaka 
pono no keia. 

48 ka poe kanalca hoi a pau i 
akoakoa mai ma keia mea i ikeia, a 
ike lakou i na mea i hanaia, papai 
iho la lakou ma ko lakou umauma 
iho. a hoi aku la. 

49 "Ku mamao aku la hoi kona 
poc hoalauna a pau, a me na wa- 
binc i hahai ia ia mai Galilaia mai, 
e makaikai ana lakou ia mau mea. 

50 ^ p Ala hoi, he kanaka, o lose- 
pa kona inoa. he kakaolelo, he ka- 
iiaka maikai, he hoopono ; 

51 Aole oia i ae pu aku ma ko la- 
^